HomeMy WebLinkAbout07/20/2023 - Agenda Packet - Planning & Zoning CommissionCollege Station, TX
Meeting Agenda
Planning and Zoning Commission
1101 Texas Ave, College Station, TX 77840
Internet: https://us06web.zoom.us/j/82263295691
Phone: 888 475 4499 and Webinar ID: 822 6329 5691
The City Council may or may not attend this meeting.
July 20, 2023 6:00 PM City Hall Council Chambers
College Station, TX Page 1
Notice is hereby given that a quorum of the meeting body will be present in the physical location
stated above where citizens may also attend in order to view a member(s) participating by
videoconference call as allowed by 551.127, Texas Government Code. The City uses a third-
party vendor to host the virtual portion of the meeting; if virtual access is unavailable, meeting
access and participation will be in-person only.
1.Call to Order, Pledge of Allegiance, Consider Absence Request.
2.Hear Visitors
At this time, the Chairperson will open the floor to visitors wishing to address the Commission on issues
not already scheduled on tonight's agenda. The visitor presentations will be limited to three minutes in
order to accommodate everyone who wishes to address the Commission and to allow adequate time
for completion of the agenda items. The Commission will receive the information, ask city staff to look
into the matter, or will place the matter on a future agenda for discussion. (A recording is made of the
meeting; please give your name and address for the record.)
3.Consent Agenda
All matters listed under the Consent Agenda, are considered routine by the Commission and will be
enacted by one motion. These items include preliminary plans and final plats, where staff has found
compliance with all minimum subdivision regulations. All items approved by Consent are approved with
any and all staff recommendations. Since there will not be separate discussion of these items, citizens
wishing to address the Commission regarding one or more items on the Consent Agenda may address
the Commission at this time as well. If any Commissioner desires to discuss an item on the Consent
Agenda it may be moved to the Regular Agenda for further consideration.
3.1. Consideration, discussion, and possible action to approve meeting minutes.
Attachments: 1. July 6 2023
4.Consideration, discussion, and possible action on items removed from the Consent
Agenda by Commission action.
5.Regular Agenda
5.1. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding waiver requests to the Unified
Development Ordinance Section 8.3.G, 'Blocks,' Section 8.3.K 'Sidewalks,' and Section 8.3.J
'Access Ways' and presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding a Preliminary Plan for
Lakeside at Millican Reserve Subdivision on approximately 123 acres, generally located on
Page 1 of 823
Planning and Zoning Commission
Page 2 July 20, 2023
Millican Creek Trail north of FM 2154 in the College Station Extraterritorial Jurisdiction. Case
#PP2022-000013
Sponsors: Jesse Dimeolo
Attachments: 1. Staff Report
2.Waiver Request
3.Block Exhibit
4.Applicants Supporting Information
5.Millican Reserve Development Plan
6.Vicinity, Aerial, and Small Area Maps
7.Preliminary Plan
5.2. Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding an ordinance amending
Appendix A “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 1 “General Provisions,” Article 2
“Development Review Bodies,” Article 3 “Development Review Procedures,” Article 4 “Zoning
Districts,” Article 5 “District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards,” Article 6 “Use
Regulations,” Article 7 “General Development Standards,” Article 8 “Subdivision Design and
Improvements,” Article 9 “Nonconformities,” Article 10 “Enforcement,” and Article 11 “Definitions,”
of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, regarding formatting and content
edits to the Unified Development Ordinance. Case# ORDA2022-000011. (Note: Final action on
this item is scheduled for the August 10, 2023 City Council Meeting – subject to change.)
Sponsors: Matthew Ellis
Attachments: 1. UDO Clean-up Redlines
2.UDO Clean-up Clean
5.3. Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding amendments to the
Unified Development Ordinance Sections 5.8.B Northgate Districts, 7.2 General Provisions, and
7.3 Off-Street Parking Standards to modify off-street parking and bicycle parking
requirements. Case# ORDA2023-000003. (Note: Final action on this item is scheduled for the
August 10 City Council Meeting – subject to change.)
Sponsors: Jesse Dimeolo
Attachments: 1. Section 5.8. - Redlines
2.Section 7.2 - Redlines
3.Section 7.3 - Redlines
6.Informational Agenda
6.1. Discussion of new development applications submitted to the City.
New Development Link: www.cstx.gov/newdev
6.2 Discussion of Minor / Amending Plats approved by staff:
•Indian Oaks, Block 1, Lot 6R-1 & 7R ~ Case #FP2022-000039
•7-11 Ranch, Phase 2, Lot 106-R ~ Case #FPCO2022-000009
Sponsors: Jeff Howell
6.3. Presentation and discussion regarding the P&Z Calendar of Upcoming Meetings:
•Thursday, July 27, 2023 ~ City Council Meeting ~ Council Chambers ~ Open Meeting 6:00
p.m.
•Thursday, August 3, 2023 ~ P&Z Meeting ~ Council Chambers ~ 6:00 p.m.
•Thursday, August 10, 2023 ~ City Council Meeting ~ Council Chambers ~ Open Meeting
Page 2 of 823
Planning and Zoning Commission
Page 3 July 20, 2023
•Thursday, August 17, 2023 ~ P&Z Meeting ~ Council Chambers ~ 6:00 p.m.
6.4. Discussion and review regarding the following meetings: Design Review Board and BioCorridor
Board.
•Design Review Board Meeting ~ July 14, 2023 ~ Waiver to the Unified Development
Ordinance Section 7.10.C.3.a "Horizontal Façade Articulation" for 1500 Holleman Drive
East
7.Discussion and possible action on future agenda items.
A Planning & Zoning Member may inquire about a subject for which notice has not been given. A
statement of specific factual information or the recitation of existing policy may be given. Any
deliberation shall be limited to a proposal to place the subject on an agenda for a subsequent meeting.
8.Adjourn.
The Planning and Zoning Commission may adjourn into Executive Session to consider any item listed
on the agenda if a matter is raised that is appropriate for Executive Session discussion.
I certify that the above Notice of Meeting was posted on the website and at College Station City Hall,
1101 Texas Avenue, College Station, Texas, on July 14, 2023 at 5:00 p.m.
City Secretary
This building is wheelchair accessible. Persons with disabilities who plan to attend this meeting
and who may need accommodations, auxiliary aids, or services such as interpreters,
readers, or large print are asked to contact the City Secretary’s Office at (979) 764-3541, TDD
at 1-800-735-2989, or email adaassistance@cstx.gov at least two business days prior to the
meeting so that appropriate arrangements can be made. If the City does not receive notification
at least two business days prior to the meeting, the City will make a reasonable attempt to
provide the necessary accommodations.
Penal Code § 30.07. Trespass by License Holder with an Openly Carried Handgun.
"Pursuant to Section 30.07, Penal Code (Trespass by License Holder with an Openly
Carried Handgun) A Person Licensed under Subchapter H, Chapter 411,
Government Code (Handgun Licensing Law), may not enter this Property with a
Handgun that is Carried Openly."
Codigo Penal § 30.07. Traspasar Portando Armas de Mano al Aire Libre con Licencia.
“Conforme a la Seccion 30.07 del codigo penal (traspasar portando armas de mano al aire
libre con licencia), personas con licencia bajo del Sub-Capitulo H, Capitulo 411,
Codigo de Gobierno (Ley de licencias de arma de mano), no deben entrar a esta propiedad
portando arma de mano al aire libre.”
Page 3 of 823
July 6, 2023 Planning and Zoning Commission Minutes Page 1 of 10
Minutes Planning and Zoning Commission
Regular Meeting July 6, 2023
COMMISSIONERS PRESENT: Chairperson Dennis Christiansen, Commissioners Bobby
Mirza, Melissa McIlhaney, Marcus Chaloupka, David White, and Aron Collins
COMMISSIONERS ABSENT: Commissioner Jason Cornelius COUNCIL MEMBERS PRESENT: Councilmembers Linda Harvell, Mark Smith, and Dennis
Maloney
CITY STAFF PRESENT: Director of Planning & Development Services Michael Ostrowski, Assistant Director of Planning & Development Services Molly Hitchcock, Long Range Planning Administrator Alyssa Halle-Schramm, Land Development Review Administrator Anthony
Armstrong, Senior Planners Jeff Howell and Matthew Ellis, Staff Planners Robin Macias, Jesse
DiMeolo, Gabriel Schrum, Aspen Pflanz, and Carl Ahrens, Graduate Engineer II Katherine Beaman-Jamael, Graduate Engineers I Parker Mathews, Lindsey Pressler, and Gillian Sitler, Long Range Planning Intern Ashley Klein, City Attorney Adam Falco, Deputy City Attorney Leslie Tipton-Whitten, Assistant City Attorney II Aaron Longoria, Administrative Support Specialist
Kristen Hejny, and Technology Services Specialist Lillian Wells
1. Call Meeting to Order.
Chairperson Christiansen called the meeting to order at 5:31 p.m.
2. Executive Session Agenda
In accordance with the Texas Government Code §551.071-Consultation with Attorney, and §551.074-Personnel, the College Station Planning & Zoning Commission convened into Executive Session at 5:33 p.m. on July 6, 2023, to continue discussing matters pertaining to:
2.1 Consultation with Attorney to see advice regarding pending or contemplating litigation, to wit:
a. Legal advice related to the rezoning of property. 3. The Open Meeting will reconvene no earlier than 6:00 PM from Executive Session
and the Planning & Zoning Commission will take action, if any. Executive Session recessed at 6:13 p.m. No action was taken.
Page 4 of 823
July 6, 2023 Planning and Zoning Commission Minutes Page 2 of 10
4. Pledge of Allegiance and Consider Absence Request.
5. Hear Visitors
No visitors spoke. 6. Consent Agenda
6.1 Consideration, discussion, and possible action to approve meeting minutes.
• June 1, 2023
6.2 Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding a Final Plat for Greens Prairie Reserve Subdivision Section 4, Phase 404 on approximately 10 acres located at 4734
Legendary Drive, generally located southwest of the intersection of Diamondback Drive and Oldham Oaks Avenue. Case #FP2022-000030
6.3 Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding a Final Plat for Mission Ranch Subdivision, Phase 105 on approximately 8.9 acres located at 3533 Parmer Creek Court, generally located at the intersection of Slocum Hill Court and Register Drive Court. Case
#FP2022-000035
Commissioner White motioned to approve the Consent Agenda, Commissioner Chaloupka seconded the motion, the motion passed 6-0. 7. Consideration, discussion, and possible action on items removed from the Consent Agenda by Commission Action. No items were removed from the Consent Agenda for discussion. 8. Regular Agenda 8.1 Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding an ordinance amending Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 4, “Zoning Districts.” Section 4.2 “Official Zoning Map,” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas as follows:
Area #1 a. Changing the zoning district boundary from R-4 Multi-Family to MH Middle Housing for approximately 0.28 of an acre being Block 1, Lot 11 of the Cooner
Addition, generally located at 207 Cooner Street. Case #REZ2023-000011 b. Changing the zoning district boundary from D Duplex to MH Middle Housing for approximately 0.21 of an acre being Block 5, Lot 2 of the Cooner Addition, generally located at 502 Cooner Street. Case #REZ2023-000012
Page 5 of 823
July 6, 2023 Planning and Zoning Commission Minutes Page 3 of 10
c. Changing the zoning district boundary from D Duplex to MH Middle Housing for approximately 0.66 of an acre being Block 5, Lots 6-8 of the Cooner
Addition, generally located at 510-512 Cooner Street. Case #REZ2023-000013
d. Changing the zoning district boundary from D Duplex to MH Middle Housing for approximately 0.27 of an acre being Block 1, Lot 28 of the Cooner Addition, generally located at 511 Cooner Street. Case #REZ2023-000014
Area #2
e. Changing the zoning district boundary from D Duplex to MH Middle Housing for approximately 0.17 of an acre being Block E, Lot 6 (10’ of) & 7 of the College Vista Subdivision, generally located at 400 Live Oak Street. Case
#REZ2023-000015
Area #3 f. Changing the zoning district boundary from D Duplex to MH Middle Housing
for approximately 5.41 acres being Lots 1-18 of the Little Knight Addition,
generally located at 400-513 Aurora Court. Case #REZ2023-000019 Area #4
g. Changing the zoning district boundary from GS General Suburban to MH
Middle Housing for approximately 0.18 of an acre being Block 1, Lot 3 and 10’ of Lot 2 of the West Park Addition, generally located at 302 Park Place. Case #REZ2023-000020 h. Changing the zoning district boundary from GS General Suburban to MH
Middle Housing for approximately 0.36 of an acre being Block 1, Lot 1-R2 of
the West Park Addition and Block D, Lot 1B & 35’ of 2 of the WM Sparks Subdivision, generally located at 306-308 Park Place. Case #REZ2023-000022 i. Changing the zoning district boundary from GS General Suburban to MH Middle Housing for approximately 0.35 of an acre being Block 2, Lots 8-R and
9-R of the West Park Addition, generally located at 611-613 Highlands Street.
Case #REZ2023-000023 j. Changing the zoning district boundary from GS General Suburban to MH Middle Housing for approximately 0.17 of an acre being Block 3, Lot 17 of the West Park Addition, generally located at 607 Maryem Street. Case #REZ2023-
000024
k. Changing the zoning district boundary from GS General Suburban to MH Middle Housing for approximately 0.16 of an acre being Block 1, Lot 2-R1 of the West Park Addition, generally located at 301 Luther Street. Case #REZ2023-000025
(Note: Final action of these items will be considered at the July 27, 2023 City Council Meeting – Subject to change).
Page 6 of 823
July 6, 2023 Planning and Zoning Commission Minutes Page 4 of 10
Presentations and public hearings for agenda items #8.1.a-k were held together.
Senior Planner Ellis presented agenda items #8.1.a-k to the Commission recommending
approval of all. Chairperson Christiansen asked for elaboration on the community outreach staff has conducted to get feedback on these proposals, and the response.
Senior Planner Ellis stated that these cases went through the normal rezoning process, including letters of notice to each property owner within 200 feet of the request. Commissioner Mirza asked if all areas have met the water, wastewater, and parking
requirements.
Senior Planner Ellis stated that all of these lots are already developed so their current parking is allowed. Mr. Ellis further explained that if the property owner wanted to move forward with a shared housing use, there will be a minor site plan process to ensure their
parking will meet the shared housing parking requirements.
Commissioner Chaloupka asked about occupancy increasing in buildings, asking if the property owner would be able to expand the occupancy prior to the approval of a shared housing use.
Senior Planner Ellis clarified that rezoning itself does not establish a legal shared housing use. The property owner would need to apply for and have an approved minor site plan. Commissioner Chaloupka asked if the property owner will be responsible for applying for
a minor site plan.
Senior Planner Ellis confirmed that the property owners will be responsible. Commissioner Collins clarified that Area #4 is currently zoned GS General Suburban with
a future land use of Mixed Residential. Mr. Collins asked if this area was originally slated
for a City-initiated rezoning. Senior Planner Ellis confirmed that Area #4 was marked as one of the City-initiated rezoning areas.
Chairperson Christiansen stated that a lot of these properties are currently using on-street parking to meet their needs, and asked if on-street parking can still be utilized with a shared housing use.
Senior Planner Ellis clarified that a shared housing use is required to provide one space per
room that could be used for occupancy that is at least 60 square feet.
Page 7 of 823
July 6, 2023 Planning and Zoning Commission Minutes Page 5 of 10
Commissioner White asked for clarification on one parking space per 60 square feet.
Senior Planner Ellis confirmed the square footage required for parking, stating that the
Unified Development Ordinance administrator has the discretion to determine which rooms might be used as bedrooms and therefore would be used in the parking calculation. Commissioner White asked how the parking regulations would be enforced.
Senior Planner Ellis stated that with the minor site plan application review, the administrator requires a building plan to be submitted to be reviewed concurrently to ensure the correct number of parking spaces are being provided.
Commissioner White asked that with rezoning, the property does not automatically
meet the criteria for and be able to legally establish a shared housing use. Senior Planner Ellis clarified that yes, that was true, and that some shared housing uses today will not be able to meet the requirements and be legally established.
Director Ostrowski provided additional clarification on the parking ratio for a shared housing use, stating that the parking ratio is one parking space per 70 square feet. Commissioner McIlhaney asked of the already approved MH Middle Housing rezonings,
how many have applied to change their use.
Senior Planner Ellis stated that none have gone through a minor site plan application and review process at this time.
Commissioner McIlhaney asked if properties were subject to any follow-up monitoring to
come into compliance. Senior Planner Ellis stated that houses would still be limited in occupancy by today’s standards, unless they choose to establish a shared housing use.
Commissioner White asked if these rezonings would have been in the City-initiated group of rezonings, and asked when the City-initiated rezonings will come forward. Senior Planner Ellis confirmed that these rezonings were in the general area of the City-
initiated rezonings, and stated that City-initiated rezonings will be presented to the
Commission and the City Council in late summer. Crissy Hartl, Applicant, Mitchell & Morgan Engineers, presented to the Commission.
Commissioner Mirza asked if there would be any structural changes to the properties.
Ms. Hartl confirmed that there would be no structural changes.
Page 8 of 823
July 6, 2023 Planning and Zoning Commission Minutes Page 6 of 10
Commissioner Chaloupka asked the applicant if they have done a preliminary site review
to determine if the properties would meet the City’s requirements.
Ms. Hartl stated that the owner has done their own analysis and have building plans and site plans to be submitted.
Commissioner Chaloupka stated that the owner is signing leases at this time assuming that
the properties will be in compliance. Ms. Hartl stated that as the property owner’s representative, she is unaware of the conditions of the leases, however the intent is to have the structures in compliance by the
time the homes are occupied.
Commissioner Collins stated that the Commission must consider the rezoning based on the potential use of the property under the new zoning.
Commissioner White requested clarification on how a room might be eliminated to meet
parking standards as a shared use property. Ms. Hartl stated that she was unaware of a solution.
Chairperson Christiansen opened the public hearing.
Lily Byrd, Aurora Court, College Station, spoke in support of the rezoning of item #8.1.f. Commissioner McIlhaney asked for the current parking configuration for Aurora Court.
Ms. Byrd explained that Aurora Court has one entrance with a cul-de-sac at the end, opening to additional parking along the rear of the properties, and there is on-street parking along one side of Aurora Court.
Commissioner McIlhaney asked if Aurora Court would be eligible for a shared housing
use while meeting the parking requirements. Senior Planner Ellis stated that staff cannot give a guarantee at this time, although there is likely an agreement in place for the properties to share parking so staff would likely look
at the parking holistically to ensure there was enough parking on site to meet the
requirements. Richard Woodward, Woodson Village, College Station, expressed concerns that the rezonings are not timed correctly with the City-initiated rezoning process that is moving
forward. Mr. Woodward asked that the Commission wait a few months and table the
requests.
Page 9 of 823
July 6, 2023 Planning and Zoning Commission Minutes Page 7 of 10
Chairperson Christiansen closed the public hearing.
Commissioner Collins stated that the Commission must take into consideration the
criteria and staff’s recommendation. Chairperson Christiansen stated that the job of the Commission is not to rewrite the ordinance, but to see if these requests fit into the ordinance and if the process the applicant
has gone through is consistent with the ordinance.
Commissioner White expressed support for staff’s recommendation, stating that there are no guarantees on timing for City-initiated rezonings.
Commissioner McIlhaney expressed the desire to vote on the rezonings by area.
Commissioner Mirza expressed a desire for consistency with MH Middle Housing rezonings.
Chairperson Christiansen stated that the rezoning requests presented to the Commission
have followed City procedures and expressed the desire to vote on the rezonings by area. Commissioner Collins motioned to recommend approval of Area #1, agenda items #8.1.a-d, Commissioner Chaloupka seconded the motion, the motion passed 6-0. Commissioner White motioned to recommend approval of Area #2, agenda item #8.1.e, Commissioner Mirza seconded the motion.
Commissioner McIlhaney asked if the property has a shared parking area with the unit to the rear. Senior Planner Ellis stated that there is no shared parking with the adjacent property.
The motion passed 6-0. Commissioner McIlhaney motioned to recommend approval of Area #3, agenda item #8.1.f, Commissioner Chaloupka seconded the motion, the motion passed 6-0. Commissioner White motioned to recommend approval of Area #4, agenda items #8.1.g-k, Commissioner Collins seconded the motion, the motion passed 6-0. 8.2 Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding an ordinance amending Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 4 “Zoning Districts,” Section 4.2 “Official Zoning Map,” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas by changing the zoning district boundary from GS General Suburban to MH Middle Housing for
approximately 1.05 acres being Lots 5-1 to 5-5 pf the D.A. Smith Subdivision and generally located along Avenue A. Case #REZ2023-000026 (Note: Final action of this item will be considered at the July 27, 2023 City Council Meeting – Subject to change).
Page 10 of 823
July 6, 2023 Planning and Zoning Commission Minutes Page 8 of 10
Senior Planner Ellis presented the rezoning to the Commission recommending approval with the conditions that an approved secondary access drive meeting Fire Department standards is constructed no less than 175 feet away from Lincoln Avenue, a 10-foot right-
of-way dedication for Avenue A is provided from each lot, and right-of-way chamfers are
dedicated from the lot that abuts Lincoln Avenue. The conditions are necessary to ensure that this development and others along Avenue A continue to be marketable and safe to occupy.
Chairperson Christiansen asked if the plan is to demolish the property and rebuild.
Senior Planner Ellis confirmed that the property owner plans to redevelop. Commissioner Mirza asked about the public access easement staff was requesting.
Senior Planner Ellis stated that this secondary access area will not allow parking, and building setbacks will be measured from the outside of the access drive. Commissioner White asked if there are any time limitations for the developer to meet the
conditions.
Director Ostrowski clarified that with conditions, the rezoning will not go into effect until the conditions have been met.
Commissioner McIlhaney asked if the utility services meet requirements.
Senior Planner Ellis stated that the fire trucks do not have sufficient turn around on Avenue A. Mr. Ellis clarified that the utilities are sufficient to handle the additional load, but upgrades will be addressed at building permitting.
Director Ostrowski stated that the dedication of additional right-of-way and the construction of the access road helped satisfy criteria and meet the need for utilities. Crissy Hartl, Applicant, Mitchell & Morgan Engineers, was available to answer questions
from the Commission.
Chairperson Christiansen opened the public hearing. No visitors spoke.
Chairperson Christiansen closed the public hearing. Commissioner Chaloupka motioned to recommend approval of the rezoning with the conditions as presented, Commissioner Mirza seconded the motion, the motion
passed 6-0.
Page 11 of 823
July 6, 2023 Planning and Zoning Commission Minutes Page 9 of 10
9. Informational Agenda
9.1 Discussion of new development applications submitted to the City.
New Development Link: www.cstx.gov/newdev
There was no discussion.
9.2 Discussion of Minor / Amending Plats approved by staff:
• Aggieland Business Park Phase 3D; Case #FP2023-000002
• Scott & White Healthcare Subdivision, Block 1, Lots 1R & 2R; Case #FPCO2022-000011
There was no discussion.
9.3 Presentation and discussion regarding the P&Z Calendar of Upcoming Meetings:
• Monday, July 13, 2023 ~ City Council Meeting ~ Council Chambers ~ Open Meeting 6:00 p.m.
• Thursday, July 20, 2023 ~ P&Z Meeting ~ Council Chambers ~ 6:00 p.m.
• Thursday, July 27, 2023 ~ City Council Meeting ~ Council Chambers ~ Open
Meeting 6:00 p.m.
• Thursday, August 3, 2023 ~ P&Z Meeting ~ Council Chambers ~ 6:00 p.m.
There was no discussion.
9.4 Presentation and discussion regarding an update on items heard:
• A rezoning of approximately 0.4 acres of land located at 1100 Dexter Drive South
from GS General Suburban to MH Middle Housing. The Planning & Zoning
Commission heard this item on May 18, 2023 and voted (6-0) to recommend denial. The City Council heard this item on June 12, 2023 and voted (6-0) to deny the request.
• An ordinance amendment regarding lot grading for residential property. The
Planning & Zoning Commission heard this item on June 1, 2023 and voted (4-0) to recommend approval with direction that staff explore additional design professionals. The ordinance was amended based on P&Z direction and the City Council heard this item on June 12, 2023 and voted (6-0) to approve the request.
There was no discussion. 9.5 Discussion and review regarding the following meetings: Design Review Board, BioCorridor Board.
• Design Review Board Meeting ~ June 28, 2023 ~ Board Training
Page 12 of 823
July 6, 2023 Planning and Zoning Commission Minutes Page 10 of 10
• Future Meeting(s): Design Review Board Meeting ~ July 14, 2023 ~ 11:00 a.m. ~
1938 Executive Conference Room
There was no discussion. 10. Discussion and possible action on future agenda items.
A Planning & Zoning Member may inquire about a subject for which notice has not been given. A statement of specific factual information or the recitation of existing policy may be given. Any deliberation shall be limited to a proposal to place the subject on an agenda for a subsequent meeting.
Commissioner McIlhaney asked for an update on enforcement as it relates to occupancy counts. Director Ostrowski clarified that this information was presented to the Commission as part
of the Middle Housing timeline presentation.
11. Adjourn
The meeting adjourned at 7:19 p.m.
Approved: Attest: ___________________________________ _________________________________ Dennis Christiansen, Chairperson Kristen Hejny, Board Secretary
Planning & Zoning Commission Planning & Development Services
Page 13 of 823
Planning & Zoning Commission
July 20, 2023
Scale 258 single family lots and 49.19 acres of common area on
approximately 123 acres of land
Location Generally located on Millican Creek Trail north of FM 2154
Applicant Schultz Engineering
Project Manager Jesse Dimeolo, Staff Planner
jdimeolo@cstx.gov
Project Overview This preliminary plan is for a single-family residential
development that is a part of the Brazos County Municipal
Utility District (MUD) Number 2. Specifically, this is Parcel O
of Millican Reserve and 131 acres have been reserved for
residential development. The proposed preliminary plan is
in compliance with the agreed upon residential acreage in
the MUD Development Agreement. This parcel is located
along Millican Creek Trail, a local public street, and a future
minor arterial thoroughfare to the north. The preliminary
plan layout shows three public street connections to
Millican Creek Trail and one public street projection to a
future Millican Reserve parcel to the east. Due to the
unique circumstance of having floodplain on two sides and
cutting internally into the subdivision, block lengths are not
required to be broken for blocks 2, 4, 7, and 8. Block length
waivers are being requested for blocks 3 and 6 that have no
floodplain in or around them. Additionally, a waiver has
been requested to the requirement to construct sidewalks
along both sides of public streets, and two waivers are
requested to the requirement of providing access ways if a
block exceeds the minimum length of 900 feet.
Parkland Dedication The first 1,500 dwelling units are exempt per the 2019 MUD
Development Agreement.
Traffic Impact Analysis A TIA was conducted for the overall development and
determined that a left turn deceleration lane on FM 2154
will be required with phase one of the final plat.
Compliant with Comprehensive Plan
(including Master Plans) and Unified
Development Ordinance
Yes
Compliant with Subdivision Regulations Yes, with the exception of seven waiver requests, the first
four related to UDO Section 8.3.G Block Length
requirements in Rural Context Zones, the fifth waiver
related to UDO Section 8.3.K Sidewalks, and the last two
waivers related to UDO Section 8.3.J Access Ways.
Staff Recommendation Staff recommends approval of the waivers and the
Preliminary Plan.
Preliminary Plan
for
Lakeside at Millican Reserve
PP2022-000013
Page 14 of 823
Planning & Zoning Commission
July 20, 2023
Supporting Materials
1. Waiver Request
2. Block Exhibit
3. Applicants Supporting Information
4. Millican Reserve Development Plan
5. Vicinity, Aerial, and Small Area Maps
6. Preliminary Plan
Page 15 of 823
SUBDIVISION WAIVER REQUESTS
The proposed Preliminary Plan is in compliance with the applicable Subdivision Regulations contained in the
UDO except for the following waiver requests:
UDO Section 8.3.G.2 ‘Blocks’ (Block Length for Suburban Context Zones) - Per the requirements
of this section, block length should be a maximum of 1,200 feet for areas designated as Suburban on
the Thoroughfare Plan Functional Classification and Context Class Map. As shown in the attached
Block Exhibit, the dark shaded areas in the tables for blocks 3 and 6 show which block lengths need
waivers.
Block 3, which is internal to the development, needs two waivers. Block length one (along Waxwing
Way) is approximately 1,573 feet, which exceeds the maximum block length by 373 feet. Block length
three (Lakeside Club Drive) is approximately 1,288 feet, which exceeds the maximum block length by
88 feet. Vireo Trail could be continued through block 3 to connect with Lakeside Club Drive to meet the
block length requirements. There is no floodplain nor any proposed trails in this area. The applicant has
stated the desire to create a continuous buffer between the lots to help preserve the outdoor
experience that the developer is hoping to bring to future residents.
Page 16 of 823
Block 6, which is between Waxwing Way and Millican Creek Trail, needs two waivers. Block length one
(Millican Creek Trail) is approximately 1,302 feet which exceeds the maximum by 102 feet and block
length 3 (Waxwing Way), which is approximately 1,293 feet, exceeds the maximum by 93 feet.
The applicant is making the same argument for block 6, requesting this waiver to provide a continuous
buffer along the subdivision perimeter to preserve the outdoor experience. Creating a break in the
block would disrupt the developers plan for the larger landscape and require an additional access point
to Millican Creek Trail if Lakeside Club Drive were to be extended down towards Moonlit Hollow Loop.
UDO Section 8.3.K.2 ‘Sidewalks’ – Per the requirements of this section, public sidewalks are required
on both sides of all public streets. These sidewalks are typically 5 feet wide and located 4 feet from
back of curb. The applicant is requesting a minimum of at least one side of the streets having a 6-foot-
wide sidewalk and an 8-foot-wide trail being provided elsewhere throughout the subdivision. This 8-
foot-wide trail will be in some, not all, of the common areas and the location of the trail is shown on the
preliminary plan. The trail can be found in the common areas closest to the lake and the amenity
center. The applicant has provided a table on page 5 of the supporting information document showing
the comparison of the two styles, one following the UDO requirements and the second being their
proposal. With the applicant’s proposal, an additional 859 square feet of sidewalks would be
constructed. The applicant has stated that this trail network is aimed to encourage residents to escape
to the outdoors and explore the unique natural elements of the subdivision location next to Lake
Prescott (within Millican Reserve, to the east).
UDO Section 8.3.J.2 ‘Access Ways’ – Per the requirements of this section, in blockfaces over 900
feet in length, an access way shall extend across the width of the block near the center of the block.
Access Ways may be required to provide additional pedestrian and bicycle circulation within a
Page 17 of 823
subdivision. The applicant is requesting access way waivers for the same two blocks that are
exceeding block length. Blocks three and six are both required to provide access ways because they
are over 900 feet in length. The applicant states the same reasoning for the waivers, explaining the
desire to keep a continuous buffer in these two blocks and balancing the need with pedestrian
connectivity by providing more trails elsewhere in the subdivision.
In accordance with the Subdivision Regulations, when considering a waiver, the Planning and Zoning
Commission should make the following findings to approve the waiver:
1) That there are special circumstances or conditions affecting the land involved such that strict
application of the provisions of this chapter will deprive the applicant of the reasonable use of his
land;
There are special circumstances and conditions affecting the land involved that would deprive the
applicant of the reasonable use of the land. The land is nearly 123 acres in size and has significant
topographical constraints due to the nearby Lake Prescott and other floodplain areas to the north. On the
preliminary plan, plan left and right, the approximate limits of the 100-year floodplain are shown.
According to UDO Section 11.2 Defined Terms, block length can be broken by 100-year floodplain. This
natural constraint on the land limits the number of roadways that can run horizontally or vertically across
the subdivision.
2) That the waivers are necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a substantial
property right of the applicant;
The applicant has stated that granting the waivers are necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of
property rights. Substantial amounts of the adjacent properties are encumbered by natural features and
floodplain. There is a strong desire to preserve these natural areas and turn them into attractive
destinations for the residents of this subdivision. For example, the waiver to the sidewalk requirement
will help provide flexibility and allow the construction of an extensive trail network that residents can
enjoy. As mentioned previously, the trail network is in common areas interior to this subdivision and
adjacent to future phases of the larger Millican Reserve Master Plan.
3) The granting of the waivers will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or
injurious to other property in the area, or to the City in administering this chapter; and
The granting of these waivers would not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare of other
properties in the area. The development will comply with all other standards and requirements found in the
Unified Development Ordinance.
4) That the granting of the waivers will not have the effect of preventing the orderly subdivision of
other land in the area in accordance with the provisions of this chapter.
These waivers will not have a negative effect on the orderly subdivision of other land in the area. A street
projection is being made to the northeast and three street connections to the southwest. These are the
only areas where connections are possible because of the physical limitations of the surrounding land and
waterways. Adding roadways through the two blocks that require it, block 3 and block 6, would not help
increase the orderly subdivision of land in the area. The internal connectivity of the subdivision is limited to
Clearwater Trail and Lakeside Bridge Trail because of the floodplain that cuts through the middle of the
subdivision. Also, adding a fourth connection to Millican Creek Trail through block 6 does not create a
substantial advantage in the design of the property.
Page 18 of 823
WA
X
W
I
N
G
W
A
YWAXWING WAYWAXWING WAYVIREO TRAILWAXWING WAYMILLICAN CREEK TRAILDEEP HOLLOWDRIVEHOL
L
O
W
C
O
U
R
T
MOONLIT HOLLOW
L
O
O
P
MILLICAN CREEK TRAIL
MOONLIT HOLLOW LOOPMOONLIT HOLLOW DRIVELAKESIDE CLUB DRIVE11
1
1
1
2 9
10
12
1
13 14
8
2
7
6
5
4 3
2
1
2
LAKESIDE CLUB D
R
I
V
EBRIAR RIDGE TRIALLAKESIDE BRIDGE TRAILC
L
E
A
R
W
A
T
E
R
T
R
A
I
LCLEARWATER TRAILCARACARA COVE
FLYCATCHER COVE
WAXWING WAY CLEARWATER TRAILC
L
E
A
RW
A
T
E
R
T
R
A
I
L
HORSE
NETTLE
C
O
V
E
WEES
AT
C
H
C
O
URT
WIN
GE
D EL
M C
O
VE
TBPE NO. 12327
911 SOUTHWEST PKWY E.
College Station, Texas 77840
www
(979) 764-3900
ENGINEER:OWNER/DEVELOPER:
Kept Property Group, LLC
4519 Mills Park Circle, Ste.300
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 255-8987
SURVEYOR:
McClure & Brown Engineering/Surveying, Inc.
1008 Woodcreek Dr., Suite 103
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 693-3838
TBPELS FIRM # 10103300
Firm Reg. No. F - 458
BLOCK EXHIBIT
LAKESIDE AT MILLICAN RESERVE
122.656 ACRES - 258 LOTS
DIADEM MILLICAN SURVEY, A-178
J.P. MITCHELL SURVEY, A-179
THOMAS HENRY SURVEY, A-180
BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS
SCALE: AS SHOWN
JUNE 2023
PHASE 1: 13.154 ACRES - 26 LOTS (5.943 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 2: 5.739 ACRES - 22 LOTS (0.950 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 3: 14.082 ACRES - 36 LOTS (4.068 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 4: 10.374 ACRES - 30 LOTS (3.285 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 5: 6.643 ACRES - 23 LOTS (1.355 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 6: 29.751 ACRES - 75 LOTS (10.825 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 7: 42.913 ACRES - 46 LOTS (22.764 ACRES COMMON AREA)
VICINITY MAP
NOT TO SCALE
FM 2
1
5
4
R
D
ACORN LN
CREEK LN
HIGH
PRAIRIE
RD
SENDERA CT
DRAKE DR
BENTWOOD
DR
RIPPLE
WOOD DR
SACRED
ARROW DR
ANASAZI
BLUFF DR
CHACO
CANYON DR
Page 19 of 823
Waiver to Article 8.3.G.2.c Block Length
Justification for Waiver 1 – Block 3:
The requested waiver is for BLOCK LENGTH 1, BLOCK 3, which is 1,573 feet in length
which exceeds the maximum block length of 1,200’. This block length is located on the west
of BLOCK 3.
1. There are special circumstances or conditions affecting the land involved such that strict application of the subdivision regulations will deprive the applicant of the reasonable use of his land. The special circumstances or conditions are that the development is creating a continuous buffer between this block of houses to
preserve the outdoor experience that Millican Reserve as is intended to bring to
residents. Complying with the block length in this area would require an unwanted break in this buffer for the residents. 2. The waiver is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of substantial property
right of the applicant. The Millican Reserve Development is intended to be home
sites being a part of a larger landscape to encourage residents to escape to the outdoors and explore. 3. The granting of the waiver will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or
welfare, or injurious to other property in the area, or to the City in administering subdivision regulations. The granting of the waivers for this development will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to other property as the development will comply with all other standards and requirements.
4. The granting of the waiver will not have the effect of preventing the orderly subdivision of other land in the area in accordance with the previsions of the Unified Development Ordinance. The granting of this waiver will not affect the subdivision of other land since the block is within this development and does not have any effect on subdivision of other land.
Page 20 of 823
Waiver to Article 8.3.G.2.c Block Length
Justification for Waiver 2 – Block 3:
The requested waiver is for BLOCK LENGTH 3, BLOCK 3, which is 1,288 feet in length
which exceeds the maximum block length of 1,200’. This block length is located on the east
side of BLOCK 3.
1. There are special circumstances or conditions affecting the land involved such that strict application of the subdivision regulations will deprive the applicant of the reasonable use of his land. The special circumstances or conditions are that the development is creating a continuous buffer between this block of houses to
preserve the outdoor experience that Millican Reserve as is intended to bring to
residents. Complying with the block length in this area would require an unwanted break in this buffer for the residents. 2. The waiver is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of substantial property
right of the applicant. The Millican Reserve Development is intended to be home
sites being a part of a larger landscape to encourage residents to escape to the outdoors and explore. 3. The granting of the waiver will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or
welfare, or injurious to other property in the area, or to the City in administering subdivision regulations. The granting of the waivers for this development will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to other property as the development will comply with all other standards and requirements.
4. The granting of the waiver will not have the effect of preventing the orderly subdivision of other land in the area in accordance with the previsions of the Unified Development Ordinance. The granting of this waiver will not affect the subdivision of other land since the block is within this development and does not have any effect on subdivision of other land.
Page 21 of 823
Waiver to Article 8.3.G.2.c Block Length
Justification for Waiver 3 – Block 6:
The requested waiver is for BLOCK LENGTH 1, BLOCK 6, which is 1,302 feet in length
which exceeds the maximum block length of 1,200’. This block length is located on the west
side of BLOCK 6.
1. There are special circumstances or conditions affecting the land involved such that strict application of the subdivision regulations will deprive the applicant of the reasonable use of his land. The special circumstances or conditions are that the development is creating a continuous buffer between this block of houses existing
Millican Creek Trail. Complying with the block length in this area would require
an unwanted break in this buffer for the residents. The traffic in and out of the subdivision can be handled with the other 3 street connections. 2. The waiver is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of substantial property
right of the applicant. The Millican Reserve Development is intended to be home
sites being a part of a larger landscape to encourage residents to escape to the outdoors and explore. 3. The granting of the waiver will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or
welfare, or injurious to other property in the area, or to the City in administering subdivision regulations. The granting of the waivers for this development will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to other property as the development will comply with all other standards and requirements.
4. The granting of the waiver will not have the effect of preventing the orderly subdivision of other land in the area in accordance with the previsions of the Unified Development Ordinance. The granting of this waiver will not affect the subdivision of other land since the block is within this development and does not have any effect on subdivision of other land.
Page 22 of 823
Waiver to Article 8.3.G.2.c Block Length
Justification for Waiver 4 – Block 6:
The requested waiver is for BLOCK LENGTH 3, BLOCK 6, which is 1,293 feet in length
which exceeds the maximum block length of 1,200’. This block length is located on the east
side of BLOCK 6.
1. There are special circumstances or conditions affecting the land involved such that strict application of the subdivision regulations will deprive the applicant of the reasonable use of his land. The special circumstances or conditions are that the development is creating a continuous buffer between this block of houses existing
Millican Creek Trail. Complying with the block length in this area would require
an unwanted break in this buffer for the residents. The traffic in and out of the subdivision can be handled with the other 3 street connections. 2. The waiver is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of substantial property
right of the applicant. The Millican Reserve Development is intended to be home
sites being a part of a larger landscape to encourage residents to escape to the outdoors and explore. 3. The granting of the waiver will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or
welfare, or injurious to other property in the area, or to the City in administering subdivision regulations. The granting of the waivers for this development will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to other property as the development will comply with all other standards and requirements.
4. The granting of the waiver will not have the effect of preventing the orderly subdivision of other land in the area in accordance with the previsions of the Unified Development Ordinance. The granting of this waiver will not affect the subdivision of other land since the block is within this development and does not have any effect on subdivision of other land.
Page 23 of 823
Waiver to Article 8.3.K.2.a Sidewalks
Justification for Waiver 5 – Sidewalks:
The requested waiver is for not providing sidewalks along both sides of the street. We are
proposing an equivalent sidewalk square footage consisting of a 6’ sidewalk minimum 1 side
of the street and an 8’ trail throughout the subdivision. See comparison below of square
footages.
1. There are special circumstances or conditions affecting the land involved such that strict application of the subdivision regulations will deprive the applicant of the reasonable use of his land. The special circumstances or conditions are that the
development is Millican Reserve is a development setup to promote nature and
people integrating with nature. The proposed sidewalk and trail combination fits into the overall development purpose. 2. The waiver is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of substantial property
right of the applicant. The Millican Reserve Development is intended to be home
sites being a part of a larger landscape to encourage residents to escape to the outdoors and explore. The proposed sidewalk and trail combination fits into the overall development purpose.
3. The granting of the waiver will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or
welfare, or injurious to other property in the area, or to the City in administering subdivision regulations. The granting of the waivers for this development will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to other property as the development will comply with all other standards and requirements.
4. The granting of the waiver will not have the effect of preventing the orderly subdivision of other land in the area in accordance with the previsions of the Unified Development Ordinance. The granting of this waiver will not affect the subdivision of other land since sidewalks are within this development and do not have any
effect on subdivision of other land.
Lakeside at Millican Reserve Sidewalk Waiver Comparison
Standard Sidewalk Requirment – 5’ Sidewalks On Both Sides of Street Waiver Sidewalk – Single 6’ Sidewalk On One Side of Street and 8’ Path Through Common Areas
122,527 Total Square Feet 123,386 Total Square Feet
Square Foot Added In Waiver Option 859 SF
Page 24 of 823
Waiver to Article 8.3.J.2 Access Ways
Justification for Waiver 6 - Block 3 – Access Way:
The requested waiver is for not providing an access way in Block 3 Lengths 1 and 3, which
are 1,573 and 1,288 feet in length which exceeds the minimum block length of 900 feet.
1. There are special circumstances or conditions affecting the land involved such that strict application of the subdivision regulations will deprive the applicant of the reasonable use of his land. The special circumstances or conditions are that the development is creating a continuous buffer between this block of houses to preserve the outdoor experience that Millican Reserve as is intended to bring to
residents. Complying with the access way requirement in this area would require an
unwanted break in this buffer for the residents. 2. The waiver is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of substantial property right of the applicant. The Millican Reserve Development is intended to be home
sites being a part of a larger landscape to encourage residents to escape to the
outdoors and explore. A combination of pedestrian trails and roadside sidewalks is being proposed to provide longer pedestrian trail loops for residents of Lakeside at Millican Reserve.
3. The granting of the waiver will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to other property in the area, or to the City in administering subdivision regulations. The granting of the waivers for this development will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to other property as the development will comply with all other standards and requirements.
4. The granting of the waiver will not have the effect of preventing the orderly subdivision of other land in the area in accordance with the previsions of the Unified Development Ordinance. The granting of this waiver will not affect the subdivision of other land since the block is within this development and does not have any
effect on subdivision of other land.
Page 25 of 823
Waiver to Article 8.3.J.2 Access Ways
Justification for Waiver 7 - Block 6 – Access Way:
The requested waiver is for not providing an access way in Block 6 Length 3 which is 1,293
feet in length which exceeds the minimum block length of 900 feet.
1. There are special circumstances or conditions affecting the land involved such that strict application of the subdivision regulations will deprive the applicant of the reasonable use of his land. The special circumstances or conditions are that the development is creating a continuous buffer between this block of houses existing
Millican Creek Trail. Complying with the block length in this area would require
an unwanted break in this buffer for the residents. Millican Creek Trail is a rural road section that does not have existing sidewalks, so the access way would be a dead end as there are no existing sidewalks to connect to.
2. The waiver is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of substantial property right of the applicant. The Millican Reserve Development is intended to be home sites being a part of a larger landscape to encourage residents to escape to the outdoors and explore. A combination of pedestrian trails and roadside sidewalks is being proposed to provide longer pedestrian trail loops for residents of Lakeside at
Millican Reserve.
3. The granting of the waiver will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to other property in the area, or to the City in administering subdivision regulations. The granting of the waivers for this development will not
be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to other property
as the development will comply with all other standards and requirements. 4. The granting of the waiver will not have the effect of preventing the orderly subdivision of other land in the area in accordance with the previsions of the Unified
Development Ordinance. The granting of this waiver will not affect the subdivision
of other land since the block is within this development and does not have any effect on subdivision of other land.
Page 26 of 823
Page 27 of 823
Page 28 of 823
Page 29 of 823
Page 30 of 823
6 7
4
7
WAXWING WAY CLEARWATER TRAILC
L
E
A
RW
A
T
E
R
T
R
A
I
L
HORSENETTLE C
O
V
E
WEES
AT
C
H
C
O
URT
WIN
GE
D EL
M C
O
VE
8
4
7
LAKESIDE BRIDGE TRAILC
L
E
A
R
W
A
T
E
R
T
R
A
I
LCLEARWATER TRAILCARACARA COVE
FLYCATCHER COVE
7
8
8
3WAXWING WAYWAXWING WAYVIREO TRAILWAXWING WAY2
2
MILLICAN CREEK TRAILDEEP HOLLOWDRIVEHOL
L
O
W
C
O
U
R
T
MOONLIT HOLLOW
L
O
O
P
MILLICAN CREEK TRAIL
MOONLIT HOLLOW LOOP4
MOONLIT HOLLOW DRIVELAKESIDE CLUB DRIVE11
1
1
1
2 9
10
12
1
13 14
8
2
7
6
5
4 3
2
1
2
1
3
WA
X
W
I
N
G
W
A
Y
5
6
4
5
LAKESIDE CLUB D
R
I
V
EBRIAR RIDGE TRIALPHASE 1
PHASE 3
PHASE 7
PHASE 6
4
35
36
121110
1413
34
29
30
31
32
33
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
1
2
3
15
20
19 18 17 16
COMMON AREA 21
AND PrAE
COMMON AREA 22
37
38
39
21
9
2722242526
7
8
151413 2019181716
5
4
3
2
9
1
8
7
6
12
4544 51435049484746
24
16
23
15
22
14
21
13
28
20
12
27
19
11
26
18
10
25
17
78
70
62
54
77
69
61
53
76
68
60
52
75
67
59
74
66
58
73
65
57
72
64
56
79
71
63
55
18
12
11
38
24
23
222120
35
36
37
10
14
22
30
38
15
23
31
39
16
24
32
40
17
25
33
41
18
26
3411
19 27
35
12
20
28
36
13
21
29
37
10
4
7
5 6
11
1 2
9
3
8
2 8
1 9 1034567
9
1
8
7
6 5
12
4
11
3
10
2
2
9
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
COM
M
O
N
A
R
E
A
7
COMMON AREA 2,
PrDE AND PrAE
30
22
14
6
29
21
13
5
28
20
12
4
27
19
11
3
26
18
10
2
25
17
9
1
34
24
16
8
32
23
15
7
10
2
9
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
31
33
COMMON AREA 16 COMMON AREA 18
42
19
87
56
COMMON AREA 22
COMMON AREA 8AND PrDECOMMON AREA 2211
COMMON AREA 13,
PrDE AND PrAE
COMMON
AREA 9 AND
PrAE
COMMON
AREA 11
AND PrAE
COMMON AREA
1
7AND
P
rD
E
CO
M
M
O
N
A
R
E
A
2
0
AN
D
P
r
D
E
C
OMM
O
N
A
R
E
A
1
9
,
Pr
D
E
A
N
D
P
r
A
E
COMMON
AREA
1
COMMON
AREA 10
COMMON AREA 15AND Pr
D
E
COMMON AREA 3
COMMON AREA 5
COMMON
AREA 12
COMMON AREA 6
COMMON AREA 4
15
16
17
14
23
COMMON AREA 22
COMMON A
R
EA
1
3AND
P
rD
E
PHASE 2
PHASE 5
PHASE 4
COMMON AREA 14
LEGEND
TBPE NO. 12327
911 SOUTHWEST PKWY E.
College Station, Texas 77840
www
(979) 764-3900
ENGINEER:
PRELIMINARY PLAN
LAKESIDE AT MILLICAN RESERVE
122.656 ACRES - 258 LOTS
DIADEM MILLICAN SURVEY, A-178
J.P. MITCHELL SURVEY, A-179
THOMAS HENRY SURVEY, A-180
BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS
SCALE: AS SHOWN
JUNE 2023
OWNERS/DEVELOPERS:
Kept Property Group, LLC
1551 Greens Prairie Road, Suite 101
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 255-8987
Millican Land Development, LLC
1301 Rock Barn Road, Suite 100
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 595-5151
PRELIMINARY PLAN
NOT FOR RECORD
PHASE 1: 13.154 ACRES - 26 LOTS (5.943 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 2: 5.739 ACRES - 22 LOTS (0.950 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 3: 14.082 ACRES - 36 LOTS (4.068 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 4: 10.374 ACRES - 30 LOTS (3.285 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 5: 6.643 ACRES - 23 LOTS (1.355 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 6: 29.751 ACRES - 75 LOTS (10.825 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 7: 42.913 ACRES - 46 LOTS (22.764 ACRES COMMON AREA)
SURVEYOR:
McClure & Brown Engineering/Surveying, Inc.
1008 Woodcreek Dr., Suite 103
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 693-3838
TBPELS FIRM # 10103300
Firm Reg. No. F - 458
VICINITY MAP
NOT TO SCALE
FM 2
1
5
4
R
D
ACORN LN
CREEK LN
HIGH
PRAIRIE
RD
SENDERA CT
DRAKE DR
BENTWOOD
DR
RIPPLE
WOOD DR
SACRED
ARROW DR
ANASAZI
BLUFF DR
CHACO
CANYON DR
SHEE
T
2
SHE
E
T
3
SHE
E
T
4
SHEE
T
5
SHE
E
T
6
Page 31 of 823
C
L
E
A
R
W
A
T
E
R
T
R
A
I
LCLEARWATER TRAILCARACARA COVE
FLYCATCHER COVE
7
8
8
PHASE 7
4
121110
14
13
15
20
19 18 17 16
COMMON AREA 21
AND PrAE
38
39
21
9
27
22
24 25 26
7
8
56SHEET 3 SHEET 3 SHEET 5COMMON AREA 22
MATCHLINE MATCHLINE23
COMMON AREA 22
TBPE NO. 12327
911 SOUTHWEST PKWY E.
College Station, Texas 77840
www
(979) 764-3900
ENGINEER:
PRELIMINARY PLAN
LAKESIDE AT MILLICAN RESERVE
122.656 ACRES - 258 LOTS
DIADEM MILLICAN SURVEY, A-178
J.P. MITCHELL SURVEY, A-179
THOMAS HENRY SURVEY, A-180
BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS
SCALE: AS SHOWN
JUNE 2023
OWNERS/DEVELOPERS:
Kept Property Group, LLC
1551 Greens Prairie Road, Suite 101
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 255-8987
Millican Land Development, LLC
1301 Rock Barn Road, Suite 100
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 595-5151
PRELIMINARY PLAN
NOT FOR RECORD
PHASE 1: 13.154 ACRES - 26 LOTS (5.943 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 2: 5.739 ACRES - 22 LOTS (0.950 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 3: 14.082 ACRES - 36 LOTS (4.068 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 4: 10.374 ACRES - 30 LOTS (3.285 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 5: 6.643 ACRES - 23 LOTS (1.355 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 6: 29.751 ACRES - 75 LOTS (10.825 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 7: 42.913 ACRES - 46 LOTS (22.764 ACRES COMMON AREA)
SURVEYOR:
McClure & Brown Engineering/Surveying, Inc.
1008 Woodcreek Dr., Suite 103
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 693-3838
TBPELS FIRM # 10103300
Firm Reg. No. F - 458
VICINITY MAP
NOT TO SCALE
FM 2
1
5
4
R
D
ACORN LN
CREEK LN
HIGH
PRAIRIE
RD
SENDERA CT
DRAKE DR
BENTWOOD
DR
RIPPLE
WOOD DR
SACRED
ARROW DR
ANASAZI
BLUFF DR
CHACO
CANYON DR
SHE
E
T
2
SHEE
T
3
SHEE
T
4
SHEE
T
5
SHEE
T
6
Page 32 of 823
8
4
7
LAKESIDE BRIDGE TRAILCLE
A
R
W
A
T
E
R
T
R
A
I
L
C
L
E
A
R
W
A
T
E
R
T
R
A
I
L
3WAXWING WAYLA
K
E
S
I
D
E
C
L
U
B
D
R
I
V
E
LAK
ESI
D
E
B
RI
D
G
E
T
R
AIL
WAXWING WAYWAXWING WAY2
4LAKESIDE CLUB DRIVE4
BRIAR RIDGE TRIALPHASE 1
PHASE 3
4
35
36
34
32
33
82
83
84
85
86
1
2
3
COMMON AREA 22
COMMON AREA 20
37
38
39
7
8
18
12
11
38
24
23
22
21
20
35
36
37
10
COMMON AREA 13,
PrDE AND PrAE
14
22
15
23
31
16
24
32
17
25
18
26
19
27
20
28
13
21
29
9
8
7
6
5
4
COMMON AREA 2,
PrDE AND PrAE
30
6
29
5
4
3
2
1
34
8
32
7
2
9
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
31
33
19
87
56
SHEET 2 SHEET 2
SHEET 5SHEET 5SHEET 4 SHEET 4
PHASE 7
SHEET 6PHASE 4
COMMON AREA 21
AND PrAE
COMMON AREA 1MATCHLINE MATCHLINEMATCHLINE
COMMON AREA 22COMMON AREA 8AND PrDECOMMON AREA 9
AND PrAE
15
16
17
14
COMMON AREA 20
AND PrDE
PHASE 4
COMMON AREA 8
TBPE NO. 12327
911 SOUTHWEST PKWY E.
College Station, Texas 77840
www
(979) 764-3900
ENGINEER:
PRELIMINARY PLAN
LAKESIDE AT MILLICAN RESERVE
122.656 ACRES - 258 LOTS
DIADEM MILLICAN SURVEY, A-178
J.P. MITCHELL SURVEY, A-179
THOMAS HENRY SURVEY, A-180
BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS
SCALE: AS SHOWN
JUNE 2023
OWNERS/DEVELOPERS:
Kept Property Group, LLC
1551 Greens Prairie Road, Suite 101
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 255-8987
Millican Land Development, LLC
1301 Rock Barn Road, Suite 100
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 595-5151
PRELIMINARY PLAN
NOT FOR RECORD
PHASE 1: 13.154 ACRES - 26 LOTS (5.943 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 2: 5.739 ACRES - 22 LOTS (0.950 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 3: 14.082 ACRES - 36 LOTS (4.068 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 4: 10.374 ACRES - 30 LOTS (3.285 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 5: 6.643 ACRES - 23 LOTS (1.355 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 6: 29.751 ACRES - 75 LOTS (10.825 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 7: 42.913 ACRES - 46 LOTS (22.764 ACRES COMMON AREA)
SURVEYOR:
McClure & Brown Engineering/Surveying, Inc.
1008 Woodcreek Dr., Suite 103
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 693-3838
TBPELS FIRM # 10103300
Firm Reg. No. F - 458
VICINITY MAP
NOT TO SCALE
FM 2
1
5
4
R
D
ACORN LN
CREEK LN
HIGH
PRAIRIE
RD
SENDERA CT
DRAKE DR
BENTWOOD
DR
RIPPLE
WOOD DR
SACRED
ARROW DR
ANASAZI
BLUFF DR
CHACO
CANYON DR
SHE
E
T
2
SHEE
T
3
SHEE
T
4
SHEE
T
5
SHEE
T
6
Page 33 of 823
VIREO TRAIL2
MILLICAN CREEK TRAILDEEP HOLLOW DRIVEHOL
L
O
W
C
O
U
R
T
MOONLIT HOLLOW L
O
O
PMOONLIT HOLLOW LOOPMOONLIT HOLLOW DRIVELAKESIDE CLUB DRIVE11
1
9
10
12 1
13
8
2
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
1
3
WAXWING WAY6
5
LAKESIDE CLUB D
R
I
V
EBRIAR RIDGE TRIALPHASE 3
14
31
32
33
COMMON AREA 12
34
11
12
13
10
4
7
1 2
9
3
8
2
1
3 4 5COMMON AREA 3AND PrAE9
1
8
7
6
5
12
4
11
3
10
2
2
1
5
4
3
COMMON AREA 5COM
M
O
N
A
R
E
A
7
COMMON AREA 8
AND PrDE
30
22
14
29
21
13
28
20
12
27
19
11
26
18
10
25
17
9
24
16
8
COMMON AREA 1
23
15
7
10
9
8
COMMON AREA 4SHEET 6SHEET 3 SHEET 3
SHEET 6PHASE 7
PHASE 1
COMMON AREA 2,
PrDE AND PrAE
COMMON AREA 22COMMON AREA 14
COMMON AREA 16
MATCHLINE
MATCHLINECOMMON AREA 6COMMON AREA 9
PHASE 2
PHASE 5
TBPE NO. 12327
911 SOUTHWEST PKWY E.
College Station, Texas 77840
www
(979) 764-3900
ENGINEER:
PRELIMINARY PLAN
LAKESIDE AT MILLICAN RESERVE
122.656 ACRES - 258 LOTS
DIADEM MILLICAN SURVEY, A-178
J.P. MITCHELL SURVEY, A-179
THOMAS HENRY SURVEY, A-180
BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS
SCALE: AS SHOWN
JUNE 2023
OWNERS/DEVELOPERS:
Kept Property Group, LLC
1551 Greens Prairie Road, Suite 101
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 255-8987
Millican Land Development, LLC
1301 Rock Barn Road, Suite 100
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 595-5151
PRELIMINARY PLAN
NOT FOR RECORD
PHASE 1: 13.154 ACRES - 26 LOTS (5.943 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 2: 5.739 ACRES - 22 LOTS (0.950 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 3: 14.082 ACRES - 36 LOTS (4.068 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 4: 10.374 ACRES - 30 LOTS (3.285 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 5: 6.643 ACRES - 23 LOTS (1.355 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 6: 29.751 ACRES - 75 LOTS (10.825 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 7: 42.913 ACRES - 46 LOTS (22.764 ACRES COMMON AREA)
SURVEYOR:
McClure & Brown Engineering/Surveying, Inc.
1008 Woodcreek Dr., Suite 103
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 693-3838
TBPELS FIRM # 10103300
Firm Reg. No. F - 458
VICINITY MAP
NOT TO SCALE
FM 2
1
5
4
R
D
ACORN LN
CREEK LN
HIGH
PRAIRIE
RD
SENDERA CT
DRAKE DR
BENTWOOD
DR
RIPPLE
WOOD DR
SACRED
ARROW DR
ANASAZI
BLUFF DR
CHACO
CANYON DR
SHE
E
T
2
SHEE
T
3
SHEE
T
4
SHEE
T
5
SHEE
T
6
Page 34 of 823
7
C
L
E
A
RW
A
T
E
R
T
R
A
I
L
WIN
GE
D EL
M
C
O
VE
7
CL
E
A
R
W
A
T
E
R
T
R
A
I
L
29
30
31
32
33
80
81
82
COMMON AREA 20
COMMON AREA 19,PrDE AND PrAE24
23
22
21
28
20
27
19
26
18
25
17
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
79
26
27
28
29SHEET 2SHEET 3SHEET 3SHEET 6 SHEET 6
PHASE 7
PHASE 6
COMMON AREA 21
AND PrAE
COMMON AREA 19,
PrDE AND PrAE
COMMON A
R
EA
1
7
PHASE 3 MATCHLINEMATCHLINECOMMON
AR
EA
1
3
TBPE NO. 12327
911 SOUTHWEST PKWY E.
College Station, Texas 77840
www
(979) 764-3900
ENGINEER:
PRELIMINARY PLAN
LAKESIDE AT MILLICAN RESERVE
122.656 ACRES - 258 LOTS
DIADEM MILLICAN SURVEY, A-178
J.P. MITCHELL SURVEY, A-179
THOMAS HENRY SURVEY, A-180
BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS
SCALE: AS SHOWN
JUNE 2023
OWNERS/DEVELOPERS:
Kept Property Group, LLC
1551 Greens Prairie Road, Suite 101
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 255-8987
Millican Land Development, LLC
1301 Rock Barn Road, Suite 100
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 595-5151
PRELIMINARY PLAN
NOT FOR RECORD
PHASE 1: 13.154 ACRES - 26 LOTS (5.943 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 2: 5.739 ACRES - 22 LOTS (0.950 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 3: 14.082 ACRES - 36 LOTS (4.068 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 4: 10.374 ACRES - 30 LOTS (3.285 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 5: 6.643 ACRES - 23 LOTS (1.355 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 6: 29.751 ACRES - 75 LOTS (10.825 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 7: 42.913 ACRES - 46 LOTS (22.764 ACRES COMMON AREA)
SURVEYOR:
McClure & Brown Engineering/Surveying, Inc.
1008 Woodcreek Dr., Suite 103
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 693-3838
TBPELS FIRM # 10103300
Firm Reg. No. F - 458
VICINITY MAP
NOT TO SCALE
FM 2
1
5
4
R
D
ACORN LN
CREEK LN
HIGH
PRAIRIE
RD
SENDERA CT
DRAKE DR
BENTWOOD
DR
RIPPLE
WOOD DR
SACRED
ARROW DR
ANASAZI
BLUFF DR
CHACO
CANYON DR
SHE
E
T
2
SHEE
T
3
SHEE
T
4
SHEE
T
5
SHEE
T
6
Page 35 of 823
6
7
4
WAXWING WAY CLEARWATER TRAILC
L
E
A
RW
A
T
E
R
T
R
A
I
L
HORS
E
NETTLE C
O
VE
WEES
AT
C
H
C
O
URT
MILLICAN CREEK TRAIL
1
1
1
13 14
5
WAXWING WAY
5
LAKESIDE CLUB
D
R
I
V
EBRIAR RIDGE TRIALPHASE 6
151413 2019181716
5
4
3
2
9
1
8
7
6COMMON AREA 19,PrDE AND PrAE12
4544 51435049484746
16
15
14
13
12
19
11
18
10
17
70
62
54
69
61
53
76
68
60
52
75
67
59
66
58
73
65
57
72
64
56
71
63
55
30
38
31
39
32
40
33
41
34
35
28
36
29
37
10
4 5 6
COMMON AREA 15
AND PrDE
11
9
3
8 9 104567
COMMON AREA 16
COMMON AREA 18
42
COMMON AREA 17
AND PrDE
SHEET 4SHEET 5 SHEET 5
SHEET 4SHEET 3PHASE 4
COMMON AREA 13
AND PrDE
11
MATCHLINE
MATCHLINEPHASE 5
COMMON AREA 14
TBPE NO. 12327
911 SOUTHWEST PKWY E.
College Station, Texas 77840
www
(979) 764-3900
ENGINEER:
PRELIMINARY PLAN
LAKESIDE AT MILLICAN RESERVE
122.656 ACRES - 258 LOTS
DIADEM MILLICAN SURVEY, A-178
J.P. MITCHELL SURVEY, A-179
THOMAS HENRY SURVEY, A-180
BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS
SCALE: AS SHOWN
JUNE 2023
OWNERS/DEVELOPERS:
Kept Property Group, LLC
1551 Greens Prairie Road, Suite 101
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 255-8987
Millican Land Development, LLC
1301 Rock Barn Road, Suite 100
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 595-5151
PRELIMINARY PLAN
NOT FOR RECORD
PHASE 1: 13.154 ACRES - 26 LOTS (5.943 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 2: 5.739 ACRES - 22 LOTS (0.950 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 3: 14.082 ACRES - 36 LOTS (4.068 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 4: 10.374 ACRES - 30 LOTS (3.285 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 5: 6.643 ACRES - 23 LOTS (1.355 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 6: 29.751 ACRES - 75 LOTS (10.825 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 7: 42.913 ACRES - 46 LOTS (22.764 ACRES COMMON AREA)
SURVEYOR:
McClure & Brown Engineering/Surveying, Inc.
1008 Woodcreek Dr., Suite 103
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 693-3838
TBPELS FIRM # 10103300
Firm Reg. No. F - 458
VICINITY MAP
NOT TO SCALE
FM 2
1
5
4
R
D
ACORN LN
CREEK LN
HIGH
PRAIRIE
RD
SENDERA CT
DRAKE DR
BENTWOOD
DR
RIPPLE
WOOD DR
SACRED
ARROW DR
ANASAZI
BLUFF DR
CHACO
CANYON DR
SHE
E
T
2
SHEE
T
3
SHEE
T
4
SHEE
T
5
SHEE
T
6
Page 36 of 823
Parcel Table
Parcel #
10301
10302
10303
10304
10305
10306
10307
10308
10309
10310
10311
10312
10313
10314
10315
10316
10401
10402
10403
10404
10405
10406
10407
10408
10409
10410
20101
20102
20103
20104
20105
20106
20107
20108
20109
20110
20111
20112
20317
20318
20319
20320
20321
20322
20323
20324
20325
20326
30201
30202
30203
30204
30205
30206
30207
30208
30209
30210
30211
30212
30213
30214
30215
30216
30217
PHASE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
BLOCK
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
LOT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
AREA (SF)
7,685
7,506
7,590
7,500
7,500
7,500
8,367
8,452
8,452
8,452
8,452
8,259
7,500
7,765
7,833
7,833
9,199
9,633
8,100
8,100
8,100
8,100
8,794
13,107
12,025
8,100
7,602
7,602
7,602
7,602
7,602
7,602
7,602
7,602
7,576
7,500
8,190
8,360
7,683
7,683
7,683
7,683
7,683
7,683
7,683
7,623
7,500
12,321
9,562
11,727
10,745
8,281
9,915
8,100
8,100
8,100
8,100
8,100
8,100
8,100
8,100
8,100
8,100
8,100
8,100
Parcel Table
Parcel #
30218
30219
30220
30221
30222
30223
30224
30327
30328
30329
30330
30331
30332
30333
30334
30335
30336
30337
30338
40411
40412
40413
40414
40415
40416
40417
40418
40419
40420
40421
40422
40423
40424
40425
40426
40427
40428
40429
40430
40431
40432
40433
40434
40435
40507
40508
40509
40510
40511
50436
50437
50438
50439
50440
50441
50501
50502
50503
50504
50505
50506
50601
50602
50603
50604
PHASE
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
BLOCK
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
LOT
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
7
8
9
10
11
36
37
38
39
40
41
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
AREA (SF)
10,967
13,946
8,618
10,332
10,713
8,979
9,730
14,156
10,473
7,721
8,673
8,079
7,810
7,810
7,814
7,815
7,806
7,804
7,801
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,189
10,265
10,265
8,071
7,462
8,036
8,984
11,231
10,028
7,125
7,500
8,156
8,452
8,452
8,452
8,452
8,452
7,709
7,500
7,500
7,311
8,646
7,800
7,800
9,100
9,083
8,235
8,646
8,646
8,646
8,646
7,860
7,500
7,557
7,683
8,964
8,964
7,683
7,635
7,811
7,602
7,602
7,602
Parcel Table
Parcel #
50605
50606
50607
50608
50609
50610
50611
60442
60443
60444
60445
60446
60447
60448
60449
60450
60451
60452
60453
60454
60455
60456
60457
60458
60459
60460
60461
60462
60463
60464
60465
60466
60467
60468
60469
60470
60471
60472
60473
60474
60475
60476
60477
60478
60479
60612
60613
60614
60615
60616
60617
60618
60619
60620
60701
60702
60703
60704
60705
60706
60707
60708
60709
60710
60711
PHASE
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
BLOCK
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
LOT
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
AREA (SF)
7,602
7,602
7,558
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,580
13,141
13,738
9,063
7,500
7,456
7,868
9,180
13,645
12,280
7,868
7,456
7,500
9,063
9,062
7,500
9,384
13,557
10,266
13,478
9,109
9,568
11,839
9,062
12,057
18,497
15,846
11,153
11,002
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
6,466
8,419
8,738
7,800
7,800
8,375
9,046
8,926
8,912
10,068
8,750
Parcel Table
Parcel #
60712
60713
60714
60715
60716
60717
60718
60719
60720
60721
60722
60723
60724
60725
60726
60727
60728
70480
70481
70482
70483
70484
70485
70486
70487
70729
70730
70731
70732
70733
70734
70735
70736
70737
70738
70739
70801
70802
70803
70804
70805
70806
70807
70808
70809
70810
70811
70812
70813
70814
70815
70816
70817
70818
70819
70820
70821
70822
70823
70824
70825
70826
70827
PHASE
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
BLOCK
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
LOT
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
AREA (SF)
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,501
16,045
13,600
13,600
13,600
13,600
13,600
14,853
13,833
16,581
15,547
14,875
14,875
14,875
14,875
16,437
16,249
13,125
13,125
13,125
13,125
13,125
13,125
17,641
17,578
13,079
16,712
19,911
20,370
16,712
13,079
13,459
16,674
23,127
17,493
13,125
13,125
13,125
13,079
16,712
20,908
27,289
13,016
13,125
13,125
13,125
17,520
Parcel Table
PHASE
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
BLOCK
3
4
5
5
6
6
1
2
2
3
4
4
4
4
5
6
4
6
7
4
7
8
LOT
1
2,
PrDE AND PrAE
3
AND PrAE
4
5
6
7
8
AND PrDE
9
AND PrAE
10
11
AND PrAE
12
13,
PrDE AND PrAE
14
15
AND PrDE
16
17
AND PrDE
18
19,
PrDE AND PrAE
20
21
AND PrAE
22
AREA (SF)
78,263
161,019
9,404
3,711
4,821
1,677
41,398
103,050
44,289
15,107
14,758
3,492
139,590
4,690
26,931
27,409
204,332
33,242
233,943
111,664
414,691
465,242
TBPE NO. 12327
911 SOUTHWEST PKWY E.
College Station, Texas 77840
www
(979) 764-3900
ENGINEER:
PRELIMINARY PLAN
LAKESIDE AT MILLICAN RESERVE
122.656 ACRES - 258 LOTS
DIADEM MILLICAN SURVEY, A-178
J.P. MITCHELL SURVEY, A-179
THOMAS HENRY SURVEY, A-180
BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS
SCALE: AS SHOWN
JUNE 2023
OWNERS/DEVELOPERS:
Kept Property Group, LLC
1551 Greens Prairie Road, Suite 101
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 255-8987
Millican Land Development, LLC
1301 Rock Barn Road, Suite 100
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 595-5151
PRELIMINARY PLAN
NOT FOR RECORD
PHASE 1: 13.154 ACRES - 26 LOTS (5.943 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 2: 5.739 ACRES - 22 LOTS (0.950 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 3: 14.082 ACRES - 36 LOTS (4.068 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 4: 10.374 ACRES - 30 LOTS (3.285 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 5: 6.643 ACRES - 23 LOTS (1.355 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 6: 29.751 ACRES - 75 LOTS (10.825 ACRES COMMON AREA)
PHASE 7: 42.913 ACRES - 46 LOTS (22.764 ACRES COMMON AREA)
SURVEYOR:
McClure & Brown Engineering/Surveying, Inc.
1008 Woodcreek Dr., Suite 103
College Station, TX 77845
(979) 693-3838
TBPELS FIRM # 10103300
Firm Reg. No. F - 458
VICINITY MAP
NOT TO SCALE
FM 2
1
5
4
R
D
ACORN LN
CREEK LN
HIGH
PRAIRIE
RD
SENDERA CT
DRAKE DR
BENTWOOD
DR
RIPPLE
WOOD DR
SACRED
ARROW DR
ANASAZI
BLUFF DR
CHACO
CANYON DR
Page 37 of 823
July 20, 2023
Item No. 5.2.
UDO Clean-Up Amendments
Sponsor: Matthew Ellis
Reviewed By CBC: N/A
Agenda Caption: Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding an
ordinance amending Appendix A “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 1 “General Provisions,”
Article 2 “Development Review Bodies,” Article 3 “Development Review Procedures,” Article 4
“Zoning Districts,” Article 5 “District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards,” Article 6 “Use
Regulations,” Article 7 “General Development Standards,” Article 8 “Subdivision Design and
Improvements,” Article 9 “Nonconformities,” Article 10 “Enforcement,” and Article 11 “Definitions,” of
the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, regarding formatting and content edits
to the Unified Development Ordinance. Case# ORDA2022-000011. (Note: Final action on this item is
scheduled for the August 10, 2023 City Council Meeting – subject to change.)
Relationship to Strategic Goals:
Recommendation(s): Staff recommends adoption of the ordinance amendment.
Summary: This ordinance amendment provides needed updates to the Unified Development
Ordinance (UDO) for consistency, readability, and accuracy. These edits are not for policy changes,
but rather clean-up items.
Background:
Consistency Edits
This list of edits is made throughout the UDO to provide formatting consistency across the different
sections of the document. Each of these edits has also been added to an internal Planning &
Development Services standard operating procedure (SOP) for future edits to the UDO. The list is
as follows:
• References to different policy documents, such as the Texas Local Government Code, and
other sections within the Code of Ordinances and the UDO were brought under a consistent
reference policy.
• City was capitalized in situations where we were referring to the City of College Station as
an organization or entity, such as “the City may require…” or “submitted to the City” but was
not capitalized when referring to the city as a geographic area, such as the city limits.
• In general, acronyms were avoided. The exception to this rule was that some external
organizations, such as the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and the
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) were
acronymized because they are better known by their acronym than their full name.
• Proper nouns were capitalized, including the Comprehensive Plan, Official Zoning Map, and
each of the zoning districts. Otherwise, sentence casing was honored.
• Occasionally and infrequently, language was slightly adjusted to improve readability for staff
and the general public.
• Numbers were consistently written out, followed by their numerical value in parentheses.
Page 38 of 823
• Tables and images were both formatted the same way each time they were used. Some
images were replaced with higher quality images with the same information.
Article 1. General Provisions
Highlighted changes:
• Reorganized the zoning district tables in Section 1.10. Transitional Provisions.
• Renamed WPC Wolf Pen Creek Development Corridor to WPC Wolf Pen Creek to match
how the zoning district is referred to throughout the UDO.
Article 2. Development Review Bodies
Highlighted changes:
• Moved the Landmark Commission after the Design Review Board to align with the order of
the review bodies in the table in Section 2.12. Summary of Review Authority.
Article 3. Development Review Procedures
Highlighted changes:
• Reordered sections in development order.
• Changed language to align with the practice of staff approving preliminary plans rather than
the Planning and Zoning Commission.
• Consolidated Wolf Pen Creek Site Plan and Building/Sign Permit sections into existing
sections for all site plans and building/sign permits.
Article 4. Zoning Districts
Highlighted changes:
• Reorganized the table of districts to align with the order of districts in Article 5. District
Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards.
Article 5. District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards
Highlighted changes:
• Reordered Sections 5.1. Residential Zoning Districts and 5.3. Non-Residential Zoning
Districts in the order they are presented in the respective dimensional standards tables.
• Reformatted dimensional standards tables in Section 5.2. Residential Zoning District
Dimensional Standards, including separating out the Dimensional Standards for Clustered
Developments into its own table.
• Moved HP Historic Preservation Overlay under Section 5.10. Overlay Districts.
Article 6. Use Regulations
Highlighted changes:
Page 39 of 823
• Reordered Section 6.4. Specific Use Standards in alphabetical order.
Article 7. General Development Standards
Highlighted changes:
• Reordered different sign regulations in Section 7.5. Signs in alphabetical order.
• Moved definitions from Section 7.14. Drainage and Stormwater Management to Article 11.
Definitions.
Article 8. Subdivision Design and Improvements
Highlighted changes:
• Updated the Certificate of the County Clerk in Section 8.9. Certifications to follow their new
approach to certification and recordation of plats.
Article 11. Definitions
Highlighted changes:
• Reordered some of the defined terms to make them easier to find.
Budget & Financial Summary: N/A
Attachments:
1. UDO Clean-up Redlines
2. UDO Clean-up Clean
Page 40 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 1. General Provisions
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 8
Article 1. General Provisions
Sec. 1.1. Short Title.
This Ordinance shall be officially known and cited as the Unified Development Ordinance (UDO) of the City of
College Station, Texas. References to "this Ordinance" or "this UDO" shall be interpreted as references to this
Unified Development Ordinance.
Sec. 1.2. Authority.
This UDO is adopted under the authority of the constitution and laws of the State of Texas, including particularly
Chapters 211 and 212 of the, Texas Local Government Code, as amended, and pursuant to the provisions of the
Charter and Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas.
Sec. 1.3. Scope and Purpose.
A. This UDO is adopted for the purpose of promoting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the
citizens of the City of College Station. More specifically, this UDO provides for the division of land into
different districts, regulations of pertaining to such districts, regulations for the subdivision of land and
drainage regulations pertaining thereto. These regulations are designed to be consistent with the
Comprehensive Planin accordance with a comprehensive plan. The City of College Station's Comprehensive
Plan is the fundamental guide to all decisions made under this UDO. To In order to implement the broad
goals of the plan, this UDO regulates land use and the division of land in order to achieve objectives of the
plan that include, but are not limited to, the following:
1A. Promote the beneficial, economic, and appropriate development of all land and the most desirable use
of land in accordance with a well-considered plan;
2B. Protect the character and the established pattern of desirable development in each area;
3C. Prevent or minimize land-use incompatibilities and conflicts among different land uses;
4D. Establish a process that effectively and fairly applies the regulations and standards of this UDO and
respects the rights of property owners and the interests of citizens; and
5E. Implements the Comprehensive Plan through compliance with its individual elements.
Sec. 1.4. Jurisdiction.
A. Land Within the City Limits.
Except as set forth below, this UDO applies to all land within the city City limits of the City of College Station.
All structures and land uses constructed or commenced after the effective date of this UDO, and all
enlargements of, additions to, changes in, and relocations of existing structures and uses occurring after the
effective date of this UDO shall be subject to this UDO.
B. Land Within the Extraterritorial Jurisdiction of College Station.
The City of College Station and Brazos County are, jointly, the primary platting authority in the City's
extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ) in Brazos County. Burleson County is the primary platting authority in the
that portion of the City's extraterritorial jurisdiction ETJ which lies in Burleson County. The following Sections
Page 41 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 8
of this UDO shall apply to all properties outside the city City limits of College Station, but lying within the
City's extraterritorial jurisdiction ETJ as established by the Municipal Annexation Act:
1. Applicable portions of the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this
UDOSection 7.5, Signs (ref. Section 1-30, City of College Station Code of Ordinances);
2. Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements;
3. Articles 10, Enforcement; and
4. Applicable definitions within Article 11, Definitions.
C. Land Zoned BioCorridor Planned Development District.
The City of College Station and the City of Bryan have adopted common development processes and
standards for land that is zoned BioCorridor Planned Development District in each City's jurisdiction. The
following Sections of the UDO shall not apply to property zoned BioCorridor Planned Development District:
1. Article 3, Development Review Procedures;
2. Article 6, Use Regulations;
3. Article 7, General Development Standards; and
4. Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements, with the exception of the Requirements for Parkland
Park Land Dedication Section. Parkland Dedication of parkland shall remain in effect for properties
property within the BioCorridor Planned Development District.
Sec. 1.5. Applicability.
A. In their interpretation and application, the provisions of this UDO shall be held to be minimum requirements
(including cases where minimum requirements are stated as a maximum standard) adopted for the
promotion of public health, safety, and general welfare.
B. Whenever the requirements of this UDO are at variance with the requirements of any other lawfully adopted
rules, regulations, or ordinances, the requirement that is most restrictive or that imposes higher standards as
determined by the Administrator shall govern. When making the determination, the Administrator must use
the canons of statutory construction to determine the governing regulation.
C. The issuance of any permit, certificate, or approval in accordance with the standards and requirements of
this UDO shall not relieve the recipient of such permit, certificate, or approval from the responsibility of
complying with all other applicable requirements of any other City, state, or federal agency having
jurisdiction over the structures or land uses for which the permit, certificate, or approval was issued.
Sec. 1.6. Relationship to the Comprehensive Plan.
A. It is intended that this UDO implement the City's planning policies of the City of College Station as adopted as
part of the City's Comprehensive Plan, as amended and periodically updated.
B. The City's Comprehensive Plan, including and any associated plans or studies adopted by the City Council,
shall be required prior to, or concurrent with, permitting development that which would conflict with such
plan.
C. The alignments of proposed thoroughfares, bicycle and pedestrian facilities, and other linear public facilities
and infrastructure described and/or depicted as part of the City's Comprehensive Plan and associated master
plans or studies are generalized locations that are subject to modifications to fit local conditions, budget
constraints, and right-of-way and easement availability that warrant further refinement as development
occurs. Alignments approved by the Administrator that are within one thousand (1,000) feet of the
Page 42 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 8
alignment described and/or shown on the adopted plan documents will not require an ordinance
amendment to the associated plan. The Administrator may update geographic information system
Geographical Information Systems (GIS) map layers and other representations within the aforementioned
discretion to reflect existing, approved, or studied conditions as development occurs.
Sec. 1.7. Effective Date.
This UDO shall become effective and be in full force and effect ninety (90) days from its passage and approval by
the City Council, as duly attested by the Mayor and City Secretary.
Sec. 1.8. Annual Review.
The City Council shall review annually the Comprehensive Plan and this UDO. The review, or any delay in the
review by the City Council, shall not affect the legality of the Comprehensive Plan or this UDO.
Sec. 1.9. Severability.
Should any section or provision of this UDO be declared by the courts to be unconstitutional or invalid, such
decision shall not affect the validity of the ordinance as a whole or any part thereof, other than the part so
declared to be unconstitutional or invalid.
Sec. 1.10. Transitional Provisions.
A. Pending Construction.
1. Building Permits.
As provided by Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended, nothing in this UDO
shall require any change in plans, construction, size, or designated use of any building, structure, or
part thereof that has been granted a building permit prior to the effective date of this UDO, or any
amendment to this UDO, provided construction shall begin consistent with the terms and conditions of
the building permit and proceed to completion in a timely manner.
2. Approved Site Plans.
Nothing in this UDO shall require a change in a site plan approved prior to the effective date of this
UDO, provided a building permit is issued prior to expiration of the site plan, and construction begins
consistent with the terms and conditions of the building permit and proceeds to completion in a timely
manner.
B. Zoning Districts.
1. Retained Districts.
The following zoning districts and district names in effect prior to the effective date of this UDO and
represented on the Official Zoning Map official zoning map of the City of College Station shall remain in
effect. Those districts are shown in on the following table:
Retained District Name Effective Date
WPC Wolf Pen Creek Development. Corridor June 13, 2003
NG-1 Core Northgate June 13, 2003
NG-3 Residential Northgate June 13, 2003
CU College and University June 13, 2003
PDD Planned Development District June 13, 2003
OV Corridor Overlay June 13, 2003
Page 43 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 8
2. Renamed Districts.
The following zoning districts shall henceforth be renamed as shown in the following table:The
following district, M-1, known as Planned Industrial prior to the adoption of this UDO, shall henceforth
be renamed M-1, Light Industrial.
Previous District Previous Name New District New Name Effective Date
A-OX Existing Rural Residential A-O Agricultural-Open June 13, 2003
R-1A Single-Family Residential R-1 Single-Family Residential June 13, 2003
M-1 Planned Industrial M-1 Light Industrial June 13, 2003
R-6 Apartment High Density R-6 High Density Multi-Family June 13, 2003
NG-2 Commercial Northgate NG-2 Transitional Northgate April 2, 2006
A-P Administrative Professional O Office October 7, 2012
C-1 General Commercial GC General Commercial October 7, 2012
C-2 Commercial Industrial CI Commercial Industrial October 7, 2012
A-O Agricultural Open R Rural September 22, 2013
A-OR Rural Residential Subdivision E Estate September 22, 2013
R-1 Single-Family Residential GS General Suburban September 22, 2013
R-2 Duplex Residential D Duplex September 22, 2013
R-3 Townhouse T Townhouse September 22, 2013
R-7 Manufactured Home Park MHP Manufactured Home Park September 22, 2013
WPC Wolf Pen Creek Development Corridor WPC Wolf Pen Creek June 22, 2023
The following district, R-6, known as Apartment High Density prior to the adoption of this UDO, shall
hence forth be designated R-6, High Density Multi-Family.
District New Name Effective Date
R-6 High Density Multi-Family June 13, 2003
The following district, NG-2, known as NG-2, Commercial Northgate prior to this amendment of this
UDO, shall henceforth be renamed NG-2, Transitional Northgate.
District New Name Effective Date
NG-2 Transitional Northgate April 2, 2006
The following district, O, known as A-P Administrative Professional prior to this amendment of this
UDO, shall henceforth be renamed O, Office.
District New Name Effective Date
O Office October 7,
2012
The following district, GC, known as C-1 General Commercial prior to this amendment of this UDO, shall
henceforth be renamed GC, General Commercial.
District New Name Effective Date
Page 44 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 8
GC General Commercial October 7,
2012
The following district, CI, known as C-2 Commercial Industrial prior to this amendment of this UDO,
shall henceforth be renamed CI, Commercial Industrial.
District New Name Effective Date
CI Commercial Industrial October 7,
2012
The following district, R, known as A-O Agricultural Open prior to the amendment of this UDO, shall
henceforth be renamed R, Rural.
District New Name Effective Date
R Rural September 22,
2013
The following district, E, known as A-OR Rural Residential Subdivision prior to the amendment of this
UDO, shall henceforth be designated E, Estate.
District New Name Effective Date
E Estate September 22,
2013
The following district, GS, known as R-1 Single-Family Residential prior to this amendment of this UDO,
shall henceforth be renamed GS, General Suburban.
District New Name Effective Date
GS General Suburban September 22,
2013
The following district, D, known as R-2 Duplex Residential prior to this amendment of this UDO, shall
henceforth be renamed D, Duplex.
District New Name Effective Date
D Duplex September 22,
2013
The following district, T, known as R-3 Townhouse prior to this amendment of this UDO, shall
henceforth be renamed T, Townhouse.
District New Name Effective Date
T Townhouse September 22,
2013
The following district, MHP, known as R-7 Manufactured Home Park prior to this amendment of this
UDO, shall henceforth be renamed MHP, Manufactured Home Park.
Page 45 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 8
District New Name Effective Date
MHP Manufactured Home Park September 22,
2013
3. Combined Districts.
The following zoning districts shall henceforth be combined as reflected in the following table:
Combined Districts Name New District New Name Effective Date
R-4 Apartment/Low Density R-4 Multi-Family June 13, 2003
R-5 Apartment/Medium Density
C-B Business Commercial C-1 General Commercial June 13, 2003
C-1 General Commercial
C-3 Planned Commercial C-3 Light Commercial June 13, 2003
C-N Neighborhood Business
The districts listed below are hereby combined into the single zoning district hereafter designated as
GC, General Commercial.
Combined
Districts
Name Effective Date
C-B Business Commercial June 13, 2003
C-1 General Commercial
The districts listed below are hereby combined into the single zoning district hereafter designated as C-
3, Light Commercial.
Combined
Districts
Name Effective Date
C-3 Planned Commercial June 13, 2003
C-N Neighborhood Business
4. Retired Districts.
The following districts are no longer eligible for Official Zoning Map amendment Amendment requests.
Properties with the following designations at the time of this amendment retain all uses, regulations,
and requirements associated with these districts.
Retired District Name Effective Date
C-3 Light Commercial October 7, 2012
R&D Research & Development October 7, 2012
M-1 Light Industrial October 7, 2012
M-2 Heavy Industrial October 7, 2012
R-1B Single-Family Residential September 22, 2013
Retired
District
Name Effective Date
R-4 Multi-Family December 28, 2014
R-6 High Density Multi-Family December 28, 2014
C-3 Light Commercial October 7, 2012
Page 46 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 8
R&D Research & Development October 7, 2012
M-1 Light Industrial October 7, 2012
M-2 Heavy Industrial October 7, 2012
NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay June 21, 2020
5. New Districts.
The following districts are hereby created and added to those in effect at the time of the adoption of
this UDO.
New District Name Effective Date
RDD Redevelopment District June 13, 2003
P-MUD Planned Mixed- Use Development June 13, 2003
NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay December 13, 2007
HP Historic Preservation Overlay September 11, 2008
NAP Natural Areas Protected October 7, 2012
SC Suburban Commercial October 7, 2012
BP Business Park October 7, 2012
BPI Business Park Industrial October 7, 2012
RS Restricted Suburban September 22, 2013
MF Multi-Family December 28, 2014
MU Mixed-Use December 28, 2014
WE Wellborn Estate August 7, 2016
WRS Wellborn Restricted Suburban August 7, 2016
WC Wellborn Commercial August 7, 2016
ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay April 19, 2021
MH Middle Housing November 6, 2022
6. Redesignated District.
Henceforth all areas designated Existing Rural Residential (A-OX) shall be redesignated A-O
Agricultural-Open.
Previous
District
Name Effective Date
A-OX Existing Rural Residential June 13, 2003
Redesignated
District
Name
A-O Agricultural-Open
Henceforth all areas designated PUD Planned Unit Development (PUD) shall be redesignated PDD
Planned Development Districts (PDD). The individual ordinances that created the PUD Planned Unit
Developments shall remain in effect, along with all provisions and conditions listed therein. Any
modification of a former PUD Planned Unit Development shall follow the provisions for PDDs Planned
Development Districts listed herein.
Previous District Name Redesignated District Name Effective Date
PUD Planned Unit Development PDD Planned Development District June 13, 2003
Page 47 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 8
Redesignated District
Name
PDD Planned Development Districts
Henceforth all areas designated R-1A shall be redesignated R-1, Single-Family Residential.
Previous
District
Name Effective Date
R-1A Single-Family Residential June 13, 2003
Redesignated
District
Name
R-1 Single-Family Residential
7. Deleted Districts.
The following districts not existing on the Official Zoning Map official zoning map on the effective date
of this UDO are hereby deleted:
Deleted District Name Effective Date
C-PUD Commercial Planned Unit Development. June 13, 2003
C-NG Commercial Northgate June 13, 2003
KO Krenek Tap Overlay April 22, 2018
Page 48 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 2. Development Review Bodies
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 1 of 22
Article 2. Development Review Bodies
Sec. 2.1. City Council.
A. General.
The City Council will be responsible for final action regarding the text of this UDO and the Official Zoning
Map.
B. Powers and Duties.
As provided and established within the City of College Station Charter, the City Council has the following
powers and duties regarding this UDO:
1. Appointments.
The City Council shall have the responsibility of appointing and removing any member of the Planning
and Zoning Commission (P&Z), Zoning Board of Adjustment (ZBA), Design Review Board, Landmark
Commission (LC), Design Review Board (DRB), and Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board.
2. Final Action.
The City Council shall hear and take final action on the following:
a. Development agreements and oversize participation agreements for City participation in cost-
sharing of infrastructure improvements;
b. Conditional use permits;
c. Official Zoning Map map amendments (rezonings);
d. Concept plans Plans for P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use Districts and PDD Planned Development
Districts (PDD) and Planned Mixed-Use Districts (P-MUD);
e. Unified Development Ordinance text Text amendments;
f. Comprehensive Plan amendments;
g. Impact fee land use decisions and Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) priorities;
h. Annexations;
i. Appeal of the Planning and Zoning Commission'sP&Z's decision regarding a development
exaction appeal;
j. Appeal of the DRB's denial of a Gateway Grant;
jk. Appeal of the Landmark Commission's LC's denial of a certificate Certificate of
appropriatenessAppropriateness;
kl. Appeal of the Landmark Commission's LC's decision of a certificate Certificate of
demolitionDemolition; and
lm. Petitions to form a municipal utility districtMunicipal Utility District.
Page 49 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 2 of 22
Sec. 2.2. Planning and Zoning Commission.
A. Creation.
The City Council shall provide for the appointment of a Planning and Zoning Commission and the regulations
and restrictions adopted shall be pursuant to the provisions of applicable statutory requirements of the State
of Texas.
B. Membership and Terms.
1. Number, Appointment.
A Planning and Zoning Commission is hereby created to consist of seven (7) members. Members shall
be residents of the City of College Station and eligible voters. Additionally, one (1) or more ad hoc
members may be appointed as needed or desired to review impact fee land use assumptions and
capital improvements plans and to perform such other duties in accordance with Chapter 395 of the
Texas Local Government Code, as amended.
2. Terms.
The term of office is three (3) years, provided, however, that: (a) two of the four (4) commissioners
whose terms expire January 2020 shall be appointed to a two year term; and
(b) the three commissioners whose terms expire January 2022 shall be appointed to a two year term.
Thereafter, all appointments shall be for three years.
3. Term Limits.
Terms of office shall be limited to two consecutive three-year terms or six (6) consecutive years. A
person appointed to fill an unexpired term may be appointed to only one (1) additional consecutive
term.
4. Vacancies.
Vacancies shall be filled by the City Council for the unexpired term of any member whose position
becomes vacant.
C. Officers, Meetings, Quorum.
1. Officers.
A chairperson Chairperson shall be appointed annually by the City Council. The Planning and Zoning
Commission shall select a vice-chairperson Vice-Chair from among its members as needed.
2. Meetings.
Members of the Planning and Zoning Commission shall meet regularly, and the chairperson
Chairperson shall designate the time and place of such meetings. All meetings of the Commission
where a quorum is present shall be open to the public.
3. Quorum.
Four (4) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. Any recommendation
advanced to the City Council without a majority of positive votes from those members present shall be
deemed a negative report.
4. Rules of Proceeding.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall adopt its own rules of procedure.
5. Minutes.
Page 50 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 3 of 22
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each
member upon each question, or, if absent or failing to vote, indicating that fact and shall keep records
of its examinations and other official actions, all of which shall be immediately filed in the Planning and
Development Services Department office of the Administrator and shall be a public record.
D. Powers and Duties.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Comprehensive Plan.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall make recommendations for the effective coordination of
the various City departments, committees, and boards, in implementing the Comprehensive Plan.
2. Recommendations.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall review and make recommendations to the City Council
subject to the terms and conditions set forth for such uses in this UDO for the following:
a. Conditional use permits;
b. Official Zoning Map map amendments (rezonings);
c. Concept plans Plans for P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use Districts and PDD Planned Development
Districts (PDD) and Planned Mixed-Use Districts (P-MUD);
d. Unified Development Ordinance text Text amendments;
e. Comprehensive Plan amendments;
f. Impact fee land use decisions and Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) priorities;
g. Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) priorities;
gh. Annexations; and
hi. Petitions to form a municipal utility districtMunicipal Utility District.
3. Final Action.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall hear and take final action on the following:
a. Applicable appeals of decisions of the Design Review Board;
b. Preliminary plans, and plats final plats, replats, development plats, and minor plats not approved
by staff as set forth in the Plats Review Section in Article 3, Development Review Procedures of
this UDO;
c. Waivers of the standards in Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO;
d. Appeal of the Administrator's determination of a development Development exaction appeal;
e. Appeal of the Administrator's denial of a final minor or amending plat;
f. Appeal of the Administrator's determination regarding the applicability of plat requirements;
g. Appeal of the Administrator's denial of an alternative parking plan; and
h. Appeal of the Administrator's interpretation of the provisions of Article 8, Subdivision Design and
Improvements of this UDO.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
E. Staff.
Page 51 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 4 of 22
1. The Administrator shall provide staff, as needed, to the Planning and Zoning Commission as needed.
2. Where ministerial acts have not been completed, the staff shall ensure insure that the changes to plats
are completed as approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission.
Sec. 2.3. Zoning Board of Adjustment.
A. Creation.
The City Council shall provide for the appointment of a Zoning Board of Adjustment (ZBA) and the regulations
and restrictions adopted shall be pursuant to the provisions of applicable statutory requirements of the State
of Texas.
B. Membership and Terms.
1. Number, Appointment.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall consist of five (5) members who are residents of the City of
College Station and eligible voters. Appointment of members shall be made by the City Council. The
City Council may provide for the appointment of four (4) alternate members of the Zoning Board of
Adjustment who shall serve in the absence of one (1) or more regular members when requested to do
so.
2. Terms.
Each member of the Zoning Board of Adjustment shall be appointed for a term of two (2) years, except
that two (2) members appointed initially shall have terms of only one (1) year. After the initial
appointments, two Three (3) members shall be appointed in even-numbered years and two (2)
members shall be appointed in odd-numbered years to maintain a membership of five (5) members.
Any alternate members appointed shall serve for the same period as the regular members and any
vacancies shall be filled in the same manner as the regular members.
3. Vacancies.
Vacancies shall be filled by the City Council for the unexpired term of any member whose term
becomes vacant.
C. Officers, Meetings, Quorum.
1. Officers.
A chairperson Chairperson shall be appointed annually by the City Council. The Zoning Board of
Adjustment ZBA shall select a vice-chairperson Vice-Chair from among its members as needed.
2. Meetings.
Meetings of the Zoning Board of Adjustment shall be held at the call of the chairperson Chairperson
and at such other times as the Board may determine. Such chairpersonChairperson, or in their his
absence the vice-chairpersonacting Chairperson, may administer oaths and compel the attendance of
witnesses. All meetings of the Board where a quorum is present shall be open to the public.
3. Quorum.
All cases heard by the Zoning Board of Adjustment will always be heard by a minimum number of four
(4) members. Four (4) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and no
variance or appeal shall be granted without a concurring vote of four (4) members.
4. Rules of Proceeding.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall adopt its own rules of procedure.
Page 52 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 5 of 22
5. Minutes.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall keep minutes of its proceedings, indicating the vote of each
member on each question or the fact that a member is absent or fails to vote, and shall keep records of
its examinations and other official actions. The minutes and records shall be immediately filed in the
Planning and Development Services Department office of the Administrator and shall be a public
record.
D. Powers and Duties.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Variances.
To hear and decide requests for variance from the setback, parking number or dimensions, parking
island number or dimensions, sign (excluding sign regulations in the extraterritorial jurisdictionETJ),
maximum height, or lot size or dimension requirements of this UDO. Also, to hear and decide drainage
variances (excluding landscaping provisions) in accordance with the Flood Hazard Protection Article of
Chapter 105, Floods "Floods," Article II "Flood Hazard Protection" of the City of College Station Code of
Ordinances when strict application of the provisions of the ordinance would result in unnecessary
hardship.
Specifically excluded from the variance process are requests for relief from a site plan requirement
imposed by the Administrator when the requirement was necessary to gain compliance with the
criteria for approval of a site plan in the Section 3.6.E Site Plans Section of Article 3, Development
Review Procedures of this UDOPlan Review Criteria. Such requests will be heard and decided by the
Design Review Board.
Also excluded are roadway and infrastructure construction criteria and other subdivision regulations
contained in with Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO. Such requests shall
require waivers granted by the Planning and Zoning Commission.
2. Administrative Appeals.
To hear and decide appeals where it is alleged there is an error in any order, requirement, decision,
interpretation, or determination made by the Administrator or their his designee in the enforcement of
this UDO.
3. Official Zoning Map.
To interpret the intent of the Official Zoning Map where uncertainty exists because the physical
features on the ground vary from those on the Official Zoning Map.
4. Nonconformities.
To hear and decide requests for the completion, enlargement, extension, or structural alteration of
buildings and structures devoted to non-conforming uses in accordance with the Section 9.2
'Nonconforming Uses Section of Article 9, Nonconformities' of this UDO.
5. Special Exceptions.
To hear and decide requests for special exceptions for the parking of vehicles on residential yards in
accordance with the Stopping, Standing and Parking Article of Chapter 38, Traffic and Vehicles Chapter
38 'Traffic and Vehicles,' Article II 'Stopping, Standing, and Parking,' Section 38-43 'Parking, standing, or
storing of recreational vehicles, trailer, or trucks in residential areas' of the City of College Station Code
of Ordinances.
6. Distance Requirements.
Page 53 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 6 of 22
To hear and consider deviations from the distance requirements for the keeping of domestic livestock,
fowl, and rabbits in accordance with the Livestock, Birds, Exotic Animals And Wild Animals Article of
Chapter 6, Animals Chapter 6 'Animals,' Article V 'Livestock, Birds, Exotic Animals and Wild Animals' of
the City of College Station Code of Ordinances.
7. Easterwood Field Airport Zoning.
To hear and decide requests for appeals, special exemptions, and variances in accordance with the
Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance.
E. Staff.
The Administrator shall provide staff, as needed, to the Zoning Board of Adjustment as needed.
Sec. 2.45. Design Review Board.
A. Creation.
A Design Review Board is hereby established by the City of College Station for the purpose of enhancing the
City's ability to review sign, building, and site design issues, including architectural issues as specified in this
UDO, by bringing expertise from the community to bear on these issues in designated design districts.
B. Membership and Terms.
1. The Design Review Board shall consist of seven (7) members. Six (6) of the members shall be appointed
by the City Council.
a. The City Council shall appoint a representative with expertise from each of the following
disciplines or groups:
1) Architecture;
2) Landscape architecture;
3) Business; and
4) Design district connection (e.g., developer, land owner, business owner, resident, or
employee within a design district).
b. The City Council shall appoint two members that are citizens-at-large.
c. The final seventh regular member shall be the chairperson Chairperson of the Planning and
Zoning Commission or their his/her designee.
2. With the exception of the chairperson Chairperson of the Planning and Zoning Commission or their
his/her designee who shall serve on the Design Review this Board as long as the chairperson Chairperson serves as chair of the Planning and Zoning Commission, the term of office is three (3)
years, provided, however, that one (1) of the three members whose terms expire January 2020 shall be
appointed to a two year term and two of the three members whose terms expire January 2022 shall be
appointed to a two year term. Thereafter, all appointments shall be for three years.
3. The Design Review Board is a governmental body and shall comply with the Open Meetings Act.
C. Officers, Meetings, Quorum.
1. Officers.
A chairperson Chairperson shall be appointed annually by the City Council. The Design Review Board
shall select a vice-chairperson Vice-Chair from among its members as needed.
2. Meetings.
Page 54 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 7 of 22
Members of the Design Review Board shall meet regularly, and the chairperson Chairperson shall
designate the time and place of such meetings. All meetings of the Board where a quorum is present
shall be open to the public.
3. Quorum.
Four (4) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. Any recommendation
or decision which does not receive a majority of positive votes from those members present shall be
deemed a negative report.
4. Rules of Proceeding.
The Design Review Board shall adopt its own rules of procedure.
5. Minutes.
The Design Review Board shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote, indicating such fact,
and shall keep records of its examinations and other official actions, all of which shall be immediately
filed in the Planning and Development Services Department office of the Administrator and shall be a
public record.
D. Powers and Duties.
The Design Review Board has the following powers and duties:
1. WPC Wolf Pen Creek Standards Waivers.District Review
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests for waivers from the standards in the Wolf
Pen Creek (WPC) Subsection subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose
Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO as limited to the possible waivers authorized by
that Subsectionsubsection.
2. WPC Wolf Pen Creek Parking Waivers.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests to vary from the amount of required parking
in WPC the Wolf Pen Creek District (WPC).
3. NG Northgate District Standards Waivers.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests to vary from the standards in the Northgate
Districts (NG) Subsection subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO as limited to the possible waivers Waivers
authorized by that Subsectionsubsection.
4. Driveway Appeals.
The Design Review Board shall hear appeals to decisions of the Development Engineer regarding
driveway appeals.
5. Appeal of Requirement Based on Site Plan Review Criteria.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide appeals of the Administrator's application of site plan
requirements to assure compliance with the Site Plans Section and the Site Plans in WPC Wolf Pen
Creek Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDOSections 3.6.E, Site Plan Review
Criteria, and 3.7.D, Additional Review Criteria for the WPC District.
6. Buffer Appeals.
The Design Review Board shall hear appeals of buffer requirements listed in the Section 7.7, Buffer
Requirements Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
Page 55 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 8 of 22
7. Non-Residential Architectural Standards Appeals.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide waiver requests as specified in the Non-Residential
Architectural Standards Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
8. Non-Residential Architectural Standards Alternative Compliance.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide on proposals for alternative compliance with to the
Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this
UDO.
E. Staff.
The Administrator shall provide staff, as needed, to the Design Review Board as needed.
Sec. 2.54. Landmark Commission.
A. Creation.
A Landmark Commission is hereby established by the City of College Station for the purpose of enhancing the
City's ability to identify and protect historically and/or culturally significant districts, areas, sites, buildings,
and structures by bringing expertise from the community in those areas related to the designation of HP
Historic Preservation Overlays Districts and protection of the contributing elements within them.
B. Membership and Terms.
1. The Landmark Commission shall consist of seven (7) regular members and two (2) alternate members.
Six (6) of the regular members and the two (2) alternate members shall be appointed by the City
Council. City Council shall apportion membership according to the following fields of expertise or
specialized knowledge:
a. One (1) member shall represent one (1) of the following fields or professions:
1) History; or
2) Archaeology.
b. Two (2) members shall be the owners of the following:
1) Property in the City’s City of College Station Historic Marker Program; or
2) Property within an HP a Historic Preservation Overlay District. If no HP Historic Preservation
Overlay District has yet been applied to property in the City of College Station, a property
owner(s) of land platted prior to 1970 may be considered.
c. Two (2) members shall represent any combination of the following fields or professions:
1) Architecture: an architect, previously registered architect, architect registered in another
state, or professor in the field of architecture;
2) Landscape architecture: a landscape architect, previously registered landscape architect,
landscape architect registered in another state, or professor in the field of landscape
architecture;
3) Urban planning: a certified planner, previously certified planner, a planner with at least
three (3) years of municipal planning experience, or professor in the field of urban
planning; or
Page 56 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 9 of 22
4) Historical preservation specialist: an experienced professional who provides technical and
strategic expertise to promote the viability, reuse, and integrity of historic buildings and/or
propertiesproperty.
d. One (1) member shall represent one (1) of the following fields or professions:
1) Banking, finance, or economics;
2) Real estate; or
3) Law.
e. One (1) alternate shall represent the membership criteria identified above in Subsection
subsection b above.
f. One (1) alternate shall represent any of the fields identified above in Subsections subsections a,
c, or d above.
The final seventh regular member shall be the chairperson Chairman of the Historic Preservation
Advisory Committee or their his designee.
The City Council shall prioritize Landmark Commission candidates within each Subsection subsection
above on by their demonstrated expertise and interest in historic preservation. In the event any of the
memberships assigned to a particular field of expertise or specialized knowledge identified above in
Subsections subsections a, b, c, or d cannot be timely filled (in the judgment of the City Council) with a
qualified candidate, the City Council may appoint citizens-at-large that have demonstrated interest in
historic preservation to fill such places.
2. Members shall be appointed for three (3) -year terms or until their successors are appointed. Initially,
one (1) member from subsection b and one (1) member from subsection c shall have terms of only one
(1) year; the members of subsections a and d shall have terms of only two (2) years; and one (1)
member from subsection b and one (1) member from subsection c shall have terms of three (3) years.
After the initial appointments, tTwo (2) members shall be appointed each year.
3. The Landmark Commission shall comply with the Open Meetings Act.
C. Officers, Meetings, Quorum.
1. Officers.
A chairperson Chairperson shall be appointed annually by the City Council. The Landmark Commission
shall select a vice-chairperson Vice-Chair from among its members, as needed.
2. Meetings.
Members of the Landmark Commission shall meet regularly, monthly and the chairperson Chairperson
shall designate the time and place of such meetings. All meetings of the Commission where a quorum
is present shall be open to the public.
3. Quorum.
Four (4) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. Any recommendation
or decision which does not receive a majority of positive votes shall be deemed a negative report.
4. Rules of Proceeding.
The Landmark Commission shall adopt its own rules of procedure.
5. Minutes.
Page 57 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 10 of 22
The Landmark Commission shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote, indicating such
fact, and shall keep records of its examinations and other official actions, all of which shall be
immediately filed in the Planning and Development Services Department office of the Administrator
and shall be a public record.
D. Powers and Duties.
The Landmark Commission shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Duties.
a. Review and approve surveys conducted and maintained by the City that include an inventory of
significant historic, architectural, and cultural resources within the City of College Station
according to guidelines established by the Texas Historical Commission;
b. Utilize such surveys to identify potential property appropriate for the application of HP Historic
Preservation Overlays;
c. Review and approve surveys conducted and maintained by the City that include an inventory of
all properties located within an HP a Historic Preservation Overlay District within the City of
College Station;
d. Nominate properties to the National Register of Historic Places;
e. Establish an ad hoc three (3) -person Economic Review Panel when a property owner in an HP a
Historic Preservation Overlay District requests a certificate Certificate of demolition Demolition
based on the reason that no economically viable use of the property exists. The Economic Review
Panel must be comprised of three (3) independent experts knowledgeable in one (1) or more of
the following fields: the economics of real estate, building renovation, or redevelopment.
"Independent" as used in this subparagraph means that the expert has no financial interest in the
property, its renovation, or redevelopment; is not an employee of the property owner; is not a
City employee; is not a member of the Landmark Commission; and is not compensated for
serving on the Economic Review Panel. The Economic Review Panel must consist of one (1)
person selected by the Landmark Commission, one (1) person selected by the property owner,
and one (1) person selected by the first two (2) appointees. If the first two (2) appointees cannot agree on a third appointee within thirty (30) calendar days after submission of all of the required
documentation supporting the application, the third appointee will be selected by the
Administrator within five (5) days. Within thirty-five (35) calendar days after submission of all of
the required documentation supporting the application, all appointments to the Economic
Review Panel shall be made;
f. Act in an advisory role to the City Council of the City of College Station, all appointed boards and
commissions, and City departments regarding the protection of local historic, architectural, and
cultural resources;
g. Review and make recommendations to the appropriate county historical commission County
Historical Commission of all proposed National Register of Historic Places Registration
nominations for properties within the City of College Station; and
h. Prepare and submit annually to the City Council a report summarizing the work completed during
the previous year.
2. Recommendations.
The Landmark Commission shall make recommendations to the Planning and Zoning Commission
subject to the terms and conditions set forth for such uses in this UDO for the following:
Page 58 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 11 of 22
a. The effective coordination of the various City departments, committees, and boards, in
implementing the Comprehensive Plan as it relates to historic preservation;
b. The adoption of Unified Development Ordinance text amendments as they relate to the
designation of HP Historic Preservation Overlays Districts and the processes and standards for
properties within HP Historic Preservation Overlays Districts; and
c. The designation of HP Historic Preservation Overlays Districts.
The Landmark Commission shall make recommendations to the City Council for the following:
1)a. The utilization of state, federal, or private funds to promote the preservation of HP Historic
Preservation Overlays Districts within the City of College Station;, and
2)b. The acceptance of the dedication of easements Historic Preservation Easements for the
purpose of historic preservation.
3. Final Action.
The Landmark Commission shall hear and take final action on the following:
a. Applications for certificates Certificates of appropriateness;Appropriateness,
b. Applications for certificates Certificates of demolition;Demolition, and
c. Certifications of properties of demolition Demolition by neglectNeglect, notices to owners of
certified demolition Demolition by neglect Neglect properties, and referrals for enforcement.
E. Staff.
The Administrator shall provide staff, including a Historic Preservation Officer, as needed, to the Landmark
Commission as needed.
Sec. 2.6. Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board.
A. Creation.
A Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board is hereby established by the City of College Station for
the purpose of advising and recommending to the City Council, the Planning and Zoning Commission, and
other appointed boards and commissions on all matters concerning bicycling, walking, and greenways.
B. Membership and Terms.
1. Number, Appointment.
The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall consist of seven (7) members who are
residents of the City of College Station and eligible voters. Appointment of members shall be made by
the City Council. The Board shall consist of the following:
a. One (1) member shall represent one (1) of the following fields or professions:
1) Real estate;
2) Banking, finance, or economics;
3) Law.
b. One (1) member shall represent one (1) of the following fields or professions:
1) Recreation;
2) Health;
Page 59 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 12 of 22
3) Kinesiology.
c. Two (2) members that are residents with a demonstrated interest in walking, running, bicycling
or open space preservation.
d. One (1) member shall represent one (1) of the following fields or professions:
1) Environmental/ecological sciencesEcological Sciences;
2) Stormwater/floodplain managementFloodplain Management;
3) Natural resourcesResources.
e. One (1) member shall represent one (1) of the following fields or professions:
1) Transportation planningPlanning;
2) Engineering;
3) Architecture;
4) Landscape architecture;
5) Urban planning.
The final seventh regular member shall be the chairperson Chairman of the Council Transportation and
Mobility Committee or their his designee.
The City Council shall prioritized Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board candidates within
each Subsection subsection above by their demonstrated expertise. In the event any of the
memberships assigned to a particular field of expertise or specialized knowledge identified in the
above Subsections subsections cannot be timely filled (in the judgment of the City Council) with a
qualified candidate, the City Council may appoint citizens-at-large that have demonstrated interest in
bicycling, walking, and greenways to fill such places.
2. Terms.
With the exception of the chairperson Chairman of the Council Transportation and Mobility Committee
or their his/her designee who shall serve on the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory this
Board for as long as the chairperson Chairman serves on the Council Transportation and Mobility
Committee, the term of office is three years, provided, however, that:
(a) two of the four (4) members whose terms expire January 2020 shall be appointed to a two year
term; and
(b) the two members whose terms expire January 2022 shall be appointed to a two year term.
Thereafter, all appointments shall be for three years.
3. Vacancies.
Vacancies shall be filled by the City Council for the unexpired term of any member whose term
becomes vacant.
C. Officers, Meetings, Quorum.
1. Officers.
A chairperson Chairperson shall be appointed annually by the City Council. The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and
Greenways Advisory Board shall select a vice-chairperson Vice-Chairperson from among its members as
needed.
2. Meetings.
Page 60 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 13 of 22
Members of the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall meet regularly, monthly and
the chairperson Chairperson shall designate the time and place of such meetings. All meetings of the
Board where a quorum is present shall be open to the public.
3. Quorum.
Four (4) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Any recommendation or
decision which does not receive a majority of positive votes shall be deemed a negative report.
4. Rules of Proceeding.
The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall adopt its own rules of procedure.
5. Minutes.
The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall Shall keep minutes of its proceedings,
showing the vote, indicating such fact, and shall keep records of its examinations and other official
actions, all of which shall be immediately filed in the Planning and Development Services Department
office of the Administrator and shall be public record.
D. Powers and Duties.
The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Duties.
a. Support the implementation of the transportation Transportation element of the Comprehensive
Plan and the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan;
b. Promote and encourage bicycling and walking as an accepted (alternate) forms of transportation;
c. Review project designs related to bicycle, pedestrian, and greenway improvements, including
review of plats, site plans, and capital improvement projects;
d. Assist in identifying and applying for alternative funding sources for bicycle, pedestrian, and
greenway facilities, programs, services, and projects;
e. Promote education and safety programs for bicyclists, pedestrians, and motorists;
f. Facilitate citizen participation in local governments’ consideration of matters involving bicycle,
pedestrian, and greenway issues;
g. Promote intergovernmental and public/private coordination on bicycle, pedestrian, and
greenway matters including working with local businesses and other organizations; and
h. Perform other duties as may be assigned. it by the City;
2. Recommendations.
The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall make recommendations to the Planning
and Zoning Commission subject to the terms and conditions set forth for such uses in this UDO for the
following:
a. The adoption of Comprehensive Plan comprehensive plan amendments as they relate to
bicycling, walking, and greenways;
b. The adoption of Unified Development Ordinance text amendments as they relate to bicycling,
walking, and greenways;
c. The setting of impact fee/Capital Improvement Plan CIP priorities as they relate to bicycling,
walking, and greenways.
Page 61 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 14 of 22
The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall make recommendations to the City
Council for the following:
a. The adoption of Comprehensive Plan comprehensive plan amendments as they relate to
bicycling, walking, and greenways;
b. The adoption of Unified Development Ordinance text amendments as they relate to bicycling,
walking, and greenways;
c. The setting of impact fee/Capital Improvement Plan CIP priorities as they relate to bicycling,
walking, and greenways.
E. Staff.
The Administrator shall provide staff, as needed, to the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board
as needed.
Sec. 2.7. BioCorridor Board.
A. Creation.
A BioCorridor Board is hereby created for the purpose of enhancing the community’s ability to consistently
review subdivision, building, and site design issues of the unique, multi-jurisdictional BioCorridor Planned
Development District. The BioCorridor Board shall bring governing expertise from each City and a
representative of Texas A&M University to bear on these issues within the BioCorridor area.
B. Membership and Terms.
1. Number, Appointment.
A BioCorridor Board is hereby created to consist of seven (7) members as follows:
a. Appointment of three (3) members shall be made by the College Station City Council. Two (2) of
these appointments shall be members of the City of College Station’s City's Planning and Zoning
Commission. One (1) appointment shall be a member of the College Station City Council.
b. Appointment of three (3) members shall be made by the Bryan City Council. Two (2) of these
appointments shall be members of the City of Bryan’s Planning and Zoning Commission. One (1)
appointment shall be a member of the Bryan City Council.
c. Appointment of one (1) member shall be made by the Chancellor of the Texas A&M University
System or their his designee. This appointment shall be an employee of the Texas A&M
University System.
2. Terms.
a. Terms of members of the BioCorridor Board shall be for two (2) years or until their successors are
appointed.
b. Should a BioCorridor Board member no longer qualify for their his or her position, that member’s
term shall be ended immediately upon such disqualifying event (for example, if an appointed
Planning and Zoning Commissioner is no longer a Commissioner for the City).
3. Vacancies.
Vacancies shall be filled by the governing entity/person responsible for the appointment.
C. Officers, Meetings, Quorum.
1. Officers.
Page 62 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 15 of 22
A chairperson Chairperson and a vice-chairperson Vice-Chairperson shall be selected every two (2)
years from among its members. The chairperson Chairperson and vice-chairperson Vice-Chairperson
shall be municipal representatives and shall not be appointees from the same municipality. The vice-
chairperson Vice-Chairperson may act as chairperson Chairperson when the chairperson Chairperson is
not available.
2. Meetings.
Members of the BioCorridor Board shall meet as needed and the chairperson Chairperson shall
designate the time and place of such meetings. All meetings of the Board where a quorum is present
shall be open to the public. The BioCorridor Board shall comply with the Open Meetings Act.
3. Quorum.
Four (4) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. Any recommendations
advanced to a different regulatory entity without a majority of positive votes from those members
present shall be deemed a negative recommendation.
4. Rules of Proceeding.
The BioCorridor Board may adopt its own rules of procedure consistent with this Ordinance.
5. Minutes.
The BioCorridor Board shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each member upon
each question, or, if absent or failing to vote, indicating that fact and shall keep records of its
examinations and other official actions, all of which shall be immediately filed in the Planning and
Development Services office of the City of Bryan and shall be a public record. A copy of all such records
shall be delivered to the Planning and Development Services office of the City of College Station by the
City of Bryan within ten (10) working days of filing.
D. Powers and Duties.
The BioCorridor Board shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Recommendations.
a. The BioCorridor Board shall review and make recommendations to City staff Staff of College
Station and Bryan regarding improvements in the public realm that further the aesthetics,
identity, and access to and within the BioCorridor Planned Development District.
b. The BioCorridor Board shall review and make recommendations to the City of College Station
City's Planning and Zoning Commission regarding waivers Waivers of the standards in the
Subdivision Design and Improvements Section of Exhibit D of Ordinance No. 2019-4085the
BioCorridor Planned Development District ordinance.
2. Final Action.
The BioCorridor Board shall hear and take final action on the following:
a. Special district identification signs District Identification Signs as set forth in Ordinance No. 2019-
4085the BioCorridor Planned Development District ordinance;
b. Temporary signs promoting positive communications as set forth in Ordinance No. 2019-4085the
BioCorridor Planned Development District ordinance;
c. Works of art and their locations when located in the public right-of-way or other public area as
set forth in Ordinance No. 2019-4085the BioCorridor Planned Development District ordinance;
Page 63 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 16 of 22
d. Appeal of the BioCorridor Review Committee’s determination regarding the applicability of plat
requirements;
e. Appeal of the BioCorridor Review Committee’s denial of a site plan as set forth in the Site Plan
Review Section of Exhibit D of Ordinance No. 2019-4085the BioCorridor Planned Development
District ordinance;
f. Waivers to the dimensional requirements and number of parking spaces required in the Off-
Street Parking Requirements Section of Exhibit D of Ordinance No. 2019-4085the BioCorridor
Planned Development District ordinance;
g. Appeal of the BioCorridor Review Committee’s denial of an alternative parking plan;
h. Alternative highway buffers standards Highway Buffers Standards as allowed in Ordinance No.
2019-4085the BioCorridor Planned Development District ordinance; and
i. Appeal of the terms of the highway buffers standards Highway Buffer Standards as set forth in
Ordinance No. 2019-4085the BioCorridor Planned Development District ordinance.
E. Staff.
The City of College Station and the City of Bryan shall provide staff support, as needed, to the BioCorridor
Board as needed.
1. BioCorridor Review Committee.
The BioCorridor Review Committee will provide background information and recommendations to the
Board as set forth in Ordinance No. 2019-4085the BioCorridor Planned Development District
ordinance.
2. Administrative Support.
The City of College Station and/or the City of Bryan shall provide administrative support functions for
each meeting, such as agenda posting and the filing of minutes.
3. Planning Representative.
Where ministerial acts have not been completed, the planning Planning representative of the City in
which the project is located shall ensure that the changes to plats and/or plans are completed as
approved by the BioCorridor Board.
Sec. 2.8. Administrator.
A. Designation.
The Director of Planning and Development Services shall serve as the AdministratorThe City Manager shall
designate the Administrator for the City of College Station. Where this UDO assigns a responsibility, power,
or duty to the Administrator, the Administrator may delegate that responsibility, power, or duty to any other
agent or employee of the City whom the Administrator may reasonably determine.
B. Powers and Duties.
The Administrator shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Administration and Enforcement.
The Administrator shall administer and enforce the provisions of this UDO.
2. Interpretation.
Page 64 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 17 of 22
The Administrator is responsible for interpreting the provisions of this UDO. The Administrator shall
make written interpretations of this UDO when requested, setting forth the reasons and explanation
therefore.
3. Building Permits.
The Administrator shall review and certify that the proposed construction, moving, alteration, or use of
the land either does or does not comply with the provisions of this UDO prior to the issuance of a
building permit Building Permit by the Building Official.
4. Final Action.
The Administrator shall review and take final action on the following:
a. Sign permits;
b. Site plans;
c. Architectural reviews;
d. Administrative adjustments;
e. Preliminary plans Plans as set forth in the Plats Section of Article 3, Development Review
Procedures Section 3.4, Plat Review, of this UDO;
f. Plats as set forth in the Plats Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this
UDOMinor and amending plats;
g. Determination of building plot as set forth in the General Provisions Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO(Section 7.2, General Provisions);
h. Certificate of appropriateness routine maintenance work Appropriateness Routine Maintenance
Work reviews;
i. Determination regarding the applicability of plat requirements; and
j. Alternative parking plans as set forth in the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDO(Section 7.3, Off-Street Parking).
5. Other Duties.
a. The Administrator, or their his designee, shall serve as the Historic Preservation Officer (HPO) for
the City of College Station. As such, the Historic Preservation Officer HPO shall serve as a
representative of the Landmark Commission and shall be responsible for coordinating the
Landmark Commission’s preservation activities with the Historic Preservation Advisory
Committee, those of state and federal agencies, and with local, state, and national nonprofit
preservation organizations.
b. The Administrator shall perform other duties imposed under the provisions of the City of College
Station Code of Ordinances, as amended from time-to-time.
c. The Administrator shall administer and enforce the regulations of the Easterwood Field Airport
Zoning Ordinance.
Sec. 2.9. Building Official.
A. Designation.
Page 65 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 18 of 22
The Administrator shall designate the Building Official for the City of College Station. The Building Official
may delegate that responsibility, power, or duty to any other agent or employee of the City whom the
Building Official may reasonably determine.
B. Powers and Duties.
The Building Official shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Building Inspections.
The Building Official shall have the power to conduct inspections of buildings and premises to carry out
their his duties herein and to determine compliance with the provisions of this UDO.
2. Building Permits.
The Building Official shall issue building permitsBuilding Permits.
3. Certificate of Occupancy.
The Building Official shall issue certificates Certificates of occupancyOccupancy.
4. Certificates of Completion.
The Building Official shall issue certificates Certificates of completionCompletion.
Sec. 2.10. Development Engineer.
A. Designation.
The City Engineer shall designate the Development Engineer for the City of College Station.
B. Responsibility.
The Development Engineer, or their his designee, shall implement, administer, and oversee the provisions,
terms, and conditions of all engineering and flood hazard protection requirements within this UDO. The
Development Engineer may delegate that responsibility, power, or duty to any other agent or employee of
the City whom the Development Engineer may reasonably determine.
C. Powers and Duties.
The Development Engineer has the following powers and duties regarding in regard to engineering
requirements and flood hazard protection:
1. Review and approve, approve with conditions, or deny driveway applications;
2. Maintain and hold open for public inspection all records of pertaining to the provisions of the flood
hazard protection regulations;
3. Review and approve, approve with conditions, or deny all applications for development permits;
4. Assure that adequate inspection of construction permitted under the terms and provisions of this UDO
is are carried out in accordance with the permitted plan;
5. Maintain, update, and provide to interested parties at a reasonable cost the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines, Technical Specifications and Standard Details;
6. Assure that adequate maintenance of drainage pathways, including altered or relocated waterways, is
provided such that capacity for carrying stormwater flows is maintained;
7. Provide interpretation, where required, of boundaries of areas Areas of special flood hazardSpecial
Flood Hazard, location of the floodway, and water surface elevations, when disputes arise during
review;
Page 66 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 19 of 22
8. Provide information to the Zoning Board of Adjustment, Municipal Court, or City Council, as applicable
on all variance requests, administrative appeals, enforcement actions, and proposed amendments to
the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines, Technical Specifications and Standard Details as
required;
9. Review and utilize any acceptable new flood study data in accordance with the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines, Technical Specifications and Standard Details;
10. Notify adjacent communities and the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), prior to any
alteration or relocation of a watercourse, and submit evidence of notification to the Federal Insurance
Administration;
11. Review and make recommendations to the City Council concerning development
agreementsDevelopment Agreements;
12. Interpret the terms and provisions of theSection 7.9, Flood Hazard Protection Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDO, as required, as they apply to each project, in accordance
with the stated purpose of that Section;
13. Review permits for proposed development to ensure that all necessary permits have been obtained
from those federalFederal, stateState, or local governmental agencies (including Section 404 of the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, 33 U.S.C. 1334) from which prior approval is
required;
14. Review and approve or deny alternative materials or standards for site construction; and
15. Review, evaluate and provide recommendations regarding appeals to a development
exactiondevelopment exaction appeals.
Sec. 2.11. BioCorridor Review Committee.
A. Creation.
A BioCorridor Review Committee is hereby created for the purpose of implementing Ordinance No. 2019-
4085the BioCorridor Planned Development District ordinance. The Committee is comprised of staff from
both cities, with the Committee serving as the designated administrative officer as set forth in Ordinance No.
2019-4085 the BioCorridor Planned Development District ordinance and state law. The BioCorridor Review
Committee shall bring planning, engineering, and other areas of municipal expertise from each City to bear
on proposals within the BioCorridor Planned Development District.
B. Membership.
The BioCorridor Review Committee shall consist of four (4) core members. Other City employees may be
invited to participate on an ad hoc basis.
1. Core Membersmembers.
a. The City Manager of each municipality shall designate two (2) city employees from their his/her
municipality. One (1) employee shall be a planner and one (1) an engineer or engineer in training
familiar with development review procedures.
b. The BioCorridor Review Committee’s main point of contact for a development project proposal
shall be the planner on the Committee from the City city in which the majority of the project is
located.
2. Ad Hoc Membershoc members.
Page 67 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 20 of 22
As the BioCorridor Review Committee determines appropriate, ad hoc members may be called upon
for their expertise on particular matters.
Ad hoc members may consist of governmental and utility employees such as:
a. A representative from College Station Utilities or Bryan Texas Utilities;
b. A representative from the Fire Marshall’s office;
c. A representative from the solid waste Sanitation department; or
d. The City’s transportation planner or transportation engineer.
Ad hoc members shall be designated by their respective City Manager.
C. Powers and Duties.
The BioCorridor Review Committee shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Administration and Enforcement.
The BioCorridor Review Committee shall carry out their duties as set forth in Ordinance No. 2019-
4085the BioCorridor Planned Development District ordinance, including ensuring compliance with the
BioCorridor Site Design Guidelines, Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines, boundaries of
areas Areas of special flood hazardSpecial Flood Hazard, location of the floodway, and water surface
elevations.
The BioCorridor Review Committee shall review and take action on the following as set forth in
Ordinance No. 2019-4085the BioCorridor Planned Development District ordinance:
a. PlatsMinor and amending plats;
b. Site plans;
c. Construction documents;
d. Structure plans as they relate to exterior aesthetic design standards (not building code Building
Code review);
e. Sign permits;
f. Development permits;
g. Administrative adjustments;
h. Alternative parking plans;
i. Driveway applications;
j. Determination of building plot; and
k. Determination of plat applicability.
2. In the event the BioCorridor Review Committee is unable to reach a consensus, the planning Planning
or engineering Engineering representative (as appropriate) from the City city in which the majority of
the project will be located shall make the final determination.
Sec. 2.12. Summary of Review Authority.
The following table summarizes the authority of the various review bodies and staff.
Summary of Review Authority
Page 68 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 21 of 22
Development Review
ProcedurePROCEDURE
City
Council
Planning
and
ZoningP&Z Comm.
Zoning
Board.
of Adj.
Design
Review.
Board.
Land.
Comm.
Bike,
Ped. &
Grnwy
Admin. Building
Official
Dev.
Engr.
KEY: A = Appeal R = Recommend D = Final Action/Decision RR = Review/Report
CITY COUNCIL (CC)
Oversize Participation D RR
Development Agreement D RR R
Conditional Use Permitpermit D R RR
Official Zoning Map
Amendment
D R RR
Official Zoning Map
Amendment (HP)
D R R RR
P-MUD/PDD/P-MUD Concept
Plan
D R RR
Unified Development
Ordinance Text Amendment
D R R RR
Comprehensive. Plan
Amendment
D R R RR
Impact Fee/CIP Priorities D R R RR
Annexations D R RR
Municipal Utility Districts D R RR
PLANNING AND & ZONING COMMISSION (P&Z)
Preliminary Plan*** (with
waiver or Discretionary
Itemdiscretionary item) (a)
D RR R
Final Plat D RR R
Development Plat D RR R
Waiver of Subdivision Standard D RR R
Development Exaction Appeal A D RR
ZONING BOARD OF ADJUSTMENT (ZBA)
Variance D RR R RR
Administrative Appeal D RR
Official Zoning Map
Interpretation
D RR
DESIGN REVIEW BOARD (DRB)
Site Plan in WPC District Site Plan A D R
WPC District Building/Sign
Permit Review in WPC
A D
WPC Parking Waivers in WPC A D RR
NG Waivers in NG D RR
Non-Residential Architectural
(NRA) Arch. Standards. Waiver
D RR
NRA Non-Residential Arch.
Standards. Alternative.
Compliance
D RR
LANDMARK COMMISSION (LC)
Page 69 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 22 of 22
Certificates of Appropriateness A D RR
Certificates of Demolition A D RR
ADMINISTRATOR
Architectural Reviews D
Interpretation A (b)** A D
Sign Permit A D
Site Plan A (c)* D R
Administrative Adjustment A D
WPC District Building or Sign,
Minor
A D
Preliminary Plan (a)*** D R
Minor or Amending Plat A D R
P-MUD/PDD Concept Plan
Minor Amendment.
A D
Certificate of Appropriateness,
Routine Maintenance Work
A D
NG Roof Color Palette
Amendment
A D
Alternative Parking Plans A D
Determination of Plat
Applicability
A D R
BUILDING OFFICIAL (BO)
Building Permit D
Certificate of Occupancy R D R
Certificate of Completion R D R
DEVELOPMENT ENGINEER (DE)
Development Permit D
Driveway Application A D
Alternative Construction.
Material
A D
* Section 3.6.E. Site Plan Review Criteria and 3.7.F. Wolf Pen Creek Design District General Site Plan Review Criteria only.
** Subdivision Regs. only.
*** See UDO Section 3.4, Plat Review, for specific review authority.
KEY:A=Appeal R=Recommend D=Final Action/Decision RR=Review/Report
Notes:
(a) See the Plats Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO for specific review
authority.
(b) Standards of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements only.
(c) Standards of the Site Plans Section and the Site Plans in WPC Wolf Pen Creek Section of Article 3,
Development Review Procedures of this UDO only.
Page 70 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 3. Development Review Procedures
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 76
Article 3. Development Review Procedures
Sec. 3.1. Applicability.
The provisions of this Article article shall not apply to land that is zoned BioCorridor Planned Development District.
Sec. 3.2. General Approval Procedures.
A. Conformity with Unified Development Ordinance (UDO) and the Comprehensive Plan.
The provisions of this UDO and the Comprehensive Plan shall apply to and be binding on any and all persons
seeking to develop, redevelop, or otherwise change existing land uses within the city corporate limits of the
City of College Station and, where applicable, its extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ). Compliance with the UDO
and the Comprehensive Plan includes the dedication and construction of identified infrastructure, right-of-
way, and improvement of specified facilities including, but not limited to, pedestrian facilities, bicycle
facilities, thoroughfares, etc.
B. Pre-Application application Conference.
Prior to the submission of any application required by this UDO, applicants are encouraged to schedule and
attend an optional pre-application conference with the City staffStaff. Pre-application conferences with City
staff Staff may be used to discuss, in general, procedures, standards, or regulations relating to a proposed
development. If a pre-application conference is requested, the Administrator may require the applicant to
submit information prior to the pre-application conference to allow City staff Staff time to review the
proposal. Any proposed development submitted or discussed as a part of a pre-application conference shall
not be considered a plan, plat, or permit application but will be considered an informal request for
information prior to the actual plat, plan, or permit application.
C. Application Forms and Fees.
The following regulations shall apply to all applications:
1. Forms.
Applications required under this UDO shall be submitted using correct, completed forms, where
applicable, along with any requested information and attachments, and in such numbers as required by
the City, including any checklists for submittals. The Administrator shall have the authority to request
any other pertinent information required to ensure compliance with this UDO.
2. Electronic Submission Required.
All plats and site plans shall be prepared and submitted upon request in an electronic form acceptable
to the Administrator and compatible with the City's geographic information systemGeographic
Information System (GIS).
3. Fees.
Filing fees shall be established from time- to- time by resolution of the City Council for the purpose of
defraying the actual cost of processing the application.
a. All required fees shall be made payable to "The City of College Station."
Page 71 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 76
b. An applicant who has paid the appropriate fee pursuant to submission of an application, but who
chooses to withdraw the such application prior to any notification, review, or action taken, shall
be entitled to a refund of fifty (50) percent of the total amount paid upon written request to the
City except that the filing fee required for text or map amendments shall not be refundable.
c. The Administrator may waive or reduce development-related fees on a case-by-case basis
pursuant to applicable law or when the City is the applicant.
D. Application Deadline.
All applications shall be completed and submitted to the Administrator in accordance with a submittal
deadline schedule established by the City. All applications not delivered to the City by a date and time
according to the submittal deadline schedule shall be considered timely received for the next official
submittal deadline. An application shall not be considered officially submitted until application completeness
has been determined in accordance with this UDO.
E. Application Completeness.
An application shall be considered submitted only after the Administrator has determined it is complete as
set forth herein. This includes determining whether it is accompanied by with any required forms, mandatory
information (including all exhibits), and the applicable fee. A determination of completeness does not
constitute a determination of compliance with the substantive requirements of this UDO nor precludes that
additional information and/or documents may still be required as identified during the formal review of the
application. If an application is determined to be incomplete, no further processing of the application shall
occur until the deficiencies are corrected. An application of any kind under this Article expires and forfeits
the application fee forfeited on or after the forty-fifth (45th) day after the application is deemed incomplete
if:
1. The applicant fails to provide documents or other information necessary to comply with the technical
requirements of this UDO as to form and content of the submittal;
2. The City notifies the applicant, in writing, of the failure to provide specific documents or other
information within ten (10) business days from the filing date, noting the date the application will
expire if same is not provided; and
3. The applicant fails to provide the specified documents or other information within the time provided in
the notice.
No vested rights accrue solely from the filing of an application that has expired pursuant to this Section, or
from the filing of a complete application that is subsequently denied.
F. Standards of Review.
Applications shall be reviewed based on the ordinances which are in effect at the time the permit application
is submitted to with the City. It is the responsibility of the applicant to inform the Administrator if vesting is
claimed on a specific project application and to which ordinance the claim is vested in accordance with
Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended. This information shall be conveyed to the
Administrator as part of the permit application. The Administrator may attempt to inform the applicant if a
project can is able to vest to a previously adopted ordinance. Notwithstanding anything in this UDO to the
contrary, vesting is limited to that which is provided in Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code, as
amended, or other applicable law.
G. Required Public Notice.
1. Summary of Notice Required.
Notice shall be required for development review as shown in the following table.
Page 72 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 76
Summary of Notice Required
Application Type Published Mailed Agenda Posted
Comprehensive Plan Amendments X X (a)** X
Official Zoning Map Amendments. (Rezonings) X X X
Unified Development Ordinance Text Amendments X X
Conditional Use Permits X X X
PlatsSubdivision - Replats* X (b)* X (b)* X
Design District -– Site Plans/Building Permitsldg. X
Certificates of Appropriateness X
Certificates of Demolition (No economically viable use) X X X
Variances - ZBA X X X
Appeals -– Site Plan and & Driveway X
Waivers -– Subdivision Design X
Waivers -– Buffer Requirements X
Administrative Appeals X X
Development Exaction Appeals X
Notes:
* Only when required per the Texas Local Government Code.
(a)** Applies only to amendments to the Comprehensive Plan's Future Land Use & and Character Map. This
shall Shall not apply to Comprehensive Plan major evaluations and updates to the Comprehensive Plan,
which have their own public notification and input processes.
(b) Only when required per the Texas Local Government Code, as amended.
2. Specific Notice Requirements.
a. Published Notice.
Notice of the public hearing A Public Hearing Notice shall be placed by the Administrator at least
once in the official newspaper of the City before the fifteenth (15th) day before the date of the
hearing for the purpose of notifying the public of the time and place of such public hearing and
the substance of the public hearing agenda items that may be considered or reviewed.
b. Mailed Notice.
Notice A notice of the public hearing shall be sent to owners of record of real property, as
indicated by the most recently approved municipal tax roll, within two hundred (200) feet of the parcel under consideration. The notice may be served by its deposit, properly addressed with
postage paid, in U.S. mail before the fifteenth (15th) day before the date of the hearing.
c. Content of Notice.
A published or mailed notice shall provide at least the following specific information:
1) The general location of land that is the subject of the application;
2) The substance of the application, including the magnitude of the proposed development
and the current zoning district;
3) The time, date, and location of the public hearing; and
4) A phone number to contact the City.
Page 73 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 76
d. Mailed Notice of Approval Requirements.
As required by per the Texas Local Government Code, for certain replats, such a replat that does
not have a public hearing shall provide notice of approval to owners of record (as indicated by
the most recently approved municipal or county tax roll) of lots in the original subdivision that
are within two hundred (200) feet of the lots to be replatted. The notification shall be mailed no
later than the fifteenth (15th) day after the replat is approved. The notice must include the zoning
designation of the property after the replat and a telephone number and e-mail address an
owner of a lot may use to contact the municipality about the replat.
3. Public Hearing Signs.
In addition to meeting the minimum statutory notice requirements, for the purpose of notifying the
public the Administrator may require the installation of a sign on the property advertising the public
hearing. The specifications including size, location, and content of public hearing signs shall be
established by the Administrator.
4. Required Hearings and Reviewing Body.
The following table illustrates the types of review requiring a public hearing and the review body
responsible for conducting the hearing.
Required Hearings and Reviewing Body
Application Type Zoning Board of Adjustment
Landmark Commission
Planning and Zoning Commission
City Council
Comprehensive Plan
Amendments
X X
Official Zoning Map
Amendments (Rezoning)
X X
Official Zoning Map
Amendments (Rezoning -– HP
Historic Preservation Overlay
District)
X X X
Certificates of Demolition (No
economically viable use)
X
Unified Development
Ordinance Text Amendments
X X
Conditional Use Permits X X
Plats (a)Subdivision* X
Variances - ZBA X
Administrative Appeals X
Development Exaction
Appeals
X X (b)**
Notes:
(a)* Only when required per the Texas Local Government Code, as amended.
(b)** Request is considered by Council only if Planning and Zoning Commission’s decision is appealed.
H. Simultaneous Processing of Applications.
Two (2) or more forms of review and approval are typically required in the development process.
Development proposals that require applications for Official Zoning Map amendments Amendments
Page 74 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 76
(Rezoning) are required to be acted upon by the City Council before plat and other development applications
will be accepted for review by the City. In addition, preliminary plans Preliminary Plans are to be acted upon
by the Planning and Zoning Commission or the Administrator before a subsequent final plat Final Plat will be
accepted for review by the City. At the discretion of the Administrator, plat and other applications for
development approvals may be processed simultaneously, so long as the approval procedures for each
individual application can be completed pursuant to the requirements of this UDO. Such processing shall
occur at the applicant’s own risk.
I. Expiration of Applications, Permits, and Projects.
1. Expiration of Inactive Applications.
An application that has been determined to be administratively complete and written staff review
comments provided to the applicant shall be deemed expired and closed in ninety (90) calendar days
from the date the most recent written review comments were provided by the City to the applicant, if
the applicant has not acted taken action by providing written response comments and revised
documents to the Administrator that seek to address the review comments.
2. Expiration of Approved Permits.
a. Unless otherwise specified by this UDO, any individual permit, authorization, or approval
required in this UDO expires twenty-four (24) months from the date of approval, or as may be
further extended pursuant to the terms of this UDO, if no progress has been made towards
completion of the project. For purposes of this Section, progress towards completion of the
project is as defined by Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended.
b. If no expiration date was in effect at the time the approval of the permit occurred, an expiration
date of twenty-four (24) months from the approval shall apply.
3. Expiration of Projects.
a. For projects requiring more than one (1) permit, authorization, or approval, there shall be a
project expiration date of five (5) years from the date the first complete application is filed for
the project or from the date vesting occurs pursuant to Chapter 245 of the Texas Local
Government Code, as amended if no progress is made towards completion of the project or if the
expiration date is not otherwise further extended pursuant to the terms of this UDO. For
purposes of this Section, progress towards completion of the project is as defined by Chapter 245
of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended.
b. Any application for a new permit, authorization for approval, or application to replace an existing
approved permit shall be deemed to commence a new development project, as of the date it is
filed, if the new application is not compatible with the permits preceding it concerning in regard
to the type of proposed use(s), nature of the development, or significant changes to density or
infrastructure demands.
J. Appeals from Development Exaction Requirements.
1. Purpose.
The purpose of a petition for relief from a dedication or public infrastructure requirement is to ensure
that the application of uniform dedication and construction standards to a proposed development
does not result in a disproportionate burden on the property when considering the nature and extent
of the demands created by the proposed development on the City’s roadways and other public
infrastructure.
2. Applicability.
Page 75 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 76
A petition for relief under this Section may be filed by the applicant to contest any requirement to
dedicate land or to construct public improvements as required by this UDO, the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines, or any other public infrastructure standards in any ordinance or regulation
to a plat application or to any related development application authorized by the City or attached as a
condition to approval of the application. A petition for relief shall not be used to waive a standard on
grounds subject to other appeal and waiver criteria set forth outlined in this UDO.
3. Petition Requirements.
a. Form of Petition.
The petition for relief from a dedication or construction requirement shall allege that the
application of the standards relating to the dedication or construction requirement is not roughly
proportional to the nature and extent of the impacts created by the proposed development on
the City’s water, wastewater, storm drainage, parks, roadway system or other public
infrastructure.
b. Required Supporting Documentation.
The applicant shall provide information in support of the petition for relief that includes the
following:
1) Total capacity of the City’s water, wastewater, storm drainage, parks, roadway system or
other public infrastructure to be utilized by the proposed development, employing
standard measures of capacity and equivalency tables relating the type of development
proposed to the quantity of system capacity to be consumed by the development. If the
proposed development is to be developed in phases, such information also shall be
provided for the entire development proposed, including any phases already developed;
2) Total capacity to be supplied to the City’s water, wastewater, storm drainage, parks,
roadway system, or other public infrastructure by the proposed dedication of an interest in
land or construction of public infrastructure. If the application is part of a phased
development, the information shall include any capacity supplied by prior dedications or
construction of public infrastructure;
3) Comparison of the capacity of the City’s public facilities system(s) to be consumed by the
proposed development with the capacity to be supplied to such system(s) by the proposed
dedication of an interest in land or construction of public infrastructure. In making this
comparison, the impacts on the City’s public infrastructure system(s) from the entire
development shall be considered;
4) The effect of any City participation in the costs of oversizing the public improvement to be
constructed in accordance with the City’s requirements;
5) All Any and all other information that alleges the dedication or construction requirement
imposed by the City is not roughly proportional to the impacts created by the proposed
development;
6) The proportionality analysis should not only be based on any immediate plans for the
property but should be based on the size of the property, existing and proposed use of the
property, and the development potential permitted by the existing zoning; and
7) Only costs directly related to the dedication or construction requirements should be
included in the analysis. Indirect costs, such as applications, permits, and fees, shall not be
included.
c. Time for Filing Petition and Supporting Documentation.
Page 76 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 76
A petition for relief from a dedication or construction requirement shall be submitted to filed
with the Development Engineer within fourteen (14) calendar days following the Planning and
Zoning Commission’s decision to approve, conditionally approve or deny an application for
approval of an application. The information in support of the petition as set forth above shall be
submitted to filed with the Development Engineer within sixty (60) calendar days following the
initial decision, unless the applicant (petitioner for relief) seeks an extension in writing. The
Development Engineer may extend the time for submitting the information for a period not to
exceed an additional thirty (30) calendar days for good cause shown.
D. Land in the Extraterritorial Jurisdiction (ETJ).
Where land or facilities to be dedicated are located in the extraterritorial jurisdiction ETJ of the
City and are to be dedicated to the applicable county, a petition for relief or documentation in
support of the petition shall be accepted as complete for review by the Development Engineer
only when such petition or study is accompanied by verification that a copy has been delivered to
and accepted by the applicable county.
4. Processing of Petitions and Decision.
a. Responsible Official.
The Development Engineer shall be the responsible official for reviewing a petition for relief from
a dedication or construction requirement. Where the petition is for relief from the dedication of
land or construction of a facility in the extraterritorial jurisdiction City's ETJ that is to be
dedicated to the applicable county, the Development Engineer shall coordinate a
recommendation with the appropriate county official responsible for reviewing plats.
b. Evaluation and Recommendation.
1) The Development Engineer shall evaluate the petition and supporting documentation and
shall make a recommendation to the Planning and Zoning Commission for their
consideration and recommendation to the City Council, if applicable.
2) In evaluating the petition and documentation, the Development Engineer shall consider
take into account the maximum amount of any impact fees to be charged against the
development for the type of public infrastructure that is the subject of the petition, or
similar developments on the City’s water, wastewater, storm drainage, parks, roadway
system or other public infrastructure. The Development Engineer may utilize any
reasonable methodology to evaluate, affirm, or refute the applicant’s petition and
supporting documentation.
3) To In order to achieve proportionality between the demands created by a proposed
development on public facilities and the City’s obligation to provide adequate public
facilities, the City may participate in the costs of public infrastructure, credit or offset the
developer’s proposed obligations, or otherwise relieve the property owner of any of the
obligations in response to a petition for relief from a dedication or construction
requirement.
c. Decision-Maker.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall decide the petition for relief from a dedication or
construction requirement.
d. Public Hearing.
Page 77 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 76
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall conduct a public hearing within thirty (30) calendar
days after the final documentation supporting the petition is filed by the applicant with the
Development Engineer.
e. Burden of Proof.
The applicant bears the burden of proof to demonstrate that the application of a dedication or
construction requirement imposes a disproportionate burden on the applicant.
f. Decision.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall consider the petition for relief from a dedication or
construction requirement based on upon the following criteria:
1) The Planning and Zoning Commission shall determine whether the application of the
standard or condition is roughly proportional to the nature and extent of the impacts
created by the proposed development on the City’s water, wastewater, storm drainage,
parks, roadway system, or other public infrastructure, and whether the application of the
standard or condition reasonably benefits the development.
2) In making such determination, the Planning and Zoning Commission shall consider the
documentation submitted by the applicant, the report and recommendation of the
Development Engineer, and, where the property is located within the extraterritorial
jurisdictionCity's ETJ, any recommendations from the county official, as applicable.
g. Action.
Based on the decision criteria stated in the Appeals from Development Exaction Requirements
Subsection above, the Planning and Zoning Commission may take one (1) or more of the
following actions:
1) Deny the petition for relief, and impose the dedication or construction requirement as
required by this UDO;
2) Deny the petition for relief in whole or in part, upon finding that the proposed dedication
or construction requirements are inadequate to offset the impacts of the development on
the City’s water, wastewater, storm drainage, parks, roadway system, or other public
infrastructure; or
3) Grant the petition for relief in whole or in part, and waive any dedication or construction
requirement to the extent necessary to achieve proportionality, including consideration of
alternative designs for the public infrastructure systems or improvements.
h. Notification of Decision on Petition.
The applicant shall be notified of the decision on the petition for relief by the Development
Engineer within fourteen (14) calendar days following the Planning and Zoning Commission’s
decision.
5. Appeal of the Decision on a Petition for Relief.
a. Initiation of an Appeal.
The applicant, the Administrator, or no less than four (4) voting members of the City Council may
appeal the decision of the Planning and Zoning Commission within fourteen (14) calendar days
following the date of the Commission’s decision:
Page 78 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 76
1) For an applicant-initiated appeal, a letter stating the reasons for the appeal, citing the
specific section(s) of the applicable ordinance requirement, shall be submitted by the
applicant.
2) The Administrator may, on their his/her own initiative, appeal the decision of the Planning
and Zoning Commission by scheduling an appeal on the City Council’s next available
regularly scheduled meeting that occurs after the Commission meeting at which the
decision was made.
3) For a City Council-initiated appeal, the Council shall consider and act on whether it will
appeal the Planning and Zoning Commission’s decision at its next available regularly
scheduled meeting that occurs after the Commission meeting at which the decision was
made.
b. Notification of Appeal.
Both the applicant and the City shall be notified of the appeal request within fourteen (14)
calendar days. Appeals by the applicant shall include all documentation submitted for the appeal.
c. Council Decision.
The City Council shall consider a properly submitted appeal at its next available regularly
scheduled meeting. The City Council may affirm, modify, or reverse the decision of the Planning
and Zoning Commission by a simple majority vote. The decision of the City Council is final.
6. Expiration or Failure to File Application.
Where an application was denied based upon the imposition of the standard requiring the dedication
of land or construction of a required public infrastructure and the Planning and Zoning Commission’s
decision, if not further appealed (or the City Council’s decision if further appealed as applicable), is to
grant some level of relief, the applicant must resubmit the application within sixty (60) calendar days
following the date the relief is granted. If such re-submittal of the application is not made within the
sixty (60) -day period, the relief granted by the Commission (or City Council as applicable) on the
petition shall expire.
7. Effect of Relief.
a. The Development Engineer may require the applicant to submit a modified application or
supporting materials consistent with the relief granted by the Planning and Zoning Commission
on the petition.
b. The relief granted on the petition shall remain in effect for the period the application is in effect,
and shall expire upon expiration of the plat or related application.
K. Figures and Flow Charts.
The figures and flow charts provided in this UDO are intended to be graphical representations of procedures
or standards set forth in this UDO to assist in understanding the requirements of this UDO and are not
intended to be requirements themselves.
Page 79 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 76
Sec. 3.322. Comprehensive Plan Amendments.
Comprehensive Plan Amendment Process
A. Purpose.
For the purpose of establishing and maintaining sound, stable, and desirable development within the
territorial limits of the cityCity, the Comprehensive Plan, including specifically, the Future Land Use &
Character Map Land Use Plan and the Functional Classification & Context Class MapThoroughfare Plan, shall
be amended only based upon changed or changing conditions in a particular area or in the cityCity.
Page 80 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 76
B. Initiation of Amendment.
An amendment may be initiated by:
1. The City Council on its own motion;
2. The Planning and Zoning Commission;
3. The Administrator; or
4. The property owner(s).
C. Amendment Application.
A complete application for a Comprehensive Plan amendment shall be submitted to the Administrator as set
forth in the General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO.
D. Time Limitations on Applications.
Comprehensive Plan amendment Amendment applications may be submitted on a rolling basis, except
during the six (6) month period prior to a Comprehensive Plan major evaluation or update to the
Comprehensive Plan. The beginning of the six (6) month time limitation period shall be determined by
counting backward from the expected date of the Comprehensive Plan evaluation or update public hearing
before the Planning and Zoning Commission.
E. Approval Process.
1. Project Proposal Meeting.
After applying submitting an application for a Comprehensive Plan amendment Amendment to the
Future Land Use & and Character Map or attending a pre-application conference Pre-Application
Conference relating to the same, the applicant shall request to set up a project proposal meeting
Project Proposal Meeting with City staffStaff. The purpose of this meeting is to begin communicating
with the local neighborhood early on in the process, and is not a forum for final decisions or the
acceptance of formal comments concerning public support or opposition.
Project proposal meetings Proposal Meetings shall abide by the following minimum requirements:
a1. The applicant or an authorized representative must schedule and facilitate a minimum of one
project proposal meeting Project Proposal Meeting to discuss the application or proposal. At a
minimum, property owners within 200 feet of the subject property must be notified by the
applicant or authorized representative.
B2. When possible, City staff shall be present at the meeting to address questions relating to City
processes and requirements.
C3. The project proposal meeting Project Proposal Meeting shall be held on or near in close
proximity to the subject property, or virtually.
D4. The project proposal meeting Project Proposal Meeting shall be held thirty (30) to sixty -(60) days
prior to the corresponding Planning and Zoning Commission meeting.
2. Review and Report by Administrator.
Once the application is complete, the Administrator shall review the proposed amendment in light of
the remainder of the Comprehensive Plan and existing conditions in the city City, and give a report to
the Planning and Zoning Commission and City Council.
3. Recommendation by Planning and Zoning Commission.
a. Notice.
Page 81 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 76
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall publish, post, and mail public notice in accordance
with the General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO, and shall
recommend to the City Council such action as the Commission deems proper.
b. Public Hearing.
A public hearing shall be held by the Planning and Zoning Commission before making a report to
the City Council.
c. Review and Action by Planning and Zoning Commission.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall review the amendment and approve, approve with
conditions, deny, or determine that the proposed development complies with the
Comprehensive Plan, and no amendment is required. If the Commission determines that no
amendment is required, the applicant may proceed with the next step in the development
process. No further action by the City Council is required.
4. City Council Action.
a. Notice.
The City Council shall publish, post, and mail public notice in accordance with the General
Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO, before taking final action on a
petition to amend the Comprehensive Plan.
b. Public Hearing.
The City Council shall hold a public hearing and approve, approve with modifications, or
disapprove the application to amend the Comprehensive Plan.
c. Review and Final Action by City Council.
In determining whether to approve, approve with modifications, or disapprove the application to
amend the Comprehensive Plan, the City Council shall consider the following matters regarding
the proposed amendment:
1) Changed or changing conditions in the subject area of the cityCity;
2) Compatibility with the existing uses, development patterns, and character of the
immediate area concerned, the general area, and the city City as a whole;
3) Impact on environmentally sensitive and natural areas;
4) Impacts on infrastructure, including water, wastewater, drainage, and the transportation
network; and
5) Consistency with the goals and strategies set forth in the Comprehensive Plan.
F. Limitation on Reapplication.
If a petition for a plan amendment is denied by the City Council, another petition for reclassification of the
same property or any portion thereof shall not be considered within a period of one hundred eighty (180)
days from the date of denial, unless the Planning and Zoning Commission finds that one (1) of the following
factors are applicable:
1. There is a substantial change in circumstances relevant to the issues and/or facts considered during the
review of the application that might reasonably affect the decision-making body’s application of the
relevant review standards to the development proposed in the application; or
Page 82 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 76
2. New or additional information is available that was not available at the time of the review that might
reasonably affect the decision-making body’s application of the relevant review standards to the
development proposed; or
3. A new application is proposed to be submitted that is materially different from the prior application
(e.g., proposes new uses or a substantial decrease in proposed densities or intensities); or
4. The final decision on the application was based on a material mistake of fact.
Sec. 3.43. Official Zoning Map Amendments (Rezonings).
Official Zoning Map Amendment Review Process
A. Purpose.
Page 83 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 76
To establish and maintain sound, stable, and desirable development within the territorial limits of the
cityCity, the Official Zoning Map may be amended based upon changed or changing conditions in a particular
area or in the city City generally, or to rezone an area or extend the boundary of an existing zoning district.
All amendments shall be consistent with the Comprehensive Plan, including the Future Land Use & Character
Mapbe in accordance with the Comprehensive Plan and may, from time to time, be amended.
B. Initiation of Amendments.
An amendment to the Official Zoning Map may be initiated by:
1. The City Council on its own motion;
2. The Planning and Zoning Commission;
3. The Administrator; or
4. The property owner(s).
C. Amendment Application.
A complete application for an Official Zoning Map zoning map amendment shall be submitted to the
Administrator as set forth in the General Approval Procedures Section above and herein. As applicable,
applicants shall submit the information, documents, and materials set forth in the Traffic Impact Analyses
Section of in Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
1. Application requests for a P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned Development District
(PDD) and Planned Mixed-Use District (P-MUD) shall provide the following additional information:
a. A written statement of the purpose and intent of the proposed development;
b. A list and explanation of the potential land uses permitted; and
c. A concept plan Concept Plan as described in the Concept Plans (P-MUD and PDD Districts) Review
Section belowin Article 3 of this UDO.
Page 84 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 76
2. Application requests for an NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay District (NCO) shall provide the
following additional information in accordance with the Neighborhood Conservation Overlay (NCO)
Process Handbook.
a. A copy of the original plat of the subdivision, or multiple contiguous phases of original
subdivisions that apply jointly;
b. A petition including dated signatures by property owners of at least fifty (50) percent plus one (1)
of the total number of single-family zoned or developed building plots contained within the
original subdivision, or multiple contiguous phases of original subdivisions that apply jointly in
one application, in support of the overlay district. The fifty (50) percent plus one (1) petition
signatures must be met for each of the original subdivisions that apply jointly;
c. Contact information for property owners of platted single-family development in the original
subdivision to serve on the Neighborhood Conservation Overlay petition committeePetition
Committee;
d. Certificate of mailing neighborhood meeting notice for all property owners of single-family zoned
or developed building plots contained within the original subdivision;
e. Completed neighborhood meeting sign-in sheets; and
f. Neighborhood meeting minutes signed by a petition committee memberPetition Committee
Member.
3. Application requests for a ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay District (ROO) shall provide the following
additional information in accordance with the Restricted Occupancy Overlay District (ROO) Process
Handbook:
a. A copy of the original plat of the subdivision, or multiple contiguous phases of original
subdivisions that apply jointly;
b. A petition including dated signatures by property owners of at least fifty (50) percent plus one (1)
of the total number of single-family zoned or developed building plots contained within the
original subdivision, or multiple contiguous phases or original subdivisions that apply jointly in
one application, in support of the overlay district. The fifty (50) percent plus one (1) petition
signatures must be met for each of the original subdivisions that apply jointly;
c. Contact information for property owners of platted single-family development in the original
subdivision to serve on the Restricted Occupancy Overlay petition committeePetition Committee;
d. Certificate of mailing neighborhood meeting notice for all property owners of single-family zoned
or developed building plots contained within the original subdivision;
e. Completed neighborhood meeting sign-in sheets; and
f. Neighborhood meeting minutes signed by a petition committee memberPetition Committee
Member.
4. Application request for an HP Historic Preservation Overlay District shall provide the following
additional information:
a. An inventory and survey of structures to be included in the rezoning, submitted on a form
provided by the Historic Preservation Officer;
b. A current photograph of each property included in the rezoning, and its improvements;
c. Historical photographs, where available; and
Page 85 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 76
d. A completed designation reportDesignation Report. Upon initiation of the historic designation
procedure, the Historic Preservation Officer shall coordinate research to compile a written report
regarding the historical, cultural, and architectural significance of the place or area proposed for
historic designation at the request of the applicant, but the rezoning application will not be
considered complete until the report has been completed. A designation report Designation
Report shall include a statement on each of the following to the extent that they apply:
1) A listing of the architectural, archaeological, paleontological, cultural, economic, social,
ethnic, political, or historical characteristics upon which the nomination is based;
2) A description of the historical, cultural, and architectural significance of the structures and
sites;
3) Identification of historic contributing and non-contributing resources to the proposed
district; and
4) A description of the boundaries of the proposed HP Historic Preservation Overlay District,
including subareas and areas where new construction will be prohibited.
D. Approval Process.
1. Pre-Application application Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for an Official Zoning Map amendmentAmendment,
applicants are encouraged to schedule and attend an optional pre-application conference in
accordance with the Pre-Application Conference Subsection of the General Approval Procedures
Section above.and for the purposes as set forth elsewhere in this UDO for preapplication conferences.
If the Administrator determines that the map amendment request is not in conformity with the
Comprehensive Plan, he shall not accept the application for the map amendment, and no further
processing shall occur until the map amendment is in conformity.
2. Required Meetings.
a. Neighborhood Meeting.
Prior to the submission of an application for an Official Zoning Map amendment Amendment for
an NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay NCO or ROO Restricted Occupancy ROO Overlay
Rezoning, all potential applicants shall request to set up a neighborhood meeting Neighborhood
Meeting with City staffStaff.
b. Historic Preservation Officer.
Prior to the submission of an application for an Official Zoning Map amendment Amendment for
an HP Historic Preservation Overlay District rezoning, all potential applicants shall request a
neighborhood meeting Neighborhood Meeting with the Historic Preservation Officer. The
purpose of the meeting is to present information about the proposed overlay district and explain
the rezoning process of rezoning to the neighborhood.
3. Review and Report by Administrator.
With the exception of applications for HP Historic Preservation Overlays Districts, once the application
is complete, the Administrator shall review the proposed amendment to the Official Zoning Map in
light of the Comprehensive Plan and , subject to the criteria enumerated in this Section. The
Administrator shall Article 4, Zoning Districts, and give a report to the Planning and Zoning Commission
on the date of the scheduled public hearing. If the Administrator determines that the request is not in
conformity with the Comprehensive Plan, the application shall not be accepted, and no further
processing shall occur until the Official Zoning Map amendment conforms.
Page 86 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 76
4. Review and Report by Historic Preservation Officer.
An application for an HP Historic Preservation Overlay District rezoning shall be reviewed by the
Historic Preservation Officer, who shall review the proposed amendment in light of the Comprehensive
Plan, the criteria of this Section, , subject to the criteria enumerated in Article 4, Zoning Districts, and
the Historic Preservation Overlay District Subsection of the Overlay Districts Section of in Article 5,
District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO. The Historic Preservation Officer
shall and give a report to the Landmark Commission on the date of the scheduled public hearing.
5. Referral to Landmark Commission.
The Historic Preservation Officer, upon receipt of an application to amend the Official Zoning Map to
an HP Historic Preservation Overlay District, shall refer the same to the Landmark Commission for
study, hearing, and report. The Planning and Zoning Commission may not hold a public hearing or
make a report to the City Council until it has received a report from the Landmark Commission.
6. Recommendation by Landmark Commission.
The Landmark Commission shall publish, post, and mail public notice in accordance with the General
Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO. The Landmark Commission shall hold a
public hearing and make a recommendation to the Planning and Zoning Commission.
7. Referral to Planning and Zoning Commission.
With the exception of applications for HP Historic Preservation Overlays Districts, the Administrator,
upon receipt of a petition to amend the Official Zoning Map, shall refer the same to the Planning and
Zoning Commission for study, hearing, and report. For an application to amend the Official Zoning Map
to an HP Historic Preservation Overlay District, the Historic Preservation Officer shall refer the same to
the Planning and Zoning Commission for study, hearing, and report with the report of the Landmark
Commission. The City Council may not enact the proposed amendment until the Planning and Zoning
Commission makes its report to the City Council.
8. Recommendation by Planning and Zoning Commission.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall publish, post, and mail public notice in accordance with the
General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO. The Planning and Zoning Commission shall hold a public hearing and recommend to the City Council such action as the
Commission deems proper.
9. City Council Action.
a. Notice.
The City Council shall publish, post, and mail public notice in accordance with the General
Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO, and hold a public hearing before
taking final action on an application to amend the Official Zoning Map.
b. Public Hearing.
The City Council shall hold a public hearing and approve, approve with modifications, or
disapprove the application to amend the Official Zoning Map.
c. Effect of Protest to Proposed Amendment.
If a proposed change to this UDO or rezoning is protested in accordance with Chapter 211 of the
Texas Local Government Code, as amended, the proposed change must receive, in order to take
effect, the affirmative vote of at least three-fourths (¾) of all members of the City Council to take
effect. The protest must be written and signed by the owners of at least twenty (20) percent of
either the area of lots covered by the proposed change, or of the area of the lots or land
Page 87 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 76
immediately adjoining the area covered by the proposed change and extending two hundred
(200) feet from that area.
D. Review Criteria.
In determining whether to approve, approve with modifications, or disapprove the proposed
Official Official Zoning Map amendment, the City Council shall consider the following matters
regarding the proposed amendment:
1) Whether the proposal is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan;
2) Whether the uses permitted by the proposed zoning district will be appropriate in the
context of the surrounding area;
3) Whether the property to be rezoned is physically suitable for the proposed zoning district;
4) Whether there are is available water, wastewater, stormwater, and transportation facilities
generally suitable and adequate for uses permitted by the proposed zoning district;
5) The marketability of the property; and
6) In addition, for proposed amendments to HP Historic Preservation Overlays Districts, the
City Council shall consider if the proposed amendment contains one or more properties in
property(ies) and an environmental setting that which meets two (2) or more of the criteria
for designation of an HP Historic Preservation Overlay District as described in the Historic
Preservation Overlay District Subsection of the Overlay Districts Section of in Article 5,
District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO.
e. Effect of Historic Preservation Overlay District Zoning Upon Official Public Records.
Upon designation of a property with an HP Historic Preservation Overlay District, the City Council
shall cause the designation to be recorded in the Official Public Records of Real Property of
Brazos County, Texas, the tax records of the City of College Station, and the Brazos Central
County Appraisal District, as well as the Official Zoning Mapofficial zoning map of the City of
College Station.
E. Limitation on Reapplication.
If an rezoning application for rezoning is denied by the City Council, another application for reclassification of
the same property or any portion thereof shall not be considered within a period of one hundred eighty
(180) days from the date of denial, unless the Planning and Zoning Commission finds that one (1) of the
following factors are applicable:
1. There is a substantial change in circumstances relevant to the issues and/or facts considered during the
review of the application that might reasonably affect the decision-making body’s application of the
relevant review standards to the development proposed in the application;
2. New or additional information is available that was not available at the time of the review that might
reasonably affect the decision-making body’s application of the relevant review standards to the
development proposed;
3. A new application is proposed to be submitted that is materially different from the prior application
(e.g., proposes new uses or a substantial decrease in proposed densities and intensities); or
4. The final decision on the application was based on a material mistake of fact.
F. Repeal of a Single-Family Overlay District.
A repeal of a single-family overlay district is considered a rezoning and is subject to the Official Zoning Map
amendment Amendment requirements herein and may be initiated by:
Page 88 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 76
1. The City Council on its own motion;
2. The Planning and Zoning Commission;
3. The Administrator; or
4. By a petition including dated signatures by property owners of at least fifty (50) percent plus one (1) of
the total number of single-family zoned or developed building plots contained within the original
subdivision, or contiguous phases of original subdivisions that applied jointly, in support of repealing
the overlay district.
Sec. 3.5. Concept Plans Review (P-MUD and PDD and P-MUD Districts).
Concept Plan Review Process
A. Applicability.
Page 89 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 76
A concept plan Concept Plan shall accompany a P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned
Development District rezoning application to ensure the intent of the UDO is met by the proposed planned
district standardsbe required for all proposed Planned Development District (PDD) or Planned Mixed-Use
District (P-MUD) rezonings.
B. Application Requirements.
A complete application for a concept plan Concept Plan shall be submitted to the Administrator with a P-
MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned Development District or P-MUD rezoning application as set
forth in the General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO, unless otherwise specified in
this Section.
C. Concept Plan Approval Process.
1. Pre-Application application Conference.
Prior to submitting a concept planConcept Plan, applicants are encouraged to schedule and attend an
optional pre-application conference in accordance with the Pre-Application Conference Subsection of
the General Approval Procedures Section aboveand for the purposes as set forth elsewhere in this UDO
for preapplication conferences.
2. Review and Report by the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board.
If the proposed area involves any required or voluntary parkland dedication, the concept plan Concept
Plan must be reviewed by the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board. Parks and Recreation Advisory
Board recommendations shall be forwarded to the City Council.
3. Review and Report by the Greenways Program Manager.
If the proposed area includes a greenway dedication as shown on the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and
Greenways Master Plan, or if the applicant is proposing greenway dedication or voluntary sale, the
concept plan Concept Plan must be reviewed by the Greenways Program Manager. The Greenways
Program Manager’s recommendation shall be forwarded to the City Council.
Page 90 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 76
4. Review and Recommendation by the Administrator.
The Administrator shall review the concept plan Concept Plan and recommend approval, approval with
conditions, or disapproval of the same.
5. Review and Recommendation by the Planning and Zoning Commission.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall review the concept plan Concept Plan and recommend to
the City Council approval, approval with conditions, or disapproval of the same.
6. City Council Final Action.
The City Council shall review the concept plan Concept Plan and approve, approve with conditions, or
disapprove.
D. Concept Plan Requirements.
A concept plan Concept Plan shall not be considered or reviewed as a complete site plan application. The
concept plan Concept Plan for the proposed development shall include the following:
1. A general plan showing the location and relationship of the various land uses permitted in the
development;
2. A range of proposed building heights;
3. A written statement addressing the drainage development of the site;
4. The general location of detention/retention ponds and other major drainage structures;
5. A list of general bulk or dimensional variations sought;
6. If general bulk or dimensional variations are sought, provide a list of community benefits and/or
innovative design concepts to justify the request;
7. The general location of the building and parking areas;
8. Open spaces, parkland, conservation areas, greenways, parks, trails, and other special features of the
development; and
9. Buffer areas or a statement indicating buffering proposed.
E. Review Criteria.
The Administrator and Planning and Zoning Commission shall recommend approval and the City Council may
approve a concept plan Concept Plan if it finds that the concept plan Plan meets the following criteria:
1. The proposal will constitute an environment of sustained stability and will be in harmony with the
character of the surrounding area;
2. The proposal conforms is in conformity with the policies, goals, and objectives of the Comprehensive
Plan, including any associated plans or studies adopted by the City Counciland any subsequently
adopted Plans, and will be consistent with the intent and purpose of this Section;
3. The proposal is compatible with existing or permitted uses on abutting sites and will not adversely
affect adjacent development;
4. Every dwelling unit need not front on a public street but shall have access to a public street directly or
via a court, walkway, public area, or area owned by an homeowners association;
5. The development includes the provision of adequate public improvements, including, but not limited
to, parks, schools, and other public facilities;
Page 91 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 22 of 76
6. The development will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, welfare, or materially injurious to
properties or improvements in the vicinity; and
7. The development will not adversely affect the safety and convenience of vehicular, bicycle, or
pedestrian circulation in the vicinity, including traffic reasonably expected to be generated by the
proposed use and other uses reasonably anticipated in the area considering existing zoning and land
uses in the area.
F. Minimum Requirements.
Unless otherwise indicated in the approved concept planConcept Plan, the minimum requirements for each
development shall be those stated in this UDO for subdivisions and the requirements of the most restrictive
standard zoning district in which designated uses are permitted. Modification of these standards may be
considered during the approval process of the concept planConcept Plan. If modification of these standards
is granted with the concept planConcept Plan, the Administrator will determine the specific minimum
requirements.
G. Compliance with Other Regulations.
The approval of a concept plan Concept Plan shall not relieve the developer from responsibility for complying
with all other applicable sections of this UDO and other codes and ordinances of the City of College Station
unless such relief is granted in the approved concept planConcept Plan.
H. Owners Association Required.
An owners' association will be required if other satisfactory arrangements have not been made for providing,
operating, and maintaining common facilities including streets, drives, service, and parking areas, common
open spaces, buffer areas, and common recreational areas at the time the development plan is submitted. If
an owners' association is required, documentation must be submitted to the City at the time of platting to
assure compliance with the provisions of this UDO.
I. Modifications.
Any deviations from the approved concept plan Concept Plan shall require City Council approval except as
provided in the Minor Amendment to Concept Plan Subsection for below.
J. Minor Amendment to Concept Plan.
Minor additions and modifications to the approved concept plan Concept Plan meeting the following criteria
below may be approved by the Administrator:
1. Minor additions to structures as determined by the Administrator;
2. Minor new accessory structures if the location does not interfere with the existing site layout (e.g.,
circulation, parking, loading, storm water management facilities, open space, landscaping, buffering);
3. Minor additions to parking lots;
4. Clearing or grading of areas not depicted on the concept plan Concept Plan as a conservation area,
greenway, or park; and
5. Final determination of the specific meritorious modifications such as setbacks, lot size, dimensional
standards, etc., granted generally as part of the concept planConcept Plan.
Page 92 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 23 of 76
Sec. 3.16. Conditional Use Permits.
Conditional Use Permit Review Process
A. Purpose.
Conditional use Use permits review allows for City Council discretionary approval of uses with unique or
widely -varying operating characteristics or unusual site development features, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in this UDO.
B. Applicability.
Conditional uses Uses are generally compatible with those uses permitted by right in a zoning district, but
require individual review of their location, design, configuration, density, Density and intensity, and may
require the imposition of additional conditions to ensure the appropriateness and compatibility of the use at
a particular location.
C. Applications.
A complete application for a conditional use Conditional Use permit shall be submitted to the Administrator
as set forth in the General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 Development Review Procedures of
this UDO. A complete site plan Site Plan must accompany all applications for a conditional use Conditional
Use permit.
D. Approval Process.
1. Pre-Applicationapplication Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for a conditional use Conditional Use permit, applicants are
encouraged to schedule and attend an optional pre-application conference in accordance with the Pre-
Application Conference Subsection of the General Approval Procedures Section aboveand for the
purposes as set forth elsewhere in this UDO for preapplication conferences.
2. Review and Report by Administrator.
Once the application is complete, the Administrator shall review the proposed development
Development subject to the criteria enumerated in the Conditional Use Review Criteria Subsection
Page 93 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 24 of 76
below and give a report to the Planning and Zoning Commission on the date of the scheduled public
hearingPublic Hearing.
3. Planning and Zoning Commission Recommendation.
a. Notice.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall publish, post, and mail notices in accordance with the
General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 Development Review Procedures of this
UDO.
b. Public Hearing.
After review of the conditional use permit Conditional Use application, subject to the criteria
enumerated in the Conditional Use Review Criteria Subsection below, the Planning and Zoning
Commission shall hold a public hearing Public Hearing and recommend to the City Council such
action as the Planning and Zoning Commission deems proper.
4. City Council Action.
a. Notice.
The City Council shall publish, post, and mail notices in accordance with the General Approval
Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO.
b. Public Hearing.
The City Council shall hold a public hearing Public Hearing after review of the conditional use
permit Conditional Use application, subject to the criteria enumerated in the Conditional Use
Review Criteria Subsection Section E below. With consideration of the recommendation provided
by the Planning and Zoning Commission, the City Council shall approve, approve with
modifications or conditions, or disapprove the conditional use permit Conditional Use
application.
E. Conditional Use Review Criteria.
The City Council may approve an application for a conditional use permit Conditional Use where it
reasonably determines that there will be no significant negative impact upon residents of surrounding
properties property or upon the general public. The City Council shall consider the following criteria in its
review:
1. Purpose and Intent of the Unified Development Ordinance.
The proposed use shall meet the purpose and intent of this UDO and the use shall meet all the
minimum standards established in this UDO for this type of use.
2. Consistency with the Comprehensive Plan.
The proposed use shall be consistent with the development Development policies and goals and
objectives as embodied in the Comprehensive Plan.
3. Compatibility with the Surrounding Area.
The proposed use shall not be detrimental to the health, welfare, or safety of the surrounding
neighborhood or its occupants, nor be substantially or permanently injurious to neighboring property.
4. Harmonious with the Character of the Surrounding Area.
The proposed site plan Site Plan and circulation plan shall be harmonious with the character of the
surrounding area.
Page 94 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 25 of 76
5. Infrastructure Impacts Minimized.
The proposed use shall not negatively impact existing uses Land Uses in the area or in the city City
through impacts on public infrastructure such as roads, parking facilities, electrical, or water and sewer
systems, or on public services such as police and fire protection, solid waste collection, or the ability of
existing infrastructure and services to adequately provide services.
6. Effect on the Environment.
The proposed use shall not negatively impact existing land uses Land Uses in the area or in the cityCity.
F. Additional Conditions.
The City Council may impose additional reasonable restrictions or conditions to carry out the spirit and intent
of this UDO and to mitigate adverse effects of the proposed use. These requirements may include, but are
not limited to, increased open space, loading and parking requirements, additional landscaping, and
additional improvements such as curbing, utilities, drainage facilities, sidewalks, and screening.
G. Enlargement, Modification, or Structural Alteration.
1. A buildingBuilding, premisePremise, or use under a conditional use Conditional Use permit may be
enlarged, modified, structurally altered, or otherwise changed without applying for a new conditional
use Conditional Use permit provided the Administrator determines that the changes do not:
a. Increase the height of structuresStructures;
b. Increase building Building square footage from its size at the time the original conditional use
Conditional Use permit was granted by greater than ten percent (10%) percent;
c. Reduce the distance between a building Building or noise-generating activity on the property and
an adjacent, off-site residential useLand Use. This provision shall not apply should the property
and the residential use Land Use be separated by a major thoroughfare depicted on the
Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class MapCity’s Thoroughfare Plan; or
d. Reduce the buffer yard or buffer plantings as indicated on the previously approved site planSite
Plan.
2. The Administrator may require a new application for a conditional use Conditional Use permit for any
reason when an enlargement, modification, or structural alteration is proposed.
3. All other enlargements, modifications, structural alterations, or changes shall require the approval of a
new conditional use Conditional Use permit.
H. Duration; Expiration; Suspension; Violation; Revocation.
1. Duration.
A conditional use Conditional Use permit shall remain in effect until it expires, is suspended, or is
revoked in accordance with this Section.
2. Expiration.
A conditional use Conditional Use permit shall expire if:
a. A construction permit, if any, for the conditional use Conditional Use has not been approved
within one (1) year of the date of approval of the conditional use Conditional Use permit;
b. The construction permit subsequently expires;
c. The conditional use Conditional Use has been discontinued for a period exceeding three (3)
months; or
Page 95 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 26 of 76
d. A termination date attached to the conditional use Conditional Use permit has passed.
3. Suspension.
In accordance with the authority granted to municipalities by the state, the City shall have the right to
immediately suspend the conditional use Conditional Use permit for any property where the premises
Premises are determined to be an immediate hazard to the health and safety of any person or an
immediate danger to any adjacent property. The suspension shall be for a period not to exceed twenty-
four (24) hours or until the danger or hazard is removed.
4. Violation.
It is unlawful for any person Person to violate or to cause or permit to be violated any terms or
conditions of a conditional use Conditional Use permit or upon which a conditional use Conditional Use
permit was issued.
5. Revocation.
The revocation of a conditional use Conditional Use permit shall follow the following revocation
procedure:
a. If the Administrator determines, based on inspection or investigation by the City, that there are
reasonable grounds for revocation of a conditional use Conditional Use permit, a public hearing
shall be set before the Planning and Zoning Commission for a recommendation and a public
hearing before the City Council for the consideration of an ordinance amendment. Circumstances
that warrant revocation of an approved conditional use Conditional Use permit application shall
include but not be limited to the following:
1) There is a conviction of a violation of any of the provisions of this UDOthe Unified
Development Ordinance, the ordinance approving the conditional useConditional Use, or
any ordinance of the City of College Station that occurs on the property for which the
conditional use Condition Use permit is granted;
2) The buildingBuilding, premisePremise, or uses under the conditional use Conditional Use
permit is enlarged, modified, structurally altered, or otherwise significantly changed
without the approval of a separate conditional use Conditional Use permit for such enlargement, modification, structural alteration, or change, unless Administrator had
determined that such enlargement, modification, or structural alteration did not require a
new conditional use Conditional Use permit, as described in the Applicability Subsection
above;
3) Violation of any provision of the site plan Site Plan encompassing the property for which
the conditional use Conditional Use permit was issued for, terms, or conditions of a
conditional use Conditional Use permit; or
4) The conditional use Conditional Use permit was obtained by fraud or with deception.
b. The revocation process shall be conducted as for the conditional use Conditional Use permit,
including giving notice to the holder of the conditional use Conditional Use permit and property
owners within 200 feet of the public hearings in the manner provided in the Required Public
Notice Subsection of the General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 Development
Review Procedures of this UDO.
c. The City Council may revoke the conditional use Conditional Use permit, deny the revocation and
allow the conditional use to continue, or deny the revocation and amend the conditional use
Conditional Use permit to attach conditions to assure that the terms, conditions, and
requirements of the conditional use Conditional Use permit be met.
Page 96 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 27 of 76
Upon the effective date of the revocation set by the City Council, it shall be unlawful to
undertake or perform any activity that was previously authorized by the conditional use
Conditional Use permit. The property subject to the conditional use Conditional Use permit may
be used for any permitted use within the base zoning district.
Sec. 3.74. Plats Review.
Plat Review Process
A. Applicability.
Page 97 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 28 of 76
This Section applies to the subdivision and development of property as set forth herein.
1. Subdivision Plat Required.
a. Subdivision of property within the city City limits or extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ) of the City of
College Station is required to be approved in accordance with applicable state law and as set
forth herein when one (1) or more of the following occurs:
1) The division of land (for any purpose) into two (2) or more parcels to lay out a subdivision
of the tract, including an addition to the cityCity, to lay out suburban, building, or other
lots, or to lay out streets, alleys, squares, parks or other parts of the tract intended to be
dedicated to public use or for the use of purchasers or owners of lots fronting on to or
adjacent to the streets, alleys, squares, parks or other parts;
2) Development on a parcel not previously legally subdivided;
3) Resubdivision of land that has previously been platted; or
4) Amendment of any approved plat.
b. Types of Subdivision Filings.
1) Preliminary Plans.
A preliminary plan Preliminary Plan is required for the subdivision of all tracts of land
within the city City limits or extraterritorial jurisdictionETJ of the City of College Station,
except as otherwise set forth in this UDO. A preliminary plan Preliminary Plan shall include
the entire parent survey or tract of land under common ownership.
2) Final Plats and Replats.
A final plat Final Plat is required for the subdivision of all property within the city City limits
or extraterritorial jurisdictionETJ of the City of College Station. A final plat Final Plat shall
include the entire preliminary plan Preliminary Plan area or less when the final plat Final
Plat adheres to the phasing identified on the approved preliminary planPreliminary Plan.
The final plat Final Plat shall conform to the preliminary plan Preliminary Plan as approved
Page 98 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 29 of 76
by the AdministratorPlanning and Zoning Commission, provided it incorporates all changes,
modifications, corrections, and conditions imposed by the AdministratorPlanning and
Zoning Commission; and provided further, that it conforms to all requirements of these
regulations and the City's Comprehensive Plan.
3) Minor Plats and Amending Plats.
A preliminary plan Preliminary Plan shall not be required prior to the application of a minor
plat Minor Plat or amending platAmending Plat. Pursuant to the Delegation of Approval
Responsibility Section of Subchapter A, "Regulations of Subdivisions," Chapter 212 of the
Texas Local Government Code, as amended, the City Council of the City of College Station
delegates the Administrator the ability to approve the following plats in accordance with
the procedure set forth herein:
(a) Amending plats Plats described in the Amending Plat Section of Subchapter A,
"Regulations of Subdivisions," Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government Code, as
amended;
(b) Minor plats Plats or replats Replats involving four (4) or fewer lots fronting on an
existing street and not requiring the creation of any new street or the extension of
municipal facilities;
(c)I A replat described in Replat under Section 212.0145 Replatting Without Vacating
Preceding Plat: Certain Subdivisions, Subchapter A, "Regulations of Subdivisions,"
Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended, and that does not
require the creation of any new street or the extension of municipal facilities.
4) Vacating Plats.
A vacating plat Vacating Plat shall adhere to the requirements of Vacating Plat Section of
Subchapter A, "Regulations of Subdivisions," Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government
Code, as amended. Vacating plats be processed and reviewed in the same manner as a final
platFinal Plat.
c. Exemptions from Subdivision Plat Requirement.
The following subdivisions are exempt from subdivision plat Subdivision Plat requirements:
1) A division of land into parts greater than five (5) acres within the city City limits and greater
than ten (10) acres in the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City of College Station, where
each part has access, and no public improvement is being dedicated;
2) Division of property that results from a governmental entity's land acquisition for public
facilities such as the expansion of street right-of-way;
3) Any lot(s) lot or lots forming a part of a subdivision created and recorded prior to July 15,
1970, the effective date of the City of College Station Subdivision Regulations, or prior to
the date on in which the Subdivision Regulations applied to the property through the
extension of the City of College Station extraterritorial jurisdiction;
4) A division of land performed by a political subdivision of the state, as defined in Chapter
245 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended. Such entities that choose to plat
voluntarily shall comply with all of the applicable requirements; or
5) A division of land created by order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
2. Development Plat Required.
Page 99 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 30 of 76
a. The City of College Station chooses to be covered by Subchapter B, "Regulation of Property
Development," of Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended. Any person
who proposes the development of a tract of land or lot of record not located within a recorded
subdivision within the city City limits or the extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ) of the City of College
Station must have a development plat Development Plat of the tract prepared in accordance with
this Section. New development may not begin on the property until the development plat
Development Plat is filed with and approved by the City. For purposes of this Section,
"Development" means the new construction or the enlargement of any exterior dimension of any
building, structure, or improvement.
b. Exemptions from Development Plat Requirement.
The following developments are exempt from development plat Development Plat requirements:
1) When an applicant is required to file a preliminary plan Preliminary Plan or final plat Final
Plat pursuant to other requirements of this Section, a development plat Development Plat
is not required in addition thereto.
2) The development of a tract of land within the city City limits or the extraterritorial
jurisdiction of the City of College Station that meets all of the following criteria is not
required to file a development platDevelopment Plat:
(a) The tract is at least five (5) acres;
(b) The tract has access; and
(c) The development is a single-family home for the use of the property owner or a
member of the property owner's family, an accessory structure(s) of the home,
and/or an accessory structure(s) for the benefit of agricultural uses.
3) Development by a political subdivision of the state, as defined in Chapter 245 of the Texas
Local Government Code, as amended. Such entities that choose to plat voluntarily shall
comply with all of the applicable requirements.
4) The Administrator may waive the requirement for a development plat Development Plat
within the city City limits when no parkland, public infrastructure, or public dedication is
required on the subject tract.
CB. Determination of Plat Applicability.
Upon written application and in compliance with Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government Code, Section
212.0115 as amended, the Administrator shall make the following determinations regarding the tract of land
identified in the request:
1. Whether a plat is required under this UDO for the tract of land; and
2. If a plat is required, whether it has been prepared and whether it has been reviewed and approved by
the Planning and Zoning Commission or Administrator, as applicable.
The Administrator may require additional information and documents to be provided by the applicant in
order to make the requested determination.
DC. Application Requirements.
1. Pre-Application application Conference.
Prior to the submission of a preliminary plan or a plat application required by this UDO, applicants are
encouraged to schedule and attend an optional pre-application conference in accordance with the Pre-
Page 100 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 31 of 76
Application Conference Subsection of the General Approval Procedures Section aboveand for the
purposes set forth elsewhere in this UDO for preapplication conferences.
2. A complete application for review shall be submitted to the Administrator including payment of a fee
as set forth in this UDO. Upon request, all preliminary plans and all plats shall be submitted in an
electronic form acceptable to the Administrator and compatible with the City's geographic information
system Geographic Information System (GIS). The signatures of all owners of land within the boundary
of the preliminary plan or the plat shall be required on the application. A representative of an owner
may sign the application provided a written letter of agency is provided to the City with the application.
If the property owner is not an individual but an entity (e.g., business or trust), the application must be
accompanied by proof of authority for the individual to sign on behalf of the entity.
3. When required to submit the following, the applications shall comply with and/or show the following
information:
a. Preliminary Plans.
When submitting preliminary plans, the following information is required:
1) The preliminary plan shall conform to the general requirements of this UDO and minimum
standards of design and improvements as set forth in Article 8, Subdivision Design and
Improvements of this UDO;
2) The words "PRELIMINARY PLAN - NOT FOR RECORD" shall appear on the plan;
3) The proposed name of the subdivision or development, which shall not have the same
spelling as or be pronounced similar to the name of any other subdivision located within
the county it is located;
4) The name and address of all property owners, developers and subdividers, engineers, and
surveyors;
5) Description by metes and bounds of the subdivision which shall close within accepted land
survey standards (labeled on boundary lines, not separate metes and bounds description).
An accurate location of the subdivision or development shall be provided by reference to
an established survey or league corner, City of College Station horizontal control monument, subdivision corner, or other known points. Primary control points or
descriptions and ties to a such control point, to which, later, all dimensions, angles,
bearings, block numbers, and similar data shall be referred. The preliminary plan shall be
oriented located with respect to a corner of the survey or tract, or an original corner of the
original survey of which it is a part;
6) Subdivision boundary lines shall be indicated by heavy lines and the computed acreage of
the subdivision or development shown;
7) Indicate whether the contiguous property is platted and provide the name of all contiguous
subdivisions or names of owners of contiguous, unplatted parcels;
8) The following existing features shall be shown:
(a) The location, dimension, name, and description of all recorded streets, alleys,
reservations, easements, or other public or private rights-of-way within the
subdivision or development, intersecting or contiguous with its boundaries or
forming such boundaries. In the case of pipelines carrying flammable gas or fuel, the
approximate location, size of the line, design pressure and product transported
through the line shall be shown;
Page 101 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 32 of 76
(b) The location, dimension, description, and name of all existing or recorded lots, parks,
public areas, permanent structures, and other sites within or contiguous with the
subdivision or development;
(c) The location, dimensions, description, and flow line of existing watercourses and
drainage structures within the subdivision, development, or contiguous thereto;
(d) The location of the one hundred (100) -year floodplain according to the most recent
best available data;
9) Date of preparation, scale in feet, and north arrow;
10) Topographic information, including contours at two-foot intervals, flow line elevation of
streams, and wooded areas;
11) The location, approximate dimensions, description, and name of all proposed streets,
alleys, drainage structures, parks, or other public areas, easements, or other rights-of-way,
blocks, lots, and other sites within the subdivision or development. Proposed channel cross
sections, if any. Existing and/or proposed well site locations;
12) A number or letter to identify each lot and each block. Lots and blocks shown on a
preliminary plan should be numbered sequentially;
13) Location of current city City limits line, and current zoning district boundaries;
14) Vicinity map which shows the general location of the subject property to existing streets in
College Station and to its city City limits. No scale is required but a north arrow is to be
included;
15) The Show number of residential lots and average lot size when applicable;
16) Provide a note to identify a cluster development Cluster Subdivision when applicable;
17) Provide any oversize participation requests that will be sought;
18) Provide a title report for the property that is current within ninety (90) days and includes
applicable information such as ownership, liens, encumbrances, etc.;
19) Written requests for waivers of subdivision standards, if any, shall be submitted in
accordance with the applicable Sections of this UDO;
20) Provide a note on the preliminary plan Preliminary Plan to identify the residential parking
option Residential Parking Option chosen from the Single-Family Residential Parking
Requirements for Platting Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this
UDO, when applicable; and
21) As applicable, applicants shall submit the information, documents, and materials set forth
in the Traffic Impact Analyses Analysis Section of in Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDO.
b. Final Plats and Other Plats to be Recorded.
When submitting platsFinal Plats, Replats, Minor Plats, Amending Plats, Vacating Plats, and
Development Plats, the following shall be required:
1) The plat shall conform to the general requirements of this UDO and minimum standards of
design and improvements as set forth in Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of
this UDO unless expressly provided for otherwise;
Page 102 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 33 of 76
2) Prior to filing a plat for record, provide current certified tax certificates from all taxing
agencies showing payment of all ad valorem taxes on the land within the subdivision;
3) Provide a title report for the property that is current within ninety (90) days and includes
applicable information such as ownership, liens, encumbrances, etc.;
4) Provide the plat on sheets twenty-four (24) inches by thirty-six (36) inches to a scale of one
hundred (100) feet per inch or larger. Smaller scales may be allowed at the discretion of
the Administrator. If more than one (1) sheet, provide an index sheet at a scale of five
hundred (500) feet per inch or larger;
5) Vicinity map which shows the general location of the subject property to existing streets in
College Station and to its city City limits. No scale is required but a north arrow is to be
included;
6) The proposed name of the subdivision or development, which shall not have the same
spelling as or be pronounced similar to the name of any other subdivision located within
the county it is located;
7) Date of preparation, scale in feet, and north arrow;
8) The name and address of all property owners, developers, subdividers, engineers, and
surveyors responsible for the plat;
9) Subdivision boundary lines shall be indicated by heavy lines and the computed acreage of
the subdivision or development shown;
10) For a replat where there are existing improvements, provide a survey of the subject
property showing the improvements to ensure that no setback encroachments are created;
11) The name of contiguous subdivisions and names of owners of contiguous parcels, and an
indication of whether or not contiguous properties are platted;
12) The location of the one hundred (100) -year floodplain and floodway according to the most
recent best available data;
13) A number or letter to identify each lot and each block. Lots and blocks shown on a plat
should be numbered sequentially;
14) Provide the number of lots and average lot size when applicable;
15) Provide a note to identify a cluster development Cluster Subdivision when applicable;
16) Written requests for waivers of subdivision standards, if any, shall be submitted in
accordance with the applicable Sections of this UDO;
17) The plat Plat shall also include the following, based on a field survey, and marked by
monuments and markers:
(a) The exact location, dimensions, name, and legal description of all existing or recorded
streets, alleys, easements, or other rights-of-way within the subdivision or
development, intersecting or contiguous with the boundary or forming such a
boundary with accurate dimensions, bearings or deflection angles and radii, area,
center angle, degree of curvature, tangent distance, and length of all curves, where
applicable;
(b) The exact location, dimensions, description, and name of all proposed streets, alleys,
drainage structures, parks, and other public areas, easements, or other rights-of-way,
blocks, lots, and other sites within the subdivision or development, with accurate
Page 103 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 34 of 76
dimensions, bearings, or deflection angles and radii, areas, center angle, degree of
curvature, tangent distance, and length of curves, where applicable;
(c) Lot corner markers and survey monuments shall be shown clearly by symbol, and
clearly tied to City of College Station horizontal control monuments;
(d) The following, when applicable, shall appear on the face of the plat: (See examples in
the Certifications Section of, Article 8 Subdivision Design and Improvements of this
UDO.)
i. Certificate of Ownership and Dedication;
ii. Certificate of Surveyor and/or Engineer;
iii. Certificate of City Engineer;
iv. Certificate of Planning and Zoning Commission;
v. Certificate of the County Clerk;
vi. Certificate of City Planner; and
vii. Certificate of Approval.
18) The plat shall be accompanied by the construction documents and reports as prescribed
below and bearing the seal and signature of a registered professional engineer. All shall be
in accordance with the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines and the
Bryan/College Station Unified Technical Specifications and shall include the following:
(a) Construction plans shall be provided on twenty-four-inch by thirty-six-inch sheets
twenty-four (24) inches by thirty-six (36) inches;
(b) Street, alley, and sidewalk plans, profiles, and sections, with specifications and
detailed cost estimates;
(c) Sanitary sewer plan with contours, plan, and profile lines, showing depth and grades,
with sewer report and detailed cost estimates;
(d) Water line plan showing fire hydrants, valves, etc., with specifications, a and water
report, and a detailed cost estimate. This may be combined with related information
supplied for preliminary plan submissions;
(e) Storm drainage system plan with contours, street lines, inlets, storm sewer, and
drainage channels with profiles and sections. Detail drainage structure design and
channel lining design if used, with specifications, drainage report, and detailed cost
estimate;
(f) Street lighting plan showing the location of lights, design, and with specifications and
detailed cost estimates; and
(g) Any associated necessary items, including but not limited to off-site public utility
easements, permits, or approval of governmental agencies.
19) Eleven-inch by seventeen-inch copies of the plat (not necessarily to scale) will be requested
by the Administrator when the plat has been reviewed and has the potential to be
scheduled for a Planning and Zoning Commission meeting for consideration;
1920) Provide a note on the final plat Final Plat to identify the residential parking option
Residential Parking Option chosen from the Single-Family Residential Parking Requirements
Page 104 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 35 of 76
for Platting Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO, when
applicable; and
201) If the subject property is zoned MH Middle Housing, provide a note on the final plat Final
Plat to identify the list of proposed residential product type(s) to ensure the correct
application of the Middle Housing Project Types and Dimensional Standards Table Section
of in Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO.
ED. Filing of Plat.
For the purposes of this Section, the date of filing shall be determined as the date on which a complete
application, as determined by the Administrator, and a plat meeting all of the technical terms and conditions
of this UDO, or has filed a waiver request to those Sections for which the plat does not comply, is submitted.
Once a complete application has been filed with the City, it will be scheduled for action by the Administrator
and/or the Planning and Zoning Commission, as applicable.
FE. Review Procedure.
1. Preliminary Plan Review.
a. Review and Approval by the Administrator.
1) If a waiver or discretionary item is not included or required with the preliminary plan
Preliminary Plan application, the Administrator may review and approve or deny the application
based on . The Administrator shall review the Preliminary Plan application for compliance with
the following elements:
1(a) The City's Comprehensive Plan, including any associated plans or studies adopted by the
City Councilbut not limited to the Land Use Plan, Thoroughfare Plan, Utility Master Plans,
Parks and Recreation Master Plan, Bicycle, Pedestrian and Greenways Master Plan,
Sidewalk Master Plan;
2(b) Existing zoning of the property, if applicable;
3(c) Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO;
4(d) Form and content as required in the General Approval Procedures Application
Requirements Section aboveof this UDO;
5(e) If phased, the preliminary plan Preliminary Plan must demonstrate the sufficiency and
viability of public infrastructure for each phase such that an undue burden is not placed on
any particular phase. In addition, the proposed phasing is not to create phases or potential
remainders of a size, shape, or location so as not to be developable in compliance with this
UDO; and
6(f) Other provisions of this UDO as applicable.
2) The Administrator shall approve or disapprove of the same based on compliance with the
elements listed above.
b. Review and Recommendation by Parks and Recreation Advisory Board.
The Parks and Recreation Advisory Board shall review the preliminary plan Preliminary Plan
application for compliance with the Requirements for Parkland Dedication Section parkland
dedication requirements of Article 8, Subdivision Design and improvements of this UDO and
recommend approval, approval with conditions, or disapproval of the same. This
recommendation must be considered by the Administrator or the Planning and Zoning
Commission in its review. Once the Board has determined compliance, the preliminary plan
Page 105 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 36 of 76
Preliminary Plan and subsequent plats may proceed directly to the Administrator or the Planning
and Zoning Commission.
c. Consideration by Planning and Zoning Commission.
If a preliminary plan Preliminary Plan application includes one or more waiver requests or
discretionary items, the Administrator shall forward the preliminary plan Preliminary Plan to the
Planning and Zoning Commission for consideration when it meets all of the technical terms and
conditions of this UDO. Proposed parkland dedication equal to or exceeding five (5) acres and
dedications of floodplain or greenway not previously considered by the Planning and & Zoning
Commission shall be considered discretionary items. The Administrator shall provide a
recommendation on the waiver request(s) or discretionary item(s) as appropriate. The Planning
and Zoning Commission shall receive the recommendations of the Administrator and the Parks
and Recreation Advisory Board and shall approve, disapprove, or conditionally approve the
preliminary plan Preliminary Plan with modifications based on compliance with the same
elements listed in the Review and Approval Recommendation by Administrator Subsection
above. Conditions of approval must entail corrections, changes, or completion of items that are
ministerial in nature and explicitly spelled out.
d. Effect of Approval.
Approval of a preliminary plan Preliminary Plan shall mean the following:
1) Approval of a preliminary plan Preliminary Plan application by the Administrator or the
Planning and Zoning Commission shall allow the applicant to continue the subdivision
process by submitting a development permit Development Permit application with
construction plans and a final plat Final Plat application.
2) Approval of a preliminary plan Preliminary Plan shall not constitute approval of a final
platFinal Plat. Application for approval of a final plat Final Plat will be considered only after
the requirements for preliminary plan Preliminary Plan approval as specified herein have
been fulfilled and after all other specified conditions have been met.
3) If a final plat Final Plat is not filed with the City within twenty-four (24) months of the date
of approval or conditional approval of a preliminary planPreliminary Plan, the Planning and
Zoning Commission may, upon written application of the applicant, extend the approval for
a one-time additional twelve (12) -month period. The request for consideration of an
extension shall be submitted to the Administrator at least thirty (30) days before the
preliminary plan Preliminary Plan approval expires.
4) Each final plat Final Plat which is a phase of an approved preliminary plan Preliminary Plan
shall extend the expiration date of the preliminary plan Preliminary Plan an additional two
(2) years from the date the final plat Final Plat was approved by the Planning and Zoning
Commission.
5) If a preliminary plan Preliminary Plan is phased, final plats Final Plats shall only be
permitted to proceed to the Planning and Zoning Commission in the numerical order set
forth by on the preliminary planPreliminary Plan.
2. Amendments to an Approved Preliminary Plan.
a. Minor Amendments.
Minor amendments of an approved preliminary plan Preliminary Plan may be in an application
for approval of a final plat Final Plat without the necessity of filing a new application for approval
of a preliminary planPreliminary Plan. Minor amendments may include adjustments in street or
alley alignments and lengths, phasing, the adjustment in lot lines that do not result in the
Page 106 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 37 of 76
creation of additional developable lots, or adjustments to utility or access easements. Minor
amendments shall comply with the standards of this UDO, shall not alter a subdivision standard
that is discretionary to the Planning and Zoning Commission, and or shall not increase the extent
of an approved waiver to a subdivision standard.
b. Major Amendments.
All other proposed amendments of an approved preliminary plan Preliminary Plan not
constituting a minor amendment shall be considered a major amendment and require the
approval of a new preliminary plan Preliminary Plan application by the Administrator or the
Planning and Zoning Commission, as appropriate. Major amendments include but are not limited
to an increase in the number of developable lots, rerouting of streets, addition or deletion of
alleys, change to thoroughfare street layout, or modification to parkland.
c. Amendment Determination.
The applicant shall provide a written description of proposed amendments to an approved
preliminary planPreliminary Plan. The Administrator shall determine make the determination of
whether the proposed amendments are deemed minor or major amendments. At the discretion
of the Administrator, a new preliminary plan Preliminary Plan application that proposes major
amendments may be processed simultaneously with a final plat Final Plat application.
d. Retaining Previous Approval.
If the proposed major amendments are not approved or if the applicant is unwilling to accept the
terms and conditions required by the Administrator or the Planning and Zoning Commission, the
applicant may withdraw the proposed amendments by written request and retain the previously
approved preliminary planPreliminary Plan.
3. Final Plat, Replat, Vacating Plat, and Development Plat Review.
a. Review and Recommendation by Administrator.
1) The Administrator shall review the plat application for compliance with the elements:
(a) The approved preliminary planPreliminary Plan, if applicable;
(b) The City's Comprehensive Plan, including any associated plans or studies adopted by
the City Councilbut not limited to the Land Use Plan, Thoroughfare Plan, Utility
Master Plans, Parks and Recreation Master Plan, Bicycle, Pedestrian and Greenways
Master Plan, Sidewalk Master Plan;
(c) Existing zoning of the property, if applicable;
(d) Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO;
(e) Form and content as required in the General Approval Procedures Section abovethe
Application Requirements Section of this UDO; and
(f) Other provisions of this UDO as applicable.
2) If public infrastructure is required for the plat, the following is required in order for the plat
application to be complete to be scheduled for Planning and Zoning Commission
consideration:
(a) The construction documents must be approved by the City Engineer;
(b) Any necessary off-site easements are reviewed and acceptable by the City in
recordable form; and
Page 107 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 38 of 76
(c) Either the public infrastructure is constructed by the applicant and accepted by the
City, or a guarantee provided to the City Engineer in accordance with the
Construction, Guarantee of Performance, and Acceptance of Public Infrastructure
Section of in Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO.
3) The applicant will be advised of the date set for Planning and Zoning Commission
consideration.
4) The Administrator shall recommend approval or disapproval of the same.
b. Review and Recommendation by Parks and Recreation Advisory Board.
If not already determined through an approved preliminary planPreliminary Plan, the Parks and
Recreation Advisory Board shall review the plat application for compliance with the
Requirements for Parkland Dedication Section parkland dedication requirements of Article 8,
Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO, and recommend approval, approval with
conditions, or disapproval of the same. This recommendation must be considered by the
Planning and Zoning Commission in its plat review.
c. Criteria for Approval by Planning and Zoning Commission.
Within thirty (30) days after the plat is filed, the Planning and Zoning Commission shall receive
the recommendation of the Administrator and the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board and shall
approve or disapprove such plat. The Planning and Zoning Commission's action shall be based on
compliance with the review elements listed in the Review and Recommendation by
Administrator Subsection above Final Plat, Replat, Vacating Plat, and Development Plat Review
and the City Engineer’s approval of all required infrastructure as proposed in the construction
documents and which has been constructed and accepted or guaranteed in accordance with the
Construction, Guarantee of Performance, and Acceptance of Public Infrastructure Section of in
Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements, of this UDO. Conditions of approval must entail
corrections, changes, or completion of items that are ministerial in nature and explicitly spelled
out.
d. Recordation.
If the Planning and Zoning Commission has approved the plat, the plat shall be recorded in the
Office of the County Clerk’s Office of the county in which the plat is located when all
requirements and conditions have been met.
4. Minor Plat and Amending Plat Review.
a. Review and Action by Administrator.
The plat shall be reviewed by the Administrator for compliance with to all applicable
requirements of this UDO including those elements identified in the Preliminary Plan Review
Subsection above and the following procedures:
1) Consideration of the approval, approval with conditions, or recommendation of
recommended denial of the plat by the Administrator usually within fifteen (15) days of
filing a minor plat Minor Plat or amending platAmending Plat;
2) The Administrator shall approve, approve with conditions, or recommend denial and
forward the plat to the Planning and Zoning Commission at the next available meeting. The
Administrator may also elect to forward the plat to the Planning and Zoning Commission
for any reason. Conditions of approval must entail corrections, changes, or completion of
items that are ministerial in nature and explicitly spelled out;
Page 108 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 39 of 76
3) If forwarded to the Planning and Zoning Commission, the Commission shall approve,
disapprove, or conditionally approve the plat. Conditions of approval must entail
corrections, changes, or completion of items that are ministerial in nature and explicitly
spelled out;
4) Upon approval of the Planning and Zoning Commission meeting minutes, the Administrator
shall make them available to the applicant;
5) A report shall be made to the Planning and Zoning Commission at each meeting notifying
the Commission of any minor plats Amending Plats or amending plats Minor Plats that
were approved by the Administrator since the last Commission meeting.
b. Recordation.
If favorable final action has been taken by the Administrator or the Planning and Zoning
Commission, the minor plat Minor Plat or amending plat Amending Plat shall be recorded in the
Office of the County Clerk’s Office of the county in which the plat is located when all
requirements and conditions have been met.
GF. Waivers.
The Planning and Zoning Commission, where authorized by this UDO, may approve, approve with conditions,
or disapprove waivers of the standards in Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO.
HG. Platting in Planned Development Districts (P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District and PDD Planned Development District and P-MUD).
If the subject property is zoned as a P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned Development District
(PDD) or Planned Mixed-Use District (P-MUD), the City Council may approve a concept plan Concept Plan
that provides for general modifications to the site development and subdivision standards. The general
modifications shall be indicated on the approved concept plan Concept Plan or within the rezoning
ordinance.
IH. Platting in the Extraterritorial Jurisdiction.
The City of College Station has entered into one (1) or more written agreements with counties in which it has
extraterritorial jurisdiction. Such agreements identify the authority authorized to regulate plats within the
extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City, and the provisions of this Section are subject to the terms and
conditions of such valid agreements. In the event such an agreement creates a direct conflict between the
regulations herein and those of the particular countyCounty, the stricter standard shall apply.
JI. Failure to Obtain Plat Approval.
1. If plat approval is required for the subdivision of property or development of property and the same is
not properly secured:
a. Prohibition of Recordation.
It shall be unlawful to offer and cause to be recorded any plat or replat of land within the city
City limits or extraterritorial jurisdiction ETJ of the City of College Station at the Office of the
County Clerk’s Office unless the same bears the endorsement and approval of the Planning and
Zoning Commission, the Administrator, or bears a valid certificate of No Action Taken as provided
for in the Certifications Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO.
b. Prohibition of Making Improvements.
It shall be unlawful to make any improvements, alterations, or changes of any kind to such
property;
Page 109 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 40 of 76
c. No Issuance of Permits.
The City shall not issue any building, repair, plumbing, electrical, or other permit relating to such
property until such approval occurs;
d. No Provision or Maintenance of Infrastructure.
The City shall not repair, maintain, install, or provide any streets, public utilities, or public
infrastructure of any kind to such property;
e. No Provision of Public Utilities.
The City shall not sell or supply water, gas, electricity, or sewerage to such property.
2. Council Action.
a. If any subdivision or development exists for which a plat has not been approved or in which the
standards contained herein or referred to herein have not been complied with in full, the City
Council may pass a resolution reciting the fact of such noncompliance or failure to secure plat
approval, and reciting the fact that the provisions of this Section apply.
b. The City Secretary shall, when directed by the City Council, cause a certified copy of the said such
resolution under the corporate seal of the City to be recorded in the Deed Records of the county
in which the plat is locatedCounty.
c. If such compliance and plat approval are secured after the recording of such resolution, the City
Secretary shall forthwith record an instrument in the Deed Records of the county in which the
plat is located County stating that the property is no longer in violation.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Page 110 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 41 of 76
Sec. 3.89. Development Permits.
Development Permit Review Process
A. Applicability.
A development permit shall be required prior to any development activity, as defined in Article 11,
Definitions, to ensure conformance to the provisions and requirements of this UDO. The following uses are
exempt from the permitting requirements of this Section, but shall otherwise meet all of the requirements of
this UDO and the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines, Technical Specifications and Standard
Details, and the Drainage and Stormwater Management Section of in Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDO:
1. Customary and incidental grounds maintenance, landscaping, and gardening;.
Page 111 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 42 of 76
2. Drainage-related improvements or modifications by a homeowner on property used as their principal
residence where that property lies outside of the designated area Area of special flood hazard;
andSpecial Flood Hazard.
3. Uses by a landowner of their property for bona fide agricultural purposes.
B. Approval Process.
Prior to the issuance of a development permit, the following requirements shall be met:
1. Pre-Application application Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for a development permit, applicants are encouraged to
schedule and attend an optional pre-application conference following the procedure laid out in the
Pre-Application Conference Subsection of the General Approval Procedures Section aboveA
preapplication conference may be held with the Development Engineer, or his designated
representative, if the property contains areas of special flood hazard.
2. Application.
A complete application for a development permit shall be submitted to the Development Engineer as
set forth in the General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO.
3. Review and Action by the Development Engineer.
The Development Engineer shall review the required information and application form and shall take
one (1) of the following actions:
a. Approve the development permit;
b. Disapprove the development permit;
c. Approve the development permit with conditions; or
d. Require additional information or an engineering conference with the applicant or their his
engineer.
4. Review Criteria.
Approval or denial of a development permit by the Development Engineer shall be based on the
following relevant factors:
a. The danger to life or property due to flooding or erosion damage;
b. The susceptibility of the proposed facility and its contents to flood damage and the effect of such
damage on the individual owner;
c. The danger that materials may be swept onto other lands to the injury of others;
d. The compatibility of the proposed use with existing and anticipated development;
e. The maintenance and operational costs of providing governmental services during and after flood
conditions, including maintenance and repair of streets and bridges, and public utilities and
facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical, and water systems;
f. The expected heights, velocity, duration, rate of rise, and sediment transport of the flood waters,
and the effects of wave action, if applicable, expected at the site;
g. The necessity for to the facility of a waterfront location, where applicable;
h. The availability of alternative locations, not subject to flooding or erosion damage, for the
proposed use;
Page 112 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 43 of 76
i. The barricading of existing trees to remain on the property and count as protected trees under
the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of in Article 7, General Development Standards of
this UDO; and
j. Compliance with this UDO.
5. Notification of Decision.
a. The applicant shall be notified in writing of the action of the Development Engineerprescribed
above. If the development permit has been disapproved, the specific reasons for disapproval
shall be indicated in the notification. If additional information is required of the applicant, the
specific requirements shall be indicated in the notification. A final determination of the approval
or disapproval of the development permit, considering the additional information, shall be made,
and written notification to the applicant is given within ten (10) working days after acceptance of
the complete application.
b. Any proposal which includes areas of special flood hazard within the following special drainage
areas shall receive written notice of approval or disapproval of the development permit from the
Development Engineer within sixty (60) working days after receipt of the proposal:
1) The entirety of Carter's Creek;
2) The main channel of Lick Creek;
3) Wolf Pen Creek from the Earl Rudder Freeway to the confluence with Carter's Creek; and
4) The Brazos River.
Sec. 3.96. Site Plans Review.
Site Plan Review Process
A. Applicability.
1. Prior to the development of any use or structure other than single-family (excluding manufactured
home parksManufactured Home Parks), duplex, or townhouse residential development, a site plan
shall be approved by the City in accordance with this Section.
Page 113 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 44 of 76
2. No development described in paragraph 1. above shall be lawful or permitted to proceed without final
site plan approval. A site plan approved as part of a conditional use permit shall be considered a site
plan approval.
23. If the subject property is zoned P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned Development
Districtas a Planned Development District (PDD) or Planned Mixed-Use District (P-MUD), the City
Council may approve a concept plan Concept Plan that provides for general modifications to the site
development standards. The general modifications shall be indicated on the approved concept
planConcept Plan. The Administrator shall determine the specific standards that comply with the
general modifications of the site development requirements at the time a site plan is approved. The
applicant or the Administrator may have the City Council determine the specific standards that comply
with the approved concept planConcept Plan.
3. If the subject property is zoned WPC Wolf Pen Creek, no private development shall be lawful or
permitted to proceed without site plan approval. Site plan approval shall be required for all site plans
as part of a conditional use permit. The Administrator may require traffic and parking impact studies, a
review of existing occupancy, and other reasonable data to determine the impact of the project.
B. General Requirements.
1. All improvements reflected on approved site plans must be constructed at the time of development. All
terms and conditions of site plan approval must be met at the time of development.
2. If the subject property is zoned WPC Wolf Pen Creek, all associated rehabilitation, façade work, and
other construction must be conducted after and in compliance with approved elevations, colors, and
materials, and comply with all requirements in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Subsection of the Design
Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO.
Such review may take place concurrent with the site plan review or may take place separately as
provided in the Development Permits Section above.
C. Application Requirements.
A complete application for site plan approval shall be submitted to the Administrator as set forth in the
General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 in this UDO. The application shall include a landscape plan illustrating compliance with the requirements of the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of in
Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO. Where applicable, applicants shall submit
information, documents, and materials required in the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section and
Traffic Impact Analyses Section of in Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
D. Site Plan Approval Process.
Site plan review applications shall be processed in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Pre-Application application Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for site plan approval, applicants are encouraged to schedule
and attend an optional pre-application conference in accordance with the Pre-Application Conference
Subsection of the General Approval Procedures Section aboveand for the purposes as set forth
elsewhere in this UDO for preapplication conferences.
2. Final Action by the Administrator.
If the proposed site plan is determined to be consistent with all applicable provisions of this UDO, the
Administrator shall approve or conditionally approve the site plan. A determination that all such
requirements and provisions have not been satisfied shall result in disapproval of the site plan and
notice of such disapproval shall be given to the applicant in writing. Conditional approval must entail
corrections or changes that are ministerial and explicitly spelled out.
Page 114 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 45 of 76
E. Site Plan Review Criteria.
The Administrator may request changes to the site plan to accomplish the following requirements. To In
order to be approved, a site plan must provide for:
1. Safe and convenient traffic control, handling, and vehicle queuing;
2. Assured pedestrian safety which may include the provision of sidewalks along the perimeter of the
property;
3. Efficient and economic public utilities;
4. Public road or street access;
5. Safe and efficient internal access including public, private, or emergency;
6. Adequate parking and maneuvering areas;
7. Noise and emission control or dispersion that complies with Chapter 7, Health and Sanitation, of the
City of College Station's Code of Ordinances;
8. Runoff, drainage, and flood control;
9. Visual screening of areas offensive to the public or adjacent developments such as detention areas,
retaining walls, utilities, and solid waste facilities;
10. Compliance with standards, guidelines, and policies of the Landscape & Streetscape Standards Section
of the City of College Station Site Design StandardsCity's adopted Streetscape Plan referenced in Article
8, Subdivision Design and Improvements;
11. Clear indication of what constitutes the building plot for purposes of signage; and
12. Location and density of buildings or dwelling units where topography or characteristics of the site
compel a lower density than would otherwise be allowed, or require location consistent with accepted
engineering practices and principles.
F. Additional Site Plan Review Criteria for the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Design District.
All development within the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district shall comply with the Site Plan Review
Criteria Subsection above. In addition, the following standards, which affect the appearance of a
development, shall govern the evaluation of a design submission in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district:
1. Conformance with the Comprehensive Plan, including any associated plans or studies adopted by the
City Council;
2. Exterior space utilization;
3. Material selection;
4. Compatibility with existing development in the design district;
5. Vehicular, pedestrian, and bicycle circulation;
6. Building location and orientation; and
7. Specific standards listed in the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and
Supplemental Standards of this UDO.
GF. Appeal.
Appeals of site plans denied by the Administrator where the denial was based upon or a condition was
imposed to assure compliance with the Site Plan Review Criteria Subsection or Additional Site Plan Review
Criteria for the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Design District Subsection described above, shall be submitted to the
Page 115 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 46 of 76
Design Review Board within thirty (30) days of the decision. If no appeal is filed within thirty (30) days, the
decision shall be final.
The Design Review Board shall have the same authority and use the same review criteria as the
Administrator in reviewing the site plan and taking final action. The Board may impose reasonable site-
related conditions to mitigate the impacts of the development; however, they shall not impose architectural
changes unless otherwise provided for in this UDO.
Sec. 3.7. Wolf Pen Creek Design District Site Plan Review.
A. Applicability.
1. Design District.
Page 116 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 47 of 76
Prior to any development in the Wolf Pen Creek district (WPC) excluding minor additions such as
storage buildings, fencing and the like, an applicant must obtain design district site plan approval under
this Section.
In reviewing a project, the Administrator may require traffic and parking impact studies, a review of
existing occupancy, and other reasonable data to determine the impact of the project.
2. Design District Site Plan Review Required.
No private development shall be lawful or permitted to proceed without final design district site plan
approval. Design district site plan approval shall be required for all site plans as part of a conditional
use permit.
3. General Requirements.
a. All improvements reflected on approved site plans must be constructed at the time of
development.
b. All associated rehabilitation, façade work, and other construction must be conducted subsequent
to and in compliance with approved elevations, colors, and materials, and comply with all
requirements in the Wolf Pen Creek Design District. Such review may take place concurrent with
the site plan review, or may take place separately, as provided in Section 3.9, Development
Permit.
c. All terms and conditions of site plan approval must be met at the time of development.
B. Application Requirements.
A complete application for site plan approval shall be submitted to the Administrator as set forth in the
General Approval Procedures Section Article 3 of this UDO. The application shall include a landscaping plan
illustrative compliance with the requirements of the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section Article 7 of this
UDO. Where applicable, applicants shall submit information, documents, and materials required in the Non-
Residential Architectural Standards Section and Traffic Impact Analyses Section Article 7 of this UDO.
C. Wolf Pen Creek Design District Site Plan Approval Process.
Wolf Pen Creek district site plan review applications shall be processed in accordance with the following
requirements:
1. Preapplication Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for design district site plan approval, applicants are
encouraged to schedule and attend an optional preapplication conference in accordance with and for
the purposes as set forth elsewhere in this UDO for preapplication conferences.
2. Decision by the Administrator.
If the proposed site plan is determined to be consistent with all applicable provisions of this UDO,
including the applicable district provisions of the Design Districts Section in Article 5 of this UDO, and
the review criteria below, the Administrator shall approve the design district site plan. A determination
that all such requirements and provisions have not been satisfied shall result in disapproval of the site
plan.
D. Additional Review Criteria for the WPC District.
All development within the Wolf Pen Creek District shall comply with the Site Plan Review Criteria as outlined
in Section 3.6.E of this UDO. In addition, the following standards, which affect the appearance of a
development, shall govern the evaluation of a design submission in the WPC district:
1. Conformance to the City's Comprehensive Plan;
Page 117 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 48 of 76
2. Exterior space utilization;
3. Material selection;
4. Compatibility with existing development in the design district;
5. Vehicular, pedestrian, and bicycle circulation;
6. Building location and orientation; and
7. Specific standards listed in the Design Districts Section in Article 5 of this UDO.
E. Appeal.
Appeals of site plans denied by the Administrator where the denial was based upon or condition imposed to
assure compliance with the Additional Review Criteria for the WPC District described above, shall be
submitted to the Design Review Board within thirty (30) days of the decision. If no appeal is filed within thirty
(30) days, the decision shall be final.
In the event of an appeal, the Design Review Board shall use the same review criteria as the Administrator in
reviewing the site plan and taking final action. The Board may impose reasonable site-related conditions to
mitigate the impacts of the development; however, they shall not impose architectural changes unless
otherwise provided for in this UDO.
Sec. 3.8. Wolf Pen Creek Design District Building and Sign Review.
A. Applicability.
Page 118 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 49 of 76
1. In the Wolf Pen Creek district (WPC), all substantial maintenance (including but not limited to
rehabilitation, façade work, and, change or exterior materials or other construction, including the
replacement or alteration of signs) shall be subject to the WPC district building and sign review
process.
2. All Building and Sign review required in this Design District, including minor additions to a site
(accessory buildings and structures, change of solid waste disposal location, painting, and landscaping)
shall be reviewed by the Administrator.
B. Application.
A complete application for building or sign review in a design district shall be submitted to the Administrator
as set forth in the General Approval Procedures Section of this UDO.
C. Decision by Administrator.
1. Design Review.
The Administrator shall apply the standards for the applicable district as set forth in the Design Districts
Section in Article 5 of this UDO. In considering such matters, the Administrator may rely on special area
plans or studies adopted by the City Council.
2. Written Decision.
If approval is granted, the decision shall be communicated in writing to the applicant.
D. Waivers.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests for waivers from the standards in the Wolf Pen
Creek (WPC) subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5 of this UDO as limited to the possible
waivers authorized by that subsection.
Sec. 3.105. Sign Permits.
Sign Permit Review Process
A. ApplicabilitySign Permits Required.
No sign shall hereafter be installed, erected, moved, added to, or structurally altered without a permit issued
by the Administrator, except in conformity with the provisions of this Section, unless the Administrator is so
directed by the Zoning Board of Adjustment as provided by this UDO. In the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design
Page 119 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 50 of 76
district, all substantial maintenance (including the replacement or alteration of signs) shall be subject to the
sign permit review process detailed in this Section.
1. No sign shall hereafter be installed, erected, moved, added to, or structurally altered without a permit
issued by the Administrator, except in conformity with the provisions of this Section, unless he is so
directed by the Zoning Board of Adjustment as provided by this UDO.
12. A sign permit shall be required for the following:
a. Apartment/condominium/manufactured home park identification signs;
b. Attached signs;
c. Development signs;
d. Freestanding signs;
e. Low profile signs;
f. Roof signs; and
g. Subdivision and area identification signs.
23. No sign permit shall be required for the following:
a. Real estate, finance, and construction signs;
b. Directional traffic control signs;
c. Home occupation signs; and
d. Non-commercial signs.
34. It shall be the responsibility of the owner or the leasing agent to assign the available attached
freestanding or freestanding sign building sign square footage to individual building tenants. In no case
shall this be the responsibility of the Administrator. In no case may the cumulative total of individual
signs for a multi-tenant building exceed the allowable area available or attached or freestanding signs.
B. Application.
A complete application for a sign permit plan shall be submitted to the Administrator Building Official as set
forth in the General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO.
C. Review and Action by the Administrator.
The Administrator must review each sign permit application in light of this UDO and act to approve, approve
with conditions, or deny the permit. The Administrator may approve grant approval with conditions only to
the extent that such conditions specify the actions necessary to bring the application into compliance with
Page 120 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 51 of 76
this UDO. As applicable, the Administrator shall apply the standards in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Subsection
of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this
UDO. In considering such matters, the Administrator may rely on special area plans or studies adopted by the
City Council.
D. Maintenance and Repair.
1. Cleaning, painting, repainting, and other normal maintenance and repair of a sign shall not require a
permit unless a structural or size change is made. Maintenance includes the replacement of a sign face.
Repainting or replacement of materials in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district must receive
approval of either the Administrator or the Design Review Board as provided in the Wolf Pen Creek
District Building and Sign Review Section in Article 3 of this UDO.
2. Repair of conforming signs, damaged as a result of accidents or acts of God, shall be exempt from
permit fees when they are being restored to their original condition.
E. Waivers (WPC Wolf Pen Creek only).
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests for waivers from the standards in the WPC Wolf Pen
Creek Subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental
Standards of this UDO as limited to the possible waivers authorized by that Subsection.
Sec. 3.112. Building Permits.
Building Permit Review Process
A. ApplicabilityBuilding Permit Required.
Page 121 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 52 of 76
1. No building or other structure shall hereafter be erected, moved, added to, structurally altered,
repaired, demolished, or occupancy changed without a permit issued by the Building Official except in
conformity with the provisions of this Section and the International Building Code, as adopted and
amended by the City, unless otherwise provided for in the City of College Station Code of Ordinances.
No building permit Building Permit issued under the provisions of this Section Article for land use or
construction in the City shall be considered valid unless signed by the Building Official.
2. In the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district, all substantial maintenance (including but not limited to
rehabilitation, façade work, and change of exterior materials or other construction) shall be subject to
the building permit review process detailed in this Section. All building permits required in the WPC
Wolf Pen Creek design district, including minor additions to a site (accessory buildings and structures,
change of solid waste disposal location, painting, and landscaping) shall be reviewed by the
Administrator.
B. Application for Building Permit.
1. Applications for building permits Building Permits for single-family, duplex, townhouse, or courtyard
house Courtyard House structures shall be accompanied by one (1) set of complete plans, drawn to
scale, showing the actual dimensions and shape of the lot to be built upon; the exact sizes and
locations on the lot of buildings already existing on the lot, if any; and the location and dimensions of
the proposed building or alteration, easements, and required setbacks.
Applications for multi-family (including multiplexMultiplex) and non-residential commercial structures
shall be accompanied by three (3) sets of complete plans, drawn to scale, including the approved site
plan as required in the Site Plans Review Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO.
Additional sets of plans shall be supplied to the Building Official upon request.
2. The application shall include such other information as lawfully may be required by the Building Official
or the Administrator, including existing or proposed building or alteration; existing or proposed uses of
the building and land; the number of families, housekeeping units, or rental units the building is
designed to accommodate; conditions existing on the lot; and such other matters as may be necessary
to determine conformance with, and provide for the enforcement of, this UDO.
3. One (1) copy of the plans shall be returned to the applicant by the Building Official after it is marked as
either approved, approved with conditions, or disapproved and attested to same by the his signature
of the Building Official on such copy. The original copy of the plans, similarly marked, and the
associated site plan shall be retained by the Building Official.
4. Where applicable, applicants shall submit information and materials required in the Landscaping and
Tree Protection Section of in Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
5. Where applicable, applicants shall submit information and materials required in the Non-Residential
Architectural Standards Section of in Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
6. If the subject property is zoned MH Middle Housing, applicants shall specify the proposed residential
product type that is being proposed. See the Middle Housing Product Types and Dimensional Standards
Table in the Residential Dimensional Standards Section of in Article 5, . District Purpose Statements and
Supplemental Standards of this UDO for a list of allowed product types.
C. Review and Recommendation.
The Building Official shall review all building permit applications to determine if intended uses, buildings, or
structures comply with all applicable regulations and standards, including this UDO, and approve or
disapprove the same.
D. Review and Action by Building Official.
Page 122 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 53 of 76
1. The Building Official shall make a final determination of whether the intended uses, buildings, or
structures comply with all applicable regulations, standards, and the International Building Code, as
adopted. The Building Official shall not issue a building permit unless the plans, specifications, and
intended use of such building or structures or parts thereof conform in all respects to the provisions of
this UDO and the International Building Code, as adopted.
2. If the subject property is zoned P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD as a Planned Development
District (PDD) or Planned Mixed-Use District (P-MUD), the City Council may approve a concept plan
Concept Plan that provides for general modifications to the site development standards. The general
modifications shall be indicated on the approved concept planConcept Plan. The Administrator shall
determine the specific standards that comply with the general modifications of the site development
requirements during the at the time of building permit review. The applicant or the Administrator may
have the City Council determine the specific standards that comply with the approved concept
planConcept Plan.
E. Decision by Administrator (WPC Wolf Pen Creek only).
1. Design Review.
The Administrator shall apply the standards in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Subsection of the Design
Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO. In
considering such matters, the Administrator may rely on special area plans or studies adopted by the
City Council.
2. Written Decision.
The decision of approval or denial shall be communicated in writing to the applicant.
F. Waivers (WPC Wolf Pen Creek only).
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests for waivers from the standards in the WPC Wolf Pen
Creek Subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental
Standards of this UDO as limited to the possible waivers authorized by that Subsection.
Sec. 3.123. Certificates of Occupancy.
A. Applicability.
A certificate Certificate of occupancy Occupancy shall be required for any of the following:
1. Occupancy and use of a building hereafter erected or enlarged;
2. Change in use of an existing building to a different use categoryUse Category;
3. Any change in a nonconforming use or structure; or
4. As required by Section 110 of the International Building Code, as adopted and amended, Section 110.
B. Application.
Once all required building inspections have been reviewed by the Building Official and he finds no violation
of the provisions of the Code is found, the Building Official shall issue a certificate Certificate of occupancy
Occupancy for the structure or use.
C. Review and Action by Building Official.
Upon the request for a certificate Certificate of occupancyOccupancy, the Building Official shall inspect the
use or structure. If the Building Official determines that the use or structure complies with all applicable
Page 123 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 54 of 76
provisions of the International Building Code, as adopted, and amended and this UDO, a certificate
Certificate of occupancy Occupancy shall be issued.
D. Temporary Certificate of Occupancy.
Pending the issuance of a certificate Certificate of occupancyOccupancy, a temporary certificate Temporary
Certificate of occupancy Occupancy may be issued by the Building Official. The temporary certificate
Temporary Certificate of occupancy Occupancy shall be valid for a period established by the Building Official,
pending completion of an additional requirements or during partial occupancy of a structure and as provided
in Section 110 of the International Building Code, as adopted and amended.
E. Unlawful to Occupy Without Valid Certificate of Occupancy.
It is unlawful to occupy any building that does not have a validly issued certificate Certificate of occupancy
Occupancy or temporary certificate Temporary Certificate of occupancyOccupancy.
Sec. 3.134. Certificates of Completion.
A. Applicability.
A certificate of completion shall be required for any of the following:
1. Use of a parking lot hereafter constructed or enlarged not in conjunction with a building or structure;
2. Site changes including but not limited to landscaping, parking lots, façade changes in a design district,
or a change to an existing site that is not done in conjunction with a building or structure that requires
a building permit; or
3. Site improvements associated with a telecommunications tower.
B. Application.
Once all required building inspections have been reviewed by the Building Official and he finds no violation
of the provisions of the International Building Code, as adopted are foundCode, the Building Official shall
issue a certificate Certificate of completion Completion for the structure.
C. Review and Action by Building Official.
Upon the request for a certificate Certificate of completionCompletion, the Building Official shall inspect the
structure. If the Building Official determines that the structure complies with all applicable provisions of the
International Building Code, as adopted, and this UDO, a certificate Certificate of completion Completion
shall be issued.
D. Temporary Certificate of Completion.
Pending the issuance of a certificate Certificate of completionCompletion, a temporary certificate Temporary
Certificate of completion Completion may be issued by the Building Official. The temporary certificate
Temporary Certificate of completion Completion shall be valid for a period established by the Building
Official, pending compliance with approved development plans.
E. Unlawful to Utilize Without Valid Certificate of Completion.
It is unlawful to utilize any structure that does not have a validly issued certificate Certificate of completion
Completion or temporary certificate Temporary Certificate of completionCompletion.
Page 124 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 55 of 76
Sec. 3.140. Certificates of Appropriateness.
Certificate of Appropriateness Review Process
A. Applicability.
1. Prior to any construction, reconstruction, alteration, restoration, or rehabilitation of any structure or
any property within an HP Historic Preservation Overlay District, or any material change in the light
fixtures, signs, sidewalks, fences, steps, paving, or other exterior elements visible from a public right-of-
way that affects the appearance and cohesiveness of any structure or any property within an HP
Historic Preservation Overlay District, an applicant must obtain a certificate Certificate of
appropriateness Appropriateness in accordance with this Section.
2. No building permit shall be issued for proposed work within an HP Historic Preservation Overlay
District until a certificate Certificate of appropriateness Appropriateness has first been issued as
required by the UDO. The certificate Certificate of appropriateness Appropriateness shall be in addition
to and not in place lieu of any building permit that may be required by any other ordinance of the City
of College Station.
B. Application Requirements.
A complete application for a certificate Certificate of appropriateness Appropriateness shall be submitted to
the Administrator as set forth in the General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO. The
application shall include, where applicable:
Page 125 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 56 of 76
1. Detailed description of proposed work;
2. Proposed building plans (this will not constitute a building plan submittal for review for a building
permit);
3. Landscaping plans showing landscaping features and vegetation species, sizes, and locations;
4. Landscape protection plans;
5. Location and photographs of the property and adjacent properties;
6. Elevation drawings of the proposed changes, if available;
7. Samples of materials to be used;
8. Specifications for architectural features and materials; and
9. Any other information that the Landmark Commission or Historic Preservation Officer may deem
necessary in order to visualize the proposed work.
C. Certificate of Appropriateness Approval Process.
Certificate of appropriateness Appropriateness applications shall be processed in accordance with the
following requirements:
1. Pre-Application application Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for a certificate Certificate of
appropriatenessAppropriateness, applicants are encouraged to schedule and attend an optional pre-
application conference in accordance with the Pre-Application Conference Subsection of the General
Approval Procedures Section aboveall potential applicants may request a preapplication conference
with the Administrator. The purpose of the preapplication conference is to respond to any questions
that the applicant may have regarding any application procedures, standards, or regulations required
by this UDO; however, the preapplication conference does not fulfill the requirements for formal
review or submittal as set forth in this UDO.
2. Review and Report by the Historic Preservation Officer.
Upon receipt of an application for a certificate Certificate of appropriatenessAppropriateness, the
Historic Preservation Officer shall determine whether the application is to be reviewed under the
Standard Certificate of Appropriateness Review Criteria Procedure or the Routine Maintenance Work Review Procedure. If the application is to be reviewed under the Standard Certificate of
Appropriateness Review CriteriaProcedure, the following applies. If the application is to be reviewed
under the Routine Maintenance Work Review Procedure, the procedure in the Routine Maintenance
Work Review Procedure Subsection below subsection E. below will apply.
Under the Standard Certificate of Appropriateness Review CriteriaProcedure, the Historic Preservation
Officer will review the application to determine if the proposed plan is consistent with all applicable
provisions of this UDO and the City’s Comprehensive Plan. The Historic Preservation Officer will
forward the his report on the application to the Landmark Commission with a recommendation for
approval, denial or conditional approval.
3. Review by the Landmark Commission.
The Landmark Commission shall review the application in a public meeting and may approve, approve
with conditions, or deny the application. If the Landmark Commission requires additional information
than that presented at a meeting, a decision may be postponed until a specified date when the
specified information may be provided. Notice shall be provided by the publication of the agenda of
the meeting.
Page 126 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 57 of 76
4. Final Action by the Landmark Commission.
If the application is determined to be consistent with all applicable provisions of this UDO, including
the applicable district provisions of the Historic Preservation Overlay District Subsection of the Overlay
Districts Section of in Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO,
and the review criteria in the Standard Certificate of Appropriateness Review Criteria Subsection
below, the Landmark Commission shall approve the plan. A determination that all requirements and
provisions have not been satisfied shall result in disapproval of the plan.
D. Standard Certificate of Appropriateness Review Criteria for Approval of a Certificate of Appropriateness.
The Landmark Commission shall approve a certificate Certificate of appropriateness Appropriateness if it
finds:
1. For Historic Contributing Resources.
a. The proposed work is consistent with The Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation,
The Secretary of the Interior’s Guidelines for Rehabilitating Historic Buildings, Preservation Briefs,
and all related interpretative documents published by the U.S. Department of Interior;
b. The proposed work will not have an adverse effect on the architectural features of the structure;
c. The proposed work will not have an adverse effect on the HP Historic Preservation Overlay
District; and
d. The proposed work will not have an adverse effect on the future preservation, maintenance, and
use of the structure or the HP Historic Preservation Overlay District.
2. For Historic Non-Contributing Resources.
The proposed work is compatible with the HP Historic Preservation Overlay District.
E. Certificate of Appropriateness Routine Maintenance Work Review Procedure.
1. If, upon review of an application for a certificate Certificate of appropriatenessAppropriateness, the
Historic Preservation Officer determines that an applicant is seeking a certificate Certificate of
appropriateness Appropriateness to authorize only routine maintenance work, the Historic
Preservation Officer shall review the certificate Certificate of appropriateness Appropriateness
application to determine whether the proposed work complies with the regulations contained in this
Section and approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application. The Historic Preservation
Officer may also forward the application to the Landmark Commission for any reason.
2. Routine maintenance work Maintenance Work on a property is considered to be:
a. The installation of a chimney located on an accessory building, or on the rear fifty (50) percent of
a main building and not part of a corner side façade;
b. The installation of an awning located on an accessory building, or on the rear façade of a primary
structure;
c. The installation of a wood or chain link fence that is not painted or stained;
d. The installation of gutters and downspouts of a color that matches or compliments the dominant
trim or roof color;
e. The installation of skylights and solar panels;
f. The installation of storm windows and doors; and/or
g. The restoration of original architectural elements.;
Page 127 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 58 of 76
3. The applicant may appeal the Historic Preservation Officer's decision by submitting to the Historic
Preservation Officer a written request for appeal within ten (10) calendar days of the decision. Upon
the written request for appeal, the Landmark Commission will review the application under the
Standard Certificate of Appropriateness Review Criteria Subsection aboveProcedure.
F. Expiration of Approval.
For plans that do not require the issuance of a building permit, work to complete the plans shall commence
and be completed within twenty-four (24) months from the date of approval of the application. The Historic
Preservation Officer may authorize a single extension of a certificate Certification of appropriateness for
Appropriateness up to six (6) months upon demonstration of substantial progress and the lack of changed or
changing conditions in the area.
For plans that require the issuance of a building permit, if a building permit has not been issued for the
proposed work within twenty-four (24) months from the date of approval of the application, the Historic
Preservation Officer may authorize a single extension of a certificate Certification of appropriateness
Appropriateness up to six (6) months upon demonstration of the lack of changed or changing conditions in
the area. A certificate Certification of appropriateness Appropriateness shall be valid as long as there is a
valid building permit.
G. Appeals.
An applicant for a certificate Certification of appropriateness Appropriateness dissatisfied with the action of
the Landmark Commission related to the issuance or denial of a certificate Certification of appropriateness
Appropriateness shall have the right to appeal to the City Council within ten (10) calendar days after the date
of such action. In considering an appeal, the City Council shall consider the same standards and evidence that
the Landmark Commission was required to consider in making the decision.
H. Limitation on Reapplication.
If a final decision is reached denying a certificate Certificate of appropriatenessAppropriateness, no further
applications may be considered for the subject matter of the denied certificate Certificate of appropriateness
Appropriateness for one (1) year from the date of the final decision unless the Landmark Commission waives
the time limitation because the Landmark Commission finds that there are changed circumstances sufficient
to warrant a new hearing.
I. Revocation.
The Historic Preservation Officer may, in writing, revoke a certificate Certificate of appropriateness
Appropriateness if:
1. The certificate Certificate of appropriateness Appropriateness was issued based on on the basis of
incorrect information supplied by the applicant, or
2. The work is not performed in accordance with the certificate Certificate of
appropriatenessAppropriateness.
J. Amendment to a Certificate of Appropriateness.
A certificate Certificate of appropriateness Appropriateness may be amended by submitting a new certificate
Certificate of appropriateness Appropriateness application to the Historic Preservation Officer. The
application shall then be subject to either the Standard Certificate of Appropriateness Review Criteria
Procedure or the Routine Maintenance Work Review Procedure.
K. Ordinary Maintenance.
Other than the routine maintenance work Routine Maintenance Work listed in the Routine Maintenance
Work Review Procedure Subsection above, a certificate Certificate of appropriateness Appropriateness shall
Page 128 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 59 of 76
not be required for the ordinary maintenance and repair of any exterior architectural feature of a property
within an HP Historic Preservation Overlay District which does not involve a change in design, material, or
outward appearance such as:
1. The replacement of a roof of the same or an original material that does not include a change in color;
2. The application of paint that is the same as the existing;
3. Minor repair using the same material and design as the original;
4. The repair of sidewalks and driveways using the same type and color of materials;
5. The process of cleaning (including but not limited to low-pressure water blasting and stripping, but
excluding sandblasting and high-pressure water blasting); and
6. The painting, replacing, duplicating, or stabilizing deteriorated or damaged non-original architectural
features (including but not limited to roofing, windows, columns, and siding) in order to maintain the
structure and to slow deterioration.
L. Temporary Emergency Repairs.
If the Building Official determines that a building or structure in an HP Historic Preservation Overlay District
poses an immediate threat to persons or property, the Building Official may take any action authorized under
the City of College Station Code of Ordinances to make the building or structure safe without the
requirement of a certificate Certification of appropriatenessAppropriateness. The Building Official shall send
a written report of such actions to the Landmark Commission.
Sec. 3.151. Certificates of Demolition.
Certificate of Demolition Review Process
A. Applicability.
Page 129 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 60 of 76
1. Prior to any demolition or removal of any structure or portion thereof on any property within an HP
Historic Preservation Overlay District, an applicant must obtain a certificate Certificate of demolition
Demolition in accordance with this Section.
2. No building permit shall be issued for proposed work within an HP Historic Preservation Overlay
District until a certificate Certificate of demolition Demolition required by the UDO has first been
issued by the Landmark Commission. The certificate Certificate of demolition Demolition shall be in
addition to, and not in place lieu of, any building permit that may be required by any other ordinance
of the City of College Station.
3. No permit for the demolition of a structure or property within an HP Historic Preservation Overlay
District, including secondary buildings and landscape features, shall be granted by the Building Official
without the review of a completed application for and approval of a certificate Certificate of demolition
Demolition by the Landmark Commission.
B. Application Requirements.
A property owner seeking demolition or removal of a structure, including secondary buildings and landscape
features, on a property in an HP Historic Preservation Overlay District shall submit a complete application for
a certificate Certificate of demolition Demolition to the Administrator as set forth in the General Approval
Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO. The application shall include:
1. An affidavit in which the owner swears or affirms that all information submitted in the application is
true and correct.
2. An indication that the demolition or removal is sought for one (1) or more of the following reasons:
a. To replace the structure with a new structure that is more appropriate and compatible with the
HP Historic Preservation Overlay District;
b. No economically viable use of the property exists;
c. The structure poses an imminent threat to public health or safety; or
d. The structure is noncontributing to the HP Historic Preservation Overlay District because it is
newer than the period of historic significance.
Page 130 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 61 of 76
3. An application "to To replace the structure with a new structure that is more appropriate and
compatible with the HP Historic Preservation Overlay District" shall also include:
a. Records depicting the original construction of the structure, including drawings, pictures, or
written descriptions where available;
b. Records depicting the current condition of the structure, including drawings, pictures, or written
descriptions;
c. Any conditions proposed to be placed voluntarily on the new structure that would mitigate the
loss of the structure;
d. Complete architectural drawings of the new structure; and
e. A guarantee agreement between the owner and the City that demonstrates the owner’s intent
and financial ability to construct the new structure. The guarantee must:
1) Contain a statement of intent to construct the proposed structure by a specific date in
accordance with architectural drawings approved by the City through the certificate
Certificate of appropriateness Appropriateness process;
2) Require the owner or construction contractor to post a performance and payment bond,
letter of credit, escrow agreement, cash deposit, or another arrangement acceptable to the
Administrator to ensure the construction of the new structure; and
3) Be approved as to form by the City Attorney.
4. An application that “no No economically viable use of the property exists” shall also include:
a. The past and current uses of the structure and property;
b. The name of the owner. If the owner is a legal entity, the type of entity and state in which it is
registered;
1) If the owner is a legal entity, the type of entity and states in which it is registered.
c.2) The date and price of purchase or other acquisition of the structure and property, and the party
from whom it was acquired, and the owner’s current basis in the property;.
d.3) The relationship, if any, between the owner and the party from whom the structure and property
were acquired. (If one (1) or both parties to the transaction were legal entities, any relationships
between the officers and the board of directors of the entities must be specified.);
e.4) The assessed value of the structure and property according to the two (2) most recent tax
assessments;
f.5) The amount of real estate taxes on the structure and property for the previous two (2) years;
g.6) The current fair market value of the structure and property as determined by an independent
licensed appraiser;
h.7) All appraisals obtained by the owner and prospective purchasers within the previous two (2)
years in connection with the potential or actual purchase, financing, or ownership of the
structure and property;
i.8) All listings of the structure and property for sale or rent within the previous two (2) years, prices
asked, and offers received;
j.9) A profit and loss statement for the property and structure containing the annual gross income for
the previous two (2) years; itemized expenses (including operating and maintenance costs) for
the previous two (2) years, including proof that adequate and competent management
Page 131 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 62 of 76
procedures were followed; the annual cash flow for the previous two (2) years; and proof that
the owner has made reasonable efforts to obtain a reasonable rate of return on the owner’s
investment and labor;
k.10) A mortgage history of the property during the previous five (5) years, including the principal
balances and interest rates on the mortgages and the annual debt services on the structure and
property;
l.11) All capital expenditures during the current ownership;
m.12) Records depicting the current conditions of the structure and property, including drawings,
pictures, or written descriptions;
n.13) A study of the restoration of the structure or property, performed by a licensed architect,
engineer, or financial analyst, analyzing the physical feasibility (including architectural and
engineering analyses) and financial feasibility (including pro forma profit and loss statements for
ten yearsa ten-year period, taking into consideration redevelopment options and all incentives
available) of adaptive use of restoration of the structure and property;
o.14) Any consideration is given by the owner to profitable adaptive uses for the structure and
property;
p.15) Construction plans for any proposed development or adaptive reuse, including site plans, floor
plans, and elevations;
q.16) Any conditions proposed to be placed voluntarily on new development that would mitigate the
loss of the structure; and
r.17) Any other evidence that shows that the affirmative obligation to maintain the structure or
property makes it impossible to realize a reasonable rate of return.
5. An application to demolish or remove a structure that “poses Poses an imminent threat to public
health or safety” shall also include:
a. Records depicting the current condition of the structure, including drawings, pictures, or written
descriptions;
b. A study regarding the nature, imminence, and severity of the threat, as performed by a licensed
architect or engineer; and
c. A study regarding both the cost of restoration of the structure and the feasibility (including
architectural and engineering analyses) of restoration of the structure, as performed by a
licensed architect or engineer.
6. An application to demolish or remove a structure that is "noncontributing Noncontributing to the HP
Historic Preservation Overlay District because the structure is newer than the period of historic
significance" shall also provide:
a. Documentation that the structure is noncontributing to the HP Historic Preservation Overlay
District;
b. Documentation of the age of the structure; and
c. A statement of the purpose of the demolition.
7. Any other evidence the property owner wishes to submit in support of the application.
8. Any other evidence requested by the Landmark Commission or the Historic Preservation Officer.
C. Certificate of Demolition Approval Process.
Page 132 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 63 of 76
Certificate of demolition Demolition applications shall be processed in accordance with the following
requirements:
1. Pre-Application application Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for a certificate Certificate of demolitionDemolition,
applicants are encouraged to schedule and attend an optional pre-application conference in
accordance with the Pre-Application Conference Subsection of the General Approval Procedures
Section aboveall potential applicants may request a preapplication conference with the Administrator.
The purpose of the preapplication conference is to respond to any questions that the applicant may
have regarding any application procedures, standards, or regulations required by this UDO; however,
the preapplication conference does not fulfill the requirements for formal review or submittal as set
forth in this UDO.
2. Application.
When a complete application for a certificate Certificate of demolition Demolition has been submitted
to the City, the application will begin a mandatory sixty (60) -day stay of demolition. The certificate
Certificate of demolition Demolition approval process will continue concurrently with the stay of
demolition, but the Landmark Commission shall not take final action before the stay of demolition has
expired.
3. Review and Report by the Historic Preservation Officer.
If the application is determined to be consistent with all applicable provisions of this UDO and the
City’s Comprehensive Plan, or if the application is recommended for denial or conditional approval, the
Historic Preservation Officer shall report such consistency, inconsistency, or proposed conditions to the
Landmark Commission.
4. Review by an Economic Review Panel.
For an application that "no No economically viable use of the property exists", within thirty-five (35)
days after the appointment of the Economic Review Panel as provided in the Landmark Commission
Section of Article 2, Development Review Bodies of this UDO, the Panel shall review the submitted
documentation,; hold a public hearing,; consider all options for renovation, adaptive reuse, and
redevelopment,; and forward a written recommendation to the Landmark Commission. The Historic
Preservation Officer shall provide administrative support to the Economic Review Panel. The Economic
Review Panel's recommendation shall be based on the same standard for approval to be used by the
Landmark Commission. An application that “no economically viable use of the property exists” will not
be considered complete until the Economic Review Panel has made its recommendation to the
Landmark Commission. If the Economic Review Panel is unable to reach a consensus, the report will
indicate the majority and minority recommendations. If the Economic Review Panel does not meet
within thirty-five (35) days after the appointment, a recommendation of “no economically viable use of
the property” will be forwarded to the Landmark Commission.
5. Review by the Landmark Commission.
The Landmark Commission shall review the application for a certificate Certificate of demolition
Demolition in a public meeting and may approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application. If
the Landmark Commission requires additional information than that presented at a meeting, a decision
may be postponed until a specified date when the specified information may be provided. Notice shall
be provided by the publication of the agenda of the meeting.
6. Final Action by the Landmark Commission.
If the application is determined to be consistent with all applicable provisions of this UDO, including
the applicable district provisions of the Historic Preservation Overlay District Subsection of the Overlay
Page 133 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 64 of 76
Districts Section of in Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO,
and the review criteria in the Criteria for Approval of a Certificate of Demolition Subsection below, the
Landmark Commission shall approve the plan. A determination that all such requirements and
provisions have not been satisfied shall result in disapproval of the plan. The property owner has the
burden of proof to establish by clear and convincing evidence the necessary facts to warrant favorable
action by the Landmark Commission.
D. Approval Criteria for Approval of a Certificate of Demolition.
In considering an application for a certificate Certificate of demolitionDemolition, the Landmark Commission
shall deny the application unless it makes the following findings:
1. The Landmark Commission shall deny an application for a certificate Certificate of demolition
Demolition to replace a structure with a new structure unless it finds that:
a. The new structure is more appropriate and compatible with the HP Historic Preservation Overlay
District than the structure to be demolished or removed; and
b. The owner has the financial ability and intent to build the new structure. The Landmark
Commission must first approve the certificate Certificate of appropriateness Appropriateness for
the proposed new structure and the guarantee agreement to construct the new structure before
it may consider the application for a certificate Certificate of demolitionDemolition.
2. The Landmark Commission shall deny an application for a certificate Certificate of demolition
Demolition to remove a structure because of “no economically viable use of the property” unless it
finds that:
a. The structure is incapable of earning a reasonable economic return unless the demolition or
removal is allowed (a reasonable economic return does not have to be the most profitable return
possible);
b. The structure cannot be adapted for any other use, whether by the owner or by a purchaser,
which would result in a reasonable economic return; and
c. The owner has failed during the last two (2) years to find a developer, financier, purchaser, or
tenant that would enable the owner to realize a reasonable economic return, despite having
made substantial ongoing efforts to do so.
3. The Landmark Commission shall deny an application for a certificate Certificate of demolition
Demolition to remove a structure that poses an imminent threat to public health or safety unless it
finds that:
a. The structure constitutes a documented major and imminent threat to public health and safety;
b. The demolition or removal is required to alleviate the threat to public health and safety; and
c. There is no reasonable way, other than demolition or removal, to eliminate the threat in a timely
manner.
4. The Landmark Commission shall deny an application for a certificate Certificate of demolition
Demolition to remove a structure that is noncontributing to the HP Historic Preservation Overlay
District because it is newer than the period of historic significance unless it finds that:
a. The structure is noncontributing to the HP Historic Preservation Overlay District;
b. The structure is newer than the period of historic significance for the HP Historic Preservation
Overlay District; and
Page 134 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 65 of 76
c. Demolition of the structure will not adversely affect the historic character of the property or the
integrity of the HP Historic Preservation Overlay District.
E. Appeals.
1. Any interested person may appeal the decision of the Landmark Commission to the City Council by
filing a written notice with the Administrator within ten (10) calendar days after the decision of the
Landmark Commission. If no appeal is made of a decision to approve a certificate Certificate of
demolition Demolition within ten (10) daysthe ten-day period, the Building Official shall issue the
permit to allow demolition or removal. If an appeal is filed, the City Council shall hear and decide the
appeal within sixty-five (65) calendars days of its filing.
2. In considering an appeal, the City Council shall consider the same standards and evidence that the
Landmark Commission was required to consider in making the decision.
F. Limitation on Reapplication.
If a final decision is reached denying a certificate Certificate of demolitionDemolition, no further applications
may be considered for the subject matter of the denied certificate Certificate of demolition Demolition for
one (1) year from the date of the final decision unless the Landmark Commission waives the time limitation
because the Landmark Commission finds that there are changed circumstances sufficient to warrant a new
hearing.
G. Expiration of Approval.
A certificate Certificate of demolition Demolition expires if the work authorized by the certificate Certificate
of demolition Demolition is not commenced within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of final
approval. A final, one-time extension for the commencement of work of ninety (90) days may be granted by
the Administrator upon written request by the applicant showing circumstances beyond the control of the
applicant. If the certificate Certificate of demolition Demolition expires, a new certificate Certificate of
demolition Demolition must first be obtained before the work can commence.
H. Demolition by Neglect.
1. Prohibition.
No owner or person with an interest in real property included within an HP Historic Preservation
Overlay District shall permit the property to fall into a serious state of disrepair so as to result in the
deterioration of any exterior architectural feature or structural compromise which would, in the
judgment of the Landmark Commission, produce a detrimental effect upon the character of the HP
Historic Preservation Overlay District as a whole or the life and character of the property itself.
Examples of such deterioration include, but are not limited to:
a. Deterioration of the foundation;.
b. Deterioration of floor supports, or the addition of floor supports that are insufficient to carry the
loads imposed;.
c. Deterioration of walls, windows, doors, or other vertical supports, or the addition of such
supports that are of insufficient size or strength to carry the loads imposed;.
d. Deterioration of roof or other horizontal members;.
e. Deterioration of exterior chimneys;.
f. Deterioration or crumbling of exterior stucco or mortar;.
g. Ineffective waterproofing of exterior walls, roof, or foundations, including broken windows or
doors;.
Page 135 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 66 of 76
h. Defective weather protection or lack of weather protection for exterior wall coverings, including
lack of paint or another protective coating;.
i. Any fault, defect, or condition in the structure that renders it structurally unsafe or not properly
watertight; and.
j. Deterioration of any feature so as to create a hazardous condition which could lead to the claim
that demolition is necessary for the public safety.
2. Procedure.
a. Purpose.
The purpose of the demolition Demolition by neglect Neglect procedure is to allow the Landmark
Commission to work with the property owner to encourage maintenance and stabilization of the
structure and identify resources available before any enforcement action is taken.
b. Request for Investigation.
Any interested party may request that the Historic Preservation Officer investigate whether a
property is being demolished Demolished by neglectNeglect.
c. First Meeting With the Property Owner.
Upon receipt of a request, the Historic Preservation Officer and City Building Official shall meet
with the property owner or the property owner’s agent with control of the structure to inspect
the structure and discuss the resources available for financing any necessary repairs. After the
meeting, the Historic Preservation Officer shall prepare a report for the Landmark Commission
on the condition of the structure, the repairs needed to maintain and stabilize the structure, any
resources available for financing the repairs, and the amount of time needed to complete the
repairs.
dD. Certification and Notice.
After review of the report in a public meeting, the Landmark Commission may vote to certify the
property as a demolition Demolition by neglect Neglect case. If the Landmark Commission
certifies the structure as a demolition Demolition by neglect Neglect case, the Landmark
Commission shall notify the property owner or the property owner’s agent with control over the
structure of the repairs that must be made. The notice must require that repairs be started
within thirty (30) days and set a deadline for completion of the repairs. The notice shall be sent
by certified mail.
e. Second Meeting With the Property Owner.
The Historic Preservation Officer and the City Building Official shall meet with the property
owner or the property owner's agent with control over the structure at least within sixty (60)
days after the notice was sent to inspect any repairs.
f. Referral for Enforcement.
If the property owner or the property owner’s agent with control over the structure fails to start
repairs by the deadline set in the notice, fails to make continuous progress toward completion,
or fails to complete repairs by the deadline set in the notice, the Landmark Commission may
refer the demolition Demolition by neglect Neglect case to the City’s Code Enforcement Division
for appropriate enforcement action to prevent demolition Demolition by neglectNeglect.
I. Demolition by Condemnation.
Page 136 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 67 of 76
Reasonable attempts to engage a property owner in a demolition Demolition by neglect Neglect procedure
shall be made when there is a concern for the deterioration of a structure, but when a structure or
equipment is found by the City Building Official to be a dangerous structure, the provisions of the City of
College Station Code of Ordinances regulating dangerous structures will apply.
J. Historic Preservation Fund.
1. The City of College Station, in cooperation with community organizations, shall develop appropriate
funding structures and shall administer the historic preservation fund.
2. The historic preservation fund is composed of the following funds:
a. Outside funding (other than City general funds or capital funds), such as grants and donations,
made to the City for the purpose of historic preservation and funding partnerships with
community organizations.
b. Damages recovered pursuant to Chapter 315 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended,
Section 315.006 from persons who illegally demolish or adversely affect historic structures.
3. The outside funding may be used for financing the following activities:
a. Necessary repairs in demolition Demolition by neglect Neglect cases;
b. Full or partial restoration of low-income residential and nonresidential structures;
c. Full or partial restoration of publicly owned historic structures;
d. Acquisition of historic structures, places, or areas through gift or purchase;
e. Public education of the benefits of historic preservation or the regulations governing HP Historic
Preservation Overlays Districts; and
f. Identification and cataloging of structures, places, areas, and districts of historical, cultural, or
architectural value along with factual verification of their significance.
4. Damages recovered pursuant to Chapter 315 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended, Texas
Local Government Code Section 315.006 must be used only for the following purposes:
a. Construction, using as many of the original materials as possible, of a structure that is a
reasonable facsimile of a demolished historic structure;
b. Restoration, using as many of the original materials as possible, of the historic structure; and
c. Restoration of another historic structure.
Page 137 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 68 of 76
Sec. 3.169. Variances.
Variance Review Process
A. Purpose.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall have jurisdiction to hear requests for a variance from the terms of this
UDO. The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall be authorized to grant a variance from the terms hereof if, and
only if, they find that the strict enforcement of this UDO would create a substantial hardship to the applicant
by virtue of unique special conditions not generally found within the cityCity, and that the granting of the
variance would preserve the spirit and intent of the UDO Ordinance and would serve the general interests of
the public and the applicant. Variances may be granted only when in harmony with the general purpose and
intent of this UDO so that public health, safety, and welfare may be secured, and substantial justice done.
B. Applicability.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall have the authority to grant variances from the standards in this UDO
except for waivers of the standards in Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO, which may be made by the Planning and Zoning Commission during the subdivision process, and requests for relief
from a site plan requirement imposed by the Administrator when the requirement was necessary to gain
compliance with the criteria for approval of a site plan in the Site Plans Review Section abovein Article 3 of
this UDO, which may be made by the Design Review Board. Any variance request for up to ten (10) percent
may be treated as an administrative adjustment Administrative Adjustment subject to the requirements of
the Administrative Adjustments Section belowin Article 3 of this UDO.
C. Application.
Page 138 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 69 of 76
A complete application for a variance shall be submitted to the Administrator as set forth in the General
Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO.
D. Action by the Zoning Board of Adjustment.
1. Public Hearing.
Following notice in accordance with the General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this
UDO, the Zoning Board of Adjustment shall hold a public hearing.
2. Variance Review.
Upon completion of the public hearing and after review of the variance application subject to the
criteria listed in the Criteria for Approval of Variance Subsection Section E below, the Zoning Board of
Adjustment shall make a written finding and give its approval, approval with limitations, or disapproval
of the variance.
E. Criteria for Approval of Variance.
1. Required Findings.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment may authorize a variance from the requirements of this UDO when an
unnecessary hardship would result from the strict enforcement of this UDO. In granting a variance, the
Zoning Board of Adjustment shall prescribe only limitations that it deems not prejudicial to the public
interest. In making the required findings, the Zoning Board of Adjustment shall consider take into
account the nature of the proposed use of the land involved, the existing use of land in the vicinity, the
possibility that a nuisance will be created, and the probable effect of such variance upon traffic
conditions and upon public health, convenience, and welfare of the vicinity. No variance shall be
granted unless the Board makes affirmative findings in regard to all of the following criteria:
a. Special Extraordinary Conditions.
That there are extraordinary or special conditions affecting the land involved such that strict
application of the provisions of this UDO will deprive the applicant of the reasonable use of their
his land. For example, the variance is justified because of topographic or other special conditions
unique to the property and development involved, in contradistinction to the mere
inconvenience or financial disadvantage.
b. Other Property.
That these conditions do not generally apply to other property in the vicinity.
c. Enjoyment of a Substantial Property Right.
That the variance is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a substantial property right
of the applicant.
d. Hardships.
That the hardship is not the result of the applicant's own actions.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment may consider the following as grounds to determine whether
compliance with this ordinance as applied to a structure that is the subject of the variance would
result in unnecessary hardship:
1) The financial cost of compliance is greater than fifty (50) percent (50%) of the appraised
value of the structure as shown on the most recently appraisal roll certified to the assessor
for the city under Chapter 26 of the Texas Tax Codeapproved municipal tax roll;
Page 139 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 70 of 76
2) Compliance would result in a loss to the lot on which the structure is located of at least
twenty-five (25) percent (25%) of the area on which development may physically occur;
3) Compliance would result in the structure not being in compliance with a requirement of a
City of College Station ordinance, building code, or other requirement;
4) Compliance would result in the unreasonable encroachment on an adjacent property or
easement; or
5) The City considers the structure to be a nonconforming structure.
e. Subdivision.
That the granting of the variance will not have the effect of preventing the orderly subdivision of
other land in the area in accordance with the provisions of this UDO.
f. Flood Hazard Protection.
That the granting of the variance will not have the effect of preventing flood hazard protection in
accordance with Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO.
g. Comprehensive Plan.
That the granting of the variance would not substantially conflict with the Comprehensive Plan
and the purposes of this UDO.
h. Utilization.
That because of these conditions, the application of the UDO to the particular piece of property
would effectively prohibit or unreasonably restrict the utilization of the property.
i. Substantial Detriment.
That the granting of the variance will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare,
or injurious to other property in the area, or to the City in administering this UDO.
2. Limitations.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment may not grant a variance where the effect would be any of the
following:
a. To allow the establishment of a use not otherwise permitted in the applicable zoning district;
b. To increase the density of a use, above that permitted by the applicable district;
c. To extend physically a nonconforming use of land; or
d. To change the zoning district boundaries shown on the Official Zoning Map.
3. Profitability Not to Be Considered.
The fact that property may be utilized more profitably should a variance be granted may not be
considered grounds for a variance.
Page 140 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 71 of 76
Sec. 3.178. Administrative Adjustments.
Administrative Adjustment Review Process
A. Purpose.
Administrative adjustments are specified deviations from otherwise applicable development standards
where development is proposed that would be:
1. Compatible with surrounding land uses;
2. Harmonious with the public interest; and
3. Consistent with the purposes of this UDO.
B. Applicability.
The Administrator shall have the authority to authorize adjustments of up to ten (10) percent from any
dimensional standard or numerical requirement set forth in this UDO. Any adjustment requests greater than
ten (10) percent shall be treated as a variance handled by the Zoning Board of Adjustment subject to the
requirements of the Variances Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO.
C. Application.
A complete application for an administrative adjustment shall be submitted to the Administrator as set forth
in the General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO.
D. Review and Action by Administrator.
The Administrator shall review the application and approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application
based upon the criteria in the Administrative Adjustment Criteria Subsection below. A written decision
including affirmative findings on the criteria set forth below shall be sent to the applicant.
E. Administrative Adjustment Criteria.
1. To approve an application for an administrative adjustment, the Administrator shall make an
affirmative finding that the following criteria are met:
a. That granting the adjustment will ensure the same general level of land use compatibility as the
otherwise applicable standards;
b. That granting the adjustment will not materially or adversely affect adjacent land uses or the
physical character of uses in the immediate vicinity of the proposed development; and
Page 141 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 72 of 76
c. That granting the adjustment will be generally consistent with the purposes and intent of this
UDO.
2. In the event that the Administrator finds that the applicant has not met the above criteria, the
applicant may request that the application be forwarded to the Zoning Board of Adjustment as a
variance request subject to the requirements of the Variances Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO.
Sec. 3.187. Written Interpretations.
Written Interpretation Process
A. Applicability.
The Administrator shall have the authority to make all written interpretations concerning the provisions of
this UDO.
B. Request for Interpretation.
A request for interpretation shall be submitted to the Administrator in a form established by the
Administrator and made available to the public.
C. Interpretation by Administrator.
1. The Administrator shall:
a. Review and evaluate the request in light of the text of this UDO, the Official Zoning Map, the
Comprehensive Plan, the Subdivision Regulations, and any other relevant information;
b. Consult with other staff, as necessary; and
c. Render an opinion.
Page 142 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 73 of 76
2. The interpretation shall be provided to the applicant in writing.
D. Official Record.
The Administrator shall maintain an official record of interpretations. The record of interpretations shall be
available for public inspection during normal business hours.
E. Appeal.
Appeals of written interpretations made by the Administrator shall be filed only by a party affected by the
written interpretation with the Zoning Board of Adjustment, or for appeals of written interpretations of
Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDOthe Subdivision Regulations, the Planning and
Zoning Commission, within twenty (20) days of the decision in accordance with the procedures found in the
Administrative Appeals Section belowin Article 3 of this UDO. If no appeal is filed within twenty (20) days, the
written interpretation shall be final.
Sec. 3.1920. Administrative Appeals.
Administrative Appeal Review Process
A. Applicability.
Page 143 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 74 of 76
1. Appeals to the Zoning Board of Adjustment may be taken by any person aggrieved by, or any officer or
department affected by, specific points found in any of the following final decisions of the
Administrator:
a. Written interpretations of the text of this UDO; or
b. Denial of a building permit Building Permit or site plan based on interpretation of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDO.
2. Appeals to the Planning and Zoning Commission may be taken by any person aggrieved by, or any
officer or department affected by specific points found in the Administrator's written interpretations of
the text of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvementsthe Subdivision Regulations.
B. Effect of Appeal.
An appeal to the Zoning Board of Adjustment ZBA stays all legal proceedings in furtherance of the appealed
action appealed from, unless the Administrator from whom the appeal is taken certifies to the Zoning Board
of Adjustment after the notice of appeal shall have been filed with him, that because of the by reason of
facts stated in the certificate a stay would, in the Administrator’s his opinion, cause imminent peril to life or
property. In such case, proceedings shall not be stayed otherwise than by a restraining order which may be
granted by the Board or by a court Court of record on application, on notices to the officer from whom the
appeal is taken, and on due cause shown.
C. Deadline for Submission of Application.
An appeal from any final decision of the Administrator or Director of Planning and Development Services
shall be filed with the Administrator within twenty (20) days after the date the decision is made. If no appeal
is filed within twenty (20) days, the decision shall be final.
D. Application.
A complete application for an administrative appeal shall be submitted to the Administrator as set forth in
the General Approval Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO.
E. Record of Administrative Decision.
The Administrator shall forthwith transmit to the Zoning Board of Adjustment or the Planning and Zoning
Commission, as appropriate, all the papers constituting the record of the action appealed.
F. Hearing.
Page 144 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 75 of 76
The Zoning Board of Adjustment or Planning and Zoning Commission, as appropriate, shall set a reasonable
time for the appeal hearing and give public notice as set forth in the General Approval Procedures Section
abovein Article 3 of this UDO, as well as due notice to the parties in interest. The Board or Commission shall
decide the appeal at their next meeting for which notice can be provided following the hearing and not later
than the sixtieth (60th) day after the date the appeal is filed.
G. Final Action by Zoning Board of Adjustment or Planning and Zoning Commission.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment or Planning and Zoning Commission, as appropriate, may only consider the
specific interpretive language of the Administrator and may reverse or affirm wholly or partly, or may modify
the interpretation appealed from. In any case, the Board or Commission shall only present findings regarding
specific errors made in the Administrator's interpretation.
Sec. 3.201. Unified Development Ordinance Text Amendments.
Unified Development Ordinance Text Amendment Process
A. Purpose.
Page 145 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 76 of 76
For the purpose of establishing and maintaining sound, stable, and desirable development within the
territorial limits of the cityCity, the text of this UDO may be altered from time -to -time.
B. Initiation of Amendments.
An amendment to the text of this UDO may be initiated by:
1. The City Council on its own motion;
2. The Planning and Zoning Commission; or
3. The Administrator.
C. Approval Process.
1. Review and Report by Administrator.
The Administrator shall review the proposed text amendment in light of the Comprehensive Plan and
give a report to the Planning and Zoning Commission.
2. Referral to Planning and Zoning Commission.
The Administrator shall refer the same to the Planning and Zoning Commission for study, hearing, and
report. The Planning and Zoning Commission may direct staff to proceed with drafting the amendment
and scheduling the necessary public hearings, forward the proposed text amendment to City Council
for direction, or determine not to pursue the proposed amendment. The City Council may not enact
the proposed text amendment until the Planning and Zoning Commission makes its report to the City
Council.
3. Recommendation by Planning and Zoning Commission.
a. Notice.
The Administrator shall publish and post public notice in accordance with the General Approval
Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO, and shall recommend to the City Council such
action as the Planning and Zoning Commission deems proper.
b. Public Hearing.
A public hearing shall be held by the Planning and Zoning Commission before making a
recommendation to the City Council.
4. City Council Action.
a. Notice.
The Administrator shall publish and post notices in accordance with the General Approval
Procedures Section abovein Article 3 of this UDO, before taking final action on the amendment.
b. Public Hearing.
The City Council shall hold a public hearing and approve, approve with modifications or
conditions, or disapprove the text amendment.
Page 146 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 4. Zoning Districts
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 5
Article 4. Zoning Districts
Sec. 4.1. Establishment of Districts.
For the purpose of this UDO, portions of the city, as specified on the Official Zoning Map, are hereby divided into
the zoning districts enumerated below. The intensity regulations applicable for such districts are designated in the
respective Sections of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards, and the use regulations
are designated in Article 6, Use Regulations of this UDO.
Table of Districts
Residential Zoning Districts
R Rural
WE Wellborn Estate
E Estate
WRS Wellborn Restricted Suburban
RS Restricted Suburban
GS General Suburban
D Duplex
T Townhouse
MH Middle Housing
MF Multi-Family
MU Mixed-Use
MHP Manufactured Home Park
Non-Residential Zoning Districts
NAP Natural Areas Protected
O Office
SC Suburban Commercial
WC Wellborn Commercial
GC General Commercial
CI Commercial Industrial
BP Business Park
BPI Business Park Industrial
CU College and University
Retired Districts
R-1B Single-Family Residential
R-4 Multi-Family
R-6 High Density Multi-Family
C-3 Light Commercial
R&D Research & Development
M-1 Light Industrial
M-2 Heavy Industrial
NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay
Page 147 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 5
Planned Districts
P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District
PDD Planned Development District
Design Districts
WPC Wolf Pen Creek Development Corridor
NG-1 Core Northgate
NG-2 Transitional Northgate
NG-3 Residential Northgate
Overlay Districts
OV Corridor Overlay
RDD Redevelopment District
HP Historic Preservation Overlay
Single-Family Overlay Districts
ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay
NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay
HP Historic Preservation Overlay
Retired Districts
R-1B Single-Family Residential
R-4 Multi-Family
R-6 High Density Multi-Family
C-3 Light Commercial
R&D Research & Development
M-1 Light Industrial
M-2 Heavy Industrial
NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay
For the purpose of this UDO, portions of the City, as specified on the Official Zoning Map of the City, are hereby
divided into the zoning, design, and overlay districts enumerated below. The intensity regulations applicable for
such zoning districts are designated in Article 5 and the use regulations are designated in Article 6 of this UDO.
Sec. 4.2. Official Zoning Map.
A. The city City is hereby divided into the above zoning districts listed in the Establishment of Districts Section
above, as shown on the Official Zoning Map, together with all explanatory matter thereon, and adopted by
reference and declared to be a part of this UDO. The Official Zoning Map shall be identified by the signature
of the Mayor, attested by the City Secretary, and bearing the Seal of the City of College Station under the
following words:
"This is to certify that this is the Official Zoning Map referred to in the Official Zoning Map Section of Article
4, Zoning Districts Section 4.2 of the Unified Development Ordinance (UDO) of the City of College Station,
Texas."
B. If, in accordance with the provisions of this UDO and Chapter 211§ 211.006 of the Texas Local Government
Code, as amended, changes are made in the district boundaries or other matters portrayed on the Official
Zoning Map, such changes shall be entered on the Official Zoning Map promptly after the amendment has
been approved by the City Council and signed by the Mayor.
C. Approved zoning changes shall be entered on the Official Zoning Map by the Administrator and each change
shall be identified on the Map with the date and number of the Ordinance making the change.
Page 148 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 5
D. No change of any nature shall be made on the Official Zoning Map or matter shown thereon except in
conformity with procedures set forth in this UDO. Any unauthorized change of whatever kind by any person
or persons shall be considered a violation of this UDO and punishable as provided under the Section 10.2,
Penalties for Violation Section of Article 10, Enforcement of this UDO.
E. Regardless of the existence of purported copies of the Official Zoning Map which may from time -to -time be
made or published, the Official Zoning Map, which shall be located in the Planning and office of the
Development Services Department, shall be the final authority as to the current zoning status of land and
water areas in the cityCity. The Official Zoning Map shall be available to the public at all hours when the City
Hall is open to the public.
F. An electronic version of the Official Zoning Map, kept as a map layer in the City's geographic information
system Geographic Information System (GIS) in the Planning and Office of the Development Services
Department, may be used and maintained as the Official Zoning Map.
G. A zoning atlas, or zoning book, may be prepared and maintained as necessary for the use of City employees
and has no official status.
Sec. 4.3. Replacement of Official Zoning Map.
A. This UDO hereby incorporates the Official Zoning Map.
B. Unless the prior Official Zoning Map has been lost or has been totally destroyed, the prior map or any
significant parts thereof remaining shall be preserved, together with all available records of pertaining to its
adoption or amendment.
Sec. 4.4. Rules for Interpretation of District Boundaries.
Where uncertainty exists as to the boundaries of districts as shown on the Official Zoning Map, the following rules
shall apply:
A. Boundaries indicated as approximately following the centerlines of streets, highways, or alleys shall be
construed to follow such centerlines.
B. Boundaries indicated as approximately following platted lot lines shall be construed as following such lot
lines.
C. Boundaries indicated as approximately following city City limits shall be construed as following such city City
limits.
D. Boundaries indicated as following railroad lines shall be construed to be midway between the rails of the
main line.
E. Boundaries indicated as following shorelines shall be construed to follow such shorelines, and in the event of
a change in the shoreline shall be construed as moving with the actual shoreline. Boundaries indicated as
approximately following the centerlines of streams, rivers, canals, lakes, or other bodies of water shall be
construed to follow such centerlines.
F. Boundaries indicated above as parallel to, or extensions of features, shall be so construed. The scale of the
map shall determine distances not specifically indicated in a classification amendment.
G. Where physical or cultural features existing on the ground are at variance with those shown on the Official
Zoning Map, or in other circumstances not covered above, the Zoning Board of Adjustment (ZBA) shall
interpret the district boundaries as provided in the Section 2.3, Zoning Board of Adjustment Section of Article
2, Development Review Bodies of this UDO.
Page 149 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 5
Sec. 4.5. Application of District Regulations.
A. Uniformity.
The zoning regulations as set forth by this UDO within each zoning district shall be applied uniformly for each
class or kind of building; however, the regulations vary from district to district in accordance with their
respective purposes and for the character of each district and the its peculiar suitability for particular uses,
with a view of conserving the value of buildings and encouraging the most appropriate use of land in the
municipality.
B. Newly Annexed Territory.
The administration of this UDO to newly annexed territory shall consider the following provisions:
1. Any territory hereafter annexed to the City of College Station, not otherwise classified at the time of
annexation, shall be classified by applying the R Rural zoning districtDistrict.
2. Upon annexation, no person shall initiate any development or construction activity, including site
preparation, foundation forming, sign erection, construction, improvement, repair, or demolition
within a newly annexed area without first applying for and obtaining the appropriate permits or other
approvals required by this UDO.
3. No person relying on a claim of vested rights shall continue any development activity within a newly
annexed area without first applying for and obtaining a building permit; however, persons are not
precluded from the following activities:
a. Continuing to use land in the area in the manner in which the land was being used on the date
the annexation proceedings were instituted if the land use was legal at that time; or
b. Beginning to use land in the area in the manner that was planned for the land before the
ninetieth (90th) day before the effective date of the annexation if:
1) One (1) or more licenses, certificates, permits, approvals, or other forms of authorization
by a governmental entity where required by law for the planned land use; and
2) An completed application for the initial authorization was filed with the governmental
entity before the date the annexation proceedings were instituted. For purposes of this
Sectionsection, a completed application is filed if the application includes all documents
and other information designated as required by the governmental entity in a written
notice to the applicant.
4. In accordance with Chapter 43§ 43.002. Continuation of Land Use, of the Texas Local Government
Code, as amended, the City may apply the following regulations within all newly annexed
territoriesterritory:
a. A regulation relating to the location of sexually -oriented businesses;
b. A regulation relating to preventing imminent destruction of property or injury to persons;
c. A regulation relating to public nuisances;
d. A regulation relating to flood control;
e. A regulation relating to the storage and use of hazardous substances;
f. A regulation relating to the sale and use of fireworks; or
g. A regulation relating to the discharge of firearms in accordance with Chapter 229 of the Texas
Local Government Code, as amended.
Page 150 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 5
5. Any person with an interest in property within a newly annexed area may apply to the Administrator
for a determination of the vested rights such person has, if any, to continue development activities
initiated prior to annexation. Such determinations shall be based upon all pertinent facts and upon the
relevant decisions of federal State and state Federal courts. The applicant may submit any written
evidence to the Administrator for consideration. The Administrator's written determination shall be
final unless duly appealed to the Zoning Board of Adjustment.
Page 151 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 5. District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 54
Article 5. District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards
Sec. 5.1. Residential Zoning Districts.
Occupancy of any dwelling unit in the following districts shall be limited to "one (1) family" as defined by Article 11,
Definitions of this UDO unless otherwise authorized by this UDO.
A. R Rural (R).
This district includes lands that, due to public service limitations, inadequate public infrastructure, or a
prevailing rural or agricultural character, are planned for very limited development activities. This district is
designed to provide land for a mix of large acreages and large -lot residential developments. Open space is a
dominant feature of these areas. This district may also serve as a reserved area in which the future growth of
the city City can occur.
B. WE Wellborn Estate (WE).
This district includes land that, due to public service limitations or a prevailing rural character, should have
limited development activities. These areas tend to consist of low-density single-family residential lots of two
(2) acres or more but may be one (1) acre if clustered around undeveloped open space. This zoning district is
only permitted in areas designated as Wellborn Estate or Wellborn Estate-Open on the Comprehensive Plan
Future Land Use & and Character Map. The cluster development option may be used only in the area
designated Wellborn Estate-Open on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & and Character Map.
C. E Estate (E).
This district is designed to provide land for low-density single-family lots. These areas shall consist of
residential lots averaging twenty thousand (20,000) square feet when clustered around open space or large
lots with a minimum of one (1) acre. Subdivisions within this district may contain rural infrastructure.
D. WRS Wellborn Restricted Suburban (WRS).
This district is designed to provide land for detached medium-density, single-family residential development.
These areas shall consist of residential lots of at least minimum eight thousand (8,000) square feet when
clustered around open space or larger lots with a minimum of twenty thousand (20,000) square feet. This
zoning district is only permitted in areas designated as Wellborn Restricted Suburban on the Comprehensive
Plan Future Land Use & and Character Map.
E. RS Restricted Suburban (RS).
This district is designed to provide land for detached medium-density, single-family residential development.
These areas shall consist of residential lots averaging eight thousand (8,000) square feet when clustered
around open space or larger lots with a minimum of ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
F. GS General Suburban (GS).
This district includes lands planned for single-family residential purposes and accessory uses. This district is designed to accommodate sufficient, suitable residential neighborhoods, protected and/or buffered from
incompatible uses, and provided with necessary and adequate facilities and services.
GH. T Townhouse (T).
Page 152 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 54
This district contains land, which is to be used for a unique type of dwelling, typically designed for individual
ownership, or ownership in-groups of single-family attached residences constructed on individually -platted
lots.
The following supplemental standard shall apply to this district:
Single-family dwelling units shall conform to GS General Suburban standards.
HG. D Duplex (D).
This district contains land that has been planned for duplex residential purposes and associated uses.
Characterized by moderate density, it may be utilized as a transitional zone.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Single-family dwelling units shall conform to GS General Suburban standardsStandards.
2. Where parking is provided in the front yard of a duplex, an eight (8) -foot setback shall be required
between the property line and the nearest side of the parking pad. This eight (8) -foot setback area
must contain a three (3) -foot screen consisting of a continuous berm, hedge, or wall. In addition, an
eight (8) -foot setback shall be required between the dwelling unit and the nearest side of the parking
pad.
I. MH Middle Housing (MH).
This district is designed to be flexible and provide a variety of housing options by-right. It allows for detached
single-family residences, duplexes, townhouses, courtyard housesCourtyard Houses, live-work unitsLive-
Work Units, and small Small and medium multiplexesMedium Multiplexes. This district The MH District is
intended to accommodate a walkable pattern of small lots, small blocks, and a well-connected street pattern
adjacent to commercial and neighborhood centers. Developments in this district Middle Housing
developments are ideal on the edge of more intense urban and multi-family areas to serve as a transition to
single-family zoning districts. Structures in thise MH district are individually platted, distinguishing them from
structures in the MF Multi-Family zoning district.
J. MF Multi-Family (MF).
Thise MF district is designed for areas having intense development. MF This district is flexible and allows for
townhomes, attached and detached single-unit dwellings, two-unit dwellings, multi-family buildings, and
optional mixed-use development.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Supplemental Standards for MF: Non-residential uses are permitted up to a maximum of fifty (50)
percent of the total floor area if incorporated into the residential structure.
2. Townhouse dwelling units shall conform to T Townhouse standards.
K. MU Mixed-Use (MU).
This district The MU is designed for areas having the most intense level of development. This district MU
areas consists of residential, commercial, and office uses in mixed-use structures.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Supplemental Standards for MU:
a. Non-residential uses with a minimum depth of thirty (30) feet are required on the ground floor if
adjacent to Texas Avenue, Harvey Road, University Drive, or Earl Rudder Freeway.
2b. A minimum of thirty (30) percent of the total floor area of each development shall be devoted to
residential uses. Hotels may be considered a residential use to meet this requirement.
Page 153 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 54
3c. The floor area ratio Floor Area Ratio (FAR) in this district shall be a minimum of 1:1. Structured parking,
public plazas, outdoor dining areas, and covered areas attached to the structure may be included in the
floor area ratio FAR calculation. Surface parking, even if covered, will not count toward the required
floor area ratioFAR.
4d. The ground floor of structures shall be a minimum of twenty-five (25) percent of the lot area.
L. MHP Manufactured Home Park (MHP).
This district contains land that is located, designed, and operated as a site for residential uses consisting of
manufactured homes in accordance with the permitted uses.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. The construction, reconstruction, alteration, or enlargement of a manufactured home park must be
pursuant to an approved site plan.
2. Minimum manufactured home park area is two (2) contiguous acres.
3. Maximum gross density shall be ten (10) dwelling units per acre.
4. Minimum setback for a manufactured home from a public street shall be fifteen (15) feet.
5. Minimum setback for a manufactured home from a lot line shall be fifteen (15) feet.
6. Minimum setback for a manufactured home from a private street, parking, or other common areas
shall be fifteen (15) feet.
7. Minimum setback between two (2) manufactured homes shall be fifteen (15) feet,; except that private
accessory storage structures located on an individual manufactured home lot need not maintain a
separation from the manufactured home that occupies the same lot.
8. Parking areas may be located within common parking areas or on individual manufactured home lots,
provided that the parking required for each manufactured home is located within two hundred (200)
feet of each lot.
9. Each manufactured home park lot shall have access to public utilities, and it shall have vehicular access
to/from either a public right-of-way or private drive.
Sec. 5.2. Residential Zoning District Dimensional Standards.
A. Dimensional Standards for Non-Clustered and Clustered Developments.
The following tables establishes dimensional standards that shall be applied within residential zoning districts
for non-clustered and clustered developmentsthe Residential Zoning Districts, unless otherwise identified in
this UDO:.
Dimensional Standards for Non-Clustered DevelopmentsResidential Zoning Districts
KEY: SF = square feet DU = Dwelling Unit
R W
E
E(N)(P
)
WRS RS(J) GS(J)(P) T D MHP MF MU
Non-Clustered Residential Zoning Districts
R (a) WE (a) E (a) WRS (a) RS (a) GS (a) T D MHP MF MU
Min. Average
Lot Area per
Dwelling Unit
(DU)
3 acres 2 acres 1 acre 20,000
SFsq. ft.
10,000
SFsq. ft.
5,000 SFsq.
ft.
2,000 SFsq.
ft.
3,500 SFsq.
ft.
N/A N/AN
one
N/ANo
ne
Page 154 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 54
Absolute
Min. Lot Area
per Dwelling
Unit (DU)
2 acres 2 acres 1 acre 20,000
SFsq. ft.
6,500
SFsq. ft.
5,000 SFsq.
ft.
2,000 SFsq.
ft.
3,500 SFsq.
ft.
N/A N/AN
one
N/ANo
ne
Min. Lot
Width
N/ANo
ne
100’
(M)
100'(M
)
70' 70' 50' N/ANone 35'/DU (Eb) N/A N/AN
one
N/ANo
ne
Min. Lot
Depth
N/ANo
ne
N/ANo
ne
N/ANo
ne
N/ANone N/ANone 100' N/ANone 100' N/A N/AN
one
N/ANo
ne
Min. Front
Setback (Hc)
50' 30' 30' 25' 25' 25' (Dd) 25' (Dd) 25' (Dd) 15’ 15' N/ANo
ne
Max. Front
Setback
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 15’ N/A 15'
(Oe)
Min. Side
Setback
20' 10' 10' 7.5' (Qf)
(g)
7.5' (Qf)
(g)
7.5' (Qf) (g) 7.5' (g) (Ah) 7.5' (Cg) 7.5’ (Ah)
(Bi)
N/ANo
ne
Min. Side
Street
Setback
15' 15' 15' 15' 15' 15' 15' 15' 15’ 15' N/ANo
ne
Max. Side
Street
Setback
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 15'
(Oe)
Min. Side Setback
between Structures (B)
N/
A
15' 15' 15' 15' 15' 7.5' 15
'
7
.
5
'
None
Min. Rear
Setback (Lj)
50' 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' (Fk) 15’ 20' 20'
Max.
Impervious
Cover (R)
30% (l) 30% (l) 30% (l) 40% (l) 50% (l) 55% (l) 75% (l) 65% (l) (m) (mS) (mS)
Max. Height
(n) (o)
35'
(p)(G)(
K)(L)
35'
(p)(G)(
K)
35'
(p)(G)(
K)(L)
35'
(p)(G)(K)
35'
(p)(G)(K)(L
)
2.5 Stories/
35'
(p)(G)(K)(L)
35'
(p)(G)(K)(L)
2.5 Stories/
35'
(p)(G)(K)(L)
N/A(L
)
N/A(
G) (L)
N/A(G)
(L)
Minimum.
Number of Stories
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2
Stories
Max.
Dwelling
Units/Acre
(Subdivision
Gross)
0.33 0.5 1.0 2.0 4.00 8.0 14.0 12.0 10.0 30.0 N/A
Min. Dwelling
Units/Acre
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 12 N/A
Clustered Residential Zoning Districts
R WE E(N)(P) WRS RS(J) GS(J)(P) T D MHP MF MU
Min. Average
Lot Area per
Dwelling Unit
(DU)
N/A 1 Acre 20,000
SF
Averag
e
8,000 SF 8,000 SF
Average
None N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Absolute Min.
Lot Area per
1 Acre 10,000
SF
8,000 SF 6,500 SF None
Page 155 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 54
Dwelling Unit (DU)
Min. Lot Width 100'(M) 100'(M) None None None
Min. Lot Depth None None None None None
Min. Front
Setback (H)
Min. Side Setback
Min. Street
Side Setback
Min. Rear
Setback (L)
Max.
Impervious
Cover (R)
30% 30% 40% 50% 55%
Max. Height 35'(G)
(K)
35'(G)
(K)
35'(G)
(K)
35'(G)
(K)
2.5 Stories/
35'(G)
(K)(L)
Max. Dwelling
Units/Acre
(Subdivision
Gross)
0.5 1.0 2.0 4.00 8.0
Dimensional Standards for Clustered Developments
KEY: SF = square feet DU = Dwelling Unit
R WE (a) (q) E (a) (r) WRS (a) (q) RS (a) GS (a) T D MHP MF MU
Min. Average
Lot Area per
Dwelling Unit
N/A 1 acre 20,000 SF 8,000 SF 8,000 SF N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Absolute Min.
Lot Area per
Dwelling Unit
1 acre 10,000 SF 8,000 SF 6,500 SF N/A
Min. Lot Width 100' (s) 100' (s) N/A N/A N/A
Min. Lot Depth N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Min. Front
Setback (t)
30’ 30’ 25' 25' 25'
Min. Side
Setback (t)
10’ 10’ 7.5' 7.5' 7.5'
Min. Street
Side Setback (t)
15’ 15’ 15' 15' 15'
Min. Rear Setback (t) 20’ 20’ 20' 20' 20'
Max.
Impervious
Cover (n)
30% 30% 40% 50% 55%
Max. Height (p) (q) (r) 35' 35' 35' 35' 2.5 Stories/35'
Max. Dwelling
Units/Acre
(Subdivision
Gross)
0.5 1 2 4 8
Page 156 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 54
Notes:
(a) Developments within a single-family overlay district shall follow the standards of the Single-Family
Overlay Districts Section below or the Ordinance authorizing the Official Zoning Map amendment for
an NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay.
(b) The minimum lot width for a duplex may be reduced to thirty (30) feet per dwelling unit when all
required off-street parking is provided in the rear or side yard.
(c) For lots designated as Neighborhood Conservation in the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use &
Character Map that were created by plat before July 15, 1970, the front setback for a new single-family
dwelling unit shall be based on the front setbacks of the adjacent lots per the Required Yards
(Setbacks) Subsection in the General Provisions Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of
this UDO.
(A) A minimum side setback of seven and one-half (7.5) feet is required for each building or group of
contiguous buildings.
(B) Lot line construction on interior lots with no side yard or setback is allowed only where the building is
covered by fire protection on the site or by dedicated right-of-way or easement.
(C) Zero lot line construction of a residence is allowed where property on both sides of a lot line is owned
and/or developed simultaneously by single party. Development under lot line construction requires
prior approval by the Zoning Official. In no case shall a single-family residence or duplex be built within
fifteen (15) feet of another primary structure. See Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements, for
more information.
(dD) Minimum front setback may be reduced to fifteen (15) feet when approved rear access is provided, or
when side yard or rear yard parking is provided.
(e) Maximum side street and front setbacks may be measured from the edge of a public easement when it
is greater than the maximum setback. Maximum setbacks may be increased to up to eighty-five (85)
feet to accommodate a parking lot between the structure and the street. Maximum setback
requirements may be fulfilled through the use of plazas, outdoor dining, and bicycle parking.
(f) Minimum side setback may be reduced to five (5) feet where properties on both sides of a lot line are
owned and/or developed simultaneously by a single party. Development under reduced side setbacks
requires prior approval by the Administrator and must be established by plat. In no case shall a single-
family residence be built within fifteen (15) feet of another primary structure. When reduced side
setbacks are approved, sills, belt courses, cornices, buttresses, chimneys, flues, eaves, and other
architectural features are prohibited from extending into the required side yard setback.
(g) Zero lot line construction of a residence is allowed where properties on both sides of a lot line are
owned and/or developed simultaneously by a single party. Development under lot line construction
requires prior approval by the Administrator. In no case shall a single-family residence or duplex be
built within fifteen (15) feet of another primary structure. See Article 8, Subdivision Design and
Improvements of this UDO for more information.
(h) A minimum side setback of seven and one-half (7.5) feet is required for each building or group of
contiguous buildings.
(i) Lot line construction on interior lots with no side yard or setback is allowed only where the building is
covered by fire protection on the site or by dedicated right-of-way or easement.
Page 157 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 54
(j) For lots with approved rear access, the rear setback shall be measured from the nearest boundary of
the access easement or alley per the Required Yards (Setbacks) Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(k) The minimum rear setback may be reduced to fifteen (15) feet when parking is provided in the front
yard or side yard.
(l) Maximum impervious cover is to be defined by the applicable zoning district designation unless
otherwise mitigated by an on-site or regional drainage facility and associated drainage study as
approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
Work that is performed by the homeowner and/or resident that does not require a building permit,
that is less than one hundred twenty (120) square feet, and that does not cause the lot to exceed the
applicable maximum impervious cover, does not require an impervious coverage permit.
(m) Maximum impervious cover shall be determined by an engineered drainage analysis performed in
conjunction with the Drainage Section of the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines and as
approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
(n) Shall abide by the Low-Density Residential Height Protection Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(o) Refer to the Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
(p) Public, civic, and institutional structures shall have a maximum building height of fifty (50) feet in these
districts.
(q) Refer to the Cluster Development Subsection of the General Requirements and Minimum Standards of
Design for Subdivisions within the City Limits Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements
of this UDO when using the cluster development option in the Wellborn Community Plan area.
(r) Estate lots that are part of a subdivision existing on or before September 12, 2013, are not permitted
to use cluster development standards without Official Zoning Map amendment approval, which
incorporates the entire subdivision.
(s) In cluster developments built to urban street standards, there is no minimum lot width per the Cluster
Development Subsection of the General Requirements and Minimum Standards of Design for
Subdivisions within the City Limits Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this
UDO.
(t) The minimum setback standards of the base zoning district apply along the perimeter of a cluster
development. All detached structures within a cluster development must be separated by a minimum
distance of ten (10) feet. Refer to the Cluster Development Subsection in the General Requirements
and Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the City Limits Section of Article 8,
Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO for more information.
(E) The minimum lot width for a duplex dwelling may be reduced to thirty (30) feet per dwelling unit when
all required off-street parking is provided in the rear or side yard.
(F) Minimum rear setback may be reduced to fifteen (15) feet when parking is provided in the front yard
or side yard.
(G) Shall abide by Section 7.2 H., Height.
(H) Reference Section 7.2 D.1.e for lots created by plat prior to July 15, 1970 and designated as
Neighborhood Conservation in the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use and Character Map.
(I) Reference Section 7.2 D.1.b for lots with approved rear access.
Page 158 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 54
(J) For areas within a Single-Family Overlay District, reference the Neighborhood Prevailing Standards
Overlay Districts Section in Article 5 or the Ordinance authorizing the rezoning for Neighborhood
Conservation Overlay Districts.
(K) Public, civic, and institutional structures shall have a maximum building height of fifty (50) feet in these
districts.
(L) Reference Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
(M) In subdivisions built to rural street standards, lots shall be a minimum of one hundred (100) feet in
width. There is no minimum lot width in cluster subdivisions built to urban street standards.
(N) Estate lots that are part of a subdivision existing on or before September 12, 2013 are not permitted to
use Cluster Development Standards without rezoning approval, which incorporates the entire
subdivision.
(O) For MU zoned properties, maximum side street and front setbacks may be measured from the edge of
a public easement when it is in excess of the maximum setback. Maximum setbacks may be increased
to up to eighty-five (85) feet to accommodate a parking lot between the structure and the street.
Maximum setback requirements may be fulfilled through the use of plazas, outdoor dining, and bicycle
parking.
(P) Reference Section 8.3 H.4.e when using the cluster option in the Wellborn Community Plan area.
(Q) Minimum side setback may be reduced to five (5) feet where property on both sides of a lot line is
owned and/or developed simultaneously by a single party. Development under reduced side setbacks
requires prior approval by the Zoning Official, and must be established by plat. In no case shall a single-
family residence be built within fifteen (15) feet of another primary structure. When reduced side
setbacks are approved, sills, belt courses, cornices, buttresses, chimneys, flues, eaves, and other
architectural features are prohibited from extending into the required side yard setback.
(R) Maximum impervious cover is to be defined by the applicable zoning district designation unless
otherwise mitigated by an on-site or regional drainage facility and associated drainage study as
approved by the City Engineer or his/her designee.
Work being performed by the homeowner and/or resident that does not require a building permit, that is
less than 120 square feet, and that does not cause the lot to exceed the applicable maximum
impervious cover, does not require an Impervious Coverage Permit.
(S) Maximum impervious cover for MF and MU zoning districts shall be determined by an engineered
drainage analysis performed in conjunction with the BCS Unified Stormwater Design Guidelines and as
approved by the City Engineer or his/her designee.
BB. MH Middle Housing Product Types and Dimensional Standards Table.
The following table establishes dimensional standards that shall be applied within the MH Middle Housing
zoning districtZoning District, unless otherwise identified in this UDO.
MH Middle Housing Product Types and Dimensional Standards
KEY: SF = square feet
Housing
Product
Typetype
Live-Work Townhouse Reduced
Setback
Single-
Family
Single-
Family
Courtyard
Houses
Split-Lot
Duplex
Duplex Small
Multiplex
Medium
Multiplex
Min. Lot
Area per
2,250 SFsq.
ft.
2,250 SFsq.
ft.
2,250 SFsq.
ft.
3,200 SFsq.
ft.
4,000
SFsq. ft.
2,250
SFsq. ft.
2,250
SFsq. ft.
1,500
SFsq. ft.
800 SFsq.
ft.
Page 159 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 54
Dwelling
Unit (DU)
Min. Lot Width 25' 25' 25' 40' 40' 25' 50’ 60' (a) 80'
Min. Lot
Depth
90' 90' 90' 80' 80' 90' 90' 100' 100'
Max.
Number of
Attached
Units
N/A 6 N/A N/A N/A 2 2 4 12
Min. Front
Setback
15' (b) 15' (b) 15' (b) 15' (b) 5' 15' (b) 15' (b) 15' (b) 15' (b)
Max. Front
Setback
25' 25' 25' 25' 15' 25' 25' 25' 25'
Min. Side
Setback
5' 5' 5' (c) 5' 5' 5' 5' 10' 10'
Min. Side
Street
Setback
5' 5' 5' 5' 15' (b) 5' 5' 5' 5'
Min.
Setback
between
Structures
10' 10' 10' 10' 10' 10' 10' 10' 20'
Min. Rear
Setback (d)
(e)
40' 40' 40' 40' 20' 40' 40' 40' 40'
Max.
Impervious
Cover
55% (g) 55% (g) 55% (g) 55% (g) 55% (g) 55% (g) 55% (g) (f) (f)
Max. Height
(h) (i) (j)
35' 35' 35' 35' 35' 35' 35' 35' 35'
Min.
Number of
Stories
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2
Max.
Dwelling
Units/Acre
(Subdivision
Gross)
16 16 16 12 16 20 20 24 24
Parking Front/Rear
(k)
Front/Rear
(k)
Front/Rear
(k)
Front/Rear/
Side (k)
Rear Rear Rear Rear Rear
Notes:
(a) For small multiplex Small Multiplex products, lot width may be reduced to thirty (30) feet if the building
is two (2) stories or taller.
(b) The Administrator may decrease the minimum setback to less than fifteen (15) feet, but not less than
five (5) feet, with an administrative adjustment Administrative Adjustment if there are no utility or
right-of-way constraints.
Page 160 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 54
(c) For zero lot line development, refer to the Lots Subsection of the General Requirements and Minimum
Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the City Limits Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and
Improvements of this UDO.Zero Lot Line development, follow section 8.3.H.3.
(d) The rear setback shall be increased by the width of the required landscaping buffer when abutting
Suburban Residential, Estate Residential, or Rural land uses, as depicted in the Comprehensive Plan
Future Land Use & and Character Map.
(e) The rear setback can be reduced to twenty (20) feet if abutting an alley or if front or side parking is
provided.
(f) Maximum impervious cover shall be determined by an engineered drainage analysis performed in
conjunction with the Drainage Section of the Bryan/College Station BCS Unified Stormwater Design
Guidelines and approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
(g) Additional impervious cover may be allowed as determined by an engineered drainage analysis
performed in conjunction with the Drainage Section of the Bryan/College Station BCS Unified
Stormwater Design Guidelines and approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
(h) Public, civic, and institutional structures shall have a maximum building height of fifty (50) feet in this
district.
(i) Refer to the Reference Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
(j) Shall abide by the Low-Density Residential Height Protection Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.Shall abide by Section 7.2 H., Height.
(k) Front parking shall be allowed only when three (3) or fewer parking spaces are required on the lot.
Sec. 5.3. Non-Residential Zoning Districts.
AB. O Office (O).
This district will accommodate selected commercial businesses that provide a service rather than sell
products, either retail or wholesale. The uses allowed have relatively low traffic generation and require
limited location identification.
BC. SC Suburban Commercial (SC).
This district is intended to provide for limited commercial uses that are compatible with nearby
neighborhoods. The district allows for a range of uses, with the impacts mitigated through minimum distance
and buffering requirements from adjacent single-family residential use.
The following supplemental standard shall apply to this district:
The gross floor area of a single structure in this district shall not exceed fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet
in area.
CD. WC Wellborn Commercial (WC).
This district is intended to provide for low-density commercial uses that provide services to nearby
neighborhoods. Such uses shall be limited in size and not accommodate for drive-thru services. Specific
design elements should be incorporated into such developments to limit the visual impact on the community
and enhance the defined character. This zoning district is only permitted in areas designated as Wellborn
Commercial on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & and Character Map.
DE. GC General Commercial (GC).
Page 161 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 54
This district is designed to provide locations for general commercial purposes, that is, retail sales and service
uses that function to serve the entire community and its visitors.
EF. CI Commercial Industrial (CI).
This district is designed to provide a location for outlets offering goods and services to a limited segment of
the general public. The allowed uses in this district included primarily serve other commercial and industrial
enterprises.
FG. BP Business Park (BP).
This district is designed for uses that primarily serve other commercial and industrial enterprises, and include
administrative and professional offices, commercial industrial, research and development -oriented light
industrial, light manufacturing, and non-polluting industries. Uses in this district need good access to arterial
level thoroughfares, but have relatively low traffic generation and require limited location identification.
The development of business parks should be in a campus-like setting with structures grouped and clustered,
and should be heavily landscaped to minimize the impacts of business park uses and associated parking areas
on adjacent properties and public roadways. Impacts of the uses will be limited through buffering and
architecture of the buildings.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. All processes and business activities shall be conducted inside buildings with the exception of
commercial gardens.Commercial Gardens; and
2. All BP Business Park zoning districts will be a minimum of five (5) acres in area.
GH. BPI Business Park Industrial (BPI).
This district is designed to provide land for manufacturing and industrial activities that have nuisance
characteristics greater than activities permitted in the BP Business Park district. Permitted uses within this
district are generally not compatible with residential uses of any density or lower intensity commercial uses.
Generally, these uses need good access to arterial roadways, but should be offset from public roadways and
adjacent properties by using the BP Business Park district and its associated development to screen and
buffer the uses. The uses allowed have relatively low traffic generation and require limited location
identification.
HI. CU College and University (CU).
This district is applied to land which is located within the boundaries of the Texas A&M University campus or
is owned by the Texas A&M University System.
IA. NAP Natural Areas Protected (NAP).
This district is designed for public publicly-owned property or private property intended for the conservation
of natural areas. Properties in this district with this designation are relatively undeveloped and are often
used for recreational or open space purposes or for the conveyance of floodwaters. Properties in this district
with this designation are not projected for conversion to more intense land use in the future by the
Comprehensive Plan.
Sec. 5.4. Non-Residential Zoning District Dimensional Standards.
The following table establishes dimensional standards that shall be applied within non-residential zoning
districtsthe Non-Residential Zoning Districts, unless otherwise identified in this UDO:
Non-Residential Zoning Districts
O SC WC GC CI BP BPI NAP
Page 162 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 54
Min. Lot Area N/AN
one
N/ANone N/ANone N/AN
one
N/AN
one
N/ANo
ne
N/ANo
ne
N/A
Min. Lot Width 24' 50' 50' 24' 24' 100' 100' N/A
Min. Lot Depth 100' 100' 100' 100' 100' 200' 200' N/A
Min. Front Setback 25' 25' 25' 25' 25' 25'
(aE)
25'
(aE)
N/A
Min. Side Setback (b) (c) 7.5’(A
)(B)
7.5’(A)(B) 7.5’(A)(B) 7.5’(A
)(B)
7.5’(A
)(B)
7.5’(A)
(B)
7.5’(A)
(B)
N/A
Min. St. Side Street
Setback
15' 15' 15' 15' 15' 15'
(aE)
15'
(aE)
N/A
Min. Rear Setback 15' 15' 20' 15' 15' 15'
(aE)
15'
(aE)
N/A
Max. Height (d) (e) N/A(C
)(F)
2 Stories/ 35'
(D)(f)
2 Stories/
35' (D)(f)
N/A(C
)(F)
N/A(C
)(F)
N/A(C)
(F)
N/A(C)
(F)
N/A(
F)
Notes:
(a) Buildings shall be setback a minimum of fifty (50) feet from all public streets adjacent to the perimeter
of the business park development as shown on the approved preliminary plan.
(Ab) A minimum side setback of seven and one-half (7.5) feet shall be required for each building or group of
contiguous buildings.
(Bc) Lot line construction on interior lots with no side yard or setback is allowed only where the building is
covered by fire protection on the site or separated by a dedicated public right-of-way or easement of
at least fifteen (15) feet in width.
(Cd) Shall abide by the Low-Density Residential Height Protection Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.See Section 7.2.H, Height.
(e) Refer to the Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
(Df) Maximum building height is two (2) stories and thirty-five (35) feet, measured at the highest point of
the roof or roof peak. Buildings Section 7.2.H, Height applies to buildings over one (1) -story shall
comply with the Low-Density Residential Height Protection Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(E) Buildings shall be setback a minimum of fifty (50) feet from all public streets adjacent the perimeter of
the business park development, as shown on the approved Preliminary Plan document.
(F) Reference Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
Sec. 5.5. Retired Districts.
Retired districts Districts include districts existing prior to the amendment of this UDO. Existing districts will
continue to remain in effect, but these districts are not available for any new Official Zoning Map amendment
Amendment proposals.
A. R-1B Single-Family Residential (R-1B).
This district is designed to provide land for detached single-family residential suburban development. This
district contains lots that are larger than the minimum GS General Suburban lot, but smaller than the
minimum E Estate lot.
B. R-4 Multi-Family (R-4).
Page 163 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 54
This district provides land for the development of apartment and condominium units at low to medium
densities. This district may serve as a transitional zone between lower low-density residential areas and
other residential or non-residential areas.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Duplex dwelling units shall conform to D Duplex standards.
2. Townhouse dwelling units shall conform to T Townhouse standards.
C. R-6 High Density Multi-Family (R-6).
This district contains land used for a variety of housing types, but primarily multi-multiple family dwelling
units. This district is designed to provide the highest density in the community for developments in close
proximity to the Texas A&M University.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Duplex dwelling units shall conform to D Duplex standards.
2. Townhouse dwelling units shall conform to T Townhouse standards.
D. C-3 Light Commercial (C-3).
This district is designed to provide locations for commercial sites that are too small for many permitted uses
in the GC, General Commercial zoning districtDistrict. These are moderately low traffic generators that have
little impact on adjacent areas or on adjacent thoroughfares.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. No C-3 Light Commercial zoning district, including adjacent C-3 Light Commercial zoning districts, shall
exceed a combined total of five (5) acres in area.
EF. M-1 Light Industrial (M-1).
This district is provided for offices, research and development activities, and high technological, light
manufacturing, and non-polluting industries that are self-contained. It is further intended that the M-1 Light
Industrial zoning district District may be compatible with adjacent uses in any other district, depending upon
the character of the operation and the conditions imposed.
FG. M-2 Heavy Industrial (M-2).
This district is designed to provide land for manufacturing and industrial activities with the generation of
nuisance characteristics greater than activities permitted in the CI Commercial Industrial and M-1 Light
Industrial zoning districts. Permitted uses within this district are generally not compatible with residential
uses of any density or lower intensity commercial uses.
GE. R&D Research & Development (R&D).
This district is designed for administrative and professional offices, and research and development- oriented
light industrial uses meeting the standards and performance criteria established in this Sectionsection. These
uses could be compatible with low- intensity commercial uses and all residential uses, thereby maintaining
the character and integrity of neighborhoods. This district should be carefully located in areas where there is
sufficient access to arterial level thoroughfares.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Performance Criteria for All Uses.
a. Impervious Surface: Impervious cover surface is limited to seventy (70) percent.
Page 164 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 54
b. Floor Area Ratio (FAR): The maximum floor area ratio FAR in this district shall not exceed fifty
(50) percent.
c. Building Materials: All main buildings shall have not less than ninety (90) percent of the total
exterior walls, excluding doors, windows and window walls, constructed or faced with brick,
stone, masonry, stucco or precast concrete panels.
cd. Signs: Any detached or freestanding signage shall meet the criteria for low-profile signs
established in the Section 7.5, Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this
UDO. Materials shall match building façade materials.
de. Other District Regulations: Uses should be designed to provide adequate access and internal
circulation such that travel through residentially -zoned or developed areas is precluded. All
processes are to be conducted inside buildings and there shall be no outside storage or business
activity. Any business operations occurring during the hours between 7:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m.
must meet all the performance criteria established in this Sectionsection, as well as limit
vehicular access into the site through a designated access point that mitigates any adverse
impacts of the traffic on surrounding residential areas.
2. Additional Standards.
a. This Section section may be applied to any conditional use proposed in this district when either the
Administrator or Development Engineer believes that the existing performance standards contained in
this UDO are insufficient to address the proposed use because of its technology or processes and thus,
will not effectively protect adjacent existing or future land uses. One (1) or both shall so advise the
Planning and Zoning Commission in writing.
b. In such cases, the Planning and Zoning Commission shall hold a hearing to determine whether a
professional investigation or analysis should be performed to identify and establish additional
reasonable standards. If so determined, based on the information presented at the hearing, the
Planning and Zoning Commission will identify the areas to be investigated and analyzed and will direct
the staff to conduct the appropriate research necessary to develop standards for the successful
management of the new project. Any and all costs incurred by the City to develop additional standards
shall be charged to the applicant and included as an addition to the cost of either the building permit
fee or rezoning application fee.
H. NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay (NPO).
This district is designed to provide standards that preserve single-family neighborhoods by imposing
neighborhood-specific yard, lot, and open space regulations that reflect the character of the neighborhood.
The NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay does not prevent the construction of new single-family structures
or the renovation, remodel, repair, or expansion of existing single-family structures, but, rather ensures that
new single-family structures are compatible with existing single-family structures. The underlying zoning
district establishes the permitted uses and shall remain in full force, and the requirements of the overlay
district are to be applied in addition to the underlying use and site restrictions.
All single-family and accessory structures within the NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay district are
subject to the existing median pattern of development on the subject and opposing blockfaces for the
following standards:
1. Minimum Front Setback.
2. Maximum Front Setback.
The maximum front setback, or build-to line, is no more than ten (10) feet back from the minimum
front setback.
Page 165 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 54
3. Minimum Side Street Setback.
4. Minimum Lot Size.
The minimum Minimum lot size is calculated as the median building plot size of all existing building
plots on the subject and opposing blockface.
5. Building Height.
Building height refers to the vertical distance measured from the finished grade, or the base flood
elevation, where applicable, and the following points:
a.) The average height level between the eaves and ridge line of a gable, hip, or gambrel roof;
b.) The highest point of a mansard roof; or
c.) The highest point of the coping of a flat roof.
6. Maximum Lot Coverage.
Lot coverage is calculated as the median existing lot coverage on all building plots on the subject and
opposing blockface. The maximum lot coverage cannot exceed the maximum impervious cover allowed
in the underlying zoning district. Lot coverage includes all structures and impervious surfaces on a site,
including but not limited to patios, gravel or paved driveways—gravel or paved, accessory structures,
and sidewalks.
7. Garage Location and Orientation.
New garages must be placed in relation to the primary residential structure on the lot consistent with
the most frequent pattern of placement on the subject and opposing blockface. New garages must also
be oriented consistent with the most frequent direction of orientation on the subject and opposing
blockface.
8. Tree Preservation.
Any existing tree of eight (8) -inch caliper or greater in good form or condition and reasonably free of
damage by insects and/or disease located outside of the buildable area is required to be barricaded
and preserved. A barricade detail must be provided on the site plan. Trees must be barricaded one (1)
foot per caliper inch caliper measured as a radius from the tree trunk. Barricades must be in place
before prior to any development activity on the property including but not limited to grading.
9. Landscape Maintenance.
Any existing canopy and non-canopy trees in good form and condition and reasonably free of damage
by insects and/or disease located within the buildable area removed during construction must be
replaced on-site inch caliper for inch caliper, or as determined by the Administrator.
Sec. 5.6. Retired District Dimensional Standards.
A. Retired Residential Zoning Districts.
The following table establishes dimensional standards that shall be applied within the retired residential
zoning districtsRetired Residential Zoning Districts, unless otherwise identified in this UDO:
Retired Residential Zoning Districts
KEY: SF = square feet
R-1B (a) R-4 R-6
Min. Lot Area per Dwelling Unit (DU) 8,000 SFSF N/ANone N/ANone
Min. Lot Width N/ANone N/ANone N/ANone
Page 166 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 54
Min. Lot Depth N/ANone N/ANone N/ANone
Min. Front Setback (b) (Hc) 25'(D) 25'(D) 25'(D)
Min. Side Setback 7.5' (Cd) 7.5’ (Ae)
(fB)
7.5’ (Ae)
(Bf)
Min. Side Street Setback 15' 15' 15'
Min. Side Setback between Between
Structures (Bf)
15' 7.5' 7.5'
Min. Rear Setback (Ig) 20' 20' 20'
Max. Impervious Cover (M) 55% (h) (Ni) (Ni)
Max. Height (j) (k) 2.5 Stories/35'
(G)(Kl)(L)
N/A(G)(L) N/A(G)(L)
Max. Dwelling Units/Acre 6.0 20.0 30.0
Notes:
(a) Developments within an NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay or NCO Neighborhood Conservation
Overlay shall follow the standards of the Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay (NPO) Subsection of the
Retired Districts Section or the Districts Subsection of the Single-Family Overlay Districts Section below
and the Ordinance authorizing the Official Zoning Map amendment for an NPO Neighborhood
Prevailing Overlay or NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay.
(b) Minimum front setback may be reduced to fifteen (15) feet when approved rear access is provided, or
when side yard or rear yard parking is provided.
(c) For lots designated as Neighborhood Conservation in the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use &
Character Map that were created by plat before July 15, 1970, the front setback for a new single-family
dwelling unit shall be based on adjacent lots per the Required Yards (Setbacks) Subsection of the
General Provisions Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(d) Zero lot line construction of a residence is allowed where properties on both sides of a lot line are
owned and/or developed simultaneously by a single party. Development under lot line construction
requires prior approval by the Administrator. In no case shall a single-family residence or duplex be
built within fifteen (15) feet of another primary structure. See Article 8, Subdivision Design and
Improvements of this UDO for more information.
(Ae) A minimum side setback of seven and one-half (7.5) feet is required for each building or group of
contiguous buildings.
(Bf) Lot line construction on interior lots with no side yard or setback is allowed only where the building is
covered by fire protection on the site or by dedicated right-of-way or easement.
(C) Zero lot line construction of a residence is allowed where property on both sides of a lot line is owned
and/or developed simultaneously by single party. Development under lot line construction requires
prior approval by the Zoning Official. In no case shall a single-family residence or duplex be built within
fifteen (15) feet of another primary structure. See Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements, for
more information.
(D) Minimum front setback may be reduced to fifteen (15) feet when approved rear access is provided, or
when side yard or rear yard parking is provided.
(E) The minimum lot width for a duplex dwelling may be reduced to thirty (30) feet per dwelling unit when
all required off-street parking is provided in the rear or side yard.
Page 167 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 54
(F) Minimum rear setback may be reduced to fifteen (15) feet when parking is provided in the front yard
or side yard.
(G) Shall abide by Section 7.2 H., Height.
(H) Reference Section 7.1 D.1.e for lots created by plat prior to July 15, 1970 and designated as
Neighborhood Conservation in the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use and Character Map.
(Ig) For lots with approved rear access, the rear setback shall be measured from the nearest boundary of
the access easement or alley per the Required Yards (Setbacks) Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.Reference Section 7.2 D.1.b for lots
with approved rear access.
(h) Maximum impervious cover is to be defined by the applicable zoning district designation unless
otherwise mitigated by an on-site or regional drainage facility and associated drainage study as
approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
(i) Maximum impervious cover for R-4 and R-6 zoning districts shall be determined by an engineered
drainage analysis performed in conjunction with the Drainage Section of the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines and as approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
(j) Shall abide by the Low-Density Residential Height Protection Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(k) Refer to the Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
(J) Reference Section 5.12 for areas in Neighborhood Prevailing Standards Overlay Districts and reference
Ordinance authorizing the rezoning for Neighborhood Conservation Overlay Districts.
(Kl) Public, civic, and institutional structures shall have a maximum building height of fifty (50) feet in these
districts.
(L) Reference Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
(M) Maximum impervious cover is to be defined by the applicable zoning district designation unless
otherwise mitigated by an on-site or regional drainage facility and associated drainage study as
approved by the City Engineer or his/her designee.
(N) Maximum impervious cover for R-4 and R-6 zoning districts shall be determined by an engineered
drainage analysis performed in conjunction with the BCS Unified Stormwater Design Guidelines and as
approved by the City Engineer or his/her designee.
B. Retired Non-Residential Zoning Districts.
The following table establishes dimensional standards that shall be applied within the retired non-residential
zoning districtsRetired Non-Residential Zoning Districts, unless otherwise identified in this UDO:
Retired Non-Residential Zoning Districts
KEY: SF = square feet
C-3 M-1 M-2 R&D
Min. Lot Area N/ANo
ne
N/ANo
ne
N/ANo
ne
20,000
SFSF
Min. Lot Width 24' 100' N/ANo
ne
100'
Min. Lot Depth 100' 200' N/ANo
ne
200'
Min. Front Setback 25' 25' 25' 30'
Page 168 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 54
Min. Side Setback (a) 7.5’
(A)(b)
7.5’
(A)(b)
7.5’
(A)(b)
30'(B)
Min. St. Side Street
Setback
15' 15' 25' 30'
Min. Rear Setback 15' 15' 15' 30' (Dc)
Max. Height (d) (e) N/A(C) N/A(C) N/A(C) N/A(C)
Notes:
(a) Lot line construction on interior lots with no side yard or setback is allowed only where the building is
covered by fire protection on the site or separated by a dedicated public right-of-way or easement of
at least fifteen (15) feet in width.
(Ab) A minimum side setback of seven and one-half (7.5) feet shall be required for each building or group of
contiguous buildings.
(B) Lot line construction on interior lots with no side yard or setback is allowed only where the building is
covered by fire protection on the site or separated by a dedicated public right-of-way or easement of
at least fifteen (15) feet in width.
(C) See Section 7.2.H, Height.
(Dc) When abutting land that has a non-residential zoning or existing land use non-residentially zoned or
used land, the rear setback may be reduced to twenty (20) feet.
(d) Shall abide by the Low-Density Residential Height Protection Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(e) Refer to the Reference Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
Sec. 5.7. Planned Districts (P-MUD and PDD).
A. Purpose.
The P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District (P-MUD) and the PDD Planned Development District (PDD) are
intended to provide such flexibility and performance criteria that which produce:
1. A maximum choice in the type of environment for working and living available to the public;
2. Open space and recreation areas;
3. A pattern of development that which preserves trees, outstanding natural topography, and geologic
features, and prevents soil erosion;
4. A creative approach to the use of land and related physical development;
5. An efficient use of land resulting in smaller networks of utilities and streets, thereby lowering
development costs;
6. An environment of stable character in harmony with surrounding development; and
7. A more desirable environment than would be possible through the strict application of other Sections
sections or districts in this UDO.
B. P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District (P-MUD).
The purpose of this district is to allow permit areas that which encourage the mixing of land uses such as
retail/commercial, office, parks, multi-family, and attached single-family. These uses are developed together
Page 169 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 54
in a manner that allows interaction between the uses and that allows each use to support the other uses.
Within any P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District, residential and non-residential land uses shall each constitute
at least twenty (20) percent of the overall land uses within the mixed-use development. The remaining sixty
(60) percent may be any combination of residential or non-residential land uses. The residential uses supply
provide the patrons and employees for the office and commercial uses. The success of these mixed-use areas
is directly related to the sensitive master planning of the site layout.
The P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District is appropriate in Redevelopment Areas as identified by the
Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Mapareas where the land use plan reflects Planned
Development or Redevelopment as a land use category. A P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District may be used to
allow permit new or innovative concepts in land utilization that are not permitted by other zoning districts.
While greater flexibility is given to allow special conditions or restrictions that would not otherwise allow the
development to occur, procedures are established to prevent the insure against misuse of increased
flexibility.
C. PDD Planned Development District (PDD).
The purpose of the PDD Planned Development District is to promote and encourage innovative development
that is sensitive to surrounding land uses and to the natural environment. If this necessitates varying from
certain standards, the proposed development should demonstrate community benefits.
The PDD Planned Development District is appropriate in areas where the land use plan reflects the specific
commercial, residential, or mix of uses proposed in the PDD Planned Development District is reflected in the
Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map. A PDD Planned Development District may be used to
allow permit new or innovative concepts in land utilization that are not permitted by other zoning districts.
While greater flexibility is given to allow special conditions or restrictions that would not otherwise allow the
development to occur, procedures are established to prevent the insure against misuse of increased
flexibility.
Sec. 5.8. Design Districts.
A. WPC Wolf Pen Creek (WPC).
This district is designed to promote development that is appropriate along Wolf Pen Creek, which, upon
creation was a predominantly open and undeveloped area challenged by drainage, erosion, and flooding
issues. Development proposals are designed to encourage the public and private use of Wolf Pen Creek and the development corridor as an active and passive recreational area while maintaining an appearance
consistent with the Wolf Pen Creek Master Plan.
All development within the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district District shall be subject to the following
supplemental standards:
1. Development Criteria.
a. This Section is intended to ensure that development occurs in compliance with the Wolf Pen
Creek Master Plan for the Wolf Pen Creek Corridor. Pertinent to appearance is the design of the
site, buildings and structures, plantings, signs, street hardware, and miscellaneous other objects
that are observed by the public.
b. These criteria are not intended to restrict imagination, innovation, or variety, but rather to assist
in focusing on design principles, which can result in creative solutions that will develop a
satisfactory visual appearance within the cityCity, preserve taxable values, and promote the
public health, safety, and welfare.
Page 170 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 54
c. To In order to create and then preserve a distinctive atmosphere and character in the WPC Wolf
Pen Creek design districtdevelopment corridor, elements listed in the Additional Review Criteria
for the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Design District Subsection of the Site Plans in WPC Wolf Pen Creek
Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures Design District Site Plan Review section of
this UDO, shall be considered in the review of all projects and proposals for development.
2. Dedication/Development of Drainage and Pedestrian Accessways.
Except for minimum reservation areas dedicated or developed consistent in accordance with the Wolf
Pen Creek Master Plan, the flood fringe area may be reclaimed upon approval of reclamation plans by
the City Engineer.
a. The upstream phase Upstream Phase of the development corridor along Wolf Pen Creek means
the area between Texas Avenue and Dartmouth Drive. The area to be dedicated or developed
consists of the properties described in Ordinance No. 2003-#2640 and the floodway and the
minimum reservation line as defined in the Wolf Pen Creek Master Plan for all other properties
within the upstream phase Upstream Phase of the development corridorDevelopment Corridor.
b. The downstream phase Downstream Phase of the development corridor along Wolf Pen Creek
means the area between Dartmouth Drive and the Earl Rudder Freeway. The area to be
dedicated or developed consists of the property described in Ordinance No. 2001-#2534 and
shall be referred to as the minimum reservation area.
c. Where applicable, the floodway and the minimum reservation line for the upstream phase
Upstream Phase of the development corridor, and/or the minimum reservation area for the
downstream development phaseDownstream Development Phase, shall be indicated on the site
plan.
d. Upon development of the property within the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design districtdevelopment
corridor, the minimum reservation area may be:
1) Dedicated in fee simple or as a drainage and access easement, or
2) Improved by the developer to conform with the standards of the development corridor.
e. Property within the minimum reservation area will:
1) Provide drainage capacity necessary to convey the floodwaters of Wolf Pen Creek while
accommodating the increased runoff from the development of properties along the creek;
2) Provide an area to accommodate pedestrian access from, to, and between developments
along the banks of Wolf Pen Creek in order to lessen congestion along adjacent roadways
for patrons of businesses along the corridor;
3) Provide an area as necessary to address and prevent erosion of creek banks resulting from
development both along the Wolf Pen Creek in the development corridor and from
floodwaters received from upstream of the development corridor;
4) Provide an area necessary for public improvements to the development corridor including
but not limited to trails, lighting, irrigation, benches, kiosks, foot bridges with hand rails,
trash receptacles, culverts, signage, landscaping, emergency call boxes, public art, and
bicycle racks; and
5) Provide access for drainage and facilities maintenance as necessary to support private
development within the development corridor.
f. All development shall be consistent in accordance with the Wolf Pen Creek Corridor Study and
Master Plan (1988), the Revised Wolf Pen Creek Master Plan (adopted July 9, 1998, updated
Page 171 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 54
March 2005), and the "Conceptual Plan, Trail System" prepared by Robert B. Ruth, dated
February 25, 2001.
g. Permitted private development within the minimum reservation area where dedication is not
made may include but is not limited to:
1) Cleaning and removal of brush and bank stabilization;
2) Erosion control;
3) Pedestrian walkways, lighting, and access easements; and
4) Preservation of the natural setting of the creek.
h. Cross sections as shown in the original Wolf Pen Creek Master Plan shall be used in designing
improvements unless otherwise approved by the Administrator.
i. The developer or property owner may submit any improvements to the City for dedication. Upon
acceptance, the City will maintain those facilities to the same standards as other public
development along the creek.
3. Fill Materials.
Fill materials must be placed or stored in accordance with a site plan approved by the Development
Engineer.
a. Fill must not be placed over existing utility lines without permission of the City of College Station.
b. Fill must not be stored or placed under the driplines of any tree three (3) inches or greater in
caliper or greater.
c. Stored fill materials must be maintained in an aesthetically pleasing manner.
d. Materials may be hauled in or excavated for lake construction.
4. Lighting.
Exterior lighting shall be part of the architectural concept. Fixtures, standards, and all exposed
accessories shall be harmonious with the building design. Light fixtures shall be compatible with
fixtures used elsewhere in the district.
5. Solid Waste.
a. Owners shall be encouraged in the joint use of solid waste collection agreements. Collection
points may also act as vehicular access points for park maintenance vehicles.
b. Building service areas and solid waste collection points shall be screened from the Wolf Pen
Creek creek corridor, trail system, parking, and vehicular use areas, and dedicated streets and
shall not be within twenty (20) feet of the minimum reservation line. Screening shall consist of
living plant materials, fences, and/or walls.
6. Relationship of Buildings to Site.
a. The height and scale of each building shall be compatible with its site and existing (or anticipated)
adjoining buildings.
b. The location and placement of buildings on individual sites shall reflect consideration for roadway
access, the preservation of major existing natural vegetation adjacent to the creek, visual impact,
and the relationship to surrounding developments.
Page 172 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 22 of 54
c. All developments adjacent to the creek shall orient a focal point (i.e., primary entrance, patio,
seating area, etc.) to the floodplain of the creek and have pedestrian access to the trail system.
Service areas and loading docks should not directly face the creek.
7. Relationship of Buildings and Site to Adjoining Area.
Adjacent buildings of different architectural styles shall be made compatible by such means as screens,
sight breaks, and materials.
a. Attractive landscape transition to adjoining properties shall be provided.
b. Harmony in texture, lines, and masses is required. Monotony shall be avoided.
c. Joint vehicular access agreements from dedicated streets are encouraged and may be required
by the Administrator.
d. Park access easements for vehicular and pedestrian traffic shall be indicated on the site plan.
8. Building Design.
All buildings shall comply with the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO, except as follows:
a. Materials shall be selected for harmony of the building with adjoining buildings.
b. Any façade visible from the creek must provide a minimum of ten (10) percent of fired brick,
natural stone, marble, granite, or any concrete product so long as it has an integrated color and is
textured or patterned (not aggregate material) to simulate brick, stone, marble, or granite.
c. Building colors shall be neutral and harmonious with the existing man-made or natural
environment, and only compatible accent colors shall be used. All colors shall be approved by the
Administrator.
d. Mechanical equipment or other utility hardware on the roof, ground, or buildings shall be
screened from public view with materials harmonious with the building, or they shall be so
located as not to be visible from any public ways.
e. Monotony of design in single or multiple building projects shall be avoided. Variations of detail,
form, and siting shall be used to provide visual interest. In multiple building projects, variable
siting or individual buildings may be used to prevent a monotonous appearance.
9. Miscellaneous Structures and Street Hardware.
a. Miscellaneous structures and street hardware shall be designed to be part of the architectural
concept of design and landscape. Materials shall be compatible with buildings, the scale shall be
good, colors shall be in harmony with buildings and surroundings, and proportions shall be
attractive.
b. Lighting in connection with miscellaneous structures and street hardware shall meet the criteria
applicable to the site, landscape, buildings, and signs.
10. Landscaping.
Landscape elements included in these criteria consist of all forms of plantings and vegetation, ground
forms, rock groupings, water patterns, and all visible construction except buildings and utilitarian
structures. In addition to the requirements of the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards section of this UDO, all landscaping shall meet the following:
a. Where natural or existing topographic patterns contribute to the beauty and utility of a
development adjacent to the creek, they should be preserved and incorporated into the design
Page 173 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 23 of 54
of the development. Modification to topography will be permitted where it contributes to a good
appearance.
b. Grades of walks, parking spaces, terraces, and other paved areas shall provide an inviting and
stable appearance for walking, and, if seating is provided, for sitting.
c. Landscape treatment shall be provided to enhance architectural features, strengthen vistas and
important axes, and provide shade.
d. Unity of design shall be achieved by repetition of certain plant varieties and other materials and
by correlation with adjacent developments.
e. Plant material shall be selected for interest in its structure, texture, and color, and for its ultimate
growth. Plants that are indigenous to the area and others that will be hardy, harmonious to the
design, and of good appearance shall be used.
f. In locations where plants will be susceptible to injury by pedestrian or motor traffic, they shall be
protected by appropriate curbs, tree guards, or other devices.
g. Parking areas and traffic ways shall be enhanced with landscaped spaces containing trees or tree
groupings.
h. Where building sites limit planting, the placement of trees in parkways or paved areas is
encouraged.
i. Screening of service yards and other places that tend to be unsightly shall be accomplished by
use of walls, fencing, planting, or combinations of these. Screening shall be equally effective in
winter and summer.
j. In areas where general planting will not prosper, other materials such as fences, walls, and
pavings of wood, brick, stone, gravel, and cobbles shall be used. Carefully selected plants shall be
combined with such materials where possible.
11. Signs.
a. Sign Standards.
1) Multi-family projects shall follow the requirements of allowed signage for the zoning
district appropriate for the specific use in addition to meeting the standards listed below in
this Section.
2) Non-residential projects shall follow the requirements of allowed signage for the zoning
district appropriate for the specific use in additional to meeting the standards listed below
in this Section.
3) Mixed-use projects shall follow the requirements of allowed signage for GC C-1 General
Commercial in addition to meeting the standards listed below in this Section.
b. Projection Signs.
Page 174 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 24 of 54
Example Projection Sign
Projection signs will be allowed in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district District with the
following restrictions:
1) One (1) projection sign per frontage along a public right-of-way will be allowed except
where otherwise stated in this Section.
2) The total square footage of all projection signs used will be applied toward the total
allowable area for attached signage.
3) The division and placement of allowable building signage amongst building tenants shall be
the sole responsibility of the owner or property manager, and not the City of College
Station.
4) Projection signs shall be mounted perpendicular to buildings.
5) Internally lit plastic signs will not be permitted.
6) Projection signs may utilize fabric or other flexible material provided that they remain in
good condition at all times.
7) Projection signs shall have a minimum of eight (8) feet of clearance from the walkway
grade and four (4) inches of clearance from the building façadeface. Excluding the four (4) -
inch minimum clearance requirement, no part of a projection sign shall project more than
three (3) feet from the building façadeface.
8) Projection signs shall not extend above the façade of the building to which it is attached.
9) Buildings with one (1) story may have a sign that shall not exceed eighteen (18) square feet
in size. For each additional building story, an additional eight (8) square feet of signage is
allowed, up to a maximum of fifty (50) square feet per sign.
10) Signs may be attached to site lighting located on private property with the following
restrictions:
a). Developments will be allowed one (1) light pole sign for every one hundred fifty (150)
feet of building plot frontage in lieu of a permitted freestanding sign.
b). No part of any sign attached to a light pole will be allowed to overhang or encroach
into any portion of the public right-of-way.
Page 175 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 25 of 54
c). Light pole signs shall not exceed six (6) square feet in size and shall have a minimum
of eight (8) feet of clearance from the walkway grade.
d). Light pole signs shall have a minimum clearance of four (4) inches from the edge of
the light pole. Excluding , and excluding the four (4) inches of -inch clearance, light
pole signs shall not project more than three (3) feet from the edge of the light pole.
Example Light Pole Sign
c. Design Criteria.
In addition to the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDOCity's
Sign Standards, the Administrator shall evaluate all proposed signage according to the following
criteria:
1) Every sign shall be designed as an integral architectural element of the building and site to
which it principally relates.
2) The colors, materials, and lighting of every sign shall be harmonious with the building and
site to which it principally relates.
3) Identification signs of a prototype design and corporation logos shall conform to the
criteria for all other signs.
12. Maintenance.
a. Continued good appearance depends upon the extent and quality of maintenance. The choice of
materials and their use, together with the types of finishes and other protective measures, must
be conducive to easy maintenance and upkeep.
b. Materials and finishes shall be selected for their durability and wear as well as for their beauty.
Proper measures and devices shall be incorporated for protection against the elements, neglect,
damage, and abuse.
c. Provision for washing and cleaning of buildings and structures, and control of dirt and refuse,
shall be included in the design. Configurations that tend to catch and accumulate debris, leaves,
trash, dirt, and rubbish shall be avoided.
d. Major maintenance activities that occur after a project is complete shall be reviewed by
Administrator. These activities include any replacement of light fixtures or standards, and major
Page 176 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 26 of 54
fence or landscape work or replacement. The intent is to ensure insure that the development
standards of this UDO are maintained throughout the life of a project.
13. Waivers.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests for waivers to the standards of this Sectionthe
Wolf Pen Creek Design District section of this UDO as listed below. The Design Review Board DRB shall
approve waivers found to meet the intent of the standards of this Section the Wolf Pen Creek Design
District section of this UDO and the Wolf Pen Creek Master Plan. Financial hardship may not be
considered in the review or determination of a waiver proposal.
Design Review Board DRB review and waiver approval shall be limited to the following items:
a. Relief from specific requirements related to building orientation and access for the improvement
of existing buildings if it can be proven by the applicant that existing site characteristics constrain
the proposed project from meeting the requirement(s) herein. Relief shall not be considered for
building expansions or additions.
b. Alternatives to the requirements related to building orientation and access when physical
characteristics limit the site or provide for unique orientation and access opportunities.
B. NG Northgate Districts (NG).
Adjacent to Texas A&M University's north side, the Northgate area encompasses one (1) of the oldest urban
areas in College Station, and, therefore, Northgate plays a prominent role in the development and service of
both the City of College Station and Texas A&M University. It is characterized as a unique "campus
neighborhood" containing local businesses, churches, and off-campus housing near in close proximity to the
University.
Concepts related to traditional neighborhood developmentTraditional Neighborhood Development (TND),
which promotes a mixture of non-residential and residential uses in a pedestrian-oriented setting, have been
incorporated within the standards for the Northgate zoning districtsDistrict. Other traditional neighborhood
development TND concepts incorporated into the Northgate zoning districts District include increased
density, compatible high- quality building design, and specialized signage. The end result is intended to be a
unique, pedestrian-friendly, dense urban environment that allows citizens of College Station and students of
Texas A&M University to eat, work, live, and recreate in an area within close proximity to the University.
1. Districts.
The Northgate area consists of three (3) districts: (1) NG-1 Core Northgate, (2) NG-2 Transitional
Northgate, and (3) NG-3 Residential Northgate. Any reference and/or requirement made in this Section
shall apply to all Northgate districts unless otherwise specified. These zoning districts incorporate
regulations consistent in accordance with the Northgate Redevelopment Implementation Plan.
a. NG-1 Core Northgate.
This mixed-use district applies to areas containing a diversity of pedestrian-oriented retail,
dining/restaurant, housing, and entertainment businesses that are in close proximity to on- and
off-campus dormitories. Regulations are designed to aid structural rehabilitation and
redevelopment while promoting new high- density, mixed- use, pedestrian-oriented infill
development with an urban character.
b. NG-2 Transitional Northgate.
This district is intended for areas in Northgate containing larger retail commercial uses and
undeveloped land. This district also serves to transition from suburban-style commercial
development to high- density, mixed-use redevelopment. This zoning district shall incorporate
regulations designed to aid mixed-use development, pedestrian circulation, and redevelopment
Page 177 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 27 of 54
with an urban character. Any development in NG-2 Transitional Northgate may develop under
the standards herein of NG-1 Core Northgate.
c. NG-3 Residential Northgate.
This district is intended for areas in Northgate containing a variety of residential uses and
structures. This district applies to areas determined to be suitable for high-higher density
residential developments due to its close proximity to Texas A&M University. NG-3 Residential
Northgate incorporates regulations designed to aid pedestrian-oriented redevelopment for high-
density residential and limited commercial uses.
2. Additional Use Standards.
The permitted and conditional uses set forth outlined in the Types of Uses Section of Article 6, Use
Regulations section of this UDO shall meet the following additional requirements related to the district
in which the proposed project is located.
a. NG-1 Core Northgate.
1) Buildings with frontage on Church Avenue, University Drive, College Main, Boyett Street
from University Drive to Church Avenue, and Nagle Street from University Drive to Church
Avenue shall not have parking, fraternal lodge, or residential uses on the ground floor.
These uses shall be allowed on the ground floor if they are completely located behind a
commercial use that meets all other requirements of this UDOordinance.
2) Parking lots that are an ancillary use must be abutting the primary use.
3) Residential uses are only allowed in buildings that also contain commercial uses.
4) The maximum allowable gross floor area on the ground floor per single retail establishment
is ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
5) Freestanding, single-tenant buildings are prohibited except:
a) For structures existing on or before April 2, 2006; or
b) For the following uses: casual and fine dining restaurants (not "fast food"), hotels,
and theaters.
b. NG-2 Transitional Northgate.
1) Buildings with frontage on Church Avenue, University Drive, South College Avenue, and
Nagle Street from University Drive to Church Avenue shall not have parking, fraternal
lodge, or residential uses on the ground floor. These uses shall be allowed on the ground
floor if they are completely located behind a commercial use that meets all other
requirements of this UDOordinance.
2) The maximum allowable gross floor area on the ground floor per single retail establishment
is forty thousand (40,000) square feet.
3) Freestanding, single-tenant buildings are prohibited except:
a) For structures existing on or before April 2, 2006; or
b) For the following uses: casual and fine dining restaurants (not "fast food"), hotels,
and theaters.
c. NG-3 Residential Northgate.
Non-residential uses permitted within NG-3 Residential Northgate shall meet each of the
following requirements:
Page 178 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 28 of 54
1) Places of Worship Exemption: Any Expansion, addition, or renovation to existing Places of
worship Worship or construction of new Places of Worship are exempt from these
requirements.
2) Non-residential uses may occupy no more than fifty (50) percent of the total square
footage of any building(s) or group of buildings developed in a building plot.
3) Any building containing a non-residential use shall have a minimum of one (1) floor
wherein one hundred (100) percent of the floor area is occupied by a residential use.
Offices and studios maintained within a residence for home occupations may be included
within the residential use calculation.
4) The maximum allowable gross floor area per single retail establishment is five thousand
(5,000) square feet.
3. Building Design Considerations for Historic Properties.
a. Applicability.
The following existing structures are reflected as a medium or high priority in the Northgate
Historic Resources Survey. Possible address discrepancies may be resolved by referencing the
Northgate Historic Resources Survey.
NG-1
105—107 College Main
101 Church
106 College Main417
University
108 College Main106
College Main
109 College Main113
College Main
110 College Main501
University
111 College Main108
College Main
113 College Main217
University
217 University Drive505
University
303 Boyett Street109
College Main
303 University Drive 401—405 University
Drive303 Boyett
417 University Drive110
College Main
501 University Drive335
University
505 University Drive400
Boyett
111 College Main
401—405 University 105—107 College Main 318 First Street
NG-3
416—418 College Main 500 College Main 415 Tauber
b. Standards.
Rehabilitation of these structures shall follow the following standards:
1) The historic character of a property will be retained and preserved. Distinctive materials or
features and spatial relationships that characterize a property shall not be removed or
altered.
2) Distinctive materials, features, finishes, and construction techniques or examples of
craftsmanship that characterize a property will be preserved.
3) Deteriorated historic features will be repaired rather than replaced. Where the severity of
deterioration requires the replacement of a distinctive feature, the new feature will match
the old in design, color, texture, and, where possible, materials.
c. Process.
Page 179 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 29 of 54
All proposals affecting the materials, construction, or colors of a historic structure must be
approved by the Administrator. The Administrator shall first consider the proposal in light of the
standards listed above, then according to the standards set forth below in Section 5.B.4 Building
Design Standards.
4. Building Design Standards.
The following standards shall apply to all structures in the Northgate zoning districts, including
residential.
a. Building Orientation and Access.
1) All buildings that have right-of-way frontage on Church Avenue shall orient their primary
entrance façades toward Church Avenue.
2) All buildings that have right-of-way frontage on University Drive shall orient their primary
entrance façades toward University Drive.
3) The primary entrance façades of all buildings not on Church Avenue or University Drive
shall front a public right-of-way.
4) If a building has frontage on University Drive and South College Avenue, the primary
entrance façade shall be oriented to one (1) of the rights-of-way at the developer's
discretion. A public entrance façade shall be oriented toward the other right-of-way(s).
5) In the event a building has frontage on more than one (1) right-of-way (not including
Church Avenue, University Drive, or South College Avenue), the Administrator shall
determine to which right-of-way the primary entrance façade shall be oriented. A public
entrance façade shall be oriented toward the other right-of-way(s).
6) In the event that more than two (2) façades require a public entrance, the Administrator
may determine which two (2) façades require entrances. The Administrator may also
forward the question to the Design Review Board for any reason.
7) All residential dwelling units in a building with less than twelve (12) residential dwelling
units shall have access from the primary entrance façade. This access may not be through
an area with a fence or wall taller than four (4) feet, a garage, or a parking area.
b. Building Transparency.
Exemption: Sanctuaries in places of worship are exempted from this requirement.
1) For maximum pedestrian visibility of the non-residential use(s), non-residential structures
and the commercial portions of mixed-use structures shall be at least fifty (50) percent
transparent between zero (0) feet and eight (8) feet above ground level of the primary
entrance façade and at least thirty (30) percent transparent between zero (0) feet and
eight (8) feet on the façade fronting other rights-of-way. In the event that more than two
(2) façades require transparency, the Administrator may determine which two (2) façades
require minimum transparency. The Administrator may also forward the question to the
Design Review Board for any reason.
2) Glass shall be clear or tinted, not reflective. Glass block and other materials that are semi-
transparent shall not be used to meet this requirement.
3) Roll-up doors must be at least seventy-five (75) percent transparent between zero (0) feet
and eight (8) feet above ground level for all façades facing a right-of-way.
c. Architectural Relief.
Page 180 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 30 of 54
1) For all façades facing a right-of-way, the first two (2) stories or first twenty-eight (28) feet
above ground level shall use architectural detail to provide visual interest by incorporating
a minimum of two (2) design elements every twenty-five (25) feet from the following
options: canopies, permanent decorative awnings, hood/drip molding over windows,
cornices, corbelling, quoining, stringcourses, pilasters, columns, pillars, arcades, bay/oriel
windows, balconies that extend from the building, recessed entries, stoops, and porches.
2) Along all other façades not facing a right-of-way and not screened by another building
located within fifteen (15) feet of the façade, there shall be at least two (2) design elements
as listed above for every forty (40) feet. These façades shall be similar and complementary
to the primary entrance façade.
3) Instead In lieu of the above requirements, buildings with fewer than twelve (12) residential
units shall provide individual architectural relief such as a front porch, balcony, or bay
window for each unit on each façade. Architectural relief is not required on façades that
are within fifteen (15) feet of another building that screens the façade.
4) Alternative architectural features may be considered for approval by the Design Review
Board.
d. Roof Type.
1) Shed, mansard, and gambrel roofs are prohibited.
2) Hip and gable roofs may only be used when the vertical plane(s) of any roof facing a right-
of-way is interrupted by an architectural detail.
e. Exterior Building Materials.
All structures within a building plot shall have materials that are similar and complement each
other. When determining the area herein, windows and doors are included.
1) The following applies only to the first two (2) stories or the first twenty-eight (28) feet
above ground level of all structures, excluding parking garages.
All façades, except those within fifteen (15) feet of another building that screens the
façade, shall consist of a minimum of twenty-five (25) percent of one (1) or more of the following building materials. Parking garages are excluded from this requirement. All other
materials except as authorized herein or by the Design Review Board, are prohibited.
a) Fired brick;
b) Natural stone;
c) Marble;
d) Granite;
e) Tile; and/or
f) Any concrete product so long as it has an integrated color and is textured or
patterned (not aggregate material or split-face CMU) to look like brick, stone, marble,
granite, or tile; or is covered with brick, stone, marble, granite, or tile or a material
fabricated to simulate brick, stone, marble, granite, or tile.
2) In addition, all façades may utilize the following materials subject to the stated limitations.
Parking garages are excluded from these limitations. All other materials are prohibited.
Page 181 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 31 of 54
a) Stucco, hard board, split-face CMU with integrated color, or any material equivalent
in appearance and quality as determined by the Design Review Board shall not cover
more than seventy-five (75) percent of each façade.
b) Wood or cedar siding, stainless steel, chrome, standing seam metal, and premium
grade architectural metal may be used as architectural accents and shall not cover
greater than twenty (20) percent of any façade.
c) Glass block and other materials that are semi-transparent shall not cover more than
fifteen (15) percent of any façade. Places of worship are exempted from this
limitation.
d) Continuous ribbon window systems and glazed curtain walls are prohibited.
e) Smooth face, tinted concrete blocks shall only be used as an accent and shall not
cover more than five (5) percent of any façade.
f) Galvanized steel and painted steel are allowed on doors, including roll-up doors.
g) Steel, standing seam metal, and/or architectural metal, may be used as a roof and/or
canopy/awning with no limitation of percentage.
3) The façades of parking garages may utilize any material, but may only use steel, standing
seam metal, and/or architectural metal as an architectural accent (limited to twenty (20)
percent of any façade) and as a roof and/or canopy/awning (with no limitation).
f. Exterior Building Colors.
1) Building colors shall be neutral and harmonious with the existing man-made or natural
environment, and only compatible accent colors shall be used. All colors shall be approved
by the Administrator.
2) Metallic (except copper and silver metallic-colored roofs) and fluorescent colors are
prohibited on any façade or roof.
3) When applying brick, colors normally found in manufactured fired brick are permitted. All
colors of natural stone are permitted.
4) Colors samples shall be submitted for approval to the Office of the Administrator.
g. Canopies/Awnings.
1) Canopies/awnings shall not completely obstruct any window. Transom windows may be
located under canopies/awnings.
2) Canopies/awnings are considered part of the building façade. A maximum of one (1) color
shall be used for all canopies/awnings on a single building façade (excluding the business
logo).
Page 182 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 32 of 54
3) Canopies/awnings shall consist of cloth, canvas, steel, standing seam metal, architectural
metal, and/or perforated metal (not corrugated) and shall be maintained in good repair.
Canopies/awnings that are used to meet the required building setback shall not be cloth or
canvas, but shall be a permanent structure integrated into the building's architecture,
consisting of materials similar to that of the rest of the building.
4) Canopies/awnings located over the public right-of-way shall require a private improvement
Private Improvement in the public rightPublic Right-of-way permit Way agreement (PIP) in
addition to the necessary building permitBuilding Permit.
5. On-Street Parking Standards.
a. Existing head-in parking that requires backing maneuvers into a right-of-way shall be removed
with all proposed development, redevelopment, rehabilitation, and façade projects within any
Northgate district.
b. All proposed development, redevelopment, rehabilitation, and façade projects with frontage on a
right-of-way(s) designated for on-street parking in the Northgate On-Street Parking Plan, shall
install such parking in accordance with the plan. For residential uses, non-metered, parallel
spaces may be counted toward off-street parking space requirements.
6. Off-Street Parking Standards.
All off-street parking shall meet the requirements specified in the Off-Street Parking Standards Section
of Article 7, General Development Standards of section found elsewhere in this UDO, except as
specifically provided herein:
a. Lots with frontage on Church Avenue or University Drive shall not have surface parking that is
closer than two hundred (200) feet to the right(s)-of-way or is not completely located behind a
habitable structure. Lots with frontage on University Drive and Church Avenue shall not have
surface parking that is closer than two hundred (200) feet to Church Avenue or is not completely
located behind a habitable structure.
b. There shall be no minimum number of parking spaces required for non-residential uses.
c. Off-street parking facilities for residential uses shall meet seventy-five (75) percent of the
number of specified parking space requirements of the Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces
Required Subsection in the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO.
d. No interior islands are required.
Page 183 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 33 of 54
e. Where off-street surface parking is to be installed adjacent to a right-of-way, there shall be a six
(6) -foot setback from the required sidewalk to the parking pavement. The parking area shall be
screened along one hundred (100) percent of the street frontage (minus driveways and visibility
triangles) with shrubs or a brick, stone, tinted CMU, or concrete product textured or patterned to
look like brick or stone wall a minimum of three (3) feet in height, and within three (3) feet of the
sidewalk. Walls shall be complementary to the primary building and shall be constructed as
sitwalls.
f. No off-street surface parking or circulation aisle shall be located between the primary entrance
façade of a building and a right-of-way. Parking shall be located at to the rear or side of a
building. Two (2) exceptions are:
1) Sites on the South College Avenue right-of-way may have up to one (1) circulation aisle
against the right-of-way with parking on each side of the aisle.
2) Hotel and residential uses may have porte cocheres and temporary, loading/unloading
parking, not to exceed ten (10) spaces, against the right-of-way.
g. Ramps shall not be built on the exterior of parking garages.
h. Steel guard cables on garage façades are prohibited.
i. ToIn order to break up the parking lot area, minimize the visual impact on pedestrians, and
encourage pedestrian movement through the districts, one (1) or a combination of the following
parking concepts is required for parking that provides more than sixty (60) parking spaces with
more than one (1) parking row:
1) Parking is located in a garage.
2) The parking structure is located on the interior of the block, screened from public view by
habitable structures, and is not located adjacent to a right-of-way.
3) For every sixty (60) parking spaces, there shall be a separate and distinct parking area
connected by driving lanes but separated by a landscaping strip a minimum of ten (10) feet
wide the full length of the parking row. At a minimum, landscaping shall be one (1) canopy
tree (one and one-half (1.5) -inch caliper or greater) for every twenty-five (25) linear feet of
the landscaping strip.
In addition, at least seventy-five (75) percent of all end islands in the parking lot must be irrigated
and landscaped with a minimum one and one-half (1.5) -inch caliper canopy tree, one and one-
quarter (1.25) -inch caliper non-canopy tree, or enough shrubs three (3) feet in height at time of
planting to cover seventy-five (75) percent of the island. Islands not landscaped shall be treated
with brick pavers, ground cover, and/or perennial grass.
7. Bicycle Parking Standards.
Specific bicycle racks utilized shall be as identified in the Northgate Specific Standards Section of the
City of College Station Site Design Standards Design Standards: Northgate.
a. For non-residential uses, a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking spaces plus one (1) additional
space for each one thousand (1,000) square feet of floor area above two thousand (2,000) square
feet shall be required.
b. For residential uses, a minimum of one (1) bicycle space per dwelling unit shall be required.
c. In no case shall more than twenty (20) bicycle parking spaces per business or residential building
be required.
Page 184 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 34 of 54
d. Facilities shall be separated from motor vehicle parking to protect both bicycles and vehicles
from accidental damage and shall be separated at least three (3) feet from the building or other
walls, landscaping, or other features to allow for ease and encouragement of use. Bicycle parking
facilities may be permitted on sidewalks or other paved surfaces with a private improvement in
the public right-of-way permit PIP (when necessary) and provided that the bicycles do not block
or interfere with pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
e. Required bicycle parking may be consolidated with the bicycle parking of adjacent properties and
provided off-site if the bicycle rack location is within one hundred (100) feet of the main entry
façade of the building and with written agreement from the property owners.
8. Sidewalk Standards.
Sidewalks shall be incorporated into all proposed development and redevelopment projects within any
Northgate zoning district. In the event that a sidewalk exists on a site before prior to development or
redevelopment and does not meet all sidewalk and streetscape standards set forth outlined herein, the
sidewalk must be upgraded to meet current standards (including American National Standards and
Texas Accessibility Standards).
a. Sidewalks shall be required along both sides of all rights-of-way.
b. Sidewalks widths shall be as follows:
1) Sidewalks shall be a minimum of twelve (12) feet in width on University Drive and South
College Avenue.
2) Sidewalks shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet in width on Church Street and College Main.
3) Sidewalks shall be a minimum of eight (8) feet in width on all other streets in Northgate.
c. Sidewalks shall be located directly adjacent to the back of the curb. The Administrator may
approve alternate locations to eliminate encroachments of streetscaping materials that would
reduce the clear space of the sidewalk to less than six (6) feet. The Administrator may also
approve alternate locations for sidewalks along South College Avenue and Wellborn Road to
address public safety concerns.
d. Sidewalks or parts of sidewalks that lie outside, but are located next to, the right-of-way shall be
covered by a dedicated public access easement initiated by the property owner so that they will
be dedicated for public use and maintenance.
e. Sidewalks shall be constructed of colored brick pavers on the exterior (visible) layer as specified
in the Northgate Specific Standards Section of the City of College Station Site Design
StandardsDesign Standards: Northgate.
Sidewalk and Street Tree Requirements for University Drive and South College Avenue
Page 185 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 35 of 54
Graphic represents sidewalks and street tree requirements for University Drive or South College
9. Landscape and Streetscape Standards.
For NG-1 Core Northgate and NG-3 Residential Northgate, the standards set forth herein are instead in
lieu of the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this
UDOLandscaping Requirements and Streetscape Requirements of the General Development Standards
article, of this UDO.
For NG-2 Transitional Northgate, the standards set forth herein are in addition to the Landscaping and
Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDOLandscaping
Requirements and Streetscape Requirements of the General Development Standards article, of this
UDO.
Any landscape/streetscape improvements may be located within the public right-of-way pursuant to a
private improvement Private Improvement in the public right-of-way permitPublic Right-of-Way
agreement (PIP).
Specific landscaping elements and streetscape hardware (benches, street lights, etc.) utilized shall be
as identified in the Northgate Specific Standards Section of the City of College Station Site Design
Standards.
a. Street Trees.
1) On University Drive, Church Avenue, Wellborn Road, South College Avenue, First Street,
Boyett Street, College Main Avenue, and Nagle Street, installation of street trees that are a
minimum of four (4) -inch caliper street trees shall be located in at-grade tree wells with
tree grates (or raised tree wells or planters on University Drive and College Main Avenue
only) and shall be spaced at a maximum of twenty-five (25) feet on center and located
adjacent to the back of curb. Back- of- curb placement is not required along Wellborn Road
and South College Avenue when an alternative location for the sidewalk is approved as
provided for in the Sidewalk Standards Section above Section 5.8.B.8.c above. On all other
streets not listed above, installation of street trees that are a minimum of three (3) -inch
caliper street trees shall be located in at-grade tree wells with tree grates [(raised tree
wells or planters may be used when eight (8) feet of clear space can be maintained on the
sidewalk]) and spaced at a maximum of twenty-five (25) feet on center and located
adjacent to the back of curb.
Alignment of such street trees shall commence twenty (20) feet from street intersections.
Spacing and location of street trees may be varied upon approval by the Administrator for
the purpose of minimizing conflicts with other streetscape elements and utilities,
minimizing conflicts with the required sight distance at street intersections, ensuring
unobstructed views of traffic control devices, and ensuring adequate Fire Department
access. In areas of concentrated retail activity, street trees may be placed at different
intervals upon approval by the Administrator for the purpose of minimizing the obstruction
of views of non-residential uses.
2) In locations where a healthy and mature four (4) inch caliper or greater canopy tree equal
to four (4) inches in caliper or greater currently exists, the requirements for a new tree may
be waived or modified by the Administrator. Such trees must be maintained, barricaded,
and otherwise fully protected during the project's construction phase and shall be replaced
with trees meeting the specifications herein if they are damaged or die.
3) All in-ground vegetated areas, trees, and above- ground planters shall include an
automated irrigation system. Irrigation will not be required for existing trees that are
properly barricaded during construction according to the Landscaping and Tree Protection
Page 186 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 36 of 54
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO(see the Landscaping and
Tree Protection section of this UDO) during construction.
b. Landscaping.
Any area between the inside or interior of the sidewalk edge and the building façade and/or
parking area not utilized as outdoor café seating is required to be one hundred (100) percent
landscaped/streetscaped and irrigated. Eligible landscape/streetscape improvements shall
include raised masonry planter boxes or planter pots, at-grade planting beds, seating benches,
light features, decorative railings, masonry walls not exceeding three (3) feet in height,
decorative wrought iron fencing, additional pedestrian areas finished with brick pavers, or other
elements in the Northgate Specific Standards Section of the City of College Station Site Design
Standardsfeatured in the College Station Streetscape Plan. Live plant material must be included
where feasible in each proposal.
c. Sidewalk Benches.
A minimum of one (1) sidewalk bench shall be provided for every fifty (50) linear feet of building
frontage along a right-of-way. In no case shall more than four (4) sidewalk benches per building
façade be required.
d. Building and Site Lighting.
1) Building illumination and architectural lighting shall be indirect (no light source visible).
Exposed neon tube may be used.
2) Light standards for parking lots shall reflect the style of the building plot's architecture or
be complementary to that style. Standards shall not be greater than twenty (20) feet in
height.
e. Street Llights.
1) Street light location and type shall be as determined by College Station Utilities Electric and
the Administrator.
2) The installation and cost of the lighting shall be performed by the developer or their his
authorized construction representative subject to compliance with the utility street light
installation standards of the College Station Utilities Department.
3) Once satisfactorily installed, approved, and accepted by College Station Utilities, the
maintenance of the street lights and the furnishing of electric energy to the street lights
shall be provided by the City.
f. Trash Receptacles.
If installed, trash receptacle locations shall be shown on the landscape plan. One (1) trash
receptacle may be located within an intersection's sight distance triangle described in the
General Provisions Section of Article 7, General Development Standards the Visibility at
Intersections in All Districts section of this UDO.
g. Newspaper Racks.
If installed, newspaper racks shall be placed so that a four (4) -foot minimum clear space is
maintained on the sidewalk.
10. Dumpster and Mechanical Equipment Standards.
Page 187 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 37 of 54
The following standards are in addition to the requirements of the Solid Waste Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDOsection of the General Development Standards article of
this UDO.
a. Any dumpster and other waste storage area or container other than streetscape trash
receptacles shall be located at to the rear of the building served by the dumpster, area, and/or
container. The Administrator may adjust this standard where a required entrance façade is
located at the rear of the building or when parking is provided on the side of a building.
b. Where feasible, consolidation of dumpsters may be required by the City.
c. Solid waste storage areas, mechanical equipment, air conditioning, electrical meter, and service
components, and similar utility devices, whether ground level, wall mounted, or roof- mounted,
shall be screened from view from rights-of-way. Exterior screening materials shall be opaque and
the same as predominantly used on the exterior of the principal building. Such screening shall be
coordinated with the building architecture, colors, and scale to maintain a unified appearance.
Acceptable methods of screening various equipment include encasements, parapet walls,
partition screens, or brick walls. Screening may be omitted or modified upon approval of the
Administrator for the purpose of complying with safe working clearances around electrical
meters, electrical panels, transformers, and related electrical service equipment.
d. Mechanical equipment shall be located to minimize noise intrusion off- site.
11. Detention Pond Screening Standard.
Detention ponds shall be screened from view along one hundred (100) percent of rights-of-way using
berms, shrubs, walls, or a combination of these to achieve a three (3) -foot high screen measured from
the ground level. Walls shall be coordinated with the building architecture, colors, and scale to
maintain a unified appearance.
12. Sign Standards.
a. Signage shall not obscure other building elements such as windows, cornices, or architectural
details.
b. Illuminated plastic signs are prohibited.
c. The following types of signage may be used. All others are prohibited.
1) Attached Signs.
a) Refer to the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this
UDOsection of the General Development Standards article of this UDO.
b) Exposed neon may be used in attached signage.
2) Window Signs.
a) Window signs shall allow for the majority of the display area to be open for
pedestrian window shopping and shall not cover more than thirty-three (33) percent
of the window area.
b) Exposed neon may be used in window signage.
3) Hanging Signs.
a) Hanging signs shall be suspended from canopies/awnings and located in front of
building entrances, perpendicular to the façade.
b) A maximum of one (1) sign per building entrance is allowed.
Page 188 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 38 of 54
c) The sign shall not exceed four (4) square feet in size and shall have a minimum of
eight (8) feet of clearance from the walkway grade, four (4) inches of clearance from
the building face, and eight (8) inches of clearance from the edge of the
canopy/awning.
d) Hanging signs located in/over the public right-of-way shall require a private
improvement Private Improvement in the public right-of-way permit Public Right-of-
Way agreement (PIP) in addition to the necessary building permitBuilding Permit.
4) Projection Signs.
a) Projection signs are allowed in NG-1 Core Northgate and NG-2 Transitional Northgate
only.
b) Projection signs shall be mounted perpendicular to buildings. They shall have a
minimum of eight (8) feet of clearance from the walkway grade and four (4) inches of
clearance from the building face (barber poles are exempted from these clearance
requirements). All extremities of projection signs, including supports, frames, and the
like, shall not project more than three (3) feet from the building face.
c) A maximum of one (1) sign per building is allowed.
d) Buildings with one (1) story may have a sign that shall not exceed six (6) square feet
in size. For each additional building story, an additional four (4) square feet of signage
is allowed, up to a maximum of eighteen (18) square feet.
e) Projection signs located in/over the public right-of-way shall require a private
improvement Private Improvement in the public right-of-way permit Public Right-of-
Way agreement (PIP) in addition to the necessary building permitBuilding Permit.
f) Exposed neon may be used in projection signage.
5) Low Profile Signs.
a) In NG-2 Transitional Northgate only, one (1) low profile sign per one hundred fifty
(150) linear feet of a building plot along South College Avenue may be permitted.
b) Refer to the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this
UDOStandards section of the General Development Standards article of this UDO.
c) Exposed neon may be used in low- profile signage.
d. If more than twenty-five (25) percent of the square footage of a building is demolished, any
nonconforming signage associated with the building must also be demolished. The signage will
not be considered "grandfathered", and no other permits will be issued for the site by the City of
College Station until the signage has been removed.
13. Outside Storage and Display Standards.
The following standards are in lieu of the Outdoor Storage and Display Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDOsection of the General Development Standards article of this UDO.
a. Outdoor storage of materials or commodities is prohibited.
b. Temporary or portable buildings of any kind are prohibited except during the construction of site-
planned facilities.
c. Outside sales/outside display areas shall be located within five (5) feet of a required entrance
façade and shall only be located in front of the property/business that is selling item(s). A four (4)
-foot minimum clear space on sidewalks shall be maintained.
Page 189 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 39 of 54
1) Exception. Subsection c. willThis does not apply if a business is has a valid Northgate outdoor
dining and entertainment permit issued under Chapter 8, Businesses of the City of College
Station Code of OrdinancesChapter 4 "Business Regulations" Section 4-21 "Northgate Outdoor
Dining and Entertainment.
d. All merchandise and/or seasonal items used for outside sales or display shall be moved indoors at
the end of business each day.
14. Waivers.
The Design Review Board (DRB) shall review requests for deviations from the standards of this Section
the Northgate Districts section of this UDO as listed below. The Design Review Board DRB shall approve
waivers found to meet the intent of the standards of this Section the Northgate Districts section of this
UDO and the Northgate Redevelopment Implementation Plan. Financial hardship may not be
considered in the review or determination of a waiver proposal.
Design Review Board DRB review and waiver approval shall be limited to the following items:
a. Relief from the building design standards for historic properties if the proposed building
improvements or additions generally conform to the section of this Ordinance addressing
Building Design Considerations for Historic Properties Subsection aboveStandards for the
Northgate zoning districts, and if the property building improvements or additions generally
preserve the historical appearance and architectural character of the building.
b. Relief from specific requirements related to building orientation and access for the improvement
of existing buildings if it can be proven by the applicant shows that inherent site characteristics
constrain the proposed project from meeting the requirement(s) herein. Relief shall not be
considered for building expansions or additions.
c. Alternatives to the requirements related to building orientation and access when physical
characteristics limit the site or provide for unique orientation and access opportunities.
d. A reduction in the percentage of required building transparency for the rehabilitation of existing
buildings if it can be proven by the applicant that inherent site characteristics constrain the
proposed project from meeting the requirements herein.
e. Alternatives to the requirements related to building transparency for new construction if the
alternatives substantially provide the same visual interest for the pedestrian.
f. Alternate architectural features to meet the requirements related to architectural relief when the
proposed architectural details substantially provide a level of uniqueness to the building at the
pedestrian scale.
g. Along non-primary entrance façades that do not abut a right-of-way and that require design
elements, murals may be considered by the Design Review Board to meet the two-design
element requirement. Mural topics may include architecture and/or Texas A&M University.
Murals may not contain copy or logo advertising any business.
h. Substitutions of building materials for buildings if the applicant shows that:
1) The building material is a new or innovative material manufactured that has not been
previously available to the market or the material is not listed as an allowed or prohibited
material herein and the material is similar and comparable in quality and appearance to the
materials allowed in the Building Design Standards Exterior Building Materials Subsection
aboveof this Ordinance for the Northgate zoning districts; or
2) The material is an integral part of a themed building (for example, a 50's diner in chrome).
Page 190 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 40 of 54
3) No variance shall be granted to minimum building material requirements specified for
buildings ten thousand (10,000) square feet or greater in area or for building plots with a
cumulative structure square footage of ten thousand (10,000) square feet or greater.
i. Alternative materials on façade work that does not involve an expansion of an existing building as
defined in Article 9, Nonconformities of this the Nonconformities section of the UDO or
constitute redevelopment if the applicant shows that:
1) The materials allowed in the Building Design Standards Subsection above Exterior Building
Materials section of this Ordinance for the Northgate zoning districts cannot be utilized
without a structural alteration(s) to the existing building; and
2) A licensed professional engineer or architect verifies in writing that a structural alteration is
required to apply the permitted façade materials to the building.
j. Alternatives to the requirements related to surface area parking lots. Alternatives must separate
the parking areas so that no more than sixty (60) parking spaces are located in the same vicinity
without substantial visual separation from additional parking spaces.
k. A decrease in parking requirements for residential uses provided that the applicant submits a
parking study that supports the decrease based on reasonable assumptions of parking
availability. Unless shared or off-site parking is provided as allowed in the Alternative Parking
Plans Subsection of the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDOsection of the General Development Standards article of this UDO, in no
case shall the Design Review Board allow DRB permit a reduction in the number of required
spaces:
1) To less than the number recommended within the parking study, or
2) To more than a fifty (50) percent reduction in the amount of parking required for
residential uses by the Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces Required Subsection in the Off-
Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General Development Standards section of
this UDO.
l. An increase in the distance requirement for shared and/or off-site parking when the shared or
off-site parking is provided in a parking garage.
m. Relief from the sidewalk width standard when bringing an existing sidewalk up to a current
standard where existing physical conditions prohibit the sidewalk expansion.
n. Alternatives to the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDO Landscape and Streetscape Standards for projects utilizing an existing
structure(s) if it can be proven by the applicant that inherent site characteristics constrain the
proposed project from meeting the requirements herein.
o. Relief from the two-story requirement for casual and fine dining restaurants (not "fast food") and
theaters in NG-2 Transitional Northgate if all façades are a minimum of twenty-five (25) feet in
height and all façades give the appearance of a two-story structure as determined by the Design
Review Board.
p. Relief from the minimum height requirement in NG-1 Core Northgate and NG-2 Transitional
Northgate for an existing structure undergoing only façade rehabilitation if the applicant shows
that inherent site characteristics constrain the proposed project from meeting the
requirement(s) herein. Relief shall not be considered for building expansions or additions.
Page 191 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 41 of 54
Sec. 5.9. Design District Dimensional Standards.
The following table establishes dimensional standards that shall be applied within the design districtsDesign
Districts, unless otherwise identified in this UDO:
Design Districts
KEY: SF = square feet
NG-1 NG-2 NG-3 WPC
Min.imum Lot Area N/ANone N/ANone N/ANone 2,400 SFSF
Min.imum Lot Width N/ANone N/ANone N/ANone 24'
Min.imum Lot Depth N/ANone N/ANone N/ANone 100'
Min.imum Front Setback N/ANone N/ANone N/ANone 25' (Ha)
Min.imum Side Setback N/ANone N/ANone N/ANone N/A None
(Ab)
Min.imum Side Street Setback N/ANone N/ANone N/ANone 15'
Min.imum Rear Setback N/ANone N/ANone N/ANone 15'
Min.imum Setback from Back of
Curb (Bc)
10' 10' 10' N/ANone
Max.imum Setback from Back of
Curb (Bc)
20' (C)(d) (e)
(f)
25' (C)(d) (e)
(f)
20' (C)(d) (e)
(f)
N/ANone
Max.imum Height (g) N/A(J) N/A(J) N/A(J) N/A(J)
Min.imum Number of Stories 2 Stories (Gh) 2 Stories (Gh) 2 Stories (Gh) N/ANone
Min.imum Floor to Area Ratio (FAR) 1:1 (F)(i) (j) 0.75:1 (F)(i)
(j)
1:1 (F)(i) (j) N/ANone
Notes:
(a) The minimum front setback may be reduced to fifteen (15) feet when approved rear access is provided
or when side yard or rear yard parking is provided.
(Ab) Lot line construction on interior lots is allowed where access to the rear of the building is provided on
the site or by dedicated right-of-way or easement.
(Bc) Minimum/maximum setback from the back of any curb, including includes lots with single frontage,
lots with double frontage, and corner lots with multiple frontages.
(Cd) If the width of any public easement or right-of-way is more than in excess of the maximum setback, the
maximum setback will be measured from the edge of the public easement or right-of-way.
(De) Maximum setback from the back of curb for University Drive is twenty-five (25) feet, Wellborn Road is
thirty-five (35) feet, and South College Avenue is one hundred (100) feet for South College.
(Ef) When café seating is between the café's building and a right-of-way, the building may be setback a
maximum of thirty-five (35) feet.
(g) Refer to the Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
(F) This area calculation shall not include any lot area encumbered by required easements, setbacks,
sidewalks, detention, or area dedicated to civic features. The area of a porch or arcade fronting a public
street is included in the calculation of lot coverage.
(Gh) The two-story requirement shall not apply to structures existing on or before April 2, 2006.
Page 192 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 42 of 54
(H) Minimum front setback may be reduced to fifteen (15) feet when approved rear access is provided or
when side yard or rear yard parking is provided.
(i) Places of worship Worship are exempt from the floor Floor to area ratio Area Ratio (FAR) requirement
in all NG Districts.
(j) This area calculation shall not include any lot area encumbered by required easements, setbacks,
sidewalks, detention, or an area dedicated to civic features. The area of a porch or arcade fronting a
public street is included in the calculation of lot coverage.(J) Reference Easterwood Field
Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
Sec. 5.10. Overlay Districts.
In the event that an area is rezoned to apply an overlay district provisions, this district shall apply to all multi-
family, commercial, and industrial property, and where applicable, to single-family, duplex, or townhouse
development. The underlying district establishes the permitted uses and shall remain in full force, and the
requirements of the overlay district are to be applied in addition to the underlying use and site restrictions.
A. OV Corridor Overlay (OV) District.
This district is established to enhance the image of gateways and key entry points, major corridors, and
other areas of concern, as determined by the City Council, by maintaining a sense of openness and
continuity.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Setbacks.
All buildings will be set back forty (40) feet from the right-of-way. Where parking is located in the front
of the building, there shall be a front setback of twenty (20) feet from the right-of-way to the parking
area and all drive aisles.
2. Signs.
Freestanding signs shall be limited to the restrictions of the Signs Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO signs section of the General Development Standards article of this
UDO, but shall not exceed the height of the building.
3. Building Colors.
Building colors shall be neutral and harmonious with the existing man-made or natural environment,
and only compatible accent colors shall be used. All colors shall be approved by the Administrator. The
applicant must provide elevation drawings and color samples.
4. Special Restrictions for Retail Fuel Sales.
In cases where the underlying zoning district allows fuel sales permits gasoline service stations and a
station is proposed, the following restrictions shall apply:
a. Activities Restricted.
1) No major emergency auto repair; and
2) No body, fender, or paint work.
b. Signs.
1) Sign height shall be restricted by the provisions of the Signs Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO signs section of the General Development Standards
article of this UDO, but shall not exceed the height of the building.
Page 193 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 43 of 54
2) No freestanding fuel price signage shall be permitted.
3) Signs for air, water, and other similar services or products must meet the criteria for
exempt signs as provided in the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards
of this UDOsigns section of the General Development Standards article of this UDO.
B. RDD Redevelopment District (RDD).
The purpose of this district is to facilitate the redevelopment of existing nonconforming commercial centers
through flexible or relaxed standards, which can accommodate existing physical limitations and take
extraordinary circumstances into account. The RDD Redevelopment District (RDD) is an overlay district. The
permissible uses on any site shall be governed by the underlying zoning.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Location.
An RDD Redevelopment District (RDD) may be established upon any commercially -zoned property
where the initial development was developed established a minimum of twenty (20) years before prior
to the rezoning request and the proposed redevelopment meets the intent of this Sectionsection.
Special consideration should be given to those areas considered "gateways" and/or historic, and those
with close proximity to Texas A&M University.
2. Standards.
Although every effort should be made to meet all requirements of this UDO, designated RDD
Redevelopment Districts may be allowed to waive up to fifty (50) percent of required parking standards
and landscaping where physical limitations and the site's location and relationship to the goals of the
Comprehensive Plan warrant consideration. A lesser percentage may be established as part of the
approval process.
3. Criteria for Evaluation.
Evaluation of all sites and site plans for rezoning to RDD Redevelopment District shall consider the
following:
a. Conformance with the Comprehensive Plan;
b. Aesthetic contribution of the proposed redevelopment;
c. Economic viability of the existing site;
d. Physical limitations and the demonstrated inability to meet current requirements;
e. Public health and safety standards; and
f. Effort made to meet all standards of this UDO.
g. Full engineering of sites may not be required for the establishment of an RDD Redevelopment
District; however, a preliminary engineering study will be required which assesses parking,
vehicular access and circulation, drainage, and utility requirements.
4. Procedure for Establishment.
The procedure for rezoning to RDD Redevelopment District shall be the same as any other rezoning
application except that a site plan of the proposed redevelopment of the site shall be carefully
evaluated to ascertain the site plan's benefit to achieving the goals of the Comprehensive Plan.
Elevations of proposed structures may be required as part of the review process, or to determine
eligibility for rezoning.
Page 194 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 44 of 54
Full engineering may not be required for evaluating a property for rezoning. Varying levels of
information may be required by the Administrator depending upon the peculiarities of any given site.
The site plan components shall govern the redevelopment of the site following the approval of an RDD
Redevelopment District.
C. HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
1. Purpose.
The HP Historic Preservation Overlay is intended to provide for the protection and preservation of
places and areas of historical, cultural, and architectural importance and significance. Such action is
necessary to promote the economic, cultural, educational, and general welfare of the public.
Specifically, this district has the following expressed purposes:
a. To protect and enhance the landmarks and districts which represent distinctive elements of
College Station's historic, architectural, and cultural heritage;
b. To foster civic pride in the accomplishments of the past;
c. To protect and enhance College Station's attractiveness to visitors and the support and stimulus
to the economy thereby provided;
d. To ensure the harmonious, orderly, and efficient growth and development of College Station;
e. To promote economic prosperity and welfare of the community by encouraging the most
appropriate use of such property within College Station; and
f. To encourage stabilization, restoration, and improvements of such properties and their values.
2. Applicability.
The HP Historic Preservation Overlay may be applied to districts, areas, or individual property,
regardless of the base zoning district or current use of the properties, that:
a. Are at least forty (40) years old;
b. Meet at least two (2) of the criteria listed below; and
c. Possess historic integrity that is evident through historic qualities including location, design,
setting, materials, workmanship, feeling, and association.
3. Criteria for Designation of HP Historic Preservation Overlays.
A property or district may be designated if it:
a. Possesses significance in history, architecture, archeology, and culture;
b. Is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to the broad patterns of local,
regional, state, or national history;
c. Is associated with events that have made a significant impact in our past;
d. Embodies the distinctive characteristics of a type, period, or method of construction;
e. Represents the work of a master designer, builder, or craftsman;
f. Represents an established and familiar visual feature of the neighborhood or city; or
g. Is eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places, Recorded Texas Historic
Landmark, or a State Archaeological Landmark, as determined by the Texas Historical
Commission.
Page 195 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 45 of 54
4. Removal of an HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
Upon recommendation of the Landmark Commission to the Planning and Zoning Commission based
upon new and compelling evidence and negative evaluation according to the same criteria and
following the same procedures set forth in this UDO for designation, the Planning and Zoning
Commission may recommend to the City Council and the City Council may remove an HP Historic
Preservation Overlay made under this Section.
Sec. 5.11. Single-Family Overlay Districts.
A. Purpose.
Single-family overlay districts Family Overlay Districts create an additional zoning district that is
superimposed over the underlying zoning district. Single-family overlay districts Family Overlay Districts are
intended to provide additional standards for College Station neighborhoods. These standards promote
residential development patterns and are intended to protect and enhance desirable neighborhood
characteristics, livability, and harmonious, orderly, and efficient growth and development. The underlying
zoning district establishes the permitted uses and standards and shall remain in effect. The requirements of
the overlay district are to be applied in addition to the underlying zoning district standards.
B. Applicability.
Single-family overlay districts The Single-Family Overlay Districts may only be applied to neighborhoods
zoned and developed for single-family dwelling unitsresidences.
C. General Provisions.
1. The yard, lot, building height, and open space regulations of the single-family overlay districts Single-
Family Overlay Districts must be read in accordance with the yard, lot, building height, and open space
regulations in the Residential Dimensional Standards Section above and the General Provisions Section
of Article 7, General Development Standards Required Yards sections of this UDO. In the event of a
conflict between the single-family overlay district Single-Family Overlay Districts and these
Sectionssections, the single-family overlay district Single-Family Overlay District controls.
2. The City Council may approve a single-family overlay district Single-Family Overlay District for the
boundaries of original subdivisions, or multiple contiguous phases of original subdivisions that apply
jointly.
3. An application for an Official Zoning Map amendment to include a single-family overlay district Single-Family Overlay District may be filed accepted by the City for review once a petition is signed by
property owners of at least fifty (50) percent plus one (1) of the total number of single-family zoned or
developed building plots contained within the original subdivision, or multiple contiguous phases of
original subdivisions that apply jointly in one application, in support of the overlay. The fifty (50)
percent plus one (1) petition signatures must be met for each of the original subdivisions or each phase
of an original subdivision that apply jointly.
D. Districts.
1. ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay District (ROO).
1a. Purpose.
The ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay District (ROO) is intended to provide subdivision-specific
occupancy regulations in single-family neighborhoods. ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlays are is
intended to preserve the single-family character of residential neighborhoods.
2b. Applicability.
Page 196 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 46 of 54
The regulations of the ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay apply to each individual single-family
dwelling and accessory living quarter within the overlaydistrict.
3c. General Provisions.
1) The standards set forward in a ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay must be based on the findings
of the petition committeePetition Committee.
2) The petition committee Petition Committee shall consist of property owners of platted single-
family development from the original subdivision. In the circumstance where multiple contiguous
phases of original subdivisions are applying jointly, the petition committee Petition Committee
shall consist of one property owner from each phase included in the application.
3) To be eligible to apply for a ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay, improvements must exist on at
least 51 percent of the platted single-family lots in the original subdivision.
4d. Standards.
Occupancy of either, a detached single-family dwelling or accessory living quarter, shall not exceed two
unrelated persons per single-family dwelling or accessory living quarter. Related persons are specified
in the definition of family in the Defined Terms Section of Article 11, Definitions of this UDO. 11.2
"Defined Terms" in the definition of "Family." Accessory living quarter requirements are further
specified in the Accessory Uses Section 6.5 "Accessory Uses" within the standards for "Living
Quarters."of Article 6, Use Regulations of this UDO.
5e. Legacy Clause.
a.1) Occupancy levels in individual single-family dwellings and accessory living quarters within an
original subdivision, existing at the time a ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay is adopted, are
permitted to continue, not to exceed a maximum of four unrelated persons for single-family
dwellings and two unrelated persons for accessory living quarters, and shall be considered a
nonconforming use. The provisions of the Nonconforming Uses Section of Article 9,
Nonconformities of this UDO, 9.2 "Nonconforming Uses" shall apply, with the exception of the
Continuance Subsection.Section 9.2.A.1. "Expansion."
b.2) The structure containing the nonconforming use may be enlarged or expanded up to a maximum
of ten (10) percent of the heated square footage of the structure existing at the time the ROO
Restricted Occupancy Overlay was adopted.
c.3) Enlargement or expansion of the structure containing the nonconforming use beyond ten (10)
percent and up to a maximum of twenty-five (25) percent of the heated square footage of the
structure existing at the time the ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay was adopted shall require
approval of the Zoning Board of Adjustment. The Zoning Board of Adjustment may authorize such
an enlargement or expansion based on the following criteria:
1a) That granting the enlargement or expansion will ensure the same general level of land use
compatibility as the otherwise applicable standards;
2b) That granting the enlargement or expansion will not materially or adversely affect adjacent
land uses or the physical character of uses in the immediate vicinity of the nonconforming
use; and
3c) That granting the enlargement or expansion will be generally consistent with the purposes
and intent of this UDO.
d.4) The structure containing the nonconforming use may be structurally altered or renovated, up to
a maximum of fifty (50) percent of the heated square footage of the structure existing at the time
Page 197 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 47 of 54
the ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay was adopted, provided that the structural alteration or
renovation does not enlarge or expand the structure.
e.5) Structurally altering or renovating the structure containing the nonconforming use beyond fifty
(50) percent of the heated square footage of the structure existing at the time the ROO
Restricted Occupancy Overlay was adopted shall require approval of the Zoning Board of
Adjustment. The Zoning Board of Adjustment may authorize such structural alterations or
renovations based on the following criteria:
1a) That granting the structural alternation or renovation will ensure the same general level of
land use compatibility as the otherwise applicable standards;
2b) That granting the structural alternation or renovation will not materially or adversely affect
adjacent land uses or the physical character of uses in the immediate vicinity of the
nonconforming use; and
3c) That granting the structural alternation or renovation will be generally consistent with the
purposes and intent of this UDO.
f.6) The use shall come into compliance with the ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay standards at
such time that any of the following occur:
1a) The single-family dwelling or accessory living quarter is demolished;
2b) The subdivision of land occurs, creating an additional lot or building plot;
3c) Nonconforming The nonconforming use changes or occupancy increases. Decreases in the
nonconforming use occupancy levels below four unrelated persons shall not be an
indication of abandonment as specified in the Abandonment Subsection in the
Nonconforming Uses Section of Article 9, Nonconformities of this UDO Section 9.2.C.
"Abandonment", or cause a loss of the legal nonconforming use status;
4d) The structure containing the nonconforming use is enlarged, expanded, structurally
altered, or renovated beyond the standards provided above in this SectionSection 5.11
D.1.e.2 through 5.11 D.1.e.5.; or
5e) The termination of registration with the City's Rental Registration program.
E2. NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay Districts (NCO).
1a. Purpose.
The NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay District (NCO) is intended to protect and preserve
established single-family neighborhoods through a district that is focused on the specific needs of the
neighborhood. The NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay is intended to provide additional
standards for to demolitions, new construction, additions, and redevelopment to promote
development that is compatible with the existing character of the neighborhood. NCO Neighborhood
Conservation Overlays districts are based on an in-depth study of the existing neighborhood
conditions, and should be used to protect the unique assets and qualities of the neighborhood. NCO
Neighborhood Conservation Overlays districts may be used for neighborhoods that offer a distinct
character that its residents and the City wish to preserve and protect.
2b. Applicability.
The regulations of the NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay apply to all single-family and accessory
structures within the district.
3c. General Provisions.
Page 198 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 48 of 54
a.1) The standards set forward in an NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay must be based on the
findings of the petition committeePetition Committee.
b.2) The petition committee may consist of property owners of platted single-family development
from the original subdivision, or multiple contiguous phases of original subdivisions that apply
jointly.
c.3) NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlays districts may not apply to neighborhoods originally
platted in the last ten (10) years from the date of application submittal.
4d. Options for Inclusion.
In applying for an NCO Neighborhood Conservation OverlayDistrict Overlay, the following items may be
included as standards in the overlay. All single-family development within the district shall be subject
to the standards set forth in the rezoning ordinance.
a.1) Minimum Front Setback.
If a minimum front setback is selected for inclusion, the petition committee Petition Committee
may select one (1) of the following methods of determining minimum front setback based on
research of the subject neighborhood:
1a) Contextual front setbacks as provided for in the Required Yards (Setbacks) Subsection of
the General Provisions Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO; or
2b) Contextual front setbacks as provided for in the General Provisions Subsection above of
this Single-Family Overlay Districts section of the UDO; or
3c) Fixed front setbacks. A fixed front setback may be established;, however, it may not be less
than the setback of underlying zoning or more than the existing median front yard setback
of structures in the district.
Example Front Setbacks
b.2) Minimum Side Street Setback.
If a minimum side street setback is selected for inclusion, the petition committee Petition
Committee may select one (1) of the following methods of determining minimum side street
setback based on research of the subject neighborhood:
1a) Contextual side street setbacks as provided for in the Section 5.2 Residential Dimensional
Standards Section above; or
Page 199 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 49 of 54
2b) Fixed side street setback. A fixed side street setback may be established; however, it may
not be less than the side setback of underlying zoning or more than the existing median
side street setback of structures in the district.
c.3) Minimum Lot Size (Area, Width, and Depth).
If a minimum lot size is selected for inclusion, the petition committee Petition Committee may
select one (1) of the following methods of determining the minimum size of new lots based on
research of the subject neighborhood:
1a) Lot size (area and width) as provided for in the Platting and Replatting within Older
Residential Subdivisions Subsection in the Lots Subsection of the General Requirements
and Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the City Limits Section of Platting
and Replatting in Older Residential Neighborhoods subsection in Article 8, Subdivision
Design and Improvements of this UDO; or
2b) Contextual lot size as provided for in the Residential Dimensional Standards Section
aboveSection 5.2 Residential Dimensional Standards; or
3c) Fixed lot size. A fixed lot size may be established;, however, it may not be less than the lot
size required by the of underlying zoning district or more than the existing median size of
building plots in the district.
d.4) Maximum Building Height.
If maximum building height is selected for inclusion, the petition committee Petition Committee
may select one (1) of the following methods of determining maximum building height based on
the research of the subject neighborhood:
1a) Contextual building height as provided for in the Residential Dimensional Standards Section
aboveSection 5.2 Residential Dimensional Standards; or
2b) Fixed building height. A fixed building height may be established;, however, it may not be
more than the maximum height allowed in the underlying zoning district or less than the
median height of all residential structures in the district.
e.5) Tree Preservation.
If tree preservation is selected for inclusion, the petition committee Petition Committee may
choose to preserve any existing trees with a minimum of eight (8) -inches in caliper or greater.
Preserved trees must be in good form and condition and reasonably free of damage by insects
and/or disease, and located outside the buildable area. Any preserved tree(s) must be barricaded
and preserved during demolition and/or construction. A barricade detail must be provided on
the site plan. Trees must be barricaded with a one (1) foot per caliper inch caliper measured as a
radius radius measured from the tree trunk. Barricades must be in place before prior to any
development activity on the property including but not limited to grading and equipment on site.
Choosing this option allows the petition committee Petition Committee to exclude specific tree
species from preservation requirements.
f.6) Landscape Maintenance.
If landscape maintenance is selected for inclusion, any existing canopy and non-canopy trees in
good form and condition and reasonably free of damage by insects and/or disease located within
the buildable area removed during construction must be replaced on- site inch caliper for inch
caliper, or as determined by the Administrator.
Page 200 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 50 of 54
g.7) Maximum Impervious Surface.
If a maximum impervious surface is selected for inclusion, a maximum impervious surface may
be limited to any number between the calculated neighborhood median and the maximum, as
allowed by the UDO.
Impervious surface includes, but is not limited to, buildings, sidewalks, drives, all-weather
surfaces, parking, rooftops, patios, decking, masonry, stone, and other alternative pavements.
Alternative materials used for landscaping purposes in non-load bearing areas, and the water
surface area within the walls of pools are not considered impervious surfaces. An area of gapped
decking shall be calculated as fifty percent (50%) percent of the proposed decked area for the
purpose of impervious cover.
8) Garage.
Page 201 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 51 of 54
Example Impervious Surface Identification
hA. Garage Access.
If garage access is selected for inclusion, the petition committee Petition Committee may choose
one (1) of the following methods of garage access based on the most frequent method of garage
access within the subject neighborhood:
1a) Front entry; or
2b) Side entry; or
3c) Rear entry.
Garage Access Options
iB. Garage Connection.
If garage connection is selected for inclusion, the petition committee Petition Committee may
select one (1) of the following garage connection types based on the most frequent method of
garage connection within the subject neighborhood:
1a) Attached to the single-family structure; or
2b) Detached from the single-family structure.
Page 202 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 52 of 54
Garage Connection Options
jC. Garage Location.
If garage location is selected for inclusion, the petition committee Petition Committee may select
one (1) of the following garage locations based on the most frequent location of garages
concerning in relation to the primary single-family structure within the subject neighborhood:
1a) In front of the single-family structure; or
2b) To the side of the single-family structure; or
3c) To the rear of the single-family structure.
Garage Location Options
kD. Garage Size.
If garage size is selected for inclusion, the petition committee Petition Committee may set a
minimum garage size of one (1), two (2), or three (3) car garage per residential unit based on the
most frequently occurring garage size within the subject neighborhood.
lE. Garage Requirement.
If a garage requirement is selected for inclusion, the petition committee Petition Committee may
require that a garage be required on properties within the subject neighborhood.
m.9) Off-Street Parking.
If off-street parking is selected for inclusion, the petition committee Petition Committee may
choose one (1) or more of the following off-street parking options within the subject neighborhood;, however, it may only be included if including maximum lot coverage, garage
access, garage connection, or garage location:.
1a) Set a minimum off-street parking standard of three (3) spaces per residential unit;
2b) Set a maximum number of off- street parking spaces;
3c) Set a maximum parking area and location per yard;
Page 203 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 53 of 54
4d) Set a required driveway width between 12 and 25 feet.
10) Building Materials.
If Building Materials is selected for inclusion, the Petition Committee may select required building
materials and set a minimum percentage for the use of those materials for façades facing a right-
of-way. Required materials may only include types of building materials used in the subject
neighborhood. The rezoning petition should include a listing of all types of materials used in the
district as well as the median percentage on building façades facing a right-of-way. The
percentage of use of a required material may only be placed on façades facing a right-of-way and
may not exceed the median existing percentage of the materials on building façades facing a
right-of-way.
n.11) Fencing.
If fencing Fencing is selected for inclusion, the petition committee Petition Committee may select
the required materials and maximum height.
Sec. 5.12. Historic Preservation Overlay District.
A. Purpose.
The Historic Preservation Overlay District is intended to provide for the protection and preservation of places
and areas of historical, cultural, and architectural importance and significance. Such action is necessary to
promote the economic, cultural, educational, and general welfare of the public. Specifically, this district has
the following expressed purposes:
1. To protect and enhance the landmarks and districts which represent distinctive elements of College
Station's historic, architectural, and cultural heritage;
2. To foster civic pride in the accomplishments of the past;
3. To protect and enhance College Station's attractiveness to visitors and the support and stimulus to the
economy thereby provided;
4. To insure the harmonious, orderly, and efficient growth and development of the City;
5. To promote economic prosperity and welfare of the community by encouraging the most appropriate
use of such property within the City; and
6. To encourage stabilization, restoration, and improvements of such properties and their values.
B. Applicability.
The Historic Preservation Overlay District may be applied to districts, areas, or individual property, regardless
of the base zoning district or current use of the property(ies), that:
1. Are at least forty (40) years old;
2. Meet at least two (2) of the criteria listed below; and
3. Possess integrity that is evident through historic qualities including Location, Design, Setting, Materials,
Workmanship, Feeling, and Association.
C. Criteria for Designation of Historic Preservation Overlay Districts.
A property or district may be designated if it:
1. Possesses significance in history, architecture, archeology, and culture;
Page 204 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 54 of 54
2. Is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to the broad patterns of local,
regional, state, or national history;
3. Is associated with events that have made a significant impact in our past;
4. Embodies the distinctive characteristics of a type, period, or method of construction;
5. Represents the work of a master designer, builder, or craftsman;
6. Represents an established and familiar visual feature of the neighborhood or City; or
7. Is eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places, Recorded Texas Historic Landmark, or a
State Archaeological Landmark, as determined by the Texas Historical Commission.
D. Removal of a Historic Preservation Overlay District.
Upon recommendation of the Landmark Commission to the Planning and Zoning Commission based upon
new and compelling evidence and negative evaluation according to the same criteria and following the same
procedures set forth in this UDO for designation, the Planning and Zoning Commission may recommend to
the City Council and the City Council may remove an Historic Preservation Overlay District made under this
section.
Page 205 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 6. Use Regulations
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 35
Article 6. Use Regulations
Sec. 6.1. Purpose.
The intent of this Article is to provide for patterns of land use consistent with the Comprehensive Plan, and to
encourage the arrangement of land uses so as to minimize conflicts among various types of land use activities
while recognizing the City's need for such activities.
Sec. 6.2. Applicability.
The provisions of this Article article shall not apply to property zoned BioCorridor Planned Development District.
Page 206 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 35
Sec. 6.3. Types of Use.
A. Uses of land or structures which are not expressly listed in the Use Table as permitted uses (P), permitted
uses subject to specific use standards (P*), or conditional uses (C) in a zoning district or planned
development are prohibited uses and shall not be established in that district or planned development.
B. The Administrator shall determine whether or not an unlisted use, that is otherwise prohibited, as stated
above should be processed. In doing so, the Administrator shall utilize purpose statements adopted herein in
conjunction with the applicable zoning district, and consideration of the following criteria:
1. The actual or anticipated characteristics of the activity based on in relationship to known
characteristics of similar projects in standard planning practice;
2. The relative amount of site area, floor space, and equipment;
3. Relative volumes of sales from each activity;
4. The customer type for each activity;
5. The relative number of employees in each activity;
6. Hours of operation;
7. Building and site arrangement;
8. Vehicles used with the activity and the relative number of vehicle trips generated by the use; and
9. How the use advertises itself.
C. Use Table.
Except where otherwise specifically provided herein, regulations governing the use of land and structures
with the various zoning districts and classifications of planned developments are hereby established as
shown in the following Use Table.
1. Permitted Uses.
A "P" indicates that a use is allowed by right in the respective district. Such uses are subject to all other
applicable regulations of this UDO.
2. Permitted Uses Subject to Specific Standards.
A "P* " indicates a use that will be permitted, provided that the use meets the provisions in the Specific
Use Standards Section belowSection 6.4, Specific Use Standards. Such uses are also subject to all other
applicable regulations of this UDO.
3. Conditional Uses.
A "C" indicates a use that is allowed only where a conditional use permit is approved by the City
Council. The Council may require that the use meet the additional standards enumerated in the
Specific Use Standards Section belowSection 6.4, Specific Use Standards. Conditional uses are subject
to all other applicable regulations of this UDO.
Click here to access a PDF version of the Use Table.
Page 207 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 35
USE TABLE Residential Districts
Non-Residential
Districts
Retired
Districts
Design
Districts
USE TABLE
Specific Uses R WE E WRS RS GS T ** D ** MH*** MF ** MU ** MHP ** P-MUD ** O SC ** WC GC CI BP ** BPI CU NAP R-1B R-4 ** R-6 ** C-3 ** M-1 M-2 R&D ** WPC ** NG-1 ** NG-2 ** NG-3 ** KEY: P = Permitted by Right; P* = Permitted Subject to Specific Use Standards C = Conditional Use ; ** = District with Supplemental Standards (refer to Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards) ***Commercial,
Office, and Retail Uses in MH Middle Housing are allowed in Live-Work Units only
RESIDENTIAL USES
Assisted
Living/Residential
Care Facility
P P P
Boarding and Rooming House P P P P P
Courtyard Houses P*
Dormitory P P P P P P P P
Duplex P P P P P
Extended Care Facility/Convalescent/
Nursing Home
P P P P P P P P
Fraternity/Sorority P P P P P P
Manufactured Home P* P* P*
Mixed-Use Structure P P P P P P P
Multi-Family P P P P P C
(a)1
P P P
Multi-Family built
prior to January 2002
P P P P P P P P
Multi-plex, Medium P P
Multi-plex, Small P P
Shared Housing P P P P P
Single-Family
Detached
P P P P P P P P P P P
Single-Unit Dwelling P
Split-Lot Duplexes P P
Townhouse P P P P P P P
Two-Unit Dwelling P
Live-Work Unit P* P* P*
PUBLIC, CIVIC, AND INSTITUTIONAL USES
Page 208 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 35
Educational Facility,
College and University
P
Educational Facility, Indoor Instruction P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Educational Facility,
Outdoor Instruction
P C C P P P P
Educational Facility, Primary and
Secondary
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Educational Facility, Tutoring P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Educational Facility,
Vocational/Trade
P P P P P P P P
Governmental
Facilities
P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P P P* P* P P P P P P* P* P* P P P P P P P P*
Health Care, Hospitals P P
Health Care, Medical
Clinics
P P P P P P P P P P
Parks P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Places of Worship P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P P P P* P P P P P P* P* P* P P P P P P P P
COMMERCIAL, OFFICE, AND RETAIL USES
Agricultural Use, Barn
or Stable for Private Stock
P P P
Agricultural Use, Farm
or Pasturage
P P P
Agricultural Use, Farm Product Processing P
Animal Care Facility,
Indoor
P P P P P P P P P P P P
Animal Care Facility, Outdoor P* P
Art Studio/Gallery P (c) P P P P P P P P P P P P
Car Wash P*
Commercial Garden, /Greenhouse, or /Landscape
Maintenance.
P* P* P* P* P* P*
Commercial Amusements P P P C C P* P* C P P P
Page 209 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 35
Conference/Conventi
on Center
P P P P P P P P
Country Club P P P P P P P P P P
Day Care, Commercial P
(c)
P P C P P P P P C C P P P P
Drive-In/ThruDrive-in/thru window P* P C P*
Dry Cleaners and
Laundry
P P P* P* P P* P P P* P* P* P* P*
Fraternal Lodge P P P P P P
Fuel Sales P* P* P* P
Funeral Homes P P P P
Golf Course or Driving
Range
P* P* P* P*
Health Club/Sports Facility, Indoor P P P P P P P P P P P P
Health Club/Sports
Facility, Outdoor
P P* P P P P P* P
Hotels C (b)2
P P P P P P P P
Mobile Food Court C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4
Night Club, Bar, or Tavern C C C C C P P
Offices P
(c)
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Parking as a Primary
Use
P P C P P P P*
Personal Service Shop P
(c)
P P P P P P P P P P P P
Printing/Copy Shop P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Radio/TV Station/Studios P P P P P P P P P P P P*
Recreational Vehicle
(RV) Park
C3 C3
Restaurants P P P P* P* P P* P P P P*
Retail Sales - Single Tenant over 50,000 SF P P P
Retail Sales and
Service
P
(c)
P P P P* P* P* P* P P P P P
Retail Sales and Service - Alcohol C P P* P* P C P P
Page 210 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 35
Sexually Oriented
Business (SOB)
P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P*
Shooting Range, Indoor P P P P P
Theater P P P P P P P P
Retail Sales, Manufactured Homes P P*
Storage, Self Service P* P* P P P P* P
Vehicular Sales,
Rental, Repair, and Service
P* P* P P*
Wholesales/Services P* P* P P P P
INDUSTRIAL AND MANUFACTURING USES
Bulk Storage Tanks/Cold Storage Plant
P P P
Micro-Industrial P* P* P P* P*
Industrial, Light P P P P P P
Industrial, Heavy P P
Recycling Facility - Large P* P P
Salvage Yard P* P*
Scientific Testing/Research Laboratory
P P P P P
Storage, Outdoor -
Equipment or
Materials
P P* P P P
Truck Stop/Freight or
Trucking Terminal
P P
Utility P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P*
Warehousing/Distribution P C P P P
Waste Services P P
Wireless
Telecommunication Facilities - Intermediate
P* P* P* P* P* P* P P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P*
Wireless
Telecommunication Facilities - Major
C P* C C C C P C C C P* C
Page 211 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 35
Wireless
Telecommunication Facilities - Unregulated
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Notes:
(a) ** District with Supplemental Standards (Refer to Article 5).
1 Multi-family residential uses located in stories or floors above retail commercial uses are permitted by right.
(b) 2 Hotels are only allowed when accessory to a country club Country Club development and are limited to a maximum of fifteen (15) rooms.
(c) Permitted in live-work units only.
3 Refer to Section 6.4.Z "Recreational Vehicles Park Standards (RV Parks)" for Specific Use Standards.
4 Refer to Section 6.4. AC "Mobile Food Courts" for Specific Use Standards.
Page 212 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 35
Sec. 6.4. Specific Use Standards.
The following specific use standards shall apply to those uses listed below and identified in the Types of Use
Section aboveUse Table in Section 6.3, Types of Use, with a “P*.” A site plan review, as required by the Site Plans
Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDOSection 3.6, Site Plan Review, is required for all
specific uses identified herein. For the purposes of this Sectionsection, buffers shall comply with the Buffer
Requirements Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO Section 7.7, Buffer Requirements
unless specified herein. For the purposes of this Sectionsection, residential areas or uses shall mean existing
developed or developing (platted) residential uses including single-family and multi-family dwelling unitshousing,
townhomes, and duplexes.
A. Animal Care Facilities.
Any animal care facilities with defined outdoor uses and/or facilities shall be located a minimum of five
hundred (500) feet from existing or developing residential areas.; Animal care and facilities with outdoor
facilities for large animals shall be permitted in R Rural, only.
B. Car Wash.
Vacuums shall be located a minimum of one hundred (100) feet from any adjacent residential use.
C. Commercial Amusements.
All outdoor activity must be located a minimum of three hundred (300) feet from an existing residential use.
D. Commercial Garden/Greenhouse/Landscape Maintenance.
1. Outdoor storage and display of unpackaged or bulk materials, including but not limited to topsoil,
manure, and aggregate materials, shall be screened and located at least fifty (50) feet from all property
lines and not closer than one hundred fifty (150) feet from an existing residential use.
2. No processes and business activities associated with commercial gardens Commercial Gardens may be
conducted outside of buildings except in BP Business Park.
E. Courtyard House.
Courtyard house House developments are also subject to the following requirements:
1. A courtyard house Courtyard House development shall not have more than twelve (12) units around
one courtyard.
2. The width of the courtyard green, independent of the individual lots, shall be no less than thirty (30)
feet. The courtyard shall include a walkway of at least five feet in width providing a direct path of
pedestrian access to each residential lot along the courtyard. The design of the courtyard should be
open and welcoming to the street, with any fencing and landscaping no higher than thirty-six (36)
inches along the courtyard.
3. All courtyard houses must be served by rear or side alleys, with at least one side of the development
having frontage to a public street as shown in the diagram below:
Page 213 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 35
Example Courtyard House Development
F. Drive-Inin/Thru Window.
1. In all Northgate zoning districtsZoning Districts, all site designs and elevations for drive-in/thru
windows shall be reviewed by the Design Review Board as part of the site plan review process. All
outside activities and appurtenances related to drive-in/thru service shall be located wholly
underneath a habitable structure, screened from view from the University Drive right-of-way, and
designed to be sensitive to the pedestrian environment.
2. In SC Suburban Commercial, drive-in/thru windows and message boards may not be located on the
side of the building adjacent to single-family land use and zoning.
3. In SC Suburban Commercial, restaurants with a drive-in/thru window must be located a minimum of
one hundred fifty (150) feet from any single-family use or zoning district. Additionally, associated drive-
in and drive-thru facilities (speaker box, message board, and pick-up window) may not be located
between the restaurant and any single-family use or zoning district; except when the single-family use
or zoning district is located across a public street.
G. Dry Cleaners/Laundry.
All activity must be wholly contained within a building not to exceed three thousand (3,000) square feet in
size.
H. Fuel Sales.
1. Any vehicle repair uses must comply with the Vehicular Sales, Rental, Repair, and Service Subsection
belowSection 6.4.P, Vehicular Sales, Rental, Repair and Service.
2. All activities except those associated with fuel pumping must be conducted within an enclosed
building.
3. Ice and vending machines must be enclosed in a building.
Page 214 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 35
4. No signage, in addition to the signage allowed in the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDOSection 7.5, Signs, may be allowed within view of the right-of-way.
5. No outside storage or display of vehicles for any purpose.
6. A drive-thru Drive-Thru car wash designed to accommodate one (1) vehicle shall be permitted as an
accessory use.
7. In C-3, Light Commercial, fuels sales shall be limited to facilities designed to accommodate a maximum
of four (4) vehicles obtaining fuel simultaneously.
8. Minimum setback requirements shall be as follows:
Front Side Rear Side Street
Fuel pumps 50 feet 25 feet 25 feet 25 feet
Canopies 40 feet 15 feet 15 feet 15 feet
9. Storage tanks must be located below grade.
10. In WC Wellborn Commercial, fuel sales Fuel Sales will be considered a permitted land use on properties
with existing fuel sales Fuel Sales as of April 14, 2011.
I. Golf Course or Driving Range.
1. All driving ranges shall be a minimum of ten (10) acres and have a minimum field size of two hundred
seventy-five (275) yards.
2. Driving ranges are classified as commercial enterprises and must comply with the Buffer Requirements
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDOSSection 7.7, Buffer Requirements.
3. For driving ranges, all balls must remain on the property through proper orientation of the tee boxes,
adequate buffering or screening, and barrier nets.
4. No building, structure, or outdoor activity of a driving range shall be located within one hundred (100)
feet of residentially -zoned property.
5. All ground-level lighting of a driving range’s landing area shall be directed away from adjacent
properties and screening shall be provided with plantings, berms, or other means to limit nuisances
associated with lighting and resulting glare.
J. Government Facilities and Utilities.
Activities not wholly contained within a building shall not be located within one hundred (100) feet of a
single-family residential use unless buffered by a twenty--five (25) -foot buffer yard and a six (6) -foot privacy
fence, in accordance with the Buffer Requirements Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of
this UDOSection 7.7, Buffer Requirements.
K. Health Club/Sports Facility (Outdoor).
In MU Mixed-Use and all NG Northgate Zoning Districts, outdoor health clubs/sports facilities shall only be
allowed on roof tops.
LAC. Live-Work Unit.
1. The square footage of the live-work unit Live-Work Unit may not be greater than as set forth in the
City's adopted International Building Code (IBC), as adopted same may from time to time be amended.
Currently, said maximum size is three thousand (3,000) square feet. Further, the non-residential use
may not be more than fifty (50) percent (50%) of each live-work unitLive-Work Unit.
Page 215 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 35
2. Each live-work unit Live-Work Unit shall not contain more than one (1) dwelling unit. The residential
unit must be attached to the non-residential use and may be accessed accessible separately from the
non-residential use.
3. In a two-story building, the residential unit must be located on the second floor.
4. If a residential garage is provided, it must be attached and not visible from the public right-of-way.
ML. Manufactured Homes.
1. The placement of an individual manufactured home, where permitted, or the replacement of an
existing manufactured home shall be subject to obtaining a location permit Location Permit issued by
the Building Official and Administrator. The application for such a permit shall be accompanied by a
location plan including the following information:
a. Location plan showing the dimension of the site, required setback lines, the placement of the
manufactured home, the designated parking, and any existing structures on the same or
adjoining lots;
b. A signed and dated application, requesting permission to locate the structure on the lot; and
c. A legal description of the location of the property within the cityCity.
2. All manufactured homes shall be skirted with brick, vinyl, or other solid skirting materials within four
(4) months of occupancy of the lot.
3. All trailer hitches and other devices designed to aid in the transport of the manufactured homes must
be removed within four (4) months of occupancy of the lot.
NAB. Micro-Industrial Uses.
1. All production activities must be conducted within an enclosed building. No outside storage is allowed.
2. All micro-industrial Micro-Industrial uses are limited in size to no more than five thousand (5,000) gross
square feet.
3. Accessory uses are permitted, provided that they are subordinate and incidental to the primary use.
4. In the CI Commercial -Industrial and BPI Business Park Industrial zoning districts, an accessory
restaurant, nightclub, bar, or tavern is not permitted.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3312 (January 27, 2011)
OAD. Mobile Food Court.
Mobile food court shall mean a land use approved through a conditional use permit Conditional Use Permit
(see Unified Development Ordinance) and developed in conformity with an approved site plan (see Unified
Development Ordinance), where two or more mobile food vendors congregate to offer edible goods for sale
to the public, and amenities are provided for all vendors’ customers.
1. Mobile Food Court Categories.
a. Short-Term.
1) A short-term food court is temporary in nature, intended to be an interim use on
previously developed land where long-term utilization of the property or redevelopment is
being investigated and/or pursued. A conditional use permit Conditional Use Permit for a
short-term mobile food court may be granted for a period of up to two (2) years.
2) A short-term mobile food court may allow for:
Page 216 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 35
a) The establishment of a site that provides for the gathering of two (2) to five (5)
mobile food vendors.
b) The mobile food vendors within the mobile food court to remain on their pad sites
overnight. Note: Mobile food vendors are required to leave the mobile food court at
least once a year to retain mobile food vendor status.
c) Tables, chairs, and canopies for court customers.
d) Signage for the mobile food court, in accordance with the Signs Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDOsection of this Unified Development
Ordinance.
e) Small-scale entertainment and accessory uses for mobile food court customers, such
as music (live acoustic or recorded) that is played or broadcast at a reasonable
volume inside the court’s property boundaries and small playground area so as not to
disturb other surrounding property owners.
3) A short-term mobile food court shall:
a) Be located a minimum of one hundred (100) feet from a single -family, duplex, or
townhouse zoning district.
b) Have a site manager that will remain on the property during the hours of operation.
c) Have all valid permits and licenses as required by the Brazos County Health
Department.
d) Allow only mobile food vendors that hold valid permits and licenses as required by
the City of College Station and the Brazos County Health Department to operate
within the mobile food court.
e) At a minimum, not operate between the hours of 3:00 a.m. and 5:00 a.m.
f) Provide only portable or temporary improvements to a site. Long-term or permanent
improvements to a site are not allowed.
g) Provide adequately maintained trash receptacles for customer use.
h) Comply with general site plan requirements described in the Site Plans Review
Section section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO, the
applicable requirements of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO,
and the Specific Use Standards for Mobile Food Courts Subsection belowspecific use
standards below.
b. Long-Term.
1) Long-term mobile food courts are intended to have more permanency than short-term
mobile food courts and shall be held to the same development standards as restaurant
developments, with the exceptions identified in the specific use standards below.
2) A long-term mobile food court may allow for:
a) The establishment of a site that provides for the gathering of two (2) or more mobile
food vendors.
b) The mobile food vendors within the mobile food court to remain on their pad sites
overnight. Note: Mobile food vendors are required to leave the mobile food court or
move within the court at least once a year to retain mobile food vendor status.
Page 217 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 35
c) Mobile food vendors to access potable water and sewage disposal facilities onsite. If
these utilities are made available, they shall be located in a manner to necessitate the
movement of each mobile food vendor to access the utilities.
d) Tables, chairs, and canopies or enclosed seating areas for court customers.
e) Signage for the mobile food court, in accordance with the Signs Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDOsection of this Unified Development
Ordinance.
f) Small-scale entertainment and accessory uses for mobile food court customers, such
as music (live acoustic or recorded) that is played or broadcast at a reasonable
volume inside the court’s property boundaries and small playground area so as not to
disturb surrounding property owners.
g) Larger-scale entertainment and accessory uses for court customers, such as a
volleyball court and bar, at a scale so as not to disturb surrounding property owners.
h) Accessory structures.
i) Alcohol sales with approved permits and licenses from the Texas Alcoholic Beverage
Commission.
3) A long-term mobile food court shall:
a) Be located a minimum of one hundred (100) feet from a single -family, duplex, or
townhouse zoning district.
b) Have a site manager that will remain on the property during the hours of operation.
c) Have all valid permits and licenses as required by the Brazos County Health
Department.
d) Allow only mobile food vendors that hold valid permits and licenses as required by
the City of College Station and the Brazos County Health Department to operate
within the mobile food court.
e) At a minimum, not operate between the hours of 3:00 a.m. and 5:00 a.m.
f) Comply with general site plan requirements described in the Site Plans Review
Section section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO, the
applicable requirements of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO,
and the Specific Use Standards for Mobile Food Courts Subsection belowspecific use
standards below.
c. Restroom and Hand Washing Facilities for Short-Term and Long-Term Mobile Food Courts.
1) Mobile food courts will provide at least two (2) handicapped accessible porta potties with
one (1) mobile handwashing station for every ten (10) mobile food vendors.
2) Mobile food courts that are within one hundred (100) feet of a public restroom facility may
be exempted from the requirement for porta potties.
3) Mobile food vendors shall comply with the Brazos County Health Department’s
requirements for hand washing facilities.
2. Specific Use Standards for Mobile Food Courts.
The following shall apply to all short-term and long-term mobile food courts, unless otherwise noted:
a. Mobile food courts shall designate pad site locations for mobile food vendors.
Page 218 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 35
b. Mobile food vendor pad sites and dining areas shall be setback a minimum of one hundred (100)
feet from rights-of-way and public ways.
c. All mobile food vendor pad sites shall be separated from other pad sites, dining areas, and
structures by a minimum of ten (10) feet.
d. Pad sites and dining areas shall not be located within fire lanes, easements, setbacks, buffers, or
visibility triangles.
e. All mobile food vendors located in a mobile food court shall be on an improved, permanent
surface as described in the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDOUnified Development Ordinance.
f. A minimum of two (2) off-street parking Off-Street Parking spaces shall be provided per mobile
food vendor pad site.
g. A minimum of a twenty (20) -foot (20') fire apparatus access route is required around a mobile
food court.
h. Mobile food vendors, portable restroom trailers, and other temporary structures shall not be
subject to the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards section of this UDO.
i. Electrical connections shall be provided for all mobile food vendors on site. Use of generators
shall not be allowed in a mobile food court.
j. Short-term mobile food courts only.
1) Short-term mobile food courts shall not impede vehicular circulation or block fire lanes or
sanitation routes through the existing sites upon which they are located.,
2) Short-term mobile food courts shall not be subject to the requirements of the Landscaping
and Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this
UDOsection of this Unified Development Ordinance.
3) Short-term mobile food courts shall utilize existing solid waste collection sites on the
properties on which they are located, and provide proof of permission to do so.
k. Long-term mobile food courts only.
If water and wastewater facilities are provided to mobile food vendors in a long-term mobile
food court, the site shall be designed to require all mobile food vendors to remain mobile to
access these amenities. Additional tanks or portable tanks for wastewater are prohibited.
PM. Mobile Home.
After the effective date of this UDO, a A mobile home, after the effective date of this UDO, may not be
located within the city corporate limits of College Station for residential usedwelling. A mobile home legally
located within the city corporate limits of College Station may continue to be used as a residential dwelling,
but shall not be relocated or enlarged. A mobile home may be replaced by a manufactured home.
QN. Parking as a Primary Use.
In all Northgate zoning districtsZoning Districts, parking as a primary use shall be permitted when all of the
parking is located within a multi-level garage.
RZ. Places of Worship.
Page 219 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 35
1. Where the parking lot abuts residential development, a ten (10) -foot buffer yard with buffer plantings
and a minimum six (6) -foot privacy fence is required pursuant to the Buffer Requirements Section of
Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDOSection 7.7, Buffer Requirements.
2. When outdoor accessory uses including, but not limited to, playgrounds, recreational areas, and special
event areas abut residential uses, a minimum fifteen (15) -foot buffer yard with buffer plantings and a
six (6) -foot privacy fence is required pursuant to the Buffer Requirements Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDOSection 7.7, Buffer Requirements.
SO. Radio/TV Station/Studios.
In all Northgate zoning districtsZoning Districts, outdoor transmission facilities shall be completely screened
from view from any right-of-way.
TAA. Recreational Vehicle Park Standards (RV Parks).
1. Recreational vehicle parks RV Parks shall allow for the temporary occupancy of vehicles that are built
on a single chassis that are designed to be self-propelled or permanently towable by a light- duty truck
and are primarily for use as temporary living quarters for recreational, travel, or seasonal use.
2. Recreational vehicle parks RV Parks shall be considered a non-residential use and shall meet the Buffer
Requirements Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO buffer requirements as
found in Article 7 as a commercial use, regardless of zoning.
3. No person shall operate an recreational vehicle park RV Park unless they hold valid permits and
licenses as required by the State of Texas and the Brazos County Health Department.
4. Development of any recreational vehicle park RV Park shall comply with the general site plan
requirements of the Site Plan Review Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this
UDOArticle 3, Site Plan Review, and shall meet the following supplemental criteria:
a. The minimum area of an recreational vehicle park RV Park shall be ten (10) acres and shall consist
of two (2) or more recreational vehicle pad sites that are intended for temporary occupancy by
recreational vehicles for the purposes of recreation or vacation.
b. All recreational vehicle parks RV Parks shall have direct access to a public road and shall include
sufficient entrances and exits to facilitate the safe movement of recreational vehicles in and out
of the site. Internal drives shall have a minimum paved width of twelve (12) feet for one-way
traffic and twenty-four (24) feet for two-way traffic. All internal drives shall be built to City
pavement standards and shall be privately maintained.
c. All recreational vehicle parks RV Parks shall designate specific pad site locations for recreational
vehicles.
1). Each pad site location shall have a minimum area of one thousand five hundred (1,500)
square feet with provisions for wastewater disposal, public water hook-up, and electrical
supply.
2). All pad sites shall be sequentially numbered. Reflective site numbers shall be a minimum of
four (4) inches in height and placed on a separate post on the site. A map of the site layout
with site numbers shall be placed at the entrance to the park in such a manner as to be
clearly visible to entrants.
d. Recreational vehicle pad sites shall be separated from each other by a minimum of ten (10) feet.
e. Recreational vehicle pad sites shall be separated from the recreation area in the park by a
minimum of fifteen (15) feet.
Page 220 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 35
f. All recreational vehicle pad sites shall be setback a minimum of fifty (50) feet from the right-of-
way line of all adjacent public roads and any recreational vehicle park RV Park boundaries.
g. All recreational vehicle pad sites shall be setback a minimum of ten (10) feet from any internal
drives in the park.
h. A minimum of two (2) parking spaces shall be provided per recreational vehicle pad site. One (1)
space shall be located on the recreational vehicle RV site, the remainder may be located in an
approved parking area. The size Size and paving of all parking spaces shall conform to the
requirements in the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDOArticle 7 regarding Off-Street Parking Standards.
i. In all recreational vehicle parksRV Parks, a recreation area shall be provided that shall be
centrally located, free of traffic hazards, and easily accessible to all park residents. Recreation
areas shall constitute a minimum of fifteen (15) percent of the gross recreational vehicle park RV
Park site area and shall contain open space for recreational uses. Recreational areas shall also
contain benches and landscaping. The area shall be adequately lit lighted to ensure the safety of
users.
j. Recreational vehicle parks RV Parks shall permit only seasonal placement and habitation of
recreational vehicles. No recreational vehicle shall remain in an recreational vehicle park RV Park
for more than one hundred twenty (120) days in any twelve (12) -month period.Per Ordinance
No. 3271 (August 26, 2010)
UP. Recycling Facilities.
1. Any facility located within five hundred (500) feet of property zoned or developed for residential use
shall not be in operation between 7:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
2. Light processing, including compacting, baling, and shredding, must be directly related to efficient
temporary storage and shipment of materials. No recycling facility as described in this subsection shall
abut property zoned or developed for single-family residential use.
3. A minimum of six (6) parking spaces shall be provided, plus one (1) space per employee and for each
vehicle of the facility.
4. Each container shall be clearly marked to specify materials that are accepted. The name and telephone
number of the operator and the hours of operations shall be conspicuously displayed. All sign
regulations of the district in which the facility is located shall apply.
5. Each facility shall be screened from the public right-of-way by operating in an enclosed building with no
outside storage or by operating within an area enclosed by an opaque fence at least eight (8) feet in
height.
VR. Restaurant.
1. In C-3 Light Commercial, and WC Wellborn Commercial, drive-ins and drive-thrus are prohibited.
2. In SC Suburban Commercial restaurants with a drive-in or drive-thru drive-ins/thru must be located a
minimum of one hundred fifty (150) feet from any single-family use or zoning district. Drive-in and
drive-thru facilities (speaker box, message board, and pick-up window) may not be located between
the building and any single-family use or zoning district, except when the single-family use or zoning
district is located across a public street.
3. In C-3 Light Commercial, the maximum size shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
Page 221 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 35
4. In WC Wellborn Commercial, restaurants (including waiting and outdoor dining areas) may not exceed
eight thousand (8,000) square feet and are permitted at the following maximum sizes based on the
adjacent thoroughfare and access:
a. Freeway/expressway and four- or six-lane major arterialExpressway and Four- or Six-Lane Major
Arterial: eight Eight thousand (8,000) square feet;
b. Four-lane minor arterial and four-lane major collectorLane Minor Arterial and Four-Lane Major
Collector: seven Seven thousand (7,000) square feet; or
c. Two-lane major collector Lane Major Collector and smaller: five Five thousand (5,000) square
feet.
5. In SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial, restaurants shall not locate outdoor seating
or playgrounds between the structure and a single-family land use and zoning.
WQ. Retail Sales of /Manufactured Homes.
Manufactured homes undergoing repair and remaining on -site for more than in excess of forty-eight (48)
hours shall be screened from public view in an enclosed area.
XS. Sales and Service (Retail and Wholesale).
The following sales/storage matrix Sales Matrix shall be used to determine the most appropriate zoning
district for sales and service uses.
Sales/Storage Matrix
1. Storage is allowed in GC General Commercial, if the square footage feet of storage is less than fifty (50)
percent of the total gross building area, exclusive of office areas.
2. Storage is allowed in WC Wellborn Commercial, if the square footage feet of storage is less than fifty
(50) percent of the total gross building area.
3. Sales are allowed in CI Commercial Industrial if the square footage feet of sales is less than fifty (50)
percent of the total gross building area, exclusive of the office area.
4. Each sales use in a shopping center must meet the storage square-foot criteria above to be permitted
in that zoning district.
5. In SC Suburban Commercial, the gross floor area Gross Floor Area of a single structure shall not exceed
fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet.
6. In WC Wellborn Commercial, the gross floor area Gross Floor Area of a single structure shall not exceed
ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
Minor Major
WholesaleGC General Commercial CI Commercial Industrial
RetailGC General Commercial CI Commercial Industrial
Storage
SalesPage 222 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 35
YT. Salvage Yard.
1. Salvage or junkyards shall be visually screened on the front, rear, and all sides utilizing by means of a
solid eight (8) -foot high wooden privacy fence.
2. Material that is not salvageable shall not be permitted to accumulate. In no case shall material that is
not salvageable be buried or used as fill.
3. In any open storage area, it shall be prohibited to keep any ice box, refrigerator, deep-freeze locker,
clothes washer, clothes dryer, or similar air-tight unit having an interior storage capacity of one and
one-half (1.5½) cubic feet or more, from which the door has not been removed.
ZU. Sexually -Oriented Business.
1. General.
These requirements apply to all sexually -oriented businesses as defined in this UDO.
A business is not exempt from regulation under this UDO because it holds a license or permit under the
Alcoholic Beverage Code authorizing the sale or service of alcoholic beverages or because it contains
one (1) or more coin-operated machines that are subject to regulation or taxation, or both under State
law.
Regulations contained within this UDO applying pertaining to sexually -oriented businesses are based
on evidence concerning the adverse secondary effects of adult uses on the communities presented in
findings incorporated in City of Renton v. Playtime Theaters, Inc., 475 U.S. 41 (1986) and in studies set
out below:
a. Detroit, Michigan;
b. Amarillo, Texas;
c. Los Angeles, California;
d. Indianapolis, Indiana;
e. Phoenix, Arizona;
f. St. Paul, Minnesota;
g. Beaumont, Texas;
h. Seattle, Washington;
i. Austin, Texas.
2. Permitted Locations.
A sexually -oriented business is a permitted use at the following location only and is subject to the
specific standards located in this Section and is subject to other applicable regulations of this UDO.
Area 3: State Highway 6 Commercial Tract
All that certain tract or parcel of land lying and being situated in the R. Stevenson Survey, Abstract No.
54, Tract 61, being all of that 2.116- acre tract conveyed to the Blue Dolphin Club, Inc. by deed
recorded in volume 2079, page 133 in the Official Records of Brazos County, Texas.
Page 223 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 35
Map of the Potential Location
3. Single Adult Use Per Location.
There shall only be one (1) sexually -oriented business permitted per area.
4. Measurement.
a. Stock in Trade.
Stock in trade shall be the number of items in stock in the sales and display area at the time of a
site inspection. The number of sexually -oriented items shall be calculated as a percentage of
total items.
b. Sales and Display Area.
1). The sales and display area shall be the entire interior floor space of a business
establishment devoted to sales and display, including aisles, measured in square feet at the
time of a site inspection. The floor space devoted to sales and display of sexually -oriented
materials shall be calculated as a percentage of total sales and display area.
2). Where sexually -oriented materials are physically separated from other materials by an
eight-foot wall, the separate sales and display area (including any aisles) shall be compared
to the total sales and display floor area.
Page 224 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 35
3). Where the floor area includes a mixture of sexually -oriented material with any other
material, it shall be counted as sexually oriented. Any such area shall include fifty (50)
percent one-half (½) of the area of any aisles adjacent to the display or sales of sexually -
oriented materials.
5. Specific Standards.
a. Adult Cabaret or Adult Retail Store.
Any performance area shall be elevated at least twenty-four (24) inches above the level of the
patron seating areas and shall be separated by a distance of at least six (6) feet from all areas of
the premises to which patrons have access. A continuous railing at least three (3) feet in height,
securely attached to the floor, and located at least six (6) feet from all points of the live
performance area shall separate performance areas and patron areas.
b. Adult Arcade;, Adult Movie Theater.
1). All aisles shall have theater runway and aisle lighting which illuminates the entire floor
surface of the aisle at a level of not less than two-tenths (0.2) foot-candles.
2). All theater viewing areas, projection rooms, and viewing booths or rooms shall be
equipped with overhead lighting fixtures of sufficient intensity to illuminate every place to
which patrons are permitted access at an illumination so that any patron may be observed
from a manager's or employee's station.
3). The interior of an adult arcade, and/or adult viewing booth or room, shall be configured in
such a way that there is an unobstructed view from a manager's or employee's station of
every interior area of the adult arcade and/or viewing booth or room.
4). All ventilation devices in or between adult viewing booths, viewing stations, and rooms
must be covered by a permanently affixed ventilation cover or grill. Ventilation holes,
portals, or airways may only be located one (1) foot from the top of the station, room, or
booth walls or one (1) foot from the bottom of the station, room, or booth walls. There
may not be any other holes or openings in the station, room, or booth walls or between
stations, rooms, or booths.
c. Limited Adult Retail Store.
The store shall separate all sexually -oriented material from other sales and display areas using
an opaque wall at least eight (8) feet in height. Such an area shall incorporate a management-
controlled system of access to ensure that only persons over the age of eighteen (18) years are
allowed to enter.
6. Lighting.
Any sexually -oriented business shall be equipped with overhead lighting fixtures of sufficient intensity
to illuminate every place to which patrons are permitted access so that any patron may be observed
from a manager's or employee's station.
7. Amortization.
A sexually -oriented business in operation prior to the effective date of this UDO which does not
conform to the regulations listed above shall be considered to be nonconforming. The nonconforming
sexually -oriented business shall be permitted to continue for one (1) year after the effective date of
this ordinance unless voluntarily discontinued for a period of thirty (30) days or more. One (1) year
after the effective date of this UDO the nonconforming sexually -oriented business shall be illegal and
shall terminate, except as provided herein.
Page 225 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 35
a. Additional Time for Amortization.
In the event an owner of a nonconforming sexually -oriented business is unable to recoup their
his investment in their his sexually -oriented business by the date for the termination of such
uses, the owner may request additional time by making an application with the Administrator no
later than the date for termination of the use.
b. Application for Additional Time.
The owner shall file, with their his request for additional time, all data they he wishes considered
in support of the request. The owner shall also supply all materials requested by the
Administrator, City Attorney, or City Council to determine if the investment has been recouped.
c. Determination by the City Council.
Upon application by the owner, the City Council may, at its discretion, allow additional time to
amortize the investment in a sexually -oriented business if it makes the following findings:
1). The owner has made every effort to recoup their his investment in the sexually -oriented
business;
2). The owner will be unable to recoup their his investment in a sexually -oriented business by
the end of the amortization period; and
3). That all applicable provisions of this UDO will be observed.
If the City Council grants additional time, the grant shall be for a period not to exceed one (1)
year.
d. Exemption from Amortization Requirements.
Any owner of a sexually -oriented business wishing to claim an exemption from the amortization
requirements of this UDO may apply for an exemption. The City must receive an such application
no less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the amortization period.
The City Council may grant an exemption if it makes the following findings:
1). That the location of the sexually -oriented business will not have a detrimental effect on
nearby properties or be contrary to the public health, safety, or welfare;
2). That the granting of the exemption will not violate the spirit and intent of this UDO;
3). That the location of the sexually -oriented business will not downgrade the property values
or quality of life in the adjacent areas or encourage the development of urban blight;
4). That the location of the sexually -oriented business will not be contrary to any program of
neighborhood conservation, nor will it interfere with any efforts of urban renewal or
restoration; and
5). That all other applicable provisions of this UDO will be observed.
If an exemption is granted, such exemption shall be valid for a period of one (1) year from the
date of the City Council action. Upon expiration of an exemption, a sexually -oriented business
shall be in violation of this UDO, shall be illegal, and shall terminate, unless the owner receives
another exemption. Additional applications for exemptions shall be submitted at least sixty (60)
days prior to the expiration of the exemption period.
The granting of an exemption does not alleviate the owner of a sexually -oriented business from
adhering to all other applicable provisions of this UDO.
AAV. Storage (Self-Service).
Page 226 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 22 of 35
1. Accessory uses are prohibited.
2. In SC Suburban Commercial, self-service storage Self-Service Storage and outdoor storage must be
located a minimum of one hundred fifty (150) feet from any single-family uses or zoning district; except
when the single-family use or district is located across a public street. Additionally, the one hundred
fifty (150) -foot separation is not applicable when only interior access (climate-controlled storage) is
provided, subject to other provisions of this UDO.
3. In WC Wellborn Commercial, self-service storage Self-Service Storage will be considered a permitted
land use on properties with existing self-service storage Self-Service Storage as of April 14, 2011.
ABW. Utilities.
Activities not wholly contained within a building that abuts single-family residential uses shall construct a
twenty (20) -foot buffer yard with a six (20) -foot privacy fence, in accordance with the Buffer Requirements
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDOSection 7.7, Buffer Requirements.
ACX. Vehicular Sales, Rental, Repair, and Service.
1. Vehicles undergoing repair, painting, or body work that which will remain on -site for more than in
excess of forty-eight (48) hours shall be screened from public view or stored indoors.
2. Inoperable vehicles shall not be allowed to remain on- site for more than thirty (30) days.
3. All parts, including automobile body parts, shall be stored within an area that which is completely
screened from public view.
ADY. Wireless Telecommunication Facility (WTF).
1. Purpose.
The purpose of this Section section is to establish regulations for pertaining to wireless
telecommunications facilities (WTF) that are consistent with federal and state law. The City Council of
the City of College Station finds that:
a. It is in the public interest to promote competition in high-high quality telecommunications
services and the availability of broadband transmission services to all residences and businesses;
b. It is in the public interest for the City to protect the public safety and welfare, safeguard
community land values, promote orderly planning and development, and preserve historic sites, structures, and areas. Wireless telecommunications facilities should not be allowed to detract
aesthetically from the visual quality of surrounding properties or the City; and
c. The proliferation of wireless telecommunications facilities negatively impacts the appearance,
character, and property values of the community. Therefore, the City should endeavor to
minimize the size, number, and obtrusiveness of antennas and towers. Collocation and stealth
technologies are strongly encouraged to mitigate negative visual impacts and reduce the total
number of towers within the City.
2. Wireless Telecommunication Facility WTF Categories.
To In order to expedite the siting and review process, wireless telecommunications facilities WTFs have
been divided into use categories. The review process is more thorough as the intensity of the use
increases.
a. Unregulated Facilities.
The wireless telecommunications facilities WTFs listed below are not regulated by this ordinance
and do not require review or approval. This does not exempt these facilities from other
applicable City of College Station city codes, ordinances, and permits.
Page 227 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 23 of 35
1). Over-the-air reception devices exempted from local ordinances by the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC).
2). Parabolic antenna less than two (2) meters in diameter.
3). Omni-directional antenna (“whip” antenna) six (6) inches or less in diameter and not
extending more than twelve (12) feet above the support structure.
4). Directional antenna one (1) meter or less measured across the longest dimension and not
extending over twelve (12) feet above the support structure.
5). Public safety tower or antenna.
b. Intermediate Facilities.
1). New transmission tower less than thirty-five (35) feet (ten and one-half (10.5) meters) in
height.
2). New transmission tower that does not extend more than thirty-five (35) feet (ten and one-
half (10.5) meters) in height above a support structure and that meets the definition of a
stealth facility.
3). Parabolic antenna over two (2) meters in diameter.
4). Omni-directional antenna (“whip” antenna) greater than six (6) inches in diameter and/or
extending twelve (12) feet above the support structure.
5). Directional antenna more than one (1) meter measured across the longest dimension and
extending over twelve (12) feet above the support structure.
6). Attached wireless telecommunications facilitiesWTFs.
7). Antenna collocating on an existing tower.
c. Major Facilities.
New transmission tower greater than thirty-five (35) feet (ten and one-half (10.5) meters) in
height.
3. Permitted Locations.
a. All Intermediate WTFs are permitted by right in the following zoning districts:
R Rural
M-1 Light Industrial
M-2 Heavy Industrial
GC General Commercial
CI Commercial Industrial
C-3 Light Commercial
NG Northgate
City-owned premises
O Office
R&D Research & Development
WPC Wolf Pen Creek
PDD Planned Development District (except PDD-H)
BP Business Park
BPI Business Park Industrial.
b. Major WTFs are allowed in the following zoning districts with a Conditional Use Permit:
Page 228 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 24 of 35
R Rural
M-1 Light Industrial
M-2 Heavy Industrial
BP Business Park
BPI Business Park Industrial
GC General Commercial
CI Commercial Industrial
C-3 Light Commercial
O Office
R&D Research & Development
City-owned premises.
c. WTFs may locate on City-owned premises without a conditional use permit with approval of the
City Council and subject to the requirements of this UDO.
34. Requirements for Attached Wireless Telecommunication FacilitiesWTFs.
a. Wireless telecommunications facilities WTFs may attach to the exterior of any non-residential
building within any zoning district provided the antenna and antenna support structure or
equipment are mounted flush with the vertical exterior of the building or project no more than
twenty-four (24) inches from the surface of the building to which it is attached and does not raise
the height of the building more than ten (10) feet and does not violate the maximum height
restriction of that zoning district.
b. Any antenna meeting the stealth antenna definition of this ordinance and located locating on an
alternative mounting structure may attach to the exterior of any non-residential building within
any zoning district with the approval of the Administrator.
c. If an antenna is installed on a support structure other than a tower, the antenna and supporting
electrical and mechanical equipment must be of a neutral color that is identical to, or closely
compatible with, the color of the supporting structure so as to make the antenna and related
equipment as visually unobtrusive as possible.
d. Application Procedures.
1). An inventory of the applicant's existing and future towers that are either within the city
limitsCity, the extraterritorial jurisdictionCity's ETJ, and or within at least one (1) mile of the
city limitsCity's boundary where the ETJ does not extend that far. The inventory shall
include specific information about the location, design, and height of each tower. The
owner must have on file with the Planning and Development Services Department a master
list of all existing tower structures owned or controlled by the owner. Such list must specify
the name, address, and telephone number of the owner of record, the tower locations by
address and legal description, tower height, the number of antenna arrays on the tower,
and the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all other users of the tower
structures. The Administrator may share such information with other applicants or
organizations seeking to locate antennas within the City.
2). A site plan drawn to scale clearly indicating the location, height, and design of the
proposed facility, equipment cabinets, transmission buildings and other accessory uses,
access, parking, fences, and landscaped areas.
3). A visual impact analysis, presented as color photo simulations, showing the proposed site
of the wireless telecommunications facilityWTF. At least four (4) views shall be submitted
looking toward the site (typically north, south, east, and west) including views from the
Page 229 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 25 of 35
closest residential property and from adjacent roadways. The photo-realistic
representation shall depict a "skyline" view showing the entire height of the proposed
tower or wireless telecommunications facility WTF to scale, and the structures, trees, and
any other objects contributing to the skyline profile.
4). Plans for the antenna and the antenna tower shall be prepared and signed by a licensed
professional engineer and designed to withstand sustained winds of at least ninety (90)
miles per hour.
5). All telecommunication facilities must meet or exceed the current standards and regulations
of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), the FCC, and any other agency of the federal
government Federal Government with the authority to regulate telecommunication
facilities. An applicant for a permit shall submit an affidavit confirming compliance with
applicable regulations.
45. Requirements for Collocation.
a. Intermediate facilities shall not exceed thirty-five (35) feet.
b. If the existing tower has been determined to be stealth, the antenna must be integrated into the
tower design as to retain the stealth designation. The Administrator will determine if the antenna
is a stealth antennastealth.
c. If an antenna is installed on a support structure other than a tower, the antenna and supporting
electrical and mechanical equipment must be of a neutral color that is identical to, or closely
compatible with, the color of the supporting structure so as to make the antenna and related
equipment visually unobtrusive as possible.
d. Application Procedures.
1). If not completely located locating within an existing, fenced mechanical area, a site plan
drawn to scale is required, clearly indicating the location, height, and design of the existing
facility, equipment cabinets, transmission buildings and other accessory uses, access,
parking, fences, and landscape areas.
2). Plans for the antenna shall be prepared and signed by a licensed professional engineer and
designed to withstand sustained winds of at least ninety (90) miles per hour.
3). All telecommunication facilities must meet or exceed the current standards and regulations
of the FAA, the FCC, and any other agency of the federal government Federal Government
with the authority to regulate telecommunication facilities. An applicant for a permit shall
submit an affidavit confirming compliance with applicable regulations.
56. Requirements for New Transmission Towers.
a. Setbacks.
The standard setbacks for each zoning district will apply to wireless telecommunications facilities
WTFs with additional setbacks or separation being required in the Subsections below. To protect
citizens in their homes, transmission towers shall be placed at a distance equal to the height of
the tower away from any residential structure. Non-stealth And, non-stealth towers shall be set
back at a distance equal to the height of the tower away from any GS General Suburban, R-1B
Single-Family Residential, or D Duplex zone boundary.
b. Proximity to Major Thoroughfares.
To preserve and protect the appearance of the City's major thoroughfares and entrances to the
cityCity, additional setbacks are placed on wireless telecommunications facilities WTFs proposed
Page 230 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 26 of 35
to be placed near these areas. The setback for these areas is determined by measuring from the
centerline of the right-of-way of the thoroughfare. Applicable thoroughfares include freeways
and expressways, major arterials, and minor arterials, as shown on the Comprehensive Plan
Functional Classification & Context Class MapThoroughfare Plan.
1). Intermediate wireless telecommunications facilities WTFs must be one hundred fifty (150)
feet from applicable thoroughfares.
2). Major wireless telecommunications facilities WTFs must be setback from applicable
thoroughfares by the height of the tower multiplied by x three (3).
c. Separation Between Towers.
To In order to prevent tower proliferation and protect the city's City's natural beauty and skyline,
the number of transmission towers per square mile has been limited. New transmission towers
must be placed a minimum distance from existing towers as described here:
1). New transmission towers thirty-five (35) feet or less in height shall be separated from
existing towers by a minimum distance of one thousand five hundred (1,500) feet.
2). New transmission towers more than thirty-five (35) feet and less than seventy-five (75) feet
in height shall be separated from existing towers by a minimum distance of two thousand
five hundred (2,500) feet.
3). New transmission towers seventy-five (75) feet or more in height shall be separated from
existing towers by a minimum distance of three thousand five hundred (3,500) feet.
d. Height Limitations.
1). Intermediate wireless telecommunications facilities WTFs are subject to the normal height
restrictions for each zoning district where they are permitted by right. In any zoning district
where a tower is a conditional use, the requested height may be reduced through the
review of the visual impact analysis.
2). In no case shall a proposed transmission tower exceed one hundred fifty (150) feet within
the city limits, except where a height variance is granted by the Zoning Board of
Adjustments to allow a tower or antenna that demonstrates a hardship that can only be remedied by locating a tower or antenna exceeding such height on a proposed site within
the city limits.
e. Stealth Towers.
Any tower determined to meet the stealth tower Stealth Tower definition of this ordinance by
the approving authority may be located in any zoning district with a conditional use
permitConditional Use Permit. Approved stealth towers Stealth Towers do not have to meet the
tower separation or thoroughfare setback requirements of this Sectionsection.
f. Landscaping, Screening, and Aesthetic Standards.
The following requirements shall govern any transmission tower or any parabolic antenna larger
than two (2) meters.
1). Landscaping: Refer to the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDOSection 7.6, Landscaping and Tree Protection. Plant
materials and/or fencing that effectively screen the wireless telecommunications facility
WTF site from the view of the public right-of-way will be required.
Page 231 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 27 of 35
2). New transmission towers shall maintain a flat (not shiny, reflective, or glossy) finish or be
painted in accordance with any applicable standards of the FAA (unfinished galvanized
steel is not acceptable).
3). Wireless telecommunications facilities WTFs shall not be artificially lighted with the
exception of motion detectors as security lighting, unless required by the FAA or other
applicable authoritiesauthority. If lighting is required, the City may review the available
lighting alternatives and approve the design that would cause the least disturbance to the
surrounding properties.
4). Towers may not be used to exhibit any signage or other advertising.
g. Application Procedures.
An application for administrative approval or a conditional use permit Conditional Use Permit for
a wireless telecommunications facility WTF shall include the following items (in addition to the
site plan and other information required for a standard conditional use permit CUP application):
1). An inventory of the applicant's existing and future towers that are either within the city
limitsCity, the extraterritorial jurisdictionCity's ETJ, and or within at least one (1) mile of the
city limitsCity's boundary where the ETJ does not extend that far. The inventory shall
include specific information about the location, design, and height of each tower. The
owner must have on file with the Planning and Development Services Department a master
list of all existing tower structures owned or controlled by the owner. Such list must specify
the name, address, and telephone number of the owner of record, the tower locations by
address and legal description, tower height, the number of antenna arrays on the tower,
and the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all other users of the tower
structures. The Administrator may share such information with other applicants or
organizations seeking to locate antennas within the City.
2). Site plan drawn to scale clearly indicating the location, height, and design of the proposed
tower, equipment cabinets, transmission buildings and other accessory uses, access,
parking, fences, and landscaped areas.
3). The linear separation distance from other transmission towers within a one (1) -mile radius
of the proposed tower site. The linear separation distance from all residentially -zoned
properties, residential structures, and applicable thoroughfares as set forth outlined in the
Proximity to Major Thoroughfares Subsection aboveSection 6.4.X.6.b, Proximity to Major
Thoroughfares, within five hundred (500) feet of the proposed tower.
4). A visual impact analysis, presented as color photo simulations, showing the proposed site
of the wireless telecommunications facilityWTF. At least four (4) views shall be submitted
looking toward the site (typically north, south, east, and west) including views from the
closest residential property and from adjacent roadways. The photo-realistic
representation shall depict a "skyline" view showing the entire height of the proposed
tower or wireless telecommunications facility WTF to scale, and the structures, trees, and
any other objects contributing to the skyline profile.
5). Plans for the antenna and the antenna tower shall be prepared and signed by a licensed
professional engineer and designed to withstand sustained winds of at least ninety (90)
miles per hour.
6). All telecommunication facilities must meet or exceed the current standards and regulations
of the FAA, the FCC, and any other agency of the federal government Federal Government
with the authority to regulate telecommunication facilities. An applicant for a permit shall
submit an affidavit confirming compliance with applicable regulations.
Page 232 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 28 of 35
7). Grid plan (propagation map) of the service area for existing and future structures for a
period of not less than two (2) years. The submission should include a map showing the
"search ring" that was required for siting the proposed facility.
8). No new tower shall be built, constructed, or erected in the city City unless the tower is
capable of supporting additional wireless telecommunication facilities. The applicant must
submit a letter addressed to the City declaring an intent and willingness to construct a
proposed tower that would allow additional service providers to locate on the new tower.
9). No new communications tower shall be permitted unless the applicant demonstrates to
the reasonable satisfaction of the approving authority that no existing tower, building,
structure, or alternative technology can accommodate the applicant's proposed antenna.
The applicant shall submit information related to the availability of suitable existing towers,
other structures, or alternative technology that can accommodate the applicant's proposed
antenna. The Administrator or approving authority may request information necessary to
demonstrate that reasonable alternatives do not exist. The applicant must submit:
a). The names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all owners of other towers or
usable antenna support structures within a one-half (0.5½) mile radius of the
proposed new tower site, including City-owned property.
b). An sworn affidavit attesting to the fact that the applicant made diligent, but
unsuccessful, efforts to obtain permission to install or collocate the new facility on
existing towers or antenna support structures located within a one-half (0.5½) mile
radius of the proposed tower site. The affidavit shall spell out the efforts taken by the
applicant.
c). A description of the design plan proposed by the applicant to the City. The applicant
must demonstrate the need for towers and why technological design alternatives,
such as the use of microcells, cannot be utilized to accomplish the provision of the
applicant's telecommunications services.
67. Conditional Use Permits.
Major wireless telecommunications facilities WTFs must apply for a conditional use permit (CUP) as set
forth outlined in the Types of Use Section aboveSection 6.4.X.3, Permit table Locations, under the
procedures set forth in the Conditional Use Permit Section of Article 3, Development Review
Procedures of this UDOSection 3.16, Conditional Use Permit. In addition to the standard guidelines, the
following additional factors shall be considered by the Planning and Zoning Commission when
determining whether to grant a conditional use permit CUP for wireless telecommunications
facilitiesWTFs:
a. Height of the proposed tower, surrounding topography, and surrounding tree coverage and
foliage as they relate to:
1). Skyline impact, examining whether the massing proportions of the structure appears to
dominate or blend in with the surrounding environment.
2). Shadow impact, whether or not the proposed tower will cast shadows that would prevent
the reasonable use or enjoyment of surrounding properties.
b. Design of the tower, with particular reference to design characteristics that have the effect of
reducing or eliminating visual obtrusiveness.
c. Proximity of the tower to residential structures and residential district boundaries.
d. Economic impact on adjacent and nearby properties.
Page 233 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 29 of 35
e. Proposed ingress and egress.
f. Availability of suitable alternatives and/or existing support structures.
g. All the information submitted as part of the site plan.
78. Abandonment.
Any wireless telecommunications facility WTF that is not operated for a continuous period of twelve
(12) months shall be considered abandoned, and the owner of such the facility shall remove same
within sixty (60) days of receipt of notice from the City notifying the owner of such abandonment. If
such facility is not removed within said sixty (60) days, the City may remove such facility at the
property owner's expense. If there are two (2) or more users of a single wireless telecommunications
facilityWTF, then this provision shall not become effective until all users cease operations on the tower.
Sec. 6.5. Accessory Uses.
A. Accessory Uses.
Accessory uses are allowed with permitted, established primary structures and uses subject to the following:
1. The use or structure is subordinate to and serves a primary use or principal structure;
2. The accessory use shall be subordinate in area, extent, and purpose to the primary use served;
3. The accessory use shall contribute to the comfort, convenience, or necessity of occupants of the
primary use served;
4. The accessory use shall be located within the same zoning district as the primary use is permitted; and
5. Accessory uses located in residential districts shall not be used for commercial purposes other than
permitted home occupations.
B. Accessory Structures.
1. In combination, all accessory uses shall contain no more square footage than twenty-five (25) percent
of the habitable floor area of the principal structure or four hundred (400) square feet, whichever is
greater. Garage or carport areas devoted to the storage of vehicles shall not be included in the
calculation of the twenty-five (25) percent restriction.
2. No accessory structure shall be erected in any required setback area. Excluded from this requirement is
any portable storage building or structure if the Building Official has determined that it does not
require a building permitBuilding Permit.
3. On lots with approved rear access all setbacks shall be measured from the nearest boundary of the access easement or alley. On all other lots, rear setbacks shall be measured from the rear property line.
In no event shall more than thirty (30) percent of the rear yard area (that portion of the yard between
the rear setback line of the principal structure and the rear property line) be covered with accessory
buildings, structures, or uses.
4. The maximum impervious cover of the lot's applicable zoning district, as defined in the Residential
Dimensional Standards Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of
this UDOSection 5.2 Residential Dimensional Standards, shall not be exceeded by the addition of
accessory uses or structures.
5. The following restrictions shall apply to accessory buildings, structures, or uses other than garages,
carports, and living quarters.
a. A minimum rear setback of fifteen (15) feet; and,
Page 234 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 30 of 35
b. A maximum building eave height of eight (8) feet.
6. Garage and Carports.
Garages and carports in residential zoning districts, including those of a temporary nature, shall have a
minimum rear setback of twenty (20) feet. A minimum side yard setback of twenty (20) feet shall also
be applied when garages and carports, including those of a temporary nature, gain access from a side
street. All other setbacks shall be applied as required in the district in which the structure is located.
The following restrictions shall apply to garages and carports:
a. A minimum rear setback of twenty (20) feet; and,
b. A minimum side street setback of twenty (20) feet is required for garages or carports that face
onto side streets.
7. Living Quarters.
In areas zoned and used for single-family residential use, accessory living quarters are allowed subject
to the following:
a. The property owner resides on-site and uses the subject property as their primary residence.
b. There is a limit of one (1) accessory living quarter per building plot.
c. No more than two (2) unrelated persons live in the accessory living quarters; and
d. One (1) additional off-street parking space is provided for the living quarters.
C. Home Occupation.
A home occupation is an that accessory use of a dwelling that shall constitute all or some portion of the
livelihood of a person or persons living in the dwelling.
1. In-Home In-home Day Care (six (6) or fewer people).
2. Bed and Breakfast.
A bed and breakfast facility shall be considered accessory to a single-family dwelling.
a. No more than four (4) unrelated individuals may occupy the property overnight.
b. The facility must maintain a residential appearance and be the permanent residence of the
proprietor.
c. Limit the number of rooms to four (4) where shared/common bathrooms may be provided.
d. No cooking facilities are permitted in individual rooms.
3. Taxicab Services.
Taxicab services may be permitted as a home occupation provided that no more than two (2)
commercial vehicles associated with a taxicab service are parked or stored on- or off-street at any time.
Per Ordinance No. 3281 (September 9, 2010)
4. Exclusions to Home Occupations.
No home occupation shall be permitted that results in any of the following:
a. Changes the outside appearance of the dwelling;
b. Is visible from the street;
Page 235 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 31 of 35
c. Generates traffic, parking, sewerage, or water use, or wastewater use in excess of what is normal
in the residential neighborhood;
d. Results in the off-street or on-street parking of more than two (2) vehicles at any one (1) time not
owned by members of the occupant family;
e. Creates a hazard to persons or property;
f. Results in electrical interference;
g. Is a nuisance;
h. Results in the any outside storage or display; or
i. Includes employment within the home or on the premise of persons other than members of the
occupant's family.
5. Prohibited Home Occupations.
The following are prohibited as home occupations:
a. Barber, beauty, and other personal service shops;
b. Animal care facilitieshospitals, stables, or kennels;
c. Dance studios, or schools;
d. Mortuaries;
e. Private clubs;
f. Repair shops;
g. Restaurants;
h. Automobile paint or repair shops;
i. Doctor, dentist, veterinarian, or other medically related offices; or
j. Rooming/boarding houseBoarding House.
D. Recycling Facilities - Small.
1. Single-Single Feed Reverse Vending Machines.
Single-Single feed reverse vending machines may be located with a permit either in the interior or
immediate exterior of commercial, industrial, or public facilities.
2. Small Collection Facilities.
Small collection facilities may be permitted when established on an improved surface in conjunction
with an existing commercial or industrial use or public facility. The host facility must comply be in
compliance with all City codes. No facility may occupy more than five hundred (500) square feet, nor
occupy more than five (5) parking spaces of the host site. All vehicular and pedestrian circulation aisles
shall be unobstructed.
a. Setbacks.
Each facility shall be set back at least ten (10) feet from any right-of-way line when located in
front of the host use. Side, side street, and rear setbacks established for commercial uses shall be
maintained.
Containers intended for twenty-four-hour donation of materials shall be a minimum of forty (40)
feet from property zoned or developed for residential use. Attended facilities within one
Page 236 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 32 of 35
hundred (100) feet of residentially -zoned or developed property shall operate between the
hours of 9:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m.
b. Landscaping.
A small collection facility shall not be placed on the host site in such a manner as to impair the
landscaping required for the subject site.
c. Parking.
One (1) space will be required if an attendant is provided. Occupation of parking spaces by the
collection facility and attendant shall not reduce available parking spaces below the minimum
number required by ordinance for the host site.
d. Noise.
Noise levels shall not exceed sixty (60) dBA as measured at the property line of residentially -
zoned or developed property, ; otherwise, noise levels shall not exceed seventy (70) dBA.
e. Signage.
Each container must be clearly labeled with a sign, limited to one (1) per container and no larger
than twenty (20) percent of the side upon which the sign is placed, to provide information about
pertaining to the type of material to be collected within the container, and the name and
telephone number of a person responsible for maintenance who may be contacted at all times.
E. Portable Storage Structures.
1. General Provisions.
a. A permit shall be obtained prior to placing a portable storage Portable Storage container on the
property unless otherwise exempted herein.
b. The following are exempt from the requirements of this Section:
1). Property with an active building or development permit.
2). Properties zoned M-2, Heavy Industrial or BPI Business Park Industrial. M-2 Heavy
Industrial and BPI Business Park Industrial that abut residential zoning districts or uses shall
comply with this exemption.
3). Sites in which storage containers constitute a principal use, as determined by the
Administrator.
4). Containers that receive site plan approval as per the 3.b, Development of a Permanent
Storage Container Area Subsection below, of this Section.
c. Placing material on top of, or the vertical stacking of, portable storage Portable Storage
containers is prohibited.
d. Permits shall be posted on the storage container. If a container is replaced by another during the
permit period, the permit shall be removed and placed on the newly placed container. If the
container is visible from a right-of-way, then the permit shall be posted visibly from in view of the
right-of-way.
e. Storage containers shall be placed outside of the right-of-way and the sight triangle as
established in the Visibility at Intersections in all Districts Subsection of the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDOApp. A, § 7.2 C., Visibility at
Intersections in all Districts.
Page 237 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 33 of 35
f. Storage containers shall be placed on an improved surface as specified in the Surfacing
Subsection of the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDOApp. A, § 7.3 F., Off-Street Parking Standards, Surfacing.
g. In the event of a natural disaster or of extenuating circumstance, the Administrator may grant
that a permit be extended up to thirty (30) additional days.
h. An application for a permit for of a storage container shall be accompanied by a fee as
established from time-to-time by a resolution of the City Council.
2. Additional Provision for Residential Property.
a. No more than one (1) portable storage Portable Storage container shall be allowed at a time per
dwelling unit.
b. A permit is not required for the first fourteen (14) days a storage container is located on
residential property. An extension for up to an additional fourteen (14) days may be obtained
through an approved permit. A storage container shall not be located on residential property for
longer than twenty-eight (28) days.
c. No more than two (2) permits may be issued to a dwelling unit per calendar year and there shall
be a minimum of thirty (30) days between issuance of permits.
d. No storage container shall exceed a height of eight (8) feet, a width of eight (8) feet, or a floor
area of one hundred thirty (130) square feet.
e. Storage containers may be screened from view of the right-of-way and adjacent properties
instead of being placed on an improved surface.
3. Additional Provisions for Non-Residential Property.
a. Temporary Placement.
1). Each address shall be allowed one (1) storage container. Additional storage containers are
permissible provided that all containers do not utilize the area of more than five (5)
percent of the existing parking spaces, or sixteen (16) spaces, whichever is smaller.
2). Storage container(s) shall not be allowed more than three (3) separate time periods per
calendar year and there shall be a minimum of thirty (30) days between the issuance of
permits.
3). A permit shall remain valid for a maximum of forty-five (45) days. If multiple permits are
allowed, as per 3.a.1 above, all containers must be removed within forty-five (45) days of
the date of the initial permit is issued.
4). Storage containers shall not be placed in the front yard of a site, adjacent to right-of-way,
or interfere with on-site traffic flow. If rear or side yard placement is not possible, the
alternate location shall be approved by the Administrator.
5). Storage containers shall meet front and side street setbacks as stated in the Non-
Residential Dimensional Standards Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and
Supplemental Standards of this UDOSection 5.4, Non-Residential Dimensional Standards.
Storage containers shall also meet side and/or rear setbacks when the property line abuts a
residential use.
b. Development of a Permanent Storage Container Area.
Page 238 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 34 of 35
1). In lieu of a permit, site plan approval identifying the location of an area to be used for the
placement of storage container(s) for an indefinite period shall be obtained prior to placing
container(s) on the property.
2). Storage container(s) shall be screened from view when visible from a right-of-way or
adjacent property. If required, screening shall be accomplished by landscaping and an
eight-foot wooden fence or wall.
3). Additional parking shall be provided based on the square footage of the screened area for
the container(s) according to the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDOSection 7.3, Off-Street Parking Standards.
Per Ordinance No. 3253 (June 24, 2010)
Sec. 6.6. Temporary Uses.
Temporary usesUses, as set forth below, are declared to have characteristics that which require certain controls in
order to ensure insure compatibility with other uses in the district within which they are proposed for location.
A. Particular Temporary Uses Permitted.
1. Garage salesSales;
2. Indoor and outdoor art and craft shows, exhibits, and sales;
3. Sales of Christmas trees or other seasonal goods;
4. Religious revival tents;
5. Temporary buildings and equipment for uses incidental to construction work on premises in any zone
that but shall be removed upon the completion or abandonment of construction work. None shall be
located on any public street or public right-of-way at any time during construction;
6. Temporary facilities for manufacturing concrete or concrete products may be located in all zoning
districts where they are directly associated with construction in the area. Retail sales of concrete
products shall be prohibited in conjunction with temporary concrete plants. The production site must
be returned to its pre-construction state following the completion of the associated project; and.
7. Farmers' markets complying with the following requirements:Markets.
a. Temporary outdoor sales of products in an unrefined state, by a State Certified Farmers' Market
may be operated for a maximum of two (2) days per week and are permitted on:
1) Public properties, with locations approved by the Administrator, and
2) Private property in zoning districts that allow for retail sales as a permitted use.
b. The market Market must be located within a paved parking lot, and shall not utilize more than
ten (10) percent of the required number of parking spaces on private property. The market
Market may not be located within drive aisles, fire lanes, or parking setbacks, and in no case shall
the market be located within the public right-of-way.
c. The market Market must comply with the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDOSection 7.5 Signs. Attached signs advertising the marketMarket, or any
products for sale, must be securely attached to the sales area. Temporary freestanding signs and
commercial bannersFreestanding Signs and Commercial Banners, as described in the Signs
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDOSection 7.5 Signs, are not
permitted.
Page 239 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 35 of 35
d. The market Market shall have the approval of the City of College Station prior to location or sales.
B. Temporary Residential Sales Offices and Model Homes.
The following regulations shall apply to the conduct of temporary residential sales offices and model homes
within residential zoning districts:
1. Temporary residential sales offices and model homes may be located within a residential district as
part of an on-going residential development; however, they shall only be located at the end of a
residential block on the periphery of a subdivision or at the entrance to a subdivision;
2. Any temporary residential sales office or model home shall be removed or converted to a use
permitted within the district when certificates Certificates of occupancy Occupancy have been issued
to ninety-five (95) percent of the associated residential units or when used as a sales office or model
home has ceased; and
3. Model homes for new subdivisions shall only be occupied for residential habitation after all business
activities have ceased and upon the sale of the home.
Page 240 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 7. General Development Standards
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 105
Article 7. General Development Standards
The following general development standards shall apply to all zoning districts, except where expressly stated to
apply to, or exclude, specific districts.
Sec. 7.1. Applicability.
The following general development standards shall apply to all zoning districts, except where expressly stated to
apply to, or exclude, specific districts. The provisions of this Article article shall not apply to property zoned
BioCorridor Planned Development District.
Sec. 7.2. General Provisions.
A. Health and Environmental Safeguards.
No machine, process, or procedure shall be employed on any property in the cityCity, in which:
1. Emission of smoke, dust, or noxious, toxic, or lethal gases are detectable beyond the perimeter of the
property;
2. Materials are stored or accumulated in such a way that they may be carried by rainwater in natural
drainage channels beyond the limits of the property, which are noxious, toxic, radioactive, contain oil
or grease, wood, cellulose fibers, hair, feathers, or plastic, or have a pH factor greater than ten (10) or
less than five (5);
3. Vibration is discernible beyond the property line; or
4. Noise above the ambient noise level is discernible beyond the property line.
B. Minimum Requirements.
1. No building plot shall have lower or less stringent standards or dimensions than those prescribed for
respective zones in this UDO.
2. No building permit or development approval may be issued for a lot that does not meet the minimum
lot area requirements of this UDO except as provided for in Article 9, Nonconformities of this UDO.
3. In the absence of public water or public sewer, no building permit shall be issued until the lot meets all
applicable requirements of this UDO and the Texas Department of Health and Environmental Control.
A septic system that has been approved by the Brazos County Health Department may be permitted if an exception to sewer service has been granted under the Water and Sewer Service Article of Chapter
40, Utilities Section 11-2 of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances, as amended.
4. Utilities using land or an unoccupied building covering less than one thousand (1,000) square feet of
site area shall be exempt from minimum lot area standards.
C. Visibility at Intersections in all Districts.
Within a departure sight triangle as defined by the current latest edition of the American Association of State
Highway and & Transportation Officials' (AASHTO) "A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets",
nothing shall be erected, placed, planted, or allowed to grow in such a manner that would obstruct the
drivers' view at intersections. Sight triangles shall apply to street intersections, commercial driveways, and
Page 241 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 105
multifamily driveways. Obstacles prohibited include but are not limited to: fences, walls, entry signage,
structures, buildings, hedges, etc. However, fences, walls, and/or hedges that do not impair vision from three
(3) feet to nine (9) feet above the curb may be permitted with the approval of the City Engineer. Required
public use facilities such as fire hydrants, traffic signage, utility structures, etc. are exempted.
D. Required Yards (Setbacks).
1. General RequirementsPurpose and Intent.
a. Setbacks are measured from the property line.;
b. On lots with approved rear access, the rear setback shall be measured from the nearest boundary
of the access easement or alley.;
c. No structure that is taller than eight (8) feet in height and that has a roof structure that
completely or partially blocks the view to the sky shall be located within the required setback
area unless specifically allowed herein.;
d. No part of a yard or other open space required in connection with any building, building plot, or
use for the purpose of complying with this UDO, shall be included for any other building, building
plot, or use as part of a yard or open space.; and
e. Where an existing lot was created by an approved plat prior to July 15, 1970, and the property is
designated as Neighborhood Conservation in the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & and
Character Map, a new (infill) single-family dwelling unit shall use the adjacent lots to determine
the appropriate front yard setback. The new dwelling unit shall be set no closer to the street or
farther back from the street than the nearest neighboring units. Areas zoned NPO, Neighborhood
Prevailing Overlay District are exempt from this requirement. Setbacks for areas zoned NCO,
Neighborhood Conservation Overlay are stated in the specific rezoning ordinance for the area.
2. Reduction for Public Purpose.
a. When an existing setback is reduced because of a recent or pending conveyance to a federal,
state, or local government for a public purpose and the remaining setback is at least fifty (50)
percent of the required minimum setback for the district in which it is located, then that
remaining setback will be deemed to satisfy the minimum setback standards of this UDO.
b. For the purposes of this Subsectionsubsection, such conveyance shall have occurred within one
(1) year immediately following proceeding submittal for site plan approval, or be anticipated to
occur within one (1) year of site plan approval.
3. Features Allowed Within Required Yards.
The following features may be located within a required yard but may be subject to additional
regulations applied herein:
a. Trees, shrubbery, or other landscape features, excluding gazebos or other similar structures that
require a building permit;
b. Fences and walls;
c. Driveways;
d. Sidewalks;
e. Utility lines, wires, and associated structures, such as power poles;
f. Mechanical equipment, such as air conditioning units, pool pumps, and similar equipment;
g. Uncovered porchesPorches, uncovered steps to building entrances, and uncovered patio decks;
Page 242 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 105
h. Covered porches Porches that are open on three (3) sides, may extend up to six (6) feet, including
eaves, into any required front or side street setback;
i. Openwork fire balconies and fire escapes may extend up to six (6) feet into any required rear
setback;
j. Sills, belt courses, cornices, buttresses, chimneys, flues, eaves, and other architectural features
may extend up to eighteen (18) inches into any required yard;
k. Balconies or decks located more than eight (8) feet from the ground may project up to six (6) feet
into the required front yard;
l. Accessory structures that do not require building permits;
m. Bus stops that offer shelter from the elements. Such shelters may be located within a front or
side street yard. Shelters may be located within a public right-of-way if a private improvement
Private Improvement in public Public right-of-way permit has been duly issued; and
n. Swimming pools and hot tubs without shelter.
E. More Than One (1) Principal Structure on a Lot or Parcel.
1. In any single-family, duplex, or townhouse, or MH Middle Housing zoning district, including MH Middle
Housing, no more than one (1) structure housing a permitted principal use may be erected on a single
lot or building plot.
2. In all other districts, more than one (1) structure housing a permitted principal use may be erected on a
building plot. Yard and other requirements herein shall apply to the building plot.
F. Fences/Walls.
Fences of wood, chain-link, or similar material, and less than eight (8) feet in height, and walls of brick, stone,
concrete, or similar material, and less than six (6) feet in height, shall not be construed to be structures, nor
shall they require a building permit.
G. Building Plot.
1. Building plot refers to all of the land within an area defined by the Administrator that consists of one
(1) or more platted lots for a single development. Such determination shall be made at the platting
stage or at the time of site plan.
2. In the event that two (2) or more lots are under single ownership and the existing structure does not
meet the required yard setback, both lots shall be construed as the building plot.
3. The Administrator shall determine the building plot using the following criteria:
a. Contiguous properties that consist of less than two (2) acres and have one (1) or fewer frontages
on a street classified as a collector or higher on the current Thoroughfare Plan will be
consolidated and defined as one (1) building plot for the purposes of signage;
b. Contiguous properties that develop according to a common plan or design for similar or
compatible uses, which singularly or in phases, is treated as such for site plan review purposes
including signage; or
c. Contiguous properties that as determined by the Administrator need to be consolidated for ease
of access, reduction of the proliferation of signage along the public right-of-way, or other public
health, safety, or general welfare reasons.
GH. Low-Density Residential Height Protection.
1. Purpose.
Page 243 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 105
The purpose of low-density residential height protection is to help mitigate the negative visual impacts
of higher-density residential and non-residential uses on adjacent, low-density residential uses and
districts. This is accomplished by regulating the height of such higher-density residential or any non-
residential uses when adjacent to low-density residential uses and districts.
2. Applicability.
a. This Subsection subsection shall apply to all multi-family structures, structures with shared
housing Shared Housing uses, and non-residential structures to be constructed or reconstructed
in any way that would increase the building height as defined in the Defined Terms Section of
Article 11, Definitions Section 11.2 Defined Terms of this UDO, on property adjacent to a
detached single-family, manufactured home park, or townhouse use or district.
b. Unless otherwise stated in this UDO, the regulations herein shall not apply to any of the
following:
1). Structures located in any of the NG Northgate design districts, RDD Redevelopment
Districts, or and P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use Development zoning districts;
2). Utility structures such as elevated water storage tanks and electrical transmission lines;
3). Individual architectural structures such as flagpoles, belfries, cupolas, spires, domes,
monuments, chimneys, bulkheads, elevators, or chimney flues; or any other similar
structure extending above the roof of any building where such structure does not occupy
more than thirty-three (33) percent of the surface area of the roof;
4). Residential radio/television receiving antennas;
5). When the detached single- family, manufactured home park, or townhome use on the
adjacent tract is nonconforming;
6). When the use on the adjacent tract is agricultural;
7). Developments designed to be mixed- use or that are within areas where it has been
identified that redevelopment is appropriate, as shown on the Comprehensive Plan Future
Land Use & and Character Map. Such developments at the periphery of the mixed- use area
or area identified as appropriate for redevelopment shall meet the terms of this
SubsectionLow-Density Residential Height Protection, when applicable; or
8). When the developing property and all abutting properties are designated Mixed
Residential on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & and Character Map, regardless
of existing use or zoning. Unless otherwise excepted, the regulations herein shall apply to
properties at the periphery of the Mixed Residential land use designation.
3. Slope Requirement.
a. Multi-family and Multiplex multiplex structures, structures with shared housing Shared Housing
uses, and non-residential structures shall not be taller than fifty (50) percent of the linear
distance from the property line that is shared with a single-family, manufactured home park, or
townhouse use or district remain under an imaginary line formed by a 1:2 slope as illustrated by
the inclined plane in the graphic below, where 'A' is located at the property line shared with a
detached single-family, manufactured home park or townhouse use or district.
When the adjacent lot is one dedicated by plat for detention or open area and is not buildable
for a detached single-family house, manufactured home, residential amenity townhouse, or
townhousemanufactured home or residential amenity, the measurement shall be taken from the
closest property line shared with a buildable detached single-family, manufactured
hometownhouse, or townhouse manufactured home lot.
Page 244 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 105
Example of Low-Density Residential Height Protection
b. In addition to the height limitations set forth above in this subsection, the following additional
height limitations apply in WC Wellborn Commercial zoning:
1). No building may exceed two (2) stories;
2). Maximum eave height shall be twenty-four (24) feet;
3). Maximum overall height to the peak of the roof shall be thirty-five (35) feet;
4). Any structure with an eave height over fifteen (15) feet will be constructed to resemble a
two (2) -story facade;
5). Buildings located closest to detached single-family, manufactured home park, or
townhouse use or district and that are within fifty (50) feet of the property line are limited
to one (1) -story in height with an eave maximum of twelve (12) feet; and
6). An eave maximum of fourteen (14) feet in height is permitted when mechanical equipment
is housed within a mezzanine.
HI. Public Address Systems.
Public address systems Address Systems shall not be audible to an adjacent residential uses.
IJ. Bicycle Facilities.
1. Number Required.
a. For sites subject to the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section below of this UDO except
for Mini-Warehouse/Self-Storage, Industrial and Manufacturing land uses, and property located
in the Rural Zoning District, the . The number of bicycle parking spaces shall be as set forth in the
chart below (Figure 1) and in any event no less than two (2) bicycle parking spaces must be
provided.
b. Bicycle Parking Requirements: The number of bicycle parking spaces shall be based on the
required automobile parking spaces and shall be provided in accordance with the following.
Page 245 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 105
Number of Required Bicycle Parking Spaces
c. Notwithstanding the above, in multi-tenant buildings over in excess of twenty thousand (20,000)
gross square feet, one (1) or more facilities capable of storing eight (8) bicycles shall be provided
at a minimum.
d. In MU Mixed-Use districts, bicycle storage facilities shall be provided at a rate [of] one (1) bicycle
for every fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet of non-residential uses, and one (1) bicycle for
every two (2) dwelling units.
e. Refer to the Alternative Parking Plan Subsection of the Off-Street Parking Standards Section
below for the potential to substitute additional bicycle facilities for vehicular parking.
2. Placement and Design.
a. Facilities shall be separated from motor vehicle parking to protect both bicycles and vehicles
from accidental damage and shall be sufficiently separated from building or other walls,
landscaping, or other features to allow for ease and encouragement of use. This separation shall
be a minimum of three (3) feet.
b. Bicycle Corrals: In areas with limited sidewalk space and frequent bicycle activity, bicycle parking
may be provided in bicycle corrals "bike corrals" located in the vehicular parking area adjacent to
a curb. The design Design will be considered as the context dictates as approved by the
Administrator. Bicycle corrals shall be designed to distinguish and define the parking stall they
inhabit for visibility and safety purposes. The corral should be well defined, such as generally
surrounded by a painted white box on the pavement with flexible vertical delineators and a
wheel stop where vehicles in adjacent parking spots might back into the corral. See the example
image below:
Example of a Bicycle Corral
c. Where bicycle facilities are provided for two (2) bicycles, a standard footprint that which is at
least four (4) feet wide by six (6) feet long shall be used.
Page 246 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 105
Fig. 2: Examples of Bicycle Parking Footprint and Dimensions
d. Facilities shall be placed in clearly designated, safe, and convenient locations and such that no
primary building entrance is further than one hundred fifty (150) feet from a bicycle facility.
e. Bicycles may be permitted on sidewalks or other paved surfaces provided that the bicycles do not
block or interfere with pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
f. Bicycle facilities shall be constructed so as to enable the user to secure a bicycle by locking the
frame and one (1) wheel of each bicycle parked therein. Facilities must be easily usable with both
U-locks and cable locks and support the bicycle frame at two (2) points. Facilities shall be
anchored securely to the ground.
JK. Pedestrian Facilities.
1. In SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial districts, pedestrian connections adjacent to
residential areas shall be provided as determined by the Administrator so as to enhance pedestrian,
and bicycle mobility, and connectivity.
2. In MU Mixed-Use districts, sidewalks that are a minimum of eight (8) feet foot wide sidewalks shall be
provided along all public rights-of-way, streets, and public ways adjacent to and within the
development.
3. For sites subject to the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section below of this UDO except for
MU Mixed-Use districts:
Page 247 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 105
a. Public entry façades of retail buildings that exceed two hundred (200) feet in horizontal length
shall place a minimum ten (10) foot sidewalk along the full frontage of its public entry façade.
Tree wells and planter boxes may be placed along this walkway and in a manner that does not
obstruct pedestrian movement. Bike parking facilities are allowed in this area. Vehicular parking
or cart storage is prohibited. Outside display is allowed but only if it does not occupy more than
thirty (30) percent of this area and meets the requirements of the Outside Storage and Display
Section below.
b. A site or sites that are part of a building plot over in excess of ten (10) acres shall provide
designated connections among primary buildings and pad sites for pedestrian and bicycle traffic.
Locations for sidewalks and bicycle parking facilities shall be provided and shown on the site plan.
Pedestrian walkways may be incorporated into the landscape strips separating parking areas only
if the strip is ten (10) feet in width. Pedestrian walkways shall be a minimum of five (5) feet wide
and shall connect public street sidewalks, transit stops, parking areas, and other buildings in a
design that ensures safe pedestrian use.
c. A site or sites that are part of a building plot over in excess of ten (10) acres shall provide one (1)
plaza developed as an integral part of the development and not less than five hundred (500)
square feet in area. This area shall not count toward the required parking islands or area
requirements of a parking concept as described in the Large Parking Lots Section. This area shall
incorporate a minimum of three (3) of the following:
1). Seating components;
2). Structural or vegetative shading; *
3). Water features; *
4). Decorative landscape planters; *
5). Public art; Art*
6). Outdoor eating accommodations; or
7). Hardscape elements at entrances and within the parking area such as decorative pavers,
low masonry walls, clock towers, etc.
* These public areas may be located within the parking landscape areas.
Sec. 7.3. Off-Street Parking Standards.
A. Purpose.
The purpose of this Section is to establish the guidelines for off-street parking areas consistent with the
proposed land use to:
1. Reduce the occurrence of non-resident on-street parking in adjoining neighborhoods;
2. Avoid the traffic congestion and public safety hazards caused by a failure to provide such parking areas;
3. Expedite the movement of traffic on public thoroughfares in a safe manner, thus increasing the
carrying capacity of the streets and reducing the amount of land required for streets, thereby lowering
the cost to both the property owner and the City; and
4. Provide flexibility and parking alternatives for developing and redeveloping properties to increase their
viability.
B. Off-Street Parking Spaces Required.
Page 248 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 105
1. In all districts, for all uses, at the time any building or structure is erected, enlarged, or increased in
capacity, or at any time any other use is established, there shall be off-street parking spaces provided
for motor vehicles in accordance with the requirements specified herein, except as noted below.
Exception:
a. In all single-family residential and townhouse uses, at the time of construction, redevelopment,
or when an addition to the number of existing bedrooms is completed there shall be off-street
parking spaces provided for motor vehicles in accordance with the requirements specified herein.
2. Where off-street parking facilities are provided in excess of the minimum amounts specified by this
Section, or when off-street parking facilities are provided but not required, said off-street parking
facilities shall comply with the minimum requirements for parking and maneuvering space as specified
in this Section.
3. It shall be unlawful to discontinue or dispense with, or cause the discontinuance or reduction of, the
required parking facilities apart from the discontinuance of the building, use, or structure without
establishing alternative off-street parking facilities that meet these requirements.
C. Dimensions, Access, and Location.
This Section applies to any development or redevelopment of uses other than single-family residential,
duplexes, or townhouses unless otherwise noted.
1. Each off-street parking space for automobiles shall have an area of not less than nine (9) feet by twenty
(20) feet and each stall shall be striped. This standard shall apply for off-street parking for all uses
including single-family residential, duplexes, and townhouses. Single-family residential and townhouses
are not required to stripe parking spaces.
2. For properties designated as a Redevelopment Area on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & and
Character Map, a new single-family structure may locate its parking, including both required and
additional parking in the areas described below:
a. Anywhere on the lot behind the structure with no limit on the size of the area;
b. Anywhere in the side yards of the lot with no limit on the size of the area; and
c. An area located in front of the structure not to exceed a size equivalent to fifty (50) percent of
the front portion of the property. The front portion of the property is the area of the lot within
the side lot lines, the front setback, and the public right-of-way line (see graphic below). The
square footage of parking allowed by this calculation may be located within or outside the
boundary of the area used for calculations (see graphic below). The portion of the driveway
located between the front property line and the structure shall be included in the maximum
parking area square footage.
Page 249 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 105
Allowable Location for Parking in a Redevelopment AreaREDEVELOPMENT AREA - ALLOWABLE LOCATION FOR
PARKING
3. For all detached single-family uses other than as set forth in subsection 2 above, at the time of
construction, reconstruction, or addition to the number of existing bedrooms, parking shall be located
in the areas described below:
a. Anywhere on the lot behind the structure with no limit on the size of the area. Parking located
behind the structure shall be screened by a solid hedge wall, fence, or wall, at least six (6) feet in
height. All solid hedge walls shall be one -hundred (100) percent opaque. All shrubs planted for a
hedge wall shall be a minimum of fifteen (15) gallons each and evergreen;
b. Anywhere in the side yards of the lot with no limit on the size of the area; and,
c. Any area located in front of the primary structure not to exceed a size equivalent to fifty (50)
percent of the front area. The front area is defined as the area of the lot within the side lot lines,
Page 250 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 105
the front plane of the primary structure and the public right-of-way (see graphic below). The
driveway area shall be included in this calculation.
Allowable Location for Parking for Detached Single-Family UsesDETACHED SINGLE-FAMILY USES - ALLOWABLE
LOCATION FOR PARKING
4. When existing detached single-family parking is expanded in front of the structure, it shall not exceed a
size equivalent to fifty (50) percent of the front area as described above.
5. In the MH Middle Housing zoning district, single-family, townhouses, and live-work units Live-Work
Units may locate parking in front of the structure as long as three or fewer parking spaces are required,
and the parking area does not exceed a size equivalent of fifty (50) percent of the front area as
described above.
Page 251 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 105
6. In the MH Middle Housing zoning district, courtyard housesCourtyard Houses, duplexes, and
multiplexes Multiplexes shall locate parking between the rear plane of the primary structure and the
rear property line.
7. An eighteen (18) -foot paved space (ninety (90) -degree only) may be utilized where the space abuts a
landscaped island with a minimum depth of four (4) feet. An eighteen (18) -foot space may also be
used when adjacent to a sidewalk provided that the minimum width of the sidewalk is six (6) feet. This
standard shall also apply to off-street parking for single-family residential, duplexes, and townhouses.
8. The width of an alley may be assumed to be a portion of the maneuvering space requirement for off-
street parking facilities located adjacent to a public alley. This standard shall apply for off-street parking
for all uses including single-family residential, duplexes, townhouses, and small Small and medium
multiplexesMedium Multiplexes.
9. Each parking space intended for use by the handicapped shall be designed in accordance with the
standards of the Texas Architectural Barriers Act (TABA) administered by the Texas Department of
License and Regulation.
10. Each parking space and the maneuvering area thereto shall be located entirely within the boundaries
of the building plot except where shared parking is approved by the City.
11. All parking spaces, aisles, and modules shall meet the minimum requirements, as shown in the
following table. All dimensions are measured from face of curb to face of curb or wall to wall.
Parking Space and Aisle Dimensions GraphicPARKING SPACE AND AISLE DIMENSIONS
Parking Space and Aisle Dimensions
A B C D
E F
Page 252 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 105
A – Angle
(degrees)
B – Width
of stall
C – Depth
of stall 90°
to aisle
D – Width of aisle E - Width
of stall
parallel to aisle
F – Module width
One way Two way One way Two way
0° 22’ feet 10’ feet 12’.0 feet 20’.0 feet 22’.0 feet 22’.0 feet 40’.0 feet
45° 9’ feet 21.1’ feet 12’.0 feet 20’.0 feet 12.7’ feet 54.2’ feet 62.2’ feet
60° 9’ feet 22.3’ feet 15’.0 feet 22’.0 feet 10.4’ feet 59.6’ feet 66.3’ feet
90° 9’ feet 20’.0 feet 23’.0 feet 23’.0 feet 9’.0 feet 63’.0 feet 63’.0 feet
12. Parking lots located within fifteen (15) feet of a public right-of-way shall have a maximum of seven (7)
contiguous spaces separated by an eighteen (18)- by twenty (20) -foot landscaped island.
13. All parking lots and drive aisles shall be setback a minimum of six (6) feet from any public right-of-way
or public way. In sites subject to the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section belowof this UDO,
where parking or drive aisles are located between the building and the public right-of-way or public
way, there shall be a minimum setback of ten (10) feet from the public right-of-way or public way to
the parking area or drive aisle.
14. In SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial districts, parking shall not be located
between the structure and an adjacent single-family use or zoning district. Drive aisles and service
aisles shall be permitted between the structures and an adjacent single-family use or zoning district.
15. Parking is discouraged along entrance drives and should be limited on major circulation aisles of large
developments and major retail centers.
Page 253 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 105
16. The Design Review Board may waive parking lot dimension requirements in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek
Northgate and NG Northgate Wolf Pen Creek districts if the development meets the goals of the
master plan for the respective district.
D. Landscape Islands.
1. End Islands.
a. A raised island, encompassing not less than one hundred eighty (180) square feet in area, shall be
located at both ends of every interior and peripheral parking row, regardless of the length of the
row. End islands may have sidewalks through them. Examples of interior and peripheral parking
are shown in the figure below.
Landscaped End Islands Graphic
b. All end islands must be raised at least six (6) inches and curbed, with the majority of the area of
each island planted or treated with enhanced paving. The soil within the planted area shall not be
compacted or stabilized and shall be contiguous with the soil at the natural grade.
2. Interior Islands.
a. All interior islands shall be evenly distributed throughout the interior of the parking area.
b. For every fifteen (15) interior parking spaces, one hundred eighty (180) square feet of
landscaping must be provided somewhere in the interior rows of the parking lot. Interior island
areas may be grouped and configured as desired provided that circulation aisles remain clear,
and the minimum island area is not less than one hundred eighty (180) square feet. Interior
islands may have sidewalks through them.
c. In the MH Middle Housing zoning district, for every five (5) parking spaces located off alleys or in
shared parking areas, ninety (90) square feet of landscaping must be provided somewhere along
the parking row in a raised interior island. Islands should be spaced evenly along the property, or
properties, that have a shared parking agreement. Interior islands may have sidewalks through
them. These sidewalks shall count as part of the landscaping.
Page 254 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 105
c. End island areas that exceed the minimum required may be counted toward the interior parking
island requirement.
d. All interior islands must be raised at least six (6) inches and curbed, with the majority of the area
of each island planted or treated with enhanced paving. The soil within the planted area shall not
be compacted or stabilized and shall be contiguous with the soil at the natural grade.
E. Requirements Apply to All Parking Areas.
Every parcel of land hereafter used as a public parking area, including commercial parking lots, visitor parking
areas for single-family and townhouse uses, and parcels used for open-air sales lots, shall be developed and
maintained in accordance with the requirements in this Section and as described in the City of College
Station Site Design Standards. The requirements in this Section do not apply to overflow parking for
churches, nor to temporary overflow parking for City events and temporary parking for special events.
F. Surfacing.
1. General.
All surfacing of off-street parking areas shall be constructed of either asphalt or concrete as described
in the City of College Station Site Design Standards. Alternatives to the standards may be approved by
the Administrator if it is demonstrated that the materials and design are equal or superior to the
requirements in the Standards. All off-street parking areas shall be graded to drain and be maintained
so as to dispose of surface water accumulated within the area. Parking spaces shall be arranged and
marked so as to provide for orderly and safe parking of vehicles.
2. Non-Public, All-Weather Drive Surfaces.
Temporary or permanent drive surfaces required for emergency access or turnaround for emergency
vehicles must be constructed to function under all weather conditions. To accommodate a project
during construction, phasing, or permanent installation, drive surfaces that do not meet the
requirements for permanent pavement surfaces may be allowed at the discretion of the Administrator
for the specific conditions stated below:
a. Temporary All-Weather Surface (During Construction).
A structure under construction must be accessible by an all-weather drive surface as specified in
the City of College Station Site Design Standards. This temporary all-weather surface must be
reworked or replaced to meet the permanent pavement standard as described in the City of
College Station Site Design Standards prior to the issuance of a certificate Certificate of
occupancyOccupancy.;
b. Semi-Permanent All-Weather Surface (During Phasing).
During the In cases during phasing of a large project, emergency access points and turnarounds
often must be added as a temporary measure until additional phases are constructed. These
emergency access areas may consist of permanent pavement surfaces as specified in the City of
College Station Site Design Standards. When the additional phase is constructed, these areas
must be removed or reworked to meet the permanent pavement standards as described in the
City of College Station Site Design Standards.;
c. Permanent Surfaces.
1) All-Weather Surface (Permanent).
In some development scenarios, an emergency access point or turnaround must be
constructed to meet emergency access purposes and is not required for public traffic,
service vehicles or sanitation vehicles. In these cases, the area required for emergency
Page 255 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 105
access only may meet the permanent pavement standards as specified in the City of
College Station Site Design Standards.
2) Permeable Surface.
(a) The use of porous materials (such as permeable concrete and pavers) to mitigate
storm water sheeting and pooling of water may be used in off-street parking areas if
the material meets vehicular loading standards and is approved by the Administrator.
(b) Fire lanes may be constructed of porous materials such as permeable concrete and
pavers to mitigate storm water sheeting and pooling of water, so long as it is
demonstrated that the permeable surface can obtain sufficient land and compaction
ratings for its application as approved by the City of College Station Fire and Solid
Waste Sanitation Departments.
(c) Single-family and townhouse visitor parking areas, as required in Single-Family
Residential Parking Requirements for Platting Subsection below, may also be
constructed of porous materials such as permeable concrete and pavers to mitigate
storm water sheeting and pooling of water.
(d) Permeable surfaces approved as provided above shall be maintained in accordance
with industry standards and to achieve mitigation of storm water sheeting and
pooling of water. Failure to maintain permeable surfaces as required herein, shall
constitute a violation of this Section of the UDO for which penalty provisions may be
involved.
G. Curbing Required.
1. General.
The perimeter of all paved surfaces shall be curbed as described in the City of College Station Site
Design Standards. Unless otherwise required by pursuant of this Section, curbs may be omitted where
drive aisles or parking spaces are located adjacent to a building if bollards or other protective devices
are installed to protect pedestrian areas. Alternatives to the standards may be approved by the
Administrator if it is demonstrated that the materials and design are equal or superior to the
requirements in the Standards.
2. Temporary Curbing.
A temporary curb may be permitted in lieu of the minimum standard stated in the City of College
Station Site Design Standards, at the discretion of the Administrator, when a project is phased in such a
way that a permanent, monolithic curb may preclude the development of future phases or limit access
to a recorded private or public access easement adjoining properties. Wheel stops shall not be
permitted as a temporary curbing. Temporary curbing must have the appearance of permanent
curbing and shall be temporarily attached to the pavement surfacing below and meet the minimum
standards for dowelled-in curbs as described in the City of College Station Site Design Standards.
H. Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces Required.
In computing the number of parking spaces required, the following rules shall govern:
1. Parking requirements based on square footage shall be based upon the gross floor area, unless
otherwise stated. Service areas such as mechanical rooms, restrooms, and closets shall be included in
the calculation of "gross floor area" for determining required parking spaces;
2. Where fractional spaces result in computing required parking spaces, the required number of spaces
must be increased to the nearest whole number. At least one (1) parking space must be provided
unless otherwise specified in this UDO;
Page 256 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 105
3. The parking space requirements for a use not specifically listed shall be the same as those for the most
similar to the proposed use, as determined by the Administrator;
4. Whenever a building or use constructed or established after the effective date of this UDO is changed
or enlarged in floor area, number of employees, number of dwelling units, seating capacity, or
otherwise, parking requirements shall be met on the basis of the enlargement or change. Whenever a
building or use existing prior to the effective date of this UDO is enlarged, the enlarged building or
increased use shall then and thereafter comply with the parking requirements set forth herein;
5. At the time of construction, redevelopment, or when an addition to the number of existing bedrooms
is completed, all single-family and townhouse uses shall come into compliance with the minimum off-
street parking requirements. Garages that meet minimum dimensional standards may be counted
towards parking requirements;
6. Where requirements are established on the basis of the number of seats, such requirements shall be
based on the seating capacity as determined by the Building Official;
7. Where a manufacturing/industrial use has more than one (1) working shift of employees, parking shall
be provided to accommodate overlap requirements during transition periods; and
8. The Design Review Board may waive parking space requirements in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Northgate
and NG Northgate Wolf Pen Creek districts if the development meets the goals of the master plan for
the respective district.
MINIMUM OFF-STREET PARKING REQUIREMENTS
Use Unit Spaces/Unit Plus Spaces
For:
Assisted
Living/Residential Care
Facility
As determined by the Administrator*****
Airport As determined by the Administrator*****
Banks 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Bowling Alley As Determined by the Administrator*****
Bus Depot As Determined by the Administrator*****
Car Wash (Self-Serve) Wash Bay 1.0 1.0 space per
vacuum bay
Church Seat 0.33*
Convalescent
Home/Hospital
Bed 0.5
Courtyard House BR 1.0
Minimum of 2,
Maximum of 4
Duplex/Split-Lot Duplex BR 1.0
Dormitory Bed 0.75
Page 257 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 105
Day Care Center 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Fraternal Lodge 75 s.f. Floor area over 150 s.f.:
1.0
Fraternity/Sorority
House
Person 1.0 1/30 s.f.
meeting
room
Freight Station As Determined by the Administrator*****
Funeral Parlor Seat 0.33
Furniture Sales,
Freestanding
350 s.f. Floor area over 700 s.f.:
1.0
Golf Driving Range Tee Station 1.0
Health Club/Sports
Facility
As Determined by the Administrator*****
Gasoline and Fuel Service 300 s.f. 1.0
Group Housing BR 2.0 As
Determined
by the
Administrator
Health Studio 150 s.f. Floor area over 300 s.f.:
1.0
Hospital As Determined by the Administrator*****
Hotel/Motel DU 1.0 1/200 s.f.
meeting
room
HUD-Code Manu. Home DU 2.0
Laundry 150 s.f. Floor area over 300 s.f.:
1.0
Live-Work Unit 250 s.f. of
non-
residential
portion of
structure
Floor area over 250 s.f.:
1.0
1/BR,
Residential
DU
Motor Vehicle
Sales/Service:
Office/Sales Area 250 s.f. 1.0
Service Area 200 s.f. 1.0
Page 258 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 105
Medical or Dental Clinic
< 20,000 s.f. 200 s.f. Floor area over 400 s.f.:
1.0
Mixed-Use Structure**** 250 s.f. of
non-
residential
portion of
structure
Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
1/BR,
including
residential
DU and
hotel/motel
DU
Multi-Family Dwelling:
1 Bedroom BR 1.5
2+ Bedroom BR 1.0
Multiplex BR 1.0
Night Club 50 s.f. 1.0
Office Building 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Personal Service Shop 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Priv. School or Comm.
Studio
100 s.f. Floor area over 200 s.f.:
1.0
Retail Sales & Service:
GC, SC, WC, C-3 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
CI 350 s.f. Floor area over 700 s.f.:
1.0
Restaurant (w/o drive-
through)
65 s.f. Floor area over 130 s.f.:
1.0
Restaurant (w/drive-
through)
100 s.f. Floor area over 200 s.f.:
1.0
Rooming/Boarding
House
Person 1.0
Sales Display 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Shared Housing Rooms at
least 70 s.f. in
area,
excluding a
1.0
Page 259 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 105
kitchen, a
living room,
and a laundry
room. The
Administrator
may also
exclude
additional
rooms, but
not below
the number
of BRs.
Single-Family Dwelling*** BR 1.0***
Minimum of 2, Maximum
of 4
1.0/Accessory
Living
Quarter
Single-Unit Dwelling BR 1.0
Shopping Center** :
GC, SC, WC, C-3 250 s.f. 1.0
CI 350 s.f. 1.0
Townhouse*** BR 1.0***
Minimum of 2, Maximum
of 4
Theater Seat 0.25
Truck Terminal As Determined by the Administrator*****
Two-Dwelling Unit BR 1.0
Veterinary Clinic 300 s.f. Floor area over 600 s.f.:
1.0
Warehouse 1,000 s.f. 1.0
"s.f." = square footage. "DU" = Dwelling Unit. "BR" = Bedroom.
* Overflow parking above required parking spaces may be grassed rather than paved. All unpaved spaces shall be
shown on site plan and organized for efficient traffic circulation using wheel stops and other appropriate
measures as required by the Administrator.
** The minimum number of parking spaces for a shopping center shall be calculated at a rate of 1:250 in GC SC,
or WC, and 1:350 in CI regardless of the composing uses unless otherwise determined by the Administrator
that such composing uses require a modification to the applicable requirements.
*** For areas designated Neighborhood Conservation on the Comprehensive Plan's Future Land Use and
Character Map there shall be no maximum number of parking spaces.
Page 260 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 105
**** Mixed-Use structures in the MU Mixed-Use and MF Multi-Family districts.
***** When determining the required off-street parking requirements for the uses noted above, the
Administrator shall consider the anticipated traffic demand, traffic circulation, and surrounding conditions.
The Administrator may also consider information provided by the applicant that demonstrates the proposed
number of off-street parking spaces is adequate for the proposed use and has been successfully employed in
other locations.
I. Drive-Thru Through Facility Queuing Requirements.
1. Minimum Number of Spaces.
Drive-thru through queuing spaces shall be provided as indicated in the following table:
Minimum Off-Street Queuing Requirements
Activity Type Minimum
Spaces
Measure From
Automated Teller Machine 3 Teller
Bank Teller Lane 4 Teller or Window
Car Wash Stall, Automatic 4 Service Position
Car Wash Stall, Self-Service 3 Service Position
Dry Cleaning cleaning or Laundry 2 Window
Oil -Change Station 3 Service Position
Photo Lab 4 Pick-Up Window
Restaurant Drive-ThruThrough 4 Order Box
Restaurant Drive-ThruThrough 3 Order Box to Pick-Up Window
Other As determined by the Administrator
2. Design and Layout.
Queuing spaces or queuing areas shall be designed in accordance with the following criteria:
a. Queue spaces or queuing areas may not interfere with parking spaces, parking aisles, loading
areas, internal circulation, or driveway access;
b. Each queue space shall consist of a rectangular area not less than ten (10) feet wide and eighteen
and one-half (18.5) feet long with a vertical clearance as specified in the International Building
Code, as adoptedbuilding code;
c. Queue spaces are not interchangeable with parking spaces except for the following uses where
the space providing services may count toward the parking requirement: bank teller, car wash,
and oil-change station;
d. A twelve (12) -foot by-pass lane may be required adjacent to queue lines to allow vehicles an
opportunity to circumvent the drive-thru through activity and exit the site;
e. Queue areas and drive-thru through facilities shall be clearly identified with the appropriate
signing and marking; and
f. Spaces within a car -wash facility or drive-thru through oil -change station may be counted
toward the queuing requirement.
Page 261 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 22 of 105
J. Alternative Parking Plans.
1. Scope.
An alternative parking plan "Alternative Parking Plan" represents a proposal to meet vehicle parking
and transportation access needs by means other than providing parking spaces on-site in accordance
with the ratios established in the Required Parking Section aboveSection 7.3.I, Number of Off-Street
Parking Spaces Required.
2. Applicability.
Applicants who wish to provide fewer or more off-street parking spaces than allowed above shall be
required to secure approval of an alternative parking planAlternative Parking Plan, in accordance with
the standards of this Section. The Administrator may require that an alternative parking plan
Alternative Parking Plan be submitted in cases where the Administrator deems the listed standard to
be inappropriate based on the unique nature of the use or in cases where the applicable standard is
unclear.
3. Contents.
Alternative parking plans Parking Plans shall be submitted in a form established by the Administrator
and made available to the public. At a minimum, such plans shall detail the type of alternative
proposed and the rationale for such a proposal.
4. Review and Approval Procedure.
The Administrator shall be authorized to approve alternative parking plansAlternative Parking Plans.
Appeals of the Administrator's decision may be made to the Planning and Zoning Commission.
5. Recording.
An attested copy of an approved alternative parking plan Alternative Parking Plan shall be submitted to
the Brazos County Clerk's Office office for recordation on forms made available in the Planning and
Department of Development Services Department. Proof of recordation of the agreement shall be
presented to the Administrator prior to the issuance of a building permitBuilding Permit. An approved
alternative parking plan Alternative Parking Plan may be amended by the Administrator.
6. Eligible Alternatives.
Several A number of specific parking and access alternatives are described below. The Administrator
shall, however, be authorized to consider and approve any alternative to providing off-street parking
spaces on the site of the subject development if the applicant demonstrates that the proposed plan
shall result in a better situation with respect to surrounding neighborhoods, City-wide traffic
circulation, and urban design than would strict compliance with otherwise applicable off-street parking
standards.
a. Demand-Based Parking.
When the developer of a non-residential or multi-family development can demonstrate that such
development will require fewer parking spaces than required by the standards of this Section,
the Administrator may permit a reduction in the number of required parking spaces for the
development. Such a reduction in parking spaces shall be justified by the applicant through the
development of a parking study prepared by a professional engineer or transportation planner
and submitted to the Administrator. Single-family, duplex, and townhouse Duplex, townhomes
and single family developments are not eligible for the demand-based parking option.
b. Shared Parking.
Page 262 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 23 of 105
The Administrator may authorize a reduction in the number of required off-street parking spaces
for multiple-use developments or for uses that are located near one another and that have
different peak parking demands or different operating hours. Shared parking shall be subject to
the following standards:
1) Location.
Shared off-street parking spaces shall be located no farther than five hundred (500) feet
from the building site. The Administrator may waive this distance limitation, if adequate
assurances are offered regarding the usability of the shared lot and the principal principle
use (such as the operation of a van or shuttle service, etc.).
2) Zoning Classification.
Shared-parking areas shall be considered accessory uses of principal uses that the parking
spaces are intended to serve. Shared parking areas shall require the same or a more
intensive zoning classification than that required for the most intensive of the uses served
by the shared parking area;
3) Required Study and Analysis.
The applicant shall submit a shared parking analysis to the Administrator that clearly
demonstrates the feasibility of shared parking. The study shall be provided in a form
established by the Administrator and made available to the public. It shall address, at a
minimum, the size and type of the proposed development, the composition of tenants, the
anticipated rate of parking turnover, and the anticipated peak parking and traffic loads for
all uses that shall be sharing off-street parking spaces. The Administrator shall have the
authority to require a revised study and analysis should conditions change that may result
in a change in site parking conditions;
4) Shared Parking Agreement.
A shared parking plan shall be enforced through a written agreement among the owners of
record. An attested copy of the agreement shall be submitted to the Brazos County Clerk's
Office office for recordation on forms made available in the Planning and Department of
Development Services Department. Proof of recordation of the agreement shall be
presented to the Administrator prior to issuance of a building permitBuilding Permit. If a
shared parking agreement is revoked by the parties to the agreement, either off-street
parking must be provided pursuant to this Section or an alternative parking plan
Alternative Parking Plan must be approved by the Administrator; and
5) Revocation.
Failure to comply with the shared parking provisions of this Section shall constitute a
violation of this UDO and shall specifically be cause for the revocation of a certificate
Certificate of occupancy Occupancy or building permitBuilding Permit.
c. Off-Site Parking.
The Administrator may permit all or a portion of the required off-street parking spaces to be
located on a remote and separate lot from the lot on which the principal use is located, subject
to the standards of this Section.
1) Location.
No off-site parking space shall be located more than five hundred (500) feet from the
building site. The Administrator may waive this distance limitation if adequate assurances
Page 263 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 24 of 105
are offered regarding the usability of the off-site lot and the principal principle use (such as
the operation of a van or shuttle service, etc.).
2) Zoning Classification.
Off-site parking areas shall be considered accessory uses of principal uses that the parking
spaces are intended to serve. Off-site parking areas shall require the same or a more
intensive zoning classification than that required for the use served;
3) Off-Site Parking Agreement.
In the event that an off-site parking area is not under the same ownership as the principal
use served, a written agreement among the owners of record shall be required. An
attested copy of the agreement between the owners of record shall be submitted to the
Brazos County Clerk's Office for recordation on forms made available in the Planning and
Development Services Departmentoffice of the Administrator. Proof of recordation of the
agreement shall be presented to the Administrator prior to the issuance of a building
permitBuilding Permit. If an off-site parking agreement is revoked by the parties to the
agreement, either off-street parking must be provided on-site pursuant to this Section, or
an alternative parking plan Alternative Parking Plan must be approved by the
Administrator.
d. Bicycle Parking.
The Administrator may authorize reducing the number of required off-street parking spaces by
up to five (5) percent for developments or uses that make special provisions to accommodate
bicyclists. Examples of accommodations include bicycle lockers, employee shower facilities,
dressing areas for employees, or the provision of bicycle parking spaces above the minimum
requirements provided that adequate accessibility by motor vehicle and bicycle to the subject
site is maintained. For developments that provide bicycle parking spaces above the minimum
requirements, the reduction in automobile parking spaces shall be calculated at a one-to-one
ratio.
Sec. 7.4. Access Management and Circulation.
A. Location of Existing and Planned Multi-Modal Routes.
Any proposed development shall take into account the location of existing and planned multi-modal routes (i.e., bikeways, pedestrian ways, and transit routes) and provide pedestrian and/or vehicular connections to
the route(s) within or adjacent to the development.
B. Easements.
1. Street Access.
No use shall be permitted to take direct access to a street except as allowed in this Section.
a. Local Streets.
All residential uses and associated visitor parking areas may take direct access to local streets.
Residential visitor parking areas may take direct access to local streets via a driveway;, however,
no backing maneuvers onto local streets shall be allowed. Non-residential uses shall not take
direct access to local streets, provided that any lot located within a non-residential subdivision or
any parcel adjacent to a street within a non-residential subdivision may take direct access to the
local street internal to the subdivision, and provided that any corner lot abutting a local street
Page 264 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 25 of 105
and an arterial or collector street or freeway/expressway freeway may take access to the local
street if such access is required by the highway governmental authority having jurisdiction.
b. Minor Collector Streets.
No single-family dwelling, duplex, or townhouse, shall take direct access to minor collector
streets except when permitted by Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDOthe
Subdivision Regulations. Residential visitor parking areas may take direct access to minor
collector streets via a driveway;, however, no backing maneuvers onto local streets shall be
allowed.
c. Major Collector Streets.
No single-family dwelling, duplex, townhouse, or multiplex Multiplex shall take direct access to
major collector streets. Residential visitor parking areas may take direct access to major collector
streets via a driveway;, however, no backing maneuvers onto local streets shall be allowed.
d. Arterial Streets.
No single-family dwelling, duplex, townhouse, or multiplex Multiplex shall take direct access to
arterial streets.
e. Shared Driveways.
The Development Engineer may require a shared driveway at the time of platting, development,
or redevelopment of the affected lots.
When MH Middle Housing lots take access from a public street, one (1) driveway shall be allowed
for every two (2) lots, unless a rear alley is provided. The Administrator may approve up to three
(3) lots to take access from a single driveway if a shared access easement is provided. See the
example diagram below:
MH Middle Housing Shared Driveways
2. Cross-Access Easements.
Page 265 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 26 of 105
a. If a parcel is to be developed for any non-residential land use, a cross-access easement shall be
provided by the property owner to adjoining properties that front on the same street and that
are, or may be, developed as non-residential land uses.
b. Cross-access easements shall be situated parallel to the street right-of-way line abutting both
parcels. The property owner shall maintain access easements.
c. The property owner shall provide appropriate documentation of a good faith effort to extend the
access easement through all immediately abutting properties. If such an effort fails, the portion
of the easement on the subject site shall be developed and designed to ensure future connection
to the neighboring properties.
d. Where a cross-access easement is granted, no permanent structures or parking that would
interfere with the proposed access shall be permitted in the easement. Some improvements such
as medians and parking islands may be constructed within an access easement if it has been
demonstrated that adequate circulation and cross access has have been accomplished, and that
all applicable standards of this UDO have been met.
e. The Development Engineer may waive the requirement for an easement of access required
above in those cases where unusual topography or site conditions would render such an
easement of no useable benefit to adjoining properties.
f. The Development Engineer may approve the vacation of an easement of access in those cases
where adjoining parcels are subsequently developed with a residential use.
C. Driveway Access Location and Design.
1. General.
a. It shall be unlawful for any person to cut, break, or remove any curb or install a driveway along a
street except as herein authorized. Openings in the curb may be approved by the Development
Engineer for the purposes of drainage.
b. It shall be unlawful for any person to construct, alter, extend, permit, or cause to be constructed,
altered, or extended any driveway approach which can be used only as a parking space or area
between the curb and private property.
c. This Section shall be deemed to be supplemental to other Sections regulating the use of public
property, and in case of conflict, this Section shall govern.
d. Adequate sight distance shall be provided for a passenger motor vehicle making a left or right
turn exiting from a driveway. This determination shall be made by the Development Engineer.
e. The specifications and guidelines set forth in this UDO are to be applied to driveways providing
access to commercial and multi-family developments and visitor parking areas for single-family
and townhouse uses. Single-family and duplex residential driveways are excluded from this policy
unless otherwise indicated.
f. As determined by the Development Engineer, engineering judgment shall override the required
dimensions set forth in this Section if warranted by specific traffic conditions.
2. Location of Driveway Access.
a. In determining making a determination as to the location of driveway access, the Development
Engineer shall consider:
1) The characteristics of the proposed use;
Page 266 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 27 of 105
2) The existing traffic flow conditions and the future traffic demand anticipated on the
development and the adjacent street system;
3) The location of the property;
4) The size of the property;
5) The orientation of structures on the site;
6) The number of driveways needed to accommodate anticipated traffic;
7) The number and location of driveways on existing adjacent and opposite properties;
8) The location and carrying capacity of intersections;
9) The proper geometric design of driveways;
10) The spacing between opposite and adjacent driveways;
11) The internal circulation between driveways; and
12) The speed of the adjacent roadway.
b. Driveway access to arterials shall not be permitted for parking or loading areas that require
backing maneuvers in a public street right-of-way. Driveway access to collector streets for
commercial or multi-family developments shall not be permitted for parking or loading areas that
require backing maneuvers in a public street right-of-way.
c. One (1) curb cut shall be allowed for access to single-family and duplex residential tracts.
Alternative access configurations, including circle driveways, may be allowed upon approval by
the Development Engineer.
d. For corner residential lots, if a backing maneuver would be required, the side access driveway
connection to the street shall be subject to rear building setback requirements with a maximum
of twenty (20) feet.
e. No cuts through a left-turn reservoir of a median shall be permitted, in order to provide for left-
turn movements to driveway approaches.
f. Driveways in right-turn lane transition areas shall not be permitted. The right-turn lane transition
area is defined as the taper and deceleration/acceleration length.
g. When a commercial or multi-family development abuts more than one (1) public street, access to
each abutting street may be allowed only if the following criteria are met:
1) It is demonstrated that such access is required to adequately serve driveway volumes and
will not be detrimental or unsafe to traffic operations on public streets. The Development
Engineer may require the submittal of a traffic study that demonstrates that such access is
required.
2) The minimum requirements for corner clearance for commercial or multi-family driveways
are met.
3. Spacing of Driveway Access.
a. Application of the driveway access location and design standards requires identification of the
functional classification of the street on which access is requested and then applying the
appropriate spacing requirements. The City of College Station streets are classified as follows and
defined in Article 11, Definitions of this UDO:
1) Major arterialArterial;
Page 267 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 28 of 105
2) Minor arterialArterial;
3) Collector; and
4) Local streetStreet.
b. Major arterial, minor arterial, and collector streets in the City of College Station are indicated on
the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class MapThoroughfare and
Transportation Improvement Plan. The functional classification of any street in the city City not
indicated as an arterial or collector street on this plan shall be determined using the functional
street classification defined by the current most recent edition of the American Association of
State Highway and Transportation Officials' (AASHTO), A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways
and Streets.
c. Driveway access spacing shall be measured from the centerline of the proposed driveway
pavement to the nearest edge of the roadway of the adjacent or opposite driveway or street as
indicated in the illustration below.
Driveway Spacing Diagram
d. A minimum of one hundred twenty-five (125) feet shall be required for opposite left driveways
for all street classifications.
e. If the centerline of an opposite drive is less than fifteen (15) feet from the centerline of the
proposed drive, the drives form an intersection, and the minimum spacing requirements shall
apply for the closest drive.
f. Spacing of Adjacent Driveways.
1) Adjacent drives shall be located no closer than the spacing requirement in the table below.
The Development Engineer or their his/her designee may allow adjacent driveway spacing
less than the spacing requirement below if it is determined that favorable conditions exist
under peak traffic conditions.
2) On divided streets with raised or depressed medians, it is the City's policy to align other
streets, alleys, private roads, and driveways on either side of the median openings.
Therefore, when locating such an intersection, it shall be assumed that this type of
intersection will exist at median openings, and other intersections between median
openings should be spaced accordingly. The Development Engineer may waive this
requirement if an existing condition precludes access at a median opening.
3) Residential alleys may be allowed on major collectors, minor collectors, and local streets at
spacings less than those shown in the table below with the approval of the Development
Engineer.
Page 268 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 29 of 105
Adjacent Driveways
Street Classification
Spacing (feet)
Major Arterial 350
Minor Arterial 300
Major Collector 235
Minor Collector and Local Street* 175
* This standard does not apply to single-family residential, duplexes, or townhomes.
g. Spacing of Opposite Right Driveways.
1) Opposite right driveways shall be located no closer than the standard requirements of the
table below. The Development Engineer may allow opposite right spacing below the
standard spacing requirement if it is determined that favorable conditions exist under peak
traffic conditions.
2) Additional opposite right spacing over and above that set forth in the table below may be
required if it is determined by the Development Engineer that there is insufficient left turn
queue storage or weave maneuver area between the opposite right and proposed
driveway. This determination shall be made under peak traffic conditions.
3) On roadways that include raised or depressed medians prohibiting left-turning movements,
this standard shall not apply.
4) Residential alleys may be allowed on major collectors, minor collectors, and local streets at
spacings less than those shown in the table below with the approval of the Development
Engineer.
Opposite Right Driveways
Street Classification
Spacing (feet)
Major Arterial 400
Minor Arterial 350
Major Collector 300
Minor Collector and Local Street* 175
* This standard does not apply to single-family residential, duplexes, or townhomes.
4. Freeway/Expressway Freeway Frontage Road Access and Location Requirements.
a. Driveways shall be located in accordance with the most recent version of the Access
Management Manual, as administered by the Texas Department of Transportation
(TxDOTTXDOT).
b. These guidelines apply to existing and planned interchanges.
c. In addition to ramp spacing, driveways on frontage roads under the jurisdiction of the Texas
Department of Transportation shall also meet the other requirements of this Section as major
arterial streets.
5. Corner Clearance.
Page 269 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 30 of 105
a. No residential driveway approach shall be constructed within the site distance triangle detailed in
the Visibility at Intersections in all Districts Subsection of the General Provisions Section
aboveSection 7.2.C, Visibility at Intersections in all zoning districts.
b. At intersections of arterials with channelized right turn lanes with yield control, a corner
clearance distance in accordance with those set forth in the illustration below shall be required
for the first downstream driveway when adjacent spacing requirements cannot be met due to
lack of frontage, and all means to acquire shared -access drives or cross-access easements have
been exhausted. This distance shall be measured from the channelized median to the nearest
edge of the proposed driveway as indicated in the illustration.
Channelized Right-Turn Lane Guideline
c. When the requirements of the previous two (2) tables cannot be met due to lack of frontage and
all means to acquire shared -access driveways or cross-access easements have been exhausted,
no commercial driveway approach may be located closer to the corner than seventy-five (75) feet
on collector streets, one hundred (100) feet on minor arterials, and one hundred twenty (120)
feet for major arterials. This measurement shall be taken from the intersection of property lines
at the corner. When these requirements cannot be met due to a lack of frontage, the driveway
may be located such that the radius will begin at the farthest property line.
6. Shared Access.
a. A joint private access easement may be required between adjacent lots fronting on arterials and
collectors streets in order to minimize the total number of access points along those streets and
to facilitate traffic flow between lots. The location and dimensions of said easement shall be
determined by the Development Engineer.
b. A private cross-access easement may be required across any lot fronting on an arterial or
collector street in order to minimize the number of access points and facilitate access between
and across individual lots. The location and dimension of said easement shall be determined by
the Development Engineer.
Page 270 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 31 of 105
c. A joint private access easement is required between adjacent lots that share driveways in the MH
Middle Housing zoning district.
7. Geometric Design of Driveway Access.
a. All driveways shall meet the Bryan/College Station Unified Design GuidelinesCity of College
Station's Standard Specifications for Street Construction.
b. Curb cuts for driveways shall not be permitted in the curb return of an intersection.
c. The curb return radii for driveways intersecting at right angles with the roadway and without a
deceleration lane shall be as follows:
1) Curb return radii for residential (single-family, townhouse, duplex, and multiplexMultiplex)
driveways shall be between three (3) feet and ten (10) feet. Flare- type residential
driveways must also adhere to these dimensional criteria.
2) Curb return radii for commercial and multi-family driveways shall vary between twenty-five
(25) feet and thirty (30) feet. When special traffic conditions exist, the Administrator may
require larger curb return radii of up to fifty (50) feet.
3) Curb return radii for driveway types not included in 1) or 2) above shall be determined by
the Administrator.
d. The maximum width of the residential driveway approach, measured at the property line, shall
not exceed twenty-five (25) feet in width, while the minimum width shall not be less than twelve
(12) feet.
e. The maximum width of commercial, multiplexMultiplex, and multi-family driveway approaches
for two-way operation shall not exceed thirty-six (36) feet, except that the Administrator may
issue permits for driveway approaches greater than thirty-six (36) feet in width on major streets
to handle special traffic conditions. The minimum width of commercial and multi-family driveway
approaches for two-way operation shall be not less than twenty-four (24) feet.
f. The combination of two (2) driveways for residential circular drives shall not exceed twenty-five
(25) feet.
g. The angle of the driveway approach shall be approximately ninety (90) degrees for two-way
drives and between forty-five (45) degrees and ninety (90) degrees for one-way drives.
h. A minimum driveway throat length shall be required to allow traffic entering the site to be stored
on- site, avoiding a queue of traffic onto the adjacent roadway causing delays to the through
traffic stream. The driveway throat length shall be defined as the distance from the street to the
first point of conflict in the driveway. Minimum driveway throat depths are provided in the figure
below. For more intense uses (i.e., retail shopping centers) a minimum throat depth of one
hundred thirty (130) feet will be required.
Page 271 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 32 of 105
Throat Depth Requirements
i. Gated residential communities shall use the Private Streets and Gating of Roadways Subsection
of the General Requirements and Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the City
Limits Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO City of College
Station Subdivision Regulations Section 8.3.V.3, Geometric Design Guidelines as a guideline for
throat depth and entry designs.
j. For the benefit of traffic safety and flow on collector and arterial streets, access points may be
required to be designed to prohibit certain types of turning movements. Driveways not meeting the standard opposite and adjacent spacing guidelines may be designed for limited access by the
addition of a median to the driveway.
k. For the benefit of traffic safety and flow on collector and arterial streets, auxiliary lanes may be
required at driveways where high turning volumes are expected.
l. A right-turn deceleration lane with storage length plus taper may be required for any access with
a projected peak hour right-turn ingress turning volume greater than fifty (50) vehicles per hour
(vph). If the posted speed is greater than forty (40) miles per hour, a right-turn deceleration lane
and taper may be required for any access with a projected peak hour ingress turning volume
greater than twenty-five (25) vehicles per hourvph.
m. Driveways shall be constructed as to avoid altering the drainage patterns of the street and
adjoining property.
n. Driveways shall be constructed to provide a crossing path within the right-of-way that meets the
minimum Texas Accessibility Standards.
o. A right-turn acceleration lane with taper may be required for any access with a projected peak
hour right-turning volume greater than fifty (50) vehicles per hour vph when the posted speed on
the roadway is greater than forty (40) miles per hour. The design Design of right-turn
Page 272 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 33 of 105
deceleration lanes shall be in accordance with the current edition of the AASHTO A Policy on
Geometric Design of Highways and Streets Green Book on auxiliary lanes.
p. The spacing requirements for driveways not meeting the specifications in the Driveway Access
Location and Design Subsection above Section 7.4.C.3, Spacing of Driveways, may be lessened or
waived if auxiliary lanes are used.
q. Access points on arterial and collector streets may be required to be signalized, in order to
provide safe and efficient traffic flow. A development may be responsible for all or part of any
right-of-way dedication, design, hardware, or construction costs of a traffic signal if it is
determined that the signal is necessitated by the traffic generated from the development. The
procedures for signal installation and the percent of financial participation required of the
development in the installation of the signal shall be in accordance with criteria set forth in the
City's Traffic Signal Policy.
Sec. 7.5. Signs.
A. Purpose.
The purpose of this Section is to establish clear and unambiguous regulations pertaining to signs in the City
of College Station and to promote an attractive community, foster traffic safety, and enhance the effective
communication and exchange of ideas and commercial information.
B. Applicability.
The City Council recognizes that signs are necessary for visual communication for public convenience, and
that businesses and other activities have the right to identify themselves by using signs that are incidental to
the use on the premises where the signs are located. The Council herein seeks to provide a reasonable
balance between the right of a person to identify their his or her business or activity, and the rights of the
public to be protected against visual discord and safety hazards that result from the unrestricted
proliferation, location, and construction of signs. This Section will ensure insure that signs are compatible
with adjacent land uses and with the total visual environment of the community, in accordance with the
City's Comprehensive Plan.
1. The City Council finds that the rights of residents of this City to fully exercise their rights of free speech
by the use of signs containing non-commercial messages are subject to minimum regulation regarding
structural safety and setbacks for purposes of traffic protection. The City Council seeks herein to provide for the reasonably prompt removal and disposal of such signs after they have served their
purpose, and yet to avoid any interference with First Amendment freedoms, especially as to persons
who are of limited financial means.
2. The City Council finds that instances may occur in the application of this Section where strict
enforcement would deprive a person of the reasonable use of a sign, or the reasonable utilization of a
sign in connection with other related property rights, and herein provides for such persons to have the
right to seek variances from the requirements of this UDO for good cause. The City Council finds that it
is imperative that enforcement officials apply this Section as it is written, in the interest of equality and
fair and impartial application to all persons, and that the procedures to appeal a denial of a sign permit
to the ZBA shall remain the sole administrative means to obtain any exception to the terms hereof.
3. The regulations of this Section shall apply to for developments within the zoning districts listed in the
Section 12-7.5.C Summary of Permitted Signs Subsection below. These regulations only apply to special
districts within the City of College Station in accordance with so far as is stated in the following Sections
of this UDO:
Page 273 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 34 of 105
a. The WPC Wolf Pen Creek Subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose
Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDOWolf Pen Creek District (WPC), Section 12-
5.8.A;
b. The NG Northgate Districts Subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose
Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDONorthgate Districts (NG-1, NG-2, NG-3),
Section 12-5.8.B; and
c. The OV Corridor Overlay Subsection of the Overlay Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose
Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDOCorridor Overlay District (OV), Section 12-
5.10.A.
Page 274 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 35 of 105
C. Summary of Permitted Signs.
The following signs are permitted in the relevant zoning districts of the City:
Summary of Permitted Signs
R WE E WRS R-1B GS D T MH MF MU R-4 R-6 MHP O SC WC GC CI C-3 BP BPI R&D M-1 M-2
Apartment/
Condominium/
Manufactured
Home Park
Identification
Signs
X (a)*
***
X X X
Area
Identification/
Subdivision Signs
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Attached Signs
(b)***
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Campus
Wayfinding Signs
X X X X X X X X X X
Commercial
Banners (b)***
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Development
Signs
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Directional
Traffic Control
Signs
X X X X X X X X X X X X
Freestanding
Signs (b)***
(c)
*
(d)
**
X X X X
Hanging Signs X
Home
Occupation Signs
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Low Profile Signs
(b)***
X X X X X X X X X X X X
Non-Commercial
Signs
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Page 275 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 36 of 105
Projection Signs X X
Real Estate,
Finance, and
Construction
Signs
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Roof Signs X X X X
Notes:
(a) Apartment signage is permitted in the MU Mixed-Use district as attached signs only.
(b) Except as provided for in the Signs for Permitted Non-Residential Uses in Residential or Rural Districts Subsection below.
(c) * One (1) freestanding sign Freestanding Sign shall be allowed in the O Office zoning district zone only when the building plot premises has a
minimum of two (2) acres.
(d) ** Freestanding signs Signs are permitted for building plots with freeway/expressway freeway frontage only. See the 7.5.N "Freestanding
Commercial Signs" Subsection below for additional standards.
*** Except as provided for in Section 7.5.Y, Signs for Permitted Non-residential Uses in Residential or Agricultural Districts.
**** Apartment signage is permitted in the MU Mixed-Use district as attached signs only.
Page 276 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 37 of 105
D. Prohibited Signs.
The following signs shall be prohibited in the City of College Station:
1. Portable and trailer signs, and temporary freestanding signs;.
2. Signs painted on rooftops;.
3. Inflated signs, pennants, wind- driven devises devices (excluding flags), tethered balloons, and/or any
gas- filled objects for advertisement, decoration, or otherwise, except as permitted in the Section 7.5.P,
Grand Opening Signs and Section 7.5.V, Special Event Signs Subsections below;.
4. Vehicle signs except as permitted in the Section 7.5.W, Vehicle Signs Subsection below;.
5. Flags containing copy or logo, excluding the flags of any country, state, city, or school, are prohibited in
residential zones and on any residentially -developed property (except when flags are used as
subdivision signs);.
6. Signs and displays with flashing, blinking, or traveling lights, or erratic or other moving parts, including
electronic message boards that change more than once per fifteen (15) minutes, either internal or
external to the premise, and oriented and visible to vehicular traffic. , provided that tTime and
temperature signs are permissible if the maximum area and setback requirements of this Section are
met and if the commercial information or content of such signs are restricted to no more than eight (8)
square feet;.
7. Signs containing manual change copy which are greater than thirty (30) percent of the allowable sign
area;.
8. Any signs that are intended to or designed to resemble traffic signs or signals and bear such words as
"stop", "slow", "caution", "danger", "warning", or other words, and that are erected for purposes other
than actual traffic control or warning to the public;.
9. Any sign located within the site triangle in any district as stated in the Section 7.2.C, Visibility at
Intersections in all Districts Subsection of the General Provisions Section above. This does not include
traffic control or directional signs;.
10. Any sign that emits sound, odor, or visible matter;. and
11. Off-premises signs, including commercial and non-commercial billboards.
E. Exempt Signs.
The following signs are exempt from the requirements of this UDO:
1. Signs that are not easily identified from beyond the boundaries of the lot or parcel on which they are
located or from any public thoroughfare or traveled right-of-way, as determined by the Administrator.
Such signs are not exempt from the safety regulations contained herein and in the International City
Building and Electrical Codes, as adopted;
2. Official notices posted by government officials in the performance of their duties, including but not
limited to: government signs controlling traffic, regulating public conduct, identifying streets, or
warning of danger. Bulletin boards or identification signs accessory to government buildings or other
buildings are subject to the provisions of this UDO;
3. Signs related to a primary or secondary educational facilityPrimary & Secondary Educational Facility,
except that such signs shall adhere to the limitations of the Section 7.5.D Prohibited Signs Subsection
above;
4. Temporary signs erected by private property owners for the purpose of warning of a dangerous defect,
condition, or another hazard to the public;
Page 277 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 38 of 105
5. Non-commercial signs on private property or works of art that in no way identify or advertise a product
or business, or by their location and placement impede traffic safety, except as stated in the Section
7.5.S, Non-Commercial and Political Signs Subsection below;
6. Temporary decorations or displays, if they are clearly incidental to and are customarily and commonly
associated with any national, local, or religious celebration;
7. Temporary or permanent signs erected by public utilities or construction companies to warn of the
location of pipelines, electrical conduits, or other dangers or conditions in public rights-of-way;
8. Non-commercial signs Commercial Signs carried by a person and not set or affixed to the ground, that
in no way identify or advertise a product or business, or by their location and placement impede traffic
safety;
9. Commercial signs Signs carried by a person and not set on or affixed to the ground, provided that the
sign is temporary, on-premises, and not used by the person on the premises for more than three (3)
consecutive days, more than four (4) times per calendar year;
10. Outdoor advertising display signs for sponsors of charitable events held on public properties. These
signs may be displayed for the duration of the event or not more than three (3) days with the approval
of the AdministratorCity Manager;
11. Flags used as political symbols; and
12. Special district identification signsDistrict Identification Signs, as defined by the Section 11.2 Defined
Terms Section of Article 11, Definitions, that in no way advertise a product or a business, or by their
location and placement impede traffic safety. Special district identification signs District Identification
Signs must be approved by the appropriate development review body in accordance with Article 2,
Development Review Bodies of this UDO;Board or Committee.
13. On-premises and/or off-premises signs where there has been a resolution adopted by the City of
College Station or an executed contract with the City of College Station and the display of the signs are
is for designated locations, a specified time period of time, and:;
a. Promotes a positive image of the City of College Station for the attraction of business or tourism;
b. Depict an accomplishment of an individual or group; or
c. Creates a positive community spirit.
14. Temporary signs erected for a neighborhood event sponsored by a neighborhood group that is
registered with the City of College Station, provided that the signage is:
a. Located within the perimeter of the neighborhood;
b. Provides the name of the association sponsoring the event on the sign;
c. In good repair;
d. Allowed up to fourteen (14) days prior to the event; and
e. Removed within twenty-four (24) hours of the event.
15. Home tour event Tour Event signs, as defined by the Section 11.2 Defined Terms Section of Article 11,
Definitions, with a limit of two (2) events per calendar year. Such signage shall:
a. Be in good repair;
b. Display the name of the group sponsoring the event (if applicable);
c. Be allowed up to ten (10) consecutive days per event;
Page 278 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 39 of 105
d. Be removed within twenty-four (24) hours of the end of the event;
e. Comply with the following if located within a right-of-way:
1. Located outside the visibility triangle of intersections as set forth defined in the Section
7.2.C Visibility at Intersections in all Districts Subsection of the General Provisions Section
above.
2. Permitted by the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation if located on
any state highway or roadway.
3. Be constructed of durable material and no sign shall be greater in size than three (3) feet by
three (3) feet.
Per Ordinance No. 3280 (September 9, 2010)
F. Sign Standards.
The following table summarizes the sign standards for the City of College Station:
Sign Standards
KEY: SF = square feet DU = Dwelling Unit
Sign Type Maximum
Area (a) (s.f.)**
Maximum
Height (ft.)
Setback
From
ROW (ft.)
Number Allowed
Apartment/Condominium/
Manufactured Home Park
Identification Signs
100 SF 10’ 10’ 1/frontage
Area Identification Signs 16 SF 4’ 10’ 1/10-50 acre
subdivision or
phase that is
between ten (10)
and fifty (50)
acres
Attached Signs 2.5 SF per linear
foot of all public
entry façades, not
to exceed 500
SFVaries, see
Section 7.5.I
below
Not to exceed one
(1) foot from the
top of the wall,
marquee, or
parapet to which
it is attached
N/A—- Any number
allowed if within
the total allowed
area square
footage of
attached signs
Campus Wayfinding
Signssigns
30 SF 6’ N/A—- See the Campus
Wayfinding Signs
Subsection
belowSection 7.5
BB below
Commercial Banners 36 SF Not to exceed the
top of the
structure to which
it is attached
10’ 1/building
plotpremises
Development Signs 15 10 1/premises
Development Signs Facing
Residential/Collector (d)
or Residential Street
35 SF 15’ 10’ 1/building plot
Page 279 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 40 of 105
Development Signs Facing
Arterial (d) Street
65 SF 15’ 10’ 1/building plot
Development Signs Facing
Freeway/Expressway (d)
(As designated on
Thoroughfare Plan)
200 SF 15’ 10’ 1/building plot
Directional Traffic Control
Signs
3 SF 4’ 4’ 1/curb cut
Freestanding Signs Varies, see 7.5.N belowSee the Freestanding Commercial
Signs Subsection below
1/building plot
where lot exceeds
75 feet of
frontage
Hanging Signs 4 SF N/A—- N/A—- 1/building
entrance
Home Occupation Signs 2 SF Not to exceed the
top of the wall to
which it is
attached
N/A—- 1/dwelling unit
Low Profile Signs 60 SF 4’ 10’ See the Low
Profile Signs
Subsection 7.5 R
"Low Profile
Signs" below (b)
(c)/***
Low Profile Signs (In lieu of
permitted Freestanding
Sign)
60 4 10 1/150 feet of
frontage *
Projection Signs See the Projection
Signs Subsection
belowVaries, see
7.5.U below
Not to exceed one
(1) foot from the
top of the wall,
marquee, or
parapet to which
it is attached
N/A—- 1/frontage
Real Estate, Finance, and
Construction Signs
1/frontage(Real
Estate)
Real Estate, Finance, and
Construction Signs on lots Uup to one hundred fifty
(150) -foot frontage
16 SF 8’ 10’ Real Estate Signs:
1/frontage
Finance Signs:
1/property
(Finance)
Construction
Signs:
3/property
3/property
(Construction)
Real Estate, Finance, and
Construction Signs on lots
Ggreater than one
hundred fifty (150) -foot
frontage
32 SF 8’ 10’
Page 280 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 41 of 105
Roof Signs See the
Freestanding
Commercial Signs Subsection below,
not to exceed
Determined by
frontage. Same as
freestanding Max.
100 SFs.f.
10’ feet above the
structural roof
N/A—- 1/building plot in
place of a
freestanding sign
Subdivision Signs 150 SF 15’ 10’ 1/primary
subdivision
entrance. Not to
exceed 2 signs.
Notes:
(a) The area of a sign is the area enclosed by the minimum imaginary rectangle or vertical and horizontal
lines that fully contains all extremities (as shown in the illustration below), exclusive of supports.
(b) * Except as provided for in the Section 7.5.N.10, Freestanding Commercial Signs Subsection below.
** The area of a sign is the area enclosed by the minimum imaginary rectangle or vertical and horizontal
lines that fully contains all extremities (as shown in the illustration below), exclusive of supports.
(c) *** In SC Suburban Commercial, WC Wellborn Commercial, BP Business Park, and BPI Business Park
Industrial, one (1) low -profile sign per structure is permitted.
(d) As designated on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3348 (May 26, 2011), Ordinance No. 2014-3624 , Pt. 1(Exh. K) (Dec. 18, 2014, and
Ordinance No. 2016-3792 , Pt. 1(Exh. E), (July 28, 2016); Ord. No. 2022-4399 , Pt. 1(Exhs. N—Q), 10-27-2022)
Page 281 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 42 of 105
How To Calculate the Area of Different Types of Signs
G
H. Apartment/Condominium/Manufactured Home Park Identification Signs.
1. One (1) apartment/condominium/manufactured home park identification sign
Apartment/Condominium/Manufactured Home Park Identification Sign may be located at a primary
entrance on each frontage to a public road.
2. The maximum area allowed for each frontage may be divided among two (2) signs if those signs are
single- sided and mounted at a single entrance.
3. An apartment/condominium/manufactured home park identification sign
Apartment/Condominium/Manufactured Home Park Identification Sign may be either an attached sign
or a freestanding monument sign. It shall be placed upon the private property of a particular multi-
family project in the appropriate zone as set forth established in the Section 7.5.C, Summary of
Permitted Signs Subsection above and subject to the requirements set forth in the Section 7.5.F, Sign
Standards Subsection above.
4. The apartment/condominium/manufactured home park identification sign
Apartment/Condominium/Manufactured Home Park Identification Sign shall list the name and may list
the facilities available and have leasing or sales information incorporated as a part of the sign.
5. An apartment or condominium project must have a minimum of twenty-four (24) dwelling units to
qualify for an identification sign.
Page 282 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 43 of 105
6. Indirect lighting is permissible, but no optical effects, moving parts, or alternating, erratic, or flashing
lights or devices shall be permitted.
7. Any manufactured home parks existing at the time of this UDO that are nonconforming may still utilize
an identification sign meeting the provisions of this Section and the Section 7.5.F, Sign Standards
Subsection above.
HG. Area Identification and Subdivision Signs.
1. Area identification signs Identification Signs shall be permitted upon private property in any zone to
identify multiple-lot subdivisions of ten (10) to fifty (50) acres in size and subject to the requirements
set forth in the Section 7.5.F, Sign Standards Subsection above. Area identification signs Identification
Signs may also be used within a large subdivision to identify distinct areas within that subdivision,
subject to the requirements in the Section 7.5.F, Sign Standards Subsection above.
2. Subdivision signs Signs shall be permitted upon private property in any zone to identify subdivisions of
greater than fifty (50) acres, subject to the requirements set forth in the Section 7.5.F, Sign Standards
Subsection above.
3. Both area identification Area Identification and subdivision signs Subdivision Signs must be located on
the building plot premises as identified by a preliminary plan or master preliminary plat of the
subdivision. Subdivision signs Signs will be permitted only at the intersection of two (2) collector or
larger streets major intersections on the perimeter of the subdivision (intersection of two (2) collector
or larger streets). At each intersection, either one (1) or two (2) subdivision signs Subdivision Signs may
be permitted so long as the total area of the signs does not exceed one hundred fifty (150) square feet.
Flags may be utilized in place of a subdivision signSubdivision Identification Sign, but the overall height
shall not exceed twenty (20) feet and twenty-five (25) square feet in area in a residential zone and
thirty-five (35) feet in height and one hundred (100) square feet in area in industrial or commercial
districts.
4. Subdivision markers of no more than one (1) square foot in area, and used in conjunction with a
subdivision or area identification sign, are permitted attached to architectural elements within the
subdivision.
5. Indirect lighting is permissible but no optical effects, moving parts, or alternating, erratic, or flashing
lights shall be permitted. Landscaping valued at two hundred fifty (250) points shall be installed around
each subdivision signSubdivision Sign. Adequate arrangements for permanent maintenance of all signs
and any landscaping in conjunction with such signs shall be made, which may be through an owners
association if one (1) exists or is created for this purpose.
6. All signs shall be set back as shown in the Section 7.5.F, Sign Standards Subsection above except in
areas where a private improvement Private Improvement in public right-of-way Public Right-of-Way
permit has been issued.
I. Attached Signs.
1. Attached signs Signs are commercial signs under this Section.
2. Attached signs Signs on any commercial building or tenant lease space shall not exceed a total of two
and one-half (2.5) square feet per linear foot of all public entry façades, with a maximum of five
hundred (500) square feet of attached signage allowed for any one (1) tenant. Multi-story businesses
will be allowed one hundred (100) square feet of additional attached signage.
3. The division of allowable building signage amongst building tenants shall be the sole responsibility of
the owner or property manager, and not the City of College Station.
Page 283 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 44 of 105
4. Signs attached to features such as gasoline pumps, automatic teller machines, mail/package drop
boxes, or similar on-site features, if identifiable from the right-of-way, as determined by the
Administrator, shall count as part of the allowable sign area of the attached signs for the site if
identifiable from the right-of-way as determined by the Administrator. See the Sign Standards Section
of the City of College Station Site Design Standards for more information. Information contained on
such features pertaining to federal and state requirements, and operation/safety instructions are not
counted. All other signage on such features shall count towards the allowable attached sign area.
5. Architectural elements, which are not part of the sign or logo and in no way identify the specific
business tenant, shall not be considered attached signage.
6. An attached sign:
a. Shall advertise only the name of, uses of, or goods or services available within the building or
tenant lease space to which the sign is attached;
b. Shall be parallel to the face of the building;
c. Shall not be cantilevered away from the structure;
d. Shall not extend more than one (1) foot from any exterior building face, mansard, awning, or
canopy;
e. Shall not obstruct any window, door, stairway, or other opening intended for ingress or for
needed ventilation or light; and
f. Shall not be attached to any tree or public utility pole.
7. Attached Signs signs may be mounted to site lighting poles located on private property and may be
constructed of cloth, canvas, or other flexible material provided such signage is maintained in good
condition and complies with the following restrictions:
a. No part of any sign attached to a light pole will be allowed to overhang or encroach into any
portion of the public right-of-way;
b. Light pole signs shall not exceed twelve (12) square feet in area and shall have a minimum of
eight (8) feet of clearance from the grade below;
c. Light pole signs shall only be attached to one (1) side of a light pole;
d. Light pole signs shall not project more than three (3) feet from the edge of the light pole; and
e. Light pole signs constructed of cloth, canvas, or other flexible material shall be secured on a
minimum of two (2) opposing sides to prevent wind-driven movement.
JDD. Campus Wayfinding Signs.
1. A campus wayfinding sign:
a. May be utilized as a part of a PDD Planned Development District (PDD) or unified development
that is at least twenty (20) acres in size, contains multiple buildings, and that may include
multiple building plots;
b. A maximum of one (1) campus wayfinding sign shall be allowed per intersection of two (2)
primary circulation drive aisles, when parking is not provided along the drive aisle,; or
intersection of a primary circulation drive aisle and public way, when parking is not provided
along the drive aisle and public way;
c. All signs shall be internal to the development and shall not be located along a public right-of-way
or at the intersection of a primary circulation aisle or public way and right-of-way.
Page 284 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 45 of 105
d. Shall be limited in height to no greater than six (6) feet, measured from the elevation of the curb
or pavement edge, with a maximum total sign area of thirty (30) square feet;
e. Shall not be located within a site visibility triangle;.
f. All campus wayfinding signs shall be submitted as part of a sign package for the development;
and,
g. Shall utilize a common design or theme throughout the development and contain no commercial
logo or graphics.Per Ordinance No. 2011-3348 (May 26, 2011)
KJ. Commercial Banners.
1. A commercial bannerCommercial Banner:
a. Shall be in good repair;
b. Shall have the permit number conspicuously posted in the lower right- hand corner of the
banner;
c. Shall be allowed in addition to the signage provided for in the Section 7.5.1, Attached Signage
Subsection above;
d. Shall advertise only the name of, uses of, or goods or services available within the building or
tenant lease space to which the sign is attached;
e. Shall be mounted parallel to the face of a building or permanent structure;
f. Shall not be located within the public road right-of-way of the State of Texas or the City of
College Station;
g. Shall not obstruct any window, door, stairway, or other opening intended for ingress or for
needed ventilation or light; and
h. Except as identified for J.2. below, shall be allowed for a maximum fourteen (14) -day period per
permit.
2. An annual banner permit may be allowed for places of worship meeting in public spaces on a
temporary basis. Banners allowed by this Section shall only be displayed on the day of the worship
service.
3. The applicant shall pay an application fee as established from time-to-time by resolution of the City
Council upon submission of a banner permit application to the City. The application fee is waived for a
non-profit association or organization. This fee shall not apply to banners associated with special
events as provided for in the Section 7.5.X, Special Event Signs Subsection below.
LK. Development Sign.
1. A development sign Development Sign may be placed only on private property subject to the
requirements in the Section 7.5.F, Sign Standards Subsection above.
2. A development sign Development Sign for a building project shall be removed if the project has not
received a building permit Building Permit at the end of twelve (12) months. The Administrator may
renew the sign permit for one (1) additional twelve (12) -month period upon request. Once a building
permit Building Permit for the project is received, the sign may stay in place until seventy-five (75)
percent of the project is leased or a permanent sign is installed, whichever comes first.
3. A development sign Development Sign for a proposed subdivision shall be removed if a preliminary
plan Preliminary or final plat Final Plat has not been approved by the end of twelve (12) months. The
Administrator may renew the sign permit Sign Permit for one (1) additional twelve (12) -month period
Page 285 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 46 of 105
upon request. Once a plat has been approved, the sign permit Sign Permit is valid as long as a
preliminary plan Preliminary Plat is in effect, or in the absence of a valid preliminary planPreliminary
Plat, for twenty-four (24) months from the date of approval of a final platFinal Plat.
ML. Directional Traffic Control Sign.
1. Directional traffic control signs Traffic Control Signs may be utilized as traffic control devices in off-
street parking areas subject to the requirements set forth in the Section 7.5.F, Sign Standards
Subsection above.
2. For multiple lots sharing an access easement to the public right-of-way, there shall be only one (1)
directional sign located at the curb cut.
3. Logo or copy shall be less than fifty (50) percent of the sign area.
4. No directional traffic control sign Directional Traffic Control Sign shall be permitted within or upon the
right-of-way of any public street unless its construction, design, and location have been approved by
the City Traffic Engineer.
NEE. Electronic Reader Boards.
In addition to meeting the other requirements of this Section, electronic reader boards Electronic Reader
Boards (ERB) are subject to the following requirements:
1. The sign display (message) change shall be instantaneous; scrolling, fading, or animation between
messages is prohibited;
2. No electronic reader board shall exceed a brightness level of three-tenths (0.3) foot candles above
ambient light as measured using a light meter capable of measuring in foot candles at a distance based
upon sign area, measured as follows:
Measurement distance = √ (sign display area of ERB x 100)
3. The sign shall be equipped with automatic brightness control keyed to ambient light levels;
4. In the event of a malfunction, the sign display must go dark; and,
5. Electronic reader board Reader Board size is limited to thirty (30) percent of the allowable sign area.
OM. Flags.
1. One (1) freestanding corporate flag per premise, not to exceed thirty-five (35) feet in height or one
hundred (100) square feet in area, is allowed in multi-family, commercial, and industrial districts.
2. Flags used solely for decoration, and not containing any copy or logo, and located only in multi-family,
commercial, and industrial districts or developments are allowed without a permit. In multi-family
developments, such flags will be restricted to sixteen (16) square feet in area. In all permitted zoning
districts, such flags will be restricted to thirty (30) feet in height, and the number shall be restricted to
no more than six (6) flags per building plot.
3. Flags containing commercial copy or logo, excluding the flags of any country, state, city, school, or
church are prohibited in residential zones and on any residentially developed property (except when
flags are used as subdivision signsSubdivision Signs).
PN. Freestanding Commercial Signs.
1. Any development with over seventy-five (75) linear feet of frontage will be allowed one (1)
freestanding commercial signFreestanding Commercial Sign. All freestanding commercial signs
Freestanding Commercial Signs shall meet the following standards:
a. Allowable Area.
Page 286 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 47 of 105
Allowable Area For Freestanding Signs
Frontage (Linear Feet) Maximum Area (Square
Feets.f.)
0—75 Low Profile only
76—100 50
101—150 75
151—200 100
201—250 125
251—300 150
301—350 175
351—400 200
401—450 225
451—500 250
501—550 275
551—600+ 300
b. Area.
For the purposes of this Section, the area shall be considered the area in square feet of a single-
face sign, or one (1) side of a double-face sign, or half the sides of a multi-face sign.
c. Frontage.
1. For the purposes of this Section, frontage shall be considered the number of feet fronting
on a public street to which a sign is oriented; and
2. On corner lots, the frontage street shall be the higher classification greater street as
classified on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class
Mapthoroughfare plan. Where the two (2) streets are classified the same, the applicant
may choose the frontage street.
d. Allowable Height.
1. The allowable height of a freestanding commercial sign Freestanding Commercial Sign is
determined by measuring the distance from the closest point of the sign to the curb or
pavement edge and dividing this distance by two (2). No freestanding commercial sign
Freestanding Commercial Sign shall exceed thirty-five (35) feet in height;
2. For the purposes of this Section, the height of a sign shall be measured from the elevation
of the curb or pavement edge;
3. For the purposes of this Section, the distance from the curb shall be measured in feet from
the back of the curb or pavement edge to the nearest part of the sign; and
4. For properties with freeway/expressway Freeway frontage in SC Suburban Commercial
districts, the maximum height of the sign may not exceed the eave height of the structure to which it most closely relates. Freestanding commercial signs Sign must be adjacent to
and oriented to the freeway/expressway frontageFreeway.
2. Freestanding commercial signs Commercial Signs are allowed only on developed commercial property
established in the appropriate zones as set forth in the Section 7.5.C, Summary of Permitted Signs
Subsection above. One (1) freestanding sign shall be allowed in the O Office zone only when the
building plot premises has a minimum of two (2) acres, subject to the requirements set forth in the
Section 7.5.F, Sign Standards Subsection above. One (1) low profile sign Low Profile Sign shall be
Page 287 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 48 of 105
allowed in the O Office zone when the building plot premises has less than two (2) acres subject to the
requirements set forth in the Section 7.5.F, Sign Standards, Subsection above.
3. A building plot premises with more than one hundred fifty (150) feet of frontage shall be allowed to
use one (1) freestanding commercial sign Freestanding Commercial Sign or any number of low profile
signs Low Profile Signs as long as there is a minimum separation between signs of one hundred fifty
(150) feet.
In lieu of one (1) low profile sign Low Profile Sign every one hundred fifty (150) feet, hospital uses may
have one (1) low profile sign located at each driveway.
4. Building plots Premises with less than seventy-five (75) feet of frontage may be combined in order to
utilize signage corresponding to the resulting frontage as described in the preceding two (2)
paragraphs.
5. No more than one (1) freestanding commercial sign Freestanding Commercial Sign shall be allowed on
any premises except when the site meets one (1) of the following sets of criteria:
a. The building plot, as recognized on an approved plat Plat or site planSite Plan, must be twenty-
five (25) acres or more in area with at least one thousand (1,000) feet of continuous
unsubdivided frontage on a street classified as a any major arterial street or higher (as classified
on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map Thoroughfare Plan)
toward which one (1) additional freestanding commercial sign Freestanding Commercial Sign may
be displayed (see diagram below); or
b. The building Building plot, as recognized on an approved plat Plat or site planSite Plan, must be
fifteen (15) acres or more in area with at least six hundred (600) feet of continuous unsubdivided
frontage on a street classified as a any major arterial street or higher (as classified on the
Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map Thoroughfare Plan) and the
site must have additional frontage on a street classified as a minor arterial or higher greater on
the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class MapThoroughfare Plan, toward
Page 288 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 49 of 105
which the additional freestanding commercial sign Freestanding Commercial Sign may be
displayed.
6. Any sign where two (2) or more panels have separate supports extending to them shall be considered
to be more than one (1) freestanding commercial signFreestanding Commercial Sign, even where only
one (1) main support extends to the ground.
7. Sites with limited or no street frontage, due to a proliferation of pad sites, that are not contained
within the building plot, as defined by the Administrator, and are fronting along a street classified as a
collector or higher greater on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class
MapThoroughfare Plan, will be allowed the area of the sign to be less than or equal to the square of
one-sixth (.17) of the distance from the closest portion of the sign to the curb or pavement edge, with
the maximum area not to exceed two hundred (200) square feet.
8. Any site defined as a single building plot, and containing one (1) or more pad sites, shall be permitted
to erect a freestanding commercial sign Freestanding Commercial Sign in accordance with this
SubsectionSection 7.5.N, Freestanding Commercial Signs, and to the standards of the Section 7.5.N.1.a,
Allowable Area Subsection above, with the maximum area not to exceed two hundred (200) square
feet. In addition, each pad site will be permitted one (1) low profile sign Low Profile Sign per pad site
according to the restrictions of the 7.5.F, Sign Standards Subsection above.
QO. Fuel Price Signs.
Facilities with fuel sales will be allowed one (1) additional sign per building plot, either freestanding or
attached, for the purposes of fuel pricing, either freestanding or attached, per premises.
1. The area of the fuel price sign shall not exceed twenty-four (24) square feet.
2. Fuel pricing may be incorporated into the allowable square footage of a freestanding commercial sign
Freestanding Commercial Sign or attached signAttached Sign.
Page 289 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 50 of 105
3. This sign shall follow the setback requirements for a freestanding commercial sign Freestanding
Commercial Sign and shall not be located within the right-of-way.
RP. Grand Opening Signs.
1. Flags, commercial banners, and balloons, which that advertise a business's grand opening, may be
displayed for one (1) consecutive fourteen (14) -day period, selected by the business owner, within
sixty (60) days of the granting of the initial certificate Certificate of occupancyOccupancy, a change in
the use, or of a change in the name of the business. A permit is required.
2. A commercial bannerCommercial Banner:
a. Shall advertise only the name of, uses of, or goods or services available within the building, or
tenant lease space, to which the sign is attached;
b. Shall be parallel to the face of the building;
c. Shall not be cantilevered away from the structure;
d. Shall not extend more than one (1) foot from any exterior building face, mansard, awning, or
canopy;
e. Shall not obstruct any window, door, stairway, or other opening intended for ingress or for
needed ventilation or light; and
f. Shall not be attached to any tree, fence, or public utility pole.
SQ. Hanging Signs.
a) Hanging signs shall be suspended from canopies or awnings and located in front of building entrances,
and perpendicular to the façade.
b) A maximum of one (1) hanging sign per building entrance is allowed.
c) The hanging sign shall not exceed four (4) square feet in size and shall have a minimum of eight (8) feet
of clearance from the walkway grade, four (4) inches of clearance from the building face, and eight (8)
inches of clearance from the edge of the canopy/awning.
d) Hanging signs located in or over the public right-of-way shall require a private improvement Private
Improvement in public right-of-way permit the Public Right-of-Way agreement (PIP) in addition to the
necessary building permitBuilding Permit.
TR. Home Occupation Sign.
1. A person having a legal home occupation may have one (1) sign on the building or porch of a residence.
2. The sign may contain only the name and occupation of the resident.
3. It shall be attached directly to the face of the building or porch.
4. It shall not exceed two (2) square feet in area, shall not be illuminated in any way, and shall not project
more that than twelve (12) inches beyond the building.
5. No display of merchandise or other forms of commercial communication shall be allowed within a
residential area, unless the same are were in existence prior to the adoption of the UDO in connection
with a use that is presently a lawful nonconforming use within the district.
6. Such a nonconforming sign may be maintained until the nonconforming use of the building ceases,
subject to the requirements for maintenance herein. Discontinuance of the use of such a sign for more
than three (3) months shall prevent future use, even if the nonconforming use of the premises is
continuous.
Page 290 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 51 of 105
US. Low Profile Signs.
In addition to meeting the other requirements of this Section, low profile signs Low Profile Signs are subject
to the following:
1. A building plot premises with less than seventy-five (75) feet of street frontage shall be allowed to use
one (1) low profile sign Low Profile Sign in lieu of a freestanding commercial signFreestanding
Commercial Sign;
2. Each single building plot containing one (1) or more pad sites, shall be permitted one (1) low profile
sign Low Profile Sign per pad site according to the restrictions of the 7.5.F, Sign Standards Subsection
above; and
3. In SC Suburban Commercial, WC Wellborn Commercial, BP Business Park, and BPI Business Park
Industrial, one (1) low profile sign Low Profile Sign per structure is permitted.
VT. Non-Commercial and Political Signs.
This Section does not regulate the size, content, or location of non-commercial signs except as follows:
1. No commercial message shall be shown on any non-commercial sign.
2. No non-commercial sign:
a. May be greater than fifty (50) square feet in size;
b. May be located within the public road right-of-way of the State of Texas or the City of College
Station;
c. May be located off the premises of the property owner who is displaying the sign; and
d. May not be located within any sight distance triangle as defined in the Section 7.2.C, Visibility at
Intersections in All Districts Subsection of the General Provisions Section above, or where
determined by the Administrator as a location that would hinder intersection visibility as
determined by the Administrator. This provision is necessary to avoid clutter, proliferation, and
dangerous distraction to drivers caused by the close proximity of such signs to automobile traffic,
to avoid damage to automobiles which may leave the paved surface intentionally or by accident,
and to avoid the necessity for pedestrians to step into the roadway to bypass such signs. No
regulatory alternative exists to accomplish this police power obligation.
3. In the event that any non-commercial sign is located in a public right-of-way of the State or City, the
City shall remove it.
4. All non-commercial signs addressing a particular event are allowed up to ninety (90) days prior to the
event and shall be removed within ten (10) days after.
WU. Projection Signs.
Page 291 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 52 of 105
Projection signs will be allowed in the MU Mixed-Use district District with the following restrictions:
1) One (1) projection sign per frontage along a public right-of-way will be allowed except where otherwise
stated in this Section.
2) The total square footage of all projection signs used will be applied toward the total allowable area for
the attached signage.
3) The division and placement of allowable building signage amongst building tenants shall be the sole
responsibility of the owner or property manager, and not the City of College Station.
4) Projection signs shall be mounted perpendicular to buildings.
5) Internally lit plastic signs will not be permitted.
6) Projection signs may utilize fabric or other flexible material provided that they remain in good
condition at all times.
7) Projection signs shall have a minimum of eight (8) feet of clearance from the walkway grade and four
(4) inches of clearance from the building face. Excluding the four (4) -inch minimum clearance
requirement, no part of a projection sign shall project more than three (3) feet from the building face.
8) Projection signs shall not extend above the façade of the building to which it is attached.
9) Buildings with one (1) story may have a sign that shall not exceed eighteen (18) square feet in size. For
each additional building story, an additional eight (8) square feet of signage is allowed, up to a
maximum of fifty (50) square feet per sign.
10) Projection signs located in or over the public right-of-way shall require a private improvement Private
Improvement in public right-of-way permit the Public Right-of-Way agreement (PIP) in addition to the
necessary building permitBuilding Permit.
XV. Real Estate/Finance/Construction Signs.
1. One (1) real estate sign Real Estate Sign not exceeding sixteen (16) square feet in total area (exclusive
of stakes and posts) may be erected at any time while a property is offered for sale or lease to the
public. Properties with a minimum of one hundred fifty (150) feet of frontage shall be allowed one (1)
real estate sign Real Estate Sign not exceeding thirty-two (32) square feet in total area. Properties with
a minimum of two (2) acres and frontage on two (2) streets shall be allowed one (1) real estate sign on
each frontage street with the area of the sign to be determined by the amount of frontage as stated
above.
Page 292 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 53 of 105
2. One (1) finance sign Finance Sign and three (3) construction signs Construction Signs (for a total of four
(4) signs), not exceeding sixteen (16) square feet in total area each (exclusive of stakes and posts) may
be erected once a building permit has been issued on a property. Properties with a minimum of ten
(10) acres and one thousand (1,000) feet of frontage shall be allowed one (1) finance sign Finance Sign
and three (3) construction signs Construction Signs not exceeding thirty-two (32) square feet in total
area each.
3. Real estateEstate, financeFinance, and construction signs Construction Signs may be either attached or
freestanding and only those visible from the street are limited in number.
4. All such signs shall be maintained by the persons in control of the premises so as to remain erect and in
good repair. Such signs shall be removed by the property owner or other person in control of the
premises if they are damaged, broken, or incapable of remaining erect.
5. Such signs must be removed by the owner or person in control of the premises when either the
property has sold or been leased and/or when performance under the construction contract or
subcontract (in the case of construction signsConstruction Signs) has been completed. In all cases,
finance Financing and construction signs Construction Signs shall be removed prior to the issuance of a
certificate Certificate of occupancyOccupancy.
YW. Roof Signs.
1. Signs mounted to the structural roof shall be regulated as freestanding commercial signsFreestanding
Commercial Signs.
2. Painted or applied roof signs are prohibited.
Z. Signs for Conditional Uses.
1. Signs for conditional uses Conditional Uses shall comply with the regulations for the zoning district in
which the conditional use Conditional Use is permitted.
2. Signs for conditional uses Conditional Uses in residential or rural zoning districts shall comply with the
Section 7.5.F, Sign Standards, "Low Profile Signs Subsection above."
AA. Signs for Permitted Non-Residential residential Uses in Residential or Rural Districts.
1. Signs for permitted non-residential uses in residential or rural zoning districts shall comply with the
Section 7.5.F, Sign Standards, "Low Profile Signs Subsection above."
2. Signs for places Places of worship Worship with frontage on a street classified as freeway/expressway
Freeway/Expressway on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map
Thoroughfare Plan are allowed one (1) "freestanding sign Freestanding Sign" in accordance with the
Section 7.5.N, "Freestanding Commercial Signs Subsection above" or one (1) "low profile signLow
Profile Signs" in accordance with Section 7.5.F, Sign Standards, "the Low Profile Signs Subsection
above." The "freestanding signFreestanding Sign" must be adjacent to and oriented to the
freeway/expresswayFreeway/Expressway.
3. Signs for places Places of worship Worship and government facilities Government Facilities in
residential or rural zoning districts may utilize signage in accordance with the Section 7.5.I, Sign
Standards, "Attached Signs" and Section 7.5.J, "Commercial Banners Subsections above."
BBCC. Signs in the Extraterritorial Jurisdiction.
All off-premise and portable signs shall be prohibited within the extraterritorial jurisdictionExtraterritorial
Jurisdiction of the City of College Station.
CCX. Special Event Signs.
Page 293 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 54 of 105
1. Signs, including commercial banners and balloons, advertising or announcing a special eventSpecial
Event, as defined in Chapter 8, Businesses of the City of College Station Code of OrdinancesSection 4-
4.B of the Code of Ordinances, are permitted as a part of the special event permit Special Event License
and shall be limited to the property holding the event.
2. The special event signage Special Event Signage is allowed up to fourteen (14) days prior to the event
and must be removed within twenty-four (24) hours of the end of the event.
DDY. Vehicle Signs.
1. Signs that are displayed on motor vehicles that are being operated or stored in the normal course of a
business, such as signs indicating the name or the type of business, excluding all banners, that are
located on moving vans, delivery trucks, trailers or other commercial vehicles are permitted; but only if
the primary purpose of such vehicles is not for the display of the signs thereon, and only if such
vehicles are parked or stored in areas appropriate to their use as commercial or delivery vehicles, such
as service areas or locations close to the business building away from public traffic areas.
2. Signs or advertisements permanently attached to non-commercial vehicles, excluding all banners, are
permitted.
EEBB. Abandoned, Damaged, or Unsafe Signs.
1. The provisions of this Section shall apply when in conflict with the provisions of the International
Building Code, as adopted,; but where the provisions of both ordinances are consistent, the
enforcement of either shall be permissible and remedies or penalties cumulative.
2. Nonconforming signs that have become deteriorated or damaged to an extent that the cost of the
reconstruction or restoration of such signs is in excess ofover fifty (50) percent of its replacement value
exclusive of foundations, will be required to be removed or brought into full compliance with the
current sign regulations.
3. All abandoned signs and their supports shall be removed within sixty (60) days from the date of
abandonment. All damaged signs shall be repaired or removed within sixty (60) days. The
Administrator shall have the authority to grant a thirty (30) -day time extension where he they
determines there is a reasonable necessity for same.
4. Discontinuance of use or removal of any nonconforming sign or any sign in connection with a
nonconforming use shall create a presumption of intent to abandon said sign. A nonconforming sign
that is damaged and not repaired within sixty (60) days shall be presumed to be abandoned.
5. When a building is demolished, the associated signs and sign structures shall also be removed.
Sec. 7.6. Landscaping and Tree Protection.
A. Purpose and Intent.
The purpose and intent of this Section is to regulate the manner in which land in the city City is used and
developed, to minimize adverse effects on surrounding property owners or the general public, and ensure
that high- quality development is maintained throughout the community.
For the purpose of landscaping, College Station, Texas falls within Zone 8 of the United States Department of
Agriculture (USDA) Hardiness Zone Map. Also, dwarf plants will not be allowed in required screening or
buffer areas.
B. Application of Section.
The landscaping requirements of this Section apply to all land located in the City of College Station proposed
for site development with the exception of those zoned NG-1 Core Northgate, NG-2, and NG-3 Residential
Page 294 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 55 of 105
Northgate. The requirements also do not apply to single-family, duplex, townhouse, or mixed- use
developments in the MU Mixed-Use district, except as follows:
1. The requirements of this Section have limited application to properties developed for duplexes, as
follows:
a. A minimum of two hundred (200) points of landscaping as calculated in this Section shall be
provided for each new duplex;
b. Where parking is provided in the front yard, an eight (8) -foot landscaped setback shall be
required between the property line and the nearest side of the parking pad. This eight (8) -foot
setback area must be landscaped and contain a three (3) -foot high screen consisting of a
continuous berm, hedge, or wall. In addition, an eight (8) -foot landscaped setback shall be
required between the dwelling unit and the nearest side of the parking pad; and
c. The maintenance and completion requirements of this Section also apply to duplex uses. Every
development must employ an irrigation system. All new plantings must be irrigated. An irrigation
system shall be designed so that it does not negatively impact existing trees and natural areas.
Soaker hose and drip irrigation system designs may be permitted as the Administrator deems
appropriate.
2. The requirements of this Section have limited application to properties developed for single-family,
townhouse, and courtyard house Courtyard House developments, as follows:
a. A minimum of two (2) trees of at least two (2) inches in caliper or one (1) tree of four (4) -inch
caliper shall be planted on each lot with every new single-family home.
b. A minimum of one (1) tree of four (4) -inch caliper shall be planted on each lot with every new
courtyard houseCourtyard House.
c. For townhouse and courtyard house Courtyard House developments, the Administrator may
allow the required trees to be dispersed throughout, including common areas.
d. The landscaping requirements of this Section shall apply to manufactured home parks, but not to
individual manufactured homes on separate lots.
3. The requirements of this Section apply to properties developed for multiplexesMultiplexes, as follows:
a. A minimum of two hundred (200) points of landscaping as calculated in this Section shall be
provided for each new multiplex Multiplex unit with a maximum of one thousand (1,000) points;
b. Within fifty (50) feet of the property line along the street, and located between the structure and
the public right-of-way, street, or public way, one (1) canopy tree for every twenty-five (25) linear
feet of frontage shall be installed. One (1) existing tree (minimum four (4) -inch caliper) may be
substituted for a new tree;
c. Canopy trees must be selected from the Landscape & Streetscape Standards Section of the City
of College Station Site Design Standards College Station Streetscape Plant List and may be
grouped as desired so long as the canopy trees are reasonable reasonably dispersed across each
public right-of-way, street, or public way frontage;
d. Two (2) non-canopy trees may be substituted for one (1) canopy tree;
e. Parking areas adjacent to a right-of-way shall be screened from the right-of-way. Screening, such
as ten (10) shrubs for every thirty (30) linear feet of frontage, is required along one hundred
(100) percent of the street frontage (such as ten (10) shrubs for every thirty (30) linear feet of
frontage), with the exception of areas within the visibility triangle. Screening may be
accomplished using plantings, berms, structural elements, or combinations thereof, and must be
Page 295 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 56 of 105
a minimum of three (3) feet above the parking lot pavement elevation. Walls and planting strips
shall be located at least two (2) feet from any parking area. Where the street and the adjacent
site are at different elevations, the Administrator may alter the height of the screening to ensure
adequate screening. Fifty (50) percent of all shrubs used for screening shall be evergreen;
f. One hundred (100) percent coverage of groundcover, decorative paving, decorative rock, or a
perennial grass is required in parking lot islands, swales, and drainage areas, and the parking lot
setback unless otherwise landscaped or existing plants are preserved. One hundred (100) percent
coverage of groundcover or perennial grass is also required in all unpaved portions of street or
highway right-of-way or on adjacent property that has been disturbed during construction. If
grass is to be used for groundcover, one hundred (100) percent live grass groundcover is required
whether by solid sod overlay or pre-planting and successful takeover of grasses. No point value
shall be awarded for ground cover; and
g. All new plantings must be irrigated. An irrigation system shall be designed so that it does not
negatively impact existing trees and natural areas. Soaker hose and drip irrigation system designs
may be permitted as the Administrator deems appropriate.
4. The requirements of this Section have limited application to properties developed in the MU Mixed-
Use district, as follows:
a. Within fifty (50) feet of the property line along the street, and located between the structure and
the public right-of-way, street, or public way, one (1) canopy tree for every twenty-five (25) linear
feet of frontage shall be installed. One (1) existing tree (minimum four (4) -inch caliper) may be
substituted for a new tree.
b. Canopy trees must be selected from the Landscape & Streetscape Standards Section of the City
of College Station Site Design Standards College Station Streetscape Plant List and may be
grouped as desired so long as the canopy trees are reasonable reasonably dispersed across each
public right-of-way, street, or public way frontage.
c. Parking areas adjacent to a right-of-way shall be screened from the right-of-way. Screening is
required along one hundred (100) percent of the street frontage (such as ten (10) shrubs for every thirty (30) linear feet of frontage), with the exception of areas within the visibility triangle.
Screening may be accomplished using plantings, berms, structural elements, or combinations
thereof, and must be a minimum of three (3) feet above the parking lot pavement elevation.
Walls and planting strips shall be located at least two (2) feet from any parking area. Where the
street and the adjacent site are at different elevations, the Administrator may alter the height of
the screening to ensure adequate screening. Fifty (50) percent of all shrubs used for screening
shall be evergreen.
d. One hundred (100) percent coverage of groundcover, decorative paving, decorative rock, or a
perennial grass is required in parking lot islands, swales, and drainage areas, and the parking lot
setback unless otherwise landscaped or existing plants are preserved. One hundred (100) percent
coverage of groundcover or perennial grass is also required in all unpaved portions of street or
highway right-of-way or on adjacent property that has been disturbed during construction. If
grass is to be used for groundcover, one hundred (100) percent live grass groundcover is required
whether by solid sod overlay or pre-planting and successful takeover of grasses. No point value
shall be awarded for ground cover.
e. All new plantings must be irrigated. An irrigation system shall be designed so that it does not
negatively impact existing trees and natural areas. Soaker hose and drip irrigation system designs
may be permitted as the Administrator deems appropriate.
Page 296 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 57 of 105
5. All landscaping/streetscaping requirements under this Section shall run with the land once the
development has begun and shall apply against any owner or subsequent owner.
6. The landscaping requirements of this Section apply to all unsubdivided property, improved subdivided
lots, and to other improved lands where buildings or structures are being added or replaced within the
cityCity.
7. Each phase of a multi-phase project shall comply with this Section.
8. All plantings must be in accordance with the Landscape & Streetscape Standards Section of the City of
College Station Site Design StandardsCollege Station Plant List, or as deemed appropriate by the United
States Department of Agriculture (USDA) for Zone 8 in their Hardiness Zone Map. The plant list is
approved and amended as needed by the Administrator.
C. Landscaping Point Requirements.
1. The landscaping point requirements for a site is determined by the combined point total of site area
Site Area and streetscape Streetscape subtotals.
2. Site Area Points.
a. Minimum thirty (30) landscape points per one thousand (1,000) square feet of site area.
b. The minimum total number of points for any development is eight hundred (800) points.;
c. Undeveloped floodplains may be removed from site size calculations; in such case, existing trees
within that floodplain shall not be claimed for points.; and
d. Projects may be phased with the phase lines being drawn twenty (20) feet beyond any new site
amenity. The portion left for subsequent phases shall be of developable size and quality.
3. Streetscape Points.
a. Six (6) additional landscape points shall be required for each every one (1) linear foot of frontage
on a right-of-way or public way; and
b. Driveway openings, visibility triangles, and other traffic control areas may be subtracted from the
total streetscape frontage.
4. Point Credits.
The following point credits will apply to the total landscaping point requirement so long as the total
reduction does not cause the development to have a point total lower than the minimum eight
hundred (800) point requirement:
a. A twenty (20) percent point credit will be awarded where the irrigation system employed is a
recognized water-conserving system as defined in the City of College Station Site Design
Standards, or utilizes a commercial soil moisture meter.
b. A ten (10) percent point credit will be awarded if twenty-five (25) percent or more of the parking
area consists of enhanced paving.
c. A ten (10) percent point credit will be awarded for every one (1) percent of the site area devoted
to special facilities including water features, public art, or other public features determined by
the Administrator.
d. A ten (10) percent point credit will be awarded for landscape plans that are prepared by a
landscape architect registered in Texas, an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified
arborist, or another professional as deemed appropriate by the Administrator.
e. A ten (10) percent point credit will be awarded where berms are utilized for parking screening.
Page 297 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 58 of 105
5. Point Values.
a. Point values will be awarded for any type of canopy tree, non-canopy tree, or shrub, except for
those listed on the Non-Point Tree List as prepared by the Administrator. No point value shall be
awarded for ground cover. For the purpose of this Section, Texas nativeNative, as referenced in
the City of College Station Site Design Standards, shall be considered those notated as both
native to Texas and recommended by the Texas Forest Service for Brazos County.
b. All caliper measurements shall be twelve (12) inches above grade. The minimum caliper for non-
canopy trees shall be are measured on a single cane of a multi-trunk tree.
c. Landscaping points are accrued as follows:
Plant Material Point Values
Plant Material Points Accrued (per Plant) Installed Size Caliper (Inches)
New Plantings
Canopy Tree 75 1.5 to 2
150 2.1 to 3.4
300 3.5 and larger
Texas Native Canopy Tree 110 1.5 to 2
225 2.1 to 3.4
450 3.5 and larger
Non-Canopy Tree 40 1.25 and larger
Shrubs 10 Min. 5 gallon
Shrubs, Not not for
Screeningscreening
1 Min. 1 gallon
Existing Trees with No no Barricade Protection Area
Canopy Tree 40 4 to 14.5
Non-Canopy Tree 35 2 and larger
Existing Trees Within Barricade Protection Area
Canopy Tree 800 Between 4 and 8
1,000 8 and larger
Non-Canopy Tree 300 Between 2 and 4
400 4 and larger
d. To receive landscape points for existing trees, all existing trees must be in good form and
condition and reasonably free of damage by insects and/or disease.
e. To receive additional points for barricaded trees, such trees must be barricaded to the dripline of
the tree. A barricade detail must be provided on the landscape plan. Barricades must be in place
prior to any activity on the property including, but not limited to, grading. If the required
barricades are not in place prior to any activity and maintained during construction, barricaded
points will be forfeited.
f. No points shall be awarded for existing Post Oak trees.
D. Planting and Screening Requirements.
1. General Requirements.
a. Every project must expend a minimum of fifty (50) percent of its point total on canopy trees.
b. Landscaping must be reasonably dispersed throughout all visible areas of the site.
Page 298 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 59 of 105
c. One hundred (100) percent coverage of groundcover, decorative paving, decorative rock, or a
perennial grass is required in parking lot islands, swales, and drainage areas, and the parking lot
setback unless otherwise landscaped or existing plants are preserved. When decorative rock is
used, it shall be designed such that it will not migrate into sidewalks or other paved areas. One
hundred (100) percent coverage of groundcover or perennial grass is also required in all unpaved
portions of street or highway right-of-way or on adjacent property that has been disturbed
during construction. If grass is to be used for groundcover, one hundred (100) percent live grass
groundcover is required whether by solid sod overlay or pre-planting and successful takeover of
grasses.
d. All landscape materials shall be installed in accordance with the current planting procedures
established by the most recent addition of The American Standard for Nursery Stock, as
published by the American Association of Nurserymen.
e. For existing plantings, the Administrator may require a health appraisal if the applicant wishes to
receive point credits.
f. All new plantings must be irrigated. An irrigation system shall be designed so that it does not
negatively impact existing trees and natural areas. Soaker hose and drip irrigation system designs
may be permitted as the Administrator deems appropriate.
2. Streetscape.
a. Within fifty (50) feet of the property line along all major arterials, and freeways/expressways
freeways, and expressways as designated on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification &
Context Class MapThoroughfare Plan, one (1) canopy tree for every twenty-five (25) linear feet of
frontage shall be installed;
b. Within fifty (50) feet of the property line along all other roadways including public ways, one (1)
canopy tree for every thirty-two (32) feet of frontage shall be installed;
c. Fractional amounts shall be increased to the nearest whole number;
d. Two (2) non-canopy trees may be substituted for one (1) canopy tree;
e. Trees used to meet the requirement along one (1) streetscape frontage shall not be counted
toward another frontage;
f. Canopy and non-canopy trees must be selected from the Landscape & Streetscape Standards
Section of the City of College Station Site Design Standards Administrator's Streetscape Plant List
and may be grouped as desired so long as the trees are reasonably dispersed across each
frontage; and
g. One (1) existing tree (minimum four (4) -inch caliper) may be substituted for a new tree. Existing
trees must be of acceptable health, as determined by the Administrator.
3. Additional Landscaping along Large Building Façades.
This Subsection subsection applies to sites subject to the Non-Residential Architectural Standards
Section belowof this UDO:
a. Sites with building façades that face a public right-of-way or public way and that exceed two
hundred (200) feet in length shall place landscaping between the façade and roadway;
b. One (1) canopy tree is required for every forty (40) feet of façade length. Fractional amounts shall
be increased to the nearest whole number;
c. The trees shall be placed within fifty (50) feet of the building facadeI;
Page 299 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 60 of 105
d. Two (2) non-canopy trees may be substituted for one (1) canopy tree; and
e. Trees counting toward streetscape Streetscape planting requirements may also count toward the
Additional Landscaping along Large Building Façades requirement.
4. Parking Screening.
a. Parking areas adjacent to a right-of-way or public way shall be screened from the right-of- way or
public way.
b. Screening may be accomplished using plantings, berms, structural elements, or combinations
thereof as described below, and must be a minimum of three (3) feet above the parking lot
pavement elevation.
c. Walls and planting strips shall be located at least two (2) feet from any parking area.
d. Where the street and the adjacent site are at different elevations, the Administrator may alter
the height of the screening to ensure adequate screening.
e. A minimum of fifty (50) percent of all shrubs used for screening shall be evergreen.
f. The following options are allowed as parking lot screening methods:
1)i. A solid hedgerow (such as ten (10) shrubs for every thirty (30) linear feet of frontage) to
screen the parking to a height of three (3) feet. The screening must be a minimum of
twenty-four (24) inches at planting and reach thirty-six (36) inches within one (1) calendar
year of planting, and such method is certified to meet these requirements by a registered
landscape architectLandscape Architect, landscape designer, or landscape contractor;
2)ii. Berms with a minimum height of three (3) feet as measured from the parking lot
pavement, and a maximum slope of three (3) feet of height for every one (1) foot of
width1:3. Berms may be designed around trees that are barricaded for tree preservation.
Where there will be gaps in berm screening for the preservation of existing trees, other
screening methods shall be used to meet the minimum three (3) -foot screening
requirement; or
3)iii. Half-berms with a minimum height of three (3) feet as measured from the parking lot
pavement, and a maximum allowable slope of one (1) foot of height for every three (3)
inches of width1:3. Retaining walls shall be designed to face the parking lot and sidewalks
located between the retaining wall and right-of-way or public way may not be closer than
three (3) feet to the top of a retaining wall.
g. For redeveloping sites maintaining existing parking lot perimeters, the Administrator may
authorize the use of masonry walls, or lower the minimum berm height to a height that may be
safely maintained in the existing parking setback when additional parking lot screening is
provided. The cumulative height of plant material and berm shall be a minimum of three (3) feet.
h. Variations to the requirements of this Section section may be approved if the
landscape/streetscape plan is sealed by a registered landscape architect Landscape Architect and
approved by the Administrator. Such plans must show reasonable evidence that the
requirements, as set forth in this Section section were used as a guide.
5. Detention Ponds.
Detention ponds shall be integrated into the overall landscaping theme and design of the site as
described in the Section 7.9.B. Detention Pond Aesthetic Design Subsection of the Flood Hazard
Protection Section below.
E. Landscape/Streetscape Plan Requirements.
Page 300 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 61 of 105
When a landscapeLandscape/streetscape plan Streetscape Plan is required, the landscape/streetscape plan
shall contain the following:
1. The location of existing property lines and dimensions of the tract;
2. A north arrow and scale;
3. Topographic information and final grading adequate to identify and properly specify planting for areas
needing slope protection;
4. Location and dimensions of existing and proposed structures, parking lots and drives, sidewalks, refuse
disposal areas, fences, and other features as determined necessary by the Administrator;
5. Location, size, spread, type, and quantity of all proposed landscaping and screening materials, along
with common and botanical names;
6. The location of existing and proposed utilities and all easements on or adjacent to the lot;
7. An indication of adjacent land uses, existing development, and roadways;
8. An irrigation system plan or a general note indicating that an irrigation system to service all new
plantings will be installed by a certified installer prior to before the issuance of a certificate of
occupancy will be issued; and
9. Provide landscape information as set forth below:Landscape Information.
a. Landscape points required for the site and calculations shown in the landscape legend.
b. A legend showing the size, type (canopy, non-canopy, shrub), and points claimed for proposed
landscaping.
c. Location of landscape plants on the plan identified by a symbol defined in a landscape legend
(see sample legend below).
Page 301 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 62 of 105
Sample Landscape Plan Legend
10. Provide streetscape information as set forth below:Streetscape Information.
a. Streetscape points required for site and calculations shown.
b. A table showing the scientific and common plant names, size, type (canopy, non-canopy, and
shrub), and points claimed for proposed streetscaping.
c. Location of streetscape plants on plan identified by a symbol defined in a landscape legend (see
sample legend above).
11. The location and diameter of protected existing trees claimed for either landscape or streetscape
requirements, and an indication of how the applicant plans to barricade the existing trees from
damage during construction. Barricading shall be subject to the following requirements:
a. Prior to land development or redevelopment, or any construction thereof, the developer shall
clearly mark all qualifying and significant trees to be preserved;
Page 302 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 63 of 105
b. The developer shall erect a fence around each tree or group of trees to prohibit the placement of
debris or fill, or the parking of vehicles within the drip line of any qualifying or significant tree;
c. During construction, the developer shall prohibit the cleaning of equipment or materials within
the drip line of any tree or group of trees that are protected and required to remain. The
developer shall not allow to disposethe disposal of any waste material including such as, but not
limited to, paint, oil, solvents, asphalt, concrete, mortar, or other harmful liquids or materials
within the drip line of any tree or groups of trees that are required to remain;
d. No attachments or wires of any kind shall be attached to any tree, except those used to stabilize
or protect such tree;
e. With grade changes in excess of six (6) inches, a retaining wall or tree well of rock or brick shall
be constructed around the tree not closer than fifty (50) percent of one-half (½) the distance
between the trunk and the drip line. The mid-point of the retaining wall shall be constructed at
the new grade. Grade changes greater than one (1) inch may not be made without the prior
approval of the Administrator; and,
f. All vegetation must be planted in accordance with the visibility triangle referenced in the
Visibility at Intersections in all Districts Subsection of the General Provisions Section aboveSection
7.2.C, Visibility at Intersections in all Districts.
F. Maintenance and Changes.
1. Landscaping/streetscaping Streetscaping shall be maintained and preserved in accordance with the
approved landscapeLandscape/streetscape planStreetscape Plan. Replacement of
landscaping/streetscaping must occur within forty- five (45) days of notification by the Administrator.
Replacement material must be of similar character and the same or higher point total as the dead or
removed landscaping. Failure to replace dead or removed landscaping, as required by the
Administrator, shall constitute a violation of this Section of the UDO for which the penalty provision
may be invoked.
2. Landscaping/Streetscaping Changes to Existing Sites.
a. If changes constituting twenty-five (25) percent or more of the number of canopy and non-
canopy trees are proposed, a revised landscapeLandscape/streetscape plan Streetscape Plan
must be submitted for approval and is required to comply with this Section. Planting must occur
pursuant to this approved landscape/streetscape plan within forty-five (45) days.
b. Revised landscapeLandscape/streetscape plans Streetscape Plans shall meet the requirements of
the ordinance in effect at the time of the revised landscapeLandscape/streetscape plan
Streetscape Plan submittal.
c. The replacement of existing canopy and non-canopy trees must be replaced caliper for caliper, or
as determined by the Administrator.
G. Completion and Extension.
The Administrator shall review all landscaping for completion in accordance compliance with this Section and
the approved landscapeLandscape/streetscape planStreetscape Plan. Landscaping/streetscaping shall be
completed in accordance compliance with the approved plan prior to before the issuance of a certificate
Certificate of occupancyOccupancy will be issued. However, the applicant may receive an extension of four
(4) months from the date of the certificate Certificate of occupancy Occupancy upon the approval of an
application for extension with a bond or letter of credit in the amount of one hundred fifty (150) percent of
the landscape/streetscape bid, as well as the irrigation required for the project. Failure to complete the
landscaping/streetscaping according to the approved landscapeLandscape/streetscape plan Streetscape Plan
at the expiration of the bond or letter of credit shall constitute forfeiting the bond or cashing of the letter of
Page 303 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 64 of 105
credit. Also, failure to complete the approved landscaping/streetscaping shall constitute a violation of this
UDO.
H. Review and Approval.
Landscape/streetscape plans Streetscape Plans shall be reviewed and approved by the Administrator.
I. Parking, Storage, or Display.
No parking, storage, or display of vehicles or merchandise shall be allowed in the required
landscape/streetscape areas or on required parking islands.
J. Alternative Compliance Permitted.
Variations to the requirements of this Section may be approved if the landscape/streetscape plan is sealed
by a registered landscape architect and approved by the Administrator. Such plans must show reasonable
evidence that the requirements as set forth in this Section were used as a guide.
Sec. 7.7. Buffer Requirements.
A. Purpose.
The purpose of buffer requirements, which generally include a buffer yard, plantings, and a fence or wall, is
to provide a visual barrier between different zoning districts and to help mitigate any negative impacts of
adjacent land uses on developed or developing properties. A buffer should visibly separate one (1) use from
another and shield or block noise, glares, or other nuisances.
B. Applicability.
1. Perimeter buffers shall be provided on building plots abutting developed or developing sites in
accordance with the standards of this Section, as set forth outlined in the Minimum Buffer Standards
Subsection belowSection 7.7 F., Minimum Buffer Standards. The following shall provide buffers:
a. Vacant sites that develop;
b. Existing sites when additions, expansions, and/or redevelopments equal or are greater than
twenty-five (25) percent of the existing improvements;
c. Existing sites when cumulative additions, expansions, and/or redevelopments total twenty- five
(25) percent or more of the existing improvements;
d. Existing sites when a change of use intensifies the development in terms of elements such as
traffic, processes, noise, water or air pollution, etc.;
e. Existing sites with lawfully established nonconforming uses when the use is expanded; and
f. Sexually -oriented businesses.
2. Exceptions to the terms of this Section will be made when:
a. The adjacent developed use is nonconforming;
b. The adjacent developed use is agricultural;
c. The Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & and Character Map designates the area as a
Redevelopment Area;
d. The property is zoned P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned Development District
and the buffer requirement was determined through the rezoning process;
Page 304 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 65 of 105
e. The developing use is a primary Primary or secondary educational facility Secondary Educational
Facility containing a building with a Group "“E"” occupancy as defined in the International
Building Code, as adopted; or
f. The developing property is Properties in any of the NG Northgate design districts or and RDD
Redevelopment District;districts.
Per Ordinance No. 3280 (September 9, 2010)
g. The required buffer yard is adjacent to FEMA designated one hundred (100) -year floodplain or
residential common area, with approval by the Administrator;. or
h. The developing property and all abutting properties are designated Mixed Residential or a more
intense land use on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Lane Use & and Character Map,
regardless of existing use or zoning. Unless otherwise excepted, the regulations herein shall apply
to properties at the periphery of the Mixed Residential land use designation.
C. Relationship to Other Landscaping Standards.
All buffer requirements shall be included on a development'’s landscaping plan. Landscaping provided to
meet the buffer landscaping standards of this Section may not be counted towards meeting a project'’s
landscape point requirements. The area of a site dedicated to a perimeter buffer shall not be included in
calculating a site'’s minimum landscaping point requirements.
D. Location.
The buffer shall abut property boundaries shared with less intense uses or zoning districts as set forth shown
in the Minimum Buffer Standards Subsection belowSection 7.7 F., Minimum Buffer Standards. In the event
that a property abuts a less intense use and a less intense zoning district, the less stringent buffer shall be
required along the shared boundary.
E. Permitted Uses.
1. A buffer yard may be used for passive recreation or stormwater management. It may contain
pedestrian, bike, or equestrian trails provided that:
a. No plant material is eliminated;
b. The total width of the buffer yard is maintained; and
c. All other regulations of this Section are met.
2. No active recreation area, storage of materials, parking, driveways, or structures, except for approved
pedestrian, bike, or equestrian trails and necessary utility boxes and equipment, shall be located within
the buffer yard.
3. Pedestrian access through a perimeter fence or wall and buffer yard may be provided at the abutting
resident's, homeowners association's, or the Administrator's option to provide convenient pedestrian
access to non-residential uses such as commercial areas or schools.
F. Minimum Buffer Standards.
The buffer requirements are designed to permit and encourage flexibility in the widths of buffer yards, the
number of plants required in the buffer yard, and opaque screens. Standard buffer requirements are
depicted in the table below. The numbers shown are the required buffer widths.
DEVELOPING USE
(Classification)
ABUTTING PARCEL (a)*
(Use least restrictive of the zoning or the developed use.)
Page 305 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 66 of 105
Single-Family
Residential (bii)
Multi-Family
Residential (i)
Non-Residential
(ciii)
Single-family (bii) N/A N/A N/A
Developments in MH Middle Housing (ii) 2.5’-ft. for every
5’ ft. of building
height (f1)
N/A N/A
Structures with a shared housing Shared
Housing use
2.5’-ft. for every
5’-ft. of building
height (f1)
N/A N/A
Multi-family Family (ciii) 10’ (f1) N/A N/A
Office 10’ (f1) N/A N/A
Commercial (e)*** 15’ (g2) 10’ (f1) N/A
Industrial 25’ (g2) 15’ (g2) 5’
Developments in BP Business Park 50’ (g2) 15’ (g2) 5’
Developments in BPI Business Park - Industrial 50’ (g2) 30’ (g2) 10’ (d)**
Sexually oriented businessesSOB 50’ (g2) 50’ (g2) 50’ (g2)
Notes:
(a) When an abutting parcel is vacant and zoned R Rural, the Administrator shall use the land use
classification of the property as designated on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character
Map in lieu of the zoning category in determining the buffer requirement.
(bi) Includes manufactured homes, mobile homes, manufactured home parks, duplexes in the D Duplex
zoning district, and townhouses in the T Townhouse townhouse zoning district.
(ii) Includes developments in the MH Middle Housing zoning district.
(ciii) Includes commercial and other non-residential uses developed in the MF Multi-Family district.
* When an abutting parcel is vacant and zoned R Rural, the Administrator shall use the land use classification
of the property as designated on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use and Character Map in
lieu of the zoning category in determining the buffer requirement.
(d) ** When an abutting parcel is zoned BP Business Park or BPI Business Park Industrial, the buffer
width shall be reduced to five (5) feet (5').
(e) *** When a developing parcel is zoned WC Wellborn Commercial and adjacent to a single-family
use, the buffer width shall be twenty (20) feet with a fence.
(f1) Shall include a fence. Fence
(g2) Shall include a wall. Wall
1. Buffer Yards.
a. Buffer yards shall be measured from the common property line and may be located within
established building setbacks.
b. Where utility or drainage easements or other similar situations exists in the required buffer yard,
the buffer yard may be reduced by the width of the easement; however, an additional five (5)
feet may be required beyond the width of the easement in these situations to allow for the
required plantings and fence or wall. All new plantings and irrigation shall be located outside of
the easement. The Administrator has the discretion to allow a required fence or wall within the
easement.
Page 306 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 67 of 105
c. In WC Wellborn Commercial:
1. RBuffer required buffer plantings shall be doubled along property lines adjacent to single-
family residential zoning or land use. In lieu of a fence, plantings may be tripled.
2. When adjacent to single-family use, zoning, or future Land Use and Character designation
on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map, a buffer wall is required for
the length of any adjacent parking, loading areas, or dumpster uses (including required
maneuvering space).
d. In BP Business Park, required buffer plantings shall be doubled along property lines adjacent to
single-family residential zoning or development.
e. In BPI Business Park Industrial, required buffer plantings shall be doubled along property lines
adjacent to any zoning district or use other than BP Business Park or BPI Business Park Industrial.
f. In MF Multi-Family and MU Mixed-Use, buffer yards shall only be required along the perimeter of
the development, unless otherwise exempted in this Section. No buffer yards are required
between uses contained within the development.
2. Plantings.
a. If a fence or wall is not required per the table above, the following plantings shall be installed in
the buffer yard:
1. A minimum of one (1) five (5) -gallon shrub at a minimum of three (3) feet in height per
three (3) linear feet of landscaping buffer; and
2. A minimum of one (1) two (2) -inch caliper canopy tree per twenty-five (25) linear feet of
landscape buffer.
b. If a fence or wall is required per the table above, the following plantings shall be installed in the
buffer yard, unless expressly provided for otherwise in this UDO:
1. A minimum of one (1) one and one-fourths (1.25) -inch caliper non-canopy tree per fifteen
(15) linear feet of landscaping buffer. The Administrator may allow the substitution of a
minimum of one (1) five (5) -gallon shrub at a minimum of three (3) feet in height per three
(3) linear feet of landscaping buffer for the non-canopy tree requirement, or may require
the substitution to mitigate potential negative impacts of a development; and
2. A minimum of one (1) two (2) -inch caliper canopy tree per twenty-five (25) linear feet of
landscape buffer.
c. All buffer yard landscaping areas not dedicated to trees or shrubs shall be landscaped with grass,
ground cover, or other appropriate landscape treatment in accordance with the Landscaping and
Tree Protection Section aboveSection 7.6 C.3, Landscaping and Tree Protection.
d. Fifty (50) percent of all required shrubs within the buffer yard shall be evergreen.
e. Plant materials shall show a variety of textures, colors, shapes, and other characteristics.
Recommended buffer materials can be found in the Landscape & Streetscape Standards Section
of the City of College Station Site Design Standards College Station Plant List or in those listed as
appropriate for Zone 8 on the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Hardiness Zone
Map.
f. The arrangement of trees and shrubs in the buffer area shall be done in a manner that provides a
visual separation between abutting land uses. Shrubs shall be massed in rows or groups to
achieve the maximum screening effect.
Page 307 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 68 of 105
g. Irrigation is required for all new plantings.
h. Existing vegetation may count toward the planting requirement if:
1. The vegetation is in good health and the landscape/streetscape plan verifies that it will
meet the plantings criteria listed above (non-point trees may count towards a natural
buffer); and
2. The vegetation is protected in accordance with the Landscaping and Tree Protection
Section aboveSection 7.6 C.2.c., Landscaping and Tree Protection, of this UDO.
i. Plantings will not be allowed to encroach into a required visibility triangle for a public or private
right-of-way except as set forth provided for in the Visibility at Intersections in all Districts
Subsection of the General Provisions Section aboveSection 7.2 C., Visibility at all Intersections in
All Districts.
3. Fences and Walls.
a. Fences may be solid wood or solid wood accented by masonry, stone, EIFS (Exterior Insulation
and Finish System) (EIFS), or concrete columns. Walls may be masonry, stone, EIFS, concrete, or a
combination of these materials, and shall be finished on both sides (framing not visible). Walls
and masonry columns for fences must meet the footing standards prescribed by the International
Building Code, as adopted, for such structures.
b. Fences and walls shall be a minimum of six (6) feet in height and a maximum of eight (8) feet.
Walls over six (6) feet must obtain a building permit. When the adjacent property and the buffer
yard are at different elevations, the Administrator may require a greater fence or wall height to
ensure adequate buffering.
c. Fences and walls shall be placed within one (1) foot of the common boundary line when
physically possible. In the event that there is a physical constraint that will not allow the
construction of a fence on the common boundary line (including, but not limited to, the existence
of a creek, access easement, or existing vegetation), the Administrator may authorize an
alternative fence location.
D. Fences or walls will not be allowed to encroach into a required visibility triangle for a public or
private right-of-way.
4. Substitutions.
a. Existing natural vegetation may be used in lieu of plantings and a fence or wall under the
following circumstances:
1. The existing vegetation consists of canopy and non-canopy trees which are shown through
a tree survey to meet the minimum buffer planting requirements (non-point trees may be
considered) and is of sufficient density to provide one hundred (100) percent opacity to a
height of six (6) feet; and
2. The vegetation is protected in accordance with the Landscaping and Tree Protection
Section aboveSection 7.6 C.2.c., Landscaping and Tree Protection, of this UDO.
b. Fences and walls may be substituted with a solid plant or hedge wall that is greater than six (6)
feet in height with approximately one hundred (100) percent opacity. All shrubs planted for a
hedge wall must be a minimum of fifteen (15) gallons each. The solid plant or hedge wall must be
evergreen and may not be counted towards meeting the buffer planting requirement.
c. Fences and walls may be substituted with a landscaped earthen berm if the combination of berm
and landscaping is not less than six (6) feet in height from the elevation at the property line with
Page 308 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 69 of 105
approximately one hundred (100) percent opacity. The berm plantings must be evergreen and
may not be counted towards meeting the buffer planting requirement. Berms must be a
minimum of four (4) feet in height with a maximum slope of one (1) foot of height for every three
(3) inches of width3:1. Berms in excess ofover six (6) feet in height shall have a maximum slope of
four (4) feet of height for every one (1) foot of width4:1 as measured from the exterior property
line.
d. The required height of fences or walls may be reduced if used in combination with an earthen
berm or a landscaped earthen berm if the height of the screening is six (6) feet from the
elevation at the property line with approximately one hundred (100) percent opacity. The berm
plantings must be evergreen and may not be counted towards meeting the buffer planting
requirement.
e. Walls may be substituted with fences if the required buffer yard area and plantings are doubled.
f. Walls and fences may be omitted if the required buffer yard area and plantings are tripled.
g. Walls and fences may be omitted if two (2) rows of evergreen plantings (minimum six (6) feet in
height at the time of planting) are provided to create a solid screen along the common property
line.
h. Buffer plantings may be reduced by fifty (50) percent half if providing a wall where a fence is
required.
G. Maintenance and Replacement.
1. Upon installation or protection of required landscape materials, appropriate measures shall be taken to
ensure their continued health and maintenance. Required landscape areas and buffers shall be free of
garbage and trash, weeds, pests, and disease. Required plant materials that do not remain healthy shall
be replaced consistently with these provisions.
2. All landscaping materials and/or fences, walls, or berms shall be maintained by the owner(s) of the
property that was required to install such landscaping materials and/or fences, walls, or berms under
this Section.
3. Any canopy tree removed or otherwise destroyed by the willful act or negligence of the property
owner, tenant, or contractor shall be replaced by a tree of the same or larger caliper.
H. Appeals.
1. Appeals of the terms of this Section, with the exception of the Section G, Maintenance and
Replacement Subsection above, shall be to the Design Review Board (DRB).
2. An appeal shall be made within thirty (30) days of the date of the notification of the decision by filing
with the Administrator a notice of appeal specifying the grounds thereof.
3. The Design Review Board DRB may authorize on appeal alternative buffer standards for a specific
property or a waiver to the Buffer Requirements of this Section when such standards or variance will
not be contrary to the public interest where, owing to unique and special conditions not normally
found in like areas, a strict enforcement of the provisions of the ordinance by the Administrator would
result in unnecessary hardship, and so that the spirit of this Section shall be observed and substantial
justice done.
Sec. 7.8. Solid Waste.
A. Purpose.
Page 309 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 70 of 105
It is the purpose of this Section to establish the guidelines for the provision of solid waste collection in all
developments within the City of College Station where curb service will not take place, in order to:
1. Provide for the safe and efficient collection and removal of waste from commercial and residential
developments; and
2. Reduce nuisances associated with waste collection containers.
B. Responsibility.
The City shall make the final determination as to the appropriate collection system; however, it is the
responsibility of the developer to ascertain the appropriateness of the proposed collection system. Staff will
endeavor to accommodate applicants to the extent equipment, efficiency, and policy allow.
C. Guidelines.
The following minimum standards shall be met:
1. Dumpster screens should be located outside of utility and drainage easements. Property owners with
dumpster screens located within utility easements are hereby warned that they will be responsible for
the replacement of the screens if it becomes necessary to remove them for utility construction and/or
maintenance.
2. Multi-family developments and multiplexes Multiplexes in the MH Middle Housing district shall provide
the required pad and screening for one (1) eight (8) -yard dumpster per thirty-two (32) bedrooms.;
3. Townhomes with five (5) or more attached units not served by approved, accessible alleys, shall
provide the required pad and screening for one (1) eight (8) -yard dumpster per thirty-two (32)
bedrooms.;
4. The interior clearance (inside the screen) dimensions for a single three hundred (300) -gallon container
enclosure shall be ten (10) feet deep by ten (10) feet wide.;
5. The interior clearance (inside the screen) dimensions for a single (one (1) eight (8) -yard) dumpster
enclosure shall be twelve (12) feet deep by twelve (12) feet wide.;
6. The interior clearance (inside the screen) dimensions for a double (two (2) eight (8) -yard) dumpster
enclosure shall be twelve (12) feet deep by twenty-four (24) feet wide.;
7. Bollards and other such devices are highly recommended, but shall not be set within the minimum
width dimensions noted above.;
8. All required containers and dumpsters pads shall be constructed of six (6) inches of steel-reinforced
concrete.;
9. All required containers and dumpsters shall be screened by means of an approved six (6) -foot- high
opaque device on a minimum of three (3) sides. Depending on visibility to pedestrian and vehicular
traffic, a gate may be required for all enclosures except three hundred (300) -gallon side-loading
automated containers. Gates shall have a minimum width of twelve (12) feet when open, shall swing
one hundred eighty (180) degrees from the closed position, and shall utilize a positive-locking
mechanism while in the open position. Three hundred (300) -gallon side-loading automated container
enclosures shall be open on the side, facing the collection point. The open side cannot be facing the
public right-of-way. Plant materials may be used to supplement the required screening. Materials may
be dictated by the terms of a conditional use permit Conditional Use Permit (CUP) or the Design
Review Board. (DRB); and
10. The ingress, egress, and approach to all dumpster pads shall conform to the fire lane requirements.
Page 310 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 71 of 105
11. In SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial, consolidated solid waste service is required
and shall be located furthest from single-family use or zoning. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it may be
located adjacent to single-family if a buffer wall is used.
12. In BP Business Park, consolidated solid waste service is required and shall be located furthest from
single-family use or zoning.
Sec. 7.9. Flood Hazard Protection.
A. Any reference to this Section shall also apply to the Flood Hazard Protection Article of Chapter 105, Floods of
the City of College Station Code of Ordinances, Flood Hazard Protection.
B. Detention Pond Aesthetic Design.
Detention ponds should be treated as aesthetic site amenities, adding quality and depth to the visual
environment of the site. Therefore, the detention pond area shall be integrated into the overall landscaping
design of the site by reasonably dispersing the required landscaping points.
1. Unless the landscape plan is sealed by a landscape architect and approved by the Administrator, only
plantings designated as High Water Usage/Detention Pond Appropriate in the Landscape & Streetscape
Standards Section of the City of College Station Site Design Standards found in the College Station Plant
List for Detention Pond Areas may be used in a detention area.
2. Variations to the requirements of this Section may be approved if the development project is
employing Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) development standards, using
stormwater management to acquire LEED points. The project must be LEED certifiable (it does not have
to be registered as a LEED project but must be eligible for certification), be sealed by a landscape
architectLandscape Architect, and show reasonable evidence that the requirements as set forth in this
Section were used as a guide.
Sec. 7.10. Non-Residential Architectural Standards.
A. Purpose.
The intent of the design standards provided in and related to this Section section are to:
1. Protect and enhance the character and quality of non-residential buildings and associated site
elements in the interest of the general welfare of College Stationthe City;
2. Establish minimum design parameters for the appearance of non-residential buildings including
heightened standards for more visible and prominent areas of the community;
3. Not limit architectural creativity or prescribe a specific architectural style; and
4. Provide a balance between the community's economic and aesthetic concerns.
B. Applicability.
Except as expressly set forth otherwise herein, the design standards of this Section shall apply to
development, redevelopment, and façade changes to all non-residential buildings including single- tenant
buildings, multiple- tenant buildings, and any grouping of attached or stand-alone buildings and associated
pad sites.
The portions of structures containing non-residential uses located in the MF Multi-Family zoning district shall
comply with the Non-Residential design standards of this Section.
The following are exempt from this Section of the UDO as defined below:
Page 311 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 72 of 105
1. Buildings internal to the BP Business Park zoning district. Any building located within BP Business Park
districts is required to comply with this Section if it is along the periphery of the zoning district. All
other interior buildings located within BP Business Park districts are exempt from this Section.
2. Districts. Uses located within the following districts are exempt from this Section: BPI Business Park
Industrial, M-1 Light Industrial, M-2 Heavy Industrial, R&D Research & Development, NG-1 Core
Northgate, NG-2 Transitional Northgate, and NG-3 Residential Northgate.
3. Uses. The following uses are exempt from this Section: places of worship,Churches; primary and
secondary educational facilities, Primary & Secondary Educational Facilities; municipal industrial
Municipal Industrial facilities,; and private utility buildings that are screened from public or private
rights-of-way and adjacent properties.
4. Types of Structures. The following structures are exempt from the provisions of this Section:
Freestanding structures such as pavilions, canopies, gazebos, automated teller machinesATM
machines, etc. that are unenclosed buildings and do not have walls. Unenclosed structures that are
attached or functionally appear as part of an enclosed building are to be integrated with and meet the
requirements associated with the building.
C. Standards for Non-Residential Structures.
1. General StandardsFaçade Terms.
a. A side or rear façade of a building shall not be considered visible from a public right-of-way or
public way if it is located more than four hundred (400) feet away.
a. Primary Façade. A façade is considered to be a "primary façade" when it is the primary entrance
façade of a primary building (not accessory buildings) or when any façade of a primary building is
facing a public right-of-way, private right-of-way, or public way.
b. Facing. A façade is considered facing a public right-of-way, private access easementright-of-way,
or public way when an imaginary plane could be extended unobstructed by a wall or structure in
the building plot from at least twenty-five (25) percent% of the façade into the public right-of-
way, private right-of-way, or public way adjacent to the building plot, as illustrated below.
c. Visible. The term visible is used in application of this Section. A side or rear façade of a building
shall not be considered visible from a public right-of-way or public way if it is located more than
four-hundred (400) feet away.
Page 312 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 73 of 105
How to Determine Facing
2. Required Screening.
For all properties zoned SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial, the following
screening requirements apply:
a. All mechanical equipment shall be screened from view or located so as not to be visible from any
public right-of-way, public way, or residential district when viewed within one hundred fifty (150)
feet of the perimeter boundary of the subject lot or tract, measured from a height five (5) feet
above grade. Such screening shall be coordinated with the building architecture, materials,
colors, and scale to maintain a unified appearance. Acceptable methods of screening include are:
encasement, parapet walls, partition screens, and brick/stone/masonry walls or fences. Electrical
panel boxes attached to the side of a building that are painted to match the building color do not
require additional screening.
b. Roof-mounted mechanical equipment shall be screened from any right-of-way, public way, or adjacent property by either the roof itself (including within a cut-out) or by a false roof element
(i.e., chimney, cupola). Components of a mechanical equipment system, such as vents or exhaust
pipes, protruding from the roof that are no larger than twelve (12) inches in diameter nor
exceeding the height of the roof line are not required to be screened, but must be painted to
match the roof color.
3. Building Mass and Design.
a. Horizontal Façade Articulation.
1). Façade articulation (wall plane projections or recessions) is required on the first two (2)
stories of any primary façade that exceeds two -hundred (200) feet in horizontal length. No
more than thirty-three (33) percent of any primary façade shall be on the same continuous
geometric plane. Wall plane projections or recessions shall have a minimum depth of four
(4) feet.
2). For all properties zoned SC Suburban Commercial,: primary façades on For buildings over
eight thousand (8,000) square feet, primary façades shall have an articulation of a
minimum four (4) -foot (4) depth within each fifty (50) -foot (50) section of façade.
Page 313 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 74 of 105
3). For all properties zoned MU Mixed-Use,: the The vertical wall plane of any façade visible
from the public right-of-way, street, or public way shall project and/or recess by a
minimum of two (2) feet so that no more than sixty-six (66) percent of the façade is on the
same plane.
b. Building Entry Design.
1). To In order to provide a sense of arrival and shelter, public building entrances are to
feature a protected entry through the use of an awning, canopy, porte-cochere, recessed
entry, or another similar architectural element.
2). Buildings that have multiple ground floor tenants or multiple primary building entrances
shall have all entrances treated architecturally.
3). For all properties zoned WC Wellborn Commercial, the following additional standards shall
apply:
a). All buildings shall be required to provide a covered front porch along the full length
of the public entry façade, projecting a minimum of four (4) feet from the face of the
building.
b). All buildings that have frontage on Wellborn Road and/or Live Oak Street, shall have
a public entry facing both rights-of-way.
c). In cases where more than two (2) facades require a public entrance, the
administrator may determine which two (2) facades require entrances.
c. Architectural Relief.
1). To In order to provide visual interest, the first two (2) stories of any primary façade or
façade visible from a public right-of-way or public way shall use at least one (1)
architectural relief element for every twenty-five (25) horizontal feet, or part thereof, of
façade length.
2). Façades requiring architectural relief shall provide a minimum of two (2) different types of
relief elements per façade.
3). To avoid monotony, no more than fifty (50) percent one-half (½) of the required minimum
number of elements on a façade may consist of the same type of relief element.
4). The design elements may be grouped or spaced as needed along the façade, though in no
case shall more than seventy-five (75) feet of continuous horizontal length be void of a
relief element.
5). Design elements used to meet architectural relief must have a functional architectural
purpose. For example, such as awnings may not be located over faux windows or a wall
area that does not have an opening.
6). A relief element counted to meet the requirement of one (1) façade may not also be
counted toward another façade.
7). Architectural relief is not required for façades, or parts of a façade, that are within fifteen
(15) feet of another building that screens the façade.
8). Accessory buildings to a primary use, where each façade is equal to or less than twenty-five
(25) horizontal feet in length or the perimeter of all façades is less than one hundred (100)
horizontal feet in length, and where each façade incorporates the same building materials
and colors as the primary structure, are not required to provide architectural relief
elements.
Page 314 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 75 of 105
9). Architectural relief elements may be added to a non-conforming façade of an existing
building subject to the following limitation: if more than fifty (50) percent of the required
number of elements on a façade are added, removed, or altered, including on a cumulative
basis, the façade must be brought into compliance for architectural relief.
10). Qualifying Architectural Relief Elements:
a. For all applicable properties other than those located in SC Suburban Commercial, WC
Wellborn Commercial, and MU Mixed-Use districts, the following types of architectural
relief may be utilized to meet the requirements of this Section:
a1) Canopies, permanent decorative awnings, or windows accompanied by overhangs
that exceed eighteen (18) inches;
b2) Wall plane projections or recessions with a minimum of four (4) -foot depth;
c3) Pilasters that project from a wall at least four (4) inches or columns;
d4) Roofline articulation as described below may count as one (1) element for a façade if
it is used on a façade where the articulation is not already required;
e5) A well-defined cornice or other architectural termination to visually cap the building
along a parapet may count as one (1) element for a façade if it is used on a façade
where this feature is not already required;
f6) Recessed entries, stoops, porches, or arcades;
g7) Balconies that extend from the building;
h8) Boxed or bay windows;
i9) Decorative stormwater management initiatives physically integrated with the
building, as approved by the Administrator; or
j10) Other architectural relief elements that provide a visual interest to the affected
façade and are of a physical scale to possess architectural significance may be
approved by the Administrator.
11)b. For all properties zoned SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial, the
following types of architectural relief may be utilized to meet the requirements of this
Sectionsection:
a1) Decorative or functional window shutters;
b2) Covered front porch extending along at least fifty (50) percent of the building façade
and projecting a minimum of four (4) feet from the face of the building, if used on a
façade where this feature is not already required;
c3) Eaves in excess ofover eighteen (18) inches, if used on a façade that does not have a
covered front porch;
d4) Window planter boxes;
e5) Window canopy;
f6) Dormers;
g7) Transom windows;
h8) Decorative façade lighting;
i9) Chimneys or cupolas;
Page 315 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 76 of 105
j10) Cross gables;
k11) Entry porticoPortico;
l12) Horizontal articulation with a minimum depth of four (4) feet for WC Wellborn
Commercial only;
m13) Canopies, permanent decorative awnings, or windows accompanied by overhangs
that exceed eighteen (18) inches for SC Suburban Commercial zoning only;
n14) Pitched roof or peaked parapet roof if it gives the appearance of a pitched roof from
all sides and has a minimum roof slope of four inches over twelve inches (4/:12) for
SC Suburban Commercial zoning only; or
o15) Other architectural relief elements that provide a visual interest to the affected
façade and are of a physical scale to possess architectural significance as may be
approved by the Administrator.
12)c. For all properties zoned MU Mixed-Use, the following types of architectural relief may be
utilized to meet the requirements of this Section:
a1) Canopies or permanent decorative awnings;
b2) Wall plane projections or recessions with a minimum of four (4) -foot depth;
c3) Pilasters that project from a wall at least four (4) inches or columns;
d4) Recessed entries, stoops, porches, or arcades;
e5) Balconies that extend from the building;
f6) Boxed or bay/oriel windows;
g7) Hood/drip molding over windows;
h8) Cornices, corbelling, quoining, or stringcourses;
i9) Decorative or functional window shutters;
j10) Window planter boxes;
k11) Transom windows;
l12) Decorative façade lighting;
m13) Chimneys or cupolas; or
n14) Other architectural relief elements that provide a visual interest to the affected
façade and are of a physical scale to possess architectural significance may be
approved by the Administrator.
d. Other Mass and Design Requirements.:
1). For all properties zoned SC Suburban Commercial,: the gross floor area Gross Floor Area of
a single structure shall not exceed fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet in area.
2). For all properties zoned WC Wellborn Commercial,: the gross floor area Gross Floor Area of
a single structure shall not exceed ten thousand (10,000) square feet in area.
3). For all properties zoned MU Mixed-Use:
a). The ground -floor shall have a minimum floor-to-ceiling height of twelve (12) feet.
Page 316 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 77 of 105
b). The commercial portions of any façade facing a public right-of-way, street, or public
way shall be at least thirty (30) percent transparent between zero (0) feet and eight
(8) feet above ground level.
c). Public entry is required on all façades facing a public right-of-way, street, or public
way. In the event that more than two (2) façades require a public entrance, the
Administrator may determine which two (2) façades require entrances. The
Administrator may also forward the question to the Design Review Board for any
reason.
d). Loading docks, overhead doors, and service entries shall not be located on a façade
facing a public right-of-way, street, or public way. In the case that more than two (2)
façades face a public right-of-way, street, or public way, the Administrator shall
determine the most appropriate façade for such activities.
e. Roof and Roofline Design.
1). On buildings three (3) stories or less, the horizontal line of a flat roof or parapet along a
primary entrance façade, along any façade facing a public right-of-way of a street classified
as a minor arterial or higher greater on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification &
Context Class MapThoroughfare Plan, and on all façades visible from a public right-of-way
for properties that are zoned MU Mixed Use, shall vary by a minimum of two (2) feet up or
down so that no more than sixty-six (66) percent of the roofline is on the same elevation,
as represented below.
Roofline Design Standards
2). For all rooflines that are required to articulate as described above, the parapet roof line
shall feature a well-defined cornice or other architectural termination to visually cap the
building along the roofline.
3). For all properties zoned WC Wellborn Commercial,: roofs Roofs shall be similar to
residential roof types. Flat roofs are not permitted. Shed roofs are only permitted as part of
a peaked roof network. A peaked parapet is permitted if it gives the appearance of a
pitched roof from all sides. Roof The roof slope must be a maximum of eight inches over
twelve inches (8/:12) and a minimum of four inches over twelve inches (4/:12).
f4. Building Materials.
1a. The following minimum amount of fired brick, natural stone, marble, granite, or any
concrete product so long as it has an integrated color and is textured or patterned (not
aggregate material) to simulate brick, stone, marble, or granite shall be provided:
1. A minimum of ten (10) percent on any façade visible from a public right-of-way or
public way;
2. A minimum of twenty (20) percent on primary entrance façades (single or multiple
tenant building) that exceed two -hundred (200) feet in horizontal length;
Page 317 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 78 of 105
3. A minimum of twenty (20) percent on any façade facing a public right-of-way of a
street classified as a major collector on the Comprehensive Plan Functional
Classification & Context Class MapThoroughfare Plan; and
4. A minimum of thirty (30) percent on any façade facing a public right-of-way of a
street classified as a minor arterial or higher greater on the Comprehensive Plan
Functional Classification & Context Class MapThoroughfare Plan.
b. Building materials used to meet the minimum material requirements as provided above
may not be painted.
c. The following building materials are allowed on all façades subject to the following
limitations:
1. Stucco, Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS), high build textured paint on
concrete to simulate the appearance of stucco, split-face concrete masonry that does
not simulate brick or stone, fiber cement siding, reflective glass, or any material
equivalent in appearance and quality as determined by the Design Review Board,
shall not cover more than seventy-five (75) percent of any façade.
2. Wood or cedar siding, stainless steel, chrome, standing seam metal, premium grade
architectural metal, or architecturally finished metal panels (not corrugated metal)
shall not cover more than thirty (30) percent of any façade.
3. Tile or smooth face, tinted concrete blocks shall only be used as an accent and shall
not cover more than ten (10) percent of any façade.
4. Painted metal panel siding is allowed without limitation on a rear façade of a building
when the façade is not visible from a right-of-way, parkland, greenway, or any
residential area.
5. Galvanized steel and painted steel are allowed on doors, including roll-up doors.
6. Metal, standing seam metal, architectural metal or steel may be used as a roof and or
canopy/awnings with no limitation on percentage.
7. In WC Wellborn Commercial wood or cedar siding shall be allowed but not cover
more than seventy-five (75) percent of any façade and reflective glass shall not cover
more than thirty (30) percent of any façade.
d. When determining the area of a façade, doors, windows, and other openings are included
and roof area is not included.
e. Existing buildings may continue to utilize materials other than those listed provided that
any material replacement is for maintenance purposes only and the existing material is
continued. Any material change or replacement of more than fifty (50) percent of the total
area of a façade, including on a cumulative basis, shall require that all building materials be
brought into compliance on that façade.
f. All architectural submittals shall provide elevation drawings for each façade and a material
legend (see sample below) for each façade.
SAMPLE LEGEND
USE OF MATERIALS ON FAÇADE 'A'
Total Square Footage of Façade 'A': 10,000 SFs.f.
Materials Façade Area in Square Feet Percent of Facade
Stucco 2,000 SFs.f. 20%
Page 318 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 79 of 105
Brick 5,000 SFs.f. 50%
Doors and Windows 3,000 SFs.f. 30%
D. Alternative Compliance Permitted.
The Design Review Board (DRB) may authorize variation to the overall requirements of this Section the Non-
Residential Architectural Standards through an application from a licensed architect for an alternative
compliance approval that would allow the innovative or visually interesting design or to address unique
circumstances not otherwise permitted through strict adherence to this Sectionsection. Such requests must
show reasonable evidence that the purposes of the requirements as set forth in this Section section were
maintained and that the additional design flexibility afforded does not provide a means to permit the design
of lesser quality.
E. Waivers and Appeals.
The Design Review Board (DRB) shall review requests for deviations from this Sectionthe Non-Residential
Architectural Standards. The Design Review Board DRB shall approve waivers or appeals found meeting the
intent and general purposes of the standards as it is recognized that unique and unforeseen design
circumstances exist in the application of the standards. Financial hardship may not be considered in the
review or determination of a waiver proposal.
The Design Review Board DRB may review and approve grant approval of the following:
1. Substitutions of building materials if the applicant shows that:
a. The building material is a new or innovative material manufactured that has not been previously
available to the market or the material is not listed as an allowed or prohibited material herein;
b. The material is similar and comparable in quality and appearance to the materials allowed in this
Section 7.10; or
c. The material is an integral part of a themed building (example 50's diner in chrome).
2. Alternate materials on each façade if the applicant shows that:
a. The applicant is a franchised and/or chain commercial use to be developed as a single detached
building (not integrated into a multi-tenant building);
b. The proposed materials are part of its corporate branding; and
c. The applicant provides all of the alternative materials schemes the chain or franchise has used.
3. Alternative materials on façade work that does not involve an expansion of an existing building as
defined in Article 9, Nonconformities of thise UDO or constitute redevelopment if the applicant shows
that:
a. The materials allowed in this Section cannot be utilized without a structural alteration(s) to the
existing building; and
b. A licensed professional engineer or architect verifies in writing that a structural alteration is
required to apply the permitted façade materials to the building.; and
c. The DRB may grant a variance of up to one hundred (100) percent from the façade articulation or
roofline standards herein if the applicant shows that it is not financially or structurally feasible.
4. Alternatives to the options for required screening of mechanical equipment.
5. Alternatives to the design elements available to provide architectural relief.
Page 319 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 80 of 105
6. Relief from the building orientation and access for buildings in MU Mixed-Use districts when physical
characteristics limit the site or provide unique orientation and access opportunities.
7. Reduction in the percentage of required building transparency for the rehabilitation or expansion of
existing buildings in MU Mixed-Use districts if it can be proven by the applicant that inherent site
characteristics constrain the proposed project from meeting the transparency requirement.
8. A variance of up to one hundred (100) percent from the façade articulation or roofline standards
herein if the applicant shows that it is not financially or structurally feasible.
F. Submittal Requirements.
When the non-residential architectural standards are applicable, submitted building elevations shall include
the following:
1. Scaled building elevations for each façade, depicting the following:
a. required Required architectural relief and other design elements; and
b. Location of building materials.
2. Accurate building footprint(s) and general orientation of the building façades in relation to adjacent
rights-of-way, public ways, and properties;
3. Sample building material details as required by the Administrator; and
4. Table of vertical square footage and percentage of building materials for each façade.
Sec. 7.11. Outdoor Lighting Standards.
It is recognized that no design can eliminate all ambient light from being reflected or otherwise being visible from
any given development; however, the following requirements shall be followed to the fullest extent possible in
order to limit nuisances associated with lighting and resulting glare.
A. Applicability.
All lighting within developments shall meet the requirements of this Section, except that single-family
residential, duplexes, townhouses, primary and secondary educational facilities Primary & Secondary
Educational Facilities containing a building with a Group "E" occupancy as defined in the International
Building Code, athletic fields, and lighting not visible from the perimeter of a development are exempted.
B. Site Lighting Design Requirements.
1. Fixture (luminaire).
The light source shall not project below an opaque housing. No fixture shall directly project light
horizontally.
2. Light Source (lamp).
Only incandescent, florescent, metal halide, mercury vapor, or color- corrected high-pressure sodium
may be used. The same type must be used for the same or similar types of lighting on each any one (1)
site throughout any master-planned development.
3. Mounting.
Fixtures shall be mounted in such a manner that the projected cone of light does not cross any
property line.
C. Specific Lighting Requirements.
Page 320 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 81 of 105
The following specific lighting requirements apply:
1. Façade and flagpole lighting must be directed only toward the façade or flag and shall not interfere
with the night -visibility on nearby thoroughfares or shine directly at any adjacent residential use.;
2. All lighting fixtures incorporated into non-enclosed structures (i.e., gas pump canopies, car washes,
etc.) shall be fully recessed into the underside of such structures.;
3. For properties zoned SC Suburban Commercial, site and building lighting may not be located within
required buffer areas or within required building setbacks adjacent to single-family use or zoning
district, except when pedestrian walkways or trails are provided.
4. For properties zoned SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial, site and parking lot
lighting fixtures may not exceed the eave height of the building to which they principally relate, with a
maximum height limit of twenty (20) feet.; and
5. For properties zoned BP Business Park, site and parking lot lighting fixtures may not exceed the height
of the building to which they principally relate, with a maximum height limit of twenty (20) feet.
Per Ordinance No. 3280 (September 9, 2010)
Page 321 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 82 of 105
Sec. 7.12. Outdoor Storage and Display.
A. General.
Outdoor storage and display is allowed in non-residential districts in accordance with this Section. Any
merchandise, material, or equipment situated outdoors and visible from the public right-of-way or adjacent
properties shall be subject to the requirements of this Section. No outdoor storage or display shall be
allowed to occur in required parking areas. For the purpose of this Section, outdoor storage, display, and
sales shall be broken down into the four (4) categories listed belowtypes, as follows.
B. Categories of Outdoor Storage and Display.
1. Outdoor Display.
Outdoor display is the display of items actively for sale or rent. Outdoor display shall be allowed
adjacent to a principal principle building wall and extending to a distance no greater than five (5) feet
from the wall. In lieu of this requirement, a business may obtain site plan approval for outdoor display
areas adjacent to the principal building's public entry façade. Such areas shall not exceed ten (10)
percent of the total gross floor area of the principal structure or two thousand five hundred (2,500)
square feet, whichever is less. Such storage shall not be permitted to block windows, entrances, or
exits, and shall not restrict pedestrian or vehicular circulation, access, or parking.
2. Permanent Outdoor Sales Areas.
Merchandise may be stored or displayed on- site for sale to customers. Permanent outdoor sales areas
shall be enclosed by a minimum six (6) -foot screen or wall. Such areas shall not exceed two thousand
five hundred (2,500) square feet or ten (10) percent of the total site area, whichever is less. Permanent
outdoor sales areas must comply with district setback requirements. Such areas may not interfere with
parking or parking lot requirements. Permanent areas open to the public for the display and/or sale of
merchandise shall be shown on a site plan and will be included in parking requirement calculations.
3. Temporary Outdoor Sales and Storage.
Temporary outdoor sales areasOutdoor Sales Areas, including sales tents, may be displayed for a two
(2) -week period in a calendar year. Such areas shall be clearly defined and shall not interfere with
parking lot requirements. Christmas trees may be displayed for sale from November 15 to December
31.
4. General Outdoor Storage.
Outdoor storage consists of all remaining forms of outdoor storage not classified above. Outdoor
storage that is visible to the public right-of-way or adjacent properties is allowed so long as it is
completely screened from view outside the site by a solid wall or fence at least six (6) feet in height.
Except for developments in the M-2 Heavy Industrial district, outdoor storage shall not exceed the
height of the required screening. Outdoor storage shall not be allowed within a required front setback.
C. Exceptions.
1. Vehicles for sale as part of a properly permitted vehicle sales use (including boats and manufactured
housing) shall not be considered merchandise, material, or equipment subject to the restrictions of this
Section. Such vehicles shall be located and displayed on a paved area that meets parking lot pavement
standards and shall be screened under the same requirements for a parking lot.
2. Waste generated on-site and deposited in ordinary refuse containers shall not be considered outdoor
display or storage.
D. Location of Outdoor Storage and Display.
Page 322 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 83 of 105
Unless specifically authorized elsewhere in the City of College Station City's Code of Ordinances, all outdoor
storage, display, and sales shall be located outside the public right-of-way and must adhere to the required
district setbacks.
Sec. 7.13. Traffic Impact Analyses.
This Section section establishes requirements and procedures pertaining to traffic impact analyseis ("TIAs"). This
Section Article is intended to inform the applicant of the City's expectations to ensure safe and adequate access to
development properties,; adequate traffic flow on existing and proposed/planned roadways,; and sufficient
connectivity of the existing and proposed/planned roadway system attributable to their proposal. In addition, this
Section Article is intended to expedite the City's review of traffic impact analysis TIA reports, provide standard
criteria for evaluating proposals, and identify some potential mitigation measures.
The traffic impact analysis TIA is intended to form the basis for the design of any proposed access/roadway system
to ensure coordination of the proposed land use with the transportation needs resulting there from. The City of
College Station and the developer share the responsibility to identify and solve transportation issues arising from
land development.
The City College Station requires that traffic impact analyses TIAs accompany certain zoning applications, certain
preliminary site plan applications, and certain site preliminary plan applications. It is intended that any traffic
impact analysis TIA required for any type of land development proposal will complement the overall goal of
ensuring that adequate transportation facilities are in place to serve land uses by the time those uses are occupied
and generating traffic. These purposes are further amplified below.
A. Purpose.
1. Zoning Traffic Impact AnalysisTIA.
The goal of a traffic impact analysis TIA submitted in conjunction with a zoning request is to determine
the effect that uses allowed within various proposed zones will have on existing and/or any
proposed/planned roadway systems, and to ensure there is a balance between future land uses and
future transportation systems. Zoning applications that are required to have a traffic impact analysis
TIA are evaluated using both current and long-term traffic and roadway scenarios.
The traffic impact analysis TIA will determine whether acceptable levels of service will be maintained
for traffic flow within the proposed project and in its study area. Where service levels fall below
acceptable standards, mitigation solutions will be analyzed for their effectiveness. A traffic impact analysis TIA for a zoning request should not recommend mitigation measures that are inconsistent with
any traffic or roadway provisions of the UDO Unified Development Ordinance or the City's
Comprehensive Plan, including the Thoroughfare Plan. The Planning and Zoning Commission and the
City Council shall consider the findings of the traffic impact analysis TIA in approving or disapproving
zoning changes to the extent allowed by law.
2. Preliminary Plan Traffic Impact AnalysisTIA.
The goal of a traffic impact analysis TIA submitted in conjunction with a preliminary plan is twofold: to
assess the adequacy and safety of proposed access to adjacent existing or planned roadways (or
designs proposed for such access or roadways); ) and to determine the effects the proposed project
may have on current and future land development and roadway systems in its study area. Generally,
the traffic impact analysis TIA uses current and anticipated near-term traffic volumes and roadway
configurations for the analysis. The process should ensure that the roadway system is, or will be,
adequate to accommodate the proposed use and that safe and adequate access will be provided for
travel between the site and the public roadway system.
Page 323 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 84 of 105
Where the traffic impact analysis TIA shows levels of service falling below acceptable minimums on
roadway systems in its study area the traffic impact analysis TIA will recommend appropriate
mitigation measures and demonstrate their effectiveness. Example mitigation techniques may include
adding/lengthening deceleration/turn lanes, improving driveway access, providing connectivity, and
modifying traffic control devices. Combinations of these techniques and other techniques can be
considered. A traffic impact analysis TIA for a preliminary plan should not recommend mitigation
measures that are inconsistent with any traffic or roadway provisions of the UDO Unified Development
Ordinance or the City's Comprehensive Plan, including the Thoroughfare Plan. The Planning and Zoning
Commission shall consider the findings of the traffic impact analysis TIA in approving or disapproving
preliminary plans to the extent allowed by law.
3. Site Plan Traffic Impact AnalysisTIA.
The goal of a traffic impact analysis TIA submitted in conjunction with a site plan is twofold: to assess
the adequacy and safety of proposed access to adjacent existing or planned roadways (or designs
proposed for such access or roadways); and to determine the effects the site project may have on
current and future land development and roadway systems in its study area. Generally, the traffic
impact analysis TIA uses current and anticipated near-term traffic volumes and roadway configurations
for the analysis. The process should ensure that the roadway system is, or will be, adequate to
accommodate the proposed use and that safe and adequate access will be provided for travel between
the site and the public roadway system.
Where the traffic impact analysis TIA shows levels of service falling below acceptable minimums on
roadway systems in its study area the traffic impact analysis TIA will recommend appropriate
mitigation measures and demonstrate their effectiveness. Example mitigation techniques may include
adding/lengthening deceleration/turn lanes, improving driveway access, providing connectivity, and
modifying traffic control devices. Combinations of these techniques and other techniques can be
considered. A traffic impact analysis TIA for a site plan should not recommend mitigation measures
that are inconsistent with any traffic or roadway provisions of the UDO Unified Development
Ordinance or the City's Comprehensive Plan, including the Thoroughfare Plan. The Planning and Zoning
Commission shall consider the findings of the traffic impact analysis TIA in approving or disapproving
site plans to the extent allowed by law.
B. Definitions.
1. Trip Generation Rates.
Trip generation rates Generation Rates are used to estimate the amount of vehicular traffic generated
by proposed rezoning or a proposed site plan. For zoning Zoning and preliminary plan Preliminary Plan
traffic impact analysesTIAs, these rates are shown by zoning district in the table below. Preliminary
plan Plan trip generation rates should be based on the underlying zoning district. Site plan traffic
impact analyses TIAs shall use rates set forth in the latest edition of the Trip Generation Report
published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE), unless said report Report does not
adequately address the type or intensity of the proposed land use. In this event, the applicant or their
his agent shall submit projected vehicle trips to the Administrator. For land uses adequately
represented in said reportReport, alternate trip generation rates shall not be accepted.
Table 1Trip Generation Rates for: Residential Zoning DistrictsLand Uses
Zoning Classification
Maximum Units/Acre
ITE Land Use Code
Trip Rate / Unit
Trip Rate / Acre
R 0.33 210 1.00 0.33
WE 0.5 210 1.00 0.5
E 1 210 1.00 1
Page 324 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 85 of 105
WRS 2 210 1.00 2
RS 4 210 1.00 4
GS 8 210 1.00 8
D 12 230 0.52 6.24
T 14 230 0.52 7.28
MH 24 230 0.52 12.48
MF 30 220 0.62 18.6
MU Determined by Administrator
MHP Determined by Administrator
P-MUD Determined by Administrator
Table 2Trip Generation Rates for: Non-Residential Zoning DistrictsLand Uses
Zoning
Classification
Maximum
UnitsBuilding
Area/Acre*
ITE Land
Use Code
Trip Rate /1,000
K SF
Trip Rate /
Acre
O 16,000 SFsf 710 1.55 25
SC 11,000 SFsf 820 3.75 40
WC 11,000 SFsf 820 3.75 40
GC 13,500 SFsf 820 3.75 50
CI 16,000 SFsf 710 1.55 25
BP N/A 130 0.85 8.85
BPI N/A 770 1.43 19
CU Determined by Administrator
PDD Determined by Administrator
* Density maximum calculated based on existing (2007) developments in the City of College Station.
Table 3Trip Generation Rates for: Retired Zoning DistrictsLand Uses
Zoning
Classification
Maximum
Units or Building
Area/Acre*
ITE Land
Use Code
Trip Rate /1,000
K SF
Trip Rate /
Acre
R-4 20.0 220 0.62 12.4
R-6 30.0 220 0.62 18.6
C-3 11,000 SFsf 820 3.75 40
R&D N/A 760 N/A 16.8
M-1 N/A 110 N/A 7.5
M-2 N/A 120 N/A 2.2
* Density maximum calculated based on existing (2007) developments in the City of College Station.
2. Design Year.
The design year is the point in time upon which assumptions pertaining to land use, population,
employment, and transportation facilities are based. All traffic impact analyses TIAs shall use a design
year based on the expected date of project occupancy, and shall include consideration of nearby
development that has been approved and will contribute traffic volume to the proposed project's
study area.
Page 325 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 86 of 105
3. Peak Periods.
Peak periods relate to times of day experiencing the greatest hourly traffic flow rates. Two (2) "peaks"
are to be addressed by a traffic impact analysisTIA: The morning and afternoon peak hours (or
projected peak hours) of existing (or planned) roadways serving the proposed land development.
Typically, roadway peak periods are between 7:00 and 9:00 a.m. and between 4:00 and 6:00 p.m.
4. Base Volumes.
Base volumes shall be based on current traffic counts adjusted to the expected date of project
occupancy plus volumes generated by nearby future development (all phases) that has been approved
by the City. When available, base data will be supplied by the City Traffic Engineer. In all cases where
traffic counts are needed and are not available, the developer or their his agent shall be required to
collect such data according to guidelines approved by the Administrator.
5. Level of Service (LOS).
Level of service Service is a measure of the extent of congestion experienced on roadways. It is
measured through analysis of traffic operating conditions on roadway links and at intersections, using
techniques presented in the latest edition of the Transportation Research Board's Highway Capacity
Manual.
C. Applicability.
1. Zoning Traffic Impact AnalysisTIA.
Any zoning request, except for certain "redevelopment" areas as designated on the Comprehensive
Plan Future Land Use & and Character Map, which is expected to generate at least one hundred fifty
(150) vehicle trips during any peak hour period requires a traffic impact analysisTIA. Where the
Comprehensive Plan designates a property as a redevelopment area,"Redevelopment" a traffic impact
analysis TIA is required if the zoning request is expected to generate at least one hundred fifty (150)
vehicle trips during any peak hour period more than those generated by the currently approved use(s)
on the property. A zoning request involving multiple zoning districts is required to have a traffic impact
analysis TIA based on the total traffic generated for all the proposed districts. A traffic impact analysis
TIA may be required for a zoning request that generates less than one hundred fifty (150) trips in the
peak hour, where the peaking characteristics could have a detrimental impact on the transportation
system as determined by the Administrator.
A traffic impact analysis TIA shall be required unless the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of
the Administrator that a traffic impact analysis TIA is not necessary for the proposed rezoning request.
In cases where a traffic impact analysis TIA is required, the rezoning application will be considered
incomplete until the traffic impact analysis TIA is submitted.
2. Preliminary Plan Traffic Impact AnalysisTIA.
Any proposed development requiring preliminary plan approval, which is expected to generate at least
one hundred fifty (150) trips in any peak hour period requires a traffic impact analysisTIA. A traffic
impact analysis TIA may be required for preliminary plans that generate less than one hundred fifty
(150) trips in any peak hour period where the peaking characteristics could have a detrimental impact
on the area's vehicular transportation system as determined by the Administrator.
A traffic impact analysis TIA shall be required unless the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of
the Administrator that a traffic impact analysis TIA is not necessary for the proposed project. In cases
where a traffic impact analysis TIA is required, the preliminary plan application must be accompanied
by the traffic impact analysis.TIA
3. Site Plan Traffic Impact AnalysisTIA.
Page 326 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 87 of 105
Any proposed development requiring site plan approval, excluding developments located in the zoning
classifications of NG-1 Core Northgate, NG-2 Transitional Northgate, or NG-3 Residential Northgate,
which is expected to generate at least one hundred fifty (150) trips in any peak hour period requires a
traffic impact analysisTIA. A traffic impact analysis TIA may be required for site plans that generate less
than one hundred fifty (150) trips in any peak hour period where the peaking characteristics could have
a detrimental impact on the area's vehicular transportation system as determined by the
Administrator.
A traffic impact analysis TIA shall be required unless the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of
the Administrator that a traffic impact analysis TIA is not necessary for the proposed site project. In
cases where a traffic impact analysis TIA is required, the site plan application must be accompanied by
the traffic impact analysisTIA.
D. Methodology.
1. Professional Engineer to Perform Traffic Impact Analysisperform TIA.
All required traffic impact analyses TIAs shall be performed by a professional engineer licensed in the
State of Texas and qualified to perform such analysis. Qualifications may include, but are not limited to,
certification as a Professional Traffic Operations Engineer or Professional Transportation Planner by the
Institute of Transportation Engineers or certification by the Texas Department of Transportation
(TxDOT) to conduct traffic engineering studies.
2. Pre-Submittal Meeting.
A pre-submission consultation with the Administrator is required at the time of the pre-application
conference Pre-Application Conference to discuss whether a traffic impact analysis TIA is required and,
if so, the relevant aspects thereof. The study area will be defined to include nearby land developments
(existing or approved), the street network to be examined (the "study network"), and the minimum
extent of analysis. In addition, details of the procedures, assumptions, data collection, and analysis
methodology(ies) will be determined at this meeting. Traffic from other nearby developments that
have been approved but not yet constructed will be accounted for in the traffic impact analysis TIA as
determined by the Administrator. The Administrator may require other specific assumptions such as
the percentage of trucks to match local conditions. The City may require analysis of peak fifteen (15)
minute intervals for certain types of land uses that generate major traffic surges including such as, but
not limited to, stadiums, movie theaters, arenas, and schools.
3. Zoning Traffic Impact Analysis TIA Content.
a. Study Area.
A map(s) will delineate the traffic impact analysis TIA study area, including land areas to be
considered and all existing/planned streets therein, and the "study network" (those streets and
intersections requiring specific analysis). The study area shall be determined based on the
geographical area most affected by the proposed zoning request as determined by the
Administrator after conferring with the applicant's traffic engineer.
b. Existing Zoning.
A description by zoning classification of the existing zoning in the area proposed for rezoning.
c. Proposed Zoning.
A description of the proposed zoning including the land area by zoning classification.
d. Roadway Network.
Page 327 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 88 of 105
A description of the existing and proposed/planned roadways of all classifications and traffic
volumes on the study network within the study area.
e. Impact Determination.
An assessment of projected traffic volumes is to be made for all study network roadways,
comparing those with allowable volume limits on roadways classed as collector and local, and
providing a description of the volume/capacity (V/C) ratio for all roadways in the study network.
In addition, delay projections for signalized and unsignalized intersections in the study network
will be determined. Where volume/capacity V/C ratios and intersection delay are the measures
of effectiveness level Level of service Service D or better must be maintained. The analysis shall
contain the following minimum information:
1). Proposed Trip Generation.
Show in tabular form trip generation rates (see the tables above in this sectionTable 1, 2, or
3 as applicable) and the total trips generated based on proposed zoning.
2). Existing Trip Generation.
Show in tabular form trip generation rates (see the tables above in this sectionTable 1, 2, or
3 as applicable) and the total trips generated based on existing zoning.
3). Net Increased Trip Distribution and Assignment.
Show proposed trip generation minus existing trips and the calculation of new trips
generated. The net increase in trips generated by the zoning request is to be added to the
base volumes projected by design year. Twenty-four (24) -hour and peak hour volumes
must be calculated. Distribution and assignment calculations must be provided.
4). Level of Service Analysis.
Show in tabular form the peak hour level Level of service Service for existing and proposed
zoning. Calculations shall include all thoroughfare links and intersections. Calculate the
level of service and percentage change (when compared to base volumes) for each link and
intersection.
5). Neighborhood Traffic Analysis.
If a proposed rezoning is projected to increase the traffic on an existing or
proposed/planned minor collector or local residential roadway (street) by at least ten (10)
percent, a neighborhood traffic analysis shall be performed. This analysis will include an
evaluation of existing and projected traffic on the affected roadways. Where the projected
traffic exceeds the limits indicated in the Bryan/College Station Unified BCS Design
Guidelines, the street network layout must be adjusted to lower this traffic volume.
6). Conclusions.
Summarize points of conflict and congestion, identify all thoroughfare links and
intersections not achieving a level Level of service Service D or better, and the percentage
change resulting from the proposed zoning change. The results of examining collector and
local residential roadways, including the findings of any neighborhood traffic analysis must
also be summarized.
f. Mitigation.
A description of the mitigation measures proposed for achieving acceptable service thresholds
shall be shown. Analysis of the study network as adjusted by the proposed measures must be
documented. Traffic produced by the proposed zoning request plus traffic levels projected by the
Page 328 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 89 of 105
time of project occupancy should result in a level Level of service Service D or better. Locations
not meeting a level Level of service Service D where the proposed zoning contributes five (5)
percent or more of the peak hour traffic must be mitigated by the applicant. Acceptable methods
of mitigating negative traffic impacts include any one (1), or a combination of, the measures
listed below but is are not limited to those listed.
1) Modifying the zoning request so that resulting traffic volumes yield a level Level of service
Service D or better throughout the study network.
2) Modify any street network proposed as part of the development project in terms of size,
layout, connectivity, intersection layouts, or location of termini with thoroughfares, or any
combination of such changes.
3) Limit development densities/intensities within one (1) or more zoning classifications or
land parcels to result in acceptable traffic volumes.
4) Making minor thoroughfare or intersection improvements, such as adding/extending or
relocating turn lanes, adding/extending acceleration and/or deceleration lanes, adding
non-traversable medians, relocating median openings, using special directional median
openings, or using special features to facilitate safe U-turn maneuvers.
Amendments to the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map City's
Thoroughfare Plan shall not be accepted as a means of mitigating negative impacts, unless the
proposed amendment(s) can be shown to enhance capacity and safety and will be constructed as
part of the proposed land development project.
g. Planning and Zoning Commission Report.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall make a report to the City Council on all traffic impact
analyses TIAs it considers in conjunction with rezoning requestsrequests for rezoning. The
Planning and Zoning Commission may make a recommendation for approval, modification, or
denial of the zoning case based on other planning factors in addition to its review of the traffic
impact analysisTIA.
Where the identified impacts of the proposed zoning cannot be adequately mitigated, the
Planning and Zoning Commission may recommend to the City Council one (1) or more of the
following actions:
1). Denial of the zoning case in total or in part.
2). Other action(s) deemed appropriate by a study made, or endorsed by, a qualified traffic
engineer to mitigate negative traffic impacts.
4. Preliminary Plan Traffic Impact Analysis TIA Content.
Submittals of traffic impact analyses TIAs for preliminary plan projects shall include the following:
a. Study Area.
A map(s) delineating the traffic impact analysis TIA study area, including land areas to be
considered and all existing/planned roadways therein, and the "study network" (those roadways
and intersections requiring specific analysis). The study area will be determined by identifying the
geographical area most affected by the proposed development as determined by the
Administrator after conferring with the applicant. In general, the study area will cover all
intersections through which at least ten (10) percent of the proposed development's site traffic
passes, and shall extend to and include at least the first traffic signal in all directions if within one
(1) mile of any portion of the site. Existing roadway and intersection capacities shall be shown.
Page 329 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 90 of 105
b. Existing Zoning.
A description of existing zoning in the area included in the preliminary plan.
c. Thoroughfare Network.
A description of existing thoroughfares, signals, signal phasing, and traffic volumes within the
study area.;
d. Proposed Development.
A description of the proposed development including land area (gross and net), square footage,
density, dwelling units, etc. Also, a description of anticipated roadway conditions expected by the
date of completion of the proposed development shall be included.
e. Proposed Roadway Network.
Identification of the proposed roadway network for the preliminary plan. This shall include the
location of access points, the location and number of lanes of proposed roadways or public ways,
and proposed traffic controls. It must also include any proposed modifications to adjacent
roadways.
f. Impact Determination.
A determination of the level Level of service Service for all roadways and intersections in the
study area shall be included, as shall an evaluation of pedestrian, bicycle, and motor vehicle
safety conditions within the preliminary plan. The analysis shall contain the following minimum
information:
1). Proposed Trip Generation.
A calculation of the total trip generation by use within the study area assuming full
development and occupancy, including both peak hour and twenty-four (24) -hour
information showing any reductions attributed to passers-by, mixed- use, etc. show Show
trip generation by use in tabular form with land use trip generation rates and trips
generated.
2). Trip Distribution and Assignment.
A calculation of trips generated by the proposed development as added to the base
volumes projected for the design year. Peak hour volumes must be calculated. Distribution
assumptions (and the bases, therefore) and assignment calculations must be provided.
3). Level of Service Analysis.
A depiction shown in tabular form, twenty-four (24) -hour and peak hour volume/capacity
ratios for links and intersections within the study area. This analysis should be done for the
following traffic conditions: existing traffic, existing traffic plus projected traffic.
4). Neighborhood Traffic Analysis.
If the traffic impact analysis TIA calculations show that a proposed preliminary plan
increases traffic on a minor collector or local residential roadway (street) by at least ten
(10) percent, a neighborhood traffic analysis shall be performed. This analysis will include
an evaluation of existing and projected traffic on the affected roadways. Where the
projected traffic exceeds the limits indicated in the Bryan/College Station Unified BCS
Design Guidelines mitigation to lower this traffic may be required.
5). Conclusions.
Page 330 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 91 of 105
A summary of findings must be reported. It must show all adjacent roadways and
intersections noting those that fail to provide a level Level of service Service D or better,
and the percent increase in total traffic produced by the proposed project. In addition, the
report must demonstrate that the proposed roadway network will provide safe and
adequate access to the development. It also must identify any safety and operational
problems (e.g., driveways, sight distances, median openings, and signalization) within the
study area.
g. Mitigation.
A description of the mitigation measures proposed for meeting acceptable traffic service
thresholds shall be shown. Where the development is contributing five (5) percent or more of
the traffic at locations failing to meet a level Level of service Service D or better the total trips
should be mitigated by the applicant to low enough levels to achieve the required standard (or to
pre-development levels, if the pre-development level is less than a level Level of service Service
D). Acceptable measures for mitigating negative traffic impacts include any one (1), or a
combination of, those listed below.
1) Modifying the density or intensity of land use, such as a reduction in square footage or the
percentage of commercial use to result in traffic levels meeting a level Level of service
Service D or better;
2) Phasing approval and construction of a project until additional roadway capacity becomes
available;
3) Modifying the proposed street network in terms of size, layout, connectivity, intersection
layouts, or location of termini with thoroughfares or any combination of such changes;
4) Making off-site improvements including the construction of additional lanes, increases in
storage lane capacities, or modification/installation of signalization, to list some examples.
h. Costs of Mitigation.
Mitigation improvements which that are attributable to the proposed development shall be
funded at the developer's expense. Any other improvements shown which are consistent with
the Thoroughfare Plan may be repaid by the City in accordance with its cost- sharing policies.
5. Site Plan Traffic Impact Analysis TIA Content.
Submittals of traffic impact analyses TIAs for site plan projects shall include the following:
a. Study Area.
A map(s) delineating the traffic impact analysis TIA study area, including land areas to be
considered and all existing/planned roadways therein, and the "study network" (those roadways
and intersections requiring specific analysis). The study area will be determined by identifying the
geographical area most affected by the proposed development as determined by the
Administrator after conferring with the applicant. In general, the study area will cover all
intersections through which at least ten (10) percent of the proposed development's site traffic
passes, and shall extend to and include at least the first traffic signal in all directions if within one
(1) mile of any portion of the site. Existing roadway and intersection capacities shall be shown.
b. Existing Zoning and Development.
A description of existing zoning including land area (gross and net) by zoning classification,
square footage, the density of hotel rooms, dwelling units, etc. Also, a description of the
development currently within the proposed site plan, including showing how it will be affected
by the new development proposal.;
Page 331 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 92 of 105
c. Thoroughfare Network.
A description of existing thoroughfares, signals, signal phasing, and traffic volumes within the
study area.;
d. Proposed Development.
A description of the proposed development including land area (gross and net), square footage,
the density of hotel rooms, dwelling units, etc. Also, a description of anticipated roadway
conditions expected by the date of occupancy of the proposed development shall be included.
e. Proposed Access.
Identification of the proposed access driveways for the site. This shall include the location and
number of lanes, proposed traffic controls, and relationship to on-site circulation features for
each proposed point of access. It must also include any proposed modifications to adjacent
roadways. Once the traffic impact analysis TIA and an access plan has have been approved, the
final location and design of all access points shall meet or exceed the current access
management and roadway design policies of the entity responsible for the condition of that
portion of the adjacent roadway.
f. Impact Determination.
A determination of the level Level of service Service for all roadways and intersections in the
study area shall be included, as shall an evaluation of pedestrian, bicycle, and motor vehicle
safety conditions along all the roadway frontage of the site. The analysis shall contain the
following minimum information:
1). Proposed Trip Generation.
A calculation of the total trip generation by use within the study area assuming full
development and occupancy, including both peak hour and twenty-four (24) -hour
information showing any reductions attributed to passers-by, mixed- use, etc. show Show
trip generation by use in tabular form with land use trip generation rates and trips
generated.
2). Trip Distribution and Assignment.
A calculation of trips generated by the proposed development as added to the base
volumes projected for the design year. Peak hour volumes must be calculated. Distribution
assumptions (and the bases, therefore) and assignment calculations must be provided.
3). Level of Service Analysis.
A depiction shown in tabular form, twenty-four (24) -hour and peak hour volume/capacity
ratios for links and intersections within the study area. This analysis should be done for the
following traffic conditions: existing traffic, existing traffic plus projected traffic. Capacity
analyses analyzes must be shown for all points of ingress and egress, median breaks, and
turn lanes associated with the proposed site.
4). Neighborhood Traffic Analysis.
If the traffic impact analysis TIA calculations show that a proposed site project increases
traffic on a minor collector or local residential roadway (street) by at least ten (10) percent,
a neighborhood traffic analysis shall be performed. This analysis will include an evaluation
of existing and projected traffic on the affected roadways. Where the projected traffic
exceeds the limits indicated in the Bryan/College Station Unified BCS Design Guidelines
mitigation to lower this traffic may be required.
Page 332 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 93 of 105
5). Conclusions.
A summary of findings must be reported. It must show all adjacent roadways and
intersections noting those that fail to provide a level Level of service Service D or better,
and the percent increase in total traffic produced by the proposed site project. In addition,
the report must demonstrate that the proposed access design will provide safe and
adequate access to the project site. It also must identify any safety and operational
problems (e.g., driveways, sight distances, median openings, and signalization) within the
study.
g. Mitigation.
A description of the mitigation measures proposed for meeting acceptable traffic service
thresholds shall be shown. Where the development is contributing five (5) percent or more of
the traffic at locations failing to meet a level Level of service Service D or better the total trips
should be mitigated by the applicant to low enough levels to achieve the required standard (or to
pre-development levels, if the pre-development level is less than a level Level of service Service
D). Acceptable measures for mitigating negative traffic impacts include any one (1), or a
combination of, those listed below:.
1) Modifying the density or intensity of land use, such as a reduction in square footage or the
percentage of commercial use to result in traffic levels meeting a level Level of service
Service D or better;
2) Phasing approval and construction of a project until additional roadway capacity becomes
available;
3) Improving the access plan by dealing with features such as overall site arrangement, the
placement and design features of access points, provision of additional access points to
roadways not immediately adjacent to the property, provision of alternate controls, or
adjustments in the site circulation system;
4) Making off-site improvements including the construction of additional lanes, increases in
storage lane capacities, or modification of signalization, to list some examples.
h. Costs of Mitigation.
Mitigation improvements which that are attributable to the proposed development shall be
funded at the developer's expense. Any other improvements shown that which are consistent
with the Thoroughfare Plan may be repaid by the City in accordance with its cost- sharing
policies.
E. Criteria for Approval.
The City shall consider the following standards in determining whether a proposed rezoning or submitted
site plan project meets an acceptable level Level of serviceService:
1. Design Requirement.
The proposed rezoning or site plan project is consistent with the City's adopted access management
and design requirements and is consistent with the design requirements of the Texas Department of
Transportation (TxDOT) on roadways maintained by such agency.
2. Level of Service D.
The desirable minimum level Level of service Service for the City of College Station is a level Level of
service Service D as that term is described in the Transportation Research Board's Highway Capacity
Manual.
Page 333 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 94 of 105
3. Determination of Adequate Mitigation.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the appropriate Administrator and the appropriate
reviewing body, where required, shall, based on recommendations by a qualified traffic engineer,
determine whether adequate mitigation has occurred to meet an acceptable level of service utilizing
the requirements set forth herein.
Sec. 7.14. Drainage and Stormwater Management.
A. General.
1. Purpose and Intentintent.
This Section section establishes methods for controlling the introduction of pollutants into the
municipal stormwater drainage system and establishes legal authority for the City to carry out all
inspections, surveillance, monitoring, and enforcement procedures necessary to ensure compliance
with the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) permit for industrial and construction activity.
2. Compatibility with Other Regulationsother regulations.
a. This Section section is not intended to modify or repeal any other ordinance, rule, regulation, or
other provision of law. The requirements of this Section section are in addition to the
requirements of any other ordinance, rule, regulation, or other provision of law, and where any
provision of this Section section imposes the restriction of law, whichever provision is more
restrictive or imposes higher protective standards for human health or the environment shall
control.
b. Any reference to this Section section shall also apply to the Stormwater Discharges Article of
Chapter 14, Environment and Natural Resources of the City of College Station Section 7.13 of this
Code of Ordinances, and both Sections shall be interpreted and enforced in conjunction with
each other, where applicable.
3. General StandardsDefinitions.
a. Final stabilization occurs when one of the following conditions has been met for a site:
1) All soil disturbing activities at a site have been completed and either of the two (2)
following criteria are met:
a) A uniform (e.g., evenly distributed, without large bare areas) perennial vegetative
cover with a density of seventy (70) percent of the native background vegetative cover for the area has been established on all unpaved areas and areas not covered
by permanent structures; or
b) Equivalent permanent stabilization measures (such as the use of riprap, gabions, or
geotextiles) have been employed.
2) When background native vegetation or other appropriate vegetation will cover less than
one hundred (100) percent of the ground (e.g., arid areas, beaches), the seventy (70)
percent coverage criteria is adjusted as follows: if the native vegetation or other
appropriate vegetation covers fifty (50) percent of the ground, seventy (70) percent of fifty
(50) percent (0.70 × 0.50 = 0.35) would require thirty-five (35) percent total cover for final
stabilization. On a beach with no natural vegetation, no stabilization is required.
3) For individual lots in residential construction:
a) The homebuilder has completed final stabilization as specified above; or
Page 334 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 95 of 105
b) The homebuilder has established temporary stabilization including perimeter
controls for an individual lot prior to occupation of the home by the homeowner and
informing the homeowner of the need for, and benefits of, final stabilization.
4) For construction projects on land used for agricultural purposes (e.g., pipelines across crop
or range land, staging areas for highway construction, etc.), final stabilization may be
accomplished by returning the disturbed land to its preconstruction agricultural use. Areas
disturbed that were not previously used for agricultural activities, such as buffer strips
immediately adjacent to surface waters of the State and areas which are not being
returned to their preconstruction agricultural use must meet the final stabilization criteria
above.
b. The following categories of facilities are considered to be engaging in industrial activity:
1) Facilities subject to stormwater effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance
standards, or toxic pollutant effluent standards under 40 CFR. subchapter N (except
facilities with toxic pollutant effluent standards which are exempted under Subsection 11
below);
2) Facilities classified as Standard Industrial Classifications 24 (except 2434), 26 (except 265
and 267), 28 (except 283), 29, 311, 32 (except 323), 33, 3441, 373;
3) Facilities classified as Standard Industrial Classifications 10 through 14 (mineral industry)
including active or inactive mining operations (except for areas of coal mining operations
no longer meeting the definition of a reclamation area under 40 CFR § 434.11(1) because
the performance bond issued to the facility by the appropriate federal Surface Mining
Control and Reclamation Act authority has been released, or except for areas of non-coal
mining operations which have been released from applicable state or federal reclamation
requirements after December 17, 1990, and oil and gas exploration, production,
processing, or treatment operations, or transmission facilities that discharge stormwater
contaminated by contact with or that has come into contact with, any overburden, raw
material, intermediate products, finished products, byproducts or waste products located
on the site of such operations;
4) Hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facilities, including those that are
operating under interim status or a permit under subtitle C of the Federal Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA);
5) Landfills, land application sites, and open dumps that receive or have received any
industrial wastes (waste that is received from any of the facilities described under this
subsection) including those that are subject to regulation under subtitle D of the RCRA;
6) Facilities involved in the recycling of materials, including metal scrap yards, battery
reclaimers, salvage yards, and automobile junkyards, including but limited to those
classified as Standard Industrial Classification 5015 and 5093;
7) Steam electric power generating facilities, including coal handling sites;
8) Transportation facilities classified as Standard Industrial Classifications 40, 41, 42 (except
422125), 43, 44, 45, and 5171 which have vehicle maintenance shops, equipment cleaning
operations, or airport deicing operations. Only those portions of the facility that are either
involved in vehicle maintenance, equipment cleaning operations, airport deicing
operations, or which are otherwise identified under Subsections 1-7 above or Subsections
9-11 below are associated with the industrial activity;
Page 335 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 96 of 105
9) Treatment works treating domestic sewage or any other sewage sludge or wastewater
treatment device or system, used in the storage treatment, recycling, and reclamation of
municipal or domestic sewage, including land dedicated to the disposal of sewage sludge
that is located within the confines of the facility, with a design flow of one (1) million
gallons per day or more, or required to have an approved pretreatment program under 40
CFR part 403. Not included are farmlands, domestic gardens, or lands used for sludge
management where sludge is beneficially reused and which are not physically located in
the confines of the facility, or areas that comply with Section 405 of the Clean Water Act;
10) Construction activity including clearing, grading, and excavation activities except for
operations that result in the disturbance of less than one (1) acre of total land area which
are not part of a larger common plan of development or sale;
11) Facilities under Standard Industrial Classifications 20, 21, 22, 23, 2434, 25, 265, 267, 27,
283, 285, 30, 31 (except 311), 323, 34 (except 3441), 35, 36, 37 (except 373), 38, 39,
422125, (and which are not otherwise included within Subsections 2-10 above);
c. For the purposes of In this section:
Best management practices (BMP) means schedules of activities, practices, maintenance
procedures, and other management practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of the municipal
stormwater drainage system and waters of the United States. BMPs also include treatment
requirements, operating procedures, and practices to control plant site runoff, spillage or leaks,
sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage.
1) Construction activity or construction activities include clearing, grading, and excavating
that are subject to Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General
Construction General Permits. It does not include routine maintenance that is performed to
maintain the original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, and original purpose of a ditch,
channel, or other similar storm water conveyance. Additionally, it does not include the
routine grading of existing dirt roads, asphalt overlays of existing roads, the routine
clearing of existing rights-of-way, and similar maintenance activities.
2) Construction site includes means any construction site required by the Clean Water Act to
operate within the limits of a TPDES permit to discharge stormwater associated with
construction activity.
Construction site notice (CSN) means a written submission to the MS4 operator from an
applicant stating that a small construction activity will be commencing and will operate under the
provisions of the TCEQ General Permit TXR150000.
3) Facility includes means any facility, industrial facility, or construction site, required by the
Clean Water Act to have a permit to discharge stormwater associated with industrial or
construction activity.
Final Stabilization means that:
a. All soil disturbing activities at the Site have been completed and either of the two (2)
following criteria are met:
1) A uniform (e.g., evenly distributed, without large bare areas) perennial vegetative cover
with a density of seventy (70) percent of the native background vegetative cover for the
area has been established on all unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent
structures; or
2) Equivalent permanent stabilization measures (such as the use of riprap, gabions, or
geotextiles) have been employed.
Page 336 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 97 of 105
b. When background native vegetation or other appropriate vegetation will cover less than
one hundred (100) percent of the ground (e.g., arid areas, beaches), the seventy (70)
percent coverage criteria is adjusted as follows: if the native vegetation or other
appropriate vegetation covers fifty (50) percent of the ground, seventy (70) percent of fifty
(50) percent (0.70 × 0.50 = 0.35) would require thirty-five (35) percent total cover for final
stabilization. On a beach with no natural vegetation, no stabilization is required.
c. For individual lots in residential construction, final stabilization means that either:
1) The homebuilder has completed final stabilization as specified above; or
2) The homebuilder has established temporary stabilization including perimeter controls for
an individual lot prior to occupation of the home by the homeowner and informing the
homeowner of the need for, and benefits of, final stabilization.
d. For construction Projects on land used for agricultural purposes (e.g., pipelines across crop
or range land, staging areas for highway construction, etc.), final stabilization may be
accomplished by returning the disturbed land to its preconstruction agricultural use. Areas
disturbed that were not previously used for agricultural activities, such as buffer strips
immediately adjacent to "Surface Waters of the State," and areas which are not being
returned to their preconstruction agricultural use must meet the final stabilization criteria
(a) or (b) or (c) above.
4) Industrial facility includes means any facility required by the Clean Water Act to have a
permit to discharge stormwater associated with industrial activity subject to TPDES
Industrial Permits as defined in 40 CFR, Section 122.26 (b)(14).
Notice of change (NOC) means the notification of changes to SWP3 that is required by the TPDES
Stormwater Permits.
Notice of intent (NOI) means the advance notification that is required by the TPDES Stormwater
Permits prior to commencement of work.
Notice of termination (NOT) means the notification that is required by the TPDES Stormwater Permits
upon completion of work.
Regulated activity means an activity occurring at an industrial facility or construction site, which
qualifies the facility or site to acquire a permit to discharge stormwater under the Clean Water Act.
Release means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting,
escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the municipal stormwater drainage system, the water of
the state, the waters of the United States.
Stormwater discharge associated with industrial activity means the discharge from any conveyance
which is used for collecting and conveying stormwater and which is directly related to manufacturing,
processing or raw materials storage areas at an industrial facility. The following categories of facilities
are considered to be engaging in "industrial activity":
a. Facilities subject to stormwater effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance
standards, or toxic pollutant effluent standards under 40 CFR. subchapter N (except facilities with
toxic pollutant effluent standards which are exempted under category (k) of this definition);
b. Facilities classified as Standard Industrial Classifications 24 (except 2434), 26 (except 265 and
267), 28 (except 283), 29, 311, 32 (except 323), 33, 3441, 373;
c. Facilities classified as Standard Industrial Classifications 10 through 14 (mineral industry)
including active or inactive mining operations (except for areas of coal mining operations no
longer meeting the definition of a reclamation area under 40 CFR § 434.11(1) because the
Page 337 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 98 of 105
performance bond issued to the facility by the appropriate federal Surface Mining Control and
Reclamation Act (SMCRA) authority has been released, or except for areas of noncoal mining
operations which have been released from applicable state or federal reclamation requirements
after December 17, 1990 and oil and gas exploration, production, processing, or treatment
operations, or transmission facilities that discharge stormwater contaminated by contact with or
that has come into contact with, any overburden, raw material, intermediate products, finished
products, byproducts or waste products located on the site of such operations;
d. Hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facilities, including those that are operating
under interim status or a permit under subtitle C of the Federal Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA);
e. Landfills, land application sites, and open dumps that receive or have received any industrial
wastes (waste that is received from any of the facilities described under this subsection) including
those that are subject to regulation under subtitle D of RCRA;
f. Facilities involved in the recycling of materials, including metal scrap yards, battery reclaimers,
salvage yards, and automobile junkyards, including but limited to those classified as Standard
Industrial Classification 5015 and 5093;
g. Steam electric power generating facilities, including coal handling sites;
h. Transportation facilities classified as Standard Industrial Classifications 40, 41, 42 (except
422125), 43, 44, 45, and 5171 which have vehicle maintenance shops, equipment cleaning
operations, or airport deicing operations. Only those portions of the facility that are either
involved in vehicle maintenance, equipment cleaning operations, airport deicing operations, or
which are otherwise identified under paragraphs (a)—(g) or (i)—(k) of this definition are
associated with industrial activity;
i. Treatment works treating domestic sewage or any other sewage sludge or wastewater treatment
device or system, used in the storage treatment, recycling, and reclamation of municipal or
domestic sewage, including land dedicated to the disposal of sewage sludge that are located
within the confines of the Facility, with a design flow of one (1.0) mgd or more, or required to
have an approved pretreatment program under 40 CFR part 403. Not included are farm lands,
domestic gardens or lands used for sludge management where sludge is beneficially reused and
which are not physically located in the confines of the facility, or areas that are in compliance
with section 405 of the Clean Water Act;
j. Construction activity including clearing, grading and excavation activities except: operations that
result in the disturbance of less than one (1) acre of total land area which are not part of a larger
common plan of development or sale;
k. Facilities under Standard Industrial Classifications (SIC Code) 20, 21, 22, 23, 2434, 25, 265, 267,
27, 283, 285, 30, 31 (except 311), 323, 34 (except 3441), 35, 36, 37 (except 373), 38, 39, 422125,
(and which are not otherwise included within categories (b)—(j) of this definition);
Stormwater pollution prevention plan (SWP3) means a plan required by a TPDES permit to discharge
stormwater associated with industrial activity or construction activity and which describes and ensures
the implementation of practices that are to be used to reduce the pollutants in stormwater discharges
from industrial facilities and construction sites.
Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) means the regulatory program delegated to the
State of Texas by the EPA pursuant to 33 USC § 1342(b).
Page 338 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 99 of 105
TPDES Permit means a permit issued by the TCEQ under authority delegated pursuant to 33 USC §
1342(b) that authorizes the discharge of pollutants to waters of the state, whether the permit is
applicable on an individual, group, or general area-wide basis.
B. Prohibitions.
1. Unpermitted Discharges Prohibiteddischarges prohibited.
It is an offense for an operator or responsible party of a facility to:
a. Discharge, or cause to be discharged, stormwater associated with industrial or construction site
activity without first having obtained a TPDES permit from the Texas Commission on
Environmental Quality (TCEQ).
b. Operate a facility that is discharging stormwater associated with a construction site activity
without having submitted a copy of the notice of intent NOI or construction site notice to the
City.
c. Introduce sediment, concrete, asphalt, or any other construction debris into the MS4 from a
construction activity. The Administrator will provide the operator with a reasonable amount of
time, to remove any pollutants or debris from the MS4 conveyances.
C. Facility Inspection for Stormwater Discharges.
1. Applicability for Industrial industrial and Construction Activityconstruction activity.
a. This Section section applies to all facilities located within the city City limits that have stormwater
discharges associated with industrial activity or construction site activity. State regulations
require that subject facilities apply for and obtain general permits for industrial facilities (TPDES
TXR050000) and construction sites (TXR150000) that have been determined to contribute or
have the potential to contribute substantial pollutant loads to the MS4 or waters of the
Statestate. The general permits require that the permittee develop, implement, and maintain a
stormwater pollution prevention plan (SWP3) and submit a notice of intent NOI notifying the
TCEQ and the MS4 operator (City of College Station).
b. The MS4 permit issued to the City by the TCEQ mandates the City to "carry Carry out all
inspections, surveillance, and monitoring procedures necessary to determine compliance with
permit conditions" (Part III (E)(6)) and to implement a program that shall include "inspection
Inspection of construction sites and enforcement of control measure requirements" (Part III
(A)(9)(b)). To meet these requirements, the City must enter onto the premises of industrial and
construction sites to inspect, monitor, and conduct surveillance of requirements mandated by
the TCEQ. These requirements include, but are not limited to:
1) Review of the facilities' SWP3 with onsite conditions;
2) Evaluation of best management practices (BMPs) to effectively prohibit the discharge of
non-stormwater to the MS4;
3) Inspection for illicit connections and illicit discharges;
4) Self- inspection compliance; and
5) Compliance with the City's MS4 permit and the facilities subject to general permit
(TXR150000 or TXR050000).
2. Access to Industrial Facilities industrial facilities and Construction Sitesconstruction sites.
a. The intent of facility inspections shall be to determine compliance with the conditions of the
City's TPDES permit, any TPDES general permit the facility is currently obligated to for industrial
Page 339 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 100 of 105
and construction activities, and this Sectionsection. Facility owners and operators will allow the
Administrator ready access to applicable sections of public and private premises for the sole
purpose of inspection, surveillance, and monitoring for the presence of illegal discharges to the
MS4, illicit connections to the MS4, and assessment of any portions of a regulated facility
influenced by stormwater runoff that may adversely affect the MS4 or waters of the United
States.
b. Admittance to the facility shall be requested at a reasonable time during the facility's facilities
normal working hours unless it is determined by the Administrator that imminent and substantial
danger exists.
c. The owner or operator shall make all necessary arrangements to allow access to the
Administrator.
d. If the owner or operator refuses entry after a request to enter and inspect has been made, the
City is hereby empowered to seek assistance from any court of competent jurisdiction in
obtaining such entry.
e. The Administrator retains the authority to collect samples and photographs from stormwater
outfalls or other components of the MS4 as may be deemed appropriate in the administration
and enforcement of this Sectionsection.
f. The Administrator has the authority to establish devices to conduct monitoring of the facility's
stormwater discharge on subject facilities devices as are necessary in the opinion of the
Administrator to conduct monitoring of the facility's stormwater discharge.
g. The Administrator or the designated inspector must present appropriate credentials to the
facility officials at the time of entry to a facility.
3. Review and Modification modification of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plansstormwater
pollution prevention plans.
a. The Administrator has the authority to request to review any documents or plans (stormwater
pollution prevention plan, spill prevention control plans, hazardous material plans, waste
management documentation, etc.) from a regulated facility that the Administrator deems may
affect stormwater discharges to the MS4.
b. The Administrator may require an operator of a regulated facility to modify its stormwater
pollution prevention plan if the stormwater pollution prevention plan does not comply with the
requirements of the facility's TPDES permit to discharge stormwater associated with industrial or
construction activity.
c. The deficiencies in a facility's stormwater pollution prevention plan will be communicated in
writing, and the Administrator will provide the operator a reasonable amount of time to make
the necessary changes in the stormwater pollution prevention plan.
4. Review and Modification modifications of Best Management Practicesbest management practices.
a. Any person engaged in activities or operation, or owning facilities or property, which will or may
result in pollutants entering the MS4 or waters of the United States, shall implement BMPs to the
extent they are technologically achievable to prevent and reduce such pollutants. The owner or
operator of a regulated facility shall prove reasonable protection from accidental discharge of
prohibited materials or other wastes into the MS4 or waters of the United States. Practices
implemented to prevent the accidental discharge of prohibited materials or other wastes shall be
provided and maintained at the owner or operator's expense.
Page 340 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 101 of 105
b. The City does not maintain a list of required or approved BMPs for regulated facilities. The
Administrator may request facilities to demonstrate the effectiveness of implemented BMPs.
Suggested BMPs and a list of prohibited BMPs will be maintained in the Drainage Section of the
Bryan/College Station Unified B/CS Drainage Design Guidelines.
c. The Administrator may require an operator of a regulated facility to modify its BMPs if the BMPs
do not provide effective protection from accidental discharge of prohibited materials or other
wastes from entering into the MS4 or waters of the United States.
d. The deficiencies in a facility's BMPs will be communicated in writing, and the Administrator will
provide the operator a reasonable amount of time to make the necessary changes in the BMPs.
5. Compliance with Permitpermit.
a. A facility shall be operated in strict compliance with the requirements of the TPDES permit to
discharge stormwater associated with industrial or construction site activity.
b. A person commits an offense if the person operates a facility in violation of a requirement of the
facility's TPDES permit to discharge stormwater associated with industrial or construction site
activity.
D. Stormwater Discharges Associated with Industrial Activity.
1. Applicability.
This Subsection subsection applies to all facilities located within the city City limits that have
stormwater discharges associated with industrial activity.
2. Industrial and High-Risk Runoff Monitoringhigh risk runoff monitoring.
a. All hazardous waste treatment and storage facilities, active municipal landfills, facilities subject to
Section section 313 of Title III of the Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act of 1986
(SARA), and any other industrial discharger the City determines is contributing a substantial
pollutant load to the MS4 shall submit self-monitoring data to the City on an annual basis.
Submittal The submittal date of self-monitoring data is to be determined by the Administrator.
b. The City's MS4 permit requires that all industrial facilities listed above in (a) be subject to site
inspections of no less than once per permit term (five (5) years). However, the Administrator has
the authority to inspect these industrial facilities as often as deemed necessary to assure permit
compliance and safety of the MS4 and waters of the United States.
c. An unreasonable delay or refusal to submit self-monitoring data to the Administrator is a
violation of this Sectionsection. A person who is the operator of an industrial facility with a TPDES
permit to discharge stormwater associated with industrial activity commits an offense if the
person denies the Administrator reasonable access to a facility's self-monitoring data for the
purpose of review required by this Sectionsection.
d. An industrial facility may submit a "no -exposure" certification to the City in lieu of self-
monitoring; however, any facility operating under a "no -exposure" certification is subject to
periodic facility inspections (not less than once per permit term—five (5) years) to verify the
facility's "no exposure" exemption.
e. The City may waive monitoring requirements for industrial facilities determined to comply be in
compliance with the TPDES Multi-Sector General Permit Number TXR050000.
f. The Administrator has the authority to conduct inspections on any industrial facility subject to
the TCEQ's TPDES Multi-Sector General Permit or has been deemed to be, or has the potential to
Page 341 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 102 of 105
be, contributing a substantial pollutant load to the MS4 to determine compliance and safety of
the MS4 and waters of the United States.
E. Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity.
1. Applicability.
This Subsection subsection applies to all facilities located within the city City limits that have
stormwater discharges associated with construction activity.
2. Submission of a notice of intent, a notice of change, a notice of termination, or a construction site
notice to the municipal stormwater drainage system operator.
a. The operator of a construction site required to have a TPDES permit to discharge stormwater
associated with construction activity shall submit a copy of the above notices to the
Administrator at the same time the operator submits the original notice to the TCEQ.
b. The operator of a construction site that which does not require a notice of intent NOI is required
to submit, a construction site notice to the Administrator per TCEQ's TPDES general permit for
construction sites, a construction site notice to the Administrator.
c. Copies of all notices may be delivered to the Administrator either in person or by mail.
F. Stormwater Management for Residential Subdivision Construction Activity.
1. A note shall be placed on all plats stating that residential lots shall be developed in accordance with a
master grading plan for the proposed subdivision. A master grading plan shall be prepared and
submitted to the City, which indicates lot grading for all lots in the subdivision using typical Federal
Housing Administration (FHA) lot grading types (A, B, and C), as depicted below. An alternative grading
Page 342 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 103 of 105
plan, prepared by a licensed professional engineer Professional Engineer or other drainage
professional, may also be acceptable, if approved by the Development Engineer.
2. Construction activities shall match existing adjacent property grades around the perimeter of the
property. Retaining walls may be utilized on a case-by-case basis, with at the approval of the
Development Engineer, if the proposed lot grading is prepared by a licensed professional
engineerProfessional Engineer. In no circumstances shall a fence be utilized as a retaining wall.
3. All drainage, including, but not limited to direct roof discharge, gutters, storm drains, and swales shall
avoid point discharges that may cause damage to adjacent properties.
4. The maximum slope of grading on a property shall not exceed ten (10) percent, unless designed by a
professional engineer Professional Engineer and approved by the Development Engineer.
G. Enforcement.
Any person found guilty of violating a provision of this Section section may be punished as provided for in
Article 10, Enforcement of this UDOSection 10.6 of this Code of Ordinances.
Sec. 7.15. Lot Grading and Drainage for Individual Lots.
A. General.
1. Purpose and Intentintent.
The purpose of this Section section is to establish regulations pertaining to individual or lot-by-lot
grading within new or existing developments. The proper grading of a lot(s) is necessary to promote
the health, safety, and welfare of citizens and minimize the impact of drainage or flooding on to
adjoining properties.
Page 343 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 104 of 105
2. Applicability.
a. All residential developments, shall meet the requirements of this Sectionsection. Multi-family
residential products shall follow drainage requirements as set forth in other sections of this UDO
and the Bryan/College Station B/CS Unified Design Guidelines.
b. This Section section shall apply to all platted lots or unplatted tracts seeking to develop with
residential uses within the city.
c. The requirements of this Section section shall be applicable with every building permit or other
permitted activity on a subject property.
3. Standards for Individual Lot-by-Lot Gradingindividual lot-by-lot grading.
a. A grading plan shall be prepared and submitted to the City, which indicates one of the Federal
Housing Administration lot grading types (A, B, and C), as depicted below. An alternative grading
plan, prepared by a licensed professional engineer Professional Engineer or other drainage
professional, is also acceptable, if approved by the Development Engineer.
b. Construction activities shall match existing adjacent property grades around the perimeter of the
property. Retaining walls may be utilized on a case-by-case basis, with at the approval of the
Development Engineer, if the proposed lot grading is prepared by a licensed professional
engineerProfessional Engineer. In no circumstances shall a fence be utilized as a retaining wall.
c. All drainage, including, but not limited to direct roof discharge, gutters, storm drains, and swales
shall avoid point discharges that may cause damage to adjacent properties.
d. The maximum slope of grading on a property shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent, unless
designed by a professional engineer Professional Engineer and approved by the Development
Page 344 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 105 of 105
Engineer. Impervious surfaces shall be sloped a minimum of two (2) percent away from the
building foundation.
e. Finished floor elevations or fill height shall be provided with the building permit for review.
Finished floors that are proposed to be more than twenty-four (24) inches above the gutter line
of the curb may be subject to additional grading requirements as directed by the Development
Engineer.
Page 345 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 8. Subdivision Design and Improvements
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 50
Article 8. Subdivision Design and Improvements
Sec. 8.1. Purpose.
The subdivision of land is a major factor in the process of sound community growth and ultimately becomes a
public responsibility in that the streets and other infrastructure must be maintained and various public services
customary to urban areas must be provided. These regulations seek to protect the interests of public and private
parties by granting certain rights and privileges and requiring certain obligations in association with the subdivision
and development of land. The welfare of the entire community is affected in many important respects. Therefore,
it is in the interest of the public, the developer, and the future landowners that the subdivisions and developments
be conceived, designed, and developed in accordance with sound rules and proper minimum standards. These
regulations encourage the growth of the City of College Station in an orderly manner.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Sec. 8.2. Applicability.
With the exception of the Section 8.8, "Requirements for Parkland Park Land Dedication Section below," the
provisions of this Article article shall not apply to property in the zoned BioCorridor Planned Development District.
The Requirements for Parkland Dedication Section below Section 8.8, "Requirements for Park Land Dedication,"
shall apply to property in the zoned BioCorridor Planned Development District.
Sec. 8.3. General Requirements and Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the
City Limits.
A. Suitability of Lands.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall approve the subdivision of land if, from adequate investigations conducted by all public agencies concerned, it has been determined that in the best interest of the public,
the site is suitable for platting and development purposes of the kind proposed.
B. Zoning and Other Regulations.
No plat of land within the force and effect of an existing zoning ordinance shall be approved unless it
conforms to such zoning and other pertinent regulations.
C. Reserved Strips and Tracts Prohibited.
A plat shall not provide reserved strips or tracts of land. In addition, the effect of the phasing of a plat,
provision of common area, or other land or easement shall not unnecessarily restrict access to land, right-of-
way, or easements dedicated or intended to be dedicated to the public by the subject plat or adjacent
developments.
D. Technical Standards.
All public infrastructure shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines, Bryan/College Station Unified Technical Specifications, Bryan/College Station
Unified Construction Details, and all other applicable local, state, and federal requirements. Hereafter, these
documents shall be referred to collectively as the "B/CS Unified Design Guidelines." Where there is a conflict
of standards, the more stringent standard shall apply, as determined by the City Engineer. The City shall
Page 346 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 50
accept for public use only streets, alleys, water, waste water, drainage, and other public infrastructure that
comply with these standards for construction.
E. Streets.
1. Streets on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class MapThoroughfare Plan.
Where a subdivision encompasses or is adjacent to a thoroughfare, as shown on the Comprehensive
Plan Functional Classification & Context Class MapThoroughfare Plan of the City, the thoroughfare shall
be constructed and included in the subdivision plat to maintain continuity in the approximate location
as shown, and of the type indicated.
2. Relation to Adjoining Street System.
a. Where there is an existing street adjacent to or through the area to be subdivided, the necessary
street intersections to the existing street shall be constructed.
b. Existing and planned streets and public ways Public Ways in adjacent or adjoining areas shall be
continued in alignment therewith.
c. When land is subdivided into larger parcels rather than ordinary building lots, such parcels shall
be arranged so as to allow for the opening of future streets and logical further subdivisions.
3. Street Projections.
a. When a public street is provided internal to the platting property and adjoining areas are not
platted, the platting subdivision shall provide street projections to such areas by projecting a
public street at intervals no fewer than the maximum block length along the perimeter boundary
of the subdivision.
b. Where abutting properties are landlocked, a street connection or street frontage shall be
provided through the platting property.
c. In lieu of a public street, a public way Public Way may satisfy a required street projection when
the public way Public Way is projected to future non-residential or multi-family development and
can be continued through that development to a public street.
4. Adequate Street Access.
a. One (1) external street connection is required for a street serving as roadway access for thirty
(30) or fewer lots.
b. When there are more than thirty (30) lots to be served by external street connections, a
minimum of two (2) street connections to external paved public streets shall be required. The
Planning and Zoning Commission may allow remote emergency access a Remote Emergency
Access where development phasing or constraints of the land prevent the provision of a second
street connection. Notwithstanding the foregoing, two (2) street connections to externally paved
public streets shall be required when one hundred (100) or more lots are served.
c. Three (3) street connections to external paved public streets may be required by the Planning
and Zoning Commission when two hundred (200) or more lots are served.
d. Where more than one (1) external street connection is required, at least one (1) external street
connection shall not be located over a potential hazard such as a high-pressure gas line or a creek
where the one hundred (100) -year floodplain overtops the street, regardless of its classification.
5. Intersections.
Page 347 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 50
In addition to the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines, proposed street and alley intersections shall meet
the minimum spacing and requirements of the Access Management and Circulation Section of section
in Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
6. Dead-End Streets.
Dead-end streets shall be prohibited except for short stubs to permit future extensions. Temporary
turnarounds shall be required for stubs in length of more than one hundred (100) feet in length or the
depth of one (1) lot, whichever is less.
7. Culs-de-Sac.
a. The maximum length of a cul-de-sac is based on the designation of the area in which the cul-de-
sac is located on the Comprehensive Plan Thoroughfare Plan Functional Classification and
Context Class Map in the adopted Comprehensive Plan in which the cul-de-sac is located. The
length of a cul-de-sac is measured along the centerline of the cul-de-sac street from the center of
the bulb to the edge of the nearest intersecting through the street right-of-way. Culs-de-sac shall
not exceed the following lengths:
1) Four hundred fifty (450) feet in General Urban context zonesContext Zones;
2) One thousand two hundred (1,200) feet in Suburban context zonesContext Zones; and
3) One thousand five hundred (1,500) feet in Rural context zonesContext Zones.
b. Culs-de-sac are not permitted in the Urban Core context zones Context Zones unless the
proposed subdivision is surrounded by platted property and where a through street is not
possible.
c. Regardless of length, culs-de-sac shall have no more than thirty (30) lots.
8. Geometric Standards;, Street Design Criteria.
a. Streets and alleys shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design
Guidelines.
b. Streets in rural residential Rural Residential subdivisions streets may be constructed to either
rural street standards or urban street curb and gutter standards except that thoroughfares that
continue beyond the boundary of a rural residential Rural Residential subdivision to an urban one
shall be constructed to urban street curb and gutter standards.
9. Existing Substandard Street Right-of-Way.
a. Whenever an existing right-of-way is within or adjacent to a proposed subdivision and such right-
of-way width is substandard, the additional width for the street shall be dedicated. For
development occurring on only one (1) side of such a roadway, the amount dedicated shall
generally equal fifty (50) percent one-half (½) of the deficiency in width based on the
classification and type of street, as measured from the existing centerline of the right-of-way. If
the parcel(s) on the opposite side of the right-of-way previously dedicated a portion, the
proposed plat shall dedicate the remaining width. If the opposite side of the right-of-way has a
permanent constraint such as a railroad right-of-way or conservation easement, the full width of
the deficiency may be required.
b. The Administrator may reduce, increase, or eliminate the amount of right-of-way dedication
based on design considerations, existing land uses, existing development on adjacent properties,
and dimensions of the proposed subdivision or plat.
c. Notwithstanding the foregoing, additional right-of-way dedication is not required for amending
platsAmending Plats.
Page 348 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 50
10. Street Names and Addresses.
a. Proposed streets that are extensions of existing streets shall bear the name of the existing street,
unless otherwise recommended by the Administrator.
b. New streets shall be named to prevent conflict or confusion with identical or similar names in the
cityCity, Brazos County 911 district, or the extraterritorial jurisdiction City's Extraterritorial
Jurisdiction (ETJ).
c. Streets shall not be named after any living person.
d. A proposed street name may be disapproved if it too closely approximates phonetically the name
of an existing street, is too difficult to pronounce, or carries undesirable meanings or
connotations.
e. Street addresses shall be assigned by the Administrator.
F. Alleys.
1. Alleys may be required at the rear of all lots intended to be used for business purposes and residential
lots fronting a thoroughfare.
2. Alleys shall generally be parallel to the street that the lot it serves fronts.
3. Where two (2) alleys intersect, or where an alley turns, additional width may be required to allow the
turning of vehicles or guying of utility poles.
4. Dead-end alleys shall not be permitted, except where the alley is one hundred (100) feet or less in
length or the width of one (1) lot, whichever is less.
5. Residential lots served by an alley shall only have driveway access via the alley.
6. Public alleys are prohibited in rural residential Rural Residential subdivisions.
7. Private alleys shall be constructed to public alley standards except that they it shall be located within a
common area or private access easement. The City reserves the right to not provide sanitation and fire
service along private alleys.
G. Blocks.
1. Blocks designed for single-family, duplex, townhouse, and multiplex Multiplex lots shall be platted to
provide two (2) tiers of lots with a utility easement or alley between them. A single tier of lots may be
used if the lots back up to a thoroughfare, railroad, or floodplain. Courtyard house House
developments may provide more tiers of lots if an alley connection is provided through both sides of
the block.
2. To In order to provide a public street network that is complimentary to the Thoroughfare Plan and that
ensures uniform access and circulation to areas intended for similar land use contexts, block length
shall not exceed the following dimensions based on the designation of the area along which the block
is located on the Comprehensive Plan Thoroughfare Plan Functional Classification and Context Class
Map in the adopted Comprehensive Plan along which the block is located:
a. Six hundred sixty (660) feet in Urban Core context zonesContext Zones;
b. Nine hundred (900) feet in General Urban context zonesContext Zones;
c. One thousand two hundred (1,200) feet in Suburban context zonesContext Zones; and
d. One thousand five hundred (1,500) feet in Rural context zonesContext Zones.
Page 349 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 50
3. If a plat is not bounded by a public through street or another qualifying break to block length, then the
block length measurement shall continue to extend each way beyond the plat along the public through
street until the nearest intersecting through street or qualifying break to the block is reached.
4. Reserved.
45. In lieu of a public street, non-residential and multi-family developments may opt to construct a public
way Public Way to satisfy block length requirements when the public way Public Way connects two (2)
public streets. The plat shall dedicate a public access easement that covers the entire width of the
private drive and sidewalks for the public wayPublic Way. The private drive and sidewalks may be
constructed with the development of the property. A public way Public Way shall not substitute for a
thoroughfare identified on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class MapCity's
Thoroughfare Plan.
56. Block length shall not require a new street, public wayPublic Way, or access way Access Way to enter
the face of a block when:
a. The surrounding area of the block is subdivided so that a through movement is not possible, or a
new block cannot be created.
b. The development is zoned for single- family uses and is being platted through a development plat
Development Plat or minor platMinor Plat.
H. Lots.
1. General Requirements.
a. Lots shall be identified in numerical order within a block.
b. Lot size and setback lines shall be in accordance with the applicable zoning requirements.
c. Lots established for special purposes such as common areas, open space, parkland, floodplain,
drainage, utilities, or other similar facilities shall be uniquely named and are not required to meet
the minimum dimensional standards for the applicable zoning district.
d. Side lot lines shall be substantially right angle to straight right-of-way or radial to the curved
right-of-way.
e. Land located within the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) designated floodway
shall not be included within a lot intended for residential occupancy.
f. Lots shall be laid out so as not to cross municipal, county, school district, or utility service area
boundaries.
g. A subdivision shall not cause an existing structure to encroach into the setback of a proposed lot
line.
h. Single-family, duplex, townhouse, and multiplex Multiplex lots shall have frontage on a public
street, or a private street constructed to public standard. Lots intended for other uses that do not
have frontage on a public street shall provide access via a public way Public Way or a private
access easement containing a drive that meets City fire lane standards. The construction of the
private drive may be delayed until the time of site development. Courtyard house House lots may
be exempted from this requirement as long as fire protection is maintained.
i. No single-family dwelling, duplextownhouse, or townhouse duplex lot shall have direct access to
an arterial or collector thoroughfare; however, these lots may face toward a thoroughfare if
driveway access is provided via a public alley. Notwithstanding the foregoing, single-family
detached lots that are at least one hundred (100) feet in width may have direct access with the
Page 350 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 50
recommendation of the Administrator and approval of the Planning and Zoning Commission.
Access restrictions and determinations shall be noted on the plat.
2. Platting and Replatting within Older Residential Subdivisions.
a. This Subsection section applies to a subdivision in which any portion of the proposed subdivision
meets all of the following criteria:
1) Such portion of the subdivision is currently zoned or developed for single-family detached
residential uses as of January 1, 2002, with the exception of NG-1 Core Northgate, NG-2
Transitional Northgate, NG-3 Residential Northgate, NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay,
and NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay zoning districts;
2) Such portion of the subdivision is part of a lot or building plot that was located within the
city City limits when it was created on or prior to July 15, 1970. This also includes lots that
may have been vacated or replatted after July 15, 1970, but where the original plat
predates July 15, 1970; and,
3) Such portion of the subdivision is designated as Neighborhood Conservation on in the
Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & and Character Map.
b. In addition to the other provisions of this UDO, no plat or replat intended to provide for the
resubdivision of an existing lot or lots in a residential subdivision that which meets the above
criteria may be approved unless:
1) The plat does not create an additional lot or building plot; or
2) For a proposed plat that which does create an additional lot or lots, the lot(s) must meet or
exceed the average width of the lots along the street frontage for all of the lots in the
block, including the subject lot(s) and contain at least eight thousand five hundred (8,500)
square feet of space for each dwelling unit.
For the purpose of determining the average lot width, a lot shall be defined to include the
lot, lots, and/or portions of lots that have been combined and used as a residential plot or
building plot, as of July 15, 1970. The Administrator may include the lots on the opposing
blockface when calculating the average lot width if the lots are similar in character and the Administrator may exclude lots to the rear when said lots are part of another subdivision or
dissimilar in character.
c. It is the applicant's responsibility to provide documentation during the application process
regarding the original plat in which the lot was created and/or the configuration and ownership
documentation of the properties since July 15, 1970.
3. Zero Lot Line Development.
The following requirements apply to all proposed subdivisions with single-family residential lot line
construction.
a. Description.
Zero lot line developments require planning for all house locations to be done at the same time.
Restrictions that assure the minimum distance between houses and any required easements
must be recorded on the plats of the applicable lots.
b. Setbacks.
The side building setback shall be zero on one (1) side of the house. This reduction does not
apply to the street side setback or to the interior side setback adjacent to lots that are not part of
Page 351 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 50
the zero lot line portion of the plat. The minimum distance between all buildings within the lot
line development must be fifteen (15) feet.
c. Eaves.
Eaves may project a maximum of eighteen (18) inches, excluding non-combustible gutters, over
the adjacent property line.
d. Maintenance Easement.
A maintenance easement shall be dedicated between the two (2) property owners to allow for
maintenance or repair of the house built on the lot line. The easement shall be unobstructed,
located on the adjacent property abutting the side wall, and must be a minimum of seven and
one-half (7.5) feet in width. Required maintenance easements shall be shown on the recorded
plat.
e. Privacy.
Windows or other openings that allow for visibility into the side yard of the adjacent lot are not
allowed. Windows that do not allow visibility into the side yard of the adjacent lot, such as a
clerestory window or a translucent window, are allowed. All materials within three (3) feet of the
property line shall be fire-rated to meet building code requirements.
4. Cluster Development.
a. General Purpose.
Cluster A cluster development is intended to provide open space, preserve unique environmental
features, or protect the character of rural areas. It is a residential subdivision in which the lots
are allowed to be smaller (in area and width) than otherwise required for the underlying, base
zoning district, but in which the overall density of all the lots collectively does not exceed the
maximum density limit for the underlying zoning district. Through the cluster development
option, a subdivision can contain no more lots than would otherwise be allowed for a
conventional subdivision in the zoning district, though the individual lots within the development
can be smaller than required in a conventional subdivision. The average lot size in a cluster
development must be less than the minimum lot size of the base zoning district. Smaller lot sizes within a cluster development are required to be offset by the provision of open space as set forth
below.
b. Conflict with Other Regulations.
If there is a conflict between the cluster development standards of this Subsection and any other
requirement of this UDO, the standards of this Subsection control. Where no conflict exists, a
cluster development is subject to all other applicable requirements of this UDO.
c. Where Allowed.
Cluster developments are allowed in residential WE Wellborn Estate, E Estate, RS Restricted
Suburban, WRS Wellborn Restricted Suburban, and GS General Suburban zoning districts.
d. Approval Procedure.
Cluster developments Developments are subject to the subdivision procedures set forth in this
UDO. A note shall be provided on the plat that states the subdivision is a cluster development
with additional descriptions as necessary.
e. Specific District Standards.
1). WE Wellborn Estate.
Page 352 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 50
a). Lot Size. The minimum lot size is one (1) acre as long as individual lot sizes are
adequate to meet all other required density, district, and development standards.
There is no set minimum lot width or depth requirement within a cluster
development, except as noted below. Subdivisions with all lots over one acre and lot
widths of one hundred (100) feet may use rural character roads.
b). Setbacks and Building Separations. The minimum setback standards of the base
zoning district apply along the perimeter of a cluster development. All detached
structures within a cluster development must be separated by a minimum distance of
ten (10) feet.
2). E Estate.
a). Lot Size. The minimum average lot size is twenty thousand (20,000) square feet with
an absolute minimum lot size of ten thousand (10,000) square feet as long as
individual lot sizes are adequate to meet all other required density, district, and
development standards. There is no set minimum lot width or depth requirement
within a cluster development, except as noted below. Subdivisions with all lots over
twenty thousand (20,000) square feet and lot widths of one hundred (100) feet may
use rural character roads. Subdivisions containing any lots below twenty thousand
(20,000) square feet must use urban street standards.
b). Setbacks and Building Separations. The minimum setback standards of the base
zoning district apply along the perimeter of a cluster development. All detached
structures within a cluster development must be separated by a minimum distance of
ten (10) feet.
c). In the Wellborn Community Plan area, the cluster development option may be used
only in the area designated Wellborn Preserve-Open on the Comprehensive Plan
Future Land Use & and Character Map.
3). WRS Wellborn Restricted Suburban.
a). Lot Size. The minimum average lot size is eight thousand (8,000) square feet as long
as individual lot sizes are adequate to meet all other required density, district, and
development standards. There is no set minimum lot width or depth requirement
within a cluster development.
b). Setbacks and Building Separations. The minimum setback standards of the base
zoning district apply along the perimeter of a cluster development. All detached
structures within a cluster development must be separated by a minimum distance of
ten (10) feet.
4). RS Restricted Suburban.
a). Lot Size. The minimum average lot size is eight thousand (8,000) square feet with an
absolute minimum lot size of six thousand five hundred (6,500) square feet as long as
individual lot sizes are adequate to meet all other required density, district, and
development standards. There is no set minimum lot width or depth requirement
within a cluster development.
b). Setbacks and Building Separations. The minimum setback standards of the base
zoning district apply along the perimeter of a cluster development. All detached
structures within a cluster development must be separated by a minimum distance of
ten (10) feet.
5). GS General Suburban.
Page 353 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 50
a). Lot Size. There is no minimum lot size as long as individual lot sizes are adequate to
meet all other required density, district, and development standards. There is no set
minimum lot width or depth requirement within a cluster development.
b). Setbacks and Building Separations.
The minimum setback standards of the base zoning district apply along the perimeter
of a cluster development. All detached structures within a cluster development must
be separated by a minimum distance of ten (10) feet.
c). In the Wellborn Community Plan area as designated on the Comprehensive Plan
Future Land Use & and Character Map, the cluster development option is not
permitted.
f. Open Space.
1). Description of Open Space.
Any parcel or parcels of land or an area of water, or a combination of land and water within
a development site provided and made legally available for the use and enjoyment of all
residents of a proposed project. Open space may include amenities such as private outdoor
recreation facilities, natural areas, trails, agricultural lands, or stormwater management
facilities designed as a neighborhood amenitiesamenity. Areas encumbered by right-of-
way, easements, or utilized as parking may not be counted towards the open Open space
requirements. Open spaces must be privately owned and maintained by an owners
associationHome Owners Association (HOA).
Common open space must be set aside and designated as an area where no development
will occur, other than project-related recreational amenities or passive open space areas.
The Planning and Zoning Commission may require that up to fifty (50) percent of required
common open space be useable recreational space, if deemed necessary by the
Commission to ensure adequate recreational amenities for residents of the development.
2). Common Open Space Requirements Required for Cluster Developments.
a. Minimum Requirement.
a)1. Common open space is required within a cluster development to ensure that the
overall density within the development does not exceed the maximum density
allowed by the underlying zoning district.
b)2. Common open space must be provided in an amount of at least twenty-five (25)
percent of the gross area of the development.
c)3. All proposed lots shall have direct access to the common open space, via access
easement, sidewalk, or street. Common open space may be located at the rear of lots
only when the space is designed for active recreation, or a design concept is
submitted to staff for approval. Examples of active recreation areas may include
amenities such as sports fields, hike or bike trails, parks, amenity centers, and golf
courses.
d)4. All open space areas shall be part of a larger continuous and integrated open space
system within the parcel being developed. The required common open space must
be arranged to provide at least thirty (30) percent of the space in at least one (1)
contiguous area. The minimum dimensions of such space must be at least twenty-five
(25) feet in depth and width. The remaining required common usable open space
may be distributed throughout the proposed subdivision, or subdivision phase if
Page 354 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 50
applicable, and need not be in one (1) such area; provided, however, no area
containing less than five thousand (5,000) square feet will be considered common
usable open space. If the required open space totals less than ten thousand (10,000)
square feet all required open space shall be in one (1) contiguous area.
e)5. The common open space requirement shall not be credited toward the parkland
dedication requirements specified in the Requirements for Parkland Dedication
Section belowCity subdivision ordinance.
I. Easements.
1. Drainage Easements and Rights-of-Way.
a. Where a subdivision is traversed by a watercourse, drainage way, natural channel, or stream, a
drainage easement or right-of-way may be required in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design
Guidelines.
b. No construction, including fences, shall impede, constrict, or block the flow of water.
c. A drainage easement or right-of-way shall not be considered a part of the lot area for purposes of
minimum lot size requirements of this UDO.
d. When feasible, utilities may be located within drainage easements and rights-of-way. Likewise,
enclosed storm drains may be contained in utility easements. In such instances, the utility
easement width must be adequate to provide space for storm drains, utilities, and maintenance
access.
2. Utility Easements.
a. Except as expressly provided for otherwise in this UDO, each block that does not contain an alley
shall have a utility easement at the rear of all lots. The rear utility easements shall be twenty (20)
feet in width, taken ten (10) feet from each lot where the rear of the lots abut each other, and
shall be continuous for the entire length of a block. These easements shall be parallel as closely
as possible to the street line frontage of the block. Where the proposed subdivision adjoins an
unplatted area or future phase of the subdivision, the City Engineer may require a twenty (20) -
foot wide easement along the rear of lots.
b. Notwithstanding provisions to the contrary elsewhere in this UDO, the City Engineer has the
discretion to approve alternate easement locations for any subdivision based on the proposed lot
configuration, proposed location of utilities, or the depth of existing, proposed, or anticipated
utilities. The City Engineer may also require additional utility easements or additional easement
width for any subdivision based on the location, number, size, configuration, or depth of existing,
proposed, or anticipated utilities.
c. Buildings, signs, masonry walls, and other vertical structures that require a building permit are
not permitted within utility easements. Landowners may place a fence in utility easements if
unlocked gates are provided to allow the free movement of excavating machines, maintenance
equipment, and personnel throughout the full length of the easement.
3. Access Easements.
a. A private access easement shall be required to provide access to property that does not have
direct frontage to a public right-of-way or a public wayPublic Way. Private access easements may
also be required when shared driveway access is necessary to meet driveway spacing
requirements along a public street or public wayPublic Way. Driveways in required private access
easements shall be constructed to City fire lane standards and their installation may be delayed
until the time of site development. When private access easements are provided, construction
Page 355 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 50
and maintenance responsibilities shall be assigned and noted on the plat, or the recorded volume
and page of the access instrument shall be referenced on the plat.
b. A public access easement shall be provided for a public wayPublic Way, for public sidewalks on
private property, and when serving as an access wayAccess Way. Fences, gates, parking, or other
obstructions that restrict or block access are prohibited.
4. Off-Site Easements.
All easements outside the boundaries of a plat that are necessary for the installation of public
infrastructure to serve the subdivision or development plat shall be acquired by the applicant and
conveyed by an instrument approved by the City Attorney.
5. Non-Public Easements.
Except as set forth herein, the dedication of rights-of-way, easements, and public infrastructure shall
not be encumbered by private easements that have pre-existing rights. Minor crossings are allowed.
J. Access Ways.
1. Existing and planned access ways Access Ways in adjacent or adjoining areas shall be continued in
alignment therewith.
2. In blockfaces Blockfaces over nine hundred (900) feet in length, an access way Access Way shall extend
across the width of the block near the center of the block.
3. To provide additional pedestrian and bicycle circulation, an access way Access Way shall be required on
a cul-de-sac street to connect to existing or planned facilities in the vicinity such as schools, parks,
transit stops, and multi-use paths.
4. An access way Access Way may be required to provide additional pedestrian and bicycle circulation
within a subdivision, between subdivisions, between culs-de-sac, or to provide access to schools, parks,
shopping centers, multi-use paths, transportation, and other community facilities in the vicinity.
5. If an access way Access Way is greater than three hundred (300) feet in length then an additional
access point to the access way Access Way shall be provided.
K. Sidewalks.
1. Policy.
Sidewalks should be located and constructed so as to provide a safe and effective means of
transportation for non-vehicular traffic.
2. Required Sidewalks.
a. Sidewalks shall be required on both sides of all streets except as identified below or as provided
elsewhere in this UDO.
b. Where a multi-use path is shown along a street on the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways
Master Plan, the sidewalk may be incorporated as part of the multi-use path.
3. Sidewalk Exceptions.
Sidewalks are not required:
a. Around the bulb of a cul-de-sac unless an access way is provided through the cul-de-sac;
b. Along a street classified on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class
Map thoroughfare plan as a freeway/expressway, unless a sidewalk or multi-use path has been
identified on the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan;
Page 356 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 50
c. Along one side of streets identified as a major collector Major Collector or minor collector Minor
Collector on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map Thoroughfare
Plan within a Rural context zoneContext Zone;
d. Along new or existing local/residential streets within an estate lot subdivision with the street
constructed to a rural section; or
e. Along existing local/residential streets unless sidewalks have been identified in the Bicycle,
Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.
4. Standards.
Sidewalks shall be constructed in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and all applicable
local, state, and federal requirements.
5. Timing of Construction.
Except as set forth below, all required sidewalks must be constructed concurrently with the street, or if
the street is already constructed prior to acceptance of all public improvements.
a. Residential Subdivisions.
At the time of the final plat application, the subdivider may opt to defer the construction of
sidewalks on residential streets along single-family, duplex, or townhouse lots for up to one (1)
year from the approval of the final plat when the subdivider provides a bond or surety in
accordance with the Section 8.7 Construction, Guarantee of Performance, and Acceptance of
Public Infrastructure Section below. The subdivider shall provide a sidewalk plan with the final
plat construction documents and installation of the sidewalks shall comply with this plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this provision does not allow the deferment of the construction
of sidewalks along thoroughfares, sidewalk ramps at all street intersections, and sidewalks along
residential streets that are not adjacent to a residential lot such as along a common area, creek
crossing, or park. Other pedestrian facilities such as access ways Access Ways and multi-use
paths shall be constructed at the same time as the public infrastructure of the plat.
b. Fee in Lieu of Construction.
1) Fee in Lieu.
Except for development located within the Northgate zoning districts, a developer may
request to pay a fee in lieu of constructing the required sidewalk(s) or multi-use path upon
approval by the Administrator as set forth below. The Administrator shall have final
authority in determining what proportion of sidewalks or fees may be accepted in lieu of
sidewalk construction.
2) Amount of Fee.
The amount of fee in lieu of sidewalk construction shall be a unit cost determined by the
City Engineer based upon current estimated costs. The unit cost fee shall be kept on file in
the Office of Planning and Development Services Department and made available to the
public upon request. The unit cost fee calculation shall be reviewed at least annually by the
City Engineer and adjusted as necessary.
3) Criteria to Allow Fee in Lieu.
The Administrator may authorize or require a fee in lieu of sidewalk or multi-use path
construction when it is determined that one (1) or more of the following conditions exists:
(a) The presence of unique or unusual topographic, vegetative, or other natural
conditions exist;
Page 357 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 50
(b) A capital improvement project is funded and forthcoming that will include the
construction of the required sidewalk or multi-use path;
(c) Existing streets constructed to rural section that are not identified on the
Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map Thoroughfare Plan
with a Rural context zoneContext Zone;
(d) The proposed development is within an older residential subdivision meeting the
criteria in the Section 8.3.H.2 Platting and Replatting within Older Residential
Subdivisions Subsection above of this UDO; or
(e) The proposed development contains frontage on a freeway/expressway as
designated by the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class
MapThoroughfare Plan - Functional Classification & Context Class Map in the City's
Comprehensive Plan.
4) Use of Fee.
The City Council hereby establishes sidewalk zones as shown on the Sidewalk Zone Map
below. Fees collected in lieu of sidewalk or multi-use path construction shall be expended
in the same zone as the development or in an adjacent zone in a scenario where the
development occurs near in close proximity to a zone boundary. Fees collected in lieu of
sidewalk construction shall be used only for preliminary design, design, construction,
reconstruction, surveying, or land acquisition costs associated with sidewalks, multi-use
paths, and other non-vehicular ways.
Sidewalk Zone Map
Figure 1 - Sidewalk Zone Map
5) Reimbursement.
Page 358 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 50
The City may, from time-to-time, acquire land for sidewalks or make sidewalk
improvements related to actual or potential development. If this occurs, the City may
require subsequent sidewalk obligations to be a fee, rather than construction, in order to
reimburse the City for the cost associated with acquisitions or construction.
6) Fee Due.
Fees paid pursuant to this Section section shall be remitted to the City when the guarantee
of construction of public improvements for the proposed development is due or upon
commencement of construction, whichever occurs first.
7) Special Fund; Right to Refund.
All fees received by the City in lieu of sidewalk or multi-use path construction shall be
deposited in a fund referenced to the sidewalk zone to which it relates. The City shall
account for all fees in lieu of sidewalk construction paid under this Section section with
reference to the individual development involved. Any fee paid for such purposes must be
expended by the City within ten (10) years from the date received by the City. Such funds
shall be considered to be spent on a first-in, first-out basis. If not so expended, the
landowners of the property on the expiration of such period shall be entitled to a prorated
refund of such sum. The owners of such property must request a refund within one (1) year
of entitlement, in writing, or such refund will be barred.
6. Appeals.
The property owner or applicant for new development may appeal the following decisions to the
Administrator:
a. The applicability of required sidewalk or multi-use path construction;
b. The determination regarding eligibility for a fee Fee in lieu Lieu of construction Construction or
requirement to utilize fee Fee in lieu Lieu of constructionConstruction;
c. The amount of sidewalk or multi-use path required or fee in lieu amount due; and/or
d. The amount of the refund due, if any.
All appeals shall be taken within 30 days of notice of the action from which the appeal is taken.
The burden of proof shall be on the appellant to demonstrate that the amount of the required
construction, fee in lieu, or refund was not calculated according to the requirements of this ordinance.
The appellant may appeal the decision of the Administrator to the Planning and & Zoning Commission.
A notice of appeal must be filed by the applicant with the Administrator within 30 days following the
Administrator's decision. The filing of the appeal shall not stay the requirement for construction or
collection of the fee in lieu, as applicable. If the notice of appeal is accompanied by a payment equal to
the fee due as calculated by the City, the development application shall be processed.
L. Bicycle Facilities.
1. General.
Bicycle facilities are planned and located to provide connectivity to the existing street network, parks,
schools, greenways, neighborhoods, and other key destinations; increase safety; and promote health
and wellness.
2. Timing.
Page 359 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 50
Bicycle facilities shall be required in accordance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master
Plan and the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and constructed along with other public infrastructure
required pursuant to this UDO.
3. Types of Bicycle Facilities.
There are at least three (3) types of bicycle facilities that may be required. These types include the
following:
a. Multi-Use Path: a facility completely separated from auto traffic and within an independent
right-of-way or within the right-of-way of another public facility;
b. Bike Lane: a facility where part of the roadway or shoulder is striped, signed, and marked for
exclusive or preferential bicycle use and where vehicular parking is not permitted, unless
otherwise specified; and
c. Bike Route: a facility designated by signing and sometimes pavement markings to help make
motorists aware of the presence of bicycles that which share the same area with motor vehicles.
4. Geometric Design Criteria.
All facilities shall be designed to meet or exceed standards set forth in the "Guide for Development of
Bicycle Facilities" published by the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO) and the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines. Signing and pavement markings for such facilities
shall be in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). Geometric design
criteria for each type of bikeway facility are as follows:
a. Bike Routes.
Bike routes shall be indicated as follows:
1) The placement of bike route signage signing and shared lane pavement markings identifies
bicycle-compatible streets that will serve as bike routes;
2) A minimum of sixteen (16) feet-foot of the outer lane of streets measured from the outer
lane line to the back of curb shall be required for bike routes. A typical bicycle route street
is shown belowin Figure 1; and
3) Bike route signage signing should not end at a barrier. Information directing the bicyclist
around the barrier should be provided.
Page 360 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 50
Figure 1: Bike Route/Bicycle Compatible Street
b. Bike Lanes.
Bike lanes shall be as follows:
1) The bike lane is located within the vehicular roadway in the outside lane and is intended
for the exclusive use of bicycles. Bike lanes in the City of College Station must be developed
as one-way facilities and carry traffic in the same direction as adjacent motor vehicle
traffic; and
2) In general, parking in bike lanes is prohibited. However, parking may be permitted in a bike
lane in specific areas during specified times. Where parking in a bike lane is permitted,
signs shall be installed to provide notice to bicyclists of when parking is allowed. Parking in
a bike lane shall be limited primarily to spillover parking for public uses or events, but
parking for non-public uses may also be considered.
c. Multi-Use Paths.
The criteria for multi-use paths are is as follows:
1) Multi-use paths should be located primarily in greenways, parks, or occasionally within
street rights-of-way. If a multi-use path is to be located in the right-of-way of a street, there
should be a minimum of five (5) feet separating the multi-use path from the roadway;
2) The standard width for a two-way multi-use path shall be ten (10) feet. In areas with
projected high volumes of use, multi-use paths shall be twelve (12) feet wide;
3) The minimum width of a one-directional bicycle path is five (5) feet. It should be
recognized, however, that one-way bicycle paths often will be used as two-way facilities
unless effective measures are taken to assure one-way operation. Without such
enforcement, it should be assumed that bicycle paths will be used as two-way facilities and
designed accordingly;
4) A minimum of three (3) -foot width graded area shall be maintained adjacent to both sides
of the multi-use path to provide clearance from trees, poles, walls, fences, guard rails, or
other lateral obstructions; and
5) Multi-use paths shall be located in a public access easement of a minimum of twenty (20)
feet in width.
Page 361 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 50
M. Water Facilities.
1. All subdivisions shall have access to water supply and distribution systems for adequate fire protection
and domestic use. All water mains, distribution, and service lines shall be provided to each lot and
constructed in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and all applicable state and federal
requirements. Where there is a conflict of standards, the more stringent standard shall apply, as
determined by the City Engineer. The City shall accept for public use only water mains, distribution,
and service lines that comply with these standards for construction.
2. Water mains within the City of College Station Certificate of Convenience and Necessity (CCN) areas
shall be extended in accordance with Chapter 40, Utilities, of the City of College Station Code of
Ordinances.
3. Where a subdivision contains a water line as shown on the Water System Master PlanComprehensive
Plan of the City, such water line shall be designed and installed to maintain continuity in the
approximate location as shown, and of the size indicated.
4. Water distribution lines shall be extended from the nearest City approved point of connection to the
furthest boundary line of the platted subdivision.
5. For water systems that are not part of the City of College Station's water utility, the subdivider shall
provide a letter with the construction documents from the non-City utility indicating that the non-City
utility can is able to properly serve the proposed subdivision. Construction of all water facilities within a
subdivision must comply with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines. Plans for such systems will be
subject to City review and inspection. City involvement with such a water system ends with at the
sanitization of the line.
N. Wastewater Waste Water Facilities.
1. All subdivisions shall have access to waste water facilities. All collection mains and service lines shall be
provided to each lot and constructed in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and all
applicable state and federal requirements. Where there is a conflict of standards, the more stringent
standard shall apply, as determined by the City Engineer. The City shall accept for public use only waste
water facilities that comply with these standards for construction.
2. Waste water mains within the City of College Station Certificate of Convenience and Necessity (CCN)
areas shall be extended in accordance with Chapter 40, Utilities, of the City of College Station Code of
Ordinances.
3. Where a subdivision contains a waste water line as shown on the Wastewater System Master
PlanComprehensive Plan of the City, such waste water line shall be designed and installed to maintain
continuity in the approximate location as shown, and of the size indicated.
4. For waste water systems that are not part of the City of College Station's waste water utility, the
subdivider shall provide a letter with the construction documents from the non-City utility indicating
that the non-City utility can is able to properly serve the proposed subdivision. Construction of all
waste water facilities within a subdivision must comply with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines. Plans
for such systems will be subject to City review and inspection. Waste water lines for these systems that
are outside the subdivision are not required to meet City standards.
5. Alternate Wastewater Waste Water Facilities.
a. If waste water main extension is exempted as per Chapter 40, Utilities, of the City of College
Station Code of Ordinances or if the subdivision is located outside of the City of College Station
CCN or otherwise not served by the City, the subdivider may provide temporary alternative waste
water disposal as follows and as may be conditioned by Chapter 40, Utilities, of the City of
College Station Code of Ordinances or otherwise:
Page 362 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 50
1) Organized Wastewater Waste Water Collection and Treatment System.
A subdivider may have a proposed subdivision served by a non-City organized waste water
collection and treatment system. Such system must be permitted to dispose of wastes by
the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) in accordance with 30 TAC Chapter
305 and obtain approval of engineering, planning, and materials for such systems under 30
TAC Chapter 317 from the TCEQ prior to approval of the final plat by the Planning and
Zoning Commission.
2) On-Site Sewage Facilities.
A subdivider may have a proposed subdivision served by on-site sewage facilities as set
forth below:
(a) On-site facilities which serve single-family or multi-family residential dwellings with
anticipated waste water generation of no greater than five thousand (5,000) gallons
per day must comply with 30 TAC Chapter 285 and other applicable laws;
(b) Proposals for sewerage facilities for the disposal of sewage in the amount of five
thousand (5,000) gallons per day or greater must comply with 30 TAC Chapter 317
and other applicable laws;
(c) The Brazos County Health Department shall review proposals for on-site sewage
disposal systems and inspect make inspection of such systems as necessary to assure
that the system is in compliance with Chapter 366 of the Texas Health and Safety
Code, Chapter 366 and rule in 30 TAC Chapter 285, and in particularly §§ 285.4,
285.5, and 285.30—285.39, and any other applicable rules or regulations within the
purview of the Brazos County Health Departmentsuch department; and
(d) In addition to the unsatisfactory on-site disposal systems listed in 30 TAC § 285.3(i),
pit privies and portable toilets are not acceptable waste disposal systems for lots
platted under these rules.
b. Sanitary Sewer Master Plan.
A gravity sanitary sewer master plan Gravity Sanitary Sewer Master Plan shall be designed for
subdivisions that contain lots that are two (2) acres and smaller and that utilize alternative waste
water disposal methods. This master plan Master Plan is required to assure that all lots, in the
futureat some future date, can be connected by gravity service line to the future sewer collection
system. Adequately sized sewer lines shall be provided within the subdivision's sewer master
plan such that they conform to the Wastewater System Master PlanCity's Utility Master Plan. All
lines designed within this master plan Master Plan shall meet the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines
and all applicable state and federal regulations. This master plan Master Plan shall consist of:
verbiage explaining all design assumptions, plan and profile layouts of all future gravity lines to
be constructed within the subdivision, and a minimum finished floor elevation established for
each lot to assure a connection to the future gravity sanitary sewer collection system. All
minimum finished floors established by this master plan shall be placed on the respective lots on
the final plat.
O. Special Flood Hazard Areas.
All development encroaching into a FEMA special flood hazard area shall be in accordance with the B/CS
Unified Design Guidelines, the Flood Hazard Protection Article of Chapter 105, Floods of the City of College
Station Code of Ordinances Flood Hazard Protection Ordinance, and all applicable local, state, and federal
requirements. Where there is a conflict of standards, the more stringent standard shall apply, as determined
Page 363 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 50
by the City Engineer. The City shall only accept improvements for public use that comply with these
standards for construction.
P. Drainage.
1. All drainage shall be in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines, the Flood Hazard
Protection Article of Chapter 105, Floods of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances Flood
Hazard Protection Ordinance, and all applicable local, state, and federal requirements. Where there is a
conflict of standards, the more stringent standard shall apply, as determined by the City Engineer. The
City shall only accept improvements for public use that comply with these standards for construction.
2. Rapid conveyance, the phasing of development, the use of control methods such as retention or
detention, and/or the construction of off-site drainage improvements as means of mitigation, as
provided in the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and as may be required and approved by the City.
3. No construction shall impede, constrict, or block, the flow of water in any drainage pathway.
4. Lot Grading.
a. Lots shall be laid out so as to provide positive drainage away from all buildings. Individual lot
drainage shall be coordinated with the general storm drainage for the area. Drainage shall be
designed so as to avoid the concentration of storm drainage water from each lot to adjacent
developable lots. A subdivision grading plan shall be provided with the construction documents.
A general drainage pattern that meets all applicable rules and regulations shall be provided for
each proposed block and lot. Subsequent permits for each lot shall comply with the approved
grading plan.
b. All single-family residential lots must be graded to meet the elevation of adjoining property with
positive drainage. Multi-family and non-residential lots shall be graded to match elevations at
adjoining properties to provide good access and to minimize the use of retaining walls.
Q. Gas or Oil Lines.
1. Identification.
High- pressure flammable gas or fuel lines are defined as those which are operated or may be expected
in the future to operate at a pressure of over sixty (60) pounds per square inch. High- pressure
flammable gas or fuel lines, installed on public property, shall be buried with a minimum cover of thirty
(30) inches, and shall be marked by an all-weather typed sign, installed at each crossing and at intervals
of not more than three hundred (300) feet. The signs shall be installed by the utility company, state
that the line is high pressure, identify the utility company name, provide an emergency phone number,
and state the type of product or products transported therein.
2. Notification to the Utility Company.
The subdivider shall provide written notification to the utility company regarding any proposed
construction over an existing facility or within a utility's easement and provide proof of such
notification to the City Engineer.
R. StreetlightsStreet Lights.
1. General Standards.
a. Street lights shall be designed and installed according to the utility standards in effect at the time
of subdivision construction or addition thereto.
b. The quantity, size, and type of street light pole and fixture shall be selected by the subdivider
from the approved City of College Station Utilities Construction Specifications, Electric Service,
and Meter Installation Guidelinesstreet light standards.
Page 364 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 50
c. The subdivider shall furnish public utility easements for the installation of street lights, with said
easements to normally be five (5) feet in width.
d. Where underground electric service is provided, all street lighting and site lighting equipment
shall be placed underground except for the poles on which the lights are to be affixed. Where
overhead electric service is provided, street lighting and site lighting equipment may be placed
overhead or underground.
2. Streetlight Street Light Locations.
a. Street lights shall normally be required at all street intersections and access waysAccess Ways, in
culs-de-sac, and at approximately three hundred (300) -foot intervals along tangent streets.
b. In rural residential Rural Residential subdivisions, street lights are only required at street
intersections and at the end of culs-de-sac greater than three hundred (300) feet in length. The
subdivider may request additional street lights at other locations within the subdivision, provided
the frequency does not exceed the general subdivision location standards recited above.
3. Installation and Maintenance.
a. The subdivider or their his authorized construction representative shall be responsible for
furnishing and installing all street light facilities in accordance with the electric utility's design and
specifications and this UDO. All conduit installations shall be inspected prior to acceptance for
conformance with the utility specifications.
b. Street lights shall be owned and maintained by an electric utility provider with a Certificate of
Convenience and Necessity (CCN) for that area.
c. The electric utility provider shall not be responsible for the installation or maintenance of street
lights on alleys, private streets, or drives.
S. Electric Facilities.
1. All subdividers shall ascertain which electric utility is certificated to serve the proposed subdivision. The
electric utility design and facilities must meet all applicable City ordinances.
2. The electric utility will design the electrical system for to all lots within a subdivision.
3. All electric utility services shall be installed underground in all subdivisions. All lateral electric lines and
service lines supplying electric utility service shall be placed underground except rural residential Rural
Residential subdivisions may have lateral electric lines and service lines supplying electric utility service
placed overhead.
4. Overhead feeder lines may be placed in the following locations:
a. Along the perimeter of a platted subdivision;
b. Adjacent to or within the right-of-way of thoroughfares identified on the Comprehensive Plan
Functional Classification & Context Class Map current Thoroughfare Plan of the City of College
Station and approved for the location of overhead utilities; and
c. Within alleys or dedicated easements identified for the location of aerial utility feeder lines on
the approved subdivision plat.
5. The subdivider shall dedicate public utility easements upon forms approved by the City for the
installation of electric utilities. All liens and other ownership interests shall be subordinated to the
easement use.
Page 365 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 50
6. Where electric service is placed underground, all auxiliary equipment for such service, including but not
limited to transformers, junction enclosures, and switching devices, shall be pad-mounted on grade or
shall be placed underground.
7. Where the electric service is placed underground, all street lighting and site lighting equipment shall be
placed underground except for the poles on which the lights are to be affixed. The City or the electric
utility shall not be responsible for the installation or maintenance of street lights on alleys, private
streets, or drives.
8. The subdivider shall be responsible for the costs and installation of all conduit needed for underground
feeder, lateral, and service lines utilized to provide electric utility service to the subdivision. The
developer of a platted lot shall be responsible for the costs and installation of for the service conduit
for the such platted lot. The specifications for the conduit shall be provided by the electric utility prior
to installation. All conduit installations shall be inspected prior to acceptance for conformance to utility
specifications.
9. Temporary utility service may be provided via overhead line extension.
10. The subdivider shall contact the appropriate electric utility provider to determine any additional
requirements.
T. Monuments and Corner Markers.
1. All block corners, angle points, and points of curves, and all corners of boundary lines of subdivisions
shall be marked with a one-half (0.5) -inch steel rod, two (2) feet in length, set in the center of a
concrete monument six (6) inches in diameter and thirty (30) inches deep, with the top flush with the
finished ground surface.
2. Where, due to topographic conditions, permanent structures, or other conditions, the view is
obstructed between any two (2) adjacent monuments, intermediate monuments shall be set as to
ensure assure a clear view between adjacent monuments.
3. Corner markers, consisting of a one-half (0.5) -inch steel rod or three-fourths (0.75) -inch pipe, two (2)
feet in length, shall be driven flush with the ground surface to mark the corners of all lots.
U. Owners Associations for Common Areas and Facilities.
1. An owners association Homeowners Association or Property Owners Association ("Owners
Association") shall be established with direct responsibility to, and controlled by, the property owners
involved to provide for operation, repair, and maintenance of all common areas, fences, walls, gate
equipment, landscaping, and all other common facilities, including private streets and sidewalks, which
are part of the subdivision (the "Common Facilities").
2. The owners association Owners Association shall prepare and file for record a legal instrument
establishing a plan for the use and permanent repair and maintenance of the common facilities
Common Facilities and demonstrating that the association is self-perpetuating and adequately funded
to accomplish its purpose and shall provide that the owners association Owners Association hereby
unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the City and the City's officials,
agents, employees and contractors harmless, from and against any loss, liability, demand damage,
judgment, suite, claim deficiency, interests, fee, charge, cost or expense (including, without limitation,
interest, court cost and penalties, attorney's fees and disbursement and amounts paid in settlement, or
liabilities resulting from any charge in federal, state or local law or regulation or interpretation hereof)
of whatever nature, even when caused in whole or in part by the City's negligence or the joint or
concurring negligence of the City and any other person or entity, which may result or to which the City
and/or any of the City's officials, agents, employees and contractors may sustain, suffer, incur or
become subject to in connection with or arising in any way whatsoever out of the maintenance, repair
Page 366 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 22 of 50
use or occupation of the common facilitiesCommon Facilities, or any other activity of whatever nature
in connection therewith, or arising out of or by reason of any investigation, litigation or other
proceedings brought or threatened, arising out of or based upon the operation, management,
maintenance, repair and use of the common facilitiesCommon Facilities, or any other activity in the
subdivision.
3. The budget for the owners association Owners Association shall include a fund reserved for the repair
and maintenance of common facilities Common Facilities in the amount approved by the City staff.
V. Private Streets and Gating of Roadways.
1. General Requirements.
The following applies to the platting of roadways:
a. Gating of a public roadway is prohibited.
b. Streets required to meet block length or street projection requirements shall not be private or
gated.
c. Private driveways are considered public roadways for the purpose of gating requirements herein.
d. Vehicular access shall be provided on all private and public roadways at all times for police, fire,
City inspection, mail delivery, garbage pickup, dial-a-rides, utility, school buses, and other health
and safety related vehicles. Access must not require drivers to exit their vehicles.
e. A private street may not cross an existing or proposed public thoroughfare as shown on the
Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class MapCity's Thoroughfare Plan. A
private street may not disrupt or cross an existing or proposed public park or pedestrian pathway
as shown on the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.
f. The gate design and implementation shall be such that it does not pose a threat to public health,
safety, and welfare as determined by the City.
g. Private streets must meet the requirements listed in the Single-Family Residential Parking
Requirements for Platting Subsection below.
2. Owners Association Requirements.
a. All property owners within an existing residential area that is proposed to be gated or have
private streets shall agree to become members of an operative owners associationOwners
Association.
b. The legal instrument establishing the owners association Owners Association must provide for a
street maintenance agreement and reserve fund as well as written permission for the City's
access to the subdivision all of which must be submitted for approval by the City Attorney prior
to the submission of the final plat.
c. The City must have access to private roadways at any time without liability when on official
business. This includes permission to remove obstructions including any gate and guard (house)
upon non-compliance by the owners association with Owners Association of any terms of this
UDO ordinance or as necessary for the emergency vehicle access. In the event the City must
remove obstructions to access the development, the owners association Owners Association will
be assessed for all costs substantially associated therewith.
d. In the event the City deems that substantial repairs to the private street(s) within a gated
community are necessary in order to ensure safe access and passage for emergency service
vehicles, the City will notify the owners association, Owners Association and a public hearing
before the City Council will be set for input on the projected repairs. Should the owners
Page 367 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 23 of 50
association Owners Association fail to provide the satisfactory repairs deemed necessary in a
time frame set by the City at the public hearing, then the City will make the necessary repairs and
assess the owners association Owners Association all costs borne by the City in the repair of the
private street(s). Should the owners association Owners Association fail to reimburse the City
within ninety (90) days, the owners association Owners Association shall be subject to a lien and
possibly foreclosure of all assets including but not limited to the maintenance reserve fund.
3. Geometric Design Guidelines.
The following applies to the design of private roadways:
a. Private streets shall be constructed to public street standards but located within a common area,
private right-of-way, or private access easement.
b. The gate(s) may not be placed on a public right-of-way or easement.
c. All gate mechanical or manual operating functions shall meet College Station Fire Department
requirements and provide passage with unobstructed vertical clearance.
d. The throat depth for a gated entry way shall meet the following requirements (refer to figures
belowRef. Figures 1 & 2):
1) A minimum of twenty (20) feet for one (1) residential single-family lot.
2) A minimum of sixty (60) feet for up to twenty-five (25) single-family lots.
3) A minimum of one hundred (100) feet for twenty-six (26) single-family lots or greater.
e. Gated entry ways shall provide adequate access for pedestrians and bicycles.
f. Gated entry ways to subdivisions shall provide adequate turnaround areas for vehicles that are
denied access in order to prevent backing into a public street. (refer to figures belowRef. Figures
1 & 2)
g. The gated entry way driveway pavement widths to subdivisions, for both egress and ingress, shall
be a minimum of twenty (20) feet per driveway and are required to provide a minimum four (4)
feet center median. (refer to figures belowRef. Figures 1 & 2)
h. The gated area shall provide a minimum unobstructed vertical clearance of fourteen (14) feet
and six (6) inches from the finished roadway surface over the entire width of the entry roadway.
i. Public safety elements and signing shall be included in the gate entry way design.
4. Converting Private Streets to Public Streets.
The following is required when converting private streets to public streets:
a. Upon a written request signed by duly authorized owners association Owners Association officers
and submitted to the City Council of the City of College Station, the dedication of private streets
to the public may be accomplished providing the private streets are brought up to City standards
for public streets and the City Council has agreed to accept the streets.
b. The written request by the owners association Owners Association officers will be accompanied
by a petition containing the signatures of the owners of one hundred (100) percent of the
existing lots in the subdivision, except when in the public interest.
c. All repairs or reconstruction of private streets to City standards must be accepted by the City
prior to conversion. All conversion dedication costs will be paid by the owners associationOwners
Association.
5. Existing Gates.
Page 368 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 24 of 50
Any gate as defined by this Subsection existing as of November 13, 1997, at the time of adoption of
these provisions (Ordinance #2280) which has received an approval from either the City or the County
is deemed exempt from the requirements of this Section except when the City must remove such gates
in order to ensure the access for the immediate health, safety, and welfare of the public. The owners
association Owners Association responsible for such gate assumes all costs associated therewith.
Throat Depth Figure for Sliding Gates
Figure 1
Page 369 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 25 of 50
Throat Depth Figure for Hinged Gates
Figure 2
W. Single-Family Residential Parking Requirements for Platting.
1. Purpose.
The purpose of this Subsection is to establish requirements for new single-family and townhouse
parking to aid in reducing neighborhood parking problems and maintain the certainty of access for
emergency vehicles on local streets.
2. General Requirements.
This Subsection applies to all new single-family and townhouse subdivisions.
a. Each phase of a multi-phase project shall comply with this Section.
b. Subdivisions may utilize multiple residential parking options Residential Parking Options so long
as each phase meets the requirements, and all options are listed on the plat.
c. Replats, amending platsAmending Plats, vacating platsVacating Plats, and development plats
Development Plats are exempt from this Section section unless new streets are proposed with
the subdivision.
d. All "No Parking" areas shall be depicted on the preliminary planPreliminary Plan.
e. All "No Parking" signs shall be placed along the street to ensure adequate emergency access. The
developer shall provide and install, at no cost to the City, all "No Parking" signs and associated
poles and hardware to the City's specifications.
f. Parking only may be removed on one or both sides of a street upon the City Council approving an
ordinance removing parking from the street.
Page 370 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 26 of 50
g. Where on-street or alley parking is utilized in a townhouse subdivision, driveways shall be
designed to allow a minimum of one (1) on-street or alley parking space per four (4) dwelling
units. Driveway layouts shall be provided with the final plat.
3. Residential Parking Options.
To In order to provide adequate access for emergency vehicles, new single-family and townhouse
subdivisions shall provide one option from the following:
a. Wide Streets.
1) Pavement width shall be a minimum of thirty-two (32) feet, up to a maximum of thirty-
eight (38) feet.
2) In addition to the right-of-way specified for the Residential Street Section in the B/CS
Unified Design Guidelines, additional right-of-way width shall be dedicated equivalent to
the increase in pavement width over twenty-seven (27) feet.
3) To In order to minimize adverse traffic impacts on residential neighborhoods, bulb-outs
shall be provided at intersections of local streets. Bulb-outs shall not be required where a
local street intersects a street classified as a collector or highergreater.
4) As determined by the Development Engineer, engineering judgment shall override the
requirement for bulb-outs set forth above in this section if warranted by specific traffic
conditions.
b. Narrow Streets.
1) Pavement width shall be a minimum of twenty-two (22) feet, up to a maximum of twenty-
four (24) feet.
2) No parking is allowed on narrow streets Narrow Streets, so as to ensure emergency vehicle
access. Narrow streets Streets must meet fire service standards as described in the City of
College Station Site Design Standards.
3) To provide adequate parking in residential neighborhoods, subdivisions choosing to
incorporate narrow streets shall incorporate additional parking spaces through either the
provisions of visitor alley-fed parking areas or visitor parking areas. (See additional
requirements for visitor alley-fed off-street parking and visitor parking areas below).
c. Standard Streets.
1) Standard streets Streets shall be designed in accordance with the Residential Street Section
in the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines.
2) Parking shall be removed from one (1) or both sides of standard streetsStandard Streets.
3) To provide adequate parking in residential neighborhoods, subdivisions choosing to
remove parking from both sides of a standard street Standard Street shall incorporate
additional parking spaces through the provisions of visitor alley-fed off-street Visitor Alley-
Fed Off-Street parking or visitor parking areasVisitor Parking Areas. Visitor alley-fed off-
street parking Alley-Fed Off-Street Parking and visitor parking areas Visitor Parking Areas
have additional requirements, as specified below.
d. Wide Lot Frontages.
1) All lot widths shall be a minimum of seventy (70) feet, as measured at the front setback.
e. Visitor Alley-Fed Off-Street Parking.
Page 371 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 27 of 50
1) Visitor alley-fed off-street parking Alley-Fed Off-Street Parking spaces shall be provided at a
rate of one (1) parking space per four (4) dwelling units. Visitor alley-fed off-street parking
Alley-Fed Off-Street Parking is in addition to minimum off-street parking requirements. The
Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this
UDO lists additional requirements.
2) Off-street parking spaces shall be located in an access easement or private common area.
f. Visitor Parking Areas.
1) Visitor parking shall:
a) be provided at a rate of one (1) parking space per four (4) dwelling units;,
b) meet requirements of Off-Street Parking Standards and Access Management and
Circulation Sections of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDOsections,
except requirements of alternative parking plansAlternative Parking Plans, and
except as specifically exempted below;
c) be developed at the same time as public infrastructure;,
d) be located no farther than five hundred (500) feet from the lot it is meant to serve.
This distance shall be measured by a walkable route;,
e) be located in a common area and maintained by an owners association;Homeowners
Association,
f) be designed to prohibit backing maneuvers onto public streets, with the exception
that two (2) or fewer parking spaces constructed to single-family driveway and
parking standards are permitted backing maneuvers when accessing a local street;
and.
g) not be counted towards common open space requirements for cluster
developmentsCluster Developments.
2) Visitor parking areas adjacent to a right-of-way shall be screened from the right-of-way.
Screening is required along one hundred (100) percent of the street frontage (such as ten
(10) shrubs for every thirty (30) linear feet of frontage), with the exception of areas within the visibility triangle. Screening may be accomplished using plantings, berms, structural
elements, or combinations thereof, and must be a minimum of three (3) feet above the
parking lot pavement elevation. Walls and planting strips shall be located at least two (2)
feet from any parking area. Where the street and the adjacent site are at different
elevations, the Administrator may alter the height of the screening to ensure adequate
screening. Fifty (50) percent of all shrubs used for screening shall be evergreen. Two (2) or
fewer parking spaces constructed to single-family driveway and parking standards are not
required to be screened from the adjacent right-of-way.
3) Visitor parking areas may be constructed of permeable surfaces as allowed in the Off-
Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
4. Private parking constructed for the use of subdivision amenities, such as a community pool, may be
counted toward visitor parkingVisitor Parking, if it meets all other requirements listed above and does
not use permeable materials for private parking area surfaces.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Page 372 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 28 of 50
Sec. 8.4. General Requirements and Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the
City of College Station Extraterritorial Jurisdiction.
The following sets forth standards of design for subdivisions situated within the extraterritorial jurisdictionCity of
College Station Extraterritorial Jurisdiction:
A. Reserved Strips and Tracts Prohibited.
A plat shall not provide reserved strips or tracts of land. In addition, the effect of the phasing of a plat,
provision of common areas, or other land or easement shall not unnecessarily restrict access to land, right-
of-way, or easements dedicated or intended to be dedicated to the public by the subject plat or adjacent
developments.
B. Technical Standards.
All public infrastructure shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines, Bryan/College Station Unified Technical Specifications, Bryan/College Station
Unified Construction Details, and all other applicable local, state, and federal requirements. Hereafter, these
documents shall be referred to collectively as the "B/CS Unified Design Guidelines." Where there is a conflict
of standards, the more stringent standard shall apply, as determined by the City Engineer.
C. Streets.
1. Streets on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class MapThoroughfare Plan.
Where a subdivision encompasses or is adjacent to a thoroughfare, as shown on the Comprehensive
Plan Functional Classification & Context Class MapThoroughfare Plan of the City, the thoroughfare shall
be constructed and included in the subdivision plat to maintain continuity in the approximate location
as shown.
2. Relation to Adjoining Street System.
a. Where there is an existing street adjacent to or through the area to be subdivided, the necessary
street intersections to the existing street shall be constructed.
b. Existing and planned streets in adjacent or adjoining areas shall be continued in alignment
therewith.
c. When land is subdivided into larger parcels rather than ordinary building lots, such parcels shall
be arranged so as to allow for the opening of future streets and logical further subdivisions.
3. Street Projections.
a. When an public street is provided internal to the platting property and adjoining areas are not
platted, the platting subdivision shall provide street projections to such areas by projecting a
public street at intervals no fewer than the maximum block length along the perimeter boundary
of the subdivision.
b. Where abutting properties are land locked, a street connection or street frontage shall be
provided through the platting property.
4. Adequate Street Access.
a. One (1) external street connection is required for a street serving as roadway access for thirty
(30) or fewer lots.
b. When there are more than thirty (30) lots to be served by external street connections, a
minimum of two (2) street connections to external paved public streets shall be required. The
Planning and Zoning Commission may allow remote emergency access a Remote Emergency
Page 373 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 29 of 50
Access where development phasing or constraints of the land prevent the provision of a second
street connection. Notwithstanding the foregoing, two (2) street connections to externally paved
public streets shall be required when one hundred (100) or more lots are served.
c. Three (3) street connections to external paved public streets may be required by the Planning
and Zoning Commission when two hundred (200) or more lots are served.
d. Where more than one (1) external street connection is required, at least one (1) external street
connection shall not be located over a potential hazard such as a high-pressure gas line or a creek
where the one -hundred (100) -year floodplain overtops the street, regardless of its classification.
5. Intersections.
In addition to the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines, proposed street intersections shall meet the
minimum spacing and requirements of the Access Management and Circulation Section of section in
Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
6. Dead-End Streets.
Dead-end streets shall be prohibited except for short stubs to permit future extensions. Temporary
turnarounds shall be required for stubs in length of more than one hundred (100) feet in length or the
depth of one (1) lot, whichever is less.
7. Culs-de-Sacsac.
Culs-de-sac shall not exceed seven hundred fifty (750) feet in length. The length of a cul-de-sac is
measured along the centerline of the cul-de-sac street from the center of the bulb to the edge of the
nearest intersecting through the street right-of-way.
8. Geometric Standards;, Street Design Criteria.
Streets shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines with
the following modifications:
a. Local streets shall be constructed to the rural residential street standards with a minimum right-
of-way width of seventy (70) feet; and
b. All thoroughfares, regardless of classification, shall be constructed to the rural collector standard
with a minimum right-of-way width of one hundred (100) feet or larger if the thoroughfare
classification requires additional right-of-way width.
9. Existing Substandard Street Right-of-Way.
a. Whenever an existing right-of-way is within or adjacent to a proposed subdivision and such right-
of-way width is substandard, the additional width for the street shall be dedicated. For
development occurring on only one (1) side of such a roadway, the amount dedicated shall
generally equal fifty (50) percent one-half (½) of the deficiency in width based on the
classification and type of street, as measured from the existing centerline of the right-of-way. If
the parcel(s) on the opposite side of the right-of-way previously dedicated a portion, the
proposed plat shall dedicate the remaining width. If the opposite side of the right-of-way has a
permanent constraint such as a railroad right-of-way or conservation easement, the full width of
the deficiency may be required.
b. The Administrator may reduce, increase, or eliminate the amount of right-of-way dedication
based on design considerations, existing development on adjacent properties, and dimensions of
the proposed subdivision or plat.
c. Notwithstanding the foregoing, additional right-of-way dedication is not required for amending
platsAmending Plats.
Page 374 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 30 of 50
10. Street Names and Addresses.
a. Proposed streets that are extensions of existing streets shall bear the name of the existing street,
unless otherwise recommended by the Administrator.
b. New streets shall be named to prevent conflict or confusion with identical or similar names in the
cityCity, Brazos County 911 District, or the extraterritorial jurisdiction City's Extraterritorial
Jurisdiction (ETJ).
c. Streets shall not be named after any living person.
d. A proposed street name may be disapproved if it too closely approximates phonetically the name
of an existing street, is too difficult to pronounce, or carries undesirable meanings or
connotations.
D. Alleys.
Public alleys are prohibited in the extraterritorial jurisdiction.
E. Blocks.
1. To In order to provide a public street network that is complimentary to the Thoroughfare Plan and that
ensures uniform access and circulation, block length shall not exceed one thousand five hundred
(1,500) feet.
2. If a plat is not bounded by a public through street or another qualifying break to block length, then the
block length measurement shall continue to extend each way beyond the plat along the public through
street until the nearest intersecting through street or qualifying break to the block is reached.
3. Block length shall not require a new street to enter the face of a block when the surrounding area of
the block is subdivided so that a through movement is not possible, or a new block cannot be created.
F. Lots.
1. Lots shall be identified in numerical order within a block.
2. Lots shall be a minimum of one (1) acre in size.
3. Lots shall be at least one hundred (100) feet in width as measured at the street,; except for lots around
the bulb of a cul-de-sac shall be at least seventy-five (75) feet in width.
4. Lots established for special purposes such as common area, open space, parkland, floodplain, drainage,
utilities, or other similar facilities shall be uniquely named and are not required to meet the minimum
lot size or lot width.
5. Side lot lines shall be substantially right angle to straight right-of-way or radial to the curved right-of-
way.
6. Lots shall be laid out so as not to cross municipal, county, school district, or utility service area
boundaries.
G. Easements.
1. Utility Easements.
a. Minimum Utility Easements.
Utility easements not less than sixteen (16) feet in width shall be provided along the front of all
lots on each side of a street. Where the front easement is impractical on one (1) side of the
street, a utility easement no less than twenty (20) feet in width shall be provided on the other
Page 375 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 31 of 50
side of the street. Utility easements ten (10) feet in width shall be required along the side and
rear of all lots.
b. Additional Utility Easements.
Additional utility easements or additional easement width other than as described above may be
required by the City Engineer or B/CS Unified Design Guidelines based on the number, size,
configuration, or depth of existing, proposed, or anticipated utilities. Where the proposed
subdivision adjoins an unplatted area or future phase of the subdivision, the City Engineer may
require twenty (20) -foot width of easement along the rear of lots adjoining the unplatted area
or ten (10) feet in width along the boundary of the subdivision or subdivision phase.
2. Off-Site Easements.
All easements outside the boundaries of a plat that are necessary for the installation of public
infrastructure to serve the subdivision or development plat shall be acquired by the applicant and
conveyed by an instrument approved by the City Attorney.
H. Access Ways.
Public Access Ways are prohibited in the extraterritorial jurisdiction.
I. Sidewalks.
Public sidewalks are prohibited in the extraterritorial jurisdiction.
J. Bicycle Facilities.
Public bicycle facilities are prohibited in the extraterritorial jurisdiction.
K. Water Facilities.
1. All subdivisions shall have access to water supply and distribution systems for adequate fire protection
and domestic use. All water mains, distribution, and service lines shall be provided to each lot and
constructed in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and all applicable state and federal
requirements. Where there is a conflict of standards, the more stringent standard shall apply, as
determined by the City Engineer.
2. Water mains within the City of College Station Certificate of Convenience and Necessity (CCN) areas
shall be extended in accordance with Chapter 40, Utilities, of the City of College Station Code of
Ordinances.
3. Where a subdivision contains a water line as shown on the Water System Master PlanComprehensive
Plan of the City, such water line shall be designed and installed to maintain continuity in the
approximate location as shown, and of the size indicated.
4. Water distribution lines shall be extended from the nearest City approved point of connection to the
furthest boundary line of the platted subdivision.
5. For water systems that are not part of the City of College Station's water utility, the subdivider shall
provide a letter with the construction documents from the non-City utility indicating that the non-City
utility can is able to properly serve the proposed subdivision. Construction of all water lines within a
subdivision must comply with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines. Water lines for these systems that
are outside the subdivision are not required to meet City standards.
L. Wastewater Waste Water Facilities.
1. Private Septic Systems.
Page 376 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 32 of 50
On-site sewage disposal systems (private septic systems) shall be designed to and meet all
requirements of the County Health Department. These systems shall be licensed through the same
agency and the license shall be kept current. A note shall be provided on the plat indicated such as
above.
2. Gravity Sanitary Sewer System.
Gravity sanitary sewer systems Sanitary Sewer Systems shall be in accordance with the B/CS Unified
Design Guidelines and all applicable state and federal requirements.
M. Special Flood Hazard Areas.
All Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) special floodplain hazard areas shall be according to the
requirements, jurisdiction, and enforcement of the applicable county regulations.
N. Drainage.
1. All drainage shall be in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and all applicable local,
state, and federal requirements. Where there is a conflict of standards, the more stringent standard
shall apply, as determined by the City Engineer.
2. Rapid conveyance, the phasing of development, the use of control methods such as retention or
detention, and/or the construction of off-site drainage improvements as means of mitigation, as
provided in the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and as may be required and approved by the City.
3. No construction shall impede, constrict, or block, the flow of water in any drainage pathway.
4. Lot Grading.
Individual lot drainage shall be coordinated with the general storm drainage for the area. Drainage
shall be designed so as to avoid the concentration of storm drainage water from each lot to adjacent
developable lots. A subdivision grading plan shall be provided with the construction documents. A
general drainage pattern that meets all applicable rules and regulations shall be provided for each
proposed block and lot.
O. Gas or Oil Lines.
1. Identification.
High- pressure flammable gas or fuel lines are defined as those which are operated or may be
expected in the future to operate at a pressure of over sixty (60) pounds per square inch. High-
pressure flammable gas or fuel lines, installed on public property, shall be buried with a minimum
cover of thirty (30) inches, and shall be marked by an all-weather typed sign, installed at each crossing
and at intervals of not more than three hundred (300) feet. The signs shall be installed by the utility
company, state that the line is high pressure, identify the utility company name, provide an emergency
phone number, and state the type of product or products transported therein.
2. Notification to the Utility Company.
The subdivider shall provide written notification to the utility company regarding any proposed
construction over an existing facility or within a utility's easement and provide proof of such
notification to the City Engineer.
P. StreetlightsStreet Lights.
Public street lights are prohibited in the extraterritorial jurisdiction.
Q. Electric Facilities.
1. All subdividers shall ascertain which electric utility is certificated to serve the proposed subdivision.
Page 377 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 33 of 50
2. Electric utility facilities may be installed underground or overhead.
3. The subdivider is responsible for contacting the appropriate electric utility provider to determine any
additional requirements.
R. Monuments and Corner Markers.
1. All block corners, angle points, and points of curves, and all corners of boundary lines of subdivisions
shall be marked with a one-half (0.5) -inch steel rod, two (2) feet in length, set in the center of a
concrete monument six (6) inches in diameter and thirty (30) inches deep, with the top flush with the
finished ground surface.
2. Where, due to topographic conditions, permanent structures, or other conditions, the view is
obstructed between any two (2) adjacent monuments, intermediate monuments shall be set as to
ensure assure a clear view between adjacent monuments.
3. Corner markers, consisting of a one-half (0.5) -inch steel rod or three-fourths (0.75) -inch pipe, two (2)
feet in length, shall be driven flush with the ground surface to mark the corners of all lots.
S. Owners Associations for Common Areas and Facilities.
1. An owners association Homeowners Association or Property Owners Association (“Owners
Association”) shall be established with direct responsibility to, and controlled by, the property owners
involved to provide for operation, repair, and maintenance of all common areas, fences, walls, gate
equipment, landscaping, and all other common facilities, including private streets and sidewalks, which
are part of the subdivision (the “Common Facilities”).
2. The owners association Owners Association shall prepare and file for record a legal instrument
establishing a plan for the use and permanent repair and maintenance of the common facilities
Common Facilities and demonstrating that the owners association is self-perpetuating and adequately
funded to accomplish its purpose.
T. Private Streets and Gating of Roadways.
1. Gating of a public roadway is prohibited.
2. Streets required to meet block length or street projection requirements shall not be private or gated.
3. A private street may not cross an existing or proposed public thoroughfare as shown on the
Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class MapCity's Thoroughfare Plan. A private
street subdivision will not disrupt or cross an existing or proposed public park or pedestrian pathway as
shown on the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.
4. Private streets shall be constructed to public street standards but located within a common area,
private right-of-way, or private access easement.
5. All other private or gated street requirements shall be according to applicable county regulations.
U. City Participation.
The City will not participate in the cost of the subdivision or utilities outside the city City limits, including
garbage collection and street maintenance except for utilities dedicated to the City of College Station with a
development agreementDevelopment Agreement. Such utility service shall be in accordance with City
Council Resolution #2-9-2006-13.04 (as amended) Regarding the Extension of Water and Sewer Utility
Services to Properties within the Extraterritorial Jurisdiction (ETJ).
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Page 378 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 34 of 50
Sec. 8.5. Waiver of Subdivision Standards.
A. The Planning and Zoning Commission may authorize a waiver from the regulation when, in their opinion,
undue hardship will result from requiring strict compliance. In granting a waiver, the Commission shall
prescribe only conditions that it deems not prejudicial to the public interest. In making the findings
hereinbefore required, the Commission shall consider take into account the nature of the proposed use of
the land involved, the existing use of land in the vicinity, the number of persons who will reside or work in
the proposed subdivision, the possibility that a nuisance will be created, and the probable effect of such
waiver upon traffic conditions and upon public health, convenience, and welfare of the vicinity. No waiver
shall be granted unless the Commission finds:
1. That there are special circumstances or conditions affecting the land involved such that strict
application of the provisions of this chapter will deprive the applicant of the reasonable land use use of
his land;
2. That the waiver is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a substantial property right of the
applicant;
3. That the granting of the waiver will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or
injurious to other property in the area, or to the City in administering this chapter; and
4. That the granting of the waiver will not have the effect of preventing the orderly subdivision of other
property land in the area in accordance with the provisions of this UDO.
B. Such findings of the Planning and Zoning Commission shall be incorporated into the official minutes of the
meetings at which such waiver is granted. Waivers may be granted only when in harmony with the general
purpose and intent of this UDO so that public health, safety, and welfare may be secured, and substantial
justice is done.
C. Waiver from Water Flow Requirements.
A waiver to fire flow provisions set out in the Water Facilities Subsection of the General Requirements and
Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the City of College Station Extraterritorial Jurisdiction
Section above standards contained in this UDO is prohibited.
D. Waiver from Lot Size.
With the exception of lots located within a City-authorized municipal utility districtMunicipal Utility District, a
waiver to the minimum lot size provisions set out in the General Requirements and Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the City of College Station Extraterritorial Jurisdiction Section above
Extraterritorial Jurisdiction Standards contained in this UDO is prohibited.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Sec. 8.6. Responsibility for Payment for Installation Costs.
A. Developer Responsibilities.
The developer shall be responsible for the designing and installing of all public improvements which primarily
serve the subdivision. This includes being responsible for the costs associated therewith that are shown on
the plat or that may be off-site but needed to ensure the adequacy of public facilities and services for the
subdivision; and subject to participation by the City or other third parties as may be allowed or required by
applicable law, such as participation by the City for costs associated with oversizing of public improvements
beyond that which is necessary to serve the subdivision. Facilities required by this UDO and the City of
Page 379 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 35 of 50
College Station Code of Ordinances shall be considered as primarily serving the subdivision unless otherwise
determined by the City.
B. StreetlightsStreet Lights.
The developer shall pay the entire cost of the subdivision street light installation, including the cost of service
lines to supply electricity to the street lights, and all engineering design costs. Once satisfactorily installed,
approved, and accepted, the maintenance of the street lights and the furnishing of electric energy to the
street lights shall be provided by the City.
C. Street Signs.
The developer will provide and install, at no cost to the City, all street name signs, including and associated
poles, and hardware.
D. Engineering Inspection and Testing.
1. The City will charge for engineering inspection during construction and for final inspection as
established by City Council resolution from time to time; however, it is to be understood that the City
will do no layout work or daily inspection.
2. The City requires testing by an independent laboratory acceptable to the City of College Station to
ensure compliance with the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines and the Bryan/College
Station Unified Technical Specifications and approved plans and specifications of the construction of
the infrastructure before final inspection and approval of that infrastructure. Charges for such testing
shall be paid by the project owner/developer.
(Ord. No. 2012-3449 , Pt. 1(Exh. K), 9-27-2012)
Sec. 8.7. Construction, Guarantee of Performance, and Acceptance of Public Infrastructure.
Construction of private improvements is prohibited until the requirements for constructing or guaranteeing the
construction of public infrastructure are met as set forth herein.
A. Construction.
1. Development Permit.
Upon approval of the construction documents by the City Engineer and upon issuance of a
development permitDevelopment Permit, the subdivider may proceed with the construction of public
infrastructure. Neither the developer nor the contractor nor the subcontractor shall make a connection
to or tap into the City water distribution system, electric system, or sanitary sewer system until this requirement is met. The developer shall furnish all necessary materials to make the final tap or
connection.
2. Letter of Completion and Acceptance.
When the developer constructs the required public infrastructure, all such construction shall be
inspected while in progress, by the City, and must be approved upon completion by the City Engineer.
A letter Letter of completion Completion will be issued by the City Engineer when:
a. The construction conforms to the approved plans and the Bryan/College Station Unified Design
Guidelines and the Bryan/College Station Unified Technical Specifications and all applicable City,
state, and federal regulations;
b. The developer provides construction red-lined record drawings signed by the contractor
acceptable to the City Engineer that contain the following attestation:
Page 380 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 36 of 50
"I, ___________ General Contractor for ___________ development, certify that the
improvements shown on this sheet were actually built, and that said improvements are shown
substantially hereon. I hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge, that the materials of
construction and sizes of manufactured items, if any are stated correctly hereon."
___________
General Contractor
c. The developer and their his agent/contractor, if applicable, signs the letter Letter of completion
Completion which furnishes the City a written guarantee that all workmanship and materials
shall be free of defects for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance by the City
Engineer; and
d. Off-site easements relating to the public infrastructure have been recorded, or are presented to
the City and are acceptable to be recorded.
3. Upon completion by the developer, and formal acceptance by the City of the public infrastructure
required to be completed by the developer, they shall become the property of the City of College
Station, Texas.
B. Guarantee of Performance.
1. In lieu of the obligation to construct public infrastructure as set forth above, the developer may elect to
file security guaranteeing the construction of the same in order to obtain final plat approval and to
commerce construction of private improvements. This may be accomplished in one (1) of the following
two (2) ways:
a. Performance Bond.
The developer may file with the City Engineer a bond executed by a surety company holding a
license to do business in the State of Texas, in an amount acceptable to the City Engineer of the
City of College Station, and in a form approved by the City Attorney. The developer shall state in
writing a timeframe acceptable to the City by when such public improvements will be complete;
or
b. Letter of Credit.
The developer has filed with the City Engineer an irrevocable letter of credit, in a form approved
by the City, signed by a principal officer of a local bank, local savings and loan association, or
other financial institution, acceptable to the City, agreeing to pay to the City of College Station,
on demand, a stipulated sum of money to apply to the estimated cost of installation of all
improvements for which the developer is responsible under this Section. The guaranteed
payment sum shall be the estimated costs and scheduling as prepared by the developer's
engineer and approved by the City Engineer. The letter shall state the name of the subdivision
and shall list the improvements which the developer is required to provide.
2. If one (1) of the two (2) types of security is filed by the developer and accepted by the City as described
above, the City Engineer shall inspect and approve the construction of public improvements in
accordance with the requirements of this UDO when the same occurs. If the developer fails to properly
construct some or all required public improvements, the City Attorney shall, on the direction of the City
Council, proceed to enforce the guarantees provided in this Section.
3. The City Engineer may extend the period of time by when completion of public improvements is to
occur regardless of time periods that may be iterated elsewhere in this UDO. Such extension of time
shall be granted upon a showing of good cause and shall be reported to the Planning and Zoning
Commission and recorded in the minutes. No such extension shall be granted unless security, as
Page 381 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 37 of 50
provided herein, has been provided by the developer covering the extended period of time and
provided that such extension does not jeopardize the general public health, safety, and welfare.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Sec. 8.8. Requirements for Parkland Park Land Dedication.
A. Purpose.
It is hereby declared by the College Station City Council that public parks, conservation, and greenway areas
are valuable assets that advance the public's health, safety, and welfare. This Section is adopted to provide
active and passive recreational areas in the form of park facilities as a function of subdivision and site
development in the City of College Station and its extraterritorial jurisdictionExtraterritorial Jurisdiction (ETJ).
This Section is enacted in accordance with the home rule powers of the City of College Station granted under
the Texas Constitution, and the statutes of the State of Texas, including, but not by way of limitation, Chapter
212 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended Chapter 212 as may be amended from time to time.
This Section recognizes that parkland dedication is a fair, reasonable, and uniform method of financing these
assets that does not impose an unfair burden on new or existing development. The intent is to require new
development to pay its proportionate costs that are associated with providing new, expanded, and
renovated parks, so they are borne by the new residents who are responsible for creating the additional
demand. This is done by integrating such requirements into the procedure for planning and developing
property or subdivisions in the city City and its extraterritorial jurisdictionETJ, whether such development
consists of new construction on vacant land or rebuilding and remodeling of multi-family dwellings that
increases results in an increase in the number of bedrooms on existing residential property.
The intent of these assets is to provide a variety of outdoor recreational opportunities for new residents
within reasonable proximity of their homes. The primary cost of purchasing, developing, or improving parks
should be borne by the landowners of residential property who, because by reason of the proximity of their
property to such parks, shall be the primary beneficiaries of such facilities. To ensure this nexus, park zones
have been established by the College Station City Council. They are shown on the Park Zones map below,
Map and they shall be prima facie proof that any park area located therein is within a convenient distance
from any residence located therein.
Parkland dedication is consistent with, and furthers the objectives and policies of, the City's Comprehensive
Plan and the Recreation, Park, and & Open Space Master Plan to protect the health, safety, and general welfare of the public. It is coordinated with other city policies, ordinances, and resolutions by which the City
seeks to ensure the provision of adequate park facilities in conjunction with the development of land.
B. Applicability.
1. This Section applies to a landowner who develops land for residential use located within the city City or
within its extraterritorial jurisdictionETJ.
2. The parkland Parkland dedication and park development fees required by this Section are waived for
any unit that qualifies as new, affordable, housing to be sold to low-and moderate- income households,
as defined by the current U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Income Limits.
C. Park Zones.
The City is hereby divided into park zones, as shown on the official Park Zones map Map, located below,
together with all explanatory matter thereon.
Zone boundaries typically follow key topographic features such as major thoroughfares, streams, city City
limits, and extraterritorial jurisdictionETJ boundary lines. New park zones may be created, or existing zones
amended, pursuant to procedures for amending the UDO.
Page 382 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 38 of 50
Park Zone Map
D. Requirements.
1. General.
The City Manager or their his/her designee shall administer this Section with certain review,
recommendation, and approval authorities being assigned to the Planning and Zoning Commission, the
Parks and Recreation Advisory Board, and various City departments as specified herein.
Generally, the developer of residential property must address the following requirements pursuant to
this Section: dedication of land for park use or payment of a fee in lieu thereof, and payment of a
development fee for park improvements necessary to transform the land into a useable park.
Requirements herein are based on actual dwelling units or bedrooms for the an entire development.
Increases or decreases in the final unit or bedroom count may require an adjustment in fees paid or
land dedicated. If the actual number of dwelling units or bedrooms exceeds the original estimate,
additional park land and additional park development fees may be required in accordance with the
requirements in this Section.
The delineation of park zones is identified in the Park Zones Subsection above. The schedule of fees
and required land dedications are identified in the Parkland Dedication and Development Fees
Subsection below.Section K "Park Land Dedication and Development Fees". The delineation of park
zones is identified in Section C "Park Zones".
2. Land Dedication.
a. The amount of land to be dedicated for park purposes shall be as set forth in the Parkland
Dedication and Development Fees Subsection belowSection K "Park Land Dedication and
Development Fees".
The total amount of land dedicated for the development shall be dedicated to the City in fee
simple:
1) Prior to the issuance of any building permits for multi-family and multiplex Multiplex
development,
Page 383 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 39 of 50
2) Concurrently with the final plat for each phase of the development, or
3) In accordance with the terms of a valid development agreement Development Agreement
associated with the property.
If land dedication is to occur in future phases of a multiple-phase development, the developer
may provide the City with financial security against the current dedication requirements by
providing a bond, irrevocable letter of credit, or another alternative financial guarantee such as a
cash deposit in the amount equal to the number of acres of park land required and, in a form
acceptable to the City. The amount of the financial guarantee shall be the amount of fee in lieu
of land dedication and improvements as set forth in the Parkland Dedication and Development
Fees Subsection belowSection K "Park Land Dedication and Development Fees". The financial
guarantee will be released to the developer, without interest, upon the filing of the final plat for
the subsequent phase that dedicates the required park land and payment of the fee for the
required improvements.
b. Since residents living in the extraterritorial jurisdictionETJ are likely to use the City's park
facilities, they should contribute to the cost of providing them. As a result of the difficulty faced
by the City in maintaining property outside the city its corporate limits, the City will generally
require a fee in lieu rather than the dedication of land. Alternatively, the dedication requirements
of this Section may be met through the creation of private parkland in the same amount required
as set forth in the Parkland Dedication and Development Fees Subsection below Section K "Park
Land Dedication and Development Fees" provided the developer enters into a written agreement
that all such private parkland be dedicated to the City at the time of full purpose annexation into
the city City and provided that any plat related to such development is inscribed with a notation
regarding same. If the private parkland option is chosen, a provision for private upkeep of the
facilities as described in the Credit for Private Park Amenities Subsection below Section H "Credit
for Private Park Amenities" shall be made.
3. Fee in Lieu of Land.
Instead In lieu of dedicating land for parks, a developer may request to meet some or all of the land
dedication requirements through payment of a fee in lieu thereof in the amounts set forth in the
Parkland Dedication and Development Fees Subsection belowSection K "Park Land Dedication and
Development Fees". Such fees shall be due at the same time as fees are due for final platting or for
issuance of a building permit, based on the type of residential development.
4. City Final Approval.
The City shall have the final authority in determining what proportion of land or fee may be accepted in
lieu of required land dedication. The City may, from time to time, require that a fee be submitted in
lieu of land dedication in amounts as set forth in the Parkland Dedication and Development Fees
Subsection belowSection K "Park Land Dedication and Development Fees" for the park land dedication.
Likewise, the City may, from time to time, require that land be dedicated in amounts as set forth in the
Parkland Dedication and Development Fees Subsection below Section K and that no fee in lieu of land
will be accepted.
5. Approval Process for Parkland Park Land Dedication.
a. For the land dedication of five (5) acres or more to be accepted by the City, the landowner must:
1) Obtain a recommendation from the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board, and
2) Obtain approval from the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to the Plats Section of
Review in Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO.
Page 384 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 40 of 50
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall consider the recommendation from the Parks and
Recreation Advisory Board but may make a decision contrary to its recommendation by majority
vote.
b. The City of College Station will generally not accept dedications of land for parks that are less
than five (5) acres, as maintaining small parks is inefficient and too costly for the City to sustain
over the long- term. However, the City Manager or their his/her designee is authorized to accept
and approve land dedications of less than five (5) acres if the following criteria are met:
1) The proposed dedication provides a sufficient amount of park land in the park zone of the
proposed development for required park land dedication, or such land provides a valuable
link to the greater park system;
2) The proposed dedication has especially attractive park features, as determined by the City
Manager or their his/her designee;
3) Where the proposed dedication is insufficient for a park site under existing park design
standards, some or all of the dedication requirements may be in the form of a fee in
amounts as set forth in the Parkland Dedication and Development Fees Subsection
belowSection K "Park Land Dedication and Development Fees"; and
4) The proposed development of the park is consistent with the City of College Station's
Recreation, Park, and & Open Space Master Plan, as may be amended from time to time.
In making their his/her decision, the City Manager or their his/her designee may choose to
submit such an application to the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board for its recommendation.
In such event, the City Manager or their his/her designee shall consider such recommendation
but may make a decision contrary in accordance with the criteria set forth herein.
6. Park Development Fee.
In addition to the land dedication requirements for parks, there are also park development fees
established herein sufficient to develop parks in ways that meet the City Park Facility & and Equipment
Standards. The amount of development fees assessed to a developer subject to this Section for parks is
as shown in the Parkland Dedication and Development Fees Subsection belowSection K "Park Land Dedication and Development Fees". The process for the approval and collection of development fees
shall be the same as for the park land dedication requirements to which the development relates, and
shall be processed simultaneously with the park land dedication requirements.
7. Construction of Park Improvements in Lieu of Development Fee.
A developer may elect to construct park improvements in lieu of paying the associated development
fees as set forth herein. In such an event:
a. A park site plan, developed in cooperation with the Parks and Recreation Department staff, must
be submitted and approved by the Director of the Parks and Recreation Department or their
his/her designee and the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board upon submission of the final plat
or upon application for a site plan and/or building permit, whichever is applicable.
b. Detailed plans and specifications for park improvements hereunder shall be due and processed in
accordance with the procedures and requirements of pertaining to public improvements for final
plats, site plans, and for building permits issuance, whichever is applicable.
c. All plans and specifications shall meet or exceed the City Park Facility & and Equipment Standards
in effect at the time of the submission.
d. If the improvements are constructed on land that has already been dedicated to and/or is owned
by the City, then the developer Developer must post payment and performance bonds equal to
Page 385 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 41 of 50
park development fees to guarantee the payment to subcontractors and suppliers and to
guarantee the developer completes the work in accordance with the approved plans,
specifications, ordinances, and other applicable laws.
e. The construction of all improvements must be completed in accordance with the requirements
relating to the construction of public improvements for final plats, site plans, and issuance of
building permits, whichever is applicable. This includes the guaranteeing of performance in lieu
of completing the park improvements prior to final plat approval. Notwithstanding any other
applicable ordinances, park improvements should be completed within two (2) years from the
date of the approval.
f. Completion and Acceptance.
Park development will be considered complete, and a certificate Certificate of completion
Completion will be issued after the following requirements are met:
1) Improvements have been constructed in accordance with the approved plans;,
2) All park land upon which the improvements have been constructed has been dedicated as
required under this Section; and
3) All manufacturers' warranties have been provided for any equipment installed in the park
as part of these improvements.
g. Upon issuance of a certificate Certificate of completionCompletion, the developer warrants the
improvements for a period of one (1) year as set forth in the requirements in the City Park Facility
& and Equipment Standards.
h. The developer shall be liable for any costs required to complete park development if:
1) Developer fails to complete the improvements in accordance with the approved plans; or
2) Developer fails to complete any warranty work.
8. Submitting Fee.
Any fees required to be paid pursuant to this Section shall be remitted:
a. Prior to the issuance of any building permits for multi-family development; or
b. Upon the submission of each final plat for single-family, duplex, or townhouse development.
9. Use of Fees.
Fees may be used only for the acquisition, development, and/or improvement of park facilities to
which they relate; fees shall not be used for maintenance purposes. Fees in lieu of land dedication may
only be used for the purchase, development, and/or improvement of parks located within the same
zone as the development, or in an adjacent zone in a scenario where the development occurs close to a
zone border.
10. Reimbursement for City Acquired Park Land.
The City may from time to time acquire land for parks in advance of actual or potential development. If
the City does take such action, then it may require subsequent dedications to be in fee in lieu of land
only. The fees will serve to reimburse the City for the cost(s) of acquisition.
11. Appeals.
The property owner or applicant for new development may appeal the following decisions to the
Director of Planning and Development Services, or their his or her designee:
Page 386 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 42 of 50
a. The applicability of the land dedication, fee in lieu, or development fee;
b. The amount of the land dedication or fee due;
c. The determination of credit for private property amenities; and/or
d. The amount of the refund due, if any.
All appeals shall be taken within 30 days of notice of the action from which the appeal is taken.
The burden of proof shall be on the appellant to demonstrate that the amount of the dedication, fee,
refund, or credit was not calculated according to the requirements of this ordinance.
The appellant may appeal the decision of the Director of Planning and Development Services to the
City Council. A notice of appeal to the Council must be filed by the applicant with the City Secretary
within 30 days following the Director's decision. The filing of an appeal shall not stay the collection of
the fee due. If the notice of appeal is accompanied by a payment in an amount equal to the fee due as
calculated by the City, the plat or building permit application shall be processed.
E. Prior Dedication or Absence of Prior Dedication.
If a dedication requirement arose prior to enactment or amendment of this Section, subsequent
development for the subject tract to which the dedication requirements apply applies may be subject to
vesting as set forth in Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended. Depending on the
circumstances, additional dedication may be required for the increase in dwelling units or bedrooms from
what was originally proposed.
F. Comprehensive Plan Considerations.
The City's Recreation, Park, and & Open Space Master Plan, adopted by the City Council in association with
the Comprehensive Plan, is intended to provide the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board with a guide upon
which to base its recommendations. Because of the need to consider specific characteristics in the site
selection process and future development, the park locations indicated on the Plan are general. The actual
locations, sizes, and number of parks will be determined when development occurs or when sites are
acquired by the City, including by donations.
G. Special Fund; Right to Refund.
The City shall account for all fees in lieu of land and all development fees paid under this Section with
reference to the individual plat(s) involved. Any fees paid for such purposes must be encumbered or
expended by the City within ten (10) years from the date received by the City for the acquisition,
development, and/or improvement of a park as required herein. Such funds shall be considered to be spent
on a first-in, first-out basis. If the funds are not so encumbered by contract of purchase order or expended,
then the owners of the property on the last day of the ten (10) -year period will be entitled to a refund of the
unexpended sum upon request. The owners of the property as shown on the current tax roll or proven by
another instrument, must request a refund within one (1) year of the expiration of the ten (10) -year period.
The request must be made in writing to the Director of Parks and Recreation.
H. Credit for Private Park Amenities.
1. Up to twenty-five (25%) percent of the total fee in lieu and park development fee required by this
Section to be paid by a developer may be eligible for reimbursement if the developer provides private
park land and/or amenities on the site. The remaining percentage is retained for deposit in the City's
parkland dedication fund for the purpose of defraying the financial burden that new residential units
impose on the existing public park system in the cityCity, beyond the immediate development in which
the dwelling is located.
Page 387 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 43 of 50
2. Private facilities eligible for parkland dedication credit are those outdoor amenities typically found in
city public parks, which will substitute for the improvements otherwise funded by a dedication fee to
meet the outdoor recreation needs of residents.
3. The amount of credit shall be based on actual out-of-pocket dollar costs that the developer incurred in
providing the outdoor recreation amenities:
a. The improvements must be constructed in accordance with the City Park Facility & and
Equipment Standards.
b. The developer is required to submit to the City all invoices paid toward the construction of the
private amenities.
c. To In order to receive the credit, the improvement must be inspected and approved by all
appropriate City staff.
4. Yards, court areas, setbacks, and other open areas required to be maintained under the City's UDO,
and other regulations, shall not be included in the credit computation.
5. Private recreation improvements shall be owned by an incorporated nonprofit homeowners'
association comprised of all property owners in the subdivision. The organization should operate under
a recorded land agreements through which each property unit owner in the subdivision is
automatically a member, and each unit is subject to a charge for a proportionate share of expenses for
maintaining the facilities.
6. Should the homeowners' association fail to maintain the developer-provided private park facilities in
compliance with City standards, each property owner agrees that the City may access the facilities to
operate, maintain, and repair them. The costs of such maintenance, operations, and repairs shall be
charged to the homeowners' association. Such requirement shall be by recorded covenant, which runs
with the land in favor of future owners of the property, and which cannot be defeated or eliminated
without the written consent of the City.
7. Use of the private park shall be restricted for park and recreation purposes by a recorded covenant,
which runs with the land in favor of future owners of the property, and which cannot be defeated or
eliminated without the written consent of the City.
8. Facilities must be similar or comparable to what would be required to meet public park standards and
recreational needs as set forth in the Parkland Park Land Guidelines and Requirements Subsection
belowSection I "Park Land Guidelines and Requirements".
9. The design of private park amenities must be reviewed and approved by the City prior to final plat
approval.
10. All private park amenities shall be constructed in accordance with the Construction of Park
Improvements in Lieu of Development Fee Subsection aboveSection D(7) "Construction of Park
Improvements in Lieu of Development Fee".
I. Parkland Park Land Guidelines and Requirements.
Parks should be easy to access and open to public view so as to benefit area development, enhance the
visual character of the cityCity, protect public safety, and minimize conflict with adjacent land uses. The
following guidelines and requirements shall be used in designing parks and adjacent development.
1. Any land dedicated to the City under this Section must be suitable for park and recreation uses. The
dedication shall be free and clear of any and all liens and encumbrances that interfere with its use for
park purposes. The City Manager or their his/her designee shall determine whether any encumbrances
interfere with park use. Minerals may be reserved from the conveyance provided that there is a
complete waiver of the surface use by all mineral owners and lessees. A current title report must be
Page 388 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 44 of 50
provided with the land dedication. The property owner shall pay all taxes or assessments owed on the
property up to the date of acceptance of the dedication by the City. A tax certificate from the Brazos
County Tax Assessor shall be submitted with the dedication or plat.
2. Consideration will be given to land that is in the floodplain or may be considered "floodable" even
though not in a federally regulated floodplain as long as, due to its elevation, it is suitable for park
improvements. Sites should not be severely sloping or have unusual topography which would render
the land unusable for recreational activities, as set forth in the City Park Facility & and Equipment
Standards.
3. At the discretion of the City, land in floodplains will be considered on a three (3) for one (1) basis.
Three (3) acres of floodplain will be equal to one (1) acre of park land.
4. Where feasible, park sites should be located adjacent to greenways and/or schools in order to
encourage shared facilities and joint development of new sites.
5. Unless intended to serve a larger area, park sites should be adjacent to residential areas in a manner
that serves the greatest number of users and should be located to minimize users having to cross
arterial roadways to access them. Furthermore, park sites should not be encumbered by overhead
utility lines or easements which may limit the opportunity for park development.
6. Where appropriate, sites with existing trees or other scenic elements are preferred.
7. Detention/retention areas will not be considered to meet dedication requirements, but may be
accepted as a donation in addition to the required dedication. If accepted as part of the park, the
detention/retention area design must meet specific parks specifications in the City Park Facility & and
Equipment Standards.
8. Where park sites are adjacent to greenways, schools, or existing or proposed subdivisions, access ways
may be required to facilitate public access to parks.
9. It is desirable that fifty (50%) percent of the perimeter of a park should abut a public street.
J. Warranty Required.
1. All materials and equipment provided to the City shall be new unless otherwise approved in advance
by the City Manager or their his/her designee and all work shall be of good quality, free from faults and defects, and in conformance with the designs, plans, specifications, and drawings, and recognized
industry standards. This warranty, any other warranties express or implied, and any other consumer
rights, shall inure to the benefit of the City only and are not made for the benefit of any party other
than the City.
2. All work by the developer or landowner not conforming to these requirements, including but not
limited to unapproved substitutions, may be considered defective.
3. This warranty is in addition to any rights or warranties expressed or implied by law.
4. Where more than a one (1) year warranty is specified in the applicable plans, specifications, or
submittals for individual products, work, or materials, the longer warranty shall govern.
5. This warranty obligation may be covered by any performance or payment bonds tendered in
compliance with this Section.
6. If any of the work performed by the developer or landowner is found or determined to be either
defective, including obvious defects, or otherwise not in accordance with this Section, the designs,
plans, drawings, or specifications within one (1) year after the date of the issuance of a certificate
Certificate of completion Final Completion of the work or a designated portion thereof, whichever is
longer, or within one (1) year after acceptance by the City of designated equipment, or within such
Page 389 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 45 of 50
longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty
required by this ordinance, the developer shall promptly correct the defective work at no cost to the
City.
7. During the applicable warranty period and after receipt of written notice from the City to begin
corrective work, the developer shall promptly begin the corrective work. The obligation to correct any
defective work shall be enforceable under this Code of Ordinances. The guarantee to correct the
defective work shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the City, nor shall other remedies be
limited to the terms of either the warranty or the guarantee.
8. If within twenty (20) calendar days after the City has notified the developer of a defect, failure, or
abnormality in the work, the developer has not started to make the necessary corrections or
adjustments, the City is hereby authorized to make the corrections or adjustments, or to order the
work to be done by a third party. The cost of the work shall be paid by the developer.
9. The cost of all materials, parts, labor, transportation, supervision, special instruments, and supplies
required for the replacement or repair of parts and for correction of defects shall be paid by the
developer, its contractors, or subcontractors or by the surety.
10. The guarantee shall be extended to cover all repairs and replacements furnished, and the term of the
guarantee for each repair or replacement shall be one (1) year after the installation or completion. The
one (1) year warranty shall cover all work, equipment, and materials that are part of the improvements
made under this Section of the ordinance.
K. Parkland Park Land Dedication and Development Fees.
Park land dedication and development fees for developments located within the city City limits and
extraterritorial jurisdictionETJ are indicated below. The City shall review the fees established and the amount
of park land dedication required in this ordinance at least every five (5) years. Failure to review by the City
shall not invalidate this ordinance. The amount indicated in the Collection Rate column shall be the amount
required for each unit or bedroom proposed.
Total dedication and fee amounts
Total dedication and fee amounts
Proportionate
Rate
Collection Rate
as of 7/3/2022
Collection Rate
as of 10/1/2022
Collection Rate
as of 10/1/2023
Collection Rate
as of 10/1/2024
Land dedication
Single-family: One acre per
number of dwelling units
48 61 53 51 48
Multi-family: One acre per
number of bedrooms
83 145 108 95 83
Fee in lieu of land dedication
Single-family per dwelling unit $1,106 $524 $664 $885 $1,106
Multi-family per bedroom $395 $220 $237 $316 $395
Park development fee
Single-family per dwelling unit $4,150 $737 $2,490 $3,320 $4,150
Multi-family per bedroom $1,486 $467 $892 $1,189 $1,486
Total dedication and development fees
Single-family per dwelling unit $5,256 $1,261 $3,154 $4,205 $5,256
Multi-family per bedroom $1,881 $687 $1,129 $1,505 $1,881
Page 390 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 46 of 50
The following calculations were used to determine the proportionate rate Proportionate Rate for the dedication
and fee amounts:
Proportionate Rate Calculation
Input Data
Neighborhood park acres 567
Community park acres (ex. Lick Creek and Veterans) 354
Passive park acres 198
Total park acres 1,119
Single-family dwelling units 27,343
Multi-family dwelling units 19,010
Total number of dwelling units 47,796
Persons per household (PPH) - Overall 2.58
PPH - Single-family structures 2.89
PPH - Multi-family structures 2.20
Ratio of MFU/SFU PPH 0.76
(PPH - multi-family structures / PPH - single-family structures)
Dwelling units per acres of parks 42.71
(total number of dwelling units / total park acres)
Adjustment ratio MFU/SFU 0.12
((1 - ratio of MFU/SFU PPH)/2)
Land dedication
Single-family dwelling units per acre of park land 48
(dwelling units per acres of parks (1 + adjustment ratio MFU/SFU))
Multi-family-family bedroom units per acre of park land 83
((dwelling units per acres of parks (1 - adjustment ratio MFU/SFU) * PPH - multi-
family structures))
Fee in lieu of land dedication
Average cost per acre of neighborhood park land $50,000
Average cost per acre of community park land $44,250
Average cost per acre of passive park land $16,250
Fair market value of existing neighborhood park land $28,374,335
(average cost per acre of neighborhood park land * neighborhood park acres)
Fair market value of existing community park land $15,655,778
(average cost per acre of community park land * community park acres)
Fair market value of existing passive park land $3,213,481
(average cost per acre of passive park land * passive park acres)
Total fair market value of existing park land $47,243,595
Page 391 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 47 of 50
Average fair market value of an acre of land $42,218
(total fair market value of existing park land / total park acres)
Average fee-in-lieu $988
(average fair market value of an acre of land / dwelling units per acres of parks)
Fee in-lieu of land per single-family unit $1,106
(average fee-in-lieu * (1 + adjustment ratio MFU/SFU))
Fee in-lieu of land per multi-family bedroom $395
((average fee-in-lieu * (1 - adjustment ratio MFU/SFU)) / PPH - multi-family
structures)
Park development fee
Reatta Meadows
Cost (December 2017, adjusted for inflation to March 2022) $513,141.76
Acres 3.00
Cost per acre $171,047
(cost/acres)
Northgate
Cost (April 2019, adjusted for inflation to March 2022) $470,270.45
Acres 1.87
Cost per acre $251,482
(cost/acres)
Average developed park cost per acre
(average park cost/acres) $211,264
Average passive park cost per acre (15% of developed) $27,974
((neighborhood parks value + community parks value) / (neighborhood park acres + community park acres))
Neighborhood parks value $97,067,042
Community parks value $74,745,953
Passive parks value $5,531,890
Total parks value $177,344,885
Average development cost per acre $158,479
(total parks value / total park acres)
Average development cost per dwelling unit $3,710
(average development cost per acre /dwelling units per acres of parks)
Development cost per single-family unit $4,150
(development cost per dwelling unit * (1 + adjustment ratio MFU/SFU))
Development cost per multi-family bedroom $1,486
((development cost per dwelling unit * (1 - adjustment ratio MFU/SFU)) / PPH -
multi-family structures)
Page 392 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 48 of 50
Sec. 8.9. Certifications.
CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND DEDICATION
STATE OF TEXAS )
COUNTY OF BRAZOS )
I (we) ___________, the owner(s) and developer(s) of the land shown on this plat, and designated herein as
the ___________ subdivision Subdivision to the City of College Station, Texas, and whose name(s) is/are
subscribed hereto, hereby dedicate to the use of the public forever all streets, alleys, parks, greenways,
infrastructure, easements, and public places thereon shown for the purpose and consideration therein
expressed. All such dedications shall be in fee simple unless expressly provided otherwise.
___________
___________
Owner(s)
STATE OF TEXAS )
COUNTY OF BRAZOS )
Before me, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared ___________ known to me to be the
person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that
he/they executed the same for the purpose and consideration therein stated.
Given under my hand and seal on this ___ day of _______, 20 ___.
___________
Notary Public, Brazos County, Texas
(Seal)
CERTIFICATE OF SURVEYOR AND/OR ENGINEER
STATE OF TEXAS )
COUNTY OF BRAZOS )
I, ___________, Registered Public Surveyor (Engineer), No. _______, in the State of Texas, hereby certify that
this plat is true and correct and was prepared from an actual survey of the property and that property
markers and monuments were placed under my supervision on the ground.
___________
Surveyor (Engineer)
CERTIFICATE OF CITY ENGINEER
I, ___________, City Engineer of the City of College Station, Texas, hereby certify that this subdivision plat
Subdivision Plat conforms to the requirements of the subdivision regulations Subdivision Regulations of the
City of College Station.
___________
City Engineer, City of College Station
Page 393 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 49 of 50
CERTIFICATE OF PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION
I, ___________, Chairman of the Planning and Zoning Commission of the City of College Station, hereby
certify that the attached plat was duly approved by the Commission on the ___ day of _______, 20 ___.
___________
Planning and Zoning Commission Chair, City of College Station man(s)
CERTIFICATE OF THE COUNTY CLERK
Leave a space four (4) inches wide and two (2) inches tall for the Certificate of the County Clerk.
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF BRAZOS )
I, ___________, County Clerk, in and for said county, do hereby certify that this plat together with its
certificates of authentication was filed for record in my office the ___ day of, 20___, in the Deed
Records of Brazos County, Texas, in Volume _______ Page _______.
WITNESS my hand and official Seal, at my office in Bryan, Texas.
___________
County Clerk, Brazos County, Texas
(SEAL)
CERTIFICATE OF CITY PLANNER (for amending Amending or minor platsMinor Plats)
I, ___________, City Planner of the City of College Station, Texas, hereby certify that this subdivision plat
Subdivision Plat conforms to the requirements of the subdivision regulations Subdivision Regulations of the
City of College Station.
___________
City Planner, City of College Station
CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL (for plats in the extraterritorial jurisdictionETJ Plats)
This subdivision plat was duly approved by the Commissioners Court of Brazos County, Texas as the final plat
Final Plat of such subdivision on ___ day of _______, 20___. Signed this the ___ day of _______, 20___.
___________
County Judge, Brazos County, Texas
CERTIFICATE OF THE COUNTY CLERK
Page 394 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 50 of 50
CERTIFICATE OF NO ACTION TAKEN
I, ___________, Chairman of the Planning and Zoning Commission, hereby certify that the plat was filed with
the Planning and Development Services Department on the ___ day of _______, and that the Planning and
Zoning Commission failed to act on the plat within 30 days after the plat was filed.
___________
Planning and Zoning Commission Chair, City of College Station man
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Page 395 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 9. Nonconformities
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 4
Article 9. Nonconformities
Sec. 9.1. General.
Except as specified in this Article, any use, building, structure, or sign existing at the time of enactment of this
UDO, or classification amendment applicable to its use, may be continued even though such use, building,
structure, or sign may not conform with the provisions of this UDO for the district in which it is located; provided,
however, that this Article shall not apply to any use, building, structure, or sign established in violation of this UDO
or ordinance previously in effect in College Station.
Sec. 9.2. Nonconforming Uses.
A. Continuance.
An existing use that is not in compliance with this UDO or subsequent amendments applicable to the use
shall not be enlarged, extended, reconstructed, substituted, or structurally altered unless the use is brought
into compliance with this UDO, except as follows:
1. Expansion.
a. For properties designated as Neighborhood Conservation on in the Comprehensive Plan Future
Land Use & and Character Map: When authorized by the Zoning Board of Adjustment in
accordance with the provisions of this Article, enlargement or completion of a building devoted
to a nonconforming use may be made upon the lot occupied by such building, where such
extension is necessary and incidental to the existing use of such building and does not exceed
twenty-five (25) percent of the original area of nonconformity.
b. For properties in all other areas: Buildings and structures devoted to nonconforming uses may be
enlarged, extended, or structurally altered provided such enlargement, extension, or structural
alteration is incidental to the existing use of existing buildings and does not exceed fifty (50)
percent of the original area of nonconformity. Enlargements greater than fifty (50) percent of the
original area of nonconformity shall require approval of the Zoning Board of Adjustment.
2. Conditional Use.
A use existing on the effective date of this UDO, or subsequent amendment applicable to its use, which would only be permitted as a conditional use, shall be a lawful nonconforming use until altered
pursuant to the Conditional Use Permits Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures
Conditional Use Permit section of this UDO. In the event of issuance of a conditional use permit, such
use becomes a permitted and lawful use.
B. Termination.
The City Council shall have the authority to initiate, on its motion, action to bring about the discontinuance
of a nonconforming use under any plan whereby the full value of the structure can be amortized within a
definite time period of time, taking into consideration the general character of the area and the necessity for
all property to conform to the regulations of this UDO.
C. Abandonment.
Page 396 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 4
Whenever a nonconforming use has been discontinued and changed to a conforming use, or whenever a
nonconforming use has been discontinued or abandoned for more than three (3) months, a presumption of
intent to abandon said use shall have been established and the right to continue the former nonconforming
use shall no longer exist. Subsequent operation as a nonconforming use shall be unlawful.
Sec. 9.3. Nonconforming Structures.
A. Enlargement;, Alteration.
1. A structure (including parking lots, parking structures, and parking areas), that which is nonconforming
by physical design may be enlarged or structurally altered as long as such enlargement or alteration
otherwise complies with the terms of this UDO with the following exceptions:
a. Parking Requirements: The Administrator may make exceptions to the requirement of following
the UDO for parking requirements for non-residential properties where there are physical
limitations and a demonstrated inability to meet all standards of this UDO but may not waive
more than fifty (50%) percent of the required number of parking spaces.
b. Landscaping Requirements: The Administrator may make exceptions to the requirement of
following the UDO for landscaping requirements for non-residential properties where there are
physical limitations and a demonstrated inability to meet all standards of this UDO but may not
waive more than fifty (50) percent% of required landscaping points.
c. Buffer Requirements: The Administrator may reduce required buffer yard widths and plantings
where there are existing structures being retained in the required buffer area or where there are
other physical limitations and a demonstrated inability to meet all standards of this UDO so long
as such reductions do not increase the existing degree of nonconformity.
2. In NG-1 Core Northgate, NG-2 Transitional Northgate, and NG-3 Residential Northgate, the whole
building plot must come into compliance with the requirements of this UDO when more than fifty (50)
percent of a building(s) on the site is enlarged or altered.
B. Termination.
The City Council shall have the authority to initiate on its motion, or cause to be presented by interested
property owner, action to bring about the discontinuance of a nonconforming structure under any plan
whereby the full value of the structure can be amortized within a definite time period of time, taking into
consideration the general character of the neighborhood and the necessity for all property to conform to the
regulations of this UDO.
C. Abandonment.
Whenever a nonconforming structure has been discontinued or abandoned for more than three (3) months,
a presumption of intent to abandon said structure shall have been established and the right to continue the
former nonconforming structure shall be unlawful.
Sec. 9.4. Nonconforming Lots of Record.
A. Authority to Utilize for Single-Family Residence.
In any district in which single-family dwelling units are a permitted use, notwithstanding the regulations
imposed by any other provisions of this Section, a single-family detached dwelling unit that complies with the
restrictions below may be erected on a nonconforming lot that is not less than thirty (30) feet in width,
consisting entirely of one (1) tract of land of not less than three thousand (3,000) square feet, and that:
1. Has less than the prescribed minimum lot area, width, and/or depth;
Page 397 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 4
2. Is shown by a recorded plat or deed to have been a lot of record owned separately and individually
from adjoining tracts of land at a time when the creation of a lot of such size, depth, and width at such
location would not have been prohibited by any zoning or other ordinance; and
3. Has remained in separate and individual ownership from adjoining tracts of land continuously during
the entire time that the creation of such lot has been prohibited by the applicable zoning ordinance or
other ordinances.
B. Regulations for Single-Family Use of Nonconforming Lots.
A nonconforming lot authorized to be used pursuant to this Section may be used for a single-family dwelling
unit and no other structure except for a garage or carport. Construction of such single-family dwelling unit
shall comply with all the regulations (except lot area, width, and depth) applicable to single-family dwelling
units in the zoning district in which the lot in question is located, except that the following side yard
requirements shall apply in place of the side yard requirements otherwise applicable:
1. The dwelling unit shall be placed on the lot so as to provide a yard on each side of the dwelling unit.
2. The sum of the widths of the two (2) side yards on such lot shall be not less than the smaller of:
a. Twenty-five (25) percent of the width of the lot; or
b. The minimum total for both side yards prescribed by the dimensional standards bulk regulations
for said zoning district.; and
3. No side yard shall be less than three (3) feet wide.
C. Regulations for Certain Nonconforming Lots Zoned R Rural.
1. A single-family dwelling unit and accessory structure(s) in areas zoned R Rural, may be erected or
structurally altered on a nonconforming lot of record, that is not less than five thousand (5,000) square
feet in area and not more than one (1) acre in area, so long as the structure or the addition to the
structure complies with the setbacks established by the GS General Suburban zoning district.
2. A single-family dwelling unit or accessory structure located on property within the area annexed by
Ordinance No. 2011-3331, adopted by the City Council on April 14, 2011, may be erected or structurally
altered on a nonconforming lot of record provided the proposed construction complies with the
setback requirements established by the GS General Suburban zoning district.
D. Other Uses of Nonconforming Lots: Site Plan Required.
In any district in which single-family dwelling units are not permitted, a nonconforming lot of record which
meets the requirements above may be used for any use permitted in the district in which it is located if, but
only if, a site plan for such use has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the Site Plans Section
of Article 3, Development Review Procedures Site Plan Review section of this UDO.
E. Lots Made Nonconforming by Right-of-Way Acquisition.
Any lot made nonconforming solely by means of dedicationarea dedicated, condemnationcondemned,
sale,sold or otherwise conveyed conveyance for public right-of-way shall be allowed to pursue any allowed
use as if such area were a part of the remaining lot, except that all applicable setbacks shall be adhered to.
F. Lots Made Nonconforming by Annexation.
Existing lots and platted or partially -platted building plots made nonconforming by the zoning applied at the
time of annexation shall be allowed to replat, provided that the resulting replat brings the property closer to
compliance with current zoning district standards.
Page 398 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 4
Sec. 9.5. Nonconforming Tracts.
Unplatted properties made nonconforming by the zoning applied at the time of annexation shall be allowed to
plat, provided that the resulting lot contains the entire tract.
Sec. 9.6. Nonconforming Signs.
A. Continuation Allowed.
A lawfully nonconforming sign may continue in use except as otherwise provided in or authorized by this
Section. A change in the information on the face of an existing nonconforming sign is allowed if the change
does not increase the area of the sign face and involves no structural alteration.
B. Alteration;, Expansion;, Moving.
No nonconforming sign, by the voluntary act of the owner, shall be:
1. Changed or altered in any manner which would increase the degree of its nonconformity;
2. Expanded (sign face); or
3. Moved in whole or in part to any other location where it would remain nonconforming.
C. Signs Required to be Moved by the City.
Any nonconforming sign required to be moved or removed by the City shall be removed or relocated in
accordance with the provisions of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended.
D. Regulations for Certain Nonconforming Properties Zoned R Rural.
Attached signs may either be erected or structurally altered on a nonconforming non-residential structure
located on property within the area annexed by Ordinance No. 2011-3331, dated April 14, 2011, provided
the proposed sign or alteration complies with the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards
Section 7.5.I. "Attached Signs" of this UDO.
Page 399 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 10. Enforcement
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 4
Article 10. Enforcement
Sec. 10.1. Enforcement by Administrator.
The Administrator, or their his designee, shall have the authority to issue citations for the violation of the
provisions of this UDO. In the event that an individual signs a copy of the citation given to themhim or her, they he
thereby acknowledges receipt of the citation same and promises to contact the Municipal Court and arrange for
the entry of a plea and a hearing, where necessary, within ten (10) days of the date of the citation. If the defendant
shall not sign a citation, the Administrator shall proceed to prepare and file a formal complaint with the Municipal
Court, and shall seek the issuance of a warrant, delivering the same to the appropriate law enforcement officer for
the resulting arrest of the defendant.
A person who knowingly violates a written promise to appear in court, as provided above, commits a misdemeanor
regardless of the disposition of the charge on which the ticket is issued.
Sec. 10.2. Penalties for Violation.
Any person who violates or fails to comply with the requirements of this UDO, or who builds or alters any building
or structure in violation of any plan or statement submitted and approved hereunder, shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor and be liable to a fine pursuant to Chapter 1, General Provisions of the City of College Station Code
of Ordinancesthe General Penalty set out in Section 1-5, of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station.
Sec. 10.3. Penal Provisions.
A. Within City Corporate Limits.
Any person violating any provision of this UDO, within the city corporate limits of the City of College Station,
shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction, shall be fined pursuant to Chapter 1, General
Provisions of the City of College Station the General Penalty set out in Section 1-5, of the Code of Ordinances.
Prosecution or conviction under this provision shall never be a bar to any other relief for violations of this
UDO.
B. Outside City Corporate Limits.
Any person violating any provision of this UDO, outside the city corporate limits of the City, but within the
City's extraterritorial jurisdiction, shall not be considered as committing a misdemeanor, nor shall any fine
provided in the Within City Limits Subsection Section A above be applicable; however, the City shall have the
right to institute an action in a court of competent jurisdiction to enjoin the violation of any provision of this
UDO.
Sec. 10.4. Specific Enforcement and Penalties for Flood Hazard Protection.
A. Notification of Noncompliance.
If at any time development takes place for which an approved development permit Development Permit has
not been issued, or development occurs which does not conform to the plans and specifications upon which
the issued development permit Development Permit was based, the Administrator or their his designee shall
issue a written notice Notice of noncompliance Noncompliance to the owner. The notice Notice shall give a
Page 400 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 4
specific time allowance to the owner during which he must take one (1) of the following steps to bring the
development into compliance with this UDO:
1. An acceptable application for a development permit Development Permit must be filed with the office
of the Development Engineer for the entire scope of development taking place or proposed for the
site;
2. The item or items which are not in compliance with the terms, conditions, and provisions of this UDO
shall be corrected, added, or improved until they comply are in compliance with this UDOchapter, at
which time the owner shall request, in writing, a re-inspection by the Development Engineer;
3. Modified construction plans shall be submitted to the Development Engineer which detail, in an
acceptable manner, the remedial, additional, or corrective measures which must be taken to bring the
development within the provisions and requirements of this UDO; or
4. An acceptable variance request, subject to the provisions of this UDO, shall be submitted to the
Administrator which shall have the effect, if granted, of removing the requirements for which the
development was determined to be in noncompliance.
The time allotment for these actions shall be reasonable, and shall be determined according to the number,
nature, and severity of the non-complying items. In no case shall that time period exceed thirty (30) calendar
days from the date of notification. If, in the opinion of the Development Engineer, a condition exists which is
hazardous to the immediate safety of the public, they he may seek remedies outside the scope of this
Section.
B. Revocation or Suspension of Development Permit.
Upon expiration of the time allotment for remedial or corrective measures, the Development Engineer shall
take one (1) of the following courses of action:
1. If, in the opinion of the Development Engineer, the owner has made, or is making, a good faith effort to
remedy the offending situation, the Development Engineer may extend the time allotment previously
granted if such extension is requested by the owner; or
2. Where an approved development permit Development Permit has been issued for the development,
the Development Engineer shall suspend the development permit. Written notice of said suspension,
along with the terms and requirements for reinstating the development permitDevelopment Permit,
shall be delivered to the owner.
3. Upon suspension of a development permitDevelopment Permit, all portions of the work being done on
the property that is are regulated by this UDO shall cease. These activities include, but are not limited
to, grading, excavation, fill, berming, stripping, clearing, paving, placement of any storm sewer,
drainage structure, inlet, or appurtenance thereto; any work within a defined area of special flood
hazardArea of Special Flood Hazard, or placement of any structure, temporary or permanent, or any
obstruction within the area of special flood hazardArea of Special Flood Hazard.
34. Upon finding that no approved development permit Development Permit exists for the work or
property in question or suspending an existing approved development permit, the Development
Engineer shall issue a stop work order for all items of work on the subject property covered by this or
other ordinances, any work permitted, licensed, or otherwise regulated by the City, or any work
subject to inspection or approval by the City. The Development Engineer may enter the property to
inspect and verify that the requirements of this UDO are being met.
5. All notices required by this Section shall be served upon the parties concerned either personally or by
certified mail, addressed to the individual contracting parties or permit holder(s), at the address given on the
permit application.
Page 401 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 4
C. Penalty Imposed.
Upon the finding of a violation of this UDO regarding flood hazard protectionFlood Hazard Protection, the
Development Engineer may file a complaint in the Municipal Court of the City of College Station against any
person, firm, corporation, or other legal entity. In the event that the judge finds any person, firm,
corporation, or other legal entity to violate be in violation of the terms, conditions, or requirements of this
UDO, or provisions or conditions pursuant thereto, they he shall find said person, firm, corporation, or other
legal entity guilty of a misdemeanor; and upon conviction shall impose a fine pursuant to Chapter 1, General
Provisions of the City of College Station the General Penalty set out in Section 1-5, of the Code of Ordinances.
Prosecution under this provision shall not be a bar to any other relief for violation of this UDO.
D. Fine Not Exclusive Penalty.
In addition to a fine, the City may institute appropriate actions or proceedings at law or equity for the
enforcement of the provisions of this UDO, or to correct violations thereof, and, if applicable, appropriate
actions or proceedings at law or equity against any surety company, escrow holder, or any third party who
has affirmatively acted as surety or guarantor for the faithful performance of the permit holder's work.
Sec. 10.5. Specific Penalties for Certificates of Appropriateness and Certificates of Demolition.
A person is criminally responsible for a violation of the Certificates of Appropriateness Section and the Certificates
of Demolition Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures sections of this UDO if:
1. The person owns part or all of the property where the violation occurs,
2. The person is the agent of the owner of the property and is in control of the property, or
3. The person commits the violation or assists in the commission of the violation.
Sec. 10.6. Specific Enforcement and Penalties for Drainage and Stormwater Management.
A. Enforcement Responsibility.
The Administrator or their his designee has the responsibility for enforcement of the provisions of this
ordinance. The duties include not only the issuance of permits as required by this UDOordinance, but also
the responsibility of ensuring that all facilities conform with this subpart and with any other applicable state
and federal laws, and requirements and regulations of the City of College Station this Code of Ordinances or
of the City. The Administrator has the authority to adopt policies and procedures not inconsistent with the
terms of this ordinance necessary to implement the provisions of this division.
B. Violations.
1. Violation of the provisions of this ordinance or failure to comply with any of its requirements shall
constitute a misdemeanor. Each violation shall be deemed a separate offense for each and every day
during which any violation of any of the provisions of this ordinance is committed or continued. Any
person found guilty of violating a provision of this ordinance may be punished according to Chapter 1,
General Provisions of the City of College Station as provided for in Section 1-7 of this Code of
Ordinances.
2. The owner or operator of any facility, structure, premises, or part thereof, and any architect, builder,
contractor, agent, or another person who commits, participates in, assists in, or maintains such
violation may each be found guilty of a separate offense and suffer the penalties herein provided.
3. A violation of this Section section is also declared a nuisance and may be enforced five thousand
(5,000) feet outside the city limitsCity Limits.
Page 402 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 4
C. Notice of Violations.
If the Administrator determines that there is a violation of this ordinance, notice will be sent to the property
owner or operator of record by registered or certified mail, unless deemed an emergency pursuant to the
Stormwater Discharges Article of Chapter 14, Environment and Natural Resources of the City of College
Station Section 7-13, Subsection C of this Code of Ordinances. The notice will specify the measures required
to come into full compliance with this ordinance and shall specify the time within which the measures must
be completed. Failure to comply within the time specified is a violation of this ordinance and is subject to
additional penalties outlined herein.
D. Voluntary Compliance.
The Administrator has the authority to instruct an operator of a facility that commits any acts prohibited by
this ordinance to achieve voluntary compliance as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator will
provide a reasonable amount of time, specific to the occurrence, to remedy the violation.
E. Stop Orders.
The Administrator has the authority to issue stop- work orders for any facility that commits any acts
prohibited by this ordinance.
F. Appeals, Interpretation, and Variances.
Where applicable, any appeals, interpretations, or variances of the Administrator's designee shall first be to
the Administrator, then to a court of competent jurisdiction. Any appeals, interpretations, or variances of the
Administrator shall be to a court of competent jurisdiction directly.
Page 403 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 11. Definitions
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 37
Article 11. Definitions
Sec. 11.1. General.
A. For the purpose of this UDO, certain words shall be interpreted as follows:
1. Words in the present tense include the future tense.
2. Words used in the singular number include the plural, and words used in the plural number include the
singular, unless the natural construction of the wording indicates otherwise.
3. The word "person" includes a firm, association, corporation, trust, and company, as well as an
individual.
4. The word "structure" shall include the word "building."
5. The word "lot" shall include the words, "plot," "parcel," or "tract."
6. The words "will" and "shall" are always mandatory and not merely directory.
B. Words not specifically defined in the Defined Terms Section below Section 11.2 shall take their common
dictionary meaning, except as modified by use as terms of art in planning or engineering.
Sec. 11.2. Defined Terms.
Accessory Use, or Structure, or Building: A residential or non-residential use, structure, or building which:
(1) A building, structure, or use which is subordinate to and serves a primary use or principal structure;
(2) A building, structure, or use which is subordinate in area, extent, or purpose to the primary use served;
(3) A building, structure, or use which contributes to the comfort, convenience, or necessity of occupants
of the primary use served;
(4) A building, structure, or use which is located within the same zoning district as the primary use; and
(5) A building, structure, or use which in residential districts is not used for commercial purposes other
than legitimate home occupations in residential districts.
Examples of accessory buildings, structures, or uses include, but are not limited to, private garages, greenhouses,
living quarters, tool sheds, radio or television antennae, or bathhouses.
Access Way: An access way Access Way consists of a minimum fifteen (15) -foot wide public access easement or
public right-of-way. A minimum five (5) -foot sidewalk shall be constructed in the center of the access wayAccess Way, except where the access way Access Way provides a connection to a multi-use path, a minimum eight (8) -
foot sidewalk shall be provided.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Administrator: The Director of Planning and Development Services of the City of College Station Director, or their
his designee, shall serve as the Administrator.
Adult Arcade: Any business enterprise that offers or maintains one (1) or more adult video viewing booths.
Page 404 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 37
Adult Cabaret: Any business enterprise which regularly features or offers to the public, customers, or members,
performances by persons who appear nude or semi-nude, or live performances that are characterized by their
emphasis on the exposure, depiction, or description of specified anatomical areas, or the conduct or simulation of
specified sexual activities.
Adult Motel: A hotel, motel, or similar commercial establishment which:
(1) Offers accommodations to the public for any form of consideration;. Adult motels provides patrons
with closed-circuit television transmissions, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other
photographic reproductions which are distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on matter
depicting, describing, or relating to "specified sexual activities" or "specified anatomical areas;" or
(2) Offers a sleeping room for rent for a time period of time that is less than ten (10) hours; or
(3) Allows a tenant or occupant of a sleeping room to sub-rent room for a time period of time that is less
than ten (10) hours.
Adult Movie Theater: Any business enterprise which regularly features or offers to the public the presentation of
motion picture films, movies, or sound recordings which are characterized by their emphasis on the description or
depiction of specified anatomical areas or specified sexual activities and which are presented to a common
audience of more than five (5) persons in an enclosed common area or are presented in a common area of more
than one hundred fifty (150) square feet.
Adult Retail Store: A business enterprise that which meets any of the following tests:
(1) Offers for sale or rental items from any two (2) of the following categories:
(a) Sexually -oriented materials;
(b) Lingerie; or
(c) Leather goods that which are marketed or presented in a context to suggest their use in
connection with specified sexual activities;
(2) Offers for sale sexually -oriented toys and novelties, except a business enterprise which devotes less
than ten (10) percent of its stock in trade and sales and display area to sexually -oriented materials,
with all sexually -oriented toys and novelties separated from other sales and display areas by an
opaque wall at least eight (8) feet in height with a management-controlled system of access to ensure
that only persons over the age of eighteen (18) years are allowed to enter the area;
(3) Devotes more than ten (10) percent of its stock in trade or sales and display area to sexually -oriented
materials without having all sexually -oriented materials separated from other sales and display areas
by an opaque wall at least eight (8) feet in height with a management-controlled system of access to
ensure that only persons over the age of eighteen (18) years are allowed to enter the area;
(4) Devotes more than forty (40) percent of its stock in trade or sales and display area to sexually -oriented
materials; or
(5) Advertises or holds itself out in signage visible from the public right-of-way as "X…," "adult," "sex," or
otherwise as a sexually -oriented business.
Adult Retail Store, Limited: Any business enterprise which offers for sale or rental sexually -oriented materials,
and which devotes at least ten (10) percent and not more than forty (40) percent of its stock in trade or sales and
display area to sexually -oriented materials, provided that:
(1) The following items are not also offered for sale:
(a) Lingerie; or
Page 405 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 37
(b) Leather goods that which are marketed or presented in a context to suggest their use in
connection with specified sexual activities;
(2) All sexually -oriented materials are separated from other sales and display areas by an opaque wall at
least eight (8) feet in height with a management-controlled system of access to ensure that only
persons over the age of eighteen (18) years are allowed to enter the area; and
(3) The business enterprise does not advertise or hold itself out in signage visible from the public right-of-
way as "X…," "adult," "sex" or otherwise as a sexually -oriented business.
Adult Theater: A theater, concert hall, auditorium, or similar commercial establishment which regularly features
persons who appear in a state of nudity, or live performances which are distinguished or characterized by an
emphasis on "specified sexual activities" or "specified anatomical areas."
Adult Video Viewing Booth: Coin or slug-operated, or electronically or mechanically controlled, still or motion-
picture machines, projectors, or other image-producing devices which present to five (5) or fewer persons per
machine at any one (1) time visual or audio material of any kind which is characterized by its emphasis on the
description or depiction of specified anatomical areas or specified sexual activities. No part of this definition shall
be construed to permit more than one (1) person to occupy an adult video viewing booth at any time.
Alley: A minor public way that which provides a secondary means of vehicular access to the abutting property
otherwise served from a public street.
Alternative Mounting Structure: Any building or structure, other than a tower, which can be used for the location
of telecommunication antennas and facilities. Antennas located on these structures may include attached wireless
transmission facilities Attached WTFs or stealth antennaeStealth Antenna.
Animal Care Facilities: A place where animals are boarded and/or bred, including, but not limited to, stables and
kennels.
Antenna: Any system of poles, panels, rods, reflecting discs, or similar devices used for the transmission or
reception of radio frequency signals.
Antenna, Directional ("Panel" Antenna): An antenna that transmits and receives radio frequency signals in a
specific directional pattern of less than three hundred sixty (360) degrees.
(1) Antenna, Omni-Directional Antenna ("Whip" Antenna): An antenna that transmits and receives radio
frequency signals in a three hundred sixty (360) -degree radial pattern.
(2) The Directional Antenna ("Panel" Antenna): transmits and receives radio frequency signals in a specific
directional pattern of less than three hundred sixty (360) degrees.
(3) The Antenna, Parabolic Antenna ("Dish" Antenna): is aA bowl-shaped device for the reception and/or
transmission of radio frequency signals in a specific directional pattern.
Apartment Building: See "Multi-family Dwelling".
Appeal: A An appeal is a request for a review of the Administrator, or other administrative official's interpretation,
of any provisions of this UDO or a request for a variance.
Architectural Element: An element, design, or motif, that is installed, attached, painted, or applied to the exterior
of a building or structure for the purpose of ornamentation or artistic expression, and not relating to a specific
sign, logo, or identity of any specific business tenant.
Applicant: An individual seeking an action, a permit, or other approval under the provisions of this UDO.
Area of Special Flood Hazard: The land adjacent to a clearly defined channel within a community subject to a one
(1) percent or greater chance of flooding in any given year. The area may be designated as Zone A on the Federal
Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Flood Hazard Boundary Map (FHBM). After detailed ratemaking has been
Page 406 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 37
completed in preparation for publication of the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), Zone A usually is refined into
Zones A, AE, AH, AO, A1—99, VO, V1—30, VE, or V.
Art Studio or Gallery: A structure where Where objects of art are created or displayed for the public enrichment or
where said objects of art are displayed for sale (including, but not limited to, the teaching of photography,
painting, sculpturing, and other similar skills) as the primary use of the structure.
Arterial, Major/Minor: See "Street, Arterial."
Assisted Living/Residential Care Facility: A building used or designed for the housing of the aged, and/or mentally or physically handicapped persons who need are in need of assistance with activities of daily living and/or health
care and/or personal care in a homelike setting and duly licensed by the State of Texas for such purpose.
Attached Wireless Telecommunication Facility: A wireless telecommunication facility that is affixed on an existing
structure that is not primarily used for the support or attachment of a wireless telecommunication facility and is
not a normal component of such a facility.
Banner/Flag: A piece of fabric used for decoration (contains no copy or logo) or for identification (contains copy
and/or logo).
Banner, Commercial: A sign made of cloth, canvas, or other flexible material which directs attention to a business,
commodity, service, entertainment, or attraction sold, offered, or existing.
Automobile Repair and Service: See "Vehicle Repair and Service Shop."
Automobile Sales and Rental: See "Vehicle Sales and Rental."
Barricade Area For Existing Trees: An area extending in a radius of one (1) foot per caliper inch of tree diameter
from the protected tree that prevents intrusion by construction equipment, vehicles, and people, but allows only
hand clearing of underbrush.
Base Flood: The flood having a one (1) percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year, often
referred to as the one hundred (100) year flood ("The 100-Year Flood").
Bed and Breakfast Inn: A residential structure where two (2) or fewer rooms are rented to transient paying guests
on an overnight basis with no more than one (1) meal served daily, where no cooking facilities are provided in the
rooms and where the total number of permanent and transient occupants does not exceed four (4) at any one (1)
time.
Best Management Practices (BMP): Schedules of activities, practices, maintenance procedures, and other
management practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of the municipal stormwater drainage system and
waters of the United States. Best management practices also include treatment requirements, operating
procedures, and practices to control plant site runoff, spillage or leaks, sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from
raw material storage.
Block: A tract or parcel of designated as such on a duly recorded plat. Blocks are surrounded by streets or a
combination of streets and other physical obstructions such as a railroad or one hundred (100) -year floodplain.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Block Length: A measurement of the linear distance of land along a blockface Blockface that is bounded on both ends by public through streets or by a combination of a public through street, public wayPublic Way, railroad, or
one hundred (100) -year floodplain. As such, gated streets, private streets, culs-de-sac, alleys, private driveways, or
access ways Access Ways do not divide land into separate blocksBlockfaces.
Page 407 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 37
Example of Different Block Lengths
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Blockface: That portion of a block or tract of land facing the same side of a single street and lying between the
closest intersection streets.
Board of Adjustment: The Zoning Board of Adjustment of the City of College Station.
Boarding House: See "Rooming/Boarding House."
Body Rub Parlor: Any business enterprise where body rub services are provided in order to induce relaxation or for
other purposes.
Building: Any A "building" is any structure having a roof supported by columns or walls and built for the support,
shelter, or enclosure of persons, chattel, or movable property of any kind and which is affixed to the land.
Building Coverage: Building coverage refers to the area of a lot covered by buildings (principal and accessory) or
roofed areas, as measured along the outside wall at ground level, and including all projections, other than open
porches, fire escapes, canopies, and the first two (2) feet of a roof overhang.
Building Height: The Building height refers to the vertical distance measured from the finished grade and the
height of the roof as described below. For buildings with multiple roof levels, the highest of the various roof levels
must be used to determine the building height. The average height of multiple roof levels is not to be used to
determine building height. Unless indicated in the figures below, the building height shall be the highest point of
equipment located on top of a structure such as satellite dishes, heating, and air conditioning units. See below for
a list of figures showing how to calculate the building height for different roofs.
Page 408 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 37
Building Height for a Cross Gable, Gable, Gambrel, or Hip Roof1) The average height level between the
eaves and ridge line of a gable, hip, or gambrel roof;
Building Height for a Mansard Roof2) The deck line of a mansard roof;
Building Height for a Flat or Shed Roof3) The highest point of the coping of a flat or shed roof;
4) The highest point of equipment located on top of a structure such as satellite dishes, heating and air
conditioning units.
Building Official: The person designated by the Administrator as designated "Building Official" of the City of
College Station, or their designeehis designated representative.
Building Plot or Premises: All of the land within a project, whether one (1) or more lots, developed according to a
common plan or design for similar or compatible uses, that may have shared access or parking, and that singularly
or in phases is treated as such for site plan review purposes. The determination of the boundaries of a building plot
shall be made as the first step in the site plan or project review, unless such determination has previously been
made at the time of plat approval. For development not subject to site plan review, the building plot or premises
shall be the exterior boundary of any included lots, in the event that the structure sits astride two (2) or more lots.
In the event that two (2) or more lots are under single ownership and the structure does not meet the required
side yard setback, both lots shall be considered the building plot or premises. Demolished sites located in larger
Page 409 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 37
parking lots that may not have previously been considered part of a larger building plot, will be considered part of
the plot if access is shared with the site.
Bulb- Out: Extension of the curb line to physically narrow a street. Allows for delineation of on-street parking and
reduces the distance of pedestrian crossing.
Bulk Storage Tank: A container for the storing of chemicals, petroleum products, grains, and other materials for
subsequent resale to distributors or retail dealers or outlets.
Business Development Corporation: Shall mean the College Station Business Development Corporation, Inc. This
corporation is the non-profit corporation created by the City to promote, assist, and enhance economic
development in the City of College Station.
Caliper: The This shall mean the width of the trunk of a tree and shall be measured at twelve (12) inches above
grade.
Canopy Tree: See "Tree, Canopy."
Carport: A structure that which has enclosing walls for less than fifty (50) percent of its perimeter covered with a
roof and constructed specifically for the storage of one (1) or more motor vehicles.
Car Wash: A place containing facilities for washing automobiles which may include the automatic or
semiautomatic application of cleaner, brushes, rinse water, and heat for drying.
Certificate of Compliance: A letter signed by the Development Engineer indicating compliance with all plans and
specifications applicable to the subject project and completion of all stormwater management and soil erosion
protection measures.
Chief of Police: The Chief of Police of the City of College Station.
Church or Place of Religious Worship: A building in which persons regularly assemble to worship, intended
primarily for purposes connected with faith or for propagating a particular form of religious belief.
City: The City of College Station, Texas, which is enabled the Texas Constitution and the Texas Local Government
Code, as amended, to adopt land development regulations and processes.
City Attorney: The person employed as "City Attorney" of the City of College Station, or their designee.
City Council: The duly and constitutionally -elected governing body of the City of College Station, Texas.
City Engineer: The person employed as City Engineer of the City of College Station, Texas, or their his designee.
City Manager: The person employed as "City Manager" of the City of College Station, or their designee.
Classification Amendment: An amending zoning ordinance that which pertains to the rezoning of a particular
parcel or parcels of land, as distinguished from a change in the provisions of the ordinance relevant and pertaining
to the entire cityCity.
Clinic: A facility operated by one (1) or more physicians, dentists, chiropractors, or other licensed practitioners of
the healing arts for the examination and treatment of persons solely on an outpatient basis.
Cluster Development: A residential subdivision in which the lots are allowed to be smaller (in area and width) than
otherwise required for the underlying, base zoning district, but in which the overall density of all the lots
collectively does not exceed the maximum density limit for the underlying zoning district.
Cold Storage Plant: A commercial establishment where foods or other commodities are stored either in lockers,
rented or leased, or in vaults in bulk for distribution to the home or other commercial businesses. No slaughtering
of animals or fowl is allowed on the premises.
Collocation: When more than one (1) wireless telecommunications provider shares a wireless telecommunications
support structure.
Page 410 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 37
Commercial Garden: The retail or wholesale handling of any article, substance, or commodity related to the
planting, maintenance, or harvesting of garden plants, shrubs, trees, packaged fertilizers, soils, chemicals, or other
nursery goods and related products.
Commercial Greenhouse: A structure or location where plants, vegetables, flowers, and similar materials are
grown for sale.
Commercial Amusements: Any enterprise whose main purpose is to provide the general public with an amusing or
entertaining activity, where tickets are sold, or fees are collected, at the gates of the activity. Commercial
amusements include zoos, carnivals, expositions, miniature golf courses, arcades, fairs, exhibitions, athletic
contests, rodeos, tent shows, Ferris wheels, children’s rides, roller coasters, skating rinks, ice rinks, traveling
shows, bowling alleys, indoor shooting ranges, and similar enterprises. Sexually -oriented businesses Businesses
and nightclubs, bars, and taverns Nightclubs are excluded from this definition.
Commission: The Planning and Zoning Commission of the City of College Station, Texas.
Common Open Space: A parcel or parcels of land, or an area of water, or a combination of land and water within a
development site provided and made legally available for the use and enjoyment of residents of a proposed
project.
Common Property: A parcel or parcels of land, together with the improvements thereon, the use and enjoyment
of which are legally shared by the owners and occupants of the individual building sites in a Planned Unit.
Community Services: See "Public Uses."
Comprehensive Plan: The City of College Station’s Comprehensive Plan, including any associated plans or studies
adopted supplemented by any other land use, thoroughfare or master plans as approved by the City Council as
adopted or amended from time-to-time.
Concept Plan: A written and graphic plan submitted for consideration of a P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District
Planned Development District or a PDD Planned Development District Planned Mixed-Use District that indicates in
a conceptual form, the proposed land uses and their overall impact on the subject land and surrounding lands in a
conceptual form.
Conditional Use: A use which may be permitted or denied in a district, on a case-by-case basis, subject to meeting
certain conditions or procedures set forth in, or imposed under, this UDO.
Condominium: A dwelling unit available for sale contained within a multi-family development subject to
covenants, conditions, or restrictions placing control over the common facilities owned by the condominium. This
definition includes condominiums, cooperatives, trusts, partnerships, or other similar associations.
Conservation Study: Study of existing conditions used for a Neighborhood Conservation Overlay. The items
evaluated in a Conservation Study are chosen by the Neighborhood Stakeholder Committee and reflect the
individual concern of the neighborhood for additional regulation.
Construction Plans: The construction documents required to accompany the final plat according to this UDO of the
City of College Station, or the building and site plans required for the issuance of a development permit and/or
building permitBuilding Permit by the City of College Station.
Construction Site Notice: A written submission to the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) operator
from an applicant stating that a small construction activity will be commencing and will operate under the
provisions of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) General Permit TXR150000.
Co-op Housing: A building under joint occupancy that provides group sleeping accommodations for more than four
(4) persons per household, where each unit may be equipped for food preparation and where some common
facilities (e.g., living areas, bathrooms, dining areas) serve all units within that building.
Corner Lot: A lot abutting upon two (2) or more streets at their intersections.
Page 411 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 37
Country Club: Land area and buildings containing golf courses or other recreational facilities, a clubhouse, and
customary accessory uses, open to members and their guests.
Courtyard House: One of a group of small detached single-family dwelling units arranged around a shared open
courtyard accessible to the units. Each courtyard house Dwelling units shall be individually platted and oriented so
that the front entrances are accessed from the shared courtyard. The courtyard shall be jointly owned and
managed by an owners association HOA and preserved as a common open green space. Vehicular access and
garages shall be accessed via an alley or private drive.
Cross Gable: Two (2) perpendicular gable roofs.
Cul-de-Sac: A street having but one (1) outlet to another street and terminating on the other end in a vehicular
turnaround.
Cupola: A small dome and the shaft that supports it; sits on top of a building. (Example shown)
Day Care - Commercial: Any facility or premises where a total of seven (7) or more children under sixteen (16)
years of age, and/or elderly adults, regularly attend for purposes of custody, care, or instruction;. Said and which
children or elderly adults are not members of the immediate nuclear family of any natural person actually
operating the facility or premises.
Day Care - In-Home: Any private residence where a total of six (6) or fewer persons regularly attend for purposes
of custody, care, or instruction; and which. Said persons are not members of the immediate nuclear family living in
the residence. Nothing in this definition shall conflict with the provisions of Chapter 123 of the Texas Human
Resources Code, as amended.
Density: The number of dwelling units per gross acre.
Detention: The temporary storage and controlled release of stormwater flows.
Development: Any manmade change to improved or unimproved real estate that requires a permit or approval
from any agency of the City or countyCounty, including, but not limited to, buildings or other structures, mining,
dredging, filling, grading, paving, excavation, clearing, drilling operations, storage of materials, or the subdivision of
property. Routine repair and maintenance activities are exempted.
Development Engineer: The person designated by the City Engineer as Development Engineer of the City of
College StationThe Senior Assistant City Engineer assigned to the City's Planning and Development Services
Department and designated as the Development Engineer.
Direct-To-Home Services: The distribution, broadcasting, or programming of services by satellite directly to the
subscriber's premises without use of ground receiving or distribution equipment, except at the subscriber's
premises or in the uplink process to the satellite; examples are direct broadcast satellites (DBS), multi-channel
multipoint distribution (MMDS), and television broadcast stations (TVBS).
Dormer: Projecting framed structure set vertically on the rafters of a pitched roof, with its own roof (pitched or
flat), sides, and a window set vertically in the front.
Page 412 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 37
Dormitory (dorm): A residential structure designed for the exclusive purpose of housing students of a university,
college, school, church, or non-profit organization, excepting resident staff, but which does not include complete,
independent living facilities, including cooking, in each dwelling unit. Common kitchen facilities and / or gathering
rooms for social purposes may also be provided.
Drainage Area: TheThat area, measured in a horizontal plane, which contributes stormwater flows by gravity flow
along natural or man-made pathways to a single designated point along a pathway.
Drainage Easement: An interest in land granted to others for maintenance of a drainage facility, on which certain
uses are prohibited; and providing for the entry and operation of machinery and vehicles for maintenance.
Drainage Facility: Any element necessary to convey stormwater flows from its initial contact with the earth to its
disposition in an existing watercourse.; Drainage said drainage facilities include but are not limited to shall consist
of both public and private storm sewers (closed conduits), streets, improved channels constructed in accordance
conformity with the adopted Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines, Technical Specifications and
Standard Details, unimproved drainage ways left in their natural condition, areas covered by drainage easements
for the purpose of providing concentrated or overland sheet flow, and all appurtenances to the foregoing,
including inlets, manholes, junction boxes, headwalls, energy dissipaters, and culverts, etc.
Drainage System, Primary: The system of natural watercourses, improved, or channelized watercourses including;
and all closed conduits, culverts, bridges, detention facilities, and retention facilities associated with the
watercourses.; All components of the primary drainage system all of which are shown or indicated in the
Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines, Technical Specifications, and Standard Details.
Drainage System, Secondary: The system of conveyance of rainfall from the point that it becomes concentrated
flow to the point where it reaches the primary drainage system. This system includes all swales, ditches, minor
channels, streets, gutters, inlets, culverts, detention or retention facilities, or other means of conveyance of
stormwater flows.
Drip Molding: A horizontal molding placed over an exterior door or window frame to divert rainwater.
Drive-In/ThruDrive-thru: A building opening, inducing windows, doors, or mechanical devices, designed and
intended to be used to provide for sales to and/or service to patrons who remain in their vehicles.
Duplex Dwelling: A residential structure providing complete, independent living facilities for two (2) separate
dwelling units on a single lot or building plotfamilies, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking,
eating, and sanitation in each unit.
Dwelling Unit (DU): A residential unit providing complete, independent living facilities for one (1) family including
permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking, eating, and sanitation.
Page 413 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 37
Earth Change: A man-made change in the natural cover or topography of land, including cutting or filling activities,
which may result in or contribute to soil erosion or sedimentation.
Easement: A grant of reservation by the owner of land for the use of such land by others for a specific purpose or
purposes, and which must be included in the conveyance of land affected by such easement.
Easement, Drainage: An interest in land granted to others for maintenance of a drainage facility on which certain
uses are prohibited. Drainage easements provide for the entry and operation of machinery and vehicles for
maintenance.
Easement, Historic Preservation: An easement that protects a significant historic, archaeological, or cultural
resource. It provides assurance that a property's intrinsic values will be preserved through future ownership. A
building, a portion of a building (such as the façade), or a bridge, dam, or any other kind of structure may qualify. A
historic preservation easement may also protect a historic landscape, battlefield, traditional cultural place, or
archaeological site.
Easement, Maintenance: A private easement that is dedicated by plat specifically for zero lot line construction in a
single-family residential development. Maintenance easements shall be a minimum of seven and one-half (7.5)
feet in width.
Easement, Utility: An interest in land granted to the City, the public generally, and/or a private utility company for
the installation or maintenance of utilities across, over, or under private land, together with the right to enter
thereon with machines and vehicles as necessary for the maintenance of such utilities.
Educational Facility, Instruction Indoor: Any facility or premises regularly attended by one (1) or more persons for
the purpose of instruction. All instruction and activity must be fully contained within the building. Such types of
instruction include classes in acting, art, dance, music, photography, and martial arts.
Educational Facility, Instruction Outdoor: Any facility or premises regularly attended by one (1) or more persons
for the purpose of instruction. Activities are allowed outside of a building.
Educational Facility, Primary and Secondary: Any public or private school licensed by the State which is designed,
constructed, or used for the education or instruction of students below the age of twenty (20). Auxiliary uses to
these schools are included herein.
Per Ordinance No. 3280 (September 9, 2010)
Educational Facility, Tutoring: Any facility or premises regularly attended by one (1) or more persons for the
purpose of instruction. All instruction and activity must be fully contained within a building.
Educational Facility, Vocational/Trade: Any public or private secondary or higher education facility primarily
teaching usable skills that prepare students for jobs in a vocation or trade and meeting the state requirements as a
vocational facility. All instruction and activity must be fully contained within the building.
Educational Facility, College/University: A college or university authorized by the State to award degrees.
Elevation: The vertical distance from a datum, usually the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD), to a point or
object. If the elevation of point A is eight hundred two and forty-six hundredths (802.46) feet, the point is eight
hundred two and forty-six hundredths (802.46) feet, above some datum.
Encroachment: An intrusion, obstruction, or other infringement on an area reserved for a specific purpose such as
an easement or floodway.
Engineer: A person duly authorized and licensed under the provisions of the Texas Engineering Registration Act, to
practice the profession of engineering.
Enhanced Paving: Earth- toned (not gray) decorative pavers, stamped concrete, or dyed concrete.
Page 414 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 37
Entry Portico: Covered porch ambulatory consisting of a series of columns placed at regular intervals supporting a
roof, normally attached as a colonnaded; porch to a building. (Example shown)
Erosion: The process whereby the surface of the earth is broken up and carried away by the action of wind, water,
gravity, ice, or a combination thereof.
Escort: A person who, for consideration as part of a business enterprise, agrees, offers to, or models lingerie,
performs a striptease, or performs nude or semi-nude for another person at a location other than a sexually -
oriented business.
Escort Agency: A person or business enterprise that furnishes, offers to furnish, or advertises to furnish, for
consideration, escorts who perform any escort services in the cityCity. An escort agency that advertises or holds
itself out in signage visible from the public right-of-way as "X…", "adult", or "sex" shall be considered an adult retail
store"Adult Retail Store."
Excavation: Any act by which soil or rock is cut into, dug, quarried, uncovered, removed, displaced, or relocated
purposely by man and shall be taken to include the conditions resulting therefrom.
Existing Construction: Structures for which the "start of construction" commenced prior to before the effective
date of the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM). "Existing construction" may also be referred to as "existing
structures."
Existing Development: Any development as defined above which existed or was permitted prior to the date on
which this UDO became effective.
Existing Tree: Any self- supporting woody plant, with one (1) or more well-defined trunks, two (2) inches in caliper
or greaterdiameter or greater at one (1) foot above the ground.
Extended Care Facility, Convalescent Home, or Nursing Home: A building, or portion thereof, used or designed for
the housing of the aged, and/or mentally or physically handicapped persons who are under daily medical,
psychological, or therapeutic care.; This provided that this definition shall not include rooms in any residential
dwelling, hotel, or apartment hotel not ordinarily intended to be occupied by said persons.
Exterior Side Yard: A yard that faces and is parallel to a side street.
Extraterritorial Jurisdiction: Within the terms of the Texas Municipal Annexation Act, the unincorporated area, not
a part of any other city, which is contiguous to the city corporate limits of the City of College Station, the outer boundaries of which are measured from the extremities of the city corporate limits of the City, outward for such
distances as may be stipulated in the Texas Municipal Annexation Act, in which area, within the terms of the act,
the City may enjoin the violation of its subdivision control provisions.
Façade: The exterior face of a building.
Façade, Primary: The primary entrance façade of a principal building (not accessory buildings) or any façade of a
principal building that faces a public right-of-way, private right-of-way, or public way.
Page 415 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 37
Façade Work: The removal, or replacement, substitution, or change of any material or architectural element on
the exterior face of a building, which includes, but is not limited to, painting, material change, awning or canopy
replacement, signage, or other permanent visible façade treatment.
Family: A family is any number of persons occupying a single dwelling unit, provided that no such family shall
contain more than four (4) persons, unless all members are related by blood, adoption, guardianship, or marriage,
are an authorized caretaker, or are part of a group home for disabled persons. When counting the number of
unrelated persons in a single dwelling unit, a maximum of one (1) group of persons related by blood, adoption,
guardianship, marriage, an authorized caretaker, or members of a group home for disabled persons shall be
permitted, provided that all other persons shall each count as one (1) unrelated person. Guardianship shall include
foster children, exchange students, or those in the process of securing legal custody of a person under the age of
eighteen (18). Any asserted common law marriage must be subject to an affidavit of record under the Texas Family
Code, as amendedfamily code, or a judicial determination. The term "family" shall not be construed to mean a
club, a lodge, or a fraternity/sorority house.
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA): An agency of the Department of Homeland Security Federal
Insurance Administration which administers the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP).
Feeder Line: Any line, wire, or cable and appurtenances which distributes, transmits, or delivers a utility service
from a source to a general area or to multiple developments, and not to a specific end user.
Field Size: That portion of a driving range property measured from the tee boxes to the end of the driving range
area of the site.
Filed: The point at which an application has been determined to be complete and all required fees have been paid.
Flood or Flooding: A temporary rise in the level of water that results in inundation of areas not ordinarily covered
by water from:
(1) The overflow of inland or tidal waters; or
(2) The unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of surface waters from any source.
Flood Hazard Boundary Map (FHBM): An official map of a community, issued by the Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA)Federal Insurance Administration, where the areas within the boundaries of special
flood hazards have been designated.
Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM): An official map of a community, on which the Federal Emergency Management
Agency (FEMA) Federal Insurance Administration has delineated both the areas of special flood hazards and the
risk premium zones applicable to the community.
Flood Insurance Study (FIS): The official report provided by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).
The report contains flood profiles, the water surface elevation of the base flood, as well as the Flood Hazard
Boundary Floodway Map.
Floodplain or Flood-Prone Area: Any land susceptible to being inundated by water from any source (see definition
of flooding).
Flood Protection System: Those physical structural works for which funds have been authorized, appropriated,
and expended and which have been constructed specifically to modify flooding in order to reduce the extent of the
areas within a community subject to "special flood hazard" and the extent of the depths of associated flooding.
Such systems typically include hurricane tidal barriers, dams, reservoirs, levees, or dikes. These specialized flood
modifying works are those constructed in conformance with sound engineering standards.
Floodway: The channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order
to discharge the base flood without cumulatively increasing the water surface elevation by more than one (1) foot.
Page 416 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 37
Floodway, Zero-Rise: The channel of a stream and that portion of the adjoining floodplain which is necessary to
contain and discharge the base flood flow without any measurable increase in flood height. A measurable increase
in base flood height means a calculated upward rise in the base flood elevation, equal to or greater than one-
hundredths (.01) feetfoot, resulting from a comparison of existing conditions and changed conditions directly
attributable to development in the floodplain. This definition is broader than that of the Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA) floodway, but always includes the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
floodway. The boundaries of the one hundred (100) -year floodplain are considered the boundaries of the zero-rise
floodway unless otherwise delineated by a sensitive area special study.
Floodway Fringe: That part of the base floodplain outside the floodway.
Floor Area Ratio: A Floor Area Ratio (FAR) is a non-residential land use intensity measure analogous to density. It
is the sum of the areas of several floors of a building compared to the total area of the site.
Fraternity or Sorority: An organization of university students formed chiefly to promote friendship and welfare
among the members.
Fraternal Lodge: A structure where a group of people meets who are organized for a common interest, usually
cultural, religious, or entertainment with regular meetings, rituals, and formal written membership.
Garage, Commercial: Any premises or structure with an enclosed work area for servicing and repair of four (4) or
more standard- size automobiles or light (standard size) trucks, or for one (1) or more vehicles of larger size, or
where any number of vehicles are kept for remuneration, hire or sale, and where motor vehicle fuels and supplies
may be sold as a secondary use.
Gated Community: A residential area requiring mandatory membership in an owners association Homeowners
Association (HOA) and having its primary means of access controlled by an electric or manual gate administered by
the owners associationHOA.
Government Facilities: A building or structure owned, operated, or occupied by a governmental agency to provide
a governmental service to the public.
Grading: Any act by which soil is cleared, stripped, stockpiled, excavated, scarified, filled, or any combination
thereof.
Greenway: A linear open space that follows natural features like the floodplains of creeks and rivers or human-
made features such as utility, road, or rail corridors.
Greenway - Rural: The least developed greenway, Greenway typically located on the periphery of the developed
community. This greenway Greenway exists mostly in a natural state with the primary functions being flood
control, wildlife protection, and aesthetic value. This greenway Greenway is defined by the entire width of the
floodplain.
Greenway - Suburban: These are the greenways located in the developing portions of the community. The primary
functions served by this greenway Greenway are flood control, recreation, transportation, and economic and
aesthetic purposes.
Greenway - Urban: The most highly developed greenway Greenway located in fully developed areas of the
community. The primary functions served by this greenway are flood control, recreation, transportation, and
economic and aesthetic purposes.
Greenways Program Manager: The "Greenways Program Manager" of the City of College Station as designated by
the Administrator.
Groundcover: A spreading plant including sods and grasses less than eighteen (18) inches in height.
Group Home: A home serving six (6) or fewer mentally or physically handicapped persons provided the home
provides care on a twenty-four (24) -hour basis and is approved or licensed by the State for that purpose. A group
Page 417 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 37
home shall be considered a single-family home and is defined pursuant to Chapter 123 of the Texas Human
Resources Code, as amended.
Health Care Facility: A facility or institution, whether public or private, principally engaged in providing services for
health maintenance, diagnosis or treatment of disease, pain, injury, or deformity of physical conditions. This
definition does not include a medical clinic or hospital as defined herein.
Health Club/Sports Facility: A building designed and equipped for the conduct of sports, or exercise, or other
customary and usual recreational activities, operated for profit or not- for- profit and which is open only to
members and guests of the club or facility.
Historic Association: Link of a property that contributes to an HP Historic Preservation Overlay with a historic
event, activity, or person. Also, the quality of integrity through which a property is linked to a particular past time
and place.
Historic Contributing Resource: A building, site, structure, or object in an HP Historic Preservation Overlay that
supports the Overlay’s historical significance through historic location, design, setting, materials, workmanship,
feeling, or association.
Historic Design: Quality of integrity applying to the elements that create the physical form, plan, space, structure,
and style of a property in an HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
Historic Feeling: Quality of integrity through which a property that contributes to an HP Historic Preservation
Overlay evokes the aesthetic or historic sense of past time and place.
Historic Integrity: Authenticity of the historic identity of a property that contributes to an HP Historic Preservation
Overlay, evidenced by the survival of physical characteristics that existed during the property’s historic or
prehistoric period.
Historic Location: Quality of integrity retained by a property that contributes to an HP Historic Preservation
Overlay historic property existing in the same place as it did during the period of significance.
Historic Materials: Quality of integrity applying to the physical elements that were combined or deposited in a
particular pattern or configuration to form a property that contributes to an HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
Historic Non-Contributing Resource: A building, site, structure, or object in an HP Historic Preservation Overlay
that does not support the Overlay’s historical significance through historic, location, design, setting, materials,
workmanship, feeling, or association.
Historic Setting: Quality of integrity applying to the physical environment of a property that contributes to an HP
Historic Preservation Overlay.
Historic Workmanship: Quality of integrity applying to the physical evidence of the crafts of a particular culture,
people, or artisan on a property that contributes to an HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
Historic Preservation Easement: An easement that protects a significant historic, archaeological, or cultural
resource. It provides assurance that a property's intrinsic values will be preserved through future ownership. A
building, portion of a building (such as the façade), or a bridge, dam, or any other kind of structure may qualify. A
Historic Preservation Easement may also protect a historic landscape, battlefield, traditional cultural place, or
archaeological site.
Historic Preservation Overlay District definitions (applicable only in reference to Historic Preservation Overlay
district):
Association: Link of a property that contributes to a Historic Preservation Overlay District with a historic
event, activity, or person. Also, the quality of integrity through which a property is linked to a particular past
time and place.
Page 418 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 37
Contributing Resource: A building, site, structure or object in a Historic Preservation Overlay District that
supports the District's historical significance through Location, Design, Setting, Materials, Workmanship,
Feeling, or Association.
Design: Quality of integrity applying to the elements that create the physical form, plan, space, structure,
and style of a property.
Feeling: Quality of integrity through which a property that contributes to a Historic Preservation Overlay
District evokes the aesthetic or historic sense of past time and place.
Integrity: Authenticity of a property's historic identity, evidenced by the survival of physical characteristics
that existed during the property's historic or prehistoric period.
Location: Quality of integrity retained by a property that contributes to a Historic Preservation Overlay
District historic property existing in the same place as it did during the period of significance.
Materials: Quality of integrity applying to the physical elements that were combined or deposited in a
particular pattern or configuration to form a property that contributes to a Historic Preservation Overlay
District.
Non-Contributing Resource: A building, site, structure, or object in a Historic Preservation Overlay District
that does not support the District's historical significance through Location, Design, Setting, Materials,
Workmanship, Feeling, or Association.
Setting: Quality of integrity applying to the physical environment of a property that contributes to a Historic
Preservation Overlay District.
Workmanship: Quality of integrity applying to the physical evidence of the crafts of a particular culture,
people, or artisan.
Home Occupation: An occupation, profession, activity, or use that is clearly a customary, incidental, and secondary
use of a residential dwelling unit and which does not alter the exterior of the property or affect the residential
character of the neighborhood.
Home Tour Event: Real estate events such as open houses and Parade of Homes, as well as the touring of occupied
residences for the entertainment of a targeted audience such as the Women's Club Home and Garden Tour.
Hospital or Sanitarium: A building, or portion thereof, used or designed for the medical or surgical treatment of
the sick, mentally ill, or injured persons, primarily on an inpatient basis, and including as an integral part, related
facilities such as laboratories, outpatient facilities, or training facilities. ; provided that tThis definition shall not
include rooms in any residential dwelling, hotel, or apartment hotel not ordinarily intended to be occupied by said
persons.
Hotel/Motel/Extended Stay Facility: A building, or group of buildings, used or intended to be used as living
quarters for transient guests, but not excluding permanent guests, and may include a café, drugstore, clothes
pressing shop, barber shop, or other service facilities for the guests for compensation. A transient guest is any
visitor or person who owns, rents, or uses a lodging or dwelling unit, or a portion thereof, for less than thirty (30)
days and whose permanent address for legal purposes is not the lodging or dwelling unit occupied by the visitor.
Impervious Cover: The Impervious cover is the percentage of a lot's area that is covered, or proposed to be
covered, by impervious surfaces.
Impervious Surface: Any Impervious surface is considered any portion of a site occupied by materials or
construction that limits the absorption of water by covering the natural land surface; this shall includinge, but is
not limited to, buildings, sidewalks, drives, all-weather surfaces, parking, rooftops, patios, decking, masonry, stone,
and other alternative pavements. Alternative materials used for landscaping purposes in non-load bearing areas,
and the water surface area within the walls of pools are not considered impervious surfaces. An area of gapped
Page 419 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 37
decking shall be calculated as fifty (50) percent (50%) of the proposed decked area for the purpose of impervious
cover.
Industrial, Light: A use engaged in the manufacture, predominantly from previously prepared materials, of finished
products or parts, including processing, fabrication, assembly, treatment, packaging, incidental storage, sales, and
distribution of such products, but excluding basic industrial processing.
Industrial, Heavy: A use engaged in the basic processing and manufacturing of materials or products or parts,
predominantly from extracted raw materials, or a use engaged in the storage of, or manufacturing processes using
flammable or explosive materials, or storage or manufacturing processes that potentially involve hazardous or
commonly recognized offensive conditions.
Industrial, Municipal: A municipal use or structure that serves a public need and is primarily engaged in the
provision, distribution, collection, transmission, or disposal of water, storm and sanitary sewage, electricity,
information, and telecommunication, including structures associated with private utilities,; research and
laboratory activities,; warehousing and distribution,; bulk storage facilities operation,; storage and maintenance of
service vehicles,; cleaning of equipment,; solid waste management,; municipal recycling,; public works yards,
container storage,; or similar activity. Ordinarily, these areas have low parking turn-over, and few pedestrians, but
a large amount of truck traffic.
Per Ordinance No. 3236 (February 25, 2010)
Irrigation System: A permanent, artificial watering system designed to transport and distribute water to plants.
Land Use: A use of land that which may result in an earth change, including, but not limited to, subdivision,
residential, commercial, industrial, recreational, or other development, private and public highway, road and
street construction, drainage construction, logging operations, agricultural practices, oil and gas exploration,
exploitation, extraction, and mining.
Lateral Line: Any line, wire, or cable and appurtenances used to distribute, transmit, or deliver service from a
feeder line to two (2) or more sites or end users of the utility service within a specific development.
Levee: A manmade structure, usually an earthen embankment, designed and constructed in accordance with
sound engineering practices to contain, control, or divert the flow of water so as to protect provide protection
from temporary flooding.
Levee System: A flood protection system that which consists of a levee, or levees, and associated structures, such
as closure and drainage devices, which are constructed and operated in accordance with sound engineering
practice.
Live-Work Unit: A mixed-use structure with a ground- level workspace or commercial space and one upper-level
dwelling unit occupied by the proprietor.
Location: Quality of integrity retained by a property that contributes to a Historic Preservation Overlay District
historic property existing in the same place as it did during the period of significance.
Lot: The physical and undivided tract or parcel of land as shown on a duly recorded plat. The following represent
the various platted lot types:
Page 420 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 37
(1) Lot, Corner Lot: A lot located at the intersection of and abutting upon two (2) or more streets.
(2) Lot, Double Frontage or Through Lot: A lot, other than a corner lot, which has frontage on more than one
(1) street.
(3) Lot, Flag Lot: A lot that does not meet the minimum lot width requirements where access is derived from
not fronting on or abutting a public road and where access to the public road is by a narrow, private drivewayright-
of-way.
(4) Lot, Interior Lot: A lot other than a corner lot.
Lot Area: The horizontal land area within lot lines, excluding any wetlands and/or drainage easements.
Lot Coverage: A measure of the intensity of land use that represents the portion of a site that is impervious. This
portion includes but is not limited to all areas covered by buildings, parked structures, gravel or paved driveways -
gravel or paved, roads, and sidewalks.
Lot Line Construction: A development where houses on a common street frontage are shifted to one (1) side of
their lot to maximize the side yard area on the opposite side of the lot. Planning for all house locations is are done
at the same time to ensure proper building separations.
Lot of Record: A part of a recorded subdivision or a parcel of land that exists as shown or described on a plat or
deed in the records of the local registry of deeds.
Lot Width: The width of the lotLot width is measured between side lot lines along a line that is parallel to the front
lot line or its chord and that is located at the minimum front setback distance from the front lot line.
Lowest Floor: The lowest floor of the lowest enclosed area (including a basement). An unfinished or flood flood-resistant enclosure, usable solely for parking of vehicles, building access, or storage, in an area other than a
basement area, is not considered a building’s lowest floor, provided that such enclosure is not built so as to render
the structure in violation of the applicable non-elevation design requirements of this UDO.
Major Recreational Equipment: For the purpose of these regulations, major recreational equipment is defined as
including boats and boat trailers, travel trailers, pick-up campers or coaches (designed to be mounted on
automotive vehicles), motorized dwellings, tent trailers, and the like, and cases or boxes used for transporting
recreational equipment, whether occupied by such equipment or not. No such equipment shall be used for living,
sleeping, home occupation, or household purposes when parked or stored on a residential lot or in any location
not approved for such use.
Manufactured Home: A structure constructed after June 15, 1976, in accordance with according to the rules of the
United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, transportable in one (1) or more sections, which, in
the traveling mode, is eight (8) body feet or more in width or forty (40) body feet or more in length, or, when
erected on site, is three hundred twenty (320) or more square feet, and which is built on a permanent chassis and
Page 421 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 37
designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to the required
utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, and electrical systems. The term does not include a
recreational vehicle as that term is defined by 24 Code of Federal Regulations, Section 3282.8(g).
Manufactured Home Lot: A parcel of land in a manufactured home park for the placement of a single HUD-code
manufactured home and the exclusive use of its occupants.
Manufactured Home Park: A parcel of land under single ownership that has been planned and improved for the
placement of HUD-code manufactured homes for non-transient use.
Manufacturing and Production: See "Industrial, Light and Heavy."
Massage Establishment: A business enterprise offering massage conducted by persons engaged in the practice of
medicine, nursing, osteopathy, physiotherapy, chiropractic, podiatry, or massage therapy for which they are
licensed by the State of Texas, or persons under the direct supervision and control of such licensed persons.
Maximum Density: This is a gross density calculation. It is the total number of dwelling units on a site or in a
subdivision divided by the total land area (in acres) of the site or subdivision.
Mean Sea Level: The National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD) of 1929 or another datum, to which the base flood
elevations shown on a community’s Flood Insurance Rate Map are referenced.
Median: The middle number in a set of numbers where one-half (½) of the numbers are less than the median
number and one-half (½) of the numbers are greater than the median number. For example, 4 is the median
number of 1, 3, 4, 8, and 9. If the set of numbers has an even number of numbers, then the median is the average
of the two (2) middle numbers. For example, if the set of numbers is 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, and 9, then the median is the
average of 4 and 6, or 5.
Medical Clinic: See "Clinic."
Micro-Industrial: Aa use engaged, on a limited scale, in basic processing and/or manufacturing of materials or
products or parts on a limited scale, predominantly from extracted raw materials, entirely contained within a
building and not deemed to be a public nuisance, as determined by the Administratoradministrator.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3312 (January 27, 2011)
Minimum Lot Width: Lot Width at the front setback line.
Mixed-Use Structure: A structure containing both residential and non-residential land uses.
Mobile Food Vendor: Any business operating more than twenty-one (21) days per calendar year that which sells
edible goods from a non-stationary location within the City of College Station. The term shall include, but shall not
be limited to, mobile food trucks, carts, or trailers.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3322 (February 24, 2011)
Mobile Home: A structure that was constructed prior to before June 15, 1976, transportable in one (1) or more
sections, which, in the traveling mode, is eight (8) body feet or more in width or forty (40) body feet or more in
length, or, when erected on site, is three hundred twenty (320) or more square feet, and which is built on a
permanent chassis and designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when
connected to the required utilities and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, and electrical systems.
Motor Vehicle: A self-propelled device that can be used to transport or draw persons or property not exclusively
on stationary rails or tracks.
Model Home: A dwelling unit built by a builder or developer to allow potential purchasers to see what the finished
product will look like.
Page 422 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 37
Multiplex, Medium: A residential structure that consists of five (5) to twelve (12) dwelling units, either side by side
or stacked. Primary entry to the structure is allowed only through a shared primary entranceShared Primary
Entrance. The land underneath is a single platted lot or building plot. Condominiums are included in this definition.
Multiplex, Small: A residential structure that consists of three (3) to four (4) dwelling units, either side by side or
stacked. Primary entry to the structure is allowed only through a shared primary entranceShared Primary Entrance.
The land underneath is a single platted lot or building plot. Condominiums are included in this definition.
Multi-Family Dwelling: A residential structure providing complete, independent living facilities for three (3) or
more dwelling units on a single lot or building plotfamilies or households living independently of each other and
including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking, eating, and sanitation in each unit. Condominiums are
included in this definition.
National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP): The National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) is aA federal program
enabling property owners to purchase flood insurance. This program is based on an agreement between local
communities and the federal government that if a community will implement programs to reduce future flood
damages, the federal government will make flood insurance available within the community as a financial
protection against flood losses. The United States Congress established the NFIP with the National Flood Insurance
Act of 1968 and later modified and broadened the program. The NFIP is administered by the Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA).
National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD): The nationwide reference surface for elevations throughout the United
States made available to local surveyors by the National Geodetic Survey with the establishment of thousands of
benchmarks throughout the continent. It was obtained through a least-squares adjustment in 1929 of all first -
order leveling in the United States and Canada. The adjustment included the twenty-six (26) tide stations, and thus
referenced the NGVD to mean sea level.
Natural: The cover and topography of land prior to before any manmade changes, or in areas where there have
already been manmade modifications, the state of the area and topography of land at the date of the adoption of
this UDO.
Neighborhood: A subarea of the city City in which the residents share a common identity focused around a school,
park, community business center, or other feature. For the purposes of a single-family overlay districtSingle-Family
Overlay District, a neighborhood must contain at least thirty (30) single-family structures in a compact, contiguous
area, or be an original subdivision or phase of a subdivision if the subdivision contains fewer than thirty (30) single-
family structures. Boundary lines must be drawn to include blockfaces on both sides of a street, and to the logical
edges of the area or subdivision, as indicated by a creek, street, subdivision line, utility easement, zoning boundary
line, or another boundary.
Neighborhood Character: The atmosphere or physical environment which is created by the combination of land
use and buildings within an area. Neighborhood character is established and influenced by land-use types and
intensity, traffic generation, and also by the location, size, and design of structures as well as the interrelationship
of all these features.
Neighborhood Stakeholder Committee: A committee of at least six (6) property owners within a proposed
Neighborhood Conservation Overlay District and the Administrator. The committee provides input from the
neighborhood and assists City Staff in conducting a Conservation Study and evaluating the options for regulation as
listed in Section 5.11.
New Construction: For floodplain management purposes, structures for which the "start of construction"
commenced on or after the effective date of a floodplain management regulation adopted by a community.
Night Club: A commercial establishment including, but not limited to, bars, coffee houses, or similar
establishments where a dance floor, music, games, or other entertainment is provided and where the serving of
food is not the principal business. Specifically included in this classification are establishments that derive seventy-
Page 423 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 37
five (75) percent or more of their gross revenue from the on-sitepremise sale of alcoholic beverages. Sexually -
oriented businessesBusinesses/enterprises Enterprises are not included in this definition.
Notice of Change: The notification of changes to the stormwater pollution prevention plan (SWP3) that is required
by the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TDPES) Stormwater Permits.
Notice of Intent: The advance notification that is required by the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(TDPES) Stormwater Permits prior to commencement of work.
Notice of Termination: The notification that is required by the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(TDPES) Stormwater Permits upon completion of work.
Non-Canopy Tree: See "Tree, Non-Canopy."
Non-Combustible Material: As defined in Chapter Two of the International Residential Code as adopted and
amended by the City of College Station City Council.
Northgate District definitions (applicable only to development in Northgate):
Redevelopment: The revision or replacement of an existing land use or existing site through the acquisition
or consolidation, and the clearance and rebuilding of this area according to the Northgate Redevelopment
Plan.
Site Development: Any excavation, landfill or land disturbance, including new construction, reconstruction,
relocation, or change of use. For the purposes of the Northgate Districts only, site development includes
installation of walls, accessory structures, and other similar additions.
Rehabilitation: The process of returning a structure to a state of utility, through repair or alteration, which
make possible an efficient contemporary use while preserving those portions and features of the property
which are significant to its historic, architectural, and cultural value.
Façade Work: The removal, or replacement, substitution or change of any material or architectural element
on the exterior face of a building, which includes, but is not limited to, painting, material change, awning or
canopy replacement, signage, or other permanent visible façade treatment.
Minor Site/Building Projects: The addition, maintenance, and/or replacement of minor building or site
elements, including such actions related to storage building(s), screening, fencing, and refuse containers. This
also includes requests for changes in service for dumpster and other refuse receptacles.
Nude: The showing of the human male or female genitals, pubic area, vulva, anus, anal cleft, or cleavage with less
than a fully opaque covering, or the showing of the covered male genitals in a discernibly turgid state.
Nude Modeling Studio: Any place where a person who appears in a state of nudity or displays "specific anatomical
areas" is provided to be observed, sketched, drawn, painted, sculptured, photographed, or similarly depicted by
other persons who pay money or any form of consideration.
Office: A room or group of rooms used for conducting the affairs of a business, profession, service, industry, or
government and generally furnished with desks, tables, files, and communication equipment.
One (1) Ownership: Property which although belonging to one (1) or more owners, has not been partitioned or
subdivided so as to be owned separately by more than one (1) person, whether or not related or participating in a
joint enterprise.
Outdoor Storage: The keeping, in an unenclosed area, of any goods, junk, material or merchandise in the same
place for more than twenty-four (24) hours and not actively being sold.
Outdoor Display: The placement of goods for active sale outside a the building.
Overlay: A zoning district that encompasses one (1) or more underlying zones and that imposes additional
requirements above those required by the underlying zone.
Page 424 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 22 of 37
Owners Association: An association or organization, whether or not incorporated, which operates under and
pursuant to recorded covenants or deed restrictions, through which each owner of a portion of a subdivision–
whether a lot, parcel site, unit plot, condominium, or any other interest–is automatically a member as a condition
of ownership, and each such member is subject to a charge or assessment for a prorated share of expense of the
association, which may become a lien against the lot, parcel, unit, condominium, or other interest of the member.
Homeowners associations and property owners associations are included in this definition.
Pad Site: The portion of a building plot that is located on the periphery of the site and has at least seventy-five (75)
feet of frontage on a public street classified as a collector or higher greater on the Comprehensive Plan Functional
Classification & Context Class MapThoroughfare Plan. A pad site contains a stand alone, single or multiple tenant
structure and meets all site plan requirements within the pad site area. The total area of all pad sites within a
defined building plot may not be more than thirty-three (33) percent one-third (⅓) of the total area of the building
plot.
Parking, Interior: Parking rows which are not located on the periphery of the proposed project site and further,
where none of the parking spaces abut any property line associated with the proposed project site.
Parking, Overflow: Parking in excess of the minimum required by this ordinance and in excess of what is utilized
regularly by the development.
Parking, Peripheral: Parking rows that which abut the periphery or property lines associated with the proposed
project site.
Parking, Overflow: Parking in excess of the minimum required by this ordinance and in excess of what is utilized on
a regular basis by the development.
Parking, Row, Single: A single row of spaces for the parking of motor vehicles.
Parking, Row, Double: Two (2) parallel rows of spaces for the parking of motor vehicles arranged so that when
parked, the front end of each motor vehicle faces the front end of another motor vehicle.
Parking, Side or Rear Yard: Required parking that is provided, in its entirety, behind a setback line of fifty (50)
percent one-half (½) of the applicable zoning district's minimum lot depth.
Parking Row, Single: One (1) row of spaces for the parking of motor vehicles.
Parking Row, Double: Two (2) parallel rows of spaces for the parking of motor vehicles arranged so that when
parked, the front end of each motor vehicle faces the front end of another motor vehicle.
Parking Space: A space used for the parking of a motor vehicle not on the paved or regularly traveled portion of a
public street or within private access easements and which meets the requirements of this UDO as to size,
location, and configuration.
Pasturage: Land used primarily for the grazing of animal stock.
Pavement Width: The portion of the surface of the street available for vehicular traffic.; Where where curbs are
used, it is the portion between the back of the curbs.
Permitted Use: A use specifically allowed in one (1) or more of the various districts without the necessity of
obtaining a use permit.
Person: Every natural person, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation, or other groups which
conducts activities regulated hereunder as a single entity, whether same be a legal entity or not, venture, or trust.
Personal Service Shop: An establishment that which provides services related to grooming, appearance, care, or
repair of personal apparel; and which may sell products used or recommended for those same purposes incidental
to the services provided.
Page 425 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 23 of 37
Place of Worship: A building or structure, or group of buildings or structures, that by design and construction are
primarily intended for conducting organized religious services and associated accessory uses.
Plan, Preliminary: A conceptual plan of a subdivision intended for planning purposes showing the location and
boundaries of individual parcels of land subdivided into lots, with streets, alleys, easements, etc., generally drawn
to scale and meeting the requirements of this UDO but not intended for final action in recordable form filed with
the applicable county records.
Per Ordinance No. 2011- 3308 (January 13, 2011)
Planning and Zoning Commission: The duly appointed Planning and Zoning Commission of the City of College
Station, Texas.
Plat: A map of a subdivision intended to be filed for record with the applicable County Clerk’s Office county
records showing the location and boundaries of individual parcels of land subdivided into lots, with streets, alleys,
easements, etc., drawn to scale.; This definition includes a final plats, replats, amending plats, minor plats,
development plats, and vacating plats meeting the requirements of this UDO.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Plat, Minor: As defined by Chapter 212 Section 212.0065 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended. A
subdivision involving four (4) or fewer lots fronting on an existing street and that does not require the creation of
any new street or the extension of municipal facilities.
Plot Plan: See “Site Plan.”
Portable Storage: Any unit, including but not limited to a trailer, box, or another enclosed shipping container,
which is used primarily as storage space whether the unit is located at a facility-owned establishment or operated
by the owner at another location designated by the tenant.
Porch: A roofed open area that projects from the main wall of a building that may be unenclosed or screened and
may or may not use columns or other ground supports for structural purposes.
Premises: An area of land planned and designed as a single comprehensive project, considered from the time the
plan is first submitted to the Development Services Department either at plat stage or site plan stage.
Project Plan: Drawings and related information illustrating a proposed project for which a use permit, site plan
permit, or parking area/landscape approval is sought.
Public, Civic, and Institutional Use, Structure, or Building: Structures used principally to serve a public need, such
as A use, structure, or building belonging to or used by the public for the transaction of public or quasi-public
business including but not limited to parks, places of worship, hospitals, public or private schools, libraries,
museums, post offices, polices and fire stations, public utilities, governmental services, and other public services.
Public Uses/Facilities: A use or facility belonging to or used by the public for the transaction of public or quasi-
public business including, but not limited to, uses such as and similar to libraries and public parks.
Public Way: A public way Public Way provides circulation and through movement similar to a public street but is a
privately maintained drive, constructed to certain street standards, and granted unrestricted access via a public
access easement. The drive shall be designed to the geometric design, construction standards, and driveway
spacing of a commercial street in accordance with Commercial Street according to the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines with the following modifications:.
(1) The public access easement shall be a minimum of forty (40) feet in width or wider to incorporate the
entire width of the pavement section and sidewalks on each side.
Page 426 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 24 of 37
(2) A public way Public Way shall have a minimum pavement structure constructed to the City’s fire lane
standards, a minimum drive width of twenty-four (24) feet back-to-back when no parking is provided,
and a minimum horizontal curve radius of two hundred (200) feet.
(3) No head-in parking is permitted but parallel parking is allowed if the drive is widened an additional ten
(10) feet for each row of parallel parking provided. Parking on the drive may count toward the
minimum off-street parking requirements of this UDO.
(4) Five (5) -foot sidewalks shall be provided on each side of the drive and placed a minimum of three (3)
feet from the back of the curb.
The public access easement shall be a minimum of forty (40) feet in width or wider to incorporate the entire
width of the pavement section and sidewalks on each side.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Quoin: Units of stone or brick used to accentuate the corners of a building.
Recyclable Materials: Those materials specifically listed at a particular site as acceptable. Such materials may
include, but are not limited to, aluminum products, clean glass containers, bimetal containers, newspapers,
magazines, periodicals, plastic containers, yard waste, paper and cardboard, phone books, and scrap metal.
Recycling: The separation, collection, processing, recovery, and sale of metals, glass, paper, plastics, and other
materials which would otherwise be disposed of as solid waste, which are intended for reuse, re-manufacture, or
re-constitution for the purpose of using the altered form.
Recycling Bin: A container used to collect recyclable materials, at which no fee is collected from the person
depositing the materials.
Recycling Facility, Large: A recycling facility located on an independent site, or larger than five hundred (500)
square feet, where limited mechanical processing may or may not occur, depending on the zoning district in which
the facility is located.
Recycling Facility, Small: A facility that occupies no more than five hundred (500) square feet, and provides
containers for collection only of source- separated recyclables, with no power-driven processing equipment on
site. Small collection facilities are normally located in on parking lots of the host use. These may include, but are
not limited to, bulk reverse vending machines, a grouping of reverse vending machines that exceed fifty (50)
square feet, kiosk-type structures that may include permanent structures, and unattended recycling bins placed
for the donation of recyclable materials.
Redevelopment: The revision or replacement of an existing land use or existing site through the acquisition or
consolidation, or and the clearance and rebuilding of an this area consistent with the Comprehensive Plan,
including any associated plans or studies adopted by the City Councilaccording to a comprehensive plan.
Page 427 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 25 of 37
Regulated Activity: An activity occurring at an industrial facility or construction site which qualifies the facility or
site to acquire a permit to discharge stormwater under the Clean Water Act.
Registered Professional Engineer: A person duly authorized and licensed under the provisions of the Texas
Engineering Practice Act, to practice the profession of engineering.
Rehabilitation: The process of returning a structure to a state of utility, through repair or alteration, which make
possible an efficient contemporary use while preserving those portions and features of the property which are
significant to its historic, architectural, and cultural value.
Release: Any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching,
dumping, or disposing into the municipal stormwater drainage system, the water of the State, the waters of the
United States.
Religious Institution: See “Place of Worship.”
Remote Emergency Access: An emergency access consists of a semi-permanent all-weather surface in accordance
with according to the City of College Station Site Design Standards. An access is remote when the two (2) access
points are placed a distance apart equal to not less than fifty (50) percent one-half (½) of the length of the
maximum overall diagonal dimension of the property or area to be served, measured in a straight line between the
points.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Repair Shops: A shop exclusively for the repair of household goods and home equipment, within a building with no
outdoor storage of items or equipment, and where no noise, dust, or vibration is discernible beyond the property
line.
Replat: A replat is required in cases where new lots are formed within an existing subdivision. A replat follows the
procedure for a final plat and must conform with applicable zoning.
Research Laboratory: An establishment or facility used for carrying on investigations in the natural, physical, or
social sciences, which may include engineering and product development.
Residential Sales Office/Model Home: A dwelling unit built by a builder or developer to allow potential purchasers
to see what the finished product will look like.See "Model Home."
Restaurant: An establishment that serves food and beverages primarily to persons seated within the building. This
includes, but is not limited to, cafés, tea rooms, and outdoor cafés.
Restaurant, Casual Dining: A restaurant with a market segment between Fast Food and Fine Dining restaurants
usually characterized by table service, a relatively fully -stocked and full-service bar, and a bill per dinner averaging
ten dollars ($10.00) to thirty dollars ($30.00) for an evening meal and slightly less for lunch and does not provide
drive-thru service.
Restaurant, Fast Food: An establishment that offers quick food which is accomplished through a limited menu of
items already prepared and held for service, or prepared quickly. Orders are not generally taken at a customer's
table and food is generally served in disposable wrapping or containers.
Restaurant, Fine Dining: A restaurant serving formal-style dinners, and services where food and drink are prepared
and served. Customer turnover rates are typically one (1) hour or longer. Such establishments serve dinner but
generally do not serve breakfast and may or may not serve lunch or brunch. These restaurants usually have a dress
code and do not provide drive-thru service.
Retail Sales: Establishments engaged in selling goods or merchandise to the general public for personal or
household consumption and rendering services incidental to the sale of such goods.
Page 428 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 26 of 37
Retail Sales, Alcohol: Establishments, except nightclubs and restaurants as defined, engaged in selling beer, wine,
or other alcoholic beverages for where more than seventy-five (75) percent of sales are is derived from the sale of
such beverages for off-sitepremise consumption. Exempt from this definition are temporary retail sales of alcohol
associated with special events, or events held on City-owned property.
Retention: The storage of stormwater flows in a facility that has a permanent pool of water.
Retention Facility: A facility that provides for the storage of stormwater flows in by means of a permanent pool of
water or permanent pool in conjunction with a temporary storage component.
Reverse Vending Machine: An automated mechanical device that which accepts at least one (1) or more types of
beverage containers including, but not limited to, aluminum cans, or glass and plastic bottles that , and which
issues a cash refunds or a redeemable credit slips. Sorting and processing occurs entirely within the machine.
Reverse Vending Machine, Bulk: A reverse vending machine that is larger than fifty (50) square feet and is
designed to accept more than one (1) container at a time and to pay by weight. For the purpose of these
restrictions, bulk reverse vending machines will be considered small collection facilities.
Reverse Vending Machine, Single Feed: A reverse vending machine that accepts materials one (1) item at a time.
Rooming/Boarding House: A group of rooms provided for persons other than members of the occupant family
(see definition of family) for compensation either in a converted single-family home or in a structure specifically
designed for such purpose where there are no cooking facilities provided in individual living units and where meals
may be provided daily.
Roof Types:
Roof, Cross Gable: Two (2) perpendicular gable roofs.
(1) Flat Roof, Flat: A roof with only enough pitch to allow drainage.
Page 429 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 27 of 37
(2) Gable Roof, Gable: A ridged roof having one (1) or two (2) gabled ends (gable: the portion of the end of a
building that extends from the eaves to the peak or ridge of the roof).
(3) Gambrel Roof, Gambrel: A roof whose slope on each side is interrupted by an obtuse angle that forms
two (2) pitches on each side, the lower slope being steeper than the upper.
(4) Hip Roof, Hip: A roof formed by several adjacent inclining planes, each rising from a different wall of a
building, and forming hips at their adjacent sloping sides.
Page 430 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 28 of 37
(5) Mansard Roof, Mansard: A roof with a double pitch on all four (4) sides, the lower level having the
steeper pitch.
(6) Shed Roof, Shed: A roof having a single-sloping plane.
Salvage Yard: A facility or area for storing, keeping, selling, dismantling, shredding, compressing, or salvaging
material or equipment. Materials include, but are not limited to, lumber, pipes, metal, paper, rags, tires, bottles,
motor vehicle parts, machinery, structural steel, equipment/vehicles, and appliances.
Satellite Dish: A broadcast receiver that receives signals directly from a satellite rather than another broadcast
system, and amplifies the signal at a focal point in front of the receiving component.
School: A building where persons regularly assemble for the purpose of instruction or education, together with
playgrounds, dormitories, stadia and other structures or grounds used in conjunction therewith and is limited to
public and private schools used for primary, secondary or college education. This includes any facility where
tutoring of more than ten (10) students at one (1) time takes place on a regular basis.
Sediment: Soils or other surficial materials transported or deposited by the action of wind, ice, or gravity as a
product of erosion.
Service Line: Any line, wire, or cable and appurtenances used to distribute, transmit, or deliver a utility service
from a source of supply, feeder line, or lateral line directly to an end user.
Service Provider: Any company, corporation, alliance, individual, or other legal entity that provides a wireless
telecommunication service directly to the public for a fee or to such classes of users as to be effectively available
directly to the public regardless of the facilities used; services include, but are not limited to, portable phones, car
phones, pagers, digital data transmission, or radio or television communications.
Setback Line: A line that which marks the minimum distance a structure must be located from the property line,
and establishes the minimum required front, side, or rear yard space of a lot or building plot.
Page 431 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 29 of 37
Sexually -Oriented Books and Videos: Books, magazines, pamphlets, pictures, drawings, photographs, video tapes,
digital video disks, motion picture films, or sound recordings, or printed, visual or audio material of any kind, which
are characterized by their emphasis on the description or depiction of specified anatomical areas or specified
sexual activities.
Sexually -Oriented Business: Any business whether in public, semi-public, or private premises which offers the
opportunity to feel, handle, touch, paint, be in the presence of, or be entertained by the unclothed body or the
unclothed portion of the body of another person, or to observe, view, or photograph any such activity. Except as
provided herein, this definition is not intended to regulate:
(1) Any business operated by or employing licensed psychologists, licensed physical therapists, licensed
athletic trainers, licensed cosmetologists, or licensed barbers performing functions authorized under
the licenses held.
(2) Any business operated by or employing licensed physicians, licensed practical nurses, or licensed
chiropractors engaged in practicing the healing arts.
(3) Any bookstore, movie theater, or video store, unless that business includes sexually -oriented
materials.
Sexually -oriented businesses include, but are not limited to, adult retail stores, limited adult retail stores, adult
arcades, adult cabarets, adult movie theaters, adult theaters, adult motels, body rub parlors, nude modeling
studios, sexual encounter centers, and escort agencies.
Sexually -Oriented Materials: All sexually -oriented toys and novelties and sexually -oriented books and videos.
Sexually -Oriented Toys and Novelties: Instruments, devices, or paraphernalia either designed as representations
of human genital organs or female breasts, or designed or marketed primarily for use to stimulate human genital
organs, except medical devices approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
Shared Housing: A residential dwelling unit providing complete, independent living facilities designed to exceed
occupancy levels of more than one (1) family, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking, eating,
and sanitation. Such use may be identified and differentiated from other residential uses by considering a
combination of structure or property characteristics that may be used to increase occupancy to more than one (1)
family, such as:
(1) A residential dwelling unit containing more than four (4) bedrooms or able to house more than four (4)
people using other rooms such as dens, offices, game rooms, or similar spaces that have the potential
to be used for sleeping purposes in accordance with the International Residential Code (IRC) definition
of habitable space, as adopted;
(2) A residential dwelling unit containing a similar bedroom- to- bathroom parity in excess of four (4);
(3) A residential dwelling unit containing a high quantity of bathrooms, usually in excess of four (4), of
which most can only be accessed through a bedroom or other room such as a den, office, game room,
or similar space;
(4) A residential dwelling unit that is in excess of one (1) story for the purpose of limiting the building
footprint on the lot to meet impervious cover requirements;
(5) The property where the residential dwelling unit is located does not contain a garage, or if it contains a
garage, can has the ability to support additional living space; and/or
(6) The property where the residential dwelling unit is located contains a parking area that will allow
parking in excess of four (4) vehicles.
Shared Primary Entrance: A common front/primary entry to the interior of a structure through which all occupants
enter. Separate dwelling units in the structure take access off a shared internal corridor.
Page 432 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 30 of 37
Shopping Center: A building plot developed or ultimately to be developed with two (2) or more stores, shops, or
commercial enterprises, and which has shared parking facilities or access.
Shooting Range: A facility to be utilized for discharging firearms for purpose of testing the firearm or ammunition,
developing or enhancing shooter skills for recreation or other need, which is organized and equipped for the safety
of persons utilizing the facility and the general public.
Shrub: A woody perennial plant differing from a perennial herb by its woodier more woody stem and from a tree
by its low stature and habit of branching from the base.
Single-Family: A residential unit providing complete, independent living facilities for one (1) family including
permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking, eating and sanitation.
Sign: Any written or graphic representation, decoration, form, emblem, trademark, flag, banner, or other feature
or device of a similar character that which is used for the communication of commercial information, or
communication of ideas or subjects of political significance., and which:
(1) Architectural Element: An element, design, or motif, that is installed, attached, painted, or applied to the
exterior of a building or structure for the purpose of ornamentation or artistic expression, and not relating to a
specific sign, logo, or identity of any specific business tenant.
(2) Sign, Apartment/Condominium/Manufactured Home Park Identification Sign: An attached sign or a
freestanding monument sign with permanent foundation or moorings, designed for identification of a multi-family
residential project or a manufactured home park project, and where adequate provision is made for permanent
maintenance.
(3) Sign, Area Identification Sign: A freestanding monument or wall sign with permanent foundation or
moorings, designed for identification of subdivisions of ten (10) to fifty (50) acres, or identification of a distinct
area within a subdivision, and where adequate provision is made for maintenance.
(4) Sign, Attached Sign: A sign attached to, or applied on, and totally supported by a part of a building or
mounted to site lighting poles located on private property.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3302 (January 11, 2011)
(5) Banner/Flag: A piece of fabric used for decoration (contains no copy or logo) or for identification
(contains copy and/or logo).
(6) Sign, Campus/Wayfinding: A sign utilized as a traffic control device in off-street or access areas whose
primary purpose is to direct traffic within a PDD Planned Development District planned development district (PDD)
or unified development, that may include the names of tenants or businesses, but does not contain any
commercial logo or graphics.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3348 (May 26, 2011)
(7) Commercial Banner: A sign made of cloth, canvas, or other flexible material which directs attention to a
business, commodity, service, entertainment, or attraction sold, offered, or existing.
(8) Sign, Commercial Sign: A sign which directs attention to a business, commodity, service, entertainment,
or attraction sold, offered, or existing.
(9) Sign, Development Sign: A sign announcing a proposed subdivision or a proposed building project.
(10) Sign, Directional Traffic Control Sign: A sign utilized as a traffic control device in off-street parking or
access areas whose primary purpose is not for advertisement.
(11) Sign, Freestanding Commercial Sign: A sign supported by one (1) or more columns, poles, or bars
extended from the ground or from an object on the ground, or that is erected on the ground.; the This term
Page 433 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 31 of 37
includes all signs which are not substantially supported by a building or part thereof, or which are substantially
supported by a building or part thereof, when the sole significant purpose of the building or part thereof, is to
support or constitute the sign.
(12) Sign, Fuel Price Sign: A sign used to advertise the current price of fuel at locations where fuel is sold.
(13) Sign, Hanging Signs: A sign suspended from the underside of a canopy or awning and located in front of
building entrances, perpendicular to the façade.
(14) Sign, Home Occupation Sign: A sign used to identify the name and occupation of a person with a legal
home occupation.
(15) Sign, Low Profile Sign: A sign with a permanent foundation that which is not attached to a building, but is
a stand-alone sign and which does not exceed sixty (60) square feet in area and four (4) feet in height.
(16) Sign, Non-Commercial Sign: A work of art or message which is political, religious, or pertaining to a point
of view, expression, opinion, or idea that contains no reference to the endorsement, advertising of, or promotion
of patronage, of a business, commodity, service, entertainment, or attraction that is sold, offered, or existing.
(17) Sign, Off-Premise Commercial Sign: A sign which directs attention to a business, commodity, service,
entertainment, or attraction sold, offered, or existing elsewhere than upon the premises where such sign is
displayed.
(18) Sign, On-Premise Commercial Sign: A sign which directs attention to a business, commodity, service,
entertainment, or attraction sold, offered, or existing upon the premises where such sign is displayed.
(19) Sign, Political Sign: Any sign which promotes a candidate for any public office, or which advocates a
position on any social issue as its primary purpose. Political signs shall be considered in the category of non-
commercial signs except where there are regulations pertaining to their removal after an election.
(20) Sign, Portable Sign: A sign which is not affixed or attached to real property by poles, stakes, or other
members which are placed into the ground, or upon some other type of permanent foundation; trailer signs, any
sign with wheels or skids, and any sign which is constructed so as to sit upon the surface of the ground, without
subsurface attachment or extension.
(21) Sign, Projection Sign: An attached sign end-mounted or otherwise attached to an exterior wall of a
building and extends in whole or part more than twelve 12 (12twelve) inches beyond the face of the building.
(22) Sign, Real Estate, Finance, and Construction Sign: An attached or freestanding sign erected upon a lot or
parcel of land for the purpose of advertising the same for sale or lease, or for advertising the furnishing of interim
or permanent financing for a project, or for the furnishing of labor, materials or the practice of crafts on the job
site.
(23) Sign, Roof Sign: An outdoor advertising display sign erected, constructed, or maintained on the roof of a
building or which is wholly dependent upon a building for support, and which projects above the point of a
building with a flat roof, six (6) feet above the eave line of a building with a shed, gambrel, gable or hip roof, or the
deck line of a building with a mansard roof.
(24) Sign, Special District Identification Sign: An official, permanent, on-premise sign authorized by the City of
College Station, which is used to identify a pedestrian or vehicular entrance to a design district Design District or
Overlay District, as set forth out lined in the Design Districts and Overlay Districts Sections of Article 5, District
Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDOArticle 5.10 Design Districts and 5.11 Overlay
Districts. The sign shall be used to display only the name, logo, or identifying information about the district, and no
other commercial information.
(25) Sign, Subdivision Identification Sign: A freestanding monument or wall sign with permanent concrete
foundation or moorings, designed for permanent identification of a subdivision of greater than fifty (50) acres, and
where adequate provision is made for permanent maintenance.
Page 434 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 32 of 37
(26) Subdivision Marker: A subdivision logo of no more than one (1) square foot in area, that is attached to an
architectural element such as a column, fence post, wall, mail kiosk, bus stop, or similar community structure, and
whose purpose is to provide continuity and identity throughout the subdivision.
Single-Family: A structure providing one (1) dwelling unit on a single lot or building plot.
Single-Unit Dwelling: A detached structureresidential unit, located within a larger development on a common lot,
providing complete, independent living facilities for one (1) dwelling unitfamily including permanent provisions for
living, sleeping, cooking, eating and sanitation.
Site Development: Any excavation, landfill, or land disturbance, including new construction, reconstruction,
relocation, or change of use. For the purposes of the Northgate districts only, site development includes the
installation of walls, accessory structures, and other similar additions.
Site Plan: A site development plan showing the use of the land including locations of buildings, drives, sidewalks,
parking areas, drainage facilities, and other structures to be constructed, and any other details required by the City
in the Site Plans Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDOSection 3.9, Design District Site
Plan Review, of this UDO. Also called a plot plan.
Sitwall: A combination or of seating with perimeter protection and/or screening in a subtle, attractive, and
functional way.
Specified Anatomical Area: Any showing of the human male or female genitals, pubic area, or buttocks with less
than a fully opaque covering, or showing of the female breast with less than a fully opaque covering of any portion
thereof below the top of the areola, or the depiction of covered male genitals in a discernibly turgid state.
Specified Sexual Activities: Actual or simulated acts of masturbation, sexual intercourse, oral or anal copulation or
sadomasochism; fondling or other erotic touching of or physical contact with one's own or another's genitals,
pubic area, buttocks, or female breasts, whether clothed or unclothed; human male or female genitals when in a
state of sexual stimulation or arousal; or excretory functions or acts with animals as part of or in conjunction with
any of the activities set forth herein. Activities that which are commonly referred to by the slang terms "lap
dance," "straddle dance," "face dance," or "table dance" shall be included in this definition. For purposes of this
definition, "sadomasochism" means the infliction of pain, flagellation, or torture, or the condition of being bound,
fettered, or otherwise physically restrained.
Split-Lot Duplex: Two (2) attached dwelling units where each dwelling unit is located on a separately platted
lotlow.
Start of Construction: Includes substantial improvement, and means the date the building permit was issued,
provided the actual start of construction, repair, reconstruction, placement, or other improvement was within one
hundred eighty (180) days of the permit date. The actual start means the first placement of permanent
construction of a structure on a site, such as the pouring of a slab or footings, the installation of piles, the
construction of columns, or any work beyond the stage of excavation, or the placement of a HUD-code
manufactured home on a foundation. Permanent construction does not include land preparation, such as clearing,
grading, and filling; nor does it include the installation of streets and/or walkways; nor does it include excavation
for a basement, footings, piers, or foundations or the erection of temporary forms; nor does it include the
installation on the property of accessory buildings, such as garages or sheds not occupied as a dwelling unit and
not part of the main structure.
State: The State of Texas.
Stealth Antenna: A telecommunication antenna located on an alternative mounting structure that is effectively
camouflaged or concealed from view and blends into the surrounding environment. Examples include
architecturally screened roof-mounted antennas, building-mounted antennas painted and/or textured to match
the existing structure, and antennas integrated into architectural elements.
Page 435 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 33 of 37
Stealth Technology or Facility: Design technology that blends the wireless telecommunications facility into the
surrounding environment; examples of stealth facilities include, but are not limited to, architecturally -screened
roof-mounted antennas, building-mounted antennas painted and/or textured to match the existing structure,
antennas integrated into architectural elements such as church spires or window wall, and antenna structures
designed to resemble light poles or flag poles.
Stealth Tower: A manmade tree, clock tower, church steeple, bell tower, utility pole, light standard, identification
pylon, flagpole, or similar structure, that is camouflaged to be unrecognizable as a telecommunications facility,
designed to support or conceal the presence of telecommunication antennas and blends into the surrounding
environment.
Storage Garage: A "storage garage" is any premises and structure used exclusively for the storage of more than
five (5) automobiles.
Storage, Outdoor: The keeping of any goods, junk, material, or merchandise in the same place for more than
twenty-four (24) hours in an unenclosed area.See "Outdoor Storage."
Storage, Self -Service: A structure containing separate, individual, and private storage spaces of varying sizes.
Storage Tank: A container for the storing of chemicals, petroleum products, grains, and other materials for
subsequent resale to distributors or retail dealers or outlets.
Stormwater Management: All ordinances, standards, plans, and studies to ensure insure the timely and effective
construction of:
(1) A system of vegetative and structural measures that control the increased volume and rate of surface
runoff caused by man-made changes to the land; and
(2) A system of vegetative, structural, and other measures that reduce or eliminate pollutants that might
otherwise be carried by surface runoff.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3): A plan required by a Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(TDPES) permit to discharge stormwater associated with industrial activity or construction activity and which
describes and ensures the implementation of practices that are to be used to reduce the pollutants in stormwater
discharges from industrial facilities and construction sites.
Street: A way for vehicular traffic to move, whether designated as a highway, arterial street, collector street, or
local street.
Street, Minor Arterial: A street that collects traffic from the collector system and connects with the major arterial
system.
Street, Major Arterial: A street that collects traffic from the collector and minor arterial system and connects with
the freeway system.
Street, Collector: A street that collects traffic from local streets and connects with minor and major arterials. This
includes minor and major collectors.
Street, Local: A street that provides vehicular access to abutting property.
Stringcourse: A narrow, continuous ornamental band set in the face of a building as a design element; also known
as a cordon.
Page 436 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 34 of 37
Stripping: Any activity which removes or significantly disturbs the vegetative surface cover, including clearing and
grubbing operations.
Structure: Anything constructed, built, or erected.
Structure, Principal: The principal structure which fulfills the purpose for which the building plot is intended.
Subdivider: Any person(s) or persons, firm, or corporation subdividing a tract or parcel of land to be sold or
otherwise handled for their his own personal gain or use.
Subdivision: The division of a lot, tract, or parcel of land into two (2) or more parts, lots, or sites, for the purpose,
whether immediate or future, of sale, division of ownership, or building development. This also includes the
resubdivision of land or lots that which are a part of a previously recorded subdivision. Divisions of land for
agricultural purposes, where no building construction is involved, in parcels of five (5) acres or more, shall not be
included within this definition, unless such subdivision of five (5) acres or more includes the planning or
development of a new street or access easement. An addition is a subdivision as is defined herein.
Subdivision Marker: A subdivision logo of no more than one (1) square foot in area, that is attached to an
architectural element such as a column, fence post, wall, mail kiosk, bus stop, or similar community structure, and
whose purpose is to provide continuity and identity throughout the subdivision.
Subdivisions, Minor: A division of land into four (4) or fewer lots on an existing street which does not require the
creation of any new street or the extension of municipal facilities.
Subdivision, Rural Residential: A subdivision that is predominately single-family lots and where one (1) acre is the
minimum lot size of the base zoning district. Included are developments where lots are clustered to smaller than
one (1) acre as permitted by the Lots Subsection of the General Requirements and Minimum Standards of Design
for Subdivisions within the City Limits Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDOzoning
district and/or the cluster development provision.
Per Ordinance No. 2011-3308 (January 13, 2011)
Substantial Improvement: Any repair, reconstruction, or improvement of a structure, the cost of which equals or
exceeds fifty (50) percent of the market value of the structure either:
(1) Before the improvement or repair is started, or
(2) If the structure has been damaged and is being restored, before the damage occurred.
For the purposes of this definition, "substantial improvement" is considered to occur when the first alteration of
any wall, ceiling, floor, or another structural part of the building commences, whether or not that alteration affects
the external dimensions of the structure. The term does not, however, include either:
Page 437 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 35 of 37
(1) Any projects for the improvement of a structure to comply with existing state or local health, sanitary,
or safety code specifications that which are solely necessary to assure safe living conditions, or
(2) Any alterations of a structure listed on the National Register of Historic Places or a State Inventory of
Historic Places.
Surveyor: A person duly authorized and licensed under the Texas Professional Land Surveying Practices Act to
practice the profession of land surveying, either as a Registered Professional Land Surveyor or a Licensed State
Land Surveyor.
Taxicab Service: Any business associated with the storage or dispatch of vehicles for the transportation of
passengers for hire.
Taxicab, Commercial Vehicle: Any motorized passenger vehicle permitted or should be permitted pursuant to the
provisions of Chapter 8, Businesses 4 of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances.
Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TDPES): The regulatory program delegated to the State of Texas by
the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) pursuant to 33 USC § 1342(b).
Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TDPES) Permit: A permit issued by the Texas Commission on
Environmental Quality (TCEQ) under authority delegated pursuant to 33 USC § 1342(b) that authorizes the
discharge of pollutants to waters of the state, whether the permit is applicable on an individual, group, or general
area-wide basis.
Per Ordinance No. 3281 (September 9, 2010)
Theater: A building or part of a building devoted to showing motion pictures or for dramatic, dance, musical, or
other live performances.
Townhouse: One (1) of a group of no less than three (3), no more than twelve (12), attached dwelling units, with
each dwelling unit located on a separate lot and thereby distinguished from condominium units.
Transom: Horizontal opening or window element framed across a window or door forming part of the frame.
Tree, Canopy: An overstory tree that exhibits a layer or multiple layers of branches and foliage at its top or crown
and extendsing a distance outward from its trunk or trunks. This tree's overall appearance is dominated by its tall
stature (often over eighty (80) feet), its broad canopy, and the shade that it produces.
Tree, Non-Canopy: A tree that may reach canopy tree height, but does not have the same dominance of canopy as
the canopy tree, or OR an understory tree that does not reach canopy tree height, but does exhibit a similar
dominance of canopy size and structure.
Transmission Tower: A wireless telecommunications support structure designed primarily of for the support and
attachment of a wireless telecommunications facility. Transmission towers include:
(1) Transmission Tower, Monopole: Tower - A self-supporting structure composed of a single spire used to
support telecommunications antenna and/or related equipment.;
(2) Transmission Tower, Lattice: Tower - A self-supporting three (3)- or four (4) -sided, open, steel frame
structure used to support telecommunications antenna and/or related equipment.; and
(3) Transmission Tower, Guyed: Tower - An open, steel frame structure that requires wires and anchor bolts
for support.
Truck Stop: Any building, premises, or land in which or upon which a business, service, or industry involving the
maintenance, servicing, storage, or repair of commercial vehicles is conducted or rendered, including the
dispensing of motor fuel or other petroleum products directly into motor vehicles and the sale of accessories or
equipment for trucks and similar commercial vehicles. A truck stop also may include overnight accommodations
Page 438 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 36 of 37
and restaurant facilities primarily for the use of truck crews. For the purposes of this definition, a use is classified
as a truck stop when more than ten (10) fuel pumps are used.
Two-Family Home: Two (2) dwelling units on a single platted lot, either side-by-side or upstairs and downstairs.
Also known as a duplex.
Two-Unit Dwelling: A detached residential structure, located within a larger development on a common lot,
providing complete, independent living facilities for two (2) dwelling unitsfamilies including permanent provisions
for living, sleeping, cooking, eating and sanitation.
Use: The actual use(s) of a parcel of ground, whether conducted within or without structures, buildings, or
improvements. An unoccupied and unused structure is not a use, irrespective of its design, purpose, or utility.
Utility Easement: An interest in land granted to the City, to the public generally, and/or to a private utility
company, for installation or maintenance of utilities across, over, or under private land, together with the right to
enter thereon with machines and vehicles as necessary for maintenance of such utilities.
Utility Facility: Infrastructure services and structures necessary to deliver basic utilities essential to the public
health, safety, and welfare. This includes all lines and facilities provided by a public or private agency and related
to the provision, distribution, collection, transmission, or disposal of water, storm and sanitary sewage, oil, gas,
power, information, telephone cable, electricity, and other services provided by the utility. This does not include
wireless telecommunication facilitiesfacilities regulated by Section 6.4.P, Wireless Telecommunication Facilities.
Variance: The modification of a specific standard in this UDO.
Vehicle Repair and Service Shop: Any premises or structures when used for the servicing and/or repair of motor
vehicles, including paint and body work, engine rebuilding, and minor maintenance activities, irrespective of
commercial gain derived therefrom. Excepted from this definition are residential premises where not more than
two (2) motor vehicles belonging to the lawful residents thereof are involved in such activities at any one (1) time,
and not in operating condition, or where not more than one (1) motor vehicle, whether or not in operating
condition, and not belonging to the lawful residents thereof is are involved in such activities for a period of more
than one (1) week, and only one (1) motor vehicle may be serviced and/or repaired each month.
Vehicle Sales and Rental: Any premises or structures used for the sale and or rental of motor vehicles.
Violation: The failure of a structure or other development to be fully compliant with the community's floodplain
management regulations. A structure or other development without the elevation certificate, other certifications,
or other evidence of compliance required by this UDO chapter is presumed to be in violation until such time as that
documentation is provided.
Water Surface Elevation: The height, in relation to the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD) of 1929 (or
another datum if specified), of floods of various magnitudes and frequencies in the floodplains of coastal or
riverine areas.
Watercourse: Any natural or artificial stream, river, creek, ditch, channel, canal, conduit, culvert, drain, waterway,
gully, ravine, or wash, in and including any area adjacent thereto, which is subject to inundation because by reason
of the overflow of flood water.
Wireless Telecommunication Facility (WTF): An unstaffed facility operating for the transmission and reception of
low-power radio signals consisting of an equipment shelter or cabinet, a support structure, antennas, and related
equipment.
Wholesale Sales: Establishments or places of business primarily engaged in selling merchandise to retailers; to
industrial, commercial, institutional, or professional business users; to other wholesalers; or acting as agents or
brokers and buying merchandise for, or selling merchandise to, such individuals or companies.
Yard: Open spaces on the lot or building plot on which a building is situated that and which are open and
unobstructed to the sky by any structure except as herein provided.
Page 439 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 37 of 37
Yard, Exterior Side: A yard that faces and is parallel to a side street.
(1) Yard, Front Yard.: A yard facing and abutting a street and extending across the front of a lot or building
plot between the side property lines and having a minimum horizontal depth measured from the front property
line to a depth of the setback specified for the district in which the lot is located.
(2) Yard, Rear Yard:. A yard extending across the rear of the lot or building plot between the side property
lines and having a minimum depth measured from the rear property line as specified for the district in which the
building plot is located.
(3) Yard, Side Yard:. A yard located on a lot or building plot extending from the required rear yard to the
required front yard having a minimum width measured from the side property line as specified for the district in
which the building plot is located.
Zoning: A method of land use control requiring the categorization of land use of every tract of land within the city
in accordance with this UDO a particular jurisdiction according to a zoning ordinance or code and consistent
usually in accordance with the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map a land use plan which is
intended to preserve the quality of life and orderly development of the citythat jurisdiction.
Page 440 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 1. General Provisions
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 5
Article 1. General Provisions
Sec. 1.1. Short Title.
This Ordinance shall be officially known and cited as the Unified Development Ordinance (UDO) of the City of
College Station, Texas. References to "this Ordinance" or "this UDO" shall be interpreted as references to this
Unified Development Ordinance.
Sec. 1.2. Authority.
This UDO is adopted under the authority of the constitution and laws of the State of Texas, including particularly
Chapters 211 and 212 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended, and pursuant to the provisions of the
Charter and Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas.
Sec. 1.3. Scope and Purpose.
A. This UDO is adopted for the purpose of promoting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the
citizens of the City of College Station. More specifically, this UDO provides for the division of land into
different districts, regulations of such districts, regulations for the subdivision of land and drainage
regulations pertaining thereto. These regulations are designed to be consistent with the Comprehensive
Plan. The Comprehensive Plan is the fundamental guide to all decisions made under this UDO. To implement
the broad goals of the plan, this UDO regulates land use and the division of land to achieve objectives of the
plan that include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Promote the beneficial, economic, and appropriate development of all land and the most desirable use
of land in accordance with a well-considered plan;
2. Protect the character and the established pattern of desirable development in each area;
3. Prevent or minimize land-use incompatibilities and conflicts among different land uses;
4. Establish a process that effectively and fairly applies the regulations and standards of this UDO and
respects the rights of property owners and the interests of citizens; and
5. Implements the Comprehensive Plan through compliance with its elements.
Sec. 1.4. Jurisdiction.
A. Land Within the City Limits.
Except as set forth below, this UDO applies to all land within the city limits of College Station. All structures
and land uses constructed or commenced after the effective date of this UDO, and all enlargements of,
additions to, changes in, and relocations of existing structures and uses occurring after the effective date of
this UDO shall be subject to this UDO.
B. Land Within the Extraterritorial Jurisdiction of College Station.
The City of College Station and Brazos County are, jointly, the primary platting authority in the City's
extraterritorial jurisdiction in Brazos County. Burleson County is the primary platting authority in the portion
of the City's extraterritorial jurisdiction which lies in Burleson County. The following Sections of this UDO
Page 441 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 5
shall apply to all properties outside the city limits of College Station, but lying within the City's extraterritorial
jurisdiction as established by the Municipal Annexation Act:
1. Applicable portions of the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO;
2. Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements;
3. Article 10, Enforcement; and
4. Applicable definitions within Article 11, Definitions.
C. Land Zoned BioCorridor Planned Development District.
The City of College Station and the City of Bryan have adopted common development processes and
standards for land that is zoned BioCorridor Planned Development District in each City's jurisdiction. The
following Sections of the UDO shall not apply to property zoned BioCorridor Planned Development District:
1. Article 3, Development Review Procedures;
2. Article 6, Use Regulations;
3. Article 7, General Development Standards; and
4. Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements, with the exception of the Requirements for Parkland
Dedication Section. Dedication of parkland shall remain in effect for properties within the BioCorridor
Planned Development District.
Sec. 1.5. Applicability.
A. In their interpretation and application, the provisions of this UDO shall be held to be minimum requirements
(including cases where minimum requirements are stated as a maximum standard) adopted for the
promotion of public health, safety, and general welfare.
B. Whenever the requirements of this UDO are at variance with the requirements of any other lawfully adopted
rules, regulations, or ordinances, the requirement that is most restrictive or that imposes higher standards as
determined by the Administrator shall govern. When making the determination, the Administrator must use
the canons of statutory construction to determine the governing regulation.
C. The issuance of any permit, certificate, or approval in accordance with the standards and requirements of
this UDO shall not relieve the recipient of such permit, certificate, or approval from the responsibility of
complying with all other applicable requirements of any other City, state, or federal agency having
jurisdiction over the structures or land uses for which the permit, certificate, or approval was issued.
Sec. 1.6. Relationship to the Comprehensive Plan.
A. It is intended that this UDO implement the planning policies of the City of College Station as adopted as part
of the Comprehensive Plan.
B. The Comprehensive Plan, including any associated plans or studies adopted by the City Council, shall be
required prior to, or concurrent with, permitting development that would conflict with such plan.
C. The alignments of proposed thoroughfares, bicycle and pedestrian facilities, and other linear public facilities
and infrastructure described and/or depicted as part of the Comprehensive Plan and associated plans or
studies are generalized locations that are subject to modifications to fit local conditions, budget constraints,
and right-of-way and easement availability that warrant further refinement as development occurs.
Alignments approved by the Administrator that are within one thousand (1,000) feet of the alignment
described and/or shown on the adopted plan documents will not require an amendment to the associated
plan. The Administrator may update geographic information system (GIS) map layers and other
Page 442 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 5
representations within the aforementioned discretion to reflect existing, approved, or studied conditions as
development occurs.
Sec. 1.7. Effective Date.
This UDO shall become effective and be in full force and effect ninety (90) days from its passage and approval by
the City Council, as duly attested by the Mayor and City Secretary.
Sec. 1.8. Annual Review.
The City Council shall review annually the Comprehensive Plan and this UDO. The review, or any delay in the
review by the City Council, shall not affect the legality of the Comprehensive Plan or this UDO.
Sec. 1.9. Severability.
Should any section or provision of this UDO be declared by the courts to be unconstitutional or invalid, such
decision shall not affect the validity of the ordinance as a whole or any part thereof, other than the part so
declared to be unconstitutional or invalid.
Sec. 1.10. Transitional Provisions.
A. Pending Construction.
1. Building Permits.
As provided by Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended, nothing in this UDO
shall require any change in plans, construction, size, or designated use of any building, structure, or
part thereof that has been granted a building permit prior to the effective date of this UDO, or any
amendment to this UDO, provided construction shall begin consistent with the terms and conditions of
the building permit and proceed to completion in a timely manner.
2. Approved Site Plans.
Nothing in this UDO shall require a change in a site plan approved prior to the effective date of this
UDO, provided a building permit is issued prior to expiration of the site plan, and construction begins
consistent with the terms and conditions of the building permit and proceeds to completion in a timely
manner.
B. Zoning Districts.
1. Retained Districts.
The following zoning districts and district names in effect prior to the effective date of this UDO and
represented on the Official Zoning Map of the City of College Station shall remain in effect. Those
districts are shown in the following table:
Retained District Name Effective Date
WPC Wolf Pen Creek Development Corridor June 13, 2003
NG-1 Core Northgate June 13, 2003
NG-3 Residential Northgate June 13, 2003
CU College and University June 13, 2003
PDD Planned Development District June 13, 2003
OV Corridor Overlay June 13, 2003
2. Renamed Districts.
Page 443 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 5
The following zoning districts shall henceforth be renamed as shown in the following table:
Previous District Previous Name New District New Name Effective Date
A-OX Existing Rural Residential A-O Agricultural-Open June 13, 2003
R-1A Single-Family Residential R-1 Single-Family Residential June 13, 2003
M-1 Planned Industrial M-1 Light Industrial June 13, 2003
R-6 Apartment High Density R-6 High Density Multi-Family June 13, 2003
NG-2 Commercial Northgate NG-2 Transitional Northgate April 2, 2006
A-P Administrative Professional O Office October 7, 2012
C-1 General Commercial GC General Commercial October 7, 2012
C-2 Commercial Industrial CI Commercial Industrial October 7, 2012
A-O Agricultural Open R Rural September 22, 2013
A-OR Rural Residential Subdivision E Estate September 22, 2013
R-1 Single-Family Residential GS General Suburban September 22, 2013
R-2 Duplex Residential D Duplex September 22, 2013
R-3 Townhouse T Townhouse September 22, 2013
R-7 Manufactured Home Park MHP Manufactured Home Park September 22, 2013
WPC Wolf Pen Creek Development Corridor WPC Wolf Pen Creek June 22, 2023
3. Combined Districts.
The following zoning districts shall henceforth be combined as reflected in the following table:
Combined Districts Name New District New Name Effective Date
R-4 Apartment/Low Density R-4 Multi-Family June 13, 2003
R-5 Apartment/Medium Density
C-B Business Commercial C-1 General Commercial June 13, 2003
C-1 General Commercial
C-3 Planned Commercial C-3 Light Commercial June 13, 2003
C-N Neighborhood Business
4. Retired Districts.
The following districts are no longer eligible for Official Zoning Map amendment requests. Properties
with the following designations at the time of this amendment retain all uses, regulations, and
requirements associated with these districts.
Retired District Name Effective Date
C-3 Light Commercial October 7, 2012
R&D Research & Development October 7, 2012
M-1 Light Industrial October 7, 2012
M-2 Heavy Industrial October 7, 2012
R-1B Single-Family Residential September 22, 2013
R-4 Multi-Family December 28, 2014
R-6 High Density Multi-Family December 28, 2014
NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay June 21, 2020
5. New Districts.
Page 444 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:11 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 5
The following districts are hereby created and added to those in effect at the time of the adoption of
this UDO.
New District Name Effective Date
RDD Redevelopment District June 13, 2003
P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use Development June 13, 2003
NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay December 13, 2007
HP Historic Preservation Overlay September 11, 2008
NAP Natural Areas Protected October 7, 2012
SC Suburban Commercial October 7, 2012
BP Business Park October 7, 2012
BPI Business Park Industrial October 7, 2012
RS Restricted Suburban September 22, 2013
MF Multi-Family December 28, 2014
MU Mixed-Use December 28, 2014
WE Wellborn Estate August 7, 2016
WRS Wellborn Restricted Suburban August 7, 2016
WC Wellborn Commercial August 7, 2016
ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay April 19, 2021
MH Middle Housing November 6, 2022
6. Redesignated District.
Henceforth all areas designated PUD Planned Unit Development shall be redesignated PDD Planned
Development Districts. The individual ordinances that created the PUD Planned Unit Developments
shall remain in effect, along with all provisions and conditions listed therein. Any modification of a
former PUD Planned Unit Development shall follow the provisions for PDD Planned Development
Districts listed herein.
Previous District Name Redesignated District Name Effective Date
PUD Planned Unit Development PDD Planned Development District June 13, 2003
7. Deleted Districts.
The following districts not existing on the Official Zoning Map are hereby deleted:
Deleted District Name Effective Date
C-PUD Commercial Planned Unit Development June 13, 2003
C-NG Commercial Northgate June 13, 2003
KO Krenek Tap Overlay April 22, 2018
Page 445 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 2. Development Review Bodies
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 1 of 21
Article 2. Development Review Bodies
Sec. 2.1. City Council.
A. General.
The City Council will be responsible for final action regarding the text of this UDO and the Official Zoning
Map.
B. Powers and Duties.
As provided and established within the City of College Station Charter, the City Council has the following
powers and duties regarding this UDO:
1. Appointments.
The City Council shall have the responsibility of appointing and removing any member of the Planning
and Zoning Commission, Zoning Board of Adjustment, Design Review Board, Landmark Commission,
and Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board.
2. Final Action.
The City Council shall hear and take final action on the following:
a. Development agreements and oversize participation agreements for City participation in cost-
sharing of infrastructure improvements;
b. Conditional use permits;
c. Official Zoning Map amendments (rezonings);
d. Concept plans for P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use Districts and PDD Planned Development Districts;
e. Unified Development Ordinance text amendments;
f. Comprehensive Plan amendments;
g. Impact fee land use decisions and Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) priorities;
h. Annexations;
i. Appeal of the Planning and Zoning Commission's decision regarding a development exaction
appeal;
j. Appeal of the Landmark Commission's denial of a certificate of appropriateness;
k. Appeal of the Landmark Commission's decision of a certificate of demolition; and
l. Petitions to form a municipal utility district.
Sec. 2.2. Planning and Zoning Commission.
A. Creation.
Page 446 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 2 of 21
The City Council shall provide for the appointment of a Planning and Zoning Commission and the regulations
and restrictions adopted shall be pursuant to the provisions of applicable statutory requirements of the State
of Texas.
B. Membership and Terms.
1. Number, Appointment.
A Planning and Zoning Commission is hereby created to consist of seven (7) members. Members shall
be residents of the City of College Station and eligible voters. Additionally, one (1) or more ad hoc
members may be appointed as needed or desired to review impact fee land use assumptions and
capital improvements plans and to perform such other duties in accordance with Chapter 395 of the
Texas Local Government Code, as amended.
2. Terms.
The term of office is three (3) years.
3. Term Limits.
Terms of office shall be limited to six (6) consecutive years.
4. Vacancies.
Vacancies shall be filled by the City Council for the unexpired term of any member whose position
becomes vacant.
C. Officers, Meetings, Quorum.
1. Officers.
A chairperson shall be appointed annually by the City Council. The Planning and Zoning Commission
shall select a vice-chairperson from among its members as needed.
2. Meetings.
Members of the Planning and Zoning Commission shall meet regularly, and the chairperson shall
designate the time and place of such meetings. All meetings of the Commission where a quorum is
present shall be open to the public.
3. Quorum.
Four (4) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. Any recommendation
advanced to the City Council without a majority of positive votes from those members present shall be
deemed a negative report.
4. Rules of Proceeding.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall adopt its own rules of procedure.
5. Minutes.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each
member upon each question, or, if absent or failing to vote, indicating that fact and shall keep records
of its examinations and other official actions, all of which shall be immediately filed in the Planning and
Development Services Department and shall be a public record.
D. Powers and Duties.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Comprehensive Plan.
Page 447 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 3 of 21
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall make recommendations for the effective coordination of
the various City departments, committees, and boards, in implementing the Comprehensive Plan.
2. Recommendations.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall review and make recommendations to the City Council
subject to the terms and conditions set forth for such uses in this UDO for the following:
a. Conditional use permits;
b. Official Zoning Map amendments (rezonings);
c. Concept plans for P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use Districts and PDD Planned Development Districts;
d. Unified Development Ordinance text amendments;
e. Comprehensive Plan amendments;
f. Impact fee land use decisions and Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) priorities;
g. Annexations; and
h. Petitions to form a municipal utility district.
3. Final Action.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall hear and take final action on the following:
a. Applicable appeals of decisions of the Design Review Board;
b. Preliminary plans and plats not approved by staff as set forth in the Plats Section in Article 3,
Development Review Procedures of this UDO;
c. Waivers of the standards in Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO;
d. Appeal of the Administrator's determination of a development exaction;
e. Appeal of the Administrator's denial of a plat;
f. Appeal of the Administrator's determination regarding the applicability of plat requirements;
g. Appeal of the Administrator's denial of an alternative parking plan; and
h. Appeal of the Administrator's interpretation of the provisions of Article 8, Subdivision Design and
Improvements of this UDO.
E. Staff.
1. The Administrator shall provide staff to the Planning and Zoning Commission as needed.
2. Where ministerial acts have not been completed, the staff shall ensure that the changes to plats are
completed as approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission.
Sec. 2.3. Zoning Board of Adjustment.
A. Creation.
The City Council shall provide for the appointment of a Zoning Board of Adjustment and the regulations and
restrictions adopted shall be pursuant to the provisions of applicable statutory requirements of the State of
Texas.
B. Membership and Terms.
1. Number, Appointment.
Page 448 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 4 of 21
The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall consist of five (5) members who are residents of the City of
College Station and eligible voters. Appointment of members shall be made by the City Council. The
City Council may provide for the appointment of four (4) alternate members of the Zoning Board of
Adjustment who shall serve in the absence of one (1) or more regular members when requested to do
so.
2. Terms.
Each member of the Zoning Board of Adjustment shall be appointed for a term of two (2) years. Three
(3) members shall be appointed in even-numbered years and two (2) members shall be appointed in
odd-numbered years to maintain a membership of five (5) members. Any alternate members
appointed shall serve for the same period as the regular members and any vacancies shall be filled in
the same manner as the regular members.
3. Vacancies.
Vacancies shall be filled by the City Council for the unexpired term of any member whose term
becomes vacant.
C. Officers, Meetings, Quorum.
1. Officers.
A chairperson shall be appointed annually by the City Council. The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall
select a vice-chairperson from among its members.
2. Meetings.
Meetings of the Zoning Board of Adjustment shall be held at the call of the chairperson and at such
other times as the Board may determine. Such chairperson, or in their absence the vice-chairperson,
may administer oaths and compel the attendance of witnesses. All meetings of the Board where a
quorum is present shall be open to the public.
3. Quorum.
All cases heard by the Zoning Board of Adjustment will always be heard by a minimum number of four
(4) members. Four (4) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and no
variance or appeal shall be granted without a concurring vote of four (4) members.
4. Rules of Proceeding.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall adopt its own rules of procedure.
5. Minutes.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall keep minutes of its proceedings, indicating the vote of each
member on each question or the fact that a member is absent or fails to vote, and shall keep records of
its examinations and other official actions. The minutes and records shall be immediately filed in the
Planning and Development Services Department and shall be a public record.
D. Powers and Duties.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Variances.
To hear and decide requests for variance from the setback, parking number or dimensions, parking
island number or dimensions, sign (excluding sign regulations in the extraterritorial jurisdiction),
maximum height, or lot size or dimension requirements of this UDO. Also, to hear and decide drainage
variances (excluding landscaping provisions) in accordance with the Flood Hazard Protection Article of
Page 449 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 5 of 21
Chapter 105, Floods of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances when strict application of the
provisions of the ordinance would result in unnecessary hardship.
Specifically excluded from the variance process are requests for relief from a site plan requirement
imposed by the Administrator when the requirement was necessary to gain compliance with the
criteria for approval of a site plan in the Site Plans Section of Article 3, Development Review
Procedures of this UDO. Such requests will be heard and decided by the Design Review Board.
Also excluded are roadway and infrastructure construction criteria and other regulations contained in
Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO. Such requests shall require waivers
granted by the Planning and Zoning Commission.
2. Administrative Appeals.
To hear and decide appeals where it is alleged there is an error in any order, requirement, decision,
interpretation, or determination made by the Administrator or their designee in the enforcement of
this UDO.
3. Official Zoning Map.
To interpret the intent of the Official Zoning Map where uncertainty exists because the physical
features on the ground vary from those on the Official Zoning Map.
4. Nonconformities.
To hear and decide requests for the completion, enlargement, extension, or structural alteration of
buildings and structures devoted to non-conforming uses in accordance with the Nonconforming Uses
Section of Article 9, Nonconformities of this UDO.
5. Special Exceptions.
To hear and decide requests for special exceptions for the parking of vehicles on residential yards in
accordance with the Stopping, Standing and Parking Article of Chapter 38, Traffic and Vehicles of the
City of College Station Code of Ordinances.
6. Distance Requirements.
To hear and consider deviations from the distance requirements for the keeping of domestic livestock,
fowl, and rabbits in accordance with the Livestock, Birds, Exotic Animals And Wild Animals Article of
Chapter 6, Animals of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances.
7. Easterwood Field Airport Zoning.
To hear and decide requests for appeals, special exemptions, and variances in accordance with the
Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance.
E. Staff.
The Administrator shall provide staff to the Zoning Board of Adjustment as needed.
Sec. 2.4. Design Review Board.
A. Creation.
A Design Review Board is hereby established by the City of College Station for the purpose of enhancing the
City's ability to review sign, building, and site design issues, including architectural issues as specified in this
UDO, by bringing expertise from the community to bear on these issues in designated design districts.
B. Membership and Terms.
Page 450 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 6 of 21
1. The Design Review Board shall consist of seven (7) members. Six (6) of the members shall be appointed
by the City Council.
a. The City Council shall appoint a representative with expertise from each of the following
disciplines or groups:
1) Architecture;
2) Landscape architecture;
3) Business; and
4) Design district connection (e.g., developer, land owner, business owner, resident, or
employee within a design district).
b. The City Council shall appoint two members that are citizens-at-large.
c. The final regular member shall be the chairperson of the Planning and Zoning Commission or
their designee.
2. With the exception of the chairperson of the Planning and Zoning Commission or their designee who
shall serve on the Design Review Board as long as the chairperson serves as chair of the Planning and
Zoning Commission, the term of office is three (3) years.
3. The Design Review Board is a governmental body and shall comply with the Open Meetings Act.
C. Officers, Meetings, Quorum.
1. Officers.
A chairperson shall be appointed annually by the City Council. The Design Review Board shall select a
vice-chairperson from among its members.
2. Meetings.
Members of the Design Review Board shall meet regularly, and the chairperson shall designate the
time and place of such meetings. All meetings of the Board where a quorum is present shall be open to
the public.
3. Quorum.
Four (4) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. Any recommendation
or decision which does not receive a majority of positive votes from those members present shall be
deemed a negative report.
4. Rules of Proceeding.
The Design Review Board shall adopt its own rules of procedure.
5. Minutes.
The Design Review Board shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote, indicating such fact,
and shall keep records of its examinations and other official actions, all of which shall be immediately
filed in the Planning and Development Services Department and shall be a public record.
D. Powers and Duties.
The Design Review Board has the following powers and duties:
1. WPC Wolf Pen Creek Standards Waivers.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests for waivers from the standards in the Wolf
Pen Creek (WPC) Subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements
Page 451 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 7 of 21
and Supplemental Standards of this UDO as limited to the possible waivers authorized by that
Subsection.
2. WPC Wolf Pen Creek Parking Waivers.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests to vary from the amount of required parking
in WPC Wolf Pen Creek.
3. NG Northgate District Standards Waivers.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests to vary from the standards in the Northgate
Districts (NG) Subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and
Supplemental Standards of this UDO as limited to the possible waivers authorized by that Subsection.
4. Driveway Appeals.
The Design Review Board shall hear appeals to decisions of the Development Engineer regarding
driveway appeals.
5. Appeal of Requirement Based on Site Plan Review Criteria.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide appeals of the Administrator's application of site plan
requirements to assure compliance with the Site Plans Section and the Site Plans in WPC Wolf Pen
Creek Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO.
6. Buffer Appeals.
The Design Review Board shall hear appeals of buffer requirements listed in the Buffer Requirements
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
7. Non-Residential Architectural Standards Appeals.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide waiver requests as specified in the Non-Residential
Architectural Standards Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
8. Non-Residential Architectural Standards Alternative Compliance.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide on proposals for alternative compliance with the Non-
Residential Architectural Standards Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
E. Staff.
The Administrator shall provide staff to the Design Review Board as needed.
Sec. 2.5. Landmark Commission.
A. Creation.
A Landmark Commission is hereby established by the City of College Station for the purpose of enhancing the
City's ability to identify and protect historically and/or culturally significant districts, areas, sites, buildings,
and structures by bringing expertise from the community in those areas related to the designation of HP
Historic Preservation Overlays and protection of the contributing elements within them.
B. Membership and Terms.
1. The Landmark Commission shall consist of seven (7) regular members and two (2) alternate members.
Six (6) of the regular members and the two (2) alternate members shall be appointed by the City
Council. City Council shall apportion membership according to the following fields of expertise or
specialized knowledge:
a. One (1) member shall represent one (1) of the following fields or professions:
Page 452 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 8 of 21
1) History; or
2) Archaeology.
b. Two (2) members shall be the owners of the following:
1) Property in the City’s Historic Marker Program; or
2) Property within an HP Historic Preservation Overlay. If no HP Historic Preservation Overlay
has yet been applied to property in the City of College Station, a property owner(s) of land
platted prior to 1970 may be considered.
c. Two (2) members shall represent any combination of the following fields or professions:
1) Architecture: an architect, previously registered architect, architect registered in another
state, or professor in the field of architecture;
2) Landscape architecture: a landscape architect, previously registered landscape architect,
landscape architect registered in another state, or professor in the field of landscape
architecture;
3) Urban planning: a certified planner, previously certified planner, a planner with at least
three (3) years of municipal planning experience, or professor in the field of urban
planning; or
4) Historical preservation specialist: an experienced professional who provides technical and
strategic expertise to promote the viability, reuse, and integrity of historic buildings and/or
properties.
d. One (1) member shall represent one (1) of the following fields or professions:
1) Banking, finance, or economics;
2) Real estate; or
3) Law.
e. One (1) alternate shall represent the membership criteria identified in Subsection b above.
f. One (1) alternate shall represent any of the fields identified in Subsections a, c, or d above.
The final regular member shall be the chairperson of the Historic Preservation Committee or their
designee.
The City Council shall prioritize Landmark Commission candidates within each Subsection above on
their demonstrated expertise and interest in historic preservation. In the event any of the
memberships assigned to a particular field of expertise or specialized knowledge identified above in
Subsections a, b, c, or d cannot be timely filled (in the judgment of the City Council) with a qualified
candidate, the City Council may appoint citizens-at-large that have demonstrated interest in historic
preservation to fill such places.
2. Members shall be appointed for three (3) year terms or until their successors are appointed. Two (2)
members shall be appointed each year.
3. The Landmark Commission shall comply with the Open Meetings Act.
C. Officers, Meetings, Quorum.
1. Officers.
A chairperson shall be appointed annually by the City Council. The Landmark Commission shall select a
vice-chairperson from among its members.
Page 453 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 9 of 21
2. Meetings.
Members of the Landmark Commission shall meet regularly, and the chairperson shall designate the
time and place of such meetings. All meetings of the Commission where a quorum is present shall be
open to the public.
3. Quorum.
Four (4) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. Any recommendation
or decision which does not receive a majority of positive votes shall be deemed a negative report.
4. Rules of Proceeding.
The Landmark Commission shall adopt its own rules of procedure.
5. Minutes.
The Landmark Commission shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote, indicating such
fact, and shall keep records of its examinations and other official actions, all of which shall be
immediately filed in the Planning and Development Services Department and shall be a public record.
D. Powers and Duties.
The Landmark Commission shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Duties.
a. Review and approve surveys conducted and maintained by the City that include an inventory of
significant historic, architectural, and cultural resources within College Station according to
guidelines established by the Texas Historical Commission;
b. Utilize such surveys to identify potential property appropriate for the application of HP Historic
Preservation Overlays;
c. Review and approve surveys conducted and maintained by the City that include an inventory of
all properties located within an HP Historic Preservation Overlay within College Station;
d. Nominate properties to the National Register of Historic Places;
e. Establish an ad hoc three (3) person Economic Review Panel when a property owner in an HP
Historic Preservation Overlay requests a certificate of demolition based on the reason that no
economically viable use of the property exists. The Economic Review Panel must be comprised of
three (3) independent experts knowledgeable in one (1) or more of the following fields: the
economics of real estate, building renovation, or redevelopment. "Independent" as used in this
subparagraph means that the expert has no financial interest in the property, its renovation, or
redevelopment; is not an employee of the property owner; is not a City employee; is not a
member of the Landmark Commission; and is not compensated for serving on the Economic
Review Panel. The Economic Review Panel must consist of one (1) person selected by the
Landmark Commission, one (1) person selected by the property owner, and one (1) person
selected by the first two (2) appointees. If the first two (2) appointees cannot agree on a third
appointee within thirty (30) calendar days after submission of all of the required documentation
supporting the application, the third appointee will be selected by the Administrator within five
(5) days. Within thirty-five (35) calendar days after submission of all of the required
documentation supporting the application, all appointments to the Economic Review Panel shall
be made;
f. Act in an advisory role to the City Council, all appointed boards and commissions, and City
departments regarding the protection of local historic, architectural, and cultural resources;
Page 454 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 10 of 21
g. Review and make recommendations to the appropriate county historical commission of all
proposed National Register of Historic Places nominations for properties within College Station;
and
h. Prepare and submit annually to the City Council a report summarizing the work completed during
the previous year.
2. Recommendations.
The Landmark Commission shall make recommendations to the Planning and Zoning Commission
subject to the terms and conditions set forth for such uses in this UDO for the following:
a. The effective coordination of the various City departments, committees, and boards, in
implementing the Comprehensive Plan as it relates to historic preservation;
b. The adoption of Unified Development Ordinance text amendments as they relate to the
designation of HP Historic Preservation Overlays and the processes and standards for properties
within HP Historic Preservation Overlays; and
c. The designation of HP Historic Preservation Overlays.
The Landmark Commission shall make recommendations to the City Council for the following:
1) The utilization of state, federal, or private funds to promote the preservation of HP Historic
Preservation Overlays within College Station; and
2) The acceptance of the dedication of easements for the purpose of historic preservation.
3. Final Action.
The Landmark Commission shall hear and take final action on the following:
a. Applications for certificates of appropriateness;
b. Applications for certificates of demolition; and
c. Certifications of properties of demolition by neglect, notices to owners of certified demolition by
neglect properties, and referrals for enforcement.
E. Staff.
The Administrator shall provide staff, including a Historic Preservation Officer, to the Landmark Commission
as needed.
Sec. 2.6. Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board.
A. Creation.
A Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board is hereby established by the City of College Station for
the purpose of advising and recommending to the City Council, the Planning and Zoning Commission, and
other appointed boards and commissions on all matters concerning bicycling, walking, and greenways.
B. Membership and Terms.
1. Number, Appointment.
The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall consist of seven (7) members who are
residents of the City of College Station and eligible voters. Appointment of members shall be made by
the City Council. The Board shall consist of the following:
a. One (1) member shall represent one (1) of the following fields or professions:
Page 455 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 11 of 21
1) Real estate;
2) Banking, finance, or economics;
3) Law.
b. One (1) member shall represent one (1) of the following fields or professions:
1) Recreation;
2) Health;
3) Kinesiology.
c. Two (2) members that are residents with a demonstrated interest in walking, running, bicycling
or open space preservation.
d. One (1) member shall represent one (1) of the following fields or professions:
1) Environmental/ecological sciences;
2) Stormwater/floodplain management;
3) Natural resources.
e. One (1) member shall represent one (1) of the following fields or professions:
1) Transportation planning;
2) Engineering;
3) Architecture;
4) Landscape architecture;
5) Urban planning.
The final regular member shall be the chairperson of the Council Transportation and Mobility
Committee or their designee.
The City Council shall prioritize Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board candidates within
each Subsection above by their demonstrated expertise. In the event any of the memberships assigned
to a particular field of expertise or specialized knowledge identified in the above Subsections cannot be
timely filled (in the judgment of the City Council) with a qualified candidate, the City Council may
appoint citizens-at-large that have demonstrated interest in bicycling, walking, and greenways to fill
such places.
2. Terms.
With the exception of the chairperson of the Council Transportation and Mobility Committee or their
designee who shall serve on the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board for as long as the
chairperson serves on the Council Transportation and Mobility Committee, the term of office is three
years.
3. Vacancies.
Vacancies shall be filled by the City Council for the unexpired term of any member whose term
becomes vacant.
C. Officers, Meetings, Quorum.
1. Officers.
Page 456 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 12 of 21
A chairperson shall be appointed annually by the City Council. The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways
Advisory Board shall select a vice-chairperson from among its members.
2. Meetings.
Members of the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall meet regularly, and the
chairperson shall designate the time and place of such meetings. All meetings of the Board where a
quorum is present shall be open to the public.
3. Quorum.
Four (4) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Any recommendation or
decision which does not receive a majority of positive votes shall be deemed a negative report.
4. Rules of Proceeding.
The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall adopt its own rules of procedure.
5. Minutes.
The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing
the vote, indicating such fact, and shall keep records of its examinations and other official actions, all of
which shall be immediately filed in the Planning and Development Services Department and shall be
public record.
D. Powers and Duties.
The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Duties.
a. Support the implementation of the transportation element of the Comprehensive Plan and the
Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan;
b. Promote and encourage bicycling and walking as accepted forms of transportation;
c. Review project designs related to bicycle, pedestrian, and greenway improvements, including
review of plats, site plans, and capital improvement projects;
d. Assist in identifying and applying for alternative funding sources for bicycle, pedestrian, and
greenway facilities, programs, services, and projects;
e. Promote education and safety programs for bicyclists, pedestrians, and motorists;
f. Facilitate citizen participation in local governments’ consideration of matters involving bicycle,
pedestrian, and greenway issues;
g. Promote intergovernmental and public/private coordination on bicycle, pedestrian, and
greenway matters including working with local businesses and other organizations; and
h. Perform other duties as may be assigned.
2. Recommendations.
The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall make recommendations to the Planning
and Zoning Commission subject to the terms and conditions set forth for such uses in this UDO for the
following:
a. The adoption of Comprehensive Plan amendments as they relate to bicycling, walking, and
greenways;
Page 457 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 13 of 21
b. The adoption of Unified Development Ordinance text amendments as they relate to bicycling,
walking, and greenways;
c. The setting of impact fee/Capital Improvement Plan priorities as they relate to bicycling, walking,
and greenways.
The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board shall make recommendations to the City
Council for the following:
a. The adoption of Comprehensive Plan amendments as they relate to bicycling, walking, and
greenways;
b. The adoption of Unified Development Ordinance text amendments as they relate to bicycling,
walking, and greenways;
c. The setting of impact fee/Capital Improvement Plan priorities as they relate to bicycling, walking,
and greenways.
E. Staff.
The Administrator shall provide staff to the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board as needed.
Sec. 2.7. BioCorridor Board.
A. Creation.
A BioCorridor Board is hereby created for the purpose of enhancing the community’s ability to consistently
review subdivision, building, and site design issues of the unique, multi-jurisdictional BioCorridor Planned
Development District. The BioCorridor Board shall bring governing expertise from each City and a
representative of Texas A&M University to bear on these issues within the BioCorridor area.
B. Membership and Terms.
1. Number, Appointment.
A BioCorridor Board is hereby created to consist of seven (7) members as follows:
a. Appointment of three (3) members shall be made by the College Station City Council. Two (2) of
these appointments shall be members of the City of College Station’s Planning and Zoning
Commission. One (1) appointment shall be a member of the College Station City Council.
b. Appointment of three (3) members shall be made by the Bryan City Council. Two (2) of these
appointments shall be members of the City of Bryan’s Planning and Zoning Commission. One (1)
appointment shall be a member of the Bryan City Council.
c. Appointment of one (1) member shall be made by the Chancellor of the Texas A&M University
System or their designee. This appointment shall be an employee of the Texas A&M University
System.
2. Terms.
a. Terms of members of the BioCorridor Board shall be for two (2) years or until their successors are
appointed.
b. Should a BioCorridor Board member no longer qualify for their position, that member’s term
shall be ended immediately upon such disqualifying event (for example, if an appointed Planning
and Zoning Commissioner is no longer a Commissioner for the City).
3. Vacancies.
Page 458 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 14 of 21
Vacancies shall be filled by the governing entity/person responsible for the appointment.
C. Officers, Meetings, Quorum.
1. Officers.
A chairperson and a vice-chairperson shall be selected every two (2) years from among its members.
The chairperson and vice-chairperson shall be municipal representatives and shall not be appointees
from the same municipality. The vice-chairperson may act as chairperson when the chairperson is not
available.
2. Meetings.
Members of the BioCorridor Board shall meet as needed and the chairperson shall designate the time
and place of such meetings. All meetings of the Board where a quorum is present shall be open to the
public. The BioCorridor Board shall comply with the Open Meetings Act.
3. Quorum.
Four (4) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. Any recommendations
advanced to a different regulatory entity without a majority of positive votes from those members
present shall be deemed a negative recommendation.
4. Rules of Proceeding.
The BioCorridor Board may adopt its own rules of procedure consistent with this Ordinance.
5. Minutes.
The BioCorridor Board shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each member upon
each question, or, if absent or failing to vote, indicating that fact and shall keep records of its
examinations and other official actions, all of which shall be immediately filed in the Planning and
Development Services office of the City of Bryan and shall be a public record. A copy of all such records
shall be delivered to the Planning and Development Services office of the City of College Station by the
City of Bryan within ten (10) working days of filing.
D. Powers and Duties.
The BioCorridor Board shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Recommendations.
a. The BioCorridor Board shall review and make recommendations to City staff of College Station
and Bryan regarding improvements in the public realm that further the aesthetics, identity, and
access to and within the BioCorridor Planned Development District.
b. The BioCorridor Board shall review and make recommendations to the City of College Station
Planning and Zoning Commission regarding waivers of the standards in the Subdivision Design
and Improvements Section of Exhibit D of Ordinance No. 2019-4085.
2. Final Action.
The BioCorridor Board shall hear and take final action on the following:
a. Special district identification signs as set forth in Ordinance No. 2019-4085;
b. Temporary signs promoting positive communications as set forth in Ordinance No. 2019-4085;
c. Works of art and their locations when located in the public right-of-way or other public area as
set forth in Ordinance No. 2019-4085;
Page 459 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 15 of 21
d. Appeal of the BioCorridor Review Committee’s determination regarding the applicability of plat
requirements;
e. Appeal of the BioCorridor Review Committee’s denial of a site plan as set forth in the Site Plan
Review Section of Exhibit D of Ordinance No. 2019-4085;
f. Waivers to the dimensional requirements and number of parking spaces required in the Off-
Street Parking Requirements Section of Exhibit D of Ordinance No. 2019-4085;
g. Appeal of the BioCorridor Review Committee’s denial of an alternative parking plan;
h. Alternative highway buffers standards as allowed in Ordinance No. 2019-4085; and
i. Appeal of the terms of the highway buffers standards as set forth in Ordinance No. 2019-4085.
E. Staff.
The City of College Station and the City of Bryan shall provide staff support to the BioCorridor Board as
needed.
1. BioCorridor Review Committee.
The BioCorridor Review Committee will provide background information and recommendations to the
Board as set forth in Ordinance No. 2019-4085.
2. Administrative Support.
The City of College Station and/or the City of Bryan shall provide administrative support functions for
each meeting, such as agenda posting and the filing of minutes.
3. Planning Representative.
Where ministerial acts have not been completed, the planning representative of the City in which the
project is located shall ensure that the changes to plats and/or plans are completed as approved by the
BioCorridor Board.
Sec. 2.8. Administrator.
A. Designation.
The Director of Planning and Development Services shall serve as the Administrator. Where this UDO assigns
a responsibility, power, or duty to the Administrator, the Administrator may delegate that responsibility,
power, or duty to any other agent or employee of the City whom the Administrator may reasonably
determine.
B. Powers and Duties.
The Administrator shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Administration and Enforcement.
The Administrator shall administer and enforce the provisions of this UDO.
2. Interpretation.
The Administrator is responsible for interpreting the provisions of this UDO. The Administrator shall
make written interpretations of this UDO when requested, setting forth the reasons and explanation
therefore.
3. Building Permits.
Page 460 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 16 of 21
The Administrator shall review and certify that the proposed construction, moving, alteration, or use of
the land either does or does not comply with the provisions of this UDO prior to the issuance of a
building permit by the Building Official.
4. Final Action.
The Administrator shall review and take final action on the following:
a. Sign permits;
b. Site plans;
c. Architectural reviews;
d. Administrative adjustments;
e. Preliminary plans as set forth in the Plats Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of
this UDO;
f. Plats as set forth in the Plats Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO;
g. Determination of building plot as set forth in the General Provisions Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO;
h. Certificate of appropriateness routine maintenance work reviews;
i. Determination regarding the applicability of plat requirements; and
j. Alternative parking plans as set forth in the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDO.
5. Other Duties.
a. The Administrator, or their designee, shall serve as the Historic Preservation Officer for the City.
As such, the Historic Preservation Officer shall serve as a representative of the Landmark
Commission and shall be responsible for coordinating the Landmark Commission’s preservation
activities with the Historic Preservation Committee, those of state and federal agencies, and with
local, state, and national nonprofit preservation organizations.
b. The Administrator shall perform other duties imposed under the provisions of the City of College
Station Code of Ordinances.
c. The Administrator shall administer and enforce the regulations of the Easterwood Field Airport
Zoning Ordinance.
Sec. 2.9. Building Official.
A. Designation.
The Administrator shall designate the Building Official for the City of College Station. The Building Official
may delegate that responsibility, power, or duty to any other agent or employee of the City whom the
Building Official may reasonably determine.
B. Powers and Duties.
The Building Official shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Building Inspections.
The Building Official shall have the power to conduct inspections of buildings and premises to carry out
their duties herein and to determine compliance with the provisions of this UDO.
Page 461 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 17 of 21
2. Building Permits.
The Building Official shall issue building permits.
3. Certificate of Occupancy.
The Building Official shall issue certificates of occupancy.
4. Certificates of Completion.
The Building Official shall issue certificates of completion.
Sec. 2.10. Development Engineer.
A. Designation.
The City Engineer shall designate the Development Engineer.
B. Responsibility.
The Development Engineer, or their designee, shall implement, administer, and oversee the provisions,
terms, and conditions of all engineering and flood hazard protection requirements within this UDO. The
Development Engineer may delegate that responsibility, power, or duty to any other agent or employee of
the City whom the Development Engineer may reasonably determine.
C. Powers and Duties.
The Development Engineer has the following powers and duties regarding engineering requirements and
flood hazard protection:
1. Review and approve, approve with conditions, or deny driveway applications;
2. Maintain and hold open for public inspection all records of the provisions of the flood hazard
protection regulations;
3. Review and approve, approve with conditions, or deny all applications for development permits;
4. Assure that adequate inspection of construction permitted under the terms and provisions of this UDO
is carried out in accordance with the permitted plan;
5. Maintain, update, and provide to interested parties at a reasonable cost the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines, Technical Specifications and Standard Details;
6. Assure that adequate maintenance of drainage pathways, including altered or relocated waterways, is
provided such that capacity for carrying stormwater flows is maintained;
7. Provide interpretation, where required, of boundaries of areas of special flood hazard, location of the
floodway, and water surface elevations, when disputes arise during review;
8. Provide information to the Zoning Board of Adjustment, Municipal Court, or City Council, as applicable
on all variance requests, administrative appeals, enforcement actions, and proposed amendments to
the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines, Technical Specifications and Standard Details as
required;
9. Review and utilize any acceptable new flood study data in accordance with the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines, Technical Specifications and Standard Details;
10. Notify adjacent communities and the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), prior to any
alteration or relocation of a watercourse, and submit evidence of notification to the Federal Insurance
Administration;
Page 462 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 18 of 21
11. Review and make recommendations to the City Council concerning development agreements;
12. Interpret the terms and provisions of the Flood Hazard Protection Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO, as required, as they apply to each project, in accordance with the
stated purpose of that Section;
13. Review permits for proposed development to ensure that all necessary permits have been obtained
from those federal, state, or local governmental agencies (including Section 404 of the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, 33 U.S.C. 1334) from which prior approval is required;
14. Review and approve or deny alternative materials or standards for site construction; and
15. Review, evaluate and provide recommendations regarding appeals to a development exaction.
Sec. 2.11. BioCorridor Review Committee.
A. Creation.
A BioCorridor Review Committee is hereby created for the purpose of implementing Ordinance No. 2019-
4085. The Committee is comprised of staff from both cities, with the Committee serving as the designated
administrative officer as set forth in Ordinance No. 2019-4085 and state law. The BioCorridor Review
Committee shall bring planning, engineering, and other areas of municipal expertise from each City to bear
on proposals within the BioCorridor Planned Development District.
B. Membership.
The BioCorridor Review Committee shall consist of four (4) core members. Other City employees may be
invited to participate on an ad hoc basis.
1. Core Members.
a. The City Manager of each municipality shall designate two (2) employees from their municipality.
One (1) employee shall be a planner and one (1) an engineer or engineer in training familiar with
development review procedures.
b. The BioCorridor Review Committee’s main point of contact for a development project proposal
shall be the planner on the Committee from the City in which the majority of the project is
located.
2. Ad Hoc Members.
As the BioCorridor Review Committee determines appropriate, ad hoc members may be called upon
for their expertise on particular matters.
Ad hoc members may consist of governmental and utility employees such as:
a. A representative from College Station Utilities or Bryan Texas Utilities;
b. A representative from the Fire Marshall’s office;
c. A representative from the solid waste department; or
d. The City’s transportation planner or transportation engineer.
Ad hoc members shall be designated by their respective City Manager.
C. Powers and Duties.
The BioCorridor Review Committee shall have the following powers and duties:
1. Administration and Enforcement.
Page 463 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 19 of 21
The BioCorridor Review Committee shall carry out their duties as set forth in Ordinance No. 2019-4085,
including ensuring compliance with the BioCorridor Site Design Guidelines, Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines, boundaries of areas of special flood hazard, location of the floodway, and
water surface elevations.
The BioCorridor Review Committee shall review and take action on the following as set forth in
Ordinance No. 2019-4085:
a. Plats;
b. Site plans;
c. Construction documents;
d. Structure plans as they relate to exterior aesthetic design standards (not building code review);
e. Sign permits;
f. Development permits;
g. Administrative adjustments;
h. Alternative parking plans;
i. Driveway applications;
j. Determination of building plot; and
k. Determination of plat applicability.
2. In the event the BioCorridor Review Committee is unable to reach a consensus, the planning or
engineering representative (as appropriate) from the City in which the majority of the project will be
located shall make the final determination.
Sec. 2.12. Summary of Review Authority.
The following table summarizes the authority of the various review bodies and staff.
Summary of Review Authority
Development Review
Procedure
City
Council
Planning
and Zoning
Comm.
Zoning
Board
of Adj.
Design
Review
Board
Land.
Comm.
Bike,
Ped. &
Grnwy
Admin. Building
Official
Dev.
Engr.
KEY: A = Appeal R = Recommend D = Final Action/Decision RR = Review/Report
CITY COUNCIL
Oversize Participation D RR
Development Agreement D RR R
Conditional Use Permit D R RR
Official Zoning Map
Amendment
D R RR
Official Zoning Map
Amendment (HP)
D R R RR
P-MUD/PDD Concept Plan D R RR
Unified Development
Ordinance Text Amendment
D R R RR
Comprehensive Plan
Amendment
D R R RR
Page 464 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 20 of 21
Impact Fee/CIP Priorities D R R RR
Annexations D R RR
Municipal Utility Districts D R RR
PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION
Preliminary Plan with
Discretionary Item (a)
D RR R
Plat D RR R
Development Plat D RR R
Waiver of Subdivision Standard D RR R
Development Exaction Appeal A D RR
ZONING BOARD OF ADJUSTMENT
Variance D RR R RR
Administrative Appeal D RR
Official Zoning Map
Interpretation
D RR
DESIGN REVIEW BOARD
Site Plan in WPC A D R
Building/Sign Permit Review in
WPC
A D
Parking Waivers in WPC A D RR
Waivers in NG D RR
Non-Residential Architectural
(NRA) Standards Waiver
D RR
NRA Standards Alternative
Compliance
D RR
LANDMARK COMMISSION
Certificates of Appropriateness A D RR
Certificates of Demolition A D RR
ADMINISTRATOR
Architectural Reviews D
Interpretation A (b) A D
Sign Permit A D
Site Plan A (c) D R
Administrative Adjustment A D
WPC Building or Sign, Minor A D
Preliminary Plan (a) D R
Minor or Amending Plat A D R
P-MUD/PDD Concept Plan
Minor Amendment
A D
Certificate of Appropriateness,
Routine Maintenance Work
A D
NG Roof Color Palette
Amendment
A D
Alternative Parking Plans A D
Determination of Plat
Applicability
A D R
BUILDING OFFICIAL
Page 465 of 823
Created: 2022-09-16 14:35:23 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 8)
Page 21 of 21
Building Permit D
Certificate of Occupancy R D R
Certificate of Completion R D R
DEVELOPMENT ENGINEER
Development Permit D
Driveway Application A D
Alternative Construction
Material
A D
Notes:
(a) See the Plats Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO for specific review
authority.
(b) Standards of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements only.
(c) Standards of the Site Plans Section and the Site Plans in WPC Wolf Pen Creek Section of Article 3,
Development Review Procedures of this UDO only.
Page 466 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 3. Development Review Procedures
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 64
Article 3. Development Review Procedures
Sec. 3.1. Applicability.
The provisions of this Article shall not apply to land that is zoned BioCorridor Planned Development District.
Sec. 3.2. General Approval Procedures.
A. Conformity with Unified Development Ordinance and the Comprehensive Plan.
The provisions of this UDO and the Comprehensive Plan shall apply to and be binding on all persons seeking
to develop, redevelop, or otherwise change existing land uses within the city limits and, where applicable, its
extraterritorial jurisdiction. Compliance with the UDO and the Comprehensive Plan includes the dedication
and construction of identified infrastructure, right-of-way, and improvement of specified facilities including
but not limited to pedestrian facilities, bicycle facilities, thoroughfares, etc.
B. Pre-Application Conference.
Prior to the submission of any application required by this UDO, applicants are encouraged to schedule and
attend an optional pre-application conference with the City staff. Pre-application conferences with City staff
may be used to discuss, in general, procedures, standards, or regulations relating to a proposed
development. If a pre-application conference is requested, the Administrator may require the applicant to
submit information prior to the pre-application conference to allow City staff time to review the proposal.
Any proposed development submitted or discussed as a part of a pre-application conference shall not be
considered a plan, plat, or permit application but will be considered an informal request for information prior
to the actual plat, plan, or permit application.
C. Application Forms and Fees.
The following regulations shall apply to all applications:
1. Forms.
Applications required under this UDO shall be submitted using correct, completed forms, where
applicable, along with any requested information and attachments, and in such numbers as required by
the City, including any checklists for submittals. The Administrator shall have the authority to request
any other pertinent information required to ensure compliance with this UDO.
2. Electronic Submission Required.
All plats and site plans shall be prepared and submitted upon request in an electronic form acceptable
to the Administrator and compatible with the City's geographic information system(GIS).
3. Fees.
Filing fees shall be established from time to time by resolution of the City Council for the purpose of
defraying the actual cost of processing the application.
a. All required fees shall be made payable to "The City of College Station."
b. An applicant who has paid the appropriate fee pursuant to submission of an application, but who
chooses to withdraw the application prior to any notification, review, or action taken, shall be
Page 467 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 64
entitled to a refund of fifty (50) percent of the total amount paid upon written request to the City
except that the filing fee required for text or map amendments shall not be refundable.
c. The Administrator may waive or reduce development-related fees on a case-by-case basis
pursuant to applicable law or when the City is the applicant.
D. Application Deadline.
An application shall not be considered officially submitted until application completeness has been
determined in accordance with this UDO.
E. Application Completeness.
An application shall be considered submitted only after the Administrator has determined it is complete as
set forth herein. This includes determining whether it is accompanied by any required forms, mandatory
information (including all exhibits), and the applicable fee. A determination of completeness does not
constitute a determination of compliance with the substantive requirements of this UDO nor precludes that
additional information and/or documents may still be required as identified during the formal review of the
application. If an application is determined to be incomplete, no further processing of the application shall
occur until the deficiencies are corrected. An application of any kind under this Article expires and forfeits
the application fee on or after the forty-fifth (45th) day after the application is deemed incomplete if:
1. The applicant fails to provide documents or other information necessary to comply with the technical
requirements of this UDO as to form and content of the submittal;
2. The City notifies the applicant, in writing, of the failure to provide specific documents or other
information within ten (10) business days from the filing date, noting the date the application will
expire if same is not provided; and
3. The applicant fails to provide the specified documents or other information within the time provided in
the notice.
No vested rights accrue solely from the filing of an application that has expired pursuant to this Section, or
from the filing of a complete application that is subsequently denied.
F. Standards of Review.
Applications shall be reviewed based on the ordinances which are in effect at the time the permit application
is submitted to the City. It is the responsibility of the applicant to inform the Administrator if vesting is
claimed on a specific project application and to which ordinance the claim is vested in accordance with
Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended. This information shall be conveyed to the
Administrator as part of the permit application. The Administrator may attempt to inform the applicant if a
project can vest to a previously adopted ordinance. Notwithstanding anything in this UDO to the contrary,
vesting is limited to that which is provided in Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended,
or other applicable law.
G. Required Public Notice.
1. Summary of Notice Required.
Notice shall be required for development review as shown in the following table.
Summary of Notice Required
Application Type Published Mailed Agenda Posted
Comprehensive Plan Amendments X X (a) X
Official Zoning Map Amendments (Rezonings) X X X
Unified Development Ordinance Text Amendments X X
Conditional Use Permits X X X
Page 468 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 64
Plats X (b) X (b) X
Design District – Site Plans/Building Permits X
Certificates of Appropriateness X
Certificates of Demolition (No economically viable use) X X X
Variances X X X
Appeals – Site Plan and Driveway X
Waivers – Subdivision Design X
Waivers – Buffer Requirements X
Administrative Appeals X X
Development Exaction Appeals X
Notes:
(a) Applies only to amendments to the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map. This shall not apply to major evaluations and updates to the Comprehensive Plan, which have their own public
notification and input processes.
(b) Only when required per the Texas Local Government Code, as amended.
2. Specific Notice Requirements.
a. Published Notice.
Notice of the public hearing shall be placed by the Administrator at least once in the official
newspaper of the City before the fifteenth (15th) day before the date of the hearing for the
purpose of notifying the public of the time and place of such public hearing and the substance of
the public hearing agenda items that may be considered or reviewed.
b. Mailed Notice.
Notice of the public hearing shall be sent to owners of record of real property, as indicated by
the most recently approved municipal tax roll, within two hundred (200) feet of the parcel under
consideration. The notice may be served by its deposit, properly addressed with postage paid, in
U.S. mail before the fifteenth (15th) day before the date of the hearing.
c. Content of Notice.
A published or mailed notice shall provide at least the following specific information:
1) The general location of land that is the subject of the application;
2) The substance of the application, including the magnitude of the proposed development
and the current zoning district;
3) The time, date, and location of the public hearing; and
4) A phone number to contact the City.
d. Mailed Notice of Approval Requirements.
As required by the Texas Local Government Code, certain replats that do not have a public
hearing shall provide notice of approval to owners of record (as indicated by the most recently
approved municipal or county tax roll) of lots in the original subdivision that are within two
hundred (200) feet of the lots to be replatted. The notification shall be mailed no later than the
fifteenth (15th) day after the replat is approved. The notice must include the zoning of the
property after the replat and a telephone number and e-mail address an owner of a lot may use
to contact the municipality about the replat.
Page 469 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 64
3. Public Hearing Signs.
In addition to meeting the minimum statutory notice requirements, for the purpose of notifying the
public the Administrator may require the installation of a sign on the property advertising the public
hearing. The specifications including size, location, and content of public hearing signs shall be
established by the Administrator.
4. Required Hearings and Reviewing Body.
The following table illustrates the types of review requiring a public hearing and the review body
responsible for conducting the hearing.
Required Hearings and Reviewing Body
Application Type Zoning Board of
Adjustment
Landmark
Commission
Planning and Zoning
Commission
City Council
Comprehensive Plan
Amendments
X X
Official Zoning Map
Amendments (Rezoning)
X X
Official Zoning Map
Amendments (Rezoning – HP
Historic Preservation Overlay)
X X X
Certificates of Demolition (No
economically viable use)
X
Unified Development
Ordinance Text Amendments
X X
Conditional Use Permits X X
Plats (a) X
Variances X
Administrative Appeals X
Development Exaction
Appeals
X X (b)
Notes:
(a) Only when required per the Texas Local Government Code, as amended.
(b) Request is considered by Council only if Planning and Zoning Commission’s decision is appealed.
H. Simultaneous Processing of Applications.
Two (2) or more forms of review and approval are typically required in the development process.
Development proposals that require applications for Official Zoning Map amendments are required to be
acted upon by the City Council before plat and other development applications will be accepted for review
by the City. In addition, preliminary plans are to be acted upon by the Planning and Zoning Commission or
the Administrator before a subsequent final plat will be accepted for review by the City. At the discretion of
the Administrator, plat and other applications for development approvals may be processed simultaneously,
so long as the approval procedures for each application can be completed pursuant to the requirements of
this UDO. Such processing shall occur at the applicant’s own risk.
I. Expiration of Applications, Permits, and Projects.
1. Expiration of Inactive Applications.
Page 470 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 64
An application that has been determined to be administratively complete and written staff review
comments provided to the applicant shall be deemed expired and closed in ninety (90) calendar days
from the date the most recent written review comments were provided by the City to the applicant if
the applicant has not acted by providing written response comments and revised documents to the
Administrator that seek to address the review comments.
2. Expiration of Approved Permits.
a. Unless otherwise specified by this UDO, any individual permit, authorization, or approval
required in this UDO expires twenty-four (24) months from the date of approval, or as may be
further extended pursuant to the terms of this UDO, if no progress has been made towards
completion of the project. For purposes of this Section, progress toward completion of the
project is as defined by Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended.
b. If no expiration date was in effect at the time the approval of the permit occurred, an expiration
date of twenty-four (24) months from the approval shall apply.
3. Expiration of Projects.
a. For projects requiring more than one (1) permit, authorization, or approval, there shall be a
project expiration date of five (5) years from the date the first complete application is filed for
the project or from the date vesting occurs pursuant to Chapter 245 of the Texas Local
Government Code, as amended if no progress is made towards completion of the project or if the
expiration date is not otherwise further extended pursuant to the terms of this UDO. For
purposes of this Section, progress toward completion of the project is as defined by Chapter 245
of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended.
b. Any application for a new permit, authorization for approval, or application to replace an existing
approved permit shall be deemed to commence a new development project, as of the date it is
filed, if the new application is not compatible with the permits preceding it concerning the type
of proposed use(s), nature of the development, or significant changes to density or infrastructure
demands.
J. Appeals from Development Exaction Requirements.
1. Purpose.
The purpose of a petition for relief from a dedication or public infrastructure requirement is to ensure
that the application of uniform dedication and construction standards to a proposed development
does not result in a disproportionate burden on the property when considering the nature and extent
of the demands created by the proposed development on the City’s roadways and other public
infrastructure.
2. Applicability.
A petition for relief under this Section may be filed by the applicant to contest any requirement to
dedicate land or to construct public improvements as required by this UDO, the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines, or any other public infrastructure standards in any ordinance or regulation
to a plat application or any related development application authorized by the City or attached as a
condition to approval of the application. A petition for relief shall not be used to waive a standard on
grounds subject to other appeal and waiver criteria set forth in this UDO.
3. Petition Requirements.
a. Form of Petition.
The petition for relief from a dedication or construction requirement shall allege that the
application of the standards relating to the dedication or construction requirement is not roughly
Page 471 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 64
proportional to the nature and extent of the impacts created by the proposed development on
the City’s water, wastewater, storm drainage, parks, roadway system or other public
infrastructure.
b. Required Supporting Documentation.
The applicant shall provide information in support of the petition for relief that includes the
following:
1) Total capacity of the City’s water, wastewater, storm drainage, parks, roadway system or
other public infrastructure to be utilized by the proposed development, employing
standard measures of capacity and equivalency tables relating the type of development
proposed to the quantity of system capacity to be consumed by the development. If the
proposed development is to be developed in phases, such information also shall be
provided for the entire development proposed, including any phases already developed;
2) Total capacity to be supplied to the City’s water, wastewater, storm drainage, parks,
roadway system, or other public infrastructure by the proposed dedication of an interest in
land or construction of public infrastructure. If the application is part of a phased
development, the information shall include any capacity supplied by prior dedications or
construction of public infrastructure;
3) Comparison of the capacity of the City’s public facilities system(s) to be consumed by the
proposed development with the capacity to be supplied to such system(s) by the proposed
dedication of an interest in land or construction of public infrastructure. In making this
comparison, the impacts on the City’s public infrastructure system(s) from the entire
development shall be considered;
4) The effect of any City participation in the costs of oversizing the public improvement to be
constructed in accordance with the City’s requirements;
5) All other information that alleges the dedication or construction requirement imposed by
the City is not roughly proportional to the impacts created by the proposed development;
6) The proportionality analysis should not only be based on any immediate plans for the
property but should be based on the size of the property, existing and proposed use of the
property, and the development potential permitted by the existing zoning; and
7) Only costs directly related to the dedication or construction requirements should be
included in the analysis. Indirect costs, such as applications, permits, and fees, shall not be
included.
c. Time for Filing Petition and Supporting Documentation.
A petition for relief from a dedication or construction requirement shall be submitted to the
Development Engineer within fourteen (14) calendar days following the Planning and Zoning
Commission’s decision to approve, conditionally approve or deny an application for approval of
an application. The information in support of the petition as set forth above shall be submitted to
the Development Engineer within sixty (60) calendar days following the initial decision unless the
applicant (petitioner for relief) seeks an extension in writing. The Development Engineer may
extend the time for submitting the information for a period not to exceed an additional thirty
(30) calendar days for good cause shown.
D. Land in the Extraterritorial Jurisdiction.
Where land or facilities to be dedicated are located in the extraterritorial jurisdiction and are to
be dedicated to the applicable county, a petition for relief or documentation in support of the
Page 472 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 64
petition shall be accepted as complete for review by the Development Engineer only when such
petition or study is accompanied by verification that a copy has been delivered to and accepted
by the applicable county.
4. Processing of Petitions and Decision.
a. Responsible Official.
The Development Engineer shall be the responsible official for reviewing a petition for relief from
a dedication or construction requirement. Where the petition is for relief from the dedication of
land or construction of a facility in the extraterritorial jurisdiction that is to be dedicated to the
applicable county, the Development Engineer shall coordinate a recommendation with the
appropriate county official responsible for reviewing plats.
b. Evaluation and Recommendation.
1) The Development Engineer shall evaluate the petition and supporting documentation and
shall make a recommendation to the Planning and Zoning Commission for their
consideration and recommendation to the City Council, if applicable.
2) In evaluating the petition and documentation, the Development Engineer shall consider the
maximum amount of any impact fees to be charged against the development for the type
of public infrastructure that is the subject of the petition, or similar developments on the
City’s water, wastewater, storm drainage, parks, roadway system or other public
infrastructure. The Development Engineer may utilize any reasonable methodology to
evaluate, affirm, or refute the applicant’s petition and supporting documentation.
3) To achieve proportionality between the demands created by a proposed development on
public facilities and the City’s obligation to provide adequate public facilities, the City may
participate in the costs of public infrastructure, credit or offset the developer’s proposed
obligations, or otherwise relieve the property owner of any of the obligations in response
to a petition for relief from a dedication or construction requirement.
c. Decision-Maker.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall decide the petition for relief from a dedication or
construction requirement.
d. Public Hearing.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall conduct a public hearing within thirty (30) calendar
days after the final documentation supporting the petition is filed by the applicant with the
Development Engineer.
e. Burden of Proof.
The applicant bears the burden of proof to demonstrate that the application of a dedication or
construction requirement imposes a disproportionate burden on the applicant.
f. Decision.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall consider the petition for relief from a dedication or
construction requirement based on the following criteria:
1) The Planning and Zoning Commission shall determine whether the application of the
standard or condition is roughly proportional to the nature and extent of the impacts
created by the proposed development on the City’s water, wastewater, storm drainage,
parks, roadway system, or other public infrastructure and whether the application of the
standard or condition reasonably benefits the development.
Page 473 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 64
2) In making such determination, the Planning and Zoning Commission shall consider the
documentation submitted by the applicant, the report and recommendation of the
Development Engineer, and, where the property is located within the extraterritorial
jurisdiction, any recommendations from the county official, as applicable.
g. Action.
Based on the decision criteria stated in the Appeals from Development Exaction Requirements
Subsection above, the Planning and Zoning Commission may take one (1) or more of the
following actions:
1) Deny the petition for relief, and impose the dedication or construction requirement as
required by this UDO;
2) Deny the petition for relief in whole or in part, upon finding that the proposed dedication
or construction requirements are inadequate to offset the impacts of the development on
the City’s water, wastewater, storm drainage, parks, roadway system, or other public
infrastructure; or
3) Grant the petition for relief in whole or in part and waive any dedication or construction
requirement to the extent necessary to achieve proportionality, including consideration of
alternative designs for the public infrastructure systems or improvements.
h. Notification of Decision on Petition.
The applicant shall be notified of the decision on the petition for relief by the Development
Engineer within fourteen (14) calendar days following the Planning and Zoning Commission’s
decision.
5. Appeal of the Decision on a Petition for Relief.
a. Initiation of an Appeal.
The applicant, the Administrator, or no less than four (4) voting members of the City Council may
appeal the decision of the Planning and Zoning Commission within fourteen (14) calendar days
following the date of the Commission’s decision:
1) For an applicant-initiated appeal, a letter stating the reasons for the appeal, citing the
specific section(s) of the applicable ordinance requirement, shall be submitted by the
applicant.
2) The Administrator may, on their initiative, appeal the decision of the Planning and Zoning
Commission by scheduling an appeal on the City Council’s next available regularly
scheduled meeting that occurs after the Commission meeting at which the decision was
made.
3) For a City Council-initiated appeal, the Council shall consider and act on whether it will
appeal the Planning and Zoning Commission’s decision at its next available regularly
scheduled meeting that occurs after the Commission meeting at which the decision was
made.
b. Notification of Appeal.
Both the applicant and the City shall be notified of the appeal request within fourteen (14)
calendar days. Appeals by the applicant shall include all documentation submitted for the appeal.
c. Council Decision.
Page 474 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 64
The City Council shall consider a properly submitted appeal at its next available regularly
scheduled meeting. The City Council may affirm, modify, or reverse the decision of the Planning
and Zoning Commission by a simple majority vote. The decision of the City Council is final.
6. Expiration or Failure to File Application.
Where an application was denied based upon the imposition of the standard requiring the dedication
of land or construction of a required public infrastructure and the Planning and Zoning Commission’s
decision, if not further appealed (or the City Council’s decision if further appealed as applicable), is to
grant some level of relief, the applicant must resubmit the application within sixty (60) calendar days
following the date the relief is granted. If such re-submittal of the application is not made within the
sixty (60) day period, the relief granted by the Commission (or City Council as applicable) on the
petition shall expire.
7. Effect of Relief.
a. The Development Engineer may require the applicant to submit a modified application or
supporting materials consistent with the relief granted by the Planning and Zoning Commission
on the petition.
b. The relief granted on the petition shall remain in effect for the period the application is in effect
and shall expire upon expiration of the plat or related application.
K. Figures and Flow Charts.
The figures and flow charts provided in this UDO are intended to be graphical representations of procedures
or standards set forth in this UDO to assist in understanding the requirements of this UDO and are not
intended to be requirements themselves.
Sec. 3.3. Comprehensive Plan Amendments.
Comprehensive Plan Amendment Process
A. Purpose.
For the purpose of establishing and maintaining sound, stable, and desirable development within the
territorial limits of the city, the Comprehensive Plan, including specifically the Future Land Use & Character
Page 475 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 64
Map and the Functional Classification & Context Class Map, shall be amended only based upon changed or
changing conditions in a particular area or in the city.
B. Initiation of Amendment.
An amendment may be initiated by:
1. The City Council;
2. The Planning and Zoning Commission;
3. The Administrator; or
4. The property owner(s).
C. Amendment Application.
A complete application for a Comprehensive Plan amendment shall be submitted to the Administrator as set
forth in the General Approval Procedures Section above.
D. Time Limitations on Applications.
Comprehensive Plan amendment applications may be submitted on a rolling basis, except during the six (6)
month period prior to a major evaluation or update to the Comprehensive Plan. The beginning of the six (6)
month time limitation period shall be determined by counting backward from the expected date of the
evaluation or update public hearing before the Planning and Zoning Commission.
E. Approval Process.
1. Project Proposal Meeting.
After applying for a Comprehensive Plan amendment to the Future Land Use & Character Map or
attending a pre-application conference relating to the same, the applicant shall request to set up a
project proposal meeting with City staff. The purpose of this meeting is to begin communicating with
the local neighborhood early in the process and is not a forum for final decisions or the acceptance of
formal comments concerning public support or opposition.
Project proposal meetings shall abide by the following minimum requirements:
a. The applicant or an authorized representative must schedule and facilitate a minimum of one
project proposal meeting to discuss the application or proposal. At a minimum, property owners
within 200 feet of the subject property must be notified by the applicant or authorized
representative.
B. When possible, City staff shall be present at the meeting to address questions relating to City
processes and requirements.
C. The project proposal meeting shall be held on or near the subject property, or virtually.
D. The project proposal meeting shall be held thirty (30) to sixty (60) days prior to the corresponding
Planning and Zoning Commission meeting.
2. Review and Report by Administrator.
Once the application is complete, the Administrator shall review the proposed amendment in light of
the remainder of the Comprehensive Plan and existing conditions in the city and report to the Planning
and Zoning Commission and City Council.
3. Recommendation by Planning and Zoning Commission.
a. Notice.
Page 476 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 64
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall publish, post, and mail public notice in accordance
with the General Approval Procedures Section above and shall recommend to the City Council
such action as the Commission deems proper.
b. Public Hearing.
A public hearing shall be held by the Planning and Zoning Commission before making a report to
the City Council.
c. Review and Action by Planning and Zoning Commission.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall review the amendment and approve, approve with
conditions, deny, or determine that the proposed development complies with the
Comprehensive Plan, and no amendment is required. If the Commission determines that no
amendment is required, the applicant may proceed with the next step in the development
process. No further action by the City Council is required.
4. City Council Action.
a. Notice.
The City Council shall publish, post, and mail public notice in accordance with the General
Approval Procedures Section above, before taking final action on a petition to amend the
Comprehensive Plan.
b. Public Hearing.
The City Council shall hold a public hearing and approve, approve with modifications, or
disapprove the application to amend the Comprehensive Plan.
c. Review and Final Action by City Council.
In determining whether to approve, approve with modifications, or disapprove the application to
amend the Comprehensive Plan, the City Council shall consider the following matters regarding
the proposed amendment:
1) Changed or changing conditions in the subject area of the city;
2) Compatibility with the existing uses, development patterns, and character of the
immediate area concerned, the general area, and the city as a whole;
3) Impact on environmentally sensitive and natural areas;
4) Impacts on infrastructure, including water, wastewater, drainage, and the transportation
network; and
5) Consistency with the goals and strategies set forth in the Comprehensive Plan.
F. Limitation on Reapplication.
If a petition for a plan amendment is denied by the City Council, another petition for reclassification of the
same property or any portion thereof shall not be considered within a period of one hundred eighty (180)
days from the date of denial, unless the Planning and Zoning Commission finds that one (1) of the following
factors are applicable:
1. There is a substantial change in circumstances relevant to the issues and/or facts considered during the
review of the application that might reasonably affect the decision-making body’s application of the
relevant review standards to the development proposed in the application; or
Page 477 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 64
2. New or additional information is available that was not available at the time of the review that might
reasonably affect the decision-making body’s application of the relevant review standards to the
development proposed; or
3. A new application is proposed to be submitted that is materially different from the prior application
(e.g., proposes new uses or a substantial decrease in proposed densities or intensities); or
4. The final decision on the application was based on a material mistake of fact.
Sec. 3.4. Official Zoning Map Amendments (Rezonings).
Official Zoning Map Amendment Review Process
A. Purpose.
To establish and maintain sound, stable, and desirable development within the territorial limits of the city,
the Official Zoning Map may be amended based upon changed or changing conditions in a particular area or
the city generally or to rezone an area or extend the boundary of an existing zoning district. All amendments
shall be consistent with the Comprehensive Plan, including the Future Land Use & Character Map.
B. Initiation of Amendments.
An amendment to the Official Zoning Map may be initiated by:
1. The City Council;
2. The Planning and Zoning Commission;
3. The Administrator; or
4. The property owner(s).
C. Application.
A complete application for an Official Zoning Map amendment shall be submitted to the Administrator as set
forth in the General Approval Procedures Section above and herein. As applicable, applicants shall submit
Page 478 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 64
the information, documents, and materials set forth in the Traffic Impact Analyses Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDO.
1. Application requests for a P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned Development District
shall provide the following additional information:
a. A written statement of the purpose and intent of the proposed development;
b. A list and explanation of the potential land uses permitted; and
c. A concept plan as described in the Concept Plans (P-MUD and PDD Districts) Section below.
2. Application requests for an NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay shall provide the following
additional information in accordance with the Neighborhood Conservation Overlay Process Handbook.
a. A copy of the original plat of the subdivision, or multiple contiguous phases of original
subdivisions that apply jointly;
b. A petition including dated signatures by property owners of at least fifty (50) percent plus one (1)
of the total number of single-family zoned or developed building plots contained within the
original subdivision, or multiple contiguous phases of original subdivisions that apply jointly in
one application, in support of the overlay district. The fifty (50) percent plus one (1) petition
signatures must be met for each of the original subdivisions that apply jointly;
c. Contact information for property owners of platted single-family development in the original
subdivision to serve on the Neighborhood Conservation Overlay petition committee;
d. Certificate of mailing neighborhood meeting notice for all property owners of single-family zoned
or developed building plots contained within the original subdivision;
e. Completed neighborhood meeting sign-in sheets; and
f. Neighborhood meeting minutes signed by a petition committee member.
3. Application requests for a ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay shall provide the following additional
information in accordance with the Restricted Occupancy Overlay Process Handbook:
a. A copy of the original plat of the subdivision, or multiple contiguous phases of original
subdivisions that apply jointly;
b. A petition including dated signatures by property owners of at least fifty (50) percent plus one (1)
of the total number of single-family zoned or developed building plots contained within the
original subdivision, or multiple contiguous phases or original subdivisions that apply jointly in
one application, in support of the overlay district. The fifty (50) percent plus one (1) petition
signatures must be met for each of the original subdivisions that apply jointly;
c. Contact information for property owners of platted single-family development in the original
subdivision to serve on the Restricted Occupancy Overlay petition committee;
d. Certificate of mailing neighborhood meeting notice for all property owners of single-family zoned
or developed building plots contained within the original subdivision;
e. Completed neighborhood meeting sign-in sheets; and
f. Neighborhood meeting minutes signed by a petition committee member.
4. Application request for an HP Historic Preservation Overlay shall provide the following additional
information:
a. An inventory and survey of structures to be included in the rezoning, submitted on a form
provided by the Historic Preservation Officer;
Page 479 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 64
b. A current photograph of each property included in the rezoning, and its improvements;
c. Historical photographs, where available; and
d. A completed designation report. Upon initiation of the historic designation procedure, the
Historic Preservation Officer shall coordinate research to compile a written report regarding the
historical, cultural, and architectural significance of the place or area proposed for historic
designation at the request of the applicant, but the rezoning application will not be considered
complete until the report has been completed. A designation report shall include a statement on
each of the following to the extent that they apply:
1) A listing of the architectural, archaeological, paleontological, cultural, economic, social,
ethnic, political, or historical characteristics upon which the nomination is based;
2) A description of the historical, cultural, and architectural significance of the structures and
sites;
3) Identification of historic contributing and non-contributing resources to the proposed
district; and
4) A description of the boundaries of the proposed HP Historic Preservation Overlay, including
subareas and areas where new construction will be prohibited.
D. Approval Process.
1. Pre-Application Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for an Official Zoning Map amendment, applicants are encouraged
to schedule and attend an optional pre-application conference in accordance with the Pre-Application
Conference Subsection of the General Approval Procedures Section above.2. Required Meetings.
a. Neighborhood Meeting.
Prior to the submission of an application for an Official Zoning Map amendment for an NCO
Neighborhood Conservation Overlay or ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay, all potential
applicants shall request to set up a neighborhood meeting with City staff.
b. Historic Preservation Officer.
Prior to the submission of an application for an Official Zoning Map amendment for an HP
Historic Preservation Overlay, all potential applicants shall request a neighborhood meeting with
the Historic Preservation Officer. The purpose of the meeting is to present information about the
proposed overlay district and explain the rezoning process to the neighborhood.
3. Review and Report by Administrator.
With the exception of applications for HP Historic Preservation Overlays, once the application is
complete, the Administrator shall review the proposed amendment to the Official Zoning Map in light
of the Comprehensive Plan and the criteria enumerated in this Section. The Administrator shall give a
report to the Planning and Zoning Commission on the date of the scheduled public hearing. If the
Administrator determines that the request is not in conformity with the Comprehensive Plan, the
application shall not be accepted, and no further processing shall occur until the Official Zoning Map
amendment conforms.
4. Review and Report by Historic Preservation Officer.
An application for an HP Historic Preservation Overlay shall be reviewed by the Historic Preservation
Officer, who shall review the proposed amendment in light of the Comprehensive Plan, the criteria of
this Section, and the Historic Preservation Overlay Subsection of the Overlay Districts Section of Article
Page 480 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 64
5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO. The Historic Preservation
Officer shall give a report to the Landmark Commission on the date of the scheduled public hearing.
5. Referral to Landmark Commission.
The Historic Preservation Officer, upon receipt of an application to amend the Official Zoning Map to
an HP Historic Preservation Overlay, shall refer the same to the Landmark Commission for study,
hearing, and report. The Planning and Zoning Commission may not hold a public hearing or make a
report to the City Council until it has received a report from the Landmark Commission.
6. Recommendation by Landmark Commission.
The Landmark Commission shall publish, post, and mail public notice in accordance with the General
Approval Procedures Section above. The Landmark Commission shall hold a public hearing and make a
recommendation to the Planning and Zoning Commission.
7. Referral to Planning and Zoning Commission.
With the exception of applications for HP Historic Preservation Overlays, the Administrator, upon
receipt of a petition to amend the Official Zoning Map, shall refer the same to the Planning and Zoning
Commission for study, hearing, and report. For an application to amend the Official Zoning Map to an
HP Historic Preservation Overlay, the Historic Preservation Officer shall refer the same to the Planning
and Zoning Commission for study, hearing, and report with the report of the Landmark Commission.
The City Council may not enact the proposed amendment until the Planning and Zoning Commission
makes its report to the City Council.
8. Recommendation by Planning and Zoning Commission.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall publish, post, and mail public notice in accordance with the
General Approval Procedures Section above. The Planning and Zoning Commission shall hold a public
hearing and recommend to the City Council such action as the Commission deems proper.
9. City Council Action.
a. Notice.
The City Council shall publish, post, and mail public notice in accordance with the General
Approval Procedures Section above and hold a public hearing before taking final action on an
application to amend the Official Zoning Map.
b. Public Hearing.
The City Council shall hold a public hearing and approve, approve with modifications, or
disapprove the application to amend the Official Zoning Map.
c. Effect of Protest to Proposed Amendment.
If a proposed change to this UDO or rezoning is protested in accordance with Chapter 211 of the
Texas Local Government Code, as amended, the proposed change must receive the affirmative
vote of at least three-fourths (¾) of all members of the City Council to take effect. The protest
must be written and signed by the owners of at least twenty (20) percent of either the area of
lots covered by the proposed change or of the area of the lots or land immediately adjoining the
area covered by the proposed change and extending two hundred (200) feet from that area.
D. Review Criteria.
In determining whether to approve, approve with modifications, or disapprove the proposed
Official Zoning Map amendment, the City Council shall consider the following matters regarding
the proposed amendment:
Page 481 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 64
1) Whether the proposal is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan;
2) Whether the uses permitted by the proposed zoning district will be appropriate in the
context of the surrounding area;
3) Whether the property to be rezoned is physically suitable for the proposed zoning district;
4) Whether there are available water, wastewater, stormwater, and transportation facilities
generally suitable and adequate for uses permitted by the proposed zoning district;
5) The marketability of the property; and
6) In addition, for proposed amendments to HP Historic Preservation Overlays, the City
Council shall consider if the proposed amendment contains one or more properties in an
environmental setting that meets two (2) or more of the criteria for designation of an HP
Historic Preservation Overlay as described in the Historic Preservation Overlay Subsection
of the Overlay Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental
Standards of this UDO.
e. Effect of Historic Preservation Overlay Zoning Upon Official Public Records.
Upon designation of a property with an HP Historic Preservation Overlay, the City Council shall
cause the designation to be recorded in the Official Public Records of Real Property of Brazos
County, Texas, the tax records of the City of College Station, and the Brazos Central Appraisal
District, as well as the Official Zoning Map.
E. Limitation on Reapplication.
If a rezoning application is denied by the City Council, another application for reclassification of the same
property or any portion thereof shall not be considered within a period of one hundred eighty (180) days
from the date of denial, unless the Planning and Zoning Commission finds that one (1) of the following
factors are applicable:
1. There is a substantial change in circumstances relevant to the issues and/or facts considered during the
review of the application that might reasonably affect the decision-making body’s application of the
relevant review standards to the development proposed in the application;
2. New or additional information is available that was not available at the time of the review that might
reasonably affect the decision-making body’s application of the relevant review standards to the
development proposed;
3. A new application is proposed to be submitted that is materially different from the prior application
(e.g., proposes new uses or a substantial decrease in proposed densities and intensities); or
4. The final decision on the application was based on a material mistake of fact.
F. Repeal of a Single-Family Overlay District.
A repeal of a single-family overlay district is considered a rezoning and is subject to the Official Zoning Map
amendment requirements herein and may be initiated by:
1. The City Council;
2. The Planning and Zoning Commission;
3. The Administrator; or
4. By a petition including dated signatures by property owners of at least fifty (50) percent plus one (1) of
the total number of single-family zoned or developed building plots contained within the original
Page 482 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 64
subdivision, or contiguous phases of original subdivisions that applied jointly, in support of repealing
the overlay district.
Sec. 3.5. Concept Plans (P-MUD and PDD Districts).
Concept Plan Review Process
A. Applicability.
A concept plan shall accompany a P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned Development District
rezoning application to ensure the intent of the UDO is met by the proposed planned district standards.
B. Application Requirements.
A complete application for a concept plan shall be submitted to the Administrator with a P-MUD Planned
Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned Development District rezoning application as set forth in the General
Approval Procedures Section above unless otherwise specified in this Section.
C. Concept Plan Approval Process.
1. Pre-Application Conference.
Prior to submitting a concept plan, applicants are encouraged to schedule and attend an optional pre-
application conference in accordance with the Pre-Application Conference Subsection of the General
Approval Procedures Section above.
2. Review and Report by the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board.
If the proposed area involves any required or voluntary parkland dedication, the concept plan must be
reviewed by the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board. Parks and Recreation Advisory Board
recommendations shall be forwarded to the City Council.
3. Review and Report by the Greenways Program Manager.
If the proposed area includes a greenway dedication as shown on the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and
Greenways Master Plan, or if the applicant is proposing greenway dedication or voluntary sale, the
Page 483 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 64
concept plan must be reviewed by the Greenways Program Manager. The Greenways Program
Manager’s recommendation shall be forwarded to the City Council.
4. Review and Recommendation by the Administrator.
The Administrator shall review the concept plan and recommend approval, approval with conditions,
or disapproval of the same.
5. Review and Recommendation by the Planning and Zoning Commission.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall review the concept plan and recommend to the City Council
approval, approval with conditions, or disapproval of the same.
6. City Council Final Action.
The City Council shall review the concept plan and approve, approve with conditions, or disapprove.
D. Concept Plan Requirements.
A concept plan shall not be considered or reviewed as a complete site plan application. The concept plan for
the proposed development shall include the following:
1. A general plan showing the location and relationship of the various land uses permitted in the
development;
2. A range of proposed building heights;
3. A written statement addressing the drainage development of the site;
4. The general location of detention/retention ponds and other major drainage structures;
5. A list of general bulk or dimensional variations sought;
6. If general bulk or dimensional variations are sought, provide a list of community benefits and/or
innovative design concepts to justify the request;
7. The general location of the building and parking areas;
8. Open spaces, parkland, conservation areas, greenways, parks, trails, and other special features of the
development; and
9. Buffer areas or a statement indicating buffering proposed.
E. Review Criteria.
The Administrator and Planning and Zoning Commission shall recommend approval and the City Council may
approve a concept plan if it finds that the concept plan meets the following criteria:
1. The proposal will constitute an environment of sustained stability and will be in harmony with the
character of the surrounding area;
2. The proposal conforms with the policies, goals, and objectives of the Comprehensive Plan, including
any associated plans or studies adopted by the City Council, and will be consistent with the intent and
purpose of this Section;
3. The proposal is compatible with existing or permitted uses on abutting sites and will not adversely
affect adjacent development;
4. Every dwelling unit need not front on a public street but shall have access to a public street directly or
via a court, walkway, public area, or area owned by an owners association;
5. The development includes the provision of adequate public improvements, including but not limited to
parks, schools, and other public facilities;
Page 484 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 64
6. The development will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, welfare, or materially injurious to
properties or improvements in the vicinity; and
7. The development will not adversely affect the safety and convenience of vehicular, bicycle, or
pedestrian circulation in the vicinity, including traffic reasonably expected to be generated by the
proposed use and other uses reasonably anticipated in the area considering existing zoning and land
uses in the area.
F. Minimum Requirements.
Unless otherwise indicated in the approved concept plan, the minimum requirements for each development
shall be those stated in this UDO for subdivisions and the requirements of the most restrictive standard
zoning district in which designated uses are permitted. Modification of these standards may be considered
during the approval process of the concept plan. If modification of these standards is granted with the
concept plan, the Administrator will determine the specific minimum requirements.
G. Compliance with Other Regulations.
The approval of a concept plan shall not relieve the developer from responsibility for complying with all
other applicable sections of this UDO and other codes and ordinances of the City of College Station unless
such relief is granted in the approved concept plan.
H. Owners Association Required.
An owners association will be required if other satisfactory arrangements have not been made for providing,
operating, and maintaining common facilities including streets, drives, service, and parking areas, common
open spaces, buffer areas, and common recreational areas at the time the development plan is submitted. If
an owners association is required, documentation must be submitted to the City at the time of platting to
assure compliance with the provisions of this UDO.
Modifications.
Any deviations from the approved concept plan shall require City Council approval except as provided in the
Minor Amendment to Concept Plan Subsection below.
J. Minor Amendment to Concept Plan.
Minor additions and modifications to the approved concept plan meeting the following criteria may be
approved by the Administrator:
1. Minor additions to structures as determined by the Administrator;
2. Minor new accessory structures if the location does not interfere with the existing site layout (e.g.,
circulation, parking, loading, stormwater management facilities, open space, landscaping, buffering);
3. Minor additions to parking lots;
4. Clearing or grading of areas not depicted on the concept plan as a conservation area, greenway, or
park; and
5. Final determination of the specific meritorious modifications such as setbacks, lot size, dimensional
standards, etc., granted generally as part of the concept plan.
Page 485 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 64
Sec. 3.6. Conditional Use Permits.
Conditional Use Permit Review Process
A. Purpose.
Conditional use permits allow City Council discretionary approval of uses with unique or widely varying
operating characteristics or unusual site development features, subject to the terms and conditions set forth
in this UDO.
B. Applicability.
Conditional uses are generally compatible with those uses permitted by right in a zoning district, but require
individual review of their location, design, configuration, density, and intensity and may require the
imposition of additional conditions to ensure the appropriateness and compatibility of the use at a particular
location.
C. Applications.
A complete application for a conditional use permit shall be submitted to the Administrator as set forth in
the General Approval Procedures Section above. A complete site plan must accompany all applications for a
conditional use permit.
D. Approval Process.
1. Pre-Application Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for a conditional use permit, applicants are encouraged to
schedule and attend an optional pre-application conference in accordance with the Pre-Application
Conference Subsection of the General Approval Procedures Section above.
2. Review and Report by Administrator.
Once the application is complete, the Administrator shall review the proposed development subject to
the criteria enumerated in the Conditional Use Review Criteria Subsection below and give a report to
the Planning and Zoning Commission on the date of the scheduled public hearing.
3. Planning and Zoning Commission Recommendation.
Page 486 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 64
a. Notice.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall publish, post, and mail notices in accordance with the
General Approval Procedures Section above.
b. Public Hearing.
After review of the conditional use permit application, subject to the criteria enumerated in the
Conditional Use Review Criteria Subsection below, the Planning and Zoning Commission shall
hold a public hearing and recommend to the City Council such action as the Planning and Zoning
Commission deems proper.
4. City Council Action.
a. Notice.
The City Council shall publish, post, and mail notices in accordance with the General Approval
Procedures Section above.
b. Public Hearing.
The City Council shall hold a public hearing after review of the conditional use permit application,
subject to the criteria enumerated in the Conditional Use Review Criteria Subsection below. With
consideration of the recommendation provided by the Planning and Zoning Commission, the City
Council shall approve, approve with modifications or conditions, or disapprove the conditional
use permit application.
E. Conditional Use Review Criteria.
The City Council may approve an application for a conditional use permit where it reasonably determines
that there will be no significant negative impact upon residents of surrounding properties or the general
public. The City Council shall consider the following criteria in its review:
1. Purpose and Intent of the Unified Development Ordinance.
The proposed use shall meet the purpose and intent of this UDO and the use shall meet all the
minimum standards established in this UDO for this type of use.
2. Consistency with the Comprehensive Plan.
The proposed use shall be consistent with the development policies and goals and objectives as
embodied in the Comprehensive Plan.
3. Compatibility with the Surrounding Area.
The proposed use shall not be detrimental to the health, welfare, or safety of the surrounding
neighborhood or its occupants, nor be substantially or permanently injurious to neighboring property.
4. Harmonious with the Character of the Surrounding Area.
The proposed site plan and circulation plan shall be harmonious with the character of the surrounding
area.
5. Infrastructure Impacts Minimized.
The proposed use shall not negatively impact existing uses in the area or the city through impacts on
public infrastructure such as roads, parking facilities, electrical, or water and sewer systems, or on
public services such as police and fire protection, solid waste collection, or the ability of existing
infrastructure and services to adequately provide services.
6. Effect on the Environment.
Page 487 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 22 of 64
The proposed use shall not negatively impact existing land uses in the area or the city.
F. Additional Conditions.
The City Council may impose additional reasonable restrictions or conditions to carry out the spirit and intent
of this UDO and to mitigate adverse effects of the proposed use. These requirements may include but are
not limited to increased open space, loading and parking requirements, additional landscaping, and
additional improvements such as curbing, utilities, drainage facilities, sidewalks, and screening.
G. Enlargement, Modification, or Structural Alteration.
1. A building, premise, or use under a conditional use permit may be enlarged, modified, structurally
altered, or otherwise changed without applying for a new conditional use permit provided the
Administrator determines that the changes do not:
a. Increase the height of structures;
b. Increase building square footage from its size at the time the original conditional use permit was
granted by greater than ten (10) percent;
c. Reduce the distance between a building or noise-generating activity on the property and an
adjacent, off-site residential use. This provision shall not apply should the property and the
residential use be separated by a major thoroughfare depicted on the Comprehensive Plan
Functional Classification & Context Class Map; or
d. Reduce the buffer yard or buffer plantings as indicated on the previously approved site plan.
2. The Administrator may require a new application for a conditional use permit for any reason when an
enlargement, modification, or structural alteration is proposed.
3. All other enlargements, modifications, structural alterations, or changes shall require the approval of a
new conditional use permit.
H. Duration; Expiration; Suspension; Violation; Revocation.
1. Duration.
A conditional use permit shall remain in effect until it expires, is suspended, or is revoked in accordance
with this Section.
2. Expiration.
A conditional use permit shall expire if:
a. A construction permit, if any, for the conditional use has not been approved within one (1) year
of the date of approval of the conditional use permit;
b. The construction permit subsequently expires;
c. The conditional use has been discontinued for a period exceeding three (3) months; or
d. A termination date attached to the conditional use permit has passed.
3. Suspension.
In accordance with the authority granted to municipalities by the state, the City shall have the right to
immediately suspend the conditional use permit for any property where the premises are determined
to be an immediate hazard to the health and safety of any person or an immediate danger to any
adjacent property. The suspension shall be for a period not to exceed twenty-four (24) hours or until
the danger or hazard is removed.
4. Violation.
Page 488 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 23 of 64
It is unlawful for any person to violate or to cause or permit to be violated any terms or conditions of a
conditional use permit or upon which a conditional use permit was issued.
5. Revocation.
The revocation of a conditional use permit shall follow the following revocation procedure:
a. If the Administrator determines, based on inspection or investigation by the City, that there are
reasonable grounds for revocation of a conditional use permit, a public hearing shall be set
before the Planning and Zoning Commission for a recommendation and a public hearing before
the City Council for the consideration of an ordinance amendment. Circumstances that warrant
revocation of an approved conditional use permit application shall include but not be limited to
the following:
1) There is a conviction of a violation of any of the provisions of this UDO, the ordinance
approving the conditional use, or any ordinance of the City of College Station that occurs
on the property for which the conditional use permit is granted;
2) The building, premise, or uses under the conditional use permit is enlarged, modified,
structurally altered, or otherwise significantly changed without the approval of a separate
conditional use permit for such enlargement, modification, structural alteration, or change,
unless Administrator had determined that such enlargement, modification, or structural
alteration did not require a new conditional use permit, as described in the Applicability
Subsection above;
3) Violation of any provision of the site plan encompassing the property for which the
conditional use permit was issued, terms, or conditions of a conditional use permit; or
4) The conditional use permit was obtained by fraud or deception.
b. The revocation process shall be conducted as for the conditional use permit, including giving
notice to the holder of the conditional use permit and property owners within 200 feet of the
public hearings in the manner provided in the Required Public Notice Subsection of the General
Approval Procedures Section above.
c. The City Council may revoke the conditional use permit, deny the revocation and allow the
conditional use to continue, or deny the revocation and amend the conditional use permit to
attach conditions to assure that the terms, conditions, and requirements of the conditional use
permit be met.
Upon the effective date of the revocation set by the City Council, it shall be unlawful to
undertake or perform any activity that was previously authorized by the conditional use permit.
The property subject to the conditional use permit may be used for any permitted use within the
base zoning district.
Page 489 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 24 of 64
Sec. 3.7. Plats.
Plat Review Process
A. Applicability.
This Section applies to the subdivision and development of property as set forth herein.
1. Subdivision Plat Required.
a. Subdivision of property within the city limits or extraterritorial jurisdiction is required to be
approved in accordance with applicable state law and as set forth herein when one (1) or more of
the following occurs:
1) The division of land (for any purpose) into two (2) or more parcels to lay out a subdivision
of the tract, including an addition to the city, to lay out suburban, building, or other lots, or
to lay out streets, alleys, squares, parks or other parts of the tract intended to be dedicated
to public use or for the use of purchasers or owners of lots fronting on to or adjacent to the
streets, alleys, squares, parks or other parts;
2) Development on a parcel not previously legally subdivided;
3) Resubdivision of land that has previously been platted; or
4) Amendment of any approved plat.
b. Types of Subdivision Filings.
1) Preliminary Plans.
A preliminary plan is required for the subdivision of all tracts of land within the city limits or
extraterritorial jurisdiction, except as otherwise set forth in this UDO. A preliminary plan
shall include the entire parent survey or tract of land under common ownership.
2) Final Plats and Replats.
Page 490 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 25 of 64
A final plat is required for the subdivision of all property within the city limits or
extraterritorial jurisdiction. A final plat shall include the entire preliminary plan area or less
when the final plat adheres to the phasing identified on the approved preliminary plan. The
final plat shall conform to the preliminary plan as approved by the Administrator, provided
it incorporates all changes, modifications, corrections, and conditions imposed by the
Administrator; and provided further, that it conforms to all requirements of these
regulations and the Comprehensive Plan.
3) Minor Plats and Amending Plats.
A preliminary plan shall not be required prior to the application of a minor plat or
amending plat. Pursuant to Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended,
the City Council delegates the Administrator the ability to approve the following plats in
accordance with the procedure set forth herein:
(a) Amending plats described in Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government Code, as
amended;
(b) Minor plats or replats involving four (4) or fewer lots fronting on an existing street
and not requiring the creation of any new street or the extension of municipal
facilities;
I A replat described in Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended,
and that does not require the creation of any new street or the extension of
municipal facilities.
4) Vacating Plats.
A vacating plat shall adhere to the requirements of Chapter 212 of the Texas Local
Government Code, as amended. Vacating plats be processed and reviewed in the same
manner as a final plat.
c. Exemptions from Subdivision Plat Requirement.
The following subdivisions are exempt from subdivision plat requirements:
1) A division of land into parts greater than five (5) acres within the city limits and greater
than ten (10) acres in the extraterritorial jurisdiction, where each part has access, and no
public improvement is being dedicated;
2) Division of property that results from a governmental entity's land acquisition for public
facilities such as the expansion of street right-of-way;
3) Any lot(s) forming a part of a subdivision created and recorded prior to July 15, 1970, the
effective date of the City of College Station Subdivision Regulations, or prior to the date on
which the Subdivision Regulations applied to the property through the extension of the
extraterritorial jurisdiction;
4) A division of land performed by a political subdivision of the state, as defined in Chapter
245 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended. Such entities that choose to plat
voluntarily shall comply with all of the applicable requirements; or
5) A division of land created by order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
2. Development Plat Required.
a. The City chooses to be covered by Subchapter B, Regulation of Property Development of Chapter
212 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended. Any person who proposes the
development of a tract of land or lot of record not located within a recorded subdivision within
Page 491 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 26 of 64
the city limits or the extraterritorial jurisdiction must have a development plat of the tract
prepared in accordance with this Section. New development may not begin on the property until
the development plat is filed with and approved by the City.
b. Exemptions from Development Plat Requirement.
The following developments are exempt from development plat requirements:
1) When an applicant is required to file a preliminary plan or final plat pursuant to other
requirements of this Section, a development plat is not required in addition thereto.
2) The development of a tract of land within the city limits or the extraterritorial jurisdiction
that meets all of the following criteria is not required to file a development plat:
(a) The tract is at least five (5) acres;
(b) The tract has access; and
(c) The development is a single-family home for the use of the property owner or a
member of the property owner's family, an accessory structure(s) of the home,
and/or an accessory structure(s) for the benefit of agricultural uses.
3) Development by a political subdivision of the state, as defined in Chapter 245 of the Texas
Local Government Code, as amended. Such entities that choose to plat voluntarily shall
comply with all of the applicable requirements.
4) The Administrator may waive the requirement for a development plat within the city limits
when no parkland, public infrastructure, or public dedication is required on the subject
tract.
C. Determination of Plat Applicability.
Upon written application and in compliance with Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government Code, as
amended, the Administrator shall make the following determinations regarding the tract of land identified in
the request:
1. Whether a plat is required under this UDO for the tract of land; and
2. If a plat is required, whether it has been prepared and whether it has been reviewed and approved by
the Planning and Zoning Commission or Administrator, as applicable.
The Administrator may require additional information and documents to be provided by the applicant to
make the requested determination.
D. Application Requirements.
1. Pre-Application Conference.
Prior to the submission of a preliminary plan or a plat application required by this UDO, applicants are
encouraged to schedule and attend an optional pre-application conference in accordance with the Pre-
Application Conference Subsection of the General Approval Procedures Section above.
2. A complete application for review shall be submitted to the Administrator including payment of a fee
as set forth in this UDO. Upon request, all preliminary plans and all plats shall be submitted in an
electronic form acceptable to the Administrator and compatible with the City's geographic information
system (GIS). The signatures of all owners of land within the boundary of the preliminary plan or the
plat shall be required on the application. A representative of an owner may sign the application
provided a written letter of agency is provided to the City with the application. If the property owner is
not an individual but an entity (e.g., business or trust), the application must be accompanied by proof
of authority for the individual to sign on behalf of the entity.
Page 492 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 27 of 64
3. When required to submit the following, the applications shall comply with and/or show the following
information:
a. Preliminary Plans.
When submitting preliminary plans, the following information is required:
1) The preliminary plan shall conform to the general requirements of this UDO and minimum
standards of design and improvements as set forth in Article 8, Subdivision Design and
Improvements of this UDO;
2) The words "PRELIMINARY PLAN - NOT FOR RECORD" shall appear on the plan;
3) The proposed name of the subdivision or development, which shall not have the same
spelling as or be pronounced similar to the name of any other subdivision located within
the county it is located;
4) The name and address of all property owners, developers and subdividers, engineers, and
surveyors;
5) Description by metes and bounds of the subdivision which shall close within accepted land
survey standards (labeled on boundary lines, not separate metes and bounds description).
An accurate location of the subdivision or development shall be provided by reference to
an established survey or league corner, City of College Station horizontal control
monument, subdivision corner, or other known points. Primary control points or
descriptions and ties to a control point, to which, later, all dimensions, angles, bearings,
block numbers, and similar data shall be referred. The preliminary plan shall be oriented to
a corner of the survey or tract, or an original corner of the original survey of which it is a
part;
6) Subdivision boundary lines shall be indicated by heavy lines and the computed acreage of
the subdivision or development shown;
7) Indicate whether the contiguous property is platted and provide the name of all contiguous
subdivisions or names of owners of contiguous, unplatted parcels;
8) The following existing features shall be shown:
(a) The location, dimension, name, and description of all recorded streets, alleys,
reservations, easements, or other public or private rights-of-way within the
subdivision or development, intersecting or contiguous with its boundaries or
forming such boundaries. In the case of pipelines carrying flammable gas or fuel, the
approximate location, size of the line, design pressure and product transported
through the line shall be shown;
(b) The location, dimension, description, and name of all existing or recorded lots, parks,
public areas, permanent structures, and other sites within or contiguous with the
subdivision or development;
(c) The location, dimensions, description, and flow line of existing watercourses and
drainage structures within the subdivision, development, or contiguous thereto;
(d) The location of the one hundred (100) year floodplain according to the most recent
best available data;
9) Date of preparation, scale in feet, and north arrow;
10) Topographic information, including contours at two-foot intervals, flow line elevation of
streams, and wooded areas;
Page 493 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 28 of 64
11) The location, approximate dimensions, description, and name of all proposed streets,
alleys, drainage structures, parks, or other public areas, easements, or other rights-of-way,
blocks, lots, and other sites within the subdivision or development. Proposed channel cross
sections, if any. Existing and/or proposed well site locations;
12) A number or letter to identify each lot and each block. Lots and blocks shown on a
preliminary plan should be numbered sequentially;
13) Location of current city limits line and current zoning district boundaries;
14) Vicinity map which shows the general location of the subject property to existing streets in
College Station to its city limits. No scale is required but a north arrow is to be included;
15) The number of residential lots and average lot size when applicable;
16) Provide a note to identify a cluster development when applicable;
17) Provide any oversize participation requests that will be sought;
18) Provide a title report for the property that is current within ninety (90) days and includes
applicable information such as ownership, liens, encumbrances, etc.;
19) Written requests for waivers of subdivision standards, if any, shall be submitted in
accordance with the applicable Sections of this UDO;
20) Provide a note on the preliminary plan to identify the residential parking option chosen
from the Single-Family Residential Parking Requirements for Platting Section of Article 8,
Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO, when applicable; and
21) As applicable, applicants shall submit the information, documents, and materials set forth
in the Traffic Impact Analyses Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this
UDO.
b. Plats to be Recorded.
When submitting plats, the following shall be required:
1) The plat shall conform to the general requirements of this UDO and minimum standards of
design and improvements as set forth in Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of
this UDO unless expressly provided for otherwise;
2) Prior to filing a plat for record, provide current certified tax certificates from all taxing
agencies showing payment of all ad valorem taxes on the land within the subdivision;
3) Provide a title report for the property that is current within ninety (90) days and includes
applicable information such as ownership, liens, encumbrances, etc.;
4) Provide the plat on sheets twenty-four (24) inches by thirty-six (36) inches to a scale of one
hundred (100) feet per inch or larger. Smaller scales may be allowed at the discretion of
the Administrator. If more than one (1) sheet, provide an index sheet at a scale of five
hundred (500) feet per inch or larger;
5) Vicinity map which shows the general location of the subject property to existing streets in
College Station to its city limits. No scale is required but a north arrow is to be included;
6) The proposed name of the subdivision or development, which shall not have the same
spelling as or be pronounced similar to the name of any other subdivision located within
the county it is located;
7) Date of preparation, scale in feet, and north arrow;
Page 494 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 29 of 64
8) The name and address of all property owners, developers, subdividers, engineers, and
surveyors responsible for the plat;
9) Subdivision boundary lines shall be indicated by heavy lines and the computed acreage of
the subdivision or development;
10) For a replat where there are existing improvements, provide a survey of the subject
property showing the improvements to ensure that no setback encroachments are created;
11) The name of contiguous subdivisions and names of owners of contiguous parcels and an
indication of whether or not contiguous properties are platted;
12) The location of the one hundred (100) year floodplain and floodway according to the most
recent best available data;
13) A number or letter to identify each lot and each block. Lots and blocks shown on a plat
should be numbered sequentially;
14) Provide the number of lots and average lot size when applicable;
15) Provide a note to identify a cluster development when applicable;
16) Written requests for waivers of subdivision standards, if any, shall be submitted in
accordance with the applicable Sections of this UDO;
17) The plat shall also include the following, based on a field survey, and marked by
monuments and markers:
(a) The exact location, dimensions, name, and legal description of all existing or recorded
streets, alleys, easements, or other rights-of-way within the subdivision or
development, intersecting or contiguous with the boundary or forming such a
boundary with accurate dimensions, bearings or deflection angles and radii, area,
center angle, degree of curvature, tangent distance, and length of all curves, where
applicable;
(b) The exact location, dimensions, description, and name of all proposed streets, alleys,
drainage structures, parks, and other public areas, easements, or other rights-of-way,
blocks, lots, and other sites within the subdivision or development, with accurate
dimensions, bearings, or deflection angles and radii, areas, center angle, degree of
curvature, tangent distance, and length of curves, where applicable;
(c) Lot corner markers and survey monuments shall be shown clearly by symbol, and tied
to City of College Station horizontal control monuments;
(d) The following, when applicable, shall appear on the face of the plat: (See examples in
the Certifications Section of Article 8 Subdivision Design and Improvements of this
UDO.)
i. Certificate of Ownership and Dedication;
ii. Certificate of Surveyor and/or Engineer;
iii. Certificate of City Engineer;
iv. Certificate of Planning and Zoning Commission;
v. Certificate of the County Clerk;
vi. Certificate of City Planner; and
vii. Certificate of Approval.
Page 495 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 30 of 64
18) The plat shall be accompanied by the construction documents and reports bearing the seal
and signature of a registered professional engineer. All shall be in accordance with the
Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines and the Bryan/College Station Unified
Technical Specifications and shall include the following:
(a) Construction plans shall be provided on sheets twenty-four (24) inches by thirty-six
(36) inches;
(b) Street, alley, and sidewalk plans, profiles, and sections, with specifications and
detailed cost estimates;
(c) Sanitary sewer plan with contours, plan, and profile lines, showing depth and grades,
with sewer report and detailed cost estimates;
(d) Water line plan showing fire hydrants, valves, etc., with specifications, a water
report, and a detailed cost estimate. This may be combined with related information
supplied for preliminary plan submissions;
(e) Storm drainage system plan with contours, street lines, inlets, storm sewer, and
drainage channels with profiles and sections. Detail drainage structure design and
channel lining design if used, with specifications, drainage report, and detailed cost
estimate;
(f) Street lighting plan showing the location of lights, design, and with specifications and
detailed cost estimates; and
(g) Any associated necessary items, including but not limited to off-site public utility
easements, permits, or approval of governmental agencies.
19) Provide a note on the final plat to identify the residential parking option chosen from the
Single-Family Residential Parking Requirements for Platting Section of Article 8, Subdivision
Design and Improvements of this UDO, when applicable; and
20) If the subject property is zoned MH Middle Housing, provide a note on the final plat to
identify the list of proposed residential product type(s) to ensure the correct application of
the Middle Housing Project Types and Dimensional Standards Table Section of Article 5,
District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO.
E. Filing of Plat.
For the purposes of this Section, the date of filing shall be determined as the date on which a complete
application, as determined by the Administrator, and a plat meeting all of the technical terms and conditions
of this UDO or has filed a waiver request to those Sections for which the plat does not comply, is submitted.
Once a complete application has been filed with the City, it will be scheduled for action by the Administrator
and/or the Planning and Zoning Commission, as applicable.
F. Review Procedure.
1. Preliminary Plan Review.
a. Review and Approval by the Administrator.
If a waiver or discretionary item is not included or required with the preliminary plan application,
the Administrator may review and approve or deny the application based on compliance with the
following elements:
1) The Comprehensive Plan, including any associated plans or studies adopted by the City
Council;
Page 496 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 31 of 64
2) Existing zoning of the property, if applicable;
3) Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO;
4) Form and content as required in the General Approval Procedures Section above;
5) If phased, the preliminary plan must demonstrate the sufficiency and viability of public
infrastructure for each phase such that an undue burden is not placed on any particular
phase. In addition, the proposed phasing is not to create phases or potential remainders of
size, shape, or location so as not to be developable in compliance with this UDO; and
6) Other provisions of this UDO as applicable.
b. Review and Recommendation by Parks and Recreation Advisory Board.
The Parks and Recreation Advisory Board shall review the preliminary plan application for
compliance with the Requirements for Parkland Dedication Section of Article 8, Subdivision
Design and improvements of this UDO and recommend approval, approval with conditions, or
disapproval of the same. This recommendation must be considered by the Administrator or the
Planning and Zoning Commission in its review. Once the Board has determined compliance, the
preliminary plan and subsequent plats may proceed directly to the Administrator or the Planning
and Zoning Commission.
c. Consideration by Planning and Zoning Commission.
If a preliminary plan application includes one or more waiver requests or discretionary items, the
Administrator shall forward the preliminary plan to the Planning and Zoning Commission for
consideration when it meets all of the technical terms and conditions of this UDO. Proposed
parkland dedication equal to or exceeding five (5) acres and dedications of floodplain or
greenway not previously considered by the Planning and Zoning Commission shall be considered
discretionary items. The Administrator shall provide a recommendation on the waiver request(s)
or discretionary item(s) as appropriate. The Planning and Zoning Commission shall receive the
recommendations of the Administrator and the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board and shall
approve, disapprove, or conditionally approve the preliminary plan with modifications based on
compliance with the same elements listed in the Review and Approval by Administrator
Subsection above. Conditions of approval must entail corrections, changes, or completion of
items that are ministerial and explicitly spelled out.
d. Effect of Approval.
Approval of a preliminary plan shall mean the following:
1) Approval of a preliminary plan application by the Administrator or the Planning and Zoning
Commission shall allow the applicant to continue the subdivision process by submitting a
development permit application with construction plans and a final plat application.
2) Approval of a preliminary plan shall not constitute approval of a final plat. Application for
approval of a final plat will be considered only after the requirements for preliminary plan
approval as specified herein have been fulfilled and after all other specified conditions have
been met.
3) If a final plat is not filed with the City within twenty-four (24) months of the date of
approval or conditional approval of a preliminary plan, the Planning and Zoning
Commission may, upon written application of the applicant, extend the approval for a one-
time additional twelve (12) month period. The request for consideration of an extension
shall be submitted to the Administrator at least thirty (30) days before the preliminary plan
approval expires.
Page 497 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 32 of 64
4) Each final plat which is a phase of an approved preliminary plan shall extend the expiration
date of the preliminary plan an additional two (2) years from the date the final plat was
approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission.
5) If a preliminary plan is phased, final plats shall only be permitted to proceed to the
Planning and Zoning Commission in the numerical order set forth by the preliminary plan.
2. Amendments to an Approved Preliminary Plan.
a. Minor Amendments.
Minor amendments of an approved preliminary plan may be in an application for approval of a
final plat without the necessity of filing a new application for approval of a preliminary plan.
Minor amendments may include adjustments in street or alley alignments and lengths, phasing,
the adjustment in lot lines that do not result in the creation of additional developable lots, or
adjustments to utility or access easements. Minor amendments shall comply with the standards
of this UDO, shall not alter a subdivision standard that is discretionary to the Planning and Zoning
Commission, and shall not increase the extent of an approved waiver to a subdivision standard.
b. Major Amendments.
All other proposed amendments of an approved preliminary plan not constituting a minor
amendment shall be considered a major amendment and require the approval of a new
preliminary plan application by the Administrator or the Planning and Zoning Commission, as
appropriate. Major amendments include but are not limited to an increase in the number of
developable lots, rerouting of streets, addition or deletion of alleys, change to thoroughfare
street layout, or modification to parkland.
c. Amendment Determination.
The applicant shall provide a written description of proposed amendments to an approved
preliminary plan. The Administrator shall determine whether the proposed amendments are
deemed minor or major amendments. At the discretion of the Administrator, a new preliminary
plan application that proposes major amendments may be processed simultaneously with a final
plat application.
d. Retaining Previous Approval.
If the proposed major amendments are not approved or if the applicant is unwilling to accept the
terms and conditions required by the Administrator or the Planning and Zoning Commission, the
applicant may withdraw the proposed amendments by written request and retain the previously
approved preliminary plan.
3. Final Plat, Replat, Vacating Plat, and Development Plat Review.
a. Review and Recommendation by Administrator.
1) The Administrator shall review the plat application for compliance with the elements:
(a) The approved preliminary plan, if applicable;
(b) The Comprehensive Plan, including any associated plans or studies adopted by the
City Council;
(c) Existing zoning of the property, if applicable;
(d) Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO;
(e) Form and content as required in the General Approval Procedures Section above; and
Page 498 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 33 of 64
(f) Other provisions of this UDO as applicable.
2) If public infrastructure is required for the plat, the following is required for the plat
application to be complete to be scheduled for Planning and Zoning Commission
consideration:
(a) The construction documents must be approved by the City Engineer;
(b) Any necessary off-site easements are reviewed and acceptable by the City in
recordable form; and
(c) Either the public infrastructure is constructed by the applicant and accepted by the
City, or a guarantee provided to the City Engineer in accordance with the
Construction, Guarantee of Performance, and Acceptance of Public Infrastructure
Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO.
3) The applicant will be advised of the date set for Planning and Zoning Commission
consideration.
4) The Administrator shall recommend approval or disapproval of the same.
b. Review and Recommendation by Parks and Recreation Advisory Board.
If not already determined through an approved preliminary plan, the Parks and Recreation
Advisory Board shall review the plat application for compliance with the Requirements for
Parkland Dedication Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO, and
recommend approval, approval with conditions, or disapproval of the same. This
recommendation must be considered by the Planning and Zoning Commission in its plat review.
c. Criteria for Approval by Planning and Zoning Commission.
Within thirty (30) days after the plat is filed, the Planning and Zoning Commission shall receive
the recommendation of the Administrator and the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board and shall
approve or disapprove such plat. The Planning and Zoning Commission's action shall be based on
compliance with the review elements listed in the Review and Recommendation by
Administrator Subsection above and the City Engineer’s approval of all required infrastructure as
proposed in the construction documents and which has been constructed and accepted or
guaranteed in accordance with the Construction, Guarantee of Performance, and Acceptance of
Public Infrastructure Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO.
Conditions of approval must entail corrections, changes, or completion of items that are
ministerial and explicitly spelled out.
d. Recordation.
If the Planning and Zoning Commission has approved the plat, the plat shall be recorded in the
County Clerk’s Office of the county in which the plat is located when all requirements and
conditions have been met.
4. Minor Plat and Amending Plat Review.
a. Review and Action by Administrator.
The plat shall be reviewed by the Administrator for compliance with all applicable requirements
of this UDO including those elements identified in the Preliminary Plan Review Subsection above
and the following procedures:
1) Consideration of the approval, approval with conditions, or recommendation of denial of
the plat by the Administrator usually within fifteen (15) days of filing a minor plat or
amending plat;
Page 499 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 34 of 64
2) The Administrator shall approve, approve with conditions, or recommend denial and
forward the plat to the Planning and Zoning Commission at the next available meeting. The
Administrator may also elect to forward the plat to the Planning and Zoning Commission
for any reason. Conditions of approval must entail corrections, changes, or completion of
items that are ministerial and explicitly spelled out;
3) If forwarded to the Planning and Zoning Commission, the Commission shall approve,
disapprove, or conditionally approve the plat. Conditions of approval must entail
corrections, changes, or completion of items that are ministerial and explicitly spelled out;
4) Upon approval of the Planning and Zoning Commission meeting minutes, the Administrator
shall make them available to the applicant;
5) A report shall be made to the Planning and Zoning Commission at each meeting notifying
the Commission of any minor plats or amending plats that were approved by the
Administrator since the last Commission meeting.
b. Recordation.
If favorable final action has been taken by the Administrator or the Planning and Zoning
Commission, the minor plat or amending plat shall be recorded in the County Clerk’s Office of the
county in which the plat is located when all requirements and conditions have been met.
G. Waivers.
The Planning and Zoning Commission, where authorized by this UDO, may approve, approve with conditions,
or disapprove waivers of the standards in Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO.
H. Platting in Planned Districts (P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District and PDD Planned Development District).
If the subject property is zoned as a P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned Development
District, the City Council may approve a concept plan that provides for general modifications to the site
development and subdivision standards. The general modifications shall be indicated on the approved
concept plan or within the rezoning ordinance.
I. Platting in the Extraterritorial Jurisdiction.
The City has entered into one (1) or more written agreements with counties in which it has extraterritorial
jurisdiction. Such agreements identify the authority authorized to regulate plats within the extraterritorial
jurisdiction, and the provisions of this Section are subject to the terms and conditions of such valid
agreements. In the event such an agreement creates a direct conflict between the regulations herein and
those of the particular county, the stricter standard shall apply.
J. Failure to Obtain Plat Approval.
1. If plat approval is required for the subdivision of property or development of property and the same is
not properly secured:
a. Prohibition of Recordation.
It shall be unlawful to offer and cause to be recorded any plat or replat of land within the city
limits or extraterritorial jurisdiction at the County Clerk’s Office unless the same bears the
endorsement and approval of the Planning and Zoning Commission, the Administrator, or bears a
valid certificate of No Action Taken as provided for in the Certifications Section of Article 8,
Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO.
b. Prohibition of Making Improvements.
Page 500 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 35 of 64
It shall be unlawful to make any improvements, alterations, or changes of any kind to such
property;
c. No Issuance of Permits.
The City shall not issue any building, repair, plumbing, electrical, or other permit relating to such
property until such approval occurs;
d. No Provision or Maintenance of Infrastructure.
The City shall not repair, maintain, install, or provide any streets, public utilities, or public
infrastructure of any kind to such property;
e. No Provision of Public Utilities.
The City shall not sell or supply water, gas, electricity, or sewerage to such property.
2. Council Action.
a. If any subdivision or development exists for which a plat has not been approved or in which the
standards contained herein or referred to herein have not been complied with in full, the City
Council may pass a resolution reciting the fact of such noncompliance or failure to secure plat
approval and reciting the fact that the provisions of this Section apply.
b. The City Secretary shall, when directed by the City Council, cause a certified copy of the said
resolution under the corporate seal of the City to be recorded in the Deed Records of the county
in which the plat is located.
c. If such compliance and plat approval are secured after the recording of such resolution, the City
Secretary shall forthwith record an instrument in the Deed Records of the county in which the
plat is located stating that the property is no longer in violation.
Page 501 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 36 of 64
Sec. 3.8. Development Permits.
Development Permit Review Process
A. Applicability.
A development permit shall be required prior to any development activity to ensure conformance to the
provisions and requirements of this UDO. The following uses are exempt from the permitting requirements of
this Section, but shall otherwise meet all of the requirements of this UDO and the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines, Technical Specifications and Standard Details, and the Drainage and Stormwater
Management Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO:
1. Customary and incidental grounds maintenance, landscaping, and gardening;
2. Drainage-related improvements or modifications by a homeowner on property used as their principal
residence where that property lies outside of the designated area of special flood hazard; and
3. Uses by a landowner of their property for bona fide agricultural purposes.
B. Approval Process.
Prior to the issuance of a development permit, the following requirements shall be met:
1. Pre-Application Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for a development permit, applicants are encouraged to
schedule and attend an optional pre-application conference following the procedure laid out in the
Pre-Application Conference Subsection of the General Approval Procedures Section above.
2. Application.
A complete application for a development permit shall be submitted to the Development Engineer as
set forth in the General Approval Procedures Section above.
3. Review and Action by the Development Engineer.
Page 502 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 37 of 64
The Development Engineer shall review the required information and application form and shall take
one (1) of the following actions:
a. Approve the development permit;
b. Disapprove the development permit;
c. Approve the development permit with conditions; or
d. Require additional information or an engineering conference with the applicant or their engineer.
4. Review Criteria.
Approval or denial of a development permit by the Development Engineer shall be based on the
following relevant factors:
a. The danger to life or property due to flooding or erosion damage;
b. The susceptibility of the proposed facility and its contents to flood damage and the effect of such
damage on the individual owner;
c. The danger that materials may be swept onto other lands to the injury of others;
d. The compatibility of the proposed use with existing and anticipated development;
e. The maintenance and operational costs of providing governmental services during and after flood
conditions, including maintenance and repair of streets and bridges, and public utilities and
facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical, and water systems;
f. The expected heights, velocity, duration, rate of rise, and sediment transport of the flood waters,
and the effects of wave action, if applicable, expected at the site;
g. The necessity for the facility of a waterfront location, where applicable;
h. The availability of alternative locations, not subject to flooding or erosion damage, for the
proposed use;
i. The barricading of existing trees to remain on the property and count as protected trees under
the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this
UDO; and
j. Compliance with this UDO.
5. Notification of Decision.
a. The applicant shall be notified in writing of the action of the Development Engineer. If the
development permit has been disapproved, the specific reasons for disapproval shall be indicated
in the notification. If additional information is required of the applicant, the specific requirements
shall be indicated in the notification. A final determination of the approval or disapproval of the
development permit, considering the additional information, shall be made, and written
notification to the applicant is given within ten (10) working days after acceptance of the
complete application.
b. Any proposal which includes areas of special flood hazard within the following special drainage
areas shall receive written notice of approval or disapproval of the development permit from the
Development Engineer within sixty (60) working days after receipt of the proposal:
1) The entirety of Carter's Creek;
2) The main channel of Lick Creek;
3) Wolf Pen Creek from the Earl Rudder Freeway to the confluence with Carter's Creek; and
Page 503 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 38 of 64
4) The Brazos River.
Sec. 3.9. Site Plans.
Site Plan Review Process
A. Applicability.
1. Prior to the development of any use or structure other than single-family (excluding manufactured
home parks), duplex, or townhouse, a site plan shall be approved by the City in accordance with this
Section. No development shall be lawful or permitted to proceed without final site plan approval. A site
plan approved as part of a conditional use permit shall be considered a site plan approval.
2. If the subject property is zoned P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned Development
District, the City Council may approve a concept plan that provides for general modifications to the site
development standards. The general modifications shall be indicated on the approved concept plan.
The Administrator shall determine the specific standards that comply with the general modifications of
the site development requirements at the time a site plan is approved. The applicant or the
Administrator may have the City Council determine the specific standards that comply with the
approved concept plan.
3. If the subject property is zoned WPC Wolf Pen Creek, no private development shall be lawful or
permitted to proceed without site plan approval. Site plan approval shall be required for all site plans
as part of a conditional use permit. The Administrator may require traffic and parking impact studies, a
review of existing occupancy, and other reasonable data to determine the impact of the project.
B. General Requirements.
1. All improvements reflected on approved site plans must be constructed at the time of development. All
terms and conditions of site plan approval must be met at the time of development.
2. If the subject property is zoned WPC Wolf Pen Creek, all associated rehabilitation, façade work, and
other construction must be conducted after and in compliance with approved elevations, colors, and
materials, and comply with all requirements in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Subsection of the Design
Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO.
Page 504 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 39 of 64
Such review may take place concurrent with the site plan review or may take place separately as
provided in the Development Permits Section above.
C. Application Requirements.
A complete application for site plan approval shall be submitted to the Administrator as set forth in the
General Approval Procedures Section above. The application shall include a landscape plan illustrating
compliance with the requirements of the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO. Where applicable, applicants shall submit information, documents, and
materials required in the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section and Traffic Impact Analyses Section
of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
D. Site Plan Approval Process.
Site plan applications shall be processed in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Pre-Application Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for site plan approval, applicants are encouraged to schedule
and attend an optional pre-application conference in accordance with the Pre-Application Conference
Subsection of the General Approval Procedures Section above.
2. Final Action by the Administrator.
If the proposed site plan is determined to be consistent with all applicable provisions of this UDO, the
Administrator shall approve or conditionally approve the site plan. A determination that all such
requirements and provisions have not been satisfied shall result in disapproval of the site plan and
notice of such disapproval shall be given to the applicant in writing. Conditional approval must entail
corrections or changes that are ministerial and explicitly spelled out.
E. Site Plan Review Criteria.
The Administrator may request changes to the site plan to accomplish the following requirements. To be
approved, a site plan must provide for:
1. Safe and convenient traffic control, handling, and vehicle queuing;
2. Assured pedestrian safety which may include the provision of sidewalks along the perimeter of the
property;
3. Efficient and economic public utilities;
4. Public road or street access;
5. Safe and efficient internal access including public, private, or emergency;
6. Adequate parking and maneuvering areas;
7. Noise and emission control or dispersion that complies with Chapter 7, Health and Sanitation of the
City of College Station Code of Ordinances;
8. Runoff, drainage, and flood control;
9. Visual screening of areas offensive to the public or adjacent developments such as detention areas,
retaining walls, utilities, and solid waste facilities;
10. Compliance with standards, guidelines, and policies of the Landscape & Streetscape Standards Section
of the City of College Station Site Design Standards;
11. Clear indication of what constitutes the building plot for purposes of signage; and
Page 505 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 40 of 64
12. Location and density of buildings or dwelling units where topography or characteristics of the site
compel a lower density than would otherwise be allowed or require location consistent with accepted
engineering practices and principles.
F. Additional Site Plan Review Criteria for the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Design District.
All development within the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district shall comply with the Site Plan Review
Criteria Subsection above. In addition, the following standards, which affect the appearance of a
development, shall govern the evaluation of a design submission in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district:
1. Conformance with the Comprehensive Plan, including any associated plans or studies adopted by the
City Council;
2. Exterior space utilization;
3. Material selection;
4. Compatibility with existing development in the design district;
5. Vehicular, pedestrian, and bicycle circulation;
6. Building location and orientation; and
7. Specific standards listed in the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and
Supplemental Standards of this UDO.
G. Appeal.
Appeals of site plans denied by the Administrator where the denial was based upon or a condition was
imposed to assure compliance with the Site Plan Review Criteria Subsection or Additional Site Plan Review
Criteria for the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Design District Subsection above shall be submitted to the Design
Review Board within thirty (30) days of the decision. If no appeal is filed within thirty (30) days, the decision
shall be final.
The Design Review Board shall have the same authority and use the same review criteria as the
Administrator in reviewing the site plan and taking final action. The Board may impose reasonable site-
related conditions to mitigate the impacts of the development; however, they shall not impose architectural
changes unless otherwise provided for in this UDO.
Page 506 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 41 of 64
Sec. 3.10. Sign Permits.
Sign Permit Review Process
A. Applicability.
No sign shall hereafter be installed, erected, moved, added to, or structurally altered without a permit issued
by the Administrator, except in conformity with the provisions of this Section, unless the Administrator is so
directed by the Zoning Board of Adjustment as provided by this UDO. In the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design
district, all substantial maintenance (including the replacement or alteration of signs) shall be subject to the
sign permit review process detailed in this Section.
1. A sign permit shall be required for the following:
a. Apartment/condominium/manufactured home park identification signs;
b. Attached signs;
c. Development signs;
d. Freestanding signs;
e. Low profile signs;
f. Roof signs; and
g. Subdivision and area identification signs.
2. No sign permit shall be required for the following:
a. Real estate, finance, and construction signs;
b. Directional traffic control signs;
c. Home occupation signs; and
d. Non-commercial signs.
3. It shall be the responsibility of the owner or the leasing agent to assign the available attached or
freestanding sign square footage to individual building tenants. In no case shall this be the responsibility
of the Administrator. In no case may the cumulative total of individual signs for a multi-tenant building
exceed the allowable area available or attached or freestanding signs.
Page 507 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 42 of 64
B. Application.
A complete application for a sign permit shall be submitted to the Administrator as set forth in the General
Approval Procedures Section above.
C. Review and Action by the Administrator.
The Administrator must review each sign permit application in light of this UDO and act to approve, approve
with conditions, or deny the permit. The Administrator may approve with conditions only to the extent that
such conditions specify the actions necessary to bring the application into compliance with this UDO. As
applicable, the Administrator shall apply the standards in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Subsection of the Design
Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO. In
considering such matters, the Administrator may rely on special area plans or studies adopted by the City
Council.
D. Maintenance and Repair.
1. Cleaning, painting, repainting, and other normal maintenance and repair of a sign shall not require a
permit unless a structural or size change is made. Maintenance includes the replacement of a sign face.
Repainting or replacement of materials in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district must receive
approval of either the Administrator or the Design Review Board.
2. Repair of conforming signs, damaged as a result of accidents or acts of God, shall be exempt from
permit fees when they are being restored to their original condition.
E. Waivers (WPC Wolf Pen Creek only).
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests for waivers from the standards in the WPC Wolf Pen
Creek Subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental
Standards of this UDO as limited to the possible waivers authorized by that Subsection.
Sec. 3.11. Building Permits.
Building Permit Review Process
A. Applicability.
1. No building or other structure shall hereafter be erected, moved, added to, structurally altered,
repaired, demolished, or occupancy changed without a permit issued by the Building Official except in
conformity with the provisions of this Section and the International Building Code, as adopted by the
City unless otherwise provided for in the City of College Station Code of Ordinances. No building permit
issued under the provisions of this Section for land use or construction in the City shall be considered
valid unless signed by the Building Official.
Page 508 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 43 of 64
2. In the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district, all substantial maintenance (including but not limited to
rehabilitation, façade work, and change of exterior materials or other construction) shall be subject to
the building permit review process detailed in this Section. All building permits required in the WPC
Wolf Pen Creek design district, including minor additions to a site (accessory buildings and structures,
change of solid waste disposal location, painting, and landscaping) shall be reviewed by the
Administrator.
B. Application for Building Permit.
1. Applications for building permits for single-family, duplex, townhouse, or courtyard house structures
shall be accompanied by one (1) set of complete plans, drawn to scale, showing the actual dimensions
and shape of the lot to be built upon; the exact sizes and locations of buildings already existing on the
lot, if any; and the location and dimensions of the proposed building or alteration, easements, and
required setbacks.
Applications for multi-family (including multiplex) and non-residential structures shall be accompanied
by three (3) sets of complete plans, drawn to scale, including the approved site plan as required in the
Site Plans Section above.
Additional sets of plans shall be supplied to the Building Official upon request.
2. The application shall include such other information as lawfully may be required by the Building Official
or the Administrator, including existing or proposed building or alteration; existing or proposed uses of
the building and land; the number of families, housekeeping units, or rental units the building is
designed to accommodate; conditions existing on the lot; and such other matters as may be necessary
to determine conformance with and provide for the enforcement of this UDO.
3. One (1) copy of the plans shall be returned to the applicant after it is marked as either approved,
approved with conditions, or disapproved and attested to same by the signature of the Building Official
on such copy. The original copy of the plans, similarly marked, and the associated site plan shall be
retained by the Building Official.
4. Where applicable, applicants shall submit information and materials required in the Landscaping and
Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
5. Where applicable, applicants shall submit information and materials required in the Non-Residential
Architectural Standards Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
6. If the subject property is zoned MH Middle Housing, applicants shall specify the proposed residential
product type. See the Middle Housing Product Types and Dimensional Standards Table in the
Residential Dimensional Standards Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental
Standards of this UDO for a list of allowed product types.
C. Review and Recommendation.
The Building Official shall review all building permit applications to determine if intended uses, buildings, or
structures comply with all applicable regulations and standards, including this UDO, and approve or
disapprove the same.
D. Review and Action by Building Official.
1. The Building Official shall make a final determination of whether the intended uses, buildings, or
structures comply with all applicable regulations, standards, and the International Building Code, as
adopted. The Building Official shall not issue a building permit unless the plans, specifications, and
intended use of such building or structures or parts thereof conform in all respects to the provisions of
this UDO and the International Building Code, as adopted.
Page 509 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 44 of 64
2. If the subject property is zoned P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned Development
District, the City Council may approve a concept plan that provides for general modifications to the site
development standards. The general modifications shall be indicated on the approved concept plan.
The Administrator shall determine the specific standards that comply with the general modifications of
the site development requirements during the building permit review. The applicant or the
Administrator may have the City Council determine the specific standards that comply with the
approved concept plan.
E. Decision by Administrator (WPC Wolf Pen Creek only).
1. Design Review.
The Administrator shall apply the standards in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Subsection of the Design
Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO. In
considering such matters, the Administrator may rely on special area plans or studies adopted by the
City Council.
2. Written Decision.
The decision of approval or denial shall be communicated in writing to the applicant.
F. Waivers (WPC Wolf Pen Creek only).
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests for waivers from the standards in the WPC Wolf Pen
Creek Subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental
Standards of this UDO as limited to the possible waivers authorized by that Subsection.
Sec. 3.12. Certificates of Occupancy.
A. Applicability.
A certificate of occupancy shall be required for any of the following:
1. Occupancy of a building hereafter erected or enlarged;
2. Change in use of an existing building to a different use category;
3. Any change in a nonconforming use or structure; or
4. As required by Section 110 of the International Building Code, as adopted.
B. Application.
Once all required building inspections have been reviewed by the Building Official and no violation of the
provisions of the Code is found, the Building Official shall issue a certificate of occupancy for the structure.
C. Review and Action by Building Official.
Upon the request for a certificate of occupancy, the Building Official shall inspect the use or structure. If the
Building Official determines that the use or structure complies with all applicable provisions of the
International Building Code, as adopted, and this UDO, a certificate of occupancy shall be issued.
D. Temporary Certificate of Occupancy.
Pending the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, a temporary certificate of occupancy may be issued by
the Building Official. The temporary certificate of occupancy shall be valid for a period established by the
Building Official, pending completion of additional requirements or during partial occupancy of a structure
and as provided in Section 110 of the International Building Code, as adopted.
E. Unlawful to Occupy Without Valid Certificate of Occupancy.
Page 510 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 45 of 64
It is unlawful to occupy any building that does not have a validly issued certificate of occupancy or temporary
certificate of occupancy.
Sec. 3.13. Certificates of Completion.
A. Applicability.
A certificate of completion shall be required for any of the following:
1. Use of a parking lot hereafter constructed or enlarged not in conjunction with a building or structure;
2. Site changes including but not limited to landscaping, parking lots, façade changes in a design district,
or a change to an existing site that is not done in conjunction with a building or structure that requires
a building permit; or
3. Site improvements associated with a telecommunications tower.
B. Application.
Once all required building inspections have been reviewed by the Building Official and no violation of the
provisions of the International Building Code, as adopted are found, the Building Official shall issue a
certificate of completion for the structure.
C. Review and Action by Building Official.
Upon the request for a certificate of completion, the Building Official shall inspect the structure. If the
Building Official determines that the structure complies with all applicable provisions of the International
Building Code, as adopted, and this UDO, a certificate of completion shall be issued.
D. Temporary Certificate of Completion.
Pending the issuance of a certificate of completion, a temporary certificate of completion may be issued by
the Building Official. The temporary certificate of completion shall be valid for a period established by the
Building Official, pending compliance with approved development plans.
E. Unlawful to Utilize Without Valid Certificate of Completion.
It is unlawful to utilize any structure that does not have a validly issued certificate of completion or
temporary certificate of completion.
Page 511 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 46 of 64
Sec. 3.14. Certificates of Appropriateness.
Certificate of Appropriateness Review Process
A. Applicability.
1. Prior to any construction, reconstruction, alteration, restoration, or rehabilitation of any structure or
any property within an HP Historic Preservation Overlay, or any material change in the light fixtures,
signs, sidewalks, fences, steps, paving, or other exterior elements visible from a public right-of-way that
affects the appearance and cohesiveness of any structure or any property within an HP Historic
Preservation Overlay, an applicant must obtain a certificate of appropriateness in accordance with this
Section.
2. No building permit shall be issued for proposed work within an HP Historic Preservation Overlay until a
certificate of appropriateness has first been issued as required by the UDO. The certificate of
appropriateness shall be in addition to and not in place of any building permit that may be required by
any other ordinance of the City of College Station.
B. Application Requirements.
A complete application for a certificate of appropriateness shall be submitted to the Administrator as set
forth in the General Approval Procedures Section above. The application shall include, where applicable:
1. Detailed description of proposed work;
2. Proposed building plans (this will not constitute a building plan submittal for review for a building
permit);
3. Landscaping plans showing landscaping features and vegetation species, sizes, and locations;
4. Landscape protection plans;
5. Location and photographs of the property and adjacent properties;
6. Elevation drawings of the proposed changes, if available;
7. Samples of materials to be used;
8. Specifications for architectural features and materials; and
9. Any other information that the Landmark Commission or Historic Preservation Officer may deem
necessary to visualize the proposed work.
C. Certificate of Appropriateness Approval Process.
Page 512 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 47 of 64
Certificate of appropriateness applications shall be processed in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Pre-Application Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for a certificate of appropriateness, applicants are encouraged
to schedule and attend an optional pre-application conference in accordance with the Pre-Application
Conference Subsection of the General Approval Procedures Section above.
2. Review and Report by the Historic Preservation Officer.
Upon receipt of an application for a certificate of appropriateness, the Historic Preservation Officer
shall determine whether the application is to be reviewed under the Standard Certificate of
Appropriateness Review Criteria or the Routine Maintenance Work Review Procedure. If the
application is to be reviewed under the Standard Certificate of Appropriateness Review Criteria, the
following applies. If the application is to be reviewed under the Routine Maintenance Work Review
Procedure, the procedure in the Routine Maintenance Work Review Procedure Subsection below will
apply.
Under the Standard Certificate of Appropriateness Review Criteria, the Historic Preservation Officer will
review the application to determine if the proposed plan is consistent with all applicable provisions of
this UDO and the Comprehensive Plan. The Historic Preservation Officer will forward the report on the
application to the Landmark Commission with a recommendation for approval, denial or conditional
approval.
3. Review by the Landmark Commission.
The Landmark Commission shall review the application in a public meeting and may approve, approve
with conditions, or deny the application. If the Landmark Commission requires additional information
than that presented at a meeting, a decision may be postponed until a specified date when the
specified information may be provided. Notice shall be provided by the publication of the agenda of
the meeting.
4. Final Action by the Landmark Commission.
If the application is determined to be consistent with all applicable provisions of this UDO, including
the applicable district provisions of the Historic Preservation Overlay Subsection of the Overlay Districts
Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO, and the
review criteria in the Standard Certificate of Appropriateness Review Criteria Subsection below, the
Landmark Commission shall approve the plan. A determination that all requirements and provisions
have not been satisfied shall result in disapproval of the plan.
D. Standard Certificate of Appropriateness Review Criteria.
The Landmark Commission shall approve a certificate of appropriateness if it finds:
1. For Historic Contributing Resources.
a. The proposed work is consistent with The Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation,
The Secretary of the Interior’s Guidelines for Rehabilitating Historic Buildings, Preservation Briefs,
and all related interpretative documents published by the U.S. Department of Interior;
b. The proposed work will not have an adverse effect on the architectural features of the structure;
c. The proposed work will not have an adverse effect on the HP Historic Preservation Overlay; and
d. The proposed work will not have an adverse effect on the future preservation, maintenance, and
use of the structure or the HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
2. For Historic Non-Contributing Resources.
Page 513 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 48 of 64
The proposed work is compatible with the HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
E. Routine Maintenance Work Review Procedure.
1. If upon review of an application for a certificate of appropriateness, the Historic Preservation Officer
determines that an applicant is seeking a certificate of appropriateness to authorize only routine
maintenance work, the Historic Preservation Officer shall review the certificate of appropriateness
application to determine whether the proposed work complies with the regulations contained in this
Section and approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application. The Historic Preservation
Officer may also forward the application to the Landmark Commission for any reason.
2. Routine maintenance work on a property is considered to be:
a. The installation of a chimney located on an accessory building, or on the rear fifty (50) percent of
a main building and not part of a corner side façade;
b. The installation of an awning located on an accessory building, or the rear façade of a primary
structure;
c. The installation of a wood or chain link fence that is not painted or stained;
d. The installation of gutters and downspouts of a color that matches or compliments the dominant
trim or roof color;
e. The installation of skylights and solar panels;
f. The installation of storm windows and doors; and/or
g. The restoration of original architectural elements.
3. The applicant may appeal the Historic Preservation Officer's decision by submitting to the Historic
Preservation Officer a written request for appeal within ten (10) calendar days of the decision. Upon
the written request for appeal, the Landmark Commission will review the application under the
Standard Certificate of Appropriateness Review Criteria Subsection above.
F. Expiration of Approval.
For plans that do not require the issuance of a building permit, work to complete the plans shall commence
and be completed within twenty-four (24) months from the date of approval of the application. The Historic
Preservation Officer may authorize a single extension of a certificate of appropriateness for up to six (6)
months upon demonstration of substantial progress and the lack of changed or changing conditions in the
area.
For plans that require the issuance of a building permit, if a building permit has not been issued for the
proposed work within twenty-four (24) months from the date of approval of the application, the Historic
Preservation Officer may authorize a single extension of a certificate of appropriateness up to six (6) months
upon demonstration of the lack of changed or changing conditions in the area. A certificate of
appropriateness shall be valid as long as there is a valid building permit.
G. Appeals.
An applicant for a certificate of appropriateness dissatisfied with the action of the Landmark Commission
related to the issuance or denial of a certificate of appropriateness shall have the right to appeal to the City
Council within ten (10) calendar days after the date of such action. In considering an appeal, the City Council
shall consider the same standards and evidence that the Landmark Commission was required to consider in
making the decision.
H. Limitation on Reapplication.
Page 514 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 49 of 64
If a final decision is reached denying a certificate of appropriateness, no further applications may be
considered for the subject matter of the denied certificate of appropriateness for one (1) year from the date
of the final decision unless the Landmark Commission waives the time limitation because the Landmark
Commission finds that there are changed circumstances sufficient warrant a new hearing.
I. Revocation.
The Historic Preservation Officer may, in writing, revoke a certificate of appropriateness if:
1. The certificate of appropriateness was issued based on incorrect information supplied by the applicant,
or
2. The work is not performed in accordance with the certificate of appropriateness.
J. Amendment to a Certificate of Appropriateness.
A certificate of appropriateness may be amended by submitting a new certificate of appropriateness
application to the Historic Preservation Officer. The application shall then be subject to either the Standard
Certificate of Appropriateness Review Criteria or the Routine Maintenance Work Review Procedure.
K. Ordinary Maintenance.
Other than the routine maintenance work listed in the Routine Maintenance Work Review Procedure
Subsection above, a certificate of appropriateness shall not be required for the ordinary maintenance and
repair of any exterior architectural feature of a property within an HP Historic Preservation Overlay which
does not involve a change in design, material, or outward appearance such as:
1. The replacement of a roof of the same or an original material that does not include a change in color;
2. The application of paint that is the same as the existing;
3. Minor repair using the same material and design as the original;
4. The repair of sidewalks and driveways using the same type and color of materials;
5. The process of cleaning (including but not limited to low-pressure water blasting and stripping, but
excluding sandblasting and high-pressure water blasting); and
6. The painting, replacing, duplicating, or stabilizing deteriorated or damaged non-original architectural
features (including but not limited to roofing, windows, columns, and siding) to maintain the structure
and slow deterioration.
L. Temporary Emergency Repairs.
If the Building Official determines that a building or structure in an HP Historic Preservation Overlay poses an
immediate threat to persons or property, the Building Official may take any action authorized under the City
of College Station Code of Ordinances to make the building or structure safe without the requirement of a
certificate of appropriateness. The Building Official shall send a written report of such actions to the
Landmark Commission.
Page 515 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 50 of 64
Sec. 3.15. Certificates of Demolition.
Certificate of Demolition Review Process
A. Applicability.
1. Prior to any demolition or removal of any structure or portion thereof on any property within an HP
Historic Preservation Overlay, an applicant must obtain a certificate of demolition in accordance with
this Section.
2. No building permit shall be issued for proposed work within an HP Historic Preservation Overlay until a
certificate of demolition required by the UDO has first been issued by the Landmark Commission. The
certificate of demolition shall be in addition to, and not in place of, any building permit that may be
required by any other ordinance of the City of College Station.
3. No permit for the demolition of a structure or property within an HP Historic Preservation Overlay,
including secondary buildings and landscape features, shall be granted by the Building Official without
the review of a completed application for and approval of a certificate of demolition by the Landmark
Commission.
B. Application Requirements.
A property owner seeking demolition or removal of a structure, including secondary buildings and landscape
features, on a property in an HP Historic Preservation Overlay shall submit a complete application for a
certificate of demolition to the Administrator as set forth in the General Approval Procedures Section above.
The application shall include:
1. An affidavit in which the owner swears or affirms that all information submitted in the application is
true and correct.
2. An indication that the demolition or removal is sought for one (1) or more of the following reasons:
a. To replace the structure with a new structure that is more appropriate and compatible with the
HP Historic Preservation Overlay;
b. No economically viable use of the property exists;
Page 516 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 51 of 64
c. The structure poses an imminent threat to public health or safety; or
d. The structure is noncontributing to the HP Historic Preservation Overlay because it is newer than
the period of historic significance.
3. An application "to replace the structure with a new structure that is more appropriate and compatible
with the HP Historic Preservation Overlay" shall also include:
a. Records depicting the original construction of the structure, including drawings, pictures, or
written descriptions where available;
b. Records depicting the current condition of the structure, including drawings, pictures, or written
descriptions;
c. Any conditions proposed to be placed voluntarily on the new structure that would mitigate the
loss of the structure;
d. Complete architectural drawings of the new structure; and
e. A guarantee agreement between the owner and the City that demonstrates the owner’s intent
and financial ability to construct the new structure. The guarantee must:
1) Contain a statement of intent to construct the proposed structure by a specific date in
accordance with architectural drawings approved by the City through the certificate of
appropriateness process;
2) Require the owner or construction contractor to post a performance and payment bond,
letter of credit, escrow agreement, cash deposit, or another arrangement acceptable to the
Administrator to ensure the construction of the new structure; and
3) Be approved as to form by the City Attorney.
4. An application that “no economically viable use of the property exists” shall also include:
a. The past and current uses of the structure and property;
b. The name of the owner. If the owner is a legal entity, the type of entity and state in which it is
registered;
c. The date and price of purchase or other acquisition of the structure and property, the party from
whom it was acquired, and the owner’s current basis in the property;
d. The relationship, if any, between the owner and the party from whom the structure and property
were acquired. If one (1) or both parties to the transaction were legal entities, any relationships
between the officers and the board of directors of the entities must be specified;
e. The assessed value of the structure and property according to the two (2) most recent tax
assessments;
f. The amount of real estate taxes on the structure and property for the previous two (2) years;
g. The current fair market value of the structure and property as determined by an independent
licensed appraiser;
h. All appraisals obtained by the owner and prospective purchasers within the previous two (2)
years in connection with the potential or actual purchase, financing, or ownership of the
structure and property;
i. All listings of the structure and property for sale or rent within the previous two (2) years, prices
asked, and offers received;
Page 517 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 52 of 64
j. A profit and loss statement for the property and structure containing the annual gross income for
the previous two (2) years; itemized expenses (including operating and maintenance costs) for
the previous two (2) years, including proof that adequate and competent management
procedures were followed; the annual cash flow for the previous two (2) years; and proof that
the owner has made reasonable efforts to obtain a reasonable rate of return on the owner’s
investment and labor;
k. A mortgage history of the property during the previous five (5) years, including the principal
balances and interest rates on the mortgages and the annual debt services on the structure and
property;
l. All capital expenditures during the current ownership;
m. Records depicting the current conditions of the structure and property, including drawings,
pictures, or written descriptions;
n. A study of the restoration of the structure or property, performed by a licensed architect,
engineer, or financial analyst, analyzing the physical feasibility (including architectural and
engineering analyses) and financial feasibility (including pro forma profit and loss statements for
ten years, taking into consideration redevelopment options and all incentives available) of
adaptive use of restoration of the structure and property;
o. Any consideration is given by the owner to profitable adaptive uses for the structure and
property;
p. Construction plans for any proposed development or adaptive reuse, including site plans, floor
plans, and elevations;
q. Any conditions proposed to be placed voluntarily on new development that would mitigate the
loss of the structure; and
r. Any other evidence that shows that the affirmative obligation to maintain the structure or
property makes it impossible to realize a reasonable rate of return.
5. An application to demolish or remove a structure that “poses an imminent threat to public health or
safety” shall also include:
a. Records depicting the current condition of the structure, including drawings, pictures, or written
descriptions;
b. A study regarding the nature, imminence, and severity of the threat, as performed by a licensed
architect or engineer; and
c. A study regarding both the cost of restoration of the structure and the feasibility (including
architectural and engineering analyses) of restoration of the structure, as performed by a
licensed architect or engineer.
6. An application to demolish or remove a structure that is "noncontributing to the HP Historic
Preservation Overlay because the structure is newer than the period of historic significance" shall also
provide:
a. Documentation that the structure is noncontributing to the HP Historic Preservation Overlay;
b. Documentation of the age of the structure; and
c. A statement of the purpose of the demolition.
7. Any other evidence the property owner wishes to submit in support of the application.
8. Any other evidence requested by the Landmark Commission or the Historic Preservation Officer.
Page 518 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 53 of 64
C. Approval Process.
Certificate of demolition applications shall be processed in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Pre-Application Conference.
Prior to the submission of an application for a certificate of demolition, applicants are encouraged to
schedule and attend an optional pre-application conference in accordance with the Pre-Application
Conference Subsection of the General Approval Procedures Section above.
2. Application.
When a complete application for a certificate of demolition has been submitted to the City, the
application will begin a mandatory sixty (60) day stay of demolition. The certificate of demolition
approval process will continue concurrently with the stay of demolition, but the Landmark Commission
shall not take final action before the stay demolition has expired.
3. Review and Report by the Historic Preservation Officer.
If the application is determined to be consistent with all applicable provisions of this UDO and the
Comprehensive Plan, or if the application is recommended for denial or conditional approval, the
Historic Preservation Officer shall report such consistency, inconsistency, or proposed conditions to the
Landmark Commission.
4. Review by an Economic Review Panel.
For an application that "no economically viable use of the property exists", within thirty-five (35) days
after the appointment of the Economic Review Panel as provided in the Landmark Commission Section
of Article 2, Development Review Bodies of this UDO, the Panel shall review the submitted
documentation, hold a public hearing, consider all options for renovation, adaptive reuse, and
redevelopment, and forward a written recommendation to the Landmark Commission. The Historic
Preservation Officer shall provide administrative support to the Economic Review Panel. The Economic
Review Panel's recommendation shall be based on the same standard for approval to be used by the
Landmark Commission. An application that “no economically viable use of the property exists” will not
be considered complete until the Economic Review Panel has made its recommendation to the
Landmark Commission. If the Economic Review Panel is unable to reach a consensus, the report will
indicate the majority and minority recommendations. If the Economic Review Panel does not meet
within thirty-five (35) days after the appointment, a recommendation of “no economically viable use of
the property” will be forwarded to the Landmark Commission.
5. Review by the Landmark Commission.
The Landmark Commission shall review the application for a certificate of demolition in a public
meeting and may approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application. If the Landmark
Commission requires additional information than that presented at a meeting, a decision may be
postponed until a specified date when the specified information may be provided. Notice shall be
provided by the publication of the agenda of the meeting.
6. Final Action by the Landmark Commission.
If the application is determined to be consistent with all applicable provisions of this UDO, including
the applicable district provisions of the Historic Preservation Overlay Subsection of the Overlay Districts
Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO, and the
review criteria in the Criteria for Approval of a Certificate of Demolition Subsection below, the
Landmark Commission shall approve the plan. A determination that all such requirements and
provisions have not been satisfied shall result in disapproval of the plan. The property owner has the
Page 519 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 54 of 64
burden of proof to establish by clear and convincing evidence the necessary facts to warrant favorable
action by the Landmark Commission.
D. Approval Criteria.
In considering an application for a certificate of demolition, the Landmark Commission shall deny the
application unless it makes the following findings:
1. The Landmark Commission shall deny an application for a certificate of demolition to replace a
structure with a new structure unless it finds that:
a. The new structure is more appropriate and compatible with the HP Historic Preservation Overlay
than the structure to be demolished or removed; and
b. The owner has the financial ability and intent to build the new structure. The Landmark
Commission must first approve the certificate of appropriateness for the proposed new structure
and the guarantee agreement to construct the new structure before it may consider the
application for a certificate of demolition.
2. The Landmark Commission shall deny an application for a certificate of demolition to remove a
structure because of “no economically viable use of the property” unless it finds that:
a. The structure is incapable of earning a reasonable economic return unless the demolition or
removal is allowed (a reasonable economic return does not have to be the most profitable return
possible);
b. The structure cannot be adapted for any other use, whether by the owner or by a purchaser,
which would result in a reasonable economic return; and
c. The owner has failed during the last two (2) years to find a developer, financier, purchaser, or
tenant that would enable the owner to realize a reasonable economic return, despite having
made substantial ongoing efforts to do so.
3. The Landmark Commission shall deny an application for a certificate of demolition to remove a
structure that poses an imminent threat to public health or safety unless it finds that:
a. The structure constitutes a documented major and imminent threat to public health and safety;
b. The demolition or removal is required to alleviate the threat to public health and safety; and
c. There is no reasonable way, other than demolition or removal, to eliminate the threat in a timely
manner.
4. The Landmark Commission shall deny an application for a certificate of demolition to remove a
structure that is noncontributing to the HP Historic Preservation Overlay because it is newer than the
period of historic significance unless it finds that:
a. The structure is noncontributing to the HP Historic Preservation Overlay;
b. The structure is newer than the period of historic significance for the HP Historic Preservation
Overlay; and
c. Demolition of the structure will not adversely affect the historic character of the property or the
integrity of the HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
E. Appeals.
1. Any interested person may appeal the decision of the Landmark Commission to the City Council by
filing a written notice with the Administrator within ten (10) calendar days after the decision of the
Landmark Commission. If no appeal is made of a decision to approve a certificate of demolition within
Page 520 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 55 of 64
ten (10) days, the Building Official shall issue the permit to allow demolition or removal. If an appeal is
filed, the City Council shall hear and decide the appeal within sixty-five (65) days of its filing.
2. In considering an appeal, the City Council shall consider the same standards and evidence that the
Landmark Commission was required to consider in making the decision.
F. Limitation on Reapplication.
If a final decision is reached denying a certificate of demolition, no further applications may be considered
for the subject matter of the denied certificate of demolition for one (1) year from the date of the final
decision unless the Landmark Commission waives the time limitation because the Landmark Commission
finds that there are changed circumstances sufficient to warrant a new hearing.
G. Expiration of Approval.
A certificate of demolition expires if the work authorized by the certificate of demolition is not commenced
within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of final approval. A final, one-time extension for the
commencement of work of ninety (90) days may be granted by the Administrator upon written request by
the applicant showing circumstances beyond the control of the applicant. If the certificate of demolition
expires, a new certificate of demolition must first be obtained before the work can commence.
H. Demolition by Neglect.
1. Prohibition.
No owner or person with an interest in real property included within an HP Historic Preservation
Overlay shall permit the property to fall into a serious state of disrepair so as to result in the
deterioration of any exterior architectural feature or structural compromise which would, in the
judgment of the Landmark Commission, produce a detrimental effect upon the character of the HP
Historic Preservation Overlay as a whole or the life and character of the property itself. Examples of
such deterioration include but are not limited to:
a. Deterioration of the foundation;
b. Deterioration of floor supports, or the addition of floor supports that are insufficient to carry the
loads imposed;
c. Deterioration of walls, windows, doors, or other vertical supports, or the addition of such
supports that are of insufficient size or strength to carry the loads imposed;
d. Deterioration of roof or other horizontal members;
e. Deterioration of exterior chimneys;
f. Deterioration or crumbling of exterior stucco or mortar;
g. Ineffective waterproofing of exterior walls, roof, or foundations, including broken windows or
doors;
h. Defective weather protection or lack of weather protection for exterior wall coverings, including
lack of paint or another protective coating;
i. Any fault, defect, or condition in the structure that renders it structurally unsafe or not properly
watertight; and
j. Deterioration of any feature so as to create a hazardous condition which could lead to the claim
that demolition is necessary for public safety.
2. Procedure.
a. Purpose.
Page 521 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 56 of 64
The purpose of the demolition by neglect procedure is to allow the Landmark Commission to
work with the property owner to encourage maintenance and stabilization of the structure and
identify resources available before any enforcement action is taken.
b. Request for Investigation.
Any interested party may request that the Historic Preservation Officer investigate whether a
property is being demolished by neglect.
c. First Meeting With the Property Owner.
Upon receipt of a request, the Historic Preservation Officer and Building Official shall meet with
the property owner or the property owner’s agent with control of the structure to inspect the
structure and discuss the resources available for financing any necessary repairs. After the
meeting, the Historic Preservation Officer shall prepare a report for the Landmark Commission
on the condition of the structure, the repairs needed to maintain and stabilize the structure, any
resources available for financing the repairs, and the amount of time needed to complete the
repairs.
d. Certification and Notice.
After review of the report in a public meeting, the Landmark Commission may vote to certify the
property as a demolition by neglect case. If the Landmark Commission certifies the structure as a
demolition by neglect case, the Landmark Commission shall notify the property owner or the
property owner’s agent with control over the structure of the repairs that must be made. The
notice must require that repairs be started within thirty (30) days and set a deadline for
completion of the repairs. The notice shall be sent by certified mail.
e. Second Meeting With the Property Owner.
The Historic Preservation Officer and the Building Official shall meet with the property owner or
the property owner's agent with control over the structure within sixty (60) days after the notice
was sent to inspect any repairs.
f. Referral for Enforcement.
If the property owner or the property owner’s agent with control over the structure fails to start
repairs by the deadline set in the notice, fails to make continuous progress toward completion,
or fails to complete repairs by the deadline set in the notice, the Landmark Commission may
refer the demolition by neglect case to the Code Enforcement Division for appropriate
enforcement action to prevent demolition by neglect.
I. Demolition by Condemnation.
Reasonable attempts to engage a property owner in a demolition by neglect procedure shall be made when
there is a concern for the deterioration of a structure, but when a structure or equipment is found by the
Building Official to be a dangerous structure, the provisions of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances
regulating dangerous structures will apply.
J. Historic Preservation Fund.
1. The City, in cooperation with community organizations, shall develop appropriate funding structures
and shall administer the historic preservation fund.
2. The historic preservation fund is composed of the following funds:
a. Outside funding (other than City general funds or capital funds), such as grants and donations,
made to the City for the purpose of historic preservation and funding partnerships with
community organizations.
Page 522 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 57 of 64
b. Damages recovered pursuant to Chapter 315 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended,
from persons who illegally demolish or adversely affect historic structures.
3. The outside funding may be used for financing the following activities:
a. Necessary repairs in demolition by neglect cases;
b. Full or partial restoration of low-income residential and nonresidential structures;
c. Full or partial restoration of publicly owned historic structures;
d. Acquisition of historic structures, places, or areas through gift or purchase;
e. Public education of the benefits of historic preservation or the regulations governing HP Historic
Preservation Overlays; and
f. Identification and cataloging of structures, places, areas, and districts of historical, cultural, or
architectural value along with factual verification of their significance.
4. Damages recovered pursuant to Chapter 315 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended, must
be used only for the following purposes:
a. Construction, using as many of the original materials as possible, of a structure that is a
reasonable facsimile of a demolished historic structure;
b. Restoration, using as many of the original materials as possible, of the historic structure; and
c. Restoration of another historic structure.
Sec. 3.16. Variances.
Variance Review Process
A. Purpose.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall have jurisdiction to hear requests for a variance from the terms of this
UDO. The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall be authorized to grant a variance from the terms hereof if, and
only if, they find that the strict enforcement of this UDO would create a substantial hardship to the applicant
by virtue of unique special conditions not generally found within the city and that the granting of the
variance would preserve the spirit and intent of the UDO and would serve the general interests of the public
and the applicant. Variances may be granted only when in harmony with the general purpose and intent of
this UDO so that public health, safety, and welfare may be secured, and substantial justice done.
B. Applicability.
Page 523 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 58 of 64
The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall have the authority to grant variances from the standards in this UDO
except for waivers of the standards in Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO, which
may be made by the Planning and Zoning Commission during the subdivision process, and requests for relief
from a site plan requirement imposed by the Administrator when the requirement was necessary to gain
compliance with the criteria for approval of a site plan in the Site Plans Section above, which may be made
by the Design Review Board. Any variance request for up to ten (10) percent may be treated as an
administrative adjustment subject to the requirements of the Administrative Adjustments Section below.
C. Application.
A complete application for a variance shall be submitted to the Administrator as set forth in the General
Approval Procedures Section above.
D. Action by the Zoning Board of Adjustment.
1. Public Hearing.
Following notice in accordance with the General Approval Procedures Section above, the Zoning Board
of Adjustment shall hold a public hearing.
2. Variance Review.
Upon completion of the public hearing and after review of the variance application subject to the
criteria listed in the Criteria for Approval of Variance Subsection below, the Zoning Board of
Adjustment shall make a written finding and give its approval, approval with limitations, or disapproval
of the variance.
E. Criteria for Approval of Variance.
1. Required Findings.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment may authorize a variance from the requirements of this UDO when an
unnecessary hardship would result from the strict enforcement of this UDO. In granting a variance, the
Zoning Board of Adjustment shall prescribe only limitations that it deems not prejudicial to the public
interest. In making the required findings, the Zoning Board of Adjustment shall consider the nature of
the proposed use of the land involved, the existing use of land in the vicinity, the possibility that a
nuisance will be created, and the probable effect of such variance upon traffic conditions and public
health, convenience, and welfare of the vicinity. No variance shall be granted unless the Board makes
affirmative findings in regard to all of the following criteria:
a. Special Conditions.
That there are special conditions affecting the land involved such that strict application of the
provisions of this UDO will deprive the applicant of the reasonable use of their land. For example,
the variance is justified because of topographic or other special conditions unique to the
property and development involved, in contradistinction to the mere inconvenience or financial
disadvantage.
b. Other Property.
That these conditions do not generally apply to other property in the vicinity.
c. Enjoyment of a Substantial Property Right.
That the variance is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a substantial property right
of the applicant.
d. Hardships.
That the hardship is not the result of the applicant's actions.
Page 524 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 59 of 64
The Zoning Board of Adjustment may consider the following as grounds to determine whether
compliance with this ordinance as applied to a structure that is the subject of the variance would
result in unnecessary hardship:
1) The financial cost of compliance is greater than fifty (50) percent of the appraised value of
the structure as shown on the most recent appraisal roll certified to the assessor for the
city under Chapter 26 of the Texas Tax Code;
2) Compliance would result in a loss to the lot on which the structure is located of at least
twenty-five (25) percent of the area on which development may physically occur;
3) Compliance would result in the structure not being in compliance with a requirement of a
City of College Station ordinance, building code, or other requirement;
4) Compliance would result in the unreasonable encroachment on an adjacent property or
easement; or
5) The City considers the structure to be a nonconforming structure.
e. Subdivision.
That the granting of the variance will not have the effect of preventing the orderly subdivision of
land in the area in accordance with the provisions of this UDO.
f. Flood Hazard Protection.
That the granting of the variance will not have the effect of preventing flood hazard protection in
accordance with Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO.
g. Comprehensive Plan.
That the granting of the variance would not substantially conflict with the Comprehensive Plan
and the purposes of this UDO.
h. Utilization.
That because of these conditions, the application of the UDO to the particular piece of property
would effectively prohibit or unreasonably restrict the utilization of the property.
i. Substantial Detriment.
That the granting of the variance will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare,
or injurious to other property in the area or the City administering this UDO.
2. Limitations.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment may not grant a variance where the effect would be any of the
following:
a. To allow the establishment of a use not otherwise permitted in the applicable zoning district;
b. To increase the density of a use above that permitted by the applicable district;
c. To extend physically a nonconforming use; or
d. To change the zoning district boundaries shown on the Official Zoning Map.
3. Profitability Not to Be Considered.
The fact that property may be utilized more profitably should a variance be granted may not be
considered grounds for a variance.
Page 525 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 60 of 64
Sec. 3.17. Administrative Adjustments.
Administrative Adjustment Review Process
A. Purpose.
Administrative adjustments are specified deviations from otherwise applicable development standards
where development is proposed that would be:
1. Compatible with surrounding land uses;
2. Harmonious with the public interest; and
3. Consistent with the purposes of this UDO.
B. Applicability.
The Administrator shall have the authority to authorize adjustments of up to ten (10) percent from any
dimensional standard or numerical requirement set forth in this UDO. Any adjustment requests greater than
ten (10) percent shall be treated as a variance handled by the Zoning Board of Adjustment subject to the
requirements of the Variances Section above.
C. Application.
A complete application for an administrative adjustment shall be submitted to the Administrator as set forth
in the General Approval Procedures Section above.
D. Review and Action by Administrator.
The Administrator shall review the application and approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application
based upon the criteria in the Administrative Adjustment Criteria Subsection below. A written decision
including affirmative findings on the criteria set forth below shall be sent to the applicant.
E. Administrative Adjustment Criteria.
1. To approve an application for an administrative adjustment, the Administrator shall make an
affirmative finding that the following criteria are met:
a. That granting the adjustment will ensure the same general level of land use compatibility as the
otherwise applicable standards;
b. That granting the adjustment will not materially or adversely affect adjacent land uses or the
physical character of uses in the vicinity of the proposed development; and
Page 526 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 61 of 64
c. That granting the adjustment will be generally consistent with the purposes and intent of this
UDO.
2. In the event the Administrator finds that the applicant has not met the criteria, the applicant may
request that the application be forwarded to the Zoning Board of Adjustment as a variance request
subject to the requirements of the Variances Section above.
Sec. 3.18. Written Interpretations.
Written Interpretation Process
A. Applicability.
The Administrator shall have the authority to make all written interpretations concerning the provisions of
this UDO.
B. Request for Interpretation.
A request for interpretation shall be submitted to the Administrator in a form established by the
Administrator and made available to the public.
C. Interpretation by Administrator.
1. The Administrator shall:
a. Review and evaluate the request in light of the text of this UDO, the Official Zoning Map, the
Comprehensive Plan, and any other relevant information;
b. Consult with other staff, as necessary; and
c. Render an opinion.
2. The interpretation shall be provided to the applicant in writing.
D. Official Record.
The Administrator shall maintain an official record of interpretations. The record of interpretations shall be
available for public inspection during normal business hours.
E. Appeal.
Appeals of written interpretations made by the Administrator shall be filed only by a party affected by the
written interpretation with the Zoning Board of Adjustment, or for appeals of written interpretations of
Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO, the Planning and Zoning Commission, within
Page 527 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 62 of 64
twenty (20) days of the decision in accordance with the procedures found in the Administrative Appeals
Section below. If no appeal is filed within twenty (20) days, the written interpretation shall be final.
Sec. 3.19. Administrative Appeals.
Administrative Appeal Review Process
A. Applicability.
1. Appeals to the Zoning Board of Adjustment may be taken by any person aggrieved by, or any officer or
department affected by, specific points found in any of the following final decisions of the
Administrator:
a. Written interpretations of the text of this UDO; or
b. Denial of a building permit or site plan based on interpretation of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDO.
2. Appeals to the Planning and Zoning Commission may be taken by any person aggrieved by or any
officer or department affected by specific points found in the Administrator's written interpretations of
the text of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements.
B. Effect of Appeal.
An appeal to the Zoning Board of Adjustment stays all legal proceedings in furtherance of the appealed action unless the Administrator from whom the appeal is taken certifies to the Zoning Board of Adjustment
after the notice of appeal shall have been filed, that because of the facts stated in the certificate a stay
would, in the Administrator’s opinion, cause imminent peril to life or property. In such case, proceedings
shall not be stayed otherwise than by a restraining order which may be granted by the Board or by a court of
record on application, on notices to the officer from whom the appeal is taken, and on due cause shown.
C. Deadline for Submission of Application.
Page 528 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 63 of 64
An appeal from any final decision of the Administrator shall be filed with the Administrator within twenty
(20) days after the date the decision is made. If no appeal is filed within twenty (20) days, the decision shall
be final.
D. Application.
A complete application for an administrative appeal shall be submitted to the Administrator as set forth in
the General Approval Procedures Section above.
E. Record of Administrative Decision.
The Administrator shall forthwith transmit to the Zoning Board of Adjustment or the Planning and Zoning
Commission, as appropriate, all the papers constituting the record of the action appealed.
F. Hearing.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment or Planning and Zoning Commission, as appropriate, shall set a reasonable
time for the appeal hearing and give public notice as set forth in the General Approval Procedures Section
above, as well as due notice to the parties in interest. The Board or Commission shall decide the appeal at
their next meeting for which notice can be provided following the hearing and not later than the sixtieth
(60th) day after the date the appeal is filed.
G. Final Action by Zoning Board of Adjustment or Planning and Zoning Commission.
The Zoning Board of Adjustment or Planning and Zoning Commission, as appropriate, may only consider the
specific interpretive language of the Administrator and may reverse or affirm wholly or partly, or may modify
the interpretation appealed from. In any case, the Board or Commission shall only present findings regarding
specific errors made in the Administrator's interpretation.
Sec. 3.20. Unified Development Ordinance Text Amendments.
Unified Development Ordinance Text Amendment Process
A. Purpose.
For the purpose of establishing and maintaining sound, stable, and desirable development within the
territorial limits of the city, the text of this UDO may be altered from time to time.
B. Initiation of Amendments.
Page 529 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 64 of 64
An amendment to the text of this UDO may be initiated by:
1. The City Council;
2. The Planning and Zoning Commission; or
3. The Administrator.
C. Approval Process.
1. Review and Report by Administrator.
The Administrator shall review the proposed text amendment in light of the Comprehensive Plan and
give a report to the Planning and Zoning Commission.
2. Referral to Planning and Zoning Commission.
The Administrator shall refer the same to the Planning and Zoning Commission for study, hearing, and
report. The Planning and Zoning Commission may direct staff to proceed with drafting the amendment
and scheduling the necessary public hearings, forward the proposed text amendment to City Council
for direction, or determine not to pursue the proposed amendment. The City Council may not enact
the proposed text amendment until the Planning and Zoning Commission makes its report to the City
Council.
3. Recommendation by Planning and Zoning Commission.
a. Notice.
The Administrator shall publish and post public notice in accordance with the General Approval
Procedures Section above, and shall recommend to the City Council such action as the Planning
and Zoning Commission deems proper.
b. Public Hearing.
A public hearing shall be held by the Planning and Zoning Commission before making a
recommendation to the City Council.
4. City Council Action.
a. Notice.
The Administrator shall publish and post notices in accordance with the General Approval
Procedures Section above, before taking final action on the amendment.
b. Public Hearing.
The City Council shall hold a public hearing and approve, approve with modifications or
conditions, or disapprove the text amendment.
Page 530 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 4. Zoning Districts
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 4
Article 4. Zoning Districts
Sec. 4.1. Establishment of Districts.
For the purpose of this UDO, portions of the city, as specified on the Official Zoning Map, are hereby divided into
the zoning districts enumerated below. The intensity regulations applicable for such districts are designated in the
respective Sections of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards, and the use regulations
are designated in Article 6, Use Regulations of this UDO.
Table of Districts
Residential Zoning Districts
R Rural
WE Wellborn Estate
E Estate
WRS Wellborn Restricted Suburban
RS Restricted Suburban
GS General Suburban
D Duplex
T Townhouse
MH Middle Housing
MF Multi-Family
MU Mixed-Use
MHP Manufactured Home Park
Non-Residential Zoning Districts
NAP Natural Areas Protected
O Office
SC Suburban Commercial
WC Wellborn Commercial
GC General Commercial
CI Commercial Industrial
BP Business Park
BPI Business Park Industrial
CU College and University
Retired Districts
R-1B Single-Family Residential
R-4 Multi-Family
R-6 High Density Multi-Family
C-3 Light Commercial
R&D Research & Development
M-1 Light Industrial
M-2 Heavy Industrial
NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay
Page 531 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 4
Planned Districts
P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District
PDD Planned Development District
Design Districts
WPC Wolf Pen Creek
NG-1 Core Northgate
NG-2 Transitional Northgate
NG-3 Residential Northgate
Overlay Districts
OV Corridor Overlay
RDD Redevelopment District
HP Historic Preservation Overlay
Single-Family Overlay Districts
ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay
NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay
Sec. 4.2. Official Zoning Map.
A. The city is hereby divided into the zoning districts listed in the Establishment of Districts Section above, as
shown on the Official Zoning Map, together with all explanatory matter thereon, and adopted by reference
and declared to be a part of this UDO. The Official Zoning Map shall be identified by the signature of the
Mayor, attested by the City Secretary, and bearing the Seal of the City of College Station under the following
words:
"This is to certify that this is the Official Zoning Map referred to in the Official Zoning Map Section of Article
4, Zoning Districts of the Unified Development Ordinance (UDO) of the City of College Station, Texas."
B. If, in accordance with the provisions of this UDO and Chapter 211 of the Texas Local Government Code, as
amended, changes are made in the district boundaries or other matters portrayed on the Official Zoning
Map, such changes shall be entered on the Official Zoning Map promptly after the amendment has been
approved by the City Council and signed by the Mayor.
C. Approved zoning changes shall be entered on the Official Zoning Map by the Administrator and each change
shall be identified on the Map with the date and number of the Ordinance making the change.
D. No change of any nature shall be made on the Official Zoning Map or matter shown thereon except in
conformity with procedures set forth in this UDO. Any unauthorized change of whatever kind by any person
or persons shall be considered a violation of this UDO and punishable as provided under the Penalties for
Violation Section of Article 10, Enforcement of this UDO.
E. Regardless of the existence of purported copies of the Official Zoning Map which may from time to time be made or published, the Official Zoning Map, which shall be located in the Planning and Development Services
Department, shall be the final authority as to the current zoning of land and water areas in the city. The
Official Zoning Map shall be available to the public at all hours when the City Hall is open to the public.
F. An electronic version of the Official Zoning Map, kept as a map layer in the City's geographic information
system (GIS) in the Planning and Development Services Department, may be used and maintained as the
Official Zoning Map.
G. A zoning atlas, or zoning book, may be prepared and maintained as necessary for the use of City employees
and has no official status.
Page 532 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 4
Sec. 4.3. Replacement of Official Zoning Map.
A. This UDO hereby incorporates the Official Zoning Map.
B. Unless the prior Official Zoning Map has been lost or has been destroyed, the prior map or any significant
parts thereof remaining shall be preserved, together with all available records of its adoption or amendment.
Sec. 4.4. Rules for Interpretation of District Boundaries.
Where uncertainty exists as to the boundaries of districts as shown on the Official Zoning Map, the following rules
shall apply:
A. Boundaries indicated as approximately following the centerlines of streets, highways, or alleys shall be
construed to follow such centerlines.
B. Boundaries indicated as approximately following platted lot lines shall be construed as following such lines.
C. Boundaries indicated as approximately following city limits shall be construed as following such city limits.
D. Boundaries indicated as following railroad lines shall be construed to be midway between the rails of the
main line.
E. Boundaries indicated as following shorelines shall be construed to follow such shorelines, and in the event of
a change in the shoreline shall be construed as moving with the actual shoreline. Boundaries indicated as
approximately following the centerlines of streams, rivers, canals, lakes, or other bodies of water shall be
construed to follow such centerlines.
F. Boundaries indicated above as parallel to or extensions of features shall be so construed. The scale of the
map shall determine distances not specifically indicated in a classification amendment.
G. Where physical or cultural features existing on the ground are at variance with those shown on the Official
Zoning Map, or in other circumstances not covered above, the Zoning Board of Adjustment shall interpret the district boundaries as provided in the Zoning Board of Adjustment Section of Article 2, Development
Review Bodies of this UDO.
Sec. 4.5. Application of District Regulations.
A. Uniformity.
The regulations as set forth by this UDO within each zoning district shall be applied uniformly for each class
or kind of building; however, the regulations vary from district to district in accordance with the respective
purposes and character of each district and the suitability for particular uses, with a view of conserving the
value of buildings and encouraging the most appropriate use of land in the municipality.
B. Newly Annexed Territory.
The administration of this UDO to newly annexed territory shall consider the following provisions:
1. Any territory hereafter annexed to the City of College Station, not otherwise classified at the time of
annexation, shall be classified by applying the R Rural zoning district.
2. Upon annexation, no person shall initiate any development or construction activity, including site
preparation, foundation forming, sign erection, construction, improvement, repair, or demolition
within a newly annexed area without first applying for and obtaining the appropriate permits or other
approvals required by this UDO.
Page 533 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 4
3. No person relying on a claim of vested rights shall continue any development activity within a newly
annexed area without first applying for and obtaining a building permit; however, persons are not
precluded from the following activities:
a. Continuing to use land in the area in the manner in which the land was being used on the date
the annexation proceedings were instituted if the land use was legal at that time; or
b. Beginning to use land in the area in the manner that was planned for the land before the
ninetieth (90th) day before the effective date of the annexation if:
1) One (1) or more licenses, certificates, permits, approvals, or other forms of authorization
by a governmental entity where required by law for the planned land use; and
2) An application for the initial authorization was filed with the governmental entity before
the date the annexation proceedings were instituted. For purposes of this Section, a
completed application is filed if the application includes all documents and other
information designated as required by the governmental entity in a written notice to the
applicant.
4. In accordance with Chapter 43 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended, the City may apply
the following regulations within all newly annexed territories:
a. A regulation relating to the location of sexually oriented businesses;
b. A regulation relating to preventing imminent destruction of property or injury to persons;
c. A regulation relating to public nuisances;
d. A regulation relating to flood control;
e. A regulation relating to the storage and use of hazardous substances;
f. A regulation relating to the sale and use of fireworks; or
g. A regulation relating to the discharge of firearms in accordance with Chapter 229 of the Texas
Local Government Code, as amended.
5. Any person with an interest in property within a newly annexed area may apply to the Administrator
for a determination of the vested rights such person has, if any, to continue development activities
initiated prior to annexation. Such determinations shall be based upon all pertinent facts and the
relevant decisions of federal and state courts. The applicant may submit any written evidence to the
Administrator for consideration. The Administrator's written determination shall be final unless duly
appealed to the Zoning Board of Adjustment.
Page 534 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 5. District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 46
Article 5. District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards
Sec. 5.1. Residential Zoning Districts.
Occupancy of any dwelling unit in the following districts shall be limited to one (1) family as defined by Article 11,
Definitions of this UDO unless otherwise authorized by this UDO.
A. R Rural.
This district includes lands that, due to public service limitations, inadequate public infrastructure, or a
prevailing rural or agricultural character, are planned for very limited development activities. This district is
designed to provide land for a mix of large acreages and large residential developments. Open space is a
dominant feature of these areas. This district may also serve as a reserved area in which the future growth of
the city can occur.
B. WE Wellborn Estate.
This district includes land that, due to public service limitations or a prevailing rural character, should have
limited development activities. These areas tend to consist of low-density single-family residential lots of two
(2) acres or more but may be one (1) acre if clustered around undeveloped open space. This zoning district is
only permitted in areas designated as Wellborn Estate or Wellborn Estate-Open on the Comprehensive Plan
Future Land Use & Character Map. The cluster development option may be used only in the area designated
Wellborn Estate-Open on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map.
C. E Estate.
This district is designed to provide land for low-density single-family lots. These areas shall consist of
residential lots averaging twenty thousand (20,000) square feet when clustered around open space or large
lots with a minimum of one (1) acre. Subdivisions within this district may contain rural infrastructure.
D. WRS Wellborn Restricted Suburban.
This district is designed to provide land for detached medium-density, single-family residential development.
These areas shall consist of residential lots of at least eight thousand (8,000) square feet when clustered
around open space or larger lots with a minimum of twenty thousand (20,000) square feet. This zoning
district is only permitted in areas designated as Wellborn Restricted Suburban on the Comprehensive Plan
Future Land Use & Character Map.
E. RS Restricted Suburban.
This district is designed to provide land for detached medium-density, single-family residential development.
These areas shall consist of residential lots averaging eight thousand (8,000) square feet when clustered
around open space or larger lots with a minimum of ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
F. GS General Suburban.
This district includes lands planned for single-family residential purposes and accessory uses. This district is designed to accommodate sufficient, suitable residential neighborhoods, protected and/or buffered from
incompatible uses, and provided with necessary and adequate facilities and services.
G. T Townhouse.
Page 535 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 46
This district contains land, which is to be used for a unique type of dwelling, typically designed for individual
ownership, or ownership in-groups of single-family attached residences constructed on individually platted
lots.
The following supplemental standard shall apply to this district:
Single-family dwelling units shall conform to GS General Suburban standards.
H. D Duplex.
This district contains land that has been planned for duplex residential purposes and associated uses.
Characterized by moderate density, it may be utilized as a transitional zone.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Single-family dwelling units shall conform to GS General Suburban standards.
2. Where parking is provided in the front yard of a duplex, an eight (8) foot setback shall be required
between the property line and the nearest side of the parking pad. This eight (8) foot setback area
must contain a three (3) foot screen consisting of a continuous berm, hedge, or wall. In addition, an
eight (8) foot setback shall be required between the dwelling unit and the nearest side of the parking
pad.
I. MH Middle Housing.
This district is designed to be flexible and provide a variety of housing options by-right. It allows for detached
single-family residences, duplexes, townhouses, courtyard houses, live-work units, and small and medium
multiplexes. This district is intended to accommodate a walkable pattern of small lots, small blocks, and a
well-connected street pattern adjacent to commercial and neighborhood centers. Developments in this
district are ideal on the edge of more intense urban and multi-family areas to serve as a transition to single-
family zoning districts. Structures in this district are individually platted, distinguishing them from structures
in the MF Multi-Family zoning district.
J. MF Multi-Family.
This district is designed for areas having intense development. This district is flexible and allows for
townhomes, single-unit dwellings, two-unit dwellings, multi-family buildings, and optional mixed-use
development.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Non-residential uses are permitted up to a maximum of fifty (50) percent of the total floor area if
incorporated into the residential structure.
2. Townhouse dwelling units shall conform to T Townhouse standards.
K. MU Mixed-Use.
This district is designed for areas having the most intense level of development. This district consists of
residential, commercial, and office uses in mixed-use structures.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Non-residential uses with a minimum depth of thirty (30) feet are required on the ground floor if
adjacent to Texas Avenue, Harvey Road, University Drive, or Earl Rudder Freeway.
2. A minimum of thirty (30) percent of the total floor area of each development shall be devoted to
residential uses. Hotels may be considered a residential use to meet this requirement.
Page 536 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 46
3 The floor area ratio in this district shall be a minimum of 1:1. Structured parking, public plazas, outdoor
dining areas, and covered areas attached to the structure may be included in the floor area ratio
calculation. Surface parking, even if covered, will not count toward the required floor area ratio.
4. The ground floor of structures shall be a minimum of twenty-five (25) percent of the lot area.
L. MHP Manufactured Home Park.
This district contains land that is located, designed, and operated as a site for residential uses consisting of
manufactured homes in accordance with the permitted uses.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. The construction, reconstruction, alteration, or enlargement of a manufactured home park must be
pursuant to an approved site plan.
2. Minimum manufactured home park area is two (2) contiguous acres.
3. Maximum gross density shall be ten (10) dwelling units per acre.
4. Minimum setback for a manufactured home from a public street shall be fifteen (15) feet.
5. Minimum setback for a manufactured home from a lot line shall be fifteen (15) feet.
6. Minimum setback for a manufactured home from a private street, parking, or other common areas
shall be fifteen (15) feet.
7. Minimum setback between two (2) manufactured homes shall be fifteen (15) feet, except that private
accessory storage structures located on an individual manufactured home lot need not maintain a
separation from the manufactured home that occupies the same lot.
8. Parking areas may be located within common parking areas or on individual manufactured home lots,
provided that the parking required for each manufactured home is located within two hundred (200)
feet of each lot.
9. Each manufactured home park lot shall have access to public utilities, and it shall have vehicular access
to/from either a public right-of-way or private drive.
Sec. 5.2. Residential Zoning District Dimensional Standards.
A. Dimensional Standards for Non-Clustered and Clustered Developments.
The following tables establish dimensional standards that shall be applied within residential zoning districts
for non-clustered and clustered developments unless otherwise identified in this UDO:
Dimensional Standards for Non-Clustered Developments
KEY: SF = square feet DU = Dwelling Unit
R (a) WE (a) E (a) WRS (a) RS (a) GS (a) T D MHP MF MU
Min. Average
Lot Area per
Dwelling Unit
3 acres 2 acres 1 acre 20,000 SF 10,000 SF 5,000 SF 2,000 SF 3,500 SF N/A N/A N/A
Absolute
Min. Lot Area
per Dwelling
Unit
2 acres 2 acres 1 acre 20,000 SF 6,500 SF 5,000 SF 2,000 SF 3,500 SF N/A N/A N/A
Min. Lot
Width
N/A 100’ 100' 70' 70' 50' N/A 35'/DU (b) N/A N/A N/A
Page 537 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 46
Min. Lot
Depth
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 100' N/A 100' N/A N/A N/A
Min. Front Setback (c) 50' 30' 30' 25' 25' 25' (d) 25' (d) 25' (d) 15’ 15' N/A
Max. Front
Setback
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 15’ N/A 15' (e)
Min. Side
Setback
20' 10' 10' 7.5' (f) (g) 7.5' (f) (g) 7.5' (f) (g) 7.5' (g) (h) 7.5' (g) 7.5’ (h) (i) N/A
Min. Side
Street
Setback
15' 15' 15' 15' 15' 15' 15' 15' 15’ 15' N/A
Max. Side
Street
Setback
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 15' (e)
Min. Rear
Setback (j)
50' 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' (k) 15’ 20' 20'
Max.
Impervious
Cover
30% (l) 30% (l) 30% (l) 40% (l) 50% (l) 55% (l) 75% (l) 65% (l) (m) (m) (m)
Max. Height
(n) (o)
35' (p) 35' (p) 35' (p) 35' (p) 35' (p) 2.5 Stories/
35' (p)
35' (p) 2.5 Stories/
35' (p)
N/A N/A N/A
Min. Number
of Stories
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2
Max.
Dwelling
Units/Acre
(Subdivision
Gross)
0.33 0.5 1 2 4 8 14 12 10 30 N/A
Min. Dwelling
Units/Acre
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 12 N/A
Dimensional Standards for Clustered Developments
KEY: SF = square feet DU = Dwelling Unit
R WE (a) (q) E (a) (r) WRS (a) (q) RS (a) GS (a) T D MHP MF MU
Min. Average
Lot Area per
Dwelling Unit
N/A 1 acre 20,000 SF 8,000 SF 8,000 SF N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Absolute Min.
Lot Area per
Dwelling Unit
1 acre 10,000 SF 8,000 SF 6,500 SF N/A
Min. Lot Width 100' (s) 100' (s) N/A N/A N/A
Min. Lot Depth N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Min. Front
Setback (t)
30’ 30’ 25' 25' 25'
Min. Side
Setback (t)
10’ 10’ 7.5' 7.5' 7.5'
Min. Street
Side Setback (t)
15’ 15’ 15' 15' 15'
Page 538 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 46
Min. Rear
Setback (t)
20’ 20’ 20' 20' 20'
Max. Impervious
Cover (n)
30% 30% 40% 50% 55%
Max. Height (p)
(q) (r)
35' 35' 35' 35' 2.5 Stories/35'
Max. Dwelling
Units/Acre
(Subdivision
Gross)
0.5 1 2 4 8
Notes:
(a) Developments within a single-family overlay district shall follow the standards of the Single-Family
Overlay Districts Section below or the Ordinance authorizing the Official Zoning Map amendment for
an NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay.
(b) The minimum lot width for a duplex may be reduced to thirty (30) feet per dwelling unit when all
required off-street parking is provided in the rear or side yard.
(c) For lots designated as Neighborhood Conservation in the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use &
Character Map that were created by plat before July 15, 1970, the front setback for a new single-family
dwelling unit shall be based on the front setbacks of the adjacent lots per the Required Yards
(Setbacks) Subsection in the General Provisions Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of
this UDO.
(d) Minimum front setback may be reduced to fifteen (15) feet when approved rear access is provided, or
when side yard or rear yard parking is provided.
(e) Maximum side street and front setbacks may be measured from the edge of a public easement when it
is greater than the maximum setback. Maximum setbacks may be increased to up to eighty-five (85)
feet to accommodate a parking lot between the structure and the street. Maximum setback
requirements may be fulfilled through the use of plazas, outdoor dining, and bicycle parking.
(f) Minimum side setback may be reduced to five (5) feet where properties on both sides of a lot line are
owned and/or developed simultaneously by a single party. Development under reduced side setbacks
requires prior approval by the Administrator and must be established by plat. In no case shall a single-
family residence be built within fifteen (15) feet of another primary structure. When reduced side
setbacks are approved, sills, belt courses, cornices, buttresses, chimneys, flues, eaves, and other
architectural features are prohibited from extending into the required side yard setback.
(g) Zero lot line construction of a residence is allowed where properties on both sides of a lot line are
owned and/or developed simultaneously by a single party. Development under lot line construction
requires prior approval by the Administrator. In no case shall a single-family residence or duplex be
built within fifteen (15) feet of another primary structure. See Article 8, Subdivision Design and
Improvements of this UDO for more information.
(h) A minimum side setback of seven and one-half (7.5) feet is required for each building or group of
contiguous buildings.
(i) Lot line construction on interior lots with no side yard or setback is allowed only where the building is
covered by fire protection on the site or by dedicated right-of-way or easement.
Page 539 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 46
(j) For lots with approved rear access, the rear setback shall be measured from the nearest boundary of
the access easement or alley per the Required Yards (Setbacks) Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(k) The minimum rear setback may be reduced to fifteen (15) feet when parking is provided in the front
yard or side yard.
(l) Maximum impervious cover is to be defined by the applicable zoning district designation unless
otherwise mitigated by an on-site or regional drainage facility and associated drainage study as
approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
Work that is performed by the homeowner and/or resident that does not require a building permit,
that is less than one hundred twenty (120) square feet, and that does not cause the lot to exceed the
applicable maximum impervious cover, does not require an impervious coverage permit.
(m) Maximum impervious cover shall be determined by an engineered drainage analysis performed in
conjunction with the Drainage Section of the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines and as
approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
(n) Shall abide by the Low-Density Residential Height Protection Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(o) Refer to the Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
(p) Public, civic, and institutional structures shall have a maximum building height of fifty (50) feet in these
districts.
(q) Refer to the Cluster Development Subsection of the General Requirements and Minimum Standards of
Design for Subdivisions within the City Limits Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements
of this UDO when using the cluster development option in the Wellborn Community Plan area.
(r) Estate lots that are part of a subdivision existing on or before September 12, 2013, are not permitted
to use cluster development standards without Official Zoning Map amendment approval, which
incorporates the entire subdivision.
(s) In cluster developments built to urban street standards, there is no minimum lot width per the Cluster
Development Subsection of the General Requirements and Minimum Standards of Design for
Subdivisions within the City Limits Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this
UDO.
(t) The minimum setback standards of the base zoning district apply along the perimeter of a cluster
development. All detached structures within a cluster development must be separated by a minimum
distance of ten (10) feet. Refer to the Cluster Development Subsection in the General Requirements
and Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the City Limits Section of Article 8,
Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO for more information.
B. MH Middle Housing Product Types and Dimensional Standards Table.
The following table establishes dimensional standards that shall be applied within the MH Middle Housing
zoning district unless otherwise identified in this UDO.
MH Middle Housing Product Types and Dimensional Standards
KEY: SF = square feet
Product
Type
Live-Work Townhouse Reduced
Setback
Single-
Family
Single-
Family
Courtyard
Houses
Split-Lot
Duplex
Duplex Small
Multiplex
Medium
Multiplex
Page 540 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 46
Min. Lot
Area per
Dwelling
Unit
2,250 SF 2,250 SF 2,250 SF 3,200 SF 4,000 SF 2,250 SF 2,250 SF 1,500 SF 800 SF
Min. Lot
Width
25' 25' 25' 40' 40' 25' 50’ 60' (a) 80'
Min. Lot
Depth
90' 90' 90' 80' 80' 90' 90' 100' 100'
Max.
Number of
Attached
Units
N/A 6 N/A N/A N/A 2 2 4 12
Min. Front
Setback
15' (b) 15' (b) 15' (b) 15' (b) 5' 15' (b) 15' (b) 15' (b) 15' (b)
Max. Front
Setback
25' 25' 25' 25' 15' 25' 25' 25' 25'
Min. Side
Setback
5' 5' 5' (c) 5' 5' 5' 5' 10' 10'
Min. Side
Street
Setback
5' 5' 5' 5' 15' (b) 5' 5' 5' 5'
Min.
Setback
between
Structures
10' 10' 10' 10' 10' 10' 10' 10' 20'
Min. Rear
Setback (d)
(e)
40' 40' 40' 40' 20' 40' 40' 40' 40'
Max.
Impervious
Cover
55% (g) 55% (g) 55% (g) 55% (g) 55% (g) 55% (g) 55% (g) (f) (f)
Max. Height
(h) (i) (j)
35' 35' 35' 35' 35' 35' 35' 35' 35'
Min.
Number of
Stories
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2
Max.
Dwelling
Units/Acre
(Subdivision
Gross)
16 16 16 12 16 20 20 24 24
Parking Front/Rear
(k)
Front/Rear
(k)
Front/Rear
(k)
Front/Rear/
Side (k)
Rear Rear Rear Rear Rear
Notes:
(a) For small multiplex products, lot width may be reduced to thirty (30) feet if the building is two (2)
stories or taller.
Page 541 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 46
(b) The Administrator may decrease the minimum setback to less than fifteen (15) feet, but not less than
five (5) feet, with an administrative adjustment if there are no utility or right-of-way constraints.
(c) For zero lot line development, refer to the Lots Subsection of the General Requirements and Minimum
Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the City Limits Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and
Improvements of this UDO.
(d) The rear setback shall be increased by the width of the required landscaping buffer when abutting
Suburban Residential, Estate Residential, or Rural land uses as depicted in the Comprehensive Plan
Future Land Use & Character Map.
(e) The rear setback can be reduced to twenty (20) feet if abutting an alley or front or side parking is
provided.
(f) Maximum impervious cover shall be determined by an engineered drainage analysis performed in
conjunction with the Drainage Section of the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines and
approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
(g) Additional impervious cover may be allowed as determined by an engineered drainage analysis
performed in conjunction with the Drainage Section of the Bryan/College Station Unified Design
Guidelines and approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
(h) Public, civic, and institutional structures shall have a maximum building height of fifty (50) feet in this
district.
(i) Refer to the Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
(j) Shall abide by the Low-Density Residential Height Protection Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(k) Front parking shall be allowed only when three (3) or fewer parking spaces are required on the lot.
Sec. 5.3. Non-Residential Zoning Districts.
A. O Office.
This district will accommodate selected commercial businesses that provide a service rather than sell
products, either retail or wholesale. The uses allowed have relatively low traffic generation and require
limited location identification.
B. SC Suburban Commercial.
This district is intended to provide for limited commercial uses that are compatible with nearby neighborhoods. The district allows for a range of uses, with the impacts mitigated through minimum distance
and buffering requirements from adjacent single-family residential use.
The following supplemental standard shall apply to this district:
The gross floor area of a single structure in this district shall not exceed fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet
in area.
C. WC Wellborn Commercial.
This district is intended to provide for low-density commercial uses that provide services to nearby
neighborhoods. Such uses shall be limited in size and not accommodate drive-thru services. Specific design
elements should be incorporated into such developments to limit the visual impact on the community and
enhance the defined character. This zoning district is only permitted in areas designated as Wellborn
Commercial on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map.
Page 542 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 46
D. GC General Commercial.
This district is designed to provide locations for general commercial purposes, that is, retail sales and service
uses that function to serve the entire community and its visitors.
E. CI Commercial Industrial.
This district is designed to provide a location for outlets offering goods and services to a limited segment of
the general public. The allowed uses in this district primarily serve other commercial and industrial
enterprises.
F. BP Business Park.
This district is designed for uses that primarily serve other commercial and industrial enterprises, and include
administrative and professional offices, commercial industrial, research and development-oriented light
industrial, light manufacturing, and non-polluting industries. Uses in this district need good access to arterial
level thoroughfares but have relatively low traffic generation and require limited location identification.
The development of business parks should be in a campus-like setting with structures grouped and clustered
and should be heavily landscaped to minimize the impacts of business park uses and associated parking areas
on adjacent properties and public roadways. Impacts of the uses will be limited through buffering and
architecture of the buildings.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. All processes and business activities shall be conducted inside buildings with the exception of
commercial gardens.
2. All BP Business Park zoning districts will be a minimum of five (5) acres in area.
G. BPI Business Park Industrial.
This district is designed to provide land for manufacturing and industrial activities that have nuisance
characteristics greater than activities permitted in the BP Business Park district. Permitted uses within this
district are generally not compatible with residential uses of any density or lower intensity commercial uses.
Generally, these uses need good access to arterial roadways but should be offset from public roadways and
adjacent properties by using the BP Business Park district and its associated development to screen and
buffer the uses. The uses allowed have relatively low traffic generation and require limited location
identification.
H. CU College and University.
This district is applied to land which is located within the boundaries of the Texas A&M University campus or
is owned by the Texas A&M University System.
I. NAP Natural Areas Protected.
This district is designed for public or private property intended for the conservation of natural areas.
Properties in this district are relatively undeveloped and are often used for recreational or open space
purposes or for the conveyance of floodwaters. Properties in this district are not projected for conversion to
more intense land use in the future by the Comprehensive Plan.
Sec. 5.4. Non-Residential Zoning District Dimensional Standards.
The following table establishes dimensional standards that shall be applied within non-residential zoning districts
unless otherwise identified in this UDO:
Non-Residential Zoning Districts
Page 543 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 46
O SC WC GC CI BP BPI NAP
Min. Lot Area N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Min. Lot Width 24' 50' 50' 24' 24' 100' 100' N/A
Min. Lot Depth 100' 100' 100' 100' 100' 200' 200' N/A
Min. Front Setback 25' 25' 25' 25' 25' 25' (a) 25' (a) N/A
Min. Side Setback (b) (c) 7.5’ 7.5’ 7.5’ 7.5’ 7.5’ 7.5’ 7.5’ N/A
Min. Side Street Setback 15' 15' 15' 15' 15' 15' (a) 15' (a) N/A
Min. Rear Setback 15' 15' 20' 15' 15' 15' (a) 15' (a) N/A
Max. Height (d) (e) N/A 2 Stories/ 35' (f) 2 Stories/35' (f) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Notes:
(a) Buildings shall be setback a minimum of fifty (50) feet from all public streets adjacent to the perimeter
of the business park development as shown on the approved preliminary plan.
(b) A minimum side setback of seven and one-half (7.5) feet shall be required for each building or group of
contiguous buildings.
(c) Lot line construction on interior lots with no side yard or setback is allowed only where the building is
covered by fire protection on the site or separated by a dedicated public right-of-way or easement of
at least fifteen (15) feet in width.
(d) Shall abide by the Low-Density Residential Height Protection Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(e) Refer to the Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
(f) Maximum building height is two (2) stories and thirty-five (35) feet, measured at the highest point of
the roof or roof peak. Buildings over one (1) story shall comply with the Low-Density Residential Height
Protection Subsection in the General Provisions Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of
this UDO.
Sec. 5.5. Retired Districts.
Retired districts include districts existing prior to the amendment of this UDO. Existing districts will continue to
remain in effect, but these districts are not available for any new Official Zoning Map amendment proposals.
A. R-1B Single-Family Residential.
This district is designed to provide land for detached single-family residential suburban development. This
district contains lots that are larger than the minimum GS General Suburban lot, but smaller than the
minimum E Estate lot.
B. R-4 Multi-Family.
This district provides land for the development of apartment and condominium units at low to medium
densities. This district may serve as a transitional zone between low-density residential areas and other
residential or non-residential areas.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Duplex dwelling units shall conform to D Duplex standards.
2. Townhouse dwelling units shall conform to T Townhouse standards.
C. R-6 High Density Multi-Family.
Page 544 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 46
This district contains land used for a variety of housing types, but primarily multi-family dwelling units. This
district is designed to provide the highest density in the community for developments close to Texas A&M
University.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Duplex dwelling units shall conform to D Duplex standards.
2. Townhouse dwelling units shall conform to T Townhouse standards.
D. C-3 Light Commercial.
This district is designed to provide locations for commercial sites that are too small for many permitted uses
in the GC General Commercial zoning district. These are moderately low traffic generators that have little
impact on adjacent areas or thoroughfares.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. No C-3 Light Commercial zoning district, including adjacent C-3 Light Commercial zoning districts, shall
exceed a combined total of five (5) acres in area.
E. M-1 Light Industrial.
This district is provided for offices, research and development activities, and high technological, light
manufacturing, and non-polluting industries that are self-contained. It is further intended that the M-1 Light
Industrial zoning district may be compatible with adjacent uses in any other district, depending upon the
character of the operation and the conditions imposed.
F. M-2 Heavy Industrial.
This district is designed to provide land for manufacturing and industrial activities with the generation of
nuisance characteristics greater than activities permitted in the CI Commercial Industrial and M-1 Light
Industrial zoning districts. Permitted uses within this district are generally not compatible with residential
uses of any density or lower intensity commercial uses.
G. R&D Research & Development.
This district is designed for administrative and professional offices, and research and development-oriented
light industrial uses meeting the standards and performance criteria established in this Section. These uses
could be compatible with low-intensity commercial uses and all residential uses, thereby maintaining the
character and integrity of neighborhoods. This district should be carefully located in areas where there is
sufficient access to arterial thoroughfares.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Performance Criteria for All Uses.
a. Impervious cover is limited to seventy (70) percent.
b. The maximum floor area ratio in this district shall not exceed fifty (50) percent.
c. Any detached or freestanding signage shall meet the criteria for low-profile signs established in
the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
d. Uses should be designed to provide adequate access and internal circulation such that travel
through residentially zoned or developed areas is precluded. All processes are to be conducted
inside buildings and there shall be no outside storage or business activity. Any business
operations occurring during the hours between 7:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. must meet all the
performance criteria established in this Section, as well as limit vehicular access into the site
Page 545 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 46
through a designated access point that mitigates any adverse impacts of the traffic on
surrounding residential areas.
2. This Section may be applied to any conditional use proposed in this district when either the
Administrator or Development Engineer believes that the existing performance standards contained in
this UDO are insufficient to address the proposed use because of its technology or processes and thus,
will not effectively protect adjacent existing or future land uses. One (1) or both shall so advise the
Planning and Zoning Commission in writing.
In such cases, the Planning and Zoning Commission shall hold a hearing to determine whether a
professional investigation or analysis should be performed to identify and establish additional
reasonable standards. If so determined, based on the information presented at the hearing, the
Planning and Zoning Commission will identify the areas to be investigated and analyzed and will direct
the staff to conduct the appropriate research necessary to develop standards for the successful
management of the new project. Any costs incurred by the City to develop additional standards shall
be charged to the applicant and included as an addition to the cost of either the building permit fee or
rezoning application fee.
H. NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay.
This district is designed to provide standards that preserve single-family neighborhoods by imposing
neighborhood-specific yard, lot, and open space regulations that reflect the character of the neighborhood.
The NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay does not prevent the construction of new single-family structures
or the renovation, remodel, repair, or expansion of existing single-family structures, but rather ensures that
new single-family structures are compatible with existing single-family structures. The underlying zoning
district establishes the permitted uses and shall remain in full force, and the requirements of the overlay are
to be applied in addition to the underlying use and site restrictions.
All single-family and accessory structures within the NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay district are
subject to the existing median pattern of development on the subject and opposing blockfaces for the
following standards:
1. Minimum Front Setback.
2. Maximum Front Setback.
The maximum front setback, or build-to line, is no more than ten (10) feet back from the minimum
front setback.
3. Minimum Side Street Setback.
4. Minimum Lot Size.
The minimum lot size is calculated as the median building plot size of all existing building plots on the
subject and opposing blockface.
5. Building Height.
Building height refers to the vertical distance measured from the finished grade, or the base flood
elevation, where applicable, and the following points:
a. The average height level between the eaves and ridge line of a gable, hip, or gambrel roof;
b. The highest point of a mansard roof; or
c. The highest point of the coping of a flat roof.
6. Maximum Lot Coverage.
Page 546 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 46
Lot coverage is calculated as the median existing lot coverage on all building plots on the subject and
opposing blockface. The maximum lot coverage cannot exceed the maximum impervious cover allowed
in the underlying zoning district. Lot coverage includes all structures and impervious surfaces on a site,
including but not limited to patios, gravel or paved driveways, accessory structures, and sidewalks.
7. Garage Location and Orientation.
New garages must be placed in relation to the primary residential structure on the lot consistent with
the most frequent pattern of placement on the subject and opposing blockface. New garages must also
be oriented consistent with the most frequent direction of orientation on the subject and opposing
blockface.
8. Tree Preservation.
Any existing tree eight (8) inch caliper or greater in good form or condition and reasonably free of
damage by insects and/or disease located outside of the buildable area is required to be barricaded
and preserved. A barricade detail must be provided on the site plan. Trees must be barricaded one (1)
foot per inch caliper measured as a radius from the tree trunk. Barricades must be in place before any
development activity on the property including but not limited to grading.
9. Landscape Maintenance.
Any existing canopy and non-canopy trees in good form and condition and reasonably free of damage
by insects and/or disease located within the buildable area removed during construction must be
replaced on-site inch caliper for inch caliper, or as determined by the Administrator.
Sec. 5.6. Retired District Dimensional Standards.
A. Retired Residential Zoning Districts.
The following table establishes dimensional standards that shall be applied within the retired residential
zoning districts unless otherwise identified in this UDO:
Retired Residential Zoning Districts
KEY: SF = square feet
R-1B (a) R-4 R-6
Min. Lot Area per Dwelling Unit 8,000 SF N/A N/A
Min. Lot Width N/A N/A N/A
Min. Lot Depth N/A N/A N/A
Min. Front Setback (b) (c) 25' 25' 25'
Min. Side Setback 7.5' (d) 7.5’ (e) (f) 7.5’ (e) (f)
Min. Side Street Setback 15' 15' 15'
Min. Side Setback Between Structures (f) 15' 7.5' 7.5'
Min. Rear Setback (g) 20' 20' 20'
Max. Impervious Cover 55% (h) (i) (i)
Max. Height (j) (k) 2.5 Stories/35' (l) N/A N/A
Max. Dwelling Units/Acre 6 20 30
Notes:
(a) Developments within an NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay or NCO Neighborhood Conservation
Overlay shall follow the standards of the Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay (NPO) Subsection of the
Retired Districts Section or the Districts Subsection of the Single-Family Overlay Districts Section below
Page 547 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 46
and the Ordinance authorizing the Official Zoning Map amendment for an NPO Neighborhood
Prevailing Overlay or NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay.
(b) Minimum front setback may be reduced to fifteen (15) feet when approved rear access is provided, or
when side yard or rear yard parking is provided.
(c) For lots designated as Neighborhood Conservation in the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use &
Character Map that were created by plat before July 15, 1970, the front setback for a new single-family
dwelling unit shall be based on adjacent lots per the Required Yards (Setbacks) Subsection of the
General Provisions Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(d) Zero lot line construction of a residence is allowed where properties on both sides of a lot line are
owned and/or developed simultaneously by a single party. Development under lot line construction
requires prior approval by the Administrator. In no case shall a single-family residence or duplex be
built within fifteen (15) feet of another primary structure. See Article 8, Subdivision Design and
Improvements of this UDO for more information.
(e) A minimum side setback of seven and one-half (7.5) feet is required for each building or group of
contiguous buildings.
(f) Lot line construction on interior lots with no side yard or setback is allowed only where the building is
covered by fire protection on the site or by dedicated right-of-way or easement.
(g) For lots with approved rear access, the rear setback shall be measured from the nearest boundary of
the access easement or alley per the Required Yards (Setbacks) Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(h) Maximum impervious cover is to be defined by the applicable zoning district designation unless
otherwise mitigated by an on-site or regional drainage facility and associated drainage study as
approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
(i) Maximum impervious cover for R-4 and R-6 zoning districts shall be determined by an engineered
drainage analysis performed in conjunction with the Drainage Section of the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines and as approved by the City Engineer or their designee.
(j) Shall abide by the Low-Density Residential Height Protection Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(k) Refer to the Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
(l) Public, civic, and institutional structures shall have a maximum building height of fifty (50) feet in these
districts.
B. Retired Non-Residential Zoning Districts.
The following table establishes dimensional standards that shall be applied within the retired non-residential
zoning districts unless otherwise identified in this UDO:
Retired Non-Residential Zoning Districts
KEY: SF = square feet
C-3 M-1 M-2 R&D
Min. Lot Area N/A N/A N/A 20,000 SF
Min. Lot Width 24' 100' N/A 100'
Min. Lot Depth 100' 200' N/A 200'
Min. Front Setback 25' 25' 25' 30'
Min. Side Setback (a) 7.5’ (b) 7.5’ (b) 7.5’ (b) 30'
Min. Side Street Setback 15' 15' 25' 30'
Page 548 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 46
Min. Rear Setback 15' 15' 15' 30' (c)
Max. Height (d) (e) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Notes:
(a) Lot line construction on interior lots with no side yard or setback is allowed only where the building is
covered by fire protection on the site or separated by a dedicated public right-of-way or easement of
at least fifteen (15) feet in width.
(b) A minimum side setback of seven and one-half (7.5) feet shall be required for each building or group of
contiguous buildings.
(c) When abutting land that has a non-residential zoning or existing land use, the rear setback may be
reduced to twenty (20) feet.
(d) Shall abide by the Low-Density Residential Height Protection Subsection in the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
(e) Refer to the Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
Sec. 5.7. Planned Districts (P-MUD and PDD).
A. Purpose.
The P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District and the PDD Planned Development District are intended to provide
such flexibility and performance criteria that produce:
1. A maximum choice in the type of environment for working and living available to the public;
2. Open space and recreation areas;
3. A pattern of development that preserves trees, outstanding natural topography, and geologic features,
and prevents soil erosion;
4. A creative approach to the use of land and related physical development;
5. An efficient use of land resulting in smaller networks of utilities and streets, thereby lowering
development costs;
6. An environment of stable character in harmony with surrounding development; and
7. A more desirable environment than would be possible through the strict application of other Sections
or districts in this UDO.
B. P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District.
The purpose of this district is to allow areas that encourage the mixing of land uses such as
retail/commercial, office, parks, multi-family, and attached single-family. These uses are developed together
in a manner that allows interaction between the uses and that allows each use to support the other uses.
Within any P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District, residential and non-residential land uses shall each constitute
at least twenty (20) percent of the overall land uses within the mixed-use development. The remaining sixty
(60) percent may be any combination of residential or non-residential land uses. The residential uses supply
patrons and employees for office and commercial uses.
The P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District is appropriate in Redevelopment Areas as identified by the
Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map. A P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District may be used to
allow new or innovative concepts in land utilization that are not permitted by other zoning districts. While
Page 549 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 46
greater flexibility is given to allow special conditions or restrictions that would not otherwise allow the
development to occur, procedures are established to prevent the misuse of increased flexibility.
C. PDD Planned Development District.
The purpose of the PDD Planned Development District is to promote and encourage innovative development
that is sensitive to surrounding land uses and the natural environment. If this necessitates varying from
certain standards, the proposed development should demonstrate community benefits.
The PDD Planned Development District is appropriate in areas where the specific commercial, residential, or
mix of uses proposed in the PDD Planned Development District is reflected in the Comprehensive Plan Future
Land Use & Character Map. A PDD Planned Development District may be used to allow new or innovative
concepts in land utilization that are not permitted by other zoning districts. While greater flexibility is given
to allow special conditions or restrictions that would not otherwise allow the development to occur,
procedures are established to prevent the misuse of increased flexibility.
Sec. 5.8. Design Districts.
A. WPC Wolf Pen Creek.
This district is designed to promote development that is appropriate along Wolf Pen Creek, which, upon
creation was a predominantly open and undeveloped area challenged by drainage, erosion, and flooding
issues. Development proposals are designed to encourage the public and private use of Wolf Pen Creek and
the development corridor as an active and passive recreational area while maintaining an appearance
consistent with the Wolf Pen Creek Master Plan.
All development within the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district shall be subject to the following
supplemental standards:
1. Development Criteria.
a. This Section is intended to ensure that development occurs in compliance with the Wolf Pen
Creek Master Plan. Pertinent to appearance is the design of the site, buildings and structures,
plantings, signs, street hardware, and miscellaneous other objects that are observed by the
public.
b. These criteria are not intended to restrict imagination, innovation, or variety, but rather to assist
in focusing on design principles, which can result in creative solutions that will develop a
satisfactory visual appearance within the city, preserve taxable values, and promote the public
health, safety, and welfare.
c. To create and preserve a distinctive atmosphere and character in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design
district, elements listed in the Additional Review Criteria for the WPC Wolf Pen Creek Design
District Subsection of the Site Plans in WPC Wolf Pen Creek Section of Article 3, Development
Review Procedures of this UDO shall be considered in the review of all projects and proposals for
development.
2. Dedication/Development of Drainage and Pedestrian Accessways.
Except for minimum reservation areas dedicated or developed consistent with the Wolf Pen Creek
Master Plan, the flood fringe area may be reclaimed upon approval of reclamation plans by the City
Engineer.
a. The upstream phase of the development corridor along Wolf Pen Creek means the area between
Texas Avenue and Dartmouth Drive. The area to be dedicated or developed consists of the
properties described in Ordinance No. 2003-2640 and the floodway and minimum reservation
Page 550 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 46
line as defined in the Wolf Pen Creek Master Plan for all other properties within the upstream
phase of the development corridor.
b. The downstream phase of the development corridor along Wolf Pen Creek means the area
between Dartmouth Drive and the Earl Rudder Freeway. The area to be dedicated or developed
consists of the property described in Ordinance No. 2001-2534 and shall be referred to as the
minimum reservation area.
c. Where applicable, the floodway and the minimum reservation line for the upstream phase of the
development corridor, and/or the minimum reservation area for the downstream development
phase, shall be indicated on the site plan.
d. Upon development of the property within the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district, the minimum
reservation area may be:
1) Dedicated in fee simple or as a drainage and access easement, or
2) Improved by the developer to conform with the standards of the development corridor.
e. Property within the minimum reservation area will:
1) Provide drainage capacity necessary to convey the floodwaters of Wolf Pen Creek while
accommodating the increased runoff from the development of properties along the creek;
2) Provide an area to accommodate pedestrian access from, to, and between developments
along the banks of Wolf Pen Creek to lessen congestion along adjacent roadways for
patrons of businesses along the corridor;
3) Provide an area as necessary to address and prevent erosion of creek banks resulting from
development both along the Wolf Pen Creek in the development corridor and floodwaters
received from upstream of the development corridor;
4) Provide an area necessary for public improvements to the development corridor including
but not limited to trails, lighting, irrigation, benches, kiosks, footbridges with handrails,
trash receptacles, culverts, signage, landscaping, emergency call boxes, public art, and
bicycle racks; and
5) Provide access for drainage and facilities maintenance as necessary to support private
development within the development corridor.
f. All development shall be consistent with the Wolf Pen Creek Corridor Study and Master Plan
(1988), the Revised Wolf Pen Creek Master Plan (adopted July 9, 1998, updated March 2005),
and the "Conceptual Plan, Trail System" prepared by Robert B. Ruth, dated February 25, 2001.
g. Permitted private development within the minimum reservation area where dedication is not
made may include but is not limited to:
1) Cleaning and removal of brush and bank stabilization;
2) Erosion control;
3) Pedestrian walkways, lighting, and access easements; and
4) Preservation of the natural setting of the creek.
h. Cross sections as shown in the original Wolf Pen Creek Master Plan shall be used in designing
improvements unless otherwise approved by the Administrator.
Page 551 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 46
i. The developer or property owner may submit any improvements to the City for dedication. Upon
acceptance, the City will maintain those facilities to the same standards as other public
development along the creek.
3. Fill Materials.
Fill materials must be placed or stored in accordance with a site plan approved by the Development
Engineer.
a. Fill must not be placed over existing utility lines without permission of the City.
b. Fill must not be stored or placed under the driplines of any tree three (3) inch caliper or greater.
c. Stored fill materials must be maintained in an aesthetically pleasing manner.
d. Materials may be hauled in or excavated for lake construction.
4. Lighting.
Exterior lighting shall be part of the architectural concept. Fixtures, standards, and all exposed
accessories shall be harmonious with the building design. Light fixtures shall be compatible with
fixtures used elsewhere in the district.
5. Solid Waste.
a. Owners shall be encouraged in the joint use of solid waste collection agreements. Collection
points may also act as vehicular access points for park maintenance vehicles.
b. Building service areas and solid waste collection points shall be screened from the Wolf Pen
Creek corridor, trail system, parking, vehicular use areas, and dedicated streets and shall not be
within twenty (20) feet of the minimum reservation line. Screening shall consist of living plant
materials, fences, and/or walls.
6. Relationship of Buildings to Site.
a. The height and scale of each building shall be compatible with its site and existing (or anticipated)
adjoining buildings.
b. The location and placement of buildings on individual sites shall reflect consideration for roadway
access, the preservation of major existing natural vegetation adjacent to the creek, visual impact,
and the relationship to surrounding developments.
c. All developments adjacent to the creek shall orient a focal point (i.e., primary entrance, patio,
seating area, etc.) to the floodplain of the creek and have pedestrian access to the trail system.
Service areas and loading docks should not directly face the creek.
7. Relationship of Buildings and Site to Adjoining Area.
Adjacent buildings of different architectural styles shall be made compatible by such means as screens,
sight breaks, and materials.
a. Attractive landscape transition to adjoining properties shall be provided.
b. Harmony in texture, lines, and masses is required. Monotony shall be avoided.
c. Joint vehicular access agreements from dedicated streets are encouraged and may be required
by the Administrator.
d. Park access easements for vehicular and pedestrian traffic shall be indicated on the site plan.
8. Building Design.
Page 552 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 46
All buildings shall comply with the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO, except as follows:
a. Materials shall be selected for harmony of the building with adjoining buildings.
b. Any façade visible from the creek must provide a minimum of ten (10) percent of fired brick,
natural stone, marble, granite, or any concrete product so long as it has an integrated color and is
textured or patterned (not aggregate material) to simulate brick, stone, marble, or granite.
c. Building colors shall be neutral and harmonious with the existing man-made or natural
environment, and only compatible accent colors shall be used. All colors shall be approved by the
Administrator.
d. Mechanical equipment or other utility hardware on the roof, ground, or buildings shall be
screened from public view with materials harmonious with the building, or they shall be so
located as not to be visible from any public ways.
e. Monotony of design in single or multiple building projects shall be avoided. Variations of detail,
form, and siting shall be used to provide visual interest. In multiple building projects, variable
siting or individual buildings may be used to prevent a monotonous appearance.
9. Miscellaneous Structures and Street Hardware.
a. Miscellaneous structures and street hardware shall be designed to be part of the architectural
concept of design and landscape. Materials shall be compatible with buildings, the scale shall be
good, colors shall be in harmony with buildings and surroundings, and proportions shall be
attractive.
b. Lighting in connection with miscellaneous structures and street hardware shall meet the criteria
applicable to the site, landscape, buildings, and signs.
10. Landscaping.
Landscape elements included in these criteria consist of all forms of plantings and vegetation, ground
forms, rock groupings, water patterns, and all visible construction except buildings and utilitarian
structures. In addition to the requirements of the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDO, all landscaping shall meet the following:
a. Where natural or existing topographic patterns contribute to the beauty and utility of a
development adjacent to the creek, they should be preserved and incorporated into the design
of the development. Modification to topography will be permitted where it contributes to a good
appearance.
b. Grades of walks, parking spaces, terraces, and other paved areas shall provide an inviting and
stable appearance for walking, and, if seating is provided, for sitting.
c. Landscape treatment shall be provided to enhance architectural features, strengthen vistas and
important axes, and provide shade.
d. Unity of design shall be achieved by repetition of certain plant varieties and other materials and
by correlation with adjacent developments.
e. Plant material shall be selected for interest in its structure, texture, color, and its ultimate
growth. Plants that are indigenous to the area and others that will be hardy, harmonious to the
design, and of good appearance shall be used.
f. In locations where plants will be susceptible to injury by pedestrian or motor traffic, they shall be
protected by appropriate curbs, tree guards, or other devices.
Page 553 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 46
g. Parking areas and traffic ways shall be enhanced with landscaped spaces containing trees or tree
groupings.
h. Where building sites limit planting, the placement of trees in parkways or paved areas is
encouraged.
i. Screening of service yards and other places that tend to be unsightly shall be accomplished by
use of walls, fencing, planting, or combinations of these. Screening shall be equally effective in
winter and summer.
j. In areas where general planting will not prosper, other materials such as fences, walls, and
pavings of wood, brick, stone, gravel, and cobbles shall be used. Carefully selected plants shall be
combined with such materials where possible.
11. Signs.
a. Sign Standards.
1) Multi-family projects shall follow the requirements of allowed signage for the zoning
district appropriate for the specific use in addition to meeting the standards listed below in
this Section.
2) Non-residential projects shall follow the requirements of allowed signage for the zoning
district appropriate for the specific use in addition to meeting the standards listed below in
this Section.
3) Mixed-use projects shall follow the requirements of allowed signage for GC General
Commercial in addition to meeting the standards listed below in this Section.
b. Projection Signs.
Example Projection Sign
Projection signs will be allowed in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek design district with the following
restrictions:
1) One (1) projection sign per frontage along a public right-of-way will be allowed except
where otherwise stated in this Section.
2) The total square footage of all projection signs used will be applied toward the total
allowable area for attached signage.
Page 554 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 46
3) The division and placement of allowable building signage amongst building tenants shall be
the sole responsibility of the owner or property manager, and not the City.
4) Projection signs shall be mounted perpendicular to buildings.
5) Internally lit plastic signs will not be permitted.
6) Projection signs may utilize fabric or other flexible material provided that they remain in
good condition at all times.
7) Projection signs shall have a minimum of eight (8) feet of clearance from the walkway
grade and four (4) inches of clearance from the building façade. Excluding the four (4) inch
clearance requirement, no part of a projection sign shall project more than three (3) feet
from the building façade.
8) Projection signs shall not extend above the façade of the building to which it is attached.
9) Buildings with one (1) story may have a sign that shall not exceed eighteen (18) square feet
in size. For each additional building story, an additional eight (8) square feet of signage is
allowed, up to a maximum of fifty (50) square feet per sign.
10) Signs may be attached to site lighting located on private property with the following
restrictions:
a) Developments will be allowed one (1) light pole sign for every one hundred fifty (150)
feet of building plot frontage in lieu of a permitted freestanding sign.
b) No part of any sign attached to a light pole will be allowed to overhang or encroach
into any portion of the public right-of-way.
c) Light pole signs shall not exceed six (6) square feet in size and shall have a minimum
of eight (8) feet of clearance from the walkway grade.
d) Light pole signs shall have a minimum clearance of four (4) inches from the edge of
the light pole. Excluding the four (4) inches of clearance, light pole signs shall not
project more than three (3) feet from the edge of the light pole.
Example Light Pole Sign
c. Design Criteria.
Page 555 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 22 of 46
In addition to the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO, the
Administrator shall evaluate all proposed signage according to the following criteria:
1) Every sign shall be designed as an integral architectural element of the building and site to
which it principally relates.
2) The colors, materials, and lighting of every sign shall be harmonious with the building and
site to which it principally relates.
3) Identification signs of a prototype design and corporation logos shall conform to the
criteria for all other signs.
12. Maintenance.
a. Continued good appearance depends upon the extent and quality of maintenance. The choice of
materials and their use, together with the types of finishes and other protective measures, must
be conducive to easy maintenance and upkeep.
b. Materials and finishes shall be selected for their durability and wear as well as for their beauty.
Proper measures and devices shall be incorporated for protection against the elements, neglect,
damage, and abuse.
c. Provision for washing and cleaning of buildings and structures, and control of dirt and refuse,
shall be included in the design. Configurations that tend to catch and accumulate debris, leaves,
trash, dirt, and rubbish shall be avoided.
d. Major maintenance activities that occur after a project is complete shall be reviewed by
Administrator. These activities include any replacement of light fixtures or standards, and major
fence or landscape work or replacement. The intent is to ensure that the development standards
of this UDO are maintained throughout the life of a project.
13. Waivers.
The Design Review Board shall hear and decide requests for waivers to the standards of this Section.
The Design Review Board shall approve waivers found to meet the intent of the standards of this
Section and the Wolf Pen Creek Master Plan. Financial hardship may not be considered in the review or
determination of a waiver proposal.
Design Review Board review and waiver approval shall be limited to the following items:
a. Relief from specific requirements related to building orientation and access for the improvement
of existing buildings if it can be proven by the applicant that existing site characteristics constrain
the proposed project from meeting the requirement(s) herein. Relief shall not be considered for
building expansions or additions.
b. Alternatives to the requirements related to building orientation and access when physical
characteristics limit the site or provide for unique orientation and access opportunities.
B. NG Northgate Districts.
Adjacent to Texas A&M University's north side, the Northgate area encompasses one of the oldest urban
areas in College Station, and, therefore, Northgate plays a prominent role in the development and service of
both the City of College Station and Texas A&M University. It is characterized as a unique "campus
neighborhood" containing local businesses, churches, and off-campus housing near the University.
Concepts related to traditional neighborhood development, which promotes a mixture of non-residential
and residential uses in a pedestrian-oriented setting, have been incorporated within the standards for the
Northgate zoning districts. Other traditional neighborhood development concepts incorporated into the
Northgate zoning districts include increased density, compatible high-quality building design, and specialized
Page 556 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 23 of 46
signage. The result is intended to be a unique, pedestrian-friendly, dense urban environment that allows
citizens of College Station and students of Texas A&M University to eat, work, live, and recreate in an area
within close proximity to the University.
1. Districts.
The Northgate area consists of three (3) districts: NG-1 Core Northgate, NG-2 Transitional Northgate,
and NG-3 Residential Northgate. Any reference and/or requirement made in this Section shall apply to
all Northgate districts unless otherwise specified. These zoning districts incorporate regulations
consistent with the Northgate Redevelopment Implementation Plan.
a. NG-1 Core Northgate.
This mixed-use district applies to areas containing a diversity of pedestrian-oriented retail,
dining/restaurant, housing, and entertainment businesses that are close to on- and off-campus
dormitories. Regulations are designed to aid structural rehabilitation and redevelopment while
promoting new high-density, mixed-use, pedestrian-oriented infill development with an urban
character.
b. NG-2 Transitional Northgate.
This district is intended for areas in Northgate containing larger retail commercial uses and
undeveloped land. This district also serves to transition from suburban-style commercial
development to high-density, mixed-use redevelopment. This zoning district shall incorporate
regulations designed to aid mixed-use development, pedestrian circulation, and redevelopment
with an urban character. Any development in NG-2 Transitional Northgate may develop under
the standards herein of NG-1 Core Northgate.
c. NG-3 Residential Northgate.
This district is intended for areas in Northgate containing a variety of residential uses and
structures. This district applies to areas determined to be suitable for high-density residential
developments due to its proximity to Texas A&M University. NG-3 Residential Northgate
incorporates regulations designed to aid pedestrian-oriented redevelopment for high-density
residential and limited commercial uses.
2. Additional Use Standards.
The permitted and conditional uses set forth in the Types of Use Section of Article 6, Use Regulations of
this UDO shall meet the following additional requirements related to the district in which the proposed
project is located.
a. NG-1 Core Northgate.
1) Buildings with frontage on Church Avenue, University Drive, College Main, Boyett Street
from University Drive to Church Avenue, and Nagle Street from University Drive to Church
Avenue shall not have parking, fraternal lodge, or residential uses on the ground floor.
These uses shall be allowed on the ground floor if they are completely located behind a
commercial use that meets all other requirements of this UDO.
2) Parking lots that are an ancillary use must be abutting the primary use.
3) Residential uses are only allowed in buildings that also contain commercial uses.
4) The maximum allowable gross floor area on the ground floor per single retail establishment
is ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
5) Freestanding, single-tenant buildings are prohibited except:
Page 557 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 24 of 46
a) For structures existing on or before April 2, 2006; or
b) For the following uses: casual and fine dining restaurants (not "fast food"), hotels,
and theaters.
b. NG-2 Transitional Northgate.
1) Buildings with frontage on Church Avenue, University Drive, South College Avenue, and
Nagle Street from University Drive to Church Avenue shall not have parking, fraternal
lodge, or residential uses on the ground floor. These uses shall be allowed on the ground
floor if they are completely located behind a commercial use that meets all other
requirements of this UDO.
2) The maximum allowable gross floor area on the ground floor per single retail establishment
is forty thousand (40,000) square feet.
3) Freestanding, single-tenant buildings are prohibited except:
a) For structures existing on or before April 2, 2006; or
b) For the following uses: casual and fine dining restaurants (not "fast food"), hotels,
and theaters.
c. NG-3 Residential Northgate.
Non-residential uses permitted within NG-3 Residential Northgate shall meet each of the
following requirements:
1) Places of worship are exempt from these requirements.
2) Non-residential uses may occupy no more than fifty (50) percent of the total square
footage of any building or group of buildings developed in a building plot.
3) Any building containing a non-residential use shall have a minimum of one (1) floor
wherein one hundred (100) percent of the floor area is occupied by a residential use.
Offices and studios maintained within a residence for home occupations may be included
within the residential use calculation.
4) The maximum allowable gross floor area per single retail establishment is five thousand
(5,000) square feet.
3. Building Design Considerations for Historic Properties.
a. Applicability.
The following existing structures are reflected as a medium or high priority in the Northgate
Historic Resources Survey. Possible address discrepancies may be resolved by referencing the
Northgate Historic Resources Survey.
NG-1
105—107 College Main 106 College Main 108 College Main
109 College Main 110 College Main 111 College Main
113 College Main 217 University Drive 303 Boyett Street
303 University Drive 401—405 University Drive 417 University Drive
501 University Drive 505 University Drive
b. Standards.
Page 558 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 25 of 46
Rehabilitation of these structures shall follow the following standards:
1) The historic character of a property will be retained and preserved. Distinctive materials or
features and spatial relationships that characterize a property shall not be removed or
altered.
2) Distinctive materials, features, finishes, and construction techniques or examples of
craftsmanship that characterize a property will be preserved.
3) Deteriorated historic features will be repaired rather than replaced. Where the severity of
deterioration requires the replacement of a distinctive feature, the new feature will match
the old in design, color, texture, and, where possible, materials.
c. Process.
All proposals affecting the materials, construction, or colors of a historic structure must be
approved by the Administrator. The Administrator shall first consider the proposal in light of the
standards listed above, then according to the standards set forth below.
4. Building Design Standards.
The following standards shall apply to all structures in the Northgate zoning districts.
a. Building Orientation and Access.
1) All buildings that have right-of-way frontage on Church Avenue shall orient their primary
entrance façades toward Church Avenue.
2) All buildings that have right-of-way frontage on University Drive shall orient their primary
entrance façades toward University Drive.
3) The primary entrance façades of all buildings not on Church Avenue or University Drive
shall front a public right-of-way.
4) If a building has frontage on University Drive and South College Avenue, the primary
entrance façade shall be oriented to one (1) of the rights-of-way at the developer's
discretion. A public entrance façade shall be oriented toward the other right-of-way(s).
5) In the event a building has frontage on more than one (1) right-of-way (not including
Church Avenue, University Drive, or South College Avenue), the Administrator shall
determine to which right-of-way the primary entrance façade shall be oriented. A public
entrance façade shall be oriented toward the other right-of-way(s).
6) In the event more than two (2) façades require a public entrance, the Administrator may
determine which two (2) façades require entrances. The Administrator may also forward
the question to the Design Review Board for any reason.
7) All residential dwelling units in a building with less than twelve (12) residential dwelling
units shall have access from the primary entrance façade. This access may not be through
an area with a fence or wall taller than four (4) feet, a garage, or a parking area.
b. Building Transparency.
Sanctuaries in places of worship are exempted from this requirement.
1) For maximum pedestrian visibility of the non-residential uses, non-residential structures
and the commercial portions of mixed-use structures shall be at least fifty (50) percent
transparent between zero (0) feet and eight (8) feet above ground level of the primary
entrance façade and at least thirty (30) percent transparent between zero (0) feet and
eight (8) feet on the façade fronting other rights-of-way. In the event more than two (2)
Page 559 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 26 of 46
façades require transparency, the Administrator may determine which two (2) façades
require minimum transparency. The Administrator may also forward the question to the
Design Review Board for any reason.
2) Glass shall be clear or tinted, not reflective. Glass block and other materials that are semi-
transparent shall not be used to meet this requirement.
3) Roll-up doors must be at least seventy-five (75) percent transparent between zero (0) feet
and eight (8) feet above ground level for all façades facing a right-of-way.
c. Architectural Relief.
1) For all façades facing a right-of-way, the first two (2) stories or first twenty-eight (28) feet
above ground level shall use architectural detail to provide visual interest by incorporating
a minimum of two (2) design elements every twenty-five (25) feet from the following
options: canopies, permanent decorative awnings, hood/drip molding over windows,
cornices, corbelling, quoining, stringcourses, pilasters, columns, pillars, arcades, bay/oriel
windows, balconies that extend from the building, recessed entries, stoops, and porches.
2) Along all other façades not facing a right-of-way and not screened by another building
located within fifteen (15) feet of the façade, there shall be at least two (2) design elements
as listed above for every forty (40) feet. These façades shall be similar and complementary
to the primary entrance façade.
3) Instead of the above requirements, buildings with fewer than twelve (12) residential units
shall provide individual architectural relief such as a front porch, balcony, or bay window
for each unit on each façade. Architectural relief is not required on façades that are within
fifteen (15) feet of another building that screens the façade.
4) Alternative architectural features may be considered for approval by the Design Review
Board.
d. Roof Type.
1) Shed, mansard, and gambrel roofs are prohibited.
2) Hip and gable roofs may only be used when the vertical plane(s) of any roof facing a right-
of-way is interrupted by an architectural detail.
e. Exterior Building Materials.
All structures within a building plot shall have materials that are similar and complement each
other. When determining the area herein, windows and doors are included.
1) The following applies only to the first two (2) stories or the first twenty-eight (28) feet
above ground level of all structures, excluding parking garages.
All façades, except those within fifteen (15) feet of another building that screens the
façade, shall consist of a minimum of twenty-five (25) percent of one (1) or more of the
following building materials. Parking garages are excluded from this requirement. All other
materials except as authorized herein or by the Design Review Board, are prohibited.
a) Fired brick;
b) Natural stone;
c) Marble;
d) Granite;
Page 560 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 27 of 46
e) Tile; and/or
f) Any concrete product so long as it has an integrated color and is textured or
patterned (not aggregate material or split-face CMU) to look like brick, stone, marble,
granite, or tile; or is covered with brick, stone, marble, granite, or tile or a material
fabricated to simulate brick, stone, marble, granite, or tile.
2) In addition, all façades may utilize the following materials subject to the stated limitations.
Parking garages are excluded from these limitations. All other materials are prohibited.
a) Stucco, hardboard, split-face CMU with integrated color, or any material equivalent in
appearance and quality as determined by the Design Review Board shall not cover
more than seventy-five (75) percent of each façade.
b) Wood or cedar siding, stainless steel, chrome, standing seam metal, and premium
grade architectural metal may be used as architectural accents and shall not cover
greater than twenty (20) percent of any façade.
c) Glass block and other materials that are semi-transparent shall not cover more than
fifteen (15) percent of any façade. Places of worship are exempted from this
limitation.
d) Continuous ribbon window systems and glazed curtain walls are prohibited.
e) Smooth face tinted concrete blocks shall only be used as an accent and shall not
cover more than five (5) percent of any façade.
f) Galvanized steel and painted steel are allowed on doors, including roll-up doors.
g) Steel, standing seam metal, and/or architectural metal may be used as a roof and/or
canopy/awning with no limitation of percentage.
3) The façades of parking garages may utilize any material, but may only use steel, standing
seam metal, and/or architectural metal as an architectural accent (limited to twenty (20)
percent of any façade) and as a roof and/or canopy/awning (with no limitation).
f. Exterior Building Colors.
1) Building colors shall be neutral and harmonious with the existing man-made or natural
environment, and only compatible accent colors shall be used. All colors shall be approved
by the Administrator.
2) Metallic (except copper and silver metallic-colored roofs) and fluorescent colors are
prohibited on any façade or roof.
3) When applying brick, colors normally found in manufactured fired brick are permitted. All
colors of natural stone are permitted.
4) Colors samples shall be submitted for approval to the Administrator.
g. Canopies/Awnings.
1) Canopies/awnings shall not completely obstruct any window. Transom windows may be
located under canopies/awnings.
2) Canopies/awnings are considered part of the building façade. A maximum of one (1) color
shall be used for all canopies/awnings on a single building façade (excluding the business
logo).
Page 561 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 28 of 46
3) Canopies/awnings shall consist of cloth, canvas, steel, standing seam metal, architectural
metal, and/or perforated metal (not corrugated) and shall be maintained in good repair.
Canopies/awnings that are used to meet the required building setback shall not be cloth or
canvas but shall be a permanent structure integrated into the building's architecture,
consisting of materials similar to that of the rest of the building.
4) Canopies/awnings located over the public right-of-way shall require a private improvement
in the public right-of-way permit in addition to the necessary building permit.
5. On-Street Parking Standards.
a. Existing head-in parking that requires backing maneuvers into a right-of-way shall be removed
with all proposed development, redevelopment, rehabilitation, and façade projects within any
Northgate district.
b. All proposed development, redevelopment, rehabilitation, and façade projects with frontage on a
right-of-way(s) designated for on-street parking shall install such parking. For residential uses,
non-metered, parallel spaces may be counted toward off-street parking space requirements.
6. Off-Street Parking Standards.
All off-street parking shall meet the requirements specified in the Off-Street Parking Standards Section
of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO, except as specifically provided herein:
a. Lots with frontage on Church Avenue or University Drive shall not have surface parking that is
closer than two hundred (200) feet to the right(s)-of-way or is not completely located behind a
habitable structure. Lots with frontage on University Drive and Church Avenue shall not have
surface parking that is closer than two hundred (200) feet to Church Avenue or is not completely
located behind a habitable structure.
b. There shall be no minimum number of parking spaces required for non-residential uses.
c. Off-street parking facilities for residential uses shall meet seventy-five (75) percent of the
number of specified parking space requirements of the Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces
Required Subsection in the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO.
d. No interior islands are required.
e. Where off-street surface parking is to be installed adjacent to a right-of-way, there shall be a six
(6) foot setback from the required sidewalk to the parking pavement. The parking area shall be
screened along one hundred (100) percent of the street frontage (minus driveways and visibility
triangles) with shrubs or a brick, stone, tinted CMU, or concrete product textured or patterned to
look like brick or stone wall a minimum of three (3) feet in height, and within three (3) feet of the
sidewalk. Walls shall be complementary to the primary building and shall be constructed as
sitwalls.
f. No off-street surface parking or circulation aisle shall be located between the primary entrance
façade of a building and a right-of-way. Parking shall be located at the rear or side of a building.
Two (2) exceptions are:
1) Sites on the South College Avenue right-of-way may have up to one (1) circulation aisle
against the right-of-way with parking on each side of the aisle.
2) Hotel and residential uses may have porte cocheres and temporary, loading/unloading
parking, not to exceed ten (10) spaces, against the right-of-way.
g. Ramps shall not be built on the exterior of parking garages.
Page 562 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 29 of 46
h. Steel guard cables on garage façades are prohibited.
i. To break up the parking lot area, minimize the visual impact on pedestrians, and encourage
pedestrian movement through the districts, one (1) or a combination of the following parking
concepts is required for parking that provides more than sixty (60) parking spaces with more than
one (1) parking row:
1) Parking is located in a garage.
2) The parking structure is located on the interior of the block, screened from public view by
habitable structures, and is not located adjacent to a right-of-way.
3) For every sixty (60) parking spaces, there shall be a separate and distinct parking area
connected by driving lanes but separated by a landscaping strip a minimum of ten (10) feet
wide the full length of the parking row. At a minimum, landscaping shall be one (1) canopy
tree (one and one-half (1.5) inch caliper or greater) for every twenty-five (25) linear feet of
the landscaping strip.
In addition, at least seventy-five (75) percent of all end islands in the parking lot must be irrigated
and landscaped with a minimum one and one-half (1.5) inch caliper canopy tree, one and one-
quarter (1.25) inch caliper non-canopy tree, or enough shrubs three (3) feet in height at time of
planting to cover seventy-five (75) percent of the island. Islands not landscaped shall be treated
with brick pavers, ground cover, and/or perennial grass.
7. Bicycle Parking Standards.
Specific bicycle racks utilized shall be as identified in the Northgate Specific Standards Section of the
City of College Station Site Design Standards.
a. For non-residential uses, a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking spaces plus one (1) additional
space for each one thousand (1,000) square feet of floor area above two thousand (2,000) square
feet shall be required.
b. For residential uses, a minimum of one (1) bicycle space per dwelling unit shall be required.
c. In no case shall more than twenty (20) bicycle parking spaces per business or residential building
be required.
d. Facilities shall be separated from motor vehicle parking to protect both bicycles and vehicles
from accidental damage and shall be separated at least three (3) feet from the building or other
walls, landscaping, or other features to allow for ease and encouragement of use. Bicycle parking
facilities may be permitted on sidewalks or other paved surfaces with a private improvement in
the public right-of-way permit (when necessary) and provided that the bicycles do not block or
interfere with pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
e. Required bicycle parking may be consolidated with the bicycle parking of adjacent properties and
provided off-site if the bicycle rack location is within one hundred (100) feet of the main entry
façade of the building and with written agreement from the property owners.
8. Sidewalk Standards.
Sidewalks shall be incorporated into all proposed development and redevelopment projects within any
Northgate zoning district. In the event a sidewalk exists on a site before development or
redevelopment and does not meet all sidewalk and streetscape standards set forth herein, the
sidewalk must be upgraded to meet current standards (including American National Standards and
Texas Accessibility Standards).
a. Sidewalks shall be required along both sides of all rights-of-way.
Page 563 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 30 of 46
b. Sidewalks widths shall be as follows:
1) Sidewalks shall be a minimum of twelve (12) feet in width on University Drive and South
College Avenue.
2) Sidewalks shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet in width on Church Street and College Main.
3) Sidewalks shall be a minimum of eight (8) feet in width on all other streets in Northgate.
c. Sidewalks shall be located directly adjacent to the back of the curb. The Administrator may
approve alternate locations to eliminate encroachments of streetscaping materials that would
reduce the clear space of the sidewalk to less than six (6) feet. The Administrator may also
approve alternate locations for sidewalks along South College Avenue and Wellborn Road to
address public safety concerns.
d. Sidewalks or parts of sidewalks that lie outside, but are located next to, the right-of-way shall be
covered by a dedicated public access easement initiated by the property owner so that they will
be dedicated for public use and maintenance.
e. Sidewalks shall be constructed of colored brick pavers on the exterior (visible) layer as specified
in the Northgate Specific Standards Section of the City of College Station Site Design Standards.
Sidewalk and Street Tree Requirements for University Drive and South College Avenue
9. Landscape and Streetscape Standards.
For NG-1 Core Northgate and NG-3 Residential Northgate, the standards set forth herein are instead of
the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
For NG-2 Transitional Northgate, the standards set forth herein are in addition to the Landscaping and
Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
Any landscape/streetscape improvements may be located within the public right-of-way pursuant to a
private improvement in the public right-of-way permit.
Specific landscaping elements and streetscape hardware (benches, streetlights, etc.) utilized shall be as
identified in the Northgate Specific Standards Section of the City of College Station Site Design
Standards.
a. Street Trees.
1) On University Drive, Church Avenue, Wellborn Road, South College Avenue, First Street,
Boyett Street, College Main Avenue, and Nagle Street, installation of street trees that are a
minimum of four (4) inch caliper shall be located in at-grade tree wells with tree grates (or
raised tree wells or planters on University Drive and College Main Avenue only) and shall
be spaced at a maximum of twenty-five (25) feet on center and located adjacent to the
back of curb. Back-of-curb placement is not required along Wellborn Road and South
Page 564 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 31 of 46
College Avenue when an alternative location for the sidewalk is approved as provided for in
the Sidewalk Standards Section above. On all other streets not listed above, installation of
street trees that are a minimum of three (3) inch caliper shall be located in at-grade tree
wells with tree grates (raised tree wells or planters may be used when eight (8) feet of clear
space can be maintained on the sidewalk) and spaced at a maximum of twenty-five (25)
feet on center and located adjacent to the back of curb.
Alignment of such street trees shall commence twenty (20) feet from street intersections.
Spacing and location of street trees may be varied upon approval by the Administrator for
the purpose of minimizing conflicts with other streetscape elements and utilities,
minimizing conflicts with the required sight distance at street intersections, ensuring
unobstructed views of traffic control devices, and ensuring adequate Fire Department
access. In areas of concentrated retail activity, street trees may be placed at different
intervals upon approval by the Administrator for the purpose of minimizing the obstruction
of views of non-residential uses.
2) In locations where a healthy and mature four (4) inch caliper or greater canopy tree
currently exists, the requirements for a new tree may be waived or modified by the
Administrator. Such trees must be maintained, barricaded, and otherwise fully protected
during the project's construction phase and shall be replaced with trees meeting the
specifications herein if they are damaged or die.
3) All in-ground vegetated areas, trees, and above-ground planters shall include an
automated irrigation system. Irrigation will not be required for existing trees that are
properly barricaded during construction according to the Landscaping and Tree Protection
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
b. Landscaping.
Any area between the inside or interior of the sidewalk edge and the building façade and/or
parking area not utilized as outdoor café seating is required to be one hundred (100) percent
landscaped/streetscaped and irrigated. Eligible landscape/streetscape improvements shall include raised masonry planter boxes or planter pots, at-grade planting beds, seating benches,
light features, decorative railings, masonry walls not exceeding three (3) feet in height,
decorative wrought iron fencing, additional pedestrian areas finished with brick pavers, or other
elements in the Northgate Specific Standards Section of the City of College Station Site Design
Standards. Live plant material must be included where feasible in each proposal.
c. Sidewalk Benches.
A minimum of one (1) sidewalk bench shall be provided for every fifty (50) linear feet of building
frontage along a right-of-way. In no case shall more than four (4) sidewalk benches per building
façade be required.
d. Building and Site Lighting.
1) Building illumination and architectural lighting shall be indirect (no light source visible).
Exposed neon tube may be used.
2) Light standards for parking lots shall reflect the style of the building plot's architecture or
be complementary to that style. Standards shall not be greater than twenty (20) feet in
height.
e. Streetlights.
1) Streetlight location and type shall be as determined by College Station Utilities and the
Administrator.
Page 565 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 32 of 46
2) The installation and cost of the lighting shall be performed by the developer or their
authorized construction representative subject to compliance with the utility streetlight
installation standards of College Station Utilities.
3) Once satisfactorily installed, approved, and accepted by College Station Utilities, the
maintenance of the streetlights and the furnishing of electric energy to the streetlights
shall be provided by the City.
f. Trash Receptacles.
If installed, trash receptacle locations shall be shown on the landscape plan. One (1) trash
receptacle may be located within an intersection's sight distance triangle described in the
General Provisions Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
g. Newspaper Racks.
If installed, newspaper racks shall be placed so that a four (4) foot minimum clear space is
maintained on the sidewalk.
10. Dumpster and Mechanical Equipment Standards.
The following standards are in addition to the requirements of the Solid Waste Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDO.
a. Any dumpster and other waste storage area or container other than streetscape trash
receptacles shall be located at the rear of the building served by the dumpster, area, and/or
container. The Administrator may adjust this standard where a required entrance façade is
located at the rear of the building or when parking is provided on the side of a building.
b. Where feasible, consolidation of dumpsters may be required by the City.
c. Solid waste storage areas, mechanical equipment, air conditioning, electrical meter, service
components, and similar utility devices, whether ground level, wall mounted, or roof-mounted,
shall be screened from view from rights-of-way. Exterior screening materials shall be opaque and
the same as predominantly used on the exterior of the principal building. Such screening shall be
coordinated with the building architecture, colors, and scale to maintain a unified appearance.
Acceptable methods of screening various equipment include encasements, parapet walls,
partition screens, or brick walls. Screening may be omitted or modified upon approval of the
Administrator for the purpose of complying with safe working clearances around electrical
meters, electrical panels, transformers, and related electrical service equipment.
d. Mechanical equipment shall be located to minimize noise intrusion off-site.
11. Detention Pond Screening Standard.
Detention ponds shall be screened from view along one hundred (100) percent of rights-of-way using
berms, shrubs, walls, or a combination of these to achieve a three (3) foot high screen measured from
the ground level. Walls shall be coordinated with the building architecture, colors, and scale to
maintain a unified appearance.
12. Sign Standards.
a. Signage shall not obscure other building elements such as windows, cornices, or architectural
details.
b. Illuminated plastic signs are prohibited.
c. The following types of signage may be used. All others are prohibited.
1) Attached Signs.
Page 566 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 33 of 46
a) Refer to the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
b) Exposed neon may be used in attached signage.
2) Window Signs.
a) Window signs shall allow for the majority of the display area to be open for
pedestrian window shopping and shall not cover more than thirty-three (33) percent
of the window area.
b) Exposed neon may be used in window signage.
3) Hanging Signs.
a) Hanging signs shall be suspended from canopies/awnings and located in front of
building entrances, perpendicular to the façade.
b) A maximum of one (1) sign per building entrance is allowed.
c) The sign shall not exceed four (4) square feet in size and shall have a minimum of
eight (8) feet of clearance from the walkway grade, four (4) inches of clearance from
the building face, and eight (8) inches of clearance from the edge of the
canopy/awning.
d) Hanging signs located in/over the public right-of-way shall require a private
improvement in the public right-of-way permit in addition to the necessary building
permit.
4) Projection Signs.
a) Projection signs are allowed in NG-1 Core Northgate and NG-2 Transitional Northgate
only.
b) Projection signs shall be mounted perpendicular to buildings. They shall have a
minimum of eight (8) feet of clearance from the walkway grade and four (4) inches of
clearance from the building face (barber poles are exempted from these clearance
requirements). All extremities of projection signs, including supports, frames, and the
like, shall not project more than three (3) feet from the building face.
c) A maximum of one (1) sign per building is allowed.
d) Buildings with one (1) story may have a sign that shall not exceed six (6) square feet
in size. For each additional building story, an additional four (4) square feet of signage
is allowed, up to a maximum of eighteen (18) square feet.
e) Projection signs located in/over the public right-of-way shall require a private
improvement in the public right-of-way permit in addition to the necessary building
permit.
f) Exposed neon may be used in projection signage.
5) Low Profile Signs.
a) In NG-2 Transitional Northgate only, one (1) low profile sign per one hundred fifty
(150) linear feet of a building plot along South College Avenue may be permitted.
b) Refer to the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
c) Exposed neon may be used in low-profile signage.
Page 567 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 34 of 46
d. If more than twenty-five (25) percent of the square footage of a building is demolished, any
nonconforming signage associated with the building must also be demolished. The signage will
not be considered "grandfathered", and no other permits will be issued for the site by the City
until the signage has been removed.
13. Outside Storage and Display Standards.
The following standards are in lieu of the Outdoor Storage and Display Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO.
a. Outdoor storage of materials or commodities is prohibited.
b. Temporary or portable buildings of any kind are prohibited except during the construction of site-
planned facilities.
c. Outside sales/outside display areas shall be located within five (5) feet of a required entrance
façade and shall only be located in front of the property/business that is selling item(s). A four (4)
foot minimum clear space on sidewalks shall be maintained. This does not apply if a business has
a valid Northgate outdoor dining and entertainment permit issued under Chapter 8, Businesses
of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances.
d. All merchandise and/or seasonal items used for outside sales or display shall be moved indoors at
the end of business each day.
14. Waivers.
The Design Review Board shall review requests for deviations from the standards of this Section. The
Design Review Board shall approve waivers found to meet the intent of the standards of this Section
and the Northgate Redevelopment Implementation Plan. Financial hardship may not be considered in
the review or determination of a waiver proposal.
Design Review Board review and waiver approval shall be limited to the following items:
a. Relief from the building design standards for historic properties if the proposed building
improvements or additions generally conform to the Building Design Considerations for Historic
Properties Subsection above, and if the property building improvements or additions generally
preserve the historical appearance and architectural character of the building.
b. Relief from specific requirements related to building orientation and access for the improvement
of existing buildings if it can be proven by the applicant shows that inherent site characteristics
constrain the proposed project from meeting the requirement(s) herein. Relief shall not be
considered for building expansions or additions.
c. Alternatives to the requirements related to building orientation and access when physical
characteristics limit the site or provide for unique orientation and access opportunities.
d. A reduction in the percentage of required building transparency for the rehabilitation of existing
buildings if it can be proven by the applicant that inherent site characteristics constrain the
proposed project from meeting the requirements herein.
e. Alternatives to the requirements related to building transparency for new construction if the
alternatives substantially provide the same visual interest for the pedestrian.
f. Alternate architectural features to meet the requirements related to architectural relief when the
proposed architectural details substantially provide a level of uniqueness to the building at the
pedestrian scale.
g. Along non-primary entrance façades that do not abut a right-of-way and that require design
elements, murals may be considered by the Design Review Board to meet the two-design
Page 568 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 35 of 46
element requirement. Mural topics may include architecture and/or Texas A&M University.
Murals may not contain copy or logo advertising any business.
h. Substitutions of building materials for buildings if the applicant shows that:
1) The building material is a new or innovative material manufactured that has not been
previously available to the market or the material is not listed as an allowed or prohibited
material herein and the material is similar and comparable in quality and appearance to the
materials allowed in the Building Design Standards Subsection above; or
2) The material is an integral part of a themed building (for example, a 50's diner in chrome).
3) No variance shall be granted to minimum building material requirements specified for
buildings ten thousand (10,000) square feet or greater in area or for building plots with a
cumulative structure square footage of ten thousand (10,000) square feet or greater.
i. Alternative materials on façade work that does not involve an expansion of an existing building as
defined in Article 9, Nonconformities of this UDO or constitute redevelopment if the applicant
shows that:
1) The materials allowed in the Building Design Standards Subsection above cannot be utilized
without a structural alteration(s) to the existing building; and
2) A licensed professional engineer or architect verifies in writing that a structural alteration is
required to apply the permitted façade materials to the building.
j. Alternatives to the requirements related to surface area parking lots. Alternatives must separate
the parking areas so that no more than sixty (60) parking spaces are located in the same vicinity
without substantial visual separation from additional parking spaces.
k. A decrease in parking requirements for residential uses provided that the applicant submits a
parking study that supports the decrease based on reasonable assumptions of parking
availability. Unless shared or off-site parking is provided as allowed in the Alternative Parking
Plans Subsection of the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDO, in no case shall the Design Review Board allow a reduction in the number
of required spaces:
1) To less than the number recommended within the parking study, or
2) To more than a fifty (50) percent reduction in the amount of parking required for
residential uses by the Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces Required Subsection in the Off-
Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
l. An increase in the distance requirement for shared and/or off-site parking when shared or off-
site parking is provided in a parking garage.
m. Relief from the sidewalk width standard when bringing an existing sidewalk up to a current
standard where existing physical conditions prohibit sidewalk expansion.
n. Alternatives to the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDO for projects utilizing an existing structure(s) if it can be proven by the
applicant that inherent site characteristics constrain the proposed project from meeting the
requirements herein.
o. Relief from the two-story requirement for casual and fine dining restaurants (not "fast food") and
theaters in NG-2 Transitional Northgate if all façades are a minimum of twenty-five (25) feet in
height and all façades give the appearance of a two-story structure as determined by the Design
Review Board.
Page 569 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 36 of 46
p. Relief from the minimum height requirement in NG-1 Core Northgate and NG-2 Transitional
Northgate for an existing structure undergoing only façade rehabilitation if the applicant shows
that inherent site characteristics constrain the proposed project from meeting the
requirement(s) herein. Relief shall not be considered for building expansions or additions.
Sec. 5.9. Design District Dimensional Standards.
The following table establishes dimensional standards that shall be applied within the design districts unless
otherwise identified in this UDO:
Design Districts
KEY: SF = square feet
NG-1 NG-2 NG-3 WPC
Min. Lot Area N/A N/A N/A 2,400 SF
Min. Lot Width N/A N/A N/A 24'
Min. Lot Depth N/A N/A N/A 100'
Min. Front Setback N/A N/A N/A 25' (a)
Min. Side Setback N/A N/A N/A N/A (b)
Min. Side Street Setback N/A N/A N/A 15'
Min. Rear Setback N/A N/A N/A 15'
Min. Setback from Back of Curb (c) 10' 10' 10' N/A
Max. Setback from Back of Curb (c) 20' (d) (e) (f) 25' (d) (e) (f) 20' (d) (e) (f) N/A
Max. Height (g) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Min. Number of Stories 2 (h) 2 (h) 2 (h) N/A
Min. Floor Area Ratio 1:1 (i) (j) 0.75:1 (i) (j) 1:1 (i) (j) N/A
Notes:
(a) The minimum front setback may be reduced to fifteen (15) feet when approved rear access is provided
or when side yard or rear yard parking is provided.
(b) Lot line construction on interior lots is allowed where access to the rear of the building is provided on
the site or by dedicated right-of-way or easement.
(c) Minimum/maximum setback from the back of any curb includes lots with single frontage, lots with
double frontage, and corner lots with multiple frontages.
(d) If the width of any public easement or right-of-way is more than the maximum setback, the maximum
setback will be measured from the edge of the public easement or right-of-way.
(e) Maximum setback from the back of curb for University Drive is twenty-five (25) feet, Wellborn Road is
thirty-five (35) feet, and South College Avenue is one hundred (100) feet.
(f) When café seating is between the café's building and a right-of-way, the building may be setback a
maximum of thirty-five (35) feet.
(g) Refer to the Easterwood Field Airport Zoning Ordinance regarding height limitations.
(h) The two-story requirement shall not apply to structures existing on or before April 2, 2006.
(i) Places of worship are exempt from the floor area ratio requirement.
Page 570 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 37 of 46
(j) This area calculation shall not include any lot area encumbered by required easements, setbacks,
sidewalks, detention, or an area dedicated to civic features. The area of a porch or arcade fronting a
public street is included in the calculation of lot coverage.
Sec. 5.10. Overlay Districts.
In the event an area is rezoned to apply an overlay district, this district shall apply to all multi-family, commercial,
and industrial property, and where applicable, to single-family, duplex, or townhouse development. The underlying
district establishes the permitted uses and shall remain in full force, and the requirements of the overlay district
are to be applied in addition to the underlying use and site restrictions.
A. OV Corridor Overlay.
This district is established to enhance the image of gateways and key entry points, major corridors, and other
areas of concern, as determined by the City Council, by maintaining a sense of openness and continuity.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Setbacks.
All buildings will be set back forty (40) feet from the right-of-way. Where parking is located in the front
of the building, there shall be a front setback of twenty (20) feet from the right-of-way to the parking
area and all drive aisles.
2. Signs.
Freestanding signs shall be limited to the restrictions of the Signs Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO but shall not exceed the height of the building.
3. Building Colors.
Building colors shall be neutral and harmonious with the existing man-made or natural environment,
and only compatible accent colors shall be used. All colors shall be approved by the Administrator. The
applicant must provide elevation drawings and color samples.
4. Special Restrictions for Retail Fuel Sales.
In cases where the underlying zoning district allows fuel sales and a station is proposed, the following
restrictions shall apply:
a. Activities Restricted.
1) No major emergency auto repair; and
2) No body, fender, or paint work.
b. Signs.
1) Sign height shall be restricted by the provisions of the Signs Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO but shall not exceed the height of the building.
2) No freestanding fuel price signage shall be permitted.
3) Signs for air, water, and other similar services or products must meet the criteria for
exempt signs as provided in the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards
of this UDO.
B. RDD Redevelopment District.
The purpose of this district is to facilitate the redevelopment of existing nonconforming commercial centers
through flexible or relaxed standards, which can accommodate existing physical limitations and take
Page 571 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 38 of 46
extraordinary circumstances into account. The RDD Redevelopment District is an overlay district. The
permissible uses on any site shall be governed by the underlying zoning.
The following supplemental standards shall apply to this district:
1. Location.
An RDD Redevelopment District may be established upon any commercially zoned property where the
initial development was developed a minimum of twenty (20) years before the rezoning request and
the proposed redevelopment meets the intent of this Section. Special consideration should be given to
those areas considered "gateways" and/or historic, and those with proximity to Texas A&M University.
2. Standards.
Although every effort should be made to meet all requirements of this UDO, designated RDD
Redevelopment Districts may be allowed to waive up to fifty (50) percent of required parking standards
and landscaping where physical limitations and the site's location and relationship to the goals of the
Comprehensive Plan warrant consideration. A lesser percentage may be established as part of the
approval process.
3. Criteria for Evaluation.
Evaluation of all sites and site plans for rezoning to RDD Redevelopment District shall consider the
following:
a. Conformance with the Comprehensive Plan;
b. Aesthetic contribution of the proposed redevelopment;
c. Economic viability of the existing site;
d. Physical limitations and the demonstrated inability to meet current requirements;
e. Public health and safety standards; and
f. Effort made to meet all standards of this UDO.
g. Full engineering of sites may not be required for the establishment of an RDD Redevelopment
District; however, a preliminary engineering study will be required which assesses parking,
vehicular access and circulation, drainage, and utility requirements.
4. Procedure for Establishment.
The procedure for rezoning to RDD Redevelopment District shall be the same as any other rezoning
application except that a site plan of the proposed redevelopment of the site shall be carefully
evaluated to ascertain the site plan's benefit to achieving the goals of the Comprehensive Plan.
Elevations of proposed structures may be required as part of the review process, or to determine
eligibility for rezoning.
Full engineering may not be required for evaluating a property for rezoning. Varying levels of
information may be required by the Administrator depending upon the peculiarities of any given site.
The site plan components shall govern the redevelopment of the site following the approval of an RDD
Redevelopment District.
C. HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
1. Purpose.
The HP Historic Preservation Overlay is intended to provide for the protection and preservation of
places and areas of historical, cultural, and architectural importance and significance. Such action is
Page 572 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 39 of 46
necessary to promote the economic, cultural, educational, and general welfare of the public.
Specifically, this district has the following expressed purposes:
a. To protect and enhance the landmarks and districts which represent distinctive elements of
College Station's historic, architectural, and cultural heritage;
b. To foster civic pride in the accomplishments of the past;
c. To protect and enhance College Station's attractiveness to visitors and the support and stimulus
to the economy thereby provided;
d. To ensure the harmonious, orderly, and efficient growth and development of College Station;
e. To promote economic prosperity and welfare of the community by encouraging the most
appropriate use of such property within College Station; and
f. To encourage stabilization, restoration, and improvements of such properties and their values.
2. Applicability.
The HP Historic Preservation Overlay may be applied to districts, areas, or individual property,
regardless of the base zoning district or current use of the properties, that:
a. Are at least forty (40) years old;
b. Meet at least two (2) of the criteria listed below; and
c. Possess historic integrity that is evident through historic qualities including location, design,
setting, materials, workmanship, feeling, and association.
3. Criteria for Designation of HP Historic Preservation Overlays.
A property or district may be designated if it:
a. Possesses significance in history, architecture, archeology, and culture;
b. Is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to the broad patterns of local,
regional, state, or national history;
c. Is associated with events that have made a significant impact in our past;
d. Embodies the distinctive characteristics of a type, period, or method of construction;
e. Represents the work of a master designer, builder, or craftsman;
f. Represents an established and familiar visual feature of the neighborhood or city; or
g. Is eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places, Recorded Texas Historic
Landmark, or a State Archaeological Landmark, as determined by the Texas Historical
Commission.
4. Removal of an HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
Upon recommendation of the Landmark Commission to the Planning and Zoning Commission based
upon new and compelling evidence and negative evaluation according to the same criteria and
following the same procedures set forth in this UDO for designation, the Planning and Zoning
Commission may recommend to the City Council and the City Council may remove an HP Historic
Preservation Overlay made under this Section.
Sec. 5.11. Single-Family Overlay Districts.
A. Purpose.
Page 573 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 40 of 46
Single-family overlay districts create an additional zoning district that is superimposed over the underlying
zoning district. Single-family overlay districts are intended to provide additional standards for College Station
neighborhoods. These standards promote residential development patterns and are intended to protect and
enhance desirable neighborhood characteristics, livability, and harmonious, orderly, and efficient growth and
development. The underlying zoning district establishes the permitted uses and standards and shall remain
in effect. The requirements of the overlay are to be applied in addition to the underlying zoning district
standards.
B. Applicability.
Single-family overlay districts may only be applied to neighborhoods zoned and developed for single-family
dwelling units.
C. General Provisions.
1. The yard, lot, building height, and open space regulations of the single-family overlay districts must be
read in accordance with the yard, lot, building height, and open space regulations in the Residential
Dimensional Standards Section above and the General Provisions Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO. In the event of a conflict between the single-family overlay
district and these Sections, the single-family overlay district controls.
2. The City Council may approve a single-family overlay district for the boundaries of original subdivisions
or multiple contiguous phases of original subdivisions that apply jointly.
3. An application for an Official Zoning Map amendment to include a single-family overlay district may be
filed once a petition is signed by property owners of at least fifty (50) percent plus one (1) of the total
number of single-family zoned or developed building plots contained within the original subdivision, or
multiple contiguous phases of original subdivisions that apply jointly in one application, in support of
the overlay. The fifty (50) percent plus one (1) petition signatures must be met for each of the original
subdivisions or each phase of an original subdivision that apply jointly.
D. ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay.
1. Purpose.
The ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay is intended to provide subdivision-specific occupancy
regulations in single-family neighborhoods. ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlays are intended to
preserve the single-family character of residential neighborhoods.
2. Applicability.
The regulations of the ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay apply to each single-family dwelling and
accessory living quarter within the overlay.
3. General Provisions.
1) The standards set forward in a ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay must be based on the findings
of the petition committee.
2) The petition committee shall consist of property owners of platted single-family development
from the original subdivision. In the circumstance where multiple contiguous phases of original
subdivisions are applying jointly, the petition committee shall consist of one property owner from
each phase included in the application.
3) To be eligible to apply for a ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay, improvements must exist on at
least 51 percent of the platted single-family lots in the original subdivision.
4. Standards.
Page 574 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 41 of 46
Occupancy of either, a detached single-family dwelling or accessory living quarter, shall not exceed two
unrelated persons per single-family dwelling or accessory living quarter. Related persons are specified
in the definition of family in the Defined Terms Section of Article 11, Definitions of this UDO. Accessory
living quarter requirements are further specified in the Accessory Uses Section of Article 6, Use
Regulations of this UDO.
5. Legacy Clause.
a. Occupancy levels in individual single-family dwellings and accessory living quarters within an
original subdivision, existing at the time a ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay is adopted, are
permitted to continue, not to exceed a maximum of four unrelated persons for single-family
dwellings and two unrelated persons for accessory living quarters and shall be considered a
nonconforming use. The provisions of the Nonconforming Uses Section of Article 9,
Nonconformities of this UDO, shall apply, with the exception of the Continuance Subsection.
b. The structure containing the nonconforming use may be enlarged or expanded up to a maximum
of ten (10) percent of the heated square footage of the structure existing at the time the ROO
Restricted Occupancy Overlay was adopted.
c. Enlargement or expansion of the structure containing the nonconforming use beyond ten (10)
percent and up to a maximum of twenty-five (25) percent of the heated square footage of the
structure existing at the time the ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay was adopted shall require
approval of the Zoning Board of Adjustment. The Zoning Board of Adjustment may authorize such
enlargement or expansion based on the following criteria:
1) That granting the enlargement or expansion will ensure the same general level of land use
compatibility as the otherwise applicable standards;
2) That granting the enlargement or expansion will not materially or adversely affect adjacent
land uses or the physical character of uses in the vicinity of the nonconforming use; and
3) That granting the enlargement or expansion will be generally consistent with the purposes
and intent of this UDO.
d. The structure containing the nonconforming use may be structurally altered or renovated, up to
a maximum of fifty (50) percent of the heated square footage of the structure existing at the time
the ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay was adopted, provided that the structural alteration or
renovation does not enlarge or expand the structure.
e. Structurally altering or renovating the structure containing the nonconforming use beyond fifty
(50) percent of the heated square footage of the structure existing at the time the ROO
Restricted Occupancy Overlay was adopted shall require approval of the Zoning Board of
Adjustment. The Zoning Board of Adjustment may authorize such structural alterations or
renovations based on the following criteria:
1) That granting the structural alternation or renovation will ensure the same general level of
land use compatibility as the otherwise applicable standards;
2) That granting the structural alternation or renovation will not materially or adversely affect
adjacent land uses or the physical character of uses in the vicinity of the nonconforming
use; and
3) That granting the structural alternation or renovation will be generally consistent with the
purposes and intent of this UDO.
f. The use shall come into compliance with the ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay standards at
such time that any of the following occur:
Page 575 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 42 of 46
1) The single-family dwelling or accessory living quarter is demolished;
2) The subdivision of land occurs, creating an additional lot or building plot;
3) Nonconforming use changes or occupancy increases. Decreases in the nonconforming use
occupancy levels below four unrelated persons shall not be an indication of abandonment
as specified in the Abandonment Subsection in the Nonconforming Uses Section of Article
9, Nonconformities of this UDO, or cause a loss of the legal nonconforming use status;
4) The structure containing the nonconforming use is enlarged, expanded, structurally
altered, or renovated beyond the standards provided above in this Section; or
5) The termination of registration with the City's Rental Registration program.
E. NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay.
1. Purpose.
The NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay is intended to protect and preserve established single-
family neighborhoods through a district that is focused on the specific needs of the neighborhood. The
NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay is intended to provide additional standards for demolitions,
new construction, additions, and redevelopment to promote development that is compatible with the
existing character of the neighborhood. NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlays are based on an in-
depth study of the existing neighborhood conditions and should be used to protect the unique assets
and qualities of the neighborhood. NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlays may be used for
neighborhoods that offer a distinct character that its residents and the City wish to preserve and
protect.
2. Applicability.
The regulations of the NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay apply to all single-family and accessory
structures within the district.
3. General Provisions.
a. The standards set forward in an NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay must be based on the
findings of the petition committee.
b. The petition committee may consist of property owners of platted single-family development
from the original subdivision, or multiple contiguous phases of original subdivisions that apply
jointly.
c. NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlays may not apply to neighborhoods originally platted in
the last ten (10) years from the date of application submittal.
4. Options for Inclusion.
In applying for an NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay, the following items may be included as
standards in the overlay. All single-family development within the district shall be subject to the
standards set forth in the rezoning ordinance.
a. Minimum Front Setback.
If a minimum front setback is selected for inclusion, the petition committee may select one (1) of
the following methods of determining minimum front setback based on research of the subject
neighborhood:
1) Contextual front setbacks as provided for in the Required Yards (Setbacks) Subsection of
the General Provisions Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO; or
Page 576 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 43 of 46
2) Contextual front setbacks as provided for in the General Provisions Subsection above; or
3) Fixed front setbacks. A fixed front setback may be established; however, it may not be less
than the setback of underlying zoning or more than the existing median front yard setback
of structures in the district.
Example Front Setbacks
b. Minimum Side Street Setback.
If a minimum side street setback is selected for inclusion, the petition committee may select one
(1) of the following methods of determining minimum side street setback based on research of
the subject neighborhood:
1) Contextual side street setbacks as provided for in the Residential Dimensional Standards
Section above; or
2) Fixed side street setback. A fixed side street setback may be established; however, it may
not be less than the side setback of underlying zoning or more than the existing median
side street setback of structures in the district.
c. Minimum Lot Size (Area, Width, and Depth).
If a minimum lot size is selected for inclusion, the petition committee may select one (1) of the
following methods of determining the minimum size of new lots based on research of the subject
neighborhood:
1) Lot size (area and width) as provided for in the Platting and Replatting within Older
Residential Subdivisions Subsection in the Lots Subsection of the General Requirements
and Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the City Limits Section of Article
8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO; or
2) Contextual lot size as provided for in the Residential Dimensional Standards Section above;
or
3) Fixed lot size. A fixed lot size may be established; however, it may not be less than the lot
size required by the underlying zoning district or more than the existing median size of
building plots in the district.
d. Maximum Building Height.
If maximum building height is selected for inclusion, the petition committee may select one (1) of
the following methods of determining maximum building height based on the research of the
subject neighborhood:
Page 577 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 44 of 46
1) Contextual building height as provided for in the Residential Dimensional Standards Section
above; or
2) Fixed building height. A fixed building height may be established; however, it may not be
more than the maximum height allowed in the underlying zoning district or less than the
median height of all residential structures in the district.
e. Tree Preservation.
If tree preservation is selected for inclusion, the petition committee may choose to preserve any
existing trees with a minimum of eight (8) inch caliper or greater. Preserved trees must be in
good form and condition and reasonably free of damage by insects and/or disease and located
outside the buildable area. Any preserved tree(s) must be barricaded and preserved during
demolition and/or construction. A barricade detail must be provided on the site plan. Trees must
be barricaded one (1) foot per inch caliper measured as a radius from the tree trunk. Barricades
must be in place before any development activity on the property including but not limited to
grading and equipment on site. Choosing this option allows the petition committee to exclude
specific tree species from preservation requirements.
f. Landscape Maintenance.
If landscape maintenance is selected for inclusion, any existing canopy and non-canopy trees in
good form and condition and reasonably free of damage by insects and/or disease located within
the buildable area removed during construction must be replaced on-site inch caliper for inch
caliper, or as determined by the Administrator.
g. Maximum Impervious Surface.
If a maximum impervious surface is selected for inclusion, a maximum impervious surface may
be limited to any number between the calculated neighborhood median and the maximum, as
allowed by the UDO.
Impervious surface includes but is not limited to buildings, sidewalks, drives, all-weather
surfaces, parking, rooftops, patios, decking, masonry, stone, and other alternative pavements.
Alternative materials used for landscaping purposes in non-load bearing areas and the water
surface area within the walls of pools are not considered impervious surfaces. An area of gapped
decking shall be calculated as fifty (50) percent of the proposed decked area for the purpose of
impervious cover.
Page 578 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 45 of 46
Example Impervious Surface Identification
h. Garage Access.
If garage access is selected for inclusion, the petition committee may choose one (1) of the
following methods of garage access based on the most frequent method of garage access within
the subject neighborhood:
1) Front entry; or
2) Side entry; or
3) Rear entry.
Garage Access Options
i. Garage Connection.
If garage connection is selected for inclusion, the petition committee may select one (1) of the
following garage connection types based on the most frequent method of garage connection
within the subject neighborhood:
1) Attached to the single-family structure; or
2) Detached from the single-family structure.
Page 579 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 46 of 46
Garage Connection Options
j. Garage Location.
If garage location is selected for inclusion, the petition committee may select one (1) of the
following garage locations based on the most frequent location of garages concerning the
primary single-family structure within the subject neighborhood:
1) In front of the single-family structure; or
2) To the side of the single-family structure; or
3) To the rear of the single-family structure.
Garage Location Options
k. Garage Size.
If garage size is selected for inclusion, the petition committee may set a minimum garage size of
one (1), two (2), or three (3) car garage per residential unit based on the most frequently
occurring garage size within the subject neighborhood.
l. Garage Requirement.
If a garage requirement is selected for inclusion, the petition committee may require that a
garage be required on properties within the subject neighborhood.
m. Off-Street Parking.
If off-street parking is selected for inclusion, the petition committee may choose one (1) or more
of the following off-street parking options within the subject neighborhood; however, it may only
be included if including maximum lot coverage, garage access, garage connection, or garage
location:
1) Set a minimum off-street parking standard of three (3) spaces per residential unit;
2) Set a maximum number of off-street parking spaces;
3) Set a maximum parking area and location per yard;
4) Set a required driveway width between 12 and 25 feet.
n. Fencing.
If fencing is selected for inclusion, the petition committee may select the maximum height.
Page 580 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 6. Use Regulations
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 34
Article 6. Use Regulations
Sec. 6.1. Purpose.
The intent of this Article is to provide patterns of land use consistent with the Comprehensive Plan, and to
encourage the arrangement of land uses to minimize conflicts among various types of land use activities while
recognizing the City's need for such activities.
Sec. 6.2. Applicability.
The provisions of this Article shall not apply to property zoned BioCorridor Planned Development District.
Page 581 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 34
Sec. 6.3. Types of Use.
A. Uses of land or structures which are not expressly listed in the Use Table as permitted uses (P), permitted
uses subject to specific use standards (P*), or conditional uses (C) in a zoning district or planned
development are prohibited uses and shall not be established in that district or planned development.
B. The Administrator shall determine whether or not an unlisted use, that is otherwise prohibited, as stated
above should be processed. In doing so, the Administrator shall utilize purpose statements adopted herein in
conjunction with the applicable zoning district, and consideration of the following criteria:
1. The actual or anticipated characteristics of the activity based on known characteristics of similar
projects in standard planning practice;
2. The relative amount of site area, floor space, and equipment;
3. Relative volumes of sales from each activity;
4. The customer type for each activity;
5. The relative number of employees in each activity;
6. Hours of operation;
7. Building and site arrangement;
8. Vehicles used with the activity and the relative number of vehicle trips generated by the use; and
9. How the use advertises itself.
C. Use Table.
Except where otherwise specifically provided herein, regulations governing the use of land and structures
with the various zoning districts and classifications of planned developments are hereby established as
shown in the following Use Table.
1. Permitted Uses.
A "P" indicates that a use is allowed by right in the respective district. Such uses are subject to all other
applicable regulations of this UDO.
2. Permitted Uses Subject to Specific Standards.
A "P*" indicates a use that will be permitted, provided that the use meets the provisions in the Specific
Use Standards Section below. Such uses are also subject to all other applicable regulations of this UDO.
3. Conditional Uses.
A "C" indicates a use that is allowed only where a conditional use permit is approved by the City
Council. The Council may require that the use meet the additional standards enumerated in the
Specific Use Standards Section below. Conditional uses are subject to all other applicable regulations of
this UDO.
Page 582 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 34
USE TABLE
Specific Uses R WE E WRS RS GS T ** D ** MH MF ** MU ** MHP ** P-MUD ** O SC ** WC GC CI BP ** BPI CU NAP R-1B R-4 ** R-6 ** C-3 ** M-1 M-2 R&D ** WPC ** NG-1 ** NG-2 ** NG-3 ** KEY: P = Permitted by Right P* = Permitted Subject to Specific Use Standards C = Conditional Use ** = District with Supplemental Standards (refer to Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards)
RESIDENTIAL USES
Assisted
Living/Residential Care Facility
P P P
Boarding and
Rooming House
P P P P P
Courtyard House P*
Dormitory P P P P P P P P
Duplex P P P P P
Extended Care
Facility/Convalescent/
Nursing Home
P P P P P P P P
Fraternity/Sorority P P P P P P
Manufactured Home P* P* P*
Mixed-Use Structure P P P P P P P
Multi-Family P P P P P C (a) P P P
Multi-Family built
prior to January 2002
P P P P P P P P
Multiplex, Medium P P
Multiplex, Small P P
Shared Housing P P P P P
Single-Family
Detached
P P P P P P P P P P P
Single-Unit Dwelling P
Split-Lot Duplex P P
Townhouse P P P P P P P
Two-Unit Dwelling P
Live-Work Unit P* P* P*
PUBLIC, CIVIC, AND INSTITUTIONAL USES
Educational Facility,
College and University
P
Educational Facility, Indoor Instruction P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Page 583 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 34
Educational Facility,
Outdoor Instruction
P C C P P P P
Educational Facility, Primary and
Secondary
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Educational Facility, Tutoring P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Educational Facility,
Vocational/Trade
P P P P P P P P
Governmental Facilities P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P P P* P* P P P P P P* P* P* P P P P P P P P*
Health Care, Hospitals P P
Health Care, Medical
Clinics
P P P P P P P P P P
Parks P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Places of Worship P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P P P P* P P P P P P* P* P* P P P P P P P P
COMMERCIAL, OFFICE, AND RETAIL USES
Agricultural Use, Barn
or Stable for Private Stock
P P P
Agricultural Use, Farm
or Pasturage
P P P
Agricultural Use, Farm Product Processing P
Animal Care Facility,
Indoor
P P P P P P P P P P P P
Animal Care Facility, Outdoor P* P
Art Studio/Gallery P
(c)
P P P P P P P P P P P P
Car Wash P*
Commercial Garden, Greenhouse, or Landscape
Maintenance
P* P* P* P* P* P*
Commercial Amusement P P P C C P* P* C P P P
Conference/Conventi
on Center
P P P P P P P P
Country Club P P P P P P P P P P
Day Care, Commercial P (c) P P C P P P P P C C P P P P
Page 584 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 34
Drive-In/Thru P* P C P*
Dry Cleaners and Laundry P P P* P* P P* P P P* P* P* P* P*
Fraternal Lodge P P P P P P
Fuel Sales P* P* P* P
Funeral Home P P P P
Golf Course or Driving Range P* P* P* P*
Health Club/Sports
Facility, Indoor
P P P P P P P P P P P P
Health Club/Sports Facility, Outdoor P P* P P P P P* P
Hotel C
(b)
P P P P P P P P
Mobile Food Court C C C C C C C
Night Club, Bar, or
Tavern
C C C C C P P
Office P
(c)
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Parking as a Primary Use P P C P P P P*
Personal Service Shop P
(c)
P P P P P P P P P P P P
Printing/Copy Shop P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Radio/TV
Station/Studio
P P P P P P P P P P P P*
Recreational Vehicle Park C C
Restaurant P P P P* P* P P* P P P P*
Retail Sales - Single
Tenant over 50,000 SF
P P P
Retail Sales and Service P (c) P P P P* P* P* P* P P P P P
Retail Sales and
Service - Alcohol
C P P* P* P C P P
Sexually Oriented Business P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P*
Shooting Range,
Indoor
P P P P P
Theater P P P P P P P P
Retail Sales, Manufactured Homes P P*
Page 585 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 34
Storage, Self Service P* P* P P P P* P
Vehicular Sales, Rental, Repair, and Service
P* P* P P*
Wholesales/Services P* P* P P P P
INDUSTRIAL AND MANUFACTURING USES
Storage Tank/Cold Storage Plant P P P
Micro-Industrial P* P* P P* P*
Industrial, Light P P P P P P
Industrial, Heavy P P
Recycling Facility -
Large
P* P P
Salvage Yard P* P*
Scientific Testing/Research
Laboratory
P P P P P
Storage, Outdoor -
Equipment or Materials
P P* P P P
Truck Stop/Freight or
Trucking Terminal
P P
Utility P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P*
Warehousing/Distribution P C P P P
Waste Services P P
Wireless Telecommunication Facilities -
Intermediate
P* P* P* P* P* P* P P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P*
Wireless
Telecommunication Facilities - Major
C P* C C C C P C C C P* C
Wireless
Telecommunication
Facilities - Unregulated
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Notes:
(a) Multi-family residential uses located in stories or floors above retail commercial uses are permitted by right.
Page 586 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 34
(b) Hotels are only allowed when accessory to a country club development and are limited to a maximum of fifteen (15) rooms.
(c) Permitted in live-work units only.
Page 587 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 34
Sec. 6.4. Specific Use Standards.
The following specific use standards shall apply to uses identified in the Types of Use Section above with a “P*.” A
site plan review, as required by the Site Plans Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO, is
required for all specific uses identified herein. For the purposes of this Section, buffers shall comply with the Buffer
Requirements Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO unless specified herein. For the
purposes of this Section, residential areas or uses shall mean existing developed or developing (platted) residential
uses including single-family and multi-family dwelling units, townhomes, and duplexes.
A. Animal Care Facilities.
Any animal care facilities with defined outdoor uses and/or facilities shall be located a minimum of five
hundred (500) feet from existing or developing residential areas. Animal care facilities with outdoor facilities
for large animals shall be permitted in R Rural, only.
B. Car Wash.
Vacuums shall be located a minimum of one hundred (100) feet from any adjacent residential use.
C. Commercial Amusements.
All outdoor activity must be located a minimum of three hundred (300) feet from an existing residential use.
D. Commercial Garden/Greenhouse/Landscape Maintenance.
1. Outdoor storage and display of unpackaged or bulk materials, including but not limited to topsoil,
manure, and aggregate materials, shall be screened and located at least fifty (50) feet from all property
lines and not closer than one hundred fifty (150) feet from an existing residential use.
2. No processes and business activities associated with commercial gardens may be conducted outside of
buildings except in BP Business Park.
E. Courtyard House.
Courtyard house developments are also subject to the following requirements:
1. A courtyard house development shall not have more than twelve (12) units around one courtyard.
2. The width of the courtyard green, independent of the individual lots, shall be no less than thirty (30)
feet. The courtyard shall include a walkway of at least five feet in width providing a direct path of
pedestrian access to each residential lot along the courtyard. The design of the courtyard should be
open and welcoming to the street, with any fencing and landscaping no higher than thirty-six (36)
inches along the courtyard.
3. All courtyard houses must be served by rear or side alleys, with at least one side of the development
having frontage to a public street as shown in the diagram below:
Page 588 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 34
Example Courtyard House Development
F. Drive-In/Thru.
1. In all Northgate zoning districts, all site designs and elevations for drive-in/thru windows shall be
reviewed by the Design Review Board as part of the site plan review process. All outside activities and
appurtenances related to drive-in/thru service shall be located wholly underneath a habitable
structure, screened from view from the University Drive right-of-way, and designed to be sensitive to
the pedestrian environment.
2. In SC Suburban Commercial, drive-in/thru windows and message boards may not be located on the
side of the building adjacent to single-family land use and zoning.
3. In SC Suburban Commercial, restaurants with a drive-in/thru window must be located a minimum of
one hundred fifty (150) feet from any single-family use or zoning district. Additionally, associated drive-
in and drive-thru facilities (speaker box, message board, and pick-up window) may not be located
between the restaurant and any single-family use or zoning district; except when the single-family use
or zoning district is located across a public street.
G. Dry Cleaners/Laundry.
All activity must be wholly contained within a building not to exceed three thousand (3,000) square feet in
size.
H. Fuel Sales.
1. Any vehicle repair uses must comply with the Vehicular Sales, Rental, Repair, and Service Subsection
below.
2. All activities except those associated with fuel pumping must be conducted within an enclosed
building.
3. Ice and vending machines must be enclosed in a building.
Page 589 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 34
4. No signage, in addition to the signage allowed in the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDO, may be allowed within view of the right-of-way.
5. No outside storage or display of vehicles for any purpose.
6. A drive-thru car wash designed to accommodate one (1) vehicle shall be permitted as an accessory use.
7. In C-3 Light Commercial, fuel sales shall be limited to facilities designed to accommodate a maximum of
four (4) vehicles obtaining fuel simultaneously.
8. Minimum setback requirements shall be as follows:
Front Side Rear Side Street
Fuel pumps 50 feet 25 feet 25 feet 25 feet
Canopies 40 feet 15 feet 15 feet 15 feet
9. Storage tanks must be located below grade.
10. In WC Wellborn Commercial, fuel sales will be considered a permitted land use on properties with
existing fuel sales as of April 14, 2011.
I. Golf Course or Driving Range.
1. All driving ranges shall be a minimum of ten (10) acres and have a minimum field size of two hundred
seventy-five (275) yards.
2. Driving ranges are classified as commercial enterprises and must comply with the Buffer Requirements
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDOS.
3. For driving ranges, all balls must remain on the property through proper orientation of the tee boxes,
adequate buffering or screening, and barrier nets.
4. No building, structure, or outdoor activity of a driving range shall be located within one hundred (100)
feet of residentially zoned property.
5. All ground-level lighting of a driving range’s landing area shall be directed away from adjacent
properties and screening shall be provided with plantings, berms, or other means to limit nuisances
associated with lighting and resulting glare.
J. Government Facilities and Utilities.
Activities not wholly contained within a building shall not be located within one hundred (100) feet of a
single-family residential use unless buffered by a twenty-five (25) foot buffer yard and a six (6) foot privacy
fence in accordance with the Buffer Requirements Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of
this UDO.
K. Health Club/Sports Facility (Outdoor).
In MU Mixed-Use and all NG Northgate Zoning Districts, outdoor health clubs/sports facilities shall only be
allowed on rooftops.
L. Live-Work Unit.
1. The square footage of the live-work unit may not be greater than as set forth in the International
Building Code, as adopted. Currently, said maximum size is three thousand (3,000) square feet. Further,
the non-residential use may not be more than fifty (50) percent of each live-work unit.
2. Each live-work unit shall not contain more than one (1) dwelling unit. The residential unit must be
attached to the non-residential use and may be accessed separately from the non-residential use.
3. In a two-story building, the residential unit must be located on the second floor.
Page 590 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 34
4. If a residential garage is provided, it must be attached and not visible from the public right-of-way.
M. Manufactured Homes.
1. The placement of an individual manufactured home, where permitted, or the replacement of an
existing manufactured home shall be subject to obtaining a location permit issued by the Building
Official and Administrator. The application for such a permit shall be accompanied by a location plan
including the following information:
a. Location plan showing the dimension of the site, required setback lines, the placement of the
manufactured home, the designated parking, and any existing structures on the same or
adjoining lots;
b. A signed and dated application, requesting permission to locate the structure on the lot; and
c. A legal description of the location of the property within the city.
2. All manufactured homes shall be skirted with brick, vinyl, or other solid skirting materials within four
(4) months of occupancy of the lot.
3. All trailer hitches and other devices designed to aid in the transport of the manufactured homes must
be removed within four (4) months of occupancy of the lot.
N. Micro-Industrial Uses.
1. All production activities must be conducted within an enclosed building. No outside storage is allowed.
2. All micro-industrial uses are limited in size to no more than five thousand (5,000) gross square feet.
3. Accessory uses are permitted, provided that they are subordinate and incidental to the primary use.
4. In the CI Commercial Industrial and BPI Business Park Industrial zoning districts, an accessory
restaurant, nightclub, bar, or tavern is not permitted.
O. Mobile Food Court.
Mobile food court shall mean a land use approved through a conditional use permit and developed in
conformity with an approved site plan, where two or more mobile food vendors congregate to offer edible
goods for sale to the public, and amenities are provided for all vendors’ customers.
1. Mobile Food Court Categories.
a. Short-Term.
1) A short-term food court is temporary, intended to be an interim use on previously
developed land where long-term utilization of the property or redevelopment is being
investigated and/or pursued. A conditional use permit for a short-term mobile food court
may be granted for a period of up to two (2) years.
2) A short-term mobile food court may allow for:
a) The establishment of a site that provides for the gathering of two (2) to five (5)
mobile food vendors.
b) The mobile food vendors within the mobile food court to remain on their pad sites
overnight. Note: Mobile food vendors are required to leave the mobile food court at
least once a year to retain mobile food vendor status.
c) Tables, chairs, and canopies for court customers.
d) Signage for the mobile food court in accordance with the Signs Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDO.
Page 591 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 34
e) Small-scale entertainment and accessory uses for mobile food court customers, such
as music (live acoustic or recorded) that is played or broadcast at a reasonable
volume inside the court’s property boundaries and small playground area so as not to
disturb other surrounding property owners.
3) A short-term mobile food court shall:
a) Be located a minimum of one hundred (100) feet from a single-family, duplex, or
townhouse zoning district.
b) Have a site manager that will remain on the property during the hours of operation.
c) Have all valid permits and licenses as required by the Brazos County Health
Department.
d) Allow only mobile food vendors that hold valid permits and licenses as required by
the City of College Station and the Brazos County Health Department to operate
within the mobile food court.
e) At a minimum, not operate between the hours of 3:00 a.m. and 5:00 a.m.
f) Provide only portable or temporary improvements to a site. Long-term or permanent
improvements to a site are not allowed.
g) Provide adequately maintained trash receptacles for customer use.
h) Comply with general site plan requirements described in the Site Plans Section of
Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO, the applicable requirements
of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO, and the Specific Use
Standards for Mobile Food Courts Subsection below.
b. Long-Term.
1) Long-term mobile food courts are intended to have more permanency than short-term
mobile food courts and shall be held to the same development standards as restaurant
developments, with the exceptions identified in the specific use standards below.
2) A long-term mobile food court may allow for:
a) The establishment of a site that provides for the gathering of two (2) or more mobile
food vendors.
b) The mobile food vendors within the mobile food court to remain on their pad sites
overnight. Note: Mobile food vendors are required to leave the mobile food court or
move within the court at least once a year to retain mobile food vendor status.
c) Mobile food vendors to access potable water and sewage disposal facilities onsite. If
these utilities are made available, they shall be located in a manner to necessitate the
movement of each mobile food vendor to access the utilities.
d) Tables, chairs, and canopies or enclosed seating areas for court customers.
e) Signage for the mobile food court in accordance with the Signs Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDO.
f) Small-scale entertainment and accessory uses for mobile food court customers, such
as music (live acoustic or recorded) that is played or broadcast at a reasonable
volume inside the court’s property boundaries and small playground area so as not to
disturb surrounding property owners.
Page 592 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 34
g) Larger-scale entertainment and accessory uses for court customers, such as a
volleyball court and bar, at a scale so as not to disturb surrounding property owners.
h) Accessory structures.
i) Alcohol sales with approved permits and licenses from the Texas Alcoholic Beverage
Commission.
3) A long-term mobile food court shall:
a) Be located a minimum of one hundred (100) feet from a single-family, duplex, or
townhouse zoning district.
b) Have a site manager that will remain on the property during the hours of operation.
c) Have all valid permits and licenses as required by the Brazos County Health
Department.
d) Allow only mobile food vendors that hold valid permits and licenses as required by
the City of College Station and the Brazos County Health Department to operate
within the mobile food court.
e) At a minimum, not operate between the hours of 3:00 a.m. and 5:00 a.m.
f) Comply with general site plan requirements described in the Site Plans Section of
Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO, the applicable requirements
of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO, and the Specific Use
Standards for Mobile Food Courts Subsection below.
c. Restroom and Hand Washing Facilities for Short-Term and Long-Term Mobile Food Courts.
1) Mobile food courts will provide at least two (2) handicapped accessible porta potties with
one (1) mobile handwashing station for every ten (10) mobile food vendors.
2) Mobile food courts that are within one hundred (100) feet of a public restroom facility may
be exempted from the requirement for porta potties.
3) Mobile food vendors shall comply with the Brazos County Health Department’s
requirements for hand washing facilities.
2. Specific Use Standards for Mobile Food Courts.
The following shall apply to all short-term and long-term mobile food courts unless otherwise noted:
a. Mobile food courts shall designate pad site locations for mobile food vendors.
b. Mobile food vendor pad sites and dining areas shall be setback a minimum of one hundred (100)
feet from rights-of-way and public ways.
c. All mobile food vendor pad sites shall be separated from other pad sites, dining areas, and
structures by a minimum of ten (10) feet.
d. Pad sites and dining areas shall not be located within fire lanes, easements, setbacks, buffers, or
visibility triangles.
e. All mobile food vendors located in a mobile food court shall be on an improved, permanent
surface as described in the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO.
f. A minimum of two (2) off-street parking spaces shall be provided per mobile food vendor pad
site.
Page 593 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 34
g. A minimum of a twenty (20) foot fire apparatus access route is required around a mobile food
court.
h. Mobile food vendors, portable restroom trailers, and other temporary structures shall not be
subject to the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDO.
i. Electrical connections shall be provided for all mobile food vendors on site. Use of generators
shall not be allowed in a mobile food court.
j. Short-term mobile food courts only.
1) Short-term mobile food courts shall not impede vehicular circulation or block fire lanes or
sanitation routes through the existing sites upon which they are located.
2) Short-term mobile food courts shall not be subject to the requirements of the Landscaping
and Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
3) Short-term mobile food courts shall utilize existing solid waste collection sites on the
properties on which they are located and provide proof of permission to do so.
k. Long-term mobile food courts only.
If water and wastewater facilities are provided to mobile food vendors in a long-term mobile
food court, the site shall be designed to require all mobile food vendors to remain mobile to
access these amenities. Additional tanks or portable tanks for wastewater are prohibited.
P. Mobile Home.
After the effective date of this UDO, a mobile home may not be located within the city limits of College
Station for residential use. A mobile home legally located within the city limits of College Station may
continue to be used as a residential dwelling but shall not be relocated or enlarged. A mobile home may be
replaced by a manufactured home.
Q. Parking as a Primary Use.
In all Northgate zoning districts, parking as a primary use shall be permitted when all of the parking is located
within a multi-level garage.
R. Places of Worship.
1. Where the parking lot abuts residential development, a ten (10) foot buffer yard with buffer plantings
and a minimum six (6) foot privacy fence is required pursuant to the Buffer Requirements Section of
Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
2. When outdoor accessory uses including but not limited to playgrounds, recreational areas, and special
event areas abut residential uses, a minimum fifteen (15) foot buffer yard with buffer plantings and a
six (6) foot privacy fence is required pursuant to the Buffer Requirements Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO.
S. Radio/TV Station/Studios.
In all Northgate zoning districts, outdoor transmission facilities shall be completely screened from view from
any right-of-way.
T. Recreational Vehicle Park Standards (RV Parks).
1. Recreational vehicle parks shall allow for the temporary occupancy of vehicles that are built on a single
chassis that are designed to be self-propelled or permanently towable by a light-duty truck and are
primarily for use as temporary living quarters for recreational, travel, or seasonal use.
Page 594 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 34
2. Recreational vehicle parks shall be considered a non-residential use and shall meet the Buffer
Requirements Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO as a commercial use,
regardless of zoning.
3. No person shall operate a recreational vehicle park unless they hold valid permits and licenses as
required by the State of Texas and the Brazos County Health Department.
4. Development of any recreational vehicle park shall comply with the general site plan requirements of
the Site Plan Review Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO, and shall meet
the following supplemental criteria:
a. The minimum area of a recreational vehicle park shall be ten (10) acres and shall consist of two
(2) or more recreational vehicle pad sites that are intended for temporary occupancy by
recreational vehicles for the purposes of recreation or vacation.
b. All recreational vehicle parks shall have direct access to a public road and shall include sufficient
entrances and exits to facilitate the safe movement of recreational vehicles in and out of the site.
Internal drives shall have a minimum paved width of twelve (12) feet for one-way traffic and
twenty-four (24) feet for two-way traffic. All internal drives shall be built to City pavement
standards and shall be privately maintained.
c. All recreational vehicle parks shall designate specific pad site locations for recreational vehicles.
1) Each pad site location shall have a minimum area of one thousand five hundred (1,500)
square feet with provisions for wastewater disposal, public water hook-up, and electrical
supply.
2) All pad sites shall be sequentially numbered. Reflective site numbers shall be a minimum of
four (4) inches in height and placed on a separate post on the site. A map of the site layout
with site numbers shall be placed at the entrance to the park in such a manner as to be
clearly visible to entrants.
d. Recreational vehicle pad sites shall be separated from each other by a minimum of ten (10) feet.
e. Recreational vehicle pad sites shall be separated from the recreation area in the park by a
minimum of fifteen (15) feet.
f. All recreational vehicle pad sites shall be setback a minimum of fifty (50) feet from the right-of-
way line of all adjacent public roads and any recreational vehicle park boundaries.
g. All recreational vehicle pad sites shall be setback a minimum of ten (10) feet from any internal
drives in the park.
h. A minimum of two (2) parking spaces shall be provided per recreational vehicle pad site. One (1)
space shall be located on the recreational vehicle site, the remainder may be located in an
approved parking area. The size and paving of all parking spaces shall conform to the
requirements in the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDO.
i. In all recreational vehicle parks, a recreation area shall be provided that shall be centrally located,
free of traffic hazards, and easily accessible to all park residents. Recreation areas shall constitute
a minimum of fifteen (15) percent of the gross recreational vehicle park site area and shall
contain open space for recreational uses. Recreational areas shall also contain benches and
landscaping. The area shall be adequately lit to ensure the safety of users.
j. Recreational vehicle parks shall permit only seasonal placement and habitation of recreational
vehicles. No recreational vehicle shall remain in a recreational vehicle park for more than one
hundred twenty (120) days in any twelve (12) month period.
Page 595 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 34
U. Recycling Facilities.
1. Any facility located within five hundred (500) feet of property zoned or developed for residential use
shall not be in operation between 7:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
2. Light processing, including compacting, baling, and shredding, must be directly related to efficient
temporary storage and shipment of materials. No recycling facility shall abut property zoned or
developed for single-family residential use.
3. A minimum of six (6) parking spaces shall be provided, plus one (1) space per employee and for each
vehicle of the facility.
4. Each container shall be clearly marked to specify materials that are accepted. The name and telephone
number of the operator and the hours of operation shall be conspicuously displayed. All sign
regulations of the district in which the facility is located shall apply.
5. Each facility shall be screened from the public right-of-way by operating in an enclosed building with no
outside storage or by operating within an area enclosed by an opaque fence at least eight (8) feet in
height.
V. Restaurant.
1. In C-3 Light Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial, drive-ins and drive-thrus are prohibited.
2. In SC Suburban Commercial restaurants with a drive-in or drive-thru must be located a minimum of one
hundred fifty (150) feet from any single-family use or zoning district. Drive-in and drive-thru facilities
(speaker box, message board, and pick-up window) may not be located between the building and any
single-family use or zoning district, except when the single-family use or zoning district is located across
a public street.
3. In C-3 Light Commercial, the maximum size shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
4. In WC Wellborn Commercial, restaurants (including waiting and outdoor dining areas) may not exceed
eight thousand (8,000) square feet and are permitted at the following maximum sizes based on the
adjacent thoroughfare and access:
a. Freeway/expressway and four- or six-lane major arterial: eight thousand (8,000) square feet;
b. Four-lane minor arterial and four-lane major collector: seven thousand (7,000) square feet; or
c. Two-lane major collector and smaller: five thousand (5,000) square feet.
5. In SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial, restaurants shall not locate outdoor seating
or playgrounds between the structure and a single-family land use and zoning.
W. Retail Sales of Manufactured Homes.
Manufactured homes undergoing repair and remaining on-site for more than forty-eight (48) hours shall be
screened from public view in an enclosed area.
X. Sales and Service (Retail and Wholesale).
The following sales/storage matrix shall be used to determine the most appropriate zoning district for sales
and service uses.
Page 596 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 34
Sales/Storage Matrix
1. Storage is allowed in GC General Commercial if the square footage of storage is less than fifty (50)
percent of the total gross building area, exclusive of office areas.
2. Storage is allowed in WC Wellborn Commercial if the square footage of storage is less than fifty (50)
percent of the total gross building area.
3. Sales are allowed in CI Commercial Industrial if the square footage of sales is less than fifty (50) percent
of the total gross building area, exclusive of the office area.
4. Each sales use in a shopping center must meet the storage square-foot criteria above to be permitted
in that zoning district.
5. In SC Suburban Commercial, the gross floor area of a single structure shall not exceed fifteen thousand
(15,000) square feet.
6. In WC Wellborn Commercial, the gross floor area of a single structure shall not exceed ten thousand
(10,000) square feet.
Y. Salvage Yard.
1. Salvage or junkyards shall be visually screened on the front, rear, and all sides utilizing a solid eight (8)
foot high wooden privacy fence.
2. Material that is not salvageable shall not be permitted to accumulate. In no case shall material that is
not salvageable be buried or used as fill.
3. In any open storage area, it shall be prohibited to keep any ice box, refrigerator, deep-freeze locker,
clothes washer, clothes dryer, or similar air-tight unit having an interior storage capacity of one and
one-half (1.5) cubic feet or more, from which the door has not been removed.
Z. Sexually Oriented Business.
1. General.
These requirements apply to all sexually oriented businesses as defined in this UDO.
A business is not exempt from regulation under this UDO because it holds a license or permit under the
Alcoholic Beverage Code authorizing the sale or service of alcoholic beverages or because it contains one (1) or more coin-operated machines that are subject to regulation or taxation, or both under State
law.
Regulations contained within this UDO applying to sexually oriented businesses are based on evidence
concerning the adverse secondary effects of adult uses on the communities presented in findings
incorporated in City of Renton v. Playtime Theaters, Inc., 475 U.S. 41 (1986) and in studies set out
below:
a. Detroit, Michigan;
Minor Major
WholesaleGC General Commercial CI Commercial Industrial
RetailGC General Commercial CI Commercial Industrial
Storage
SalesPage 597 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 34
b. Amarillo, Texas;
c. Los Angeles, California;
d. Indianapolis, Indiana;
e. Phoenix, Arizona;
f. St. Paul, Minnesota;
g. Beaumont, Texas;
h. Seattle, Washington;
i. Austin, Texas.
2. Permitted Locations.
A sexually oriented business is a permitted use at the following location only and is subject to the
specific standards located in this Section and is subject to other applicable regulations of this UDO.
Area 3: State Highway 6 Commercial Tract
All that certain tract or parcel of land lying and being situated in the R. Stevenson Survey, Abstract No.
54, Tract 61, being all of that 2.116-acre tract conveyed to the Blue Dolphin Club, Inc. by deed recorded
in volume 2079, page 133 in the Official Records of Brazos County, Texas.
Page 598 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 34
Map of the Potential Location
3. Single Adult Use Per Location.
There shall only be one (1) sexually oriented business permitted per area.
4. Measurement.
a. Stock in Trade.
Stock in trade shall be the number of items in stock in the sales and display area at the time of a
site inspection. The number of sexually oriented items shall be calculated as a percentage of total
items.
b. Sales and Display Area.
1) The sales and display area shall be the entire interior floor space of a business
establishment devoted to sales and display, including aisles, measured in square feet at the
time of a site inspection. The floor space devoted to sales and display of sexually oriented
materials shall be calculated as a percentage of total sales and display area.
2) Where sexually oriented materials are physically separated from other materials by an
eight-foot wall, the separate sales and display area (including any aisles) shall be compared
to the total sales and display floor area.
Page 599 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 34
3) Where the floor area includes a mixture of sexually oriented material with any other
material, it shall be counted as sexually oriented. Any such area shall include fifty (50)
percent of the area of any aisles adjacent to the display or sales of sexually oriented
materials.
5. Specific Standards.
a. Adult Cabaret or Adult Retail Store.
Any performance area shall be elevated at least twenty-four (24) inches above the level of the
patron seating areas and shall be separated by a distance of at least six (6) feet from all areas of
the premises to which patrons have access. A continuous railing at least three (3) feet in height,
securely attached to the floor, and located at least six (6) feet from all points of the live
performance area shall separate performance areas and patron areas.
b. Adult Arcade; Adult Movie Theater.
1) All aisles shall have theater runway and aisle lighting which illuminates the entire floor
surface of the aisle at a level of not less than two-tenths (0.2) foot-candles.
2) All theater viewing areas, projection rooms, and viewing booths or rooms shall be
equipped with overhead lighting fixtures of sufficient intensity to illuminate every place to
which patrons are permitted access at an illumination so that any patron may be observed
from a manager's or employee's station.
3) The interior of an adult arcade, and/or adult viewing booth or room, shall be configured in
such a way that there is an unobstructed view from a manager's or employee's station of
every interior area of the adult arcade and/or viewing booth or room.
4) All ventilation devices in or between adult viewing booths, viewing stations, and rooms
must be covered by a permanently affixed ventilation cover or grill. Ventilation holes,
portals, or airways may only be located one (1) foot from the top of the station, room, or
booth walls or one (1) foot from the bottom of the station, room, or booth walls. There
may not be any other holes or openings in the station, room, or booth walls or between
stations, rooms, or booths.
c. Limited Adult Retail Store.
The store shall separate all sexually oriented material from other sales and display areas using an
opaque wall at least eight (8) feet in height. Such an area shall incorporate a management-
controlled system of access to ensure that only persons over the age of eighteen (18) years are
allowed to enter.
6. Lighting.
Any sexually oriented business shall be equipped with overhead lighting fixtures of sufficient intensity
to illuminate every place to which patrons are permitted access so that any patron may be observed
from a manager's or employee's station.
7. Amortization.
A sexually oriented business in operation prior to the effective date of this UDO which does not
conform to the regulations listed above shall be considered to be nonconforming. The nonconforming
sexually oriented business shall be permitted to continue for one (1) year after the effective date of
this ordinance unless voluntarily discontinued for thirty (30) days or more. One (1) year after the
effective date of this UDO the nonconforming sexually oriented business shall be illegal and shall
terminate, except as provided herein.
Page 600 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 34
a. Additional Time for Amortization.
In the event an owner of a nonconforming sexually oriented business is unable to recoup their
investment in their sexually oriented business by the date for the termination of such uses, the
owner may request additional time by making an application with the Administrator no later
than the date for termination of the use.
b. Application for Additional Time.
The owner shall file, with their request for additional time, all data they wish considered in
support of the request. The owner shall also supply all materials requested by the Administrator,
City Attorney, or City Council to determine if the investment has been recouped.
c. Determination by the City Council.
Upon application by the owner, the City Council may, at its discretion, allow additional time to
amortize the investment in a sexually oriented business if it makes the following findings:
1) The owner has made every effort to recoup their investment in the sexually oriented
business;
2) The owner will be unable to recoup their investment in a sexually oriented business by the
end of the amortization period; and
3) That all applicable provisions of this UDO will be observed.
If the City Council grants additional time, the grant shall be for a period not to exceed one (1)
year.
d. Exemption from Amortization Requirements.
Any owner of a sexually oriented business wishing to claim an exemption from the amortization
requirements of this UDO may apply for an exemption. The City must receive an application no
less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the amortization period.
The City Council may grant an exemption if it makes the following findings:
1) That the location of the sexually oriented business will not have a detrimental effect on
nearby properties or be contrary to the public health, safety, or welfare;
2) That the granting of the exemption will not violate the spirit and intent of this UDO;
3) That the location of the sexually oriented business will not downgrade the property values
or quality of life in the adjacent areas or encourage the development of urban blight;
4) That the location of the sexually oriented business will not be contrary to any program of
neighborhood conservation, nor will it interfere with any efforts of urban renewal or
restoration; and
5) That all other applicable provisions of this UDO will be observed.
If an exemption is granted, such exemption shall be valid for one (1) year from the date of the
City Council action. Upon expiration of an exemption, a sexually oriented business shall be in
violation of this UDO, shall be illegal, and shall terminate, unless the owner receives another
exemption. Additional applications for exemptions shall be submitted at least sixty (60) days
prior to the expiration of the exemption period.
The granting of an exemption does not alleviate the owner of a sexually oriented business from
adhering to all other applicable provisions of this UDO.
AA. Storage (Self-Service).
Page 601 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 22 of 34
1. Accessory uses are prohibited.
2. In SC Suburban Commercial, self-service storage and outdoor storage must be located a minimum of
one hundred fifty (150) feet from any single-family uses or zoning district; except when the single-
family use or district is located across a public street. Additionally, the one hundred fifty (150) foot
separation is not applicable when only interior access (climate-controlled storage) is provided, subject
to other provisions of this UDO.
3. In WC Wellborn Commercial, self-service storage will be considered a permitted land use on properties
with existing self-service storage as of April 14, 2011.
AB. Utilities.
Activities not wholly contained within a building that abuts single-family residential uses shall construct a
twenty (20) foot buffer yard with a six (20) foot privacy fence, in accordance with the Buffer Requirements
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
AC. Vehicular Sales, Rental, Repair, and Service.
1. Vehicles undergoing repair, painting, or body work that will remain on-site for more than forty-eight
(48) hours shall be screened from public view or stored indoors.
2. Inoperable vehicles shall not be allowed to remain on-site for more than thirty (30) days.
3. All parts, including automobile body parts, shall be stored within an area that is completely screened
from public view.
AD. Wireless Telecommunication Facility.
1. Purpose.
The purpose of this Section is to establish regulations for wireless telecommunications facilities that
are consistent with federal and state law. The City Council finds that:
a. It is in the public interest to promote competition in high-quality telecommunications services
and the availability of broadband transmission services to all residences and businesses;
b. It is in the public interest for the City to protect the public safety and welfare, safeguard
community land values, promote orderly planning and development, and preserve historic sites,
structures, and areas. Wireless telecommunications facilities should not be allowed to detract
aesthetically from the visual quality of surrounding properties or the City; and
c. The proliferation of wireless telecommunications facilities negatively impacts the appearance,
character, and property values of the community. Therefore, the City should endeavor to
minimize the size, number, and obtrusiveness of antennas and towers. Collocation and stealth
technologies are strongly encouraged to mitigate negative visual impacts and reduce the total
number of towers within the City.
2. Wireless Telecommunication Facility Categories.
To expedite the siting and review process, wireless telecommunications facilities have been divided
into use categories. The review process is more thorough as the intensity of the use increases.
a. Unregulated Facilities.
The wireless telecommunications facilities listed below are not regulated by this ordinance and
do not require review or approval. This does not exempt these facilities from other applicable
City of College Station codes, ordinances, and permits.
Page 602 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 23 of 34
1) Over-the-air reception devices exempted from local ordinances by the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC).
2) Parabolic antenna less than two (2) meters in diameter.
3) Omni-directional antenna (“whip” antenna) six (6) inches or less in diameter and not
extending more than twelve (12) feet above the support structure.
4) Directional antenna one (1) meter or less measured across the longest dimension and not
extending over twelve (12) feet above the support structure.
5) Public safety tower or antenna.
b. Intermediate Facilities.
1) New transmission tower less than thirty-five (35) feet (ten and one-half (10.5) meters) in
height.
2) New transmission tower that does not extend more than thirty-five (35) feet (ten and one-
half (10.5) meters) in height above a support structure and that meets the definition of a
stealth facility.
3) Parabolic antenna over two (2) meters in diameter.
4) Omni-directional antenna (“whip” antenna) greater than six (6) inches in diameter and/or
extending twelve (12) feet above the support structure.
5) Directional antenna more than one (1) meter measured across the longest dimension and
extending over twelve (12) feet above the support structure.
6) Attached wireless telecommunications facilities.
7) Antenna collocating on an existing tower.
c. Major Facilities.
New transmission tower greater than thirty-five (35) feet (ten and one-half (10.5) meters) in
height.
3. Requirements for Attached Wireless Telecommunication Facilities.
a. Wireless telecommunications facilities may attach to the exterior of any non-residential building
within any zoning district provided the antenna and antenna support structure or equipment are
mounted flush with the vertical exterior of the building or project no more than twenty-four (24)
inches from the surface of the building to which it is attached and does not raise the height of the
building more than ten (10) feet and does not violate the maximum height restriction of that
zoning district.
b. Any antenna meeting the stealth antenna definition of this ordinance and located on an
alternative mounting structure may attach to the exterior of any non-residential building within
any zoning district with the approval of the Administrator.
c. If an antenna is installed on a support structure other than a tower, the antenna and supporting
electrical and mechanical equipment must be of a neutral color that is identical to, or closely
compatible with, the color of the supporting structure to make the antenna and related
equipment as visually unobtrusive as possible.
d. Application Procedures.
1) An inventory of the applicant's existing and future towers that are within the city limits, the
extraterritorial jurisdiction, and within at least one (1) mile of the city limits. The inventory
Page 603 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 24 of 34
shall include specific information about the location, design, and height of each tower. The
owner must have on file with the Planning and Development Services Department a master
list of all existing tower structures owned or controlled by the owner. Such list must specify
the name, address, and telephone number of the owner of record, the tower locations by
address and legal description, tower height, the number of antenna arrays on the tower,
and the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all other users of the tower
structures. The Administrator may share such information with other applicants or
organizations seeking to locate antennas within the City.
2) A site plan drawn to scale clearly indicating the location, height, and design of the
proposed facility, equipment cabinets, transmission buildings and other accessory uses,
access, parking, fences, and landscaped areas.
3) A visual impact analysis, presented as color photo simulations, showing the proposed site
of the wireless telecommunications facility. At least four (4) views shall be submitted
looking toward the site (typically north, south, east, and west) including views from the
closest residential property and adjacent roadways. The photo-realistic representation shall
depict a "skyline" view showing the entire height of the proposed tower or wireless
telecommunications facility to scale, and the structures, trees, and any other objects
contributing to the skyline profile.
4) Plans for the antenna and the antenna tower shall be prepared and signed by a licensed
professional engineer and designed to withstand sustained winds of at least ninety (90)
miles per hour.
5) All telecommunication facilities must meet or exceed the current standards and regulations
of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), the FCC, and any other agency of the federal
government with the authority to regulate telecommunication facilities. An applicant for a
permit shall submit an affidavit confirming compliance with applicable regulations.
4. Requirements for Collocation.
a. Intermediate facilities shall not exceed thirty-five (35) feet.
b. If the existing tower has been determined to be stealth, the antenna must be integrated into the
tower design to retain the stealth designation. The Administrator will determine if the antenna is
a stealth antenna.
c. If an antenna is installed on a support structure other than a tower, the antenna and supporting
electrical and mechanical equipment must be of a neutral color that is identical to, or closely
compatible with, the color of the supporting structure to make the antenna and related
equipment visually unobtrusive as possible.
d. Application Procedures.
1) If not completely located within an existing, fenced mechanical area, a site plan drawn to
scale is required, clearly indicating the location, height, and design of the existing facility,
equipment cabinets, transmission buildings and other accessory uses, access, parking,
fences, and landscape areas.
2) Plans for the antenna shall be prepared and signed by a licensed professional engineer and
designed to withstand sustained winds of at least ninety (90) miles per hour.
3) All telecommunication facilities must meet or exceed the current standards and regulations
of the FAA, the FCC, and any other agency of the federal government with the authority to
regulate telecommunication facilities. An applicant for a permit shall submit an affidavit
confirming compliance with applicable regulations.
Page 604 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 25 of 34
5. Requirements for New Transmission Towers.
a. Setbacks.
The standard setbacks for each zoning district will apply to wireless telecommunications facilities
with additional setbacks or separation being required in the Subsections below. To protect
citizens in their homes, transmission towers shall be placed at a distance equal to the height of
the tower away from any residential structure. Non-stealth towers shall be set back at a distance
equal to the height of the tower away from any GS General Suburban, R-1B Single-Family
Residential, or D Duplex zone boundary.
b. Proximity to Major Thoroughfares.
To preserve and protect the appearance of the City's major thoroughfares and entrances to the
city, additional setbacks are placed on wireless telecommunications facilities proposed to be
placed near these areas. The setback for these areas is determined by measuring from the
centerline of the right-of-way of the thoroughfare. Applicable thoroughfares include freeways
and expressways, major arterials, and minor arterials as shown on the Comprehensive Plan
Functional Classification & Context Class Map.
1) Intermediate wireless telecommunications facilities must be one hundred fifty (150) feet
from applicable thoroughfares.
2) Major wireless telecommunications facilities must be setback from applicable
thoroughfares by the height of the tower multiplied by three (3).
c. Separation Between Towers.
To prevent tower proliferation and protect the city's natural beauty and skyline, the number of
transmission towers per square mile has been limited. New transmission towers must be placed
a minimum distance from existing towers as described here:
1) New transmission towers thirty-five (35) feet or less in height shall be separated from
existing towers by a minimum distance of one thousand five hundred (1,500) feet.
2) New transmission towers more than thirty-five (35) feet and less than seventy-five (75) feet
in height shall be separated from existing towers by a minimum distance of two thousand
five hundred (2,500) feet.
3) New transmission towers seventy-five (75) feet or more in height shall be separated from
existing towers by a minimum distance of three thousand five hundred (3,500) feet.
d. Height Limitations.
1) Intermediate wireless telecommunications facilities are subject to the normal height
restrictions for each zoning district where they are permitted by right. In any zoning district
where a tower is a conditional use, the requested height may be reduced through the
review of the visual impact analysis.
2) In no case shall a proposed transmission tower exceed one hundred fifty (150) feet within
the city limits, except where a height variance is granted by the Zoning Board of
Adjustments to allow a tower or antenna that demonstrates a hardship that can only be
remedied by locating a tower or antenna exceeding such height on a proposed site within
the city limits.
e. Stealth Towers.
Any tower determined to meet the stealth tower definition of this ordinance by the approving
authority may be located in any zoning district with a conditional use permit. Approved stealth
Page 605 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 26 of 34
towers do not have to meet the tower separation or thoroughfare setback requirements of this
Section.
f. Landscaping, Screening, and Aesthetic Standards.
The following requirements shall govern any transmission tower or any parabolic antenna larger
than two (2) meters.
1) Landscaping: Refer to the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO. Plant materials and/or fencing that effectively screen
the wireless telecommunications facility site from the view of the public right-of-way will
be required.
2) New transmission towers shall maintain a flat (not shiny, reflective, or glossy) finish or be
painted in accordance with any applicable standards of the FAA (unfinished galvanized
steel is not acceptable).
3) Wireless telecommunications facilities shall not be artificially lighted with the exception of
motion detectors as security lighting unless required by the FAA or other applicable
authorities. If lighting is required, the City may review the available lighting alternatives
and approve the design that would cause the least disturbance to the surrounding
properties.
4) Towers may not be used to exhibit any signage or other advertising.
g. Application Procedures.
An application for administrative approval or a conditional use permit for a wireless
telecommunications facility shall include the following items (in addition to the site plan and
other information required for a standard conditional use permit application):
1) An inventory of the applicant's existing and future towers that are within the city limits, the
extraterritorial jurisdiction, and within at least one (1) mile of the city limits. The inventory
shall include specific information about the location, design, and height of each tower. The
owner must have on file with the Planning and Development Services Department a master
list of all existing tower structures owned or controlled by the owner. Such list must specify
the name, address, and telephone number of the owner of record, the tower locations by
address and legal description, tower height, the number of antenna arrays on the tower,
and the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all other users of the tower
structures. The Administrator may share such information with other applicants or
organizations seeking to locate antennas within the City.
2) Site plan drawn to scale clearly indicating the location, height, and design of the proposed
tower, equipment cabinets, transmission buildings and other accessory uses, access,
parking, fences, and landscaped areas.
3) The linear separation distance from other transmission towers within a one (1) mile radius
of the proposed tower site. The linear separation distance from all residentially zoned
properties, residential structures, and applicable thoroughfares as set forth in the Proximity
to Major Thoroughfares Subsection above, within five hundred (500) feet of the proposed
tower.
4) A visual impact analysis, presented as color photo simulations, showing the proposed site
of the wireless telecommunications facility. At least four (4) views shall be submitted
looking toward the site (typically north, south, east, and west) including views from the
closest residential property and adjacent roadways. The photo-realistic representation shall
depict a "skyline" view showing the entire height of the proposed tower or wireless
Page 606 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 27 of 34
telecommunications facility to scale, and the structures, trees, and any other objects
contributing to the skyline profile.
5) Plans for the antenna and the antenna tower shall be prepared and signed by a licensed
professional engineer and designed to withstand sustained winds of at least ninety (90)
miles per hour.
6) All telecommunication facilities must meet or exceed the current standards and regulations
of the FAA, the FCC, and any other agency of the federal government with the authority to
regulate telecommunication facilities. An applicant for a permit shall submit an affidavit
confirming compliance with applicable regulations.
7) Grid plan (propagation map) of the service area for existing and future structures for not
less than two (2) years. The submission should include a map showing the "search ring"
that was required for siting the proposed facility.
8) No new tower shall be built, constructed, or erected in the city unless the tower is capable
of supporting additional wireless telecommunication facilities. The applicant must submit a
letter addressed to the City declaring an intent and willingness to construct a proposed
tower that would allow additional service providers to locate on the new tower.
9) No new communications tower shall be permitted unless the applicant demonstrates to
the reasonable satisfaction of the approving authority that no existing tower, building,
structure, or alternative technology can accommodate the applicant's proposed antenna.
The applicant shall submit information related to the availability of suitable existing towers,
other structures, or alternative technology that can accommodate the applicant's proposed
antenna. The Administrator or approving authority may request information necessary to
demonstrate that reasonable alternatives do not exist. The applicant must submit:
a) The names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all owners of other towers or
usable antenna support structures within a one-half (0.5) mile radius of the proposed
new tower site, including City-owned property.
b) An affidavit attesting to the fact that the applicant made diligent but unsuccessful
efforts to obtain permission to install or collocate the new facility on existing towers
or antenna support structures located within a one-half (0.5) mile radius of the
proposed tower site. The affidavit shall spell out the efforts taken by the applicant.
c) A description of the design plan proposed by the applicant to the City. The applicant
must demonstrate the need for towers and why technological design alternatives,
such as the use of microcells, cannot be utilized to accomplish the provision of
telecommunications services.
6. Conditional Use Permits.
Major wireless telecommunications facilities must apply for a conditional use permit as set forth in the
Types of Use Section above, under the procedures set forth in the Conditional Use Permit Section of
Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO. In addition to the standard guidelines, the
following additional factors shall be considered by the Planning and Zoning Commission when
determining whether to grant a conditional use permit for wireless telecommunications facilities:
a. Height of the proposed tower, surrounding topography, and surrounding tree coverage and
foliage as they relate to:
1) Skyline impact, examining whether the massing of the structure appears to dominate or
blend in with the surrounding environment.
Page 607 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:13 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 28 of 34
2) Shadow impact, whether or not the proposed tower will cast shadows that would prevent
the reasonable use or enjoyment of surrounding properties.
b. Design of the tower, with particular reference to design characteristics that have the effect of
reducing or eliminating visual obtrusiveness.
c. Proximity of the tower to residential structures and residential district boundaries.
d. Economic impact on adjacent and nearby properties.
e. Proposed ingress and egress.
f. Availability of suitable alternatives and/or existing support structures.
g. All the information submitted as part of the site plan.
7. Abandonment.
Any wireless telecommunications facility that is not operated for a continuous period of twelve (12)
months shall be considered abandoned, and the owner of the facility shall remove same within sixty
(60) days of receipt of notice from the City notifying the owner of such abandonment. If such facility is
not removed within said sixty (60) days, the City may remove such facility at the property owner's
expense. If there are two (2) or more users of a single wireless telecommunications facility, then this
provision shall not become effective until all users cease operations on the tower.
Sec. 6.5. Accessory Uses.
A. Accessory Uses.
Accessory uses are allowed with permitted, established primary structures and uses subject to the following:
1. The use or structure is subordinate to and serves a primary use or principal structure;
2. The accessory use shall be subordinate in area, extent, and purpose to the primary use served;
3. The accessory use shall contribute to the comfort, convenience, or necessity of occupants of the
primary use served;
4. The accessory use shall be located within the same zoning district as the primary use is permitted; and
5. Accessory uses located in residential districts shall not be used for commercial purposes other than
permitted home occupations.
B. Accessory Structures.
1. In combination, all accessory uses shall contain no more square footage than twenty-five (25) percent
of the habitable floor area of the principal structure or four hundred (400) square feet, whichever is greater. Garage or carport areas devoted to the storage of vehicles shall not be included in the
calculation of the twenty-five (25) percent restriction.
2. No accessory structure shall be erected in any required setback area. Excluded from this requirement is
any portable storage building or structure if the Building Official has determined that it does not
require a building permit.
3. On lots with approved rear access all setbacks shall be measured from the nearest boundary of the
access easement or alley. On all other lots, rear setbacks shall be measured from the rear property line.
In no event shall more than thirty (30) percent of the rear yard area (that portion of the yard between
the rear setback line of the principal structure and the rear property line) be covered with accessory
buildings, structures, or uses.
Page 608 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 29 of 34
4. The maximum impervious cover of the lot's applicable zoning district, as defined in the Residential
Dimensional Standards Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards of
this UDO, shall not be exceeded by the addition of accessory uses or structures.
5. The following restrictions shall apply to accessory buildings, structures, or uses other than garages,
carports, and living quarters.
a. A minimum rear setback of fifteen (15) feet; and,
b. A maximum building eave height of eight (8) feet.
6. Garage and Carports.
Garages and carports in residential zoning districts, including those of a temporary nature, shall have a
minimum rear setback of twenty (20) feet. A minimum side yard setback of twenty (20) feet shall also
be applied when garages and carports, including those of a temporary nature, gain access from a side
street. All other setbacks shall be applied as required in the district in which the structure is located.
The following restrictions shall apply to garages and carports:
a. A minimum rear setback of twenty (20) feet; and,
b. A minimum side street setback of twenty (20) feet is required for garages or carports that face
onto side streets.
7. Living Quarters.
In areas zoned and used for single-family residential use, accessory living quarters are allowed subject
to the following:
a. The property owner resides on-site and uses the subject property as their primary residence.
b. There is a limit of one (1) accessory living quarter per building plot.
c. No more than two (2) unrelated persons live in the accessory living quarters; and
d. One (1) additional off-street parking space is provided for the living quarters.
C. Home Occupation.
A home occupation is an accessory use of a dwelling that shall constitute all or some portion of the livelihood
of a person or persons living in the dwelling.
1. In-Home Day Care (six (6) or fewer people).
2. Bed and Breakfast.
A bed and breakfast facility shall be considered accessory to a single-family dwelling.
a. No more than four (4) unrelated individuals may occupy the property overnight.
b. The facility must maintain a residential appearance and be the permanent residence of the
proprietor.
c. Limit the number of rooms to four (4) where shared/common bathrooms may be provided.
d. No cooking facilities are permitted in individual rooms.
3. Taxicab Services.
Taxicab services may be permitted as a home occupation provided that no more than two (2)
commercial vehicles associated with a taxicab service are parked or stored on- or off-street at any time.
4. Exclusions to Home Occupations.
Page 609 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 30 of 34
No home occupation shall be permitted that results in any of the following:
a. Changes the outside appearance of the dwelling;
b. Is visible from the street;
c. Generates traffic, parking, , water use, or wastewater use in excess of what is normal in the
residential neighborhood;
d. Results in the off-street or on-street parking of more than two (2) vehicles at any time not owned
by members of the occupant family;
e. Creates a hazard to persons or property;
f. Results in electrical interference;
g. Is a nuisance;
h. Results in any outside storage or display; or
i. Includes employment within the home or on the premise of persons other than members of the
occupant's family.
5. Prohibited Home Occupations.
The following are prohibited as home occupations:
a. Barber, beauty, and other personal service shops;
b. Animal care facilities;
c. Dance studios or schools;
d. Mortuaries;
e. Private clubs;
f. Repair shops;
g. Restaurants;
h. Automobile paint or repair shops;
i. Doctor, dentist, veterinarian, or other medically related offices; or
j. Rooming/boarding house.
D. Recycling Facilities - Small.
1. Single-Feed Reverse Vending Machines.
Single-feed reverse vending machines may be located with a permit either in the interior or immediate
exterior of commercial, industrial, or public facilities.
2. Small Collection Facilities.
Small collection facilities may be permitted when established on an improved surface in conjunction
with an existing commercial or industrial use or public facility. The host facility must comply with all
City codes. No facility may occupy more than five hundred (500) square feet, nor occupy more than five
(5) parking spaces of the host site. All vehicular and pedestrian circulation aisles shall be unobstructed.
a. Setbacks.
Page 610 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 31 of 34
Each facility shall be set back at least ten (10) feet from any right-of-way line when located in
front of the host use. Side, side street, and rear setbacks established for commercial uses shall be
maintained.
Containers intended for twenty-four-hour donation of materials shall be a minimum of forty (40)
feet from property zoned or developed for residential use. Attended facilities within one
hundred (100) feet of residentially zoned or developed property shall operate between the hours
of 9:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m.
b. Landscaping.
A small collection facility shall not be placed on the host site in such a manner as to impair the
landscaping required for the subject site.
c. Parking.
One (1) space will be required if an attendant is provided. Occupation of parking spaces by the
collection facility and attendant shall not reduce available parking spaces below the minimum
number required by ordinance for the host site.
d. Noise.
Noise levels shall not exceed sixty (60) dBA as measured at the property line of residentially
zoned or developed property; otherwise, noise levels shall not exceed seventy (70) dBA.
e. Signage.
Each container must be clearly labeled with a sign, limited to one (1) per container and no larger
than twenty (20) percent of the side upon which the sign is placed, to provide information about
the type of material to be collected within the container, and the name and telephone number of
a person responsible for maintenance who may be contacted at all times.
E. Portable Storage Structures.
1. General Provisions.
a. A permit shall be obtained prior to placing a portable storage container on the property unless
otherwise exempted herein.
b. The following are exempt from the requirements of this Section:
1) Property with an active building or development permit.
2) Properties zoned M-2 Heavy Industrial or BPI Business Park Industrial. M-2 Heavy Industrial
and BPI Business Park Industrial that abut residential zoning districts or uses shall comply
with this exemption.
3) Sites in which storage containers constitute a principal use, as determined by the
Administrator.
4) Containers that receive site plan approval per the Development of a Permanent Storage
Container Area Subsection below.
c. Placing material on top of, or the vertical stacking of, portable storage containers is prohibited.
d. Permits shall be posted on the storage container. If a container is replaced by another during the
permit period, the permit shall be removed and placed on the newly placed container. If the
container is visible from a right-of-way, then the permit shall be posted visibly from the right-of-
way.
Page 611 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 32 of 34
e. Storage containers shall be placed outside of the right-of-way and the sight triangle as
established in the Visibility at Intersections in all Districts Subsection of the General Provisions
Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
f. Storage containers shall be placed on an improved surface as specified in the Surfacing
Subsection of the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General Development
Standards of this UDO.
g. In the event of a natural disaster or extenuating circumstance, the Administrator may grant that
a permit be extended up to thirty (30) additional days.
h. An application for a permit for a storage container shall be accompanied by a fee as established
by a resolution of the City Council.
2. Additional Provision for Residential Property.
a. No more than one (1) portable storage container shall be allowed at a time per dwelling unit.
b. A permit is not required for the first fourteen (14) days a storage container is located on
residential property. An extension for up to an additional fourteen (14) days may be obtained
through an approved permit. A storage container shall not be located on residential property for
longer than twenty-eight (28) days.
c. No more than two (2) permits may be issued to a dwelling unit per calendar year and there shall
be a minimum of thirty (30) days between issuance of permits.
d. No storage container shall exceed a height of eight (8) feet, a width of eight (8) feet, or a floor
area of one hundred thirty (130) square feet.
e. Storage containers may be screened from view of the right-of-way and adjacent properties
instead of being placed on an improved surface.
3. Additional Provisions for Non-Residential Property.
a. Temporary Placement.
1) Each address shall be allowed one (1) storage container. Additional storage containers are
permissible provided that all containers do not utilize the area of more than five (5)
percent of the existing parking spaces, or sixteen (16) spaces, whichever is smaller.
2) Storage container(s) shall not be allowed more than three (3) separate periods per
calendar year and there shall be a minimum of thirty (30) days between the issuance of
permits.
3) A permit shall remain valid for a maximum of forty-five (45) days. If multiple permits are
allowed, all containers must be removed within forty-five (45) days of the date the initial
permit is issued.
4) Storage containers shall not be placed in the front yard of a site, adjacent to right-of-way,
or interfere with on-site traffic flow. If rear or side yard placement is not possible, the
alternate location shall be approved by the Administrator.
5) Storage containers shall meet front and side street setbacks as stated in the Non-
Residential Dimensional Standards Section of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and
Supplemental Standards of this UDO. Storage containers shall also meet side and/or rear
setbacks when the property line abuts a residential use.
b. Development of a Permanent Storage Container Area.
Page 612 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 33 of 34
1) In lieu of a permit, site plan approval identifying the location of an area to be used for the
placement of storage container(s) for an indefinite period shall be obtained prior to placing
container(s) on the property.
2) Storage container(s) shall be screened from view when visible from a right-of-way or
adjacent property. If required, screening shall be accomplished by landscaping and an
eight-foot wooden fence or wall.
3) Additional parking shall be provided based on the square footage of the screened area for
the container(s) according to the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO.
Sec. 6.6. Temporary Uses.
Temporary uses, as set forth below, are declared to have characteristics that require certain controls to ensure
compatibility with other uses in the district within which they are proposed for location.
A. Particular Temporary Uses Permitted.
1. Garage sales;
2. Indoor and outdoor art and craft shows, exhibits, and sales;
3. Sales of Christmas trees or other seasonal goods;
4. Religious revival tents;
5. Temporary buildings and equipment for uses incidental to construction work on premises in any zone
that shall be removed upon the completion or abandonment of construction work. None shall be
located on any public street or public right-of-way at any time during construction;
6. Temporary facilities for manufacturing concrete or concrete products may be located in all zoning
districts where they are directly associated with construction in the area. Retail sales of concrete
products shall be prohibited in conjunction with temporary concrete plants. The production site must
be returned to its pre-construction state following the completion of the associated project; and
7. Farmers' markets complying with the following requirements:
a. Temporary outdoor sales of products in an unrefined state, by a State Certified Farmers' Market
may be operated for a maximum of two (2) days per week and are permitted on:
1) Public properties, with locations approved by the Administrator, and
2) Private property in zoning districts that allow for retail sales as a permitted use.
b. The market must be located within a paved parking lot and shall not utilize more than ten (10)
percent of the required number of parking spaces on private property. The market may not be
located within drive aisles, fire lanes, or parking setbacks, and in no case shall the market be
located within the public right-of-way.
c. The market must comply with the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of
this UDO. Attached signs advertising the market, or any products for sale, must be securely
attached to the sales area. Temporary freestanding signs and commercial banners, as described
in the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO, are not permitted.
d. The market shall have the approval of the City prior to location or sales.
B. Temporary Residential Sales Offices and Model Homes.
Page 613 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 34 of 34
The following regulations shall apply to the conduct of temporary residential sales offices and model homes
within residential zoning districts:
1. Temporary residential sales offices and model homes may be located within a residential district as
part of an ongoing residential development; however, they shall only be located at the end of a
residential block on the periphery of a subdivision or at the entrance to a subdivision;
2. Any temporary residential sales office or model home shall be removed or converted to a use
permitted within the district when certificates of occupancy have been issued to ninety-five (95)
percent of the associated residential units or when used as a sales office or model home has ceased;
and
3. Model homes for new subdivisions shall only be occupied for residential habitation after all business
activities have ceased and upon the sale of the home.
Page 614 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 7. General Development Standards
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 97
Article 7. General Development Standards
The following general development standards shall apply to all zoning districts, except where expressly stated to
apply to, or exclude, specific districts.
Sec. 7.1. Applicability.
The following general development standards shall apply to all zoning districts, except where expressly stated to
apply to, or exclude, specific districts. The provisions of this Article shall not apply to property zoned BioCorridor
Planned Development District.
Sec. 7.2. General Provisions.
A. Health and Environmental Safeguards.
No machine, process, or procedure shall be employed on any property in the city, in which:
1. Emission of smoke, dust, or noxious, toxic, or lethal gases are detectable beyond the perimeter of the
property;
2. Materials are stored or accumulated in such a way that they may be carried by rainwater in natural
drainage channels beyond the limits of the property, which are noxious, toxic, radioactive, contain oil
or grease, wood, cellulose fibers, hair, feathers, or plastic, or have a pH factor greater than ten (10) or
less than five (5);
3. Vibration is discernible beyond the property line; or
4. Noise above the ambient noise level is discernible beyond the property line.
B. Minimum Requirements.
1. No building plot shall have lower or less stringent standards or dimensions than those prescribed for
respective zones in this UDO.
2. No building permit or development approval may be issued for a lot that does not meet the minimum
lot area requirements of this UDO except as provided for in Article 9, Nonconformities of this UDO.
3. In the absence of public water or public sewer, no building permit shall be issued until the lot meets all
applicable requirements of this UDO and the Texas Department of Health and Environmental Control.
A septic system that has been approved by the Brazos County Health Department may be permitted if an exception to sewer service has been granted under the Water and Sewer Service Article of Chapter
40, Utilities of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances.
4. Utilities using land or an unoccupied building covering less than one thousand (1,000) square feet of
site area shall be exempt from minimum lot area standards.
C. Visibility at Intersections in all Districts.
Within a departure sight triangle as defined by the current edition of the American Association of State
Highway and Transportation Officials' (AASHTO) A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets,
nothing shall be erected, placed, planted, or allowed to grow in such a manner that would obstruct the
drivers' view at intersections. Sight triangles shall apply to street intersections, commercial driveways, and
Page 615 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 97
multifamily driveways. Obstacles prohibited include but are not limited to fences, walls, entry signage,
structures, buildings, hedges, etc. However, fences, walls, and/or hedges that do not impair vision from three
(3) feet to nine (9) feet above the curb may be permitted with the approval of the City Engineer. Required
public use facilities such as fire hydrants, traffic signage, utility structures, etc. are exempted.
D. Required Yards (Setbacks).
1. General Requirements.
a. Setbacks are measured from the property line.
b. On lots with approved rear access, the rear setback shall be measured from the nearest boundary
of the access easement or alley.
c. No structure that is taller than eight (8) feet in height and that has a roof structure that
completely or partially blocks the view to the sky shall be located within the required setback
area unless specifically allowed herein.
d. No part of a yard or other open space required in connection with any building, building plot, or
use for the purpose of complying with this UDO shall be included for any other building, building
plot, or use as part of a yard or open space.
e. Where an existing lot was created by an approved plat prior to July 15, 1970, and the property is
designated as Neighborhood Conservation in the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use &
Character Map, a new (infill) single-family dwelling unit shall use the adjacent lots to determine
the appropriate front yard setback. The new dwelling unit shall be set no closer to the street or
farther back from the street than the nearest neighboring units. Areas zoned NPO Neighborhood
Prevailing Overlay are exempt from this requirement. Setbacks for areas zoned NCO
Neighborhood Conservation Overlay are stated in the specific rezoning ordinance for the area.
2. Reduction for Public Purpose.
a. When an existing setback is reduced because of a recent or pending conveyance to a federal,
state, or local government for a public purpose and the remaining setback is at least fifty (50)
percent of the required minimum setback for the district in which it is located, then that
remaining setback will be deemed to satisfy the minimum setback standards of this UDO.
b. For the purposes of this Subsection, such conveyance shall have occurred within one (1) year
immediately following submittal for site plan approval or be anticipated to occur within one (1)
year of site plan approval.
3. Features Allowed Within Required Yards.
The following features may be located within a required yard but may be subject to additional
regulations applied herein:
a. Trees, shrubbery, or other landscape features, excluding gazebos or other similar structures that
require a building permit;
b. Fences and walls;
c. Driveways;
d. Sidewalks;
e. Utility lines, wires, and associated structures, such as power poles;
f. Mechanical equipment, such as air conditioning units, pool pumps, and similar equipment;
g. Uncovered porches, uncovered steps to building entrances, and uncovered patio decks;
Page 616 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 97
h. Covered porches that are open on three (3) sides, may extend up to six (6) feet, including eaves,
into any required front or side street setback;
i. Openwork fire balconies and fire escapes may extend up to six (6) feet into any required rear
setback;
j. Sills, belt courses, cornices, buttresses, chimneys, flues, eaves, and other architectural features
may extend up to eighteen (18) inches into any required yard;
k. Balconies or decks located more than eight (8) feet from the ground may project up to six (6) feet
into the required front yard;
l. Accessory structures that do not require building permits;
m. Bus stops that offer shelter from the elements. Such shelters may be located within a front or
side street yard. Shelters may be located within a public right-of-way if a private improvement in
public right-of-way permit has been duly issued; and
n. Swimming pools and hot tubs without shelter.
E. More Than One (1) Principal Structure on a Lot or Parcel.
1. In any single-family, duplex, or townhouse zoning district, including MH Middle Housing, no more than
one (1) structure housing a permitted principal use may be erected on a single lot or building plot.
2. In all other districts, more than one (1) structure housing a permitted principal use may be erected on a
building plot. Yard and other requirements herein shall apply to the building plot.
F. Fences/Walls.
Fences of wood, chain-link, or similar material, and less than eight (8) feet in height, and walls of brick, stone,
concrete, or similar material, and less than six (6) feet in height, shall not be construed to be structures, nor
shall they require a building permit.
G. Low-Density Residential Height Protection.
1. Purpose.
The purpose of low-density residential height protection is to help mitigate the negative visual impacts
of higher-density residential and non-residential uses on adjacent, low-density residential uses and
districts. This is accomplished by regulating the height of such higher-density residential or non-
residential uses when adjacent to low-density residential uses and districts.
2. Applicability.
a. This Subsection shall apply to all multi-family structures, structures with shared housing uses, and
non-residential structures to be constructed or reconstructed in any way that would increase the
building height as defined in the Defined Terms Section of Article 11, Definitions of this UDO on
property adjacent to a detached single-family, manufactured home park, or townhouse use or
district.
b. Unless otherwise stated in this UDO, the regulations herein shall not apply to any of the
following:
1) Structures located in any of the NG Northgate design districts, RDD Redevelopment
Districts, or P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use Development zoning districts;
2) Utility structures such as elevated water storage tanks and electrical transmission lines;
3) Individual architectural structures such as flagpoles, belfries, cupolas, spires, domes,
monuments, chimneys, bulkheads, elevators, or chimney flues; or any other similar
Page 617 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 97
structure extending above the roof of any building where such structure does not occupy
more than thirty-three (33) percent of the surface area of the roof;
4) Residential radio/television receiving antennas;
5) When the detached single-family, manufactured home park, or townhome use on the
adjacent tract is nonconforming;
6) When the use on the adjacent tract is agricultural;
7) Developments designed to be mixed-use or that are within areas where it has been
identified that redevelopment is appropriate, as shown on the Comprehensive Plan Future
Land Use & Character Map. Such developments at the periphery of the mixed-use area or
area identified as appropriate for redevelopment shall meet the terms of this Subsection,
when applicable; or
8) When the developing property and all abutting properties are designated Mixed
Residential on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map, regardless of
existing use or zoning. Unless otherwise excepted, the regulations herein shall apply to
properties at the periphery of the Mixed Residential land use designation.
3. Slope Requirement.
a. Multi-family and multiplex structures, structures with shared housing uses, and non-residential
structures shall not be taller than fifty (50) percent of the linear distance from the property line
that is shared with a single-family, manufactured home park, or townhouse use or district as
illustrated by the inclined plane in the graphic below.
When the adjacent lot is one dedicated by plat for detention or open area and is not buildable
for a detached single-family house, manufactured home, residential amenity, or townhouse, the
measurement shall be taken from the closest property line shared with a buildable detached
single-family, manufactured home, or townhouse lot.
Example of Low-Density Residential Height Protection
b. In addition to the height limitations set forth above in this subsection, the following additional
height limitations apply in WC Wellborn Commercial zoning:
1) No building may exceed two (2) stories;
2) Maximum eave height shall be twenty-four (24) feet;
3) Maximum overall height to the peak of the roof shall be thirty-five (35) feet;
4) Any structure with an eave height over fifteen (15) feet will be constructed to resemble a
two (2) story facade;
Page 618 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 97
5) Buildings located closest to detached single-family, manufactured home park, or
townhouse use or district and that are within fifty (50) feet of the property line are limited
to one (1) story in height with an eave maximum of twelve (12) feet; and
6) An eave maximum of fourteen (14) feet in height is permitted when mechanical equipment
is housed within a mezzanine.
H. Public Address Systems.
Public address systems shall not be audible to adjacent residential uses.
I. Bicycle Facilities.
1. Number Required.
a. For sites subject to the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section below except for Mini-
Warehouse/Self-Storage, Industrial and Manufacturing land uses, and property located in the
Rural Zoning District, the number of bicycle parking spaces shall be as set forth in the chart below
and in any event no less than two (2) bicycle parking spaces must be provided.
b. Bicycle Parking Requirements: The number of bicycle parking spaces shall be based on the
required automobile parking spaces and shall be provided in accordance with the following.
Number of Required Bicycle Parking Spaces
c. Notwithstanding the above, in multi-tenant buildings over twenty thousand (20,000) gross
square feet, one (1) or more facilities capable of storing eight (8) bicycles shall be provided at a
minimum.
d. In MU Mixed-Use districts, bicycle storage facilities shall be provided at a rate of one (1) bicycle
for every fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet of non-residential uses, and one (1) bicycle for
every two (2) dwelling units.
e. Refer to the Alternative Parking Plan Subsection of the Off-Street Parking Standards Section
below for the potential to substitute additional bicycle facilities for vehicular parking.
2. Placement and Design.
a. Facilities shall be separated from motor vehicle parking to protect both bicycles and vehicles
from accidental damage and shall be sufficiently separated from building or other walls,
landscaping, or other features to allow for ease and encouragement of use. This separation shall
be a minimum of three (3) feet.
b. In areas with limited sidewalk space and frequent bicycle activity, bicycle parking may be
provided in bicycle corrals located in the vehicular parking area adjacent to a curb. The design
Page 619 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 97
will be considered as the context dictates as approved by the Administrator. Bicycle corrals shall
be designed to distinguish and define the parking stall they inhabit for visibility and safety
purposes. The corral should be well defined, such as generally surrounded by a painted white box
on the pavement with flexible vertical delineators and a wheel stop where vehicles in adjacent
parking spots might back into the corral. See the example image below:
Example of a Bicycle Corral
c. Where bicycle facilities are provided for two (2) bicycles, a standard footprint that is at least four
(4) feet wide by six (6) feet long shall be used.
Page 620 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 97
Examples of Bicycle Parking Footprint and Dimensions
d. Facilities shall be placed in clearly designated, safe, and convenient locations and such that no
primary building entrance is further than one hundred fifty (150) feet from a bicycle facility.
e. Bicycles may be permitted on sidewalks or other paved surfaces provided that the bicycles do not
block or interfere with pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
f. Bicycle facilities shall be constructed to enable the user to secure a bicycle by locking the frame
and one (1) wheel of each bicycle parked therein. Facilities must be easily usable with both U-
locks and cable locks and support the bicycle frame at two (2) points. Facilities shall be anchored
securely to the ground.
J. Pedestrian Facilities.
1. In SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial districts, pedestrian connections adjacent to
residential areas shall be provided as determined by the Administrator to enhance pedestrian and
bicycle mobility and connectivity.
2. In MU Mixed-Use districts, sidewalks that are a minimum of eight (8) feet wide shall be provided along
all public rights-of-way, streets, and public ways adjacent to and within the development.
3. For sites subject to the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section below except for MU Mixed-
Use districts:
a. Public entry façades of retail buildings that exceed two hundred (200) feet in horizontal length
shall place a minimum ten (10) foot sidewalk along the full frontage of its public entry façade.
Tree wells and planter boxes may be placed along this walkway in a manner that does not
Page 621 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 97
obstruct pedestrian movement. Bike parking facilities are allowed in this area. Vehicular parking
or cart storage is prohibited. Outside display is allowed but only if it does not occupy more than
thirty (30) percent of this area and meets the requirements of the Outside Storage and Display
Section below.
b. A site or sites that are part of a building plot over ten (10) acres shall provide designated
connections among primary buildings and pad sites for pedestrian and bicycle traffic. Locations
for sidewalks and bicycle parking facilities shall be provided and shown on the site plan.
Pedestrian walkways may be incorporated into the landscape strips separating parking areas only
if the strip is ten (10) feet in width. Pedestrian walkways shall be a minimum of five (5) feet wide
and shall connect public street sidewalks, transit stops, parking areas, and other buildings in a
design that ensures safe pedestrian use.
c. A site or sites that are part of a building plot over ten (10) acres shall provide one (1) plaza
developed as an integral part of the development and not less than five hundred (500) square
feet in area. This area shall not count toward the required parking islands. This area shall
incorporate a minimum of three (3) of the following:
1) Seating components;
2) Structural or vegetative shading; *
3) Water features; *
4) Decorative landscape planters; *
5) Public art; *
6) Outdoor eating accommodations; or
7) Hardscape elements at entrances and within the parking area such as decorative pavers,
low masonry walls, clock towers, etc.
* These public areas may be located within the parking landscape areas.
Sec. 7.3. Off-Street Parking Standards.
A. Purpose.
The purpose of this Section is to establish the guidelines for off-street parking areas consistent with the
proposed land use to:
1. Reduce the occurrence of non-resident on-street parking in adjoining neighborhoods;
2. Avoid the traffic congestion and public safety hazards caused by a failure to provide such parking areas;
3. Expedite the movement of traffic on public thoroughfares in a safe manner, thus increasing the
carrying capacity of the streets and reducing the amount of land required for streets, thereby lowering
the cost to both the property owner and the City; and
4. Provide flexibility and parking alternatives for developing and redeveloping properties to increase their
viability.
B. Off-Street Parking Spaces Required.
1. In all districts, for all uses, at the time any building or structure is erected, enlarged, or increased in
capacity, or at any time any other use is established, there shall be off-street parking spaces provided
for motor vehicles in accordance with the requirements specified herein, except as noted below.
Exception:
Page 622 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 97
a. In all single-family residential and townhouse uses, at the time of construction, redevelopment,
or when an addition to the number of existing bedrooms is completed there shall be off-street
parking spaces provided for motor vehicles in accordance with the requirements specified herein.
2. Where off-street parking facilities are provided in excess of the minimum amounts specified by this
Section, or when off-street parking facilities are provided but not required, said off-street parking
facilities shall comply with the minimum requirements for parking and maneuvering space as specified
in this Section.
3. It shall be unlawful to discontinue or dispense with, or cause the discontinuance or reduction of, the
required parking facilities apart from the discontinuance of the building, use, or structure without
establishing alternative off-street parking facilities that meet these requirements.
C. Dimensions, Access, and Location.
This Section applies to any development or redevelopment of uses other than single-family residential,
duplexes, or townhouses unless otherwise noted.
1. Each off-street parking space for automobiles shall have an area of not less than nine (9) feet by twenty
(20) feet and each stall shall be striped. This standard shall apply for off-street parking for all uses
including single-family residential, duplexes, and townhouses. Single-family residential and townhouses
are not required to stripe parking spaces.
2. For properties designated as a Redevelopment Area on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use &
Character Map, a new single-family structure may locate its parking, including both required and
additional parking in the areas described below:
a. Anywhere on the lot behind the structure with no limit on the size of the area;
b. Anywhere in the side yards of the lot with no limit on the size of the area; and
c. An area located in front of the structure not to exceed a size equivalent to fifty (50) percent of
the front portion of the property. The front portion of the property is the area of the lot within
the side lot lines, the front setback, and the public right-of-way line (see graphic below). The
square footage of parking allowed by this calculation may be located within or outside the
boundary of the area used for calculations (see graphic below). The portion of the driveway
located between the front property line and the structure shall be included in the maximum
parking area square footage.
Page 623 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 97
Allowable Location for Parking in a Redevelopment Area
3. For all detached single-family uses other than as set forth above, at the time of construction,
reconstruction, or addition to the number of existing bedrooms, parking shall be located in the areas
described below:
a. Anywhere on the lot behind the structure with no limit on the size of the area. Parking located
behind the structure shall be screened by a solid hedge wall, fence, or wall, at least six (6) feet in
height. All solid hedge walls shall be one hundred (100) percent opaque. All shrubs planted for a
hedge wall shall be a minimum of fifteen (15) gallons each and evergreen;
b. Anywhere in the side yards of the lot with no limit on the size of the area; and,
c. Any area located in front of the primary structure not to exceed a size equivalent to fifty (50)
percent of the front area. The front area is defined as the area of the lot within the side lot lines,
the front plane of the primary structure and the public right-of-way (see graphic below). The
driveway area shall be included in this calculation.
Page 624 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 97
Allowable Location for Parking for Detached Single-Family Uses
4. When existing detached single-family parking is expanded in front of the structure, it shall not exceed a
size equivalent to fifty (50) percent of the front area as described above.
5. In the MH Middle Housing zoning district, single-family, townhouses, and live-work units may locate
parking in front of the structure as long as three or fewer parking spaces are required, and the parking
area does not exceed a size equivalent of fifty (50) percent of the front area as described above.
6. In the MH Middle Housing zoning district, courtyard houses, duplexes, and multiplexes shall locate
parking between the rear plane of the primary structure and the rear property line.
7. An eighteen (18) foot paved space (ninety (90) degree only) may be utilized where the space abuts a
landscaped island with a minimum depth of four (4) feet. An eighteen (18) foot space may also be used
when adjacent to a sidewalk provided that the minimum width of the sidewalk is six (6) feet. This
standard shall also apply to off-street parking for single-family residential, duplexes, and townhouses.
Page 625 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 97
8. The width of an alley may be assumed to be a portion of the maneuvering space requirement for off-
street parking facilities located adjacent to a public alley. This standard shall apply for off-street parking
for all uses including single-family residential, duplexes, townhouses, and small and medium
multiplexes.
9. Each parking space intended for use by the handicapped shall be designed in accordance with the
standards of the Texas Architectural Barriers Act (TABA) administered by the Texas Department of
License and Regulation.
10. Each parking space and the maneuvering area thereto shall be located entirely within the boundaries
of the building plot except where shared parking is approved by the City.
11. All parking spaces, aisles, and modules shall meet the minimum requirements, as shown in the
following table. All dimensions are measured from face of curb to face of curb or wall to wall.
Parking Space and Aisle Dimensions Graphic
Parking Space and Aisle Dimensions
A – Angle B – Width of stall
C – Depth of stall 90°
to aisle
D – Width of aisle E - Width of stall
parallel to
aisle
F – Module width
One way Two way One way Two way
0° 22’ 10’ 12’ 20’ 22’ 22’ 40’
45° 9’ 21.1’ 12’ 20’ 12.7’ 54.2’ 62.2’
60° 9’ 22.3’ 15’ 22’ 10.4’ 59.6’ 66.3’
90° 9’ 20’ 23’ 23’ 9’ 63’ 63’
Page 626 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 97
12. Parking lots located within fifteen (15) feet of a public right-of-way shall have a maximum of seven (7)
contiguous spaces separated by an eighteen (18) by twenty (20) foot landscaped island.
13. All parking lots and drive aisles shall be setback a minimum of six (6) feet from any public right-of-way
or public way. In sites subject to the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section below, where
parking or drive aisles are located between the building and the public right-of-way or public way,
there shall be a minimum setback of ten (10) feet from the public right-of-way or public way to the
parking area or drive aisle.
14. In SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial districts, parking shall not be located
between the structure and an adjacent single-family use or zoning district. Drive aisles and service
aisles shall be permitted between the structures and an adjacent single-family use or zoning district.
15. Parking is discouraged along entrance drives and should be limited on major circulation aisles of large
developments and major retail centers.
16. The Design Review Board may waive parking lot dimension requirements in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek
and NG Northgate districts if the development meets the goals of the master plan for the respective
district.
D. Landscape Islands.
1. End Islands.
a. A raised island, encompassing not less than one hundred eighty (180) square feet in area, shall be
located at both ends of every interior and peripheral parking row, regardless of the length of the
row. End islands may have sidewalks through them. Examples of interior and peripheral parking
are shown in the figure below.
Landscaped End Islands Graphic
b. All end islands must be raised at least six (6) inches and curbed, with the majority of the area of
each island planted or treated with enhanced paving. The soil within the planted area shall not be
compacted or stabilized and shall be contiguous with the soil at the natural grade.
Page 627 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 97
2. Interior Islands.
a. All interior islands shall be evenly distributed throughout the interior of the parking area.
b. For every fifteen (15) interior parking spaces, one hundred eighty (180) square feet of
landscaping must be provided somewhere in the interior rows of the parking lot. Interior island
areas may be grouped and configured as desired provided that circulation aisles remain clear,
and the minimum island area is not less than one hundred eighty (180) square feet. Interior
islands may have sidewalks through them.
c. In the MH Middle Housing zoning district, for every five (5) parking spaces located off alleys or in
shared parking areas, ninety (90) square feet of landscaping must be provided somewhere along
the parking row in a raised interior island. Islands should be spaced evenly along the property, or
properties, that have a shared parking agreement. Interior islands may have sidewalks through
them. These sidewalks shall count as part of the landscaping.
c. End island areas that exceed the minimum required may be counted toward the interior parking
island requirement.
d. All interior islands must be raised at least six (6) inches and curbed, with the majority of the area
of each island planted or treated with enhanced paving. The soil within the planted area shall not
be compacted or stabilized and shall be contiguous with the soil at the natural grade.
E. Requirements Apply to All Parking Areas.
Every parcel of land hereafter used as a public parking area, including commercial parking lots, visitor parking
areas for single-family and townhouse uses, and parcels used for open-air sales lots, shall be developed and
maintained in accordance with the requirements in this Section and as described in the City of College
Station Site Design Standards. The requirements in this Section do not apply to overflow parking for
churches, nor to temporary overflow parking for City events and temporary parking for special events.
F. Surfacing.
1. General.
All surfacing of off-street parking areas shall be constructed of either asphalt or concrete as described
in the City of College Station Site Design Standards. Alternatives to the standards may be approved by
the Administrator if it is demonstrated that the materials and design are equal or superior to the
requirements in the Standards. All off-street parking areas shall be graded to drain and be maintained
to dispose of surface water accumulated within the area. Parking spaces shall be arranged and marked
to provide for orderly and safe parking of vehicles.
2. Non-Public, All-Weather Drive Surfaces.
Temporary or permanent drive surfaces required for emergency access or turnaround for emergency
vehicles must be constructed to function under all weather conditions. To accommodate a project
during construction, phasing, or permanent installation, drive surfaces that do not meet the
requirements for permanent pavement surfaces may be allowed at the discretion of the Administrator
for the specific conditions stated below:
a. Temporary All-Weather Surface (During Construction).
A structure under construction must be accessible by an all-weather drive surface as specified in
the City of College Station Site Design Standards. This temporary all-weather surface must be
reworked or replaced to meet the permanent pavement standard as described in the City of
College Station Site Design Standards prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
b. Semi-Permanent All-Weather Surface (During Phasing).
Page 628 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 97
During the phasing of a large project, emergency access points and turnarounds often must be
added as a temporary measure until additional phases are constructed. These emergency access
areas may consist of permanent pavement surfaces as specified in the City of College Station Site
Design Standards. When the additional phase is constructed, these areas must be removed or
reworked to meet the permanent pavement standards as described in the City of College Station
Site Design Standards.
c. Permanent Surfaces.
1) All-Weather Surface (Permanent).
In some development scenarios, an emergency access point or turnaround must be
constructed to meet emergency access purposes and is not required for public traffic,
service vehicles or sanitation vehicles. In these cases, the area required for emergency
access only may meet the permanent pavement standards as specified in the City of
College Station Site Design Standards.
2) Permeable Surface.
a) The use of porous materials (such as permeable concrete and pavers) to mitigate
stormwater sheeting and pooling of water may be used in off-street parking areas if
the material meets vehicular loading standards and is approved by the Administrator.
b) Fire lanes may be constructed of porous materials such as permeable concrete and
pavers to mitigate stormwater sheeting and pooling of water, so long as it is
demonstrated that the permeable surface can obtain sufficient land and compaction
ratings for its application as approved by the City of College Station Fire and Solid
Waste Departments.
c) Single-family and townhouse visitor parking areas, as required in Single-Family
Residential Parking Requirements for Platting Subsection below, may also be
constructed of porous materials such as permeable concrete and pavers to mitigate
stormwater sheeting and pooling of water.
d) Permeable surfaces approved as provided above shall be maintained in accordance
with industry standards and to achieve mitigation of stormwater sheeting and
pooling of water. Failure to maintain permeable surfaces as required herein shall
constitute a violation of this Section of the UDO for which penalty provisions may be
involved.
G. Curbing Required.
1. General.
The perimeter of all paved surfaces shall be curbed as described in the City of College Station Site
Design Standards. Unless otherwise required by this Section, curbs may be omitted where drive aisles
or parking spaces are located adjacent to a building if bollards or other protective devices are installed
to protect pedestrian areas. Alternatives to the standards may be approved by the Administrator if it is
demonstrated that the materials and design are equal or superior to the requirements in the
Standards.
2. Temporary Curbing.
A temporary curb may be permitted in lieu of the minimum standard stated in the City of College
Station Site Design Standards, at the discretion of the Administrator, when a project is phased in such a
way that a permanent, monolithic curb may preclude the development of future phases or limit access
to a recorded private or public access easement adjoining properties. Wheel stops shall not be
Page 629 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 97
permitted as temporary curbing. Temporary curbing must have the appearance of permanent curbing
and shall be temporarily attached to the pavement surfacing below and meet the minimum standards
for dowelled-in curbs as described in the City of College Station Site Design Standards.
H. Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces Required.
In computing the number of parking spaces required, the following rules shall govern:
1. Parking requirements based on square footage shall be based upon the gross floor area, unless
otherwise stated. Service areas such as mechanical rooms, restrooms, and closets shall be included in
the calculation of "gross floor area" for determining required parking spaces;
2. Where fractional spaces result in computing required parking spaces, the required number of spaces
must be increased to the nearest whole number. At least one (1) parking space must be provided
unless otherwise specified in this UDO;
3. The parking space requirements for a use not specifically listed shall be the same as those for the most
similar to the proposed use, as determined by the Administrator;
4. Whenever a building or use constructed or established after the effective date of this UDO is changed
or enlarged in floor area, number of employees, number of dwelling units, seating capacity, or
otherwise, parking requirements shall be met on the basis of the enlargement or change. Whenever a
building or use existing prior to the effective date of this UDO is enlarged, the enlarged building or
increased use shall then and thereafter comply with the parking requirements set forth herein;
5. At the time of construction, redevelopment, or when an addition to the number of existing bedrooms
is completed, all single-family and townhouse uses shall come into compliance with the minimum off-
street parking requirements. Garages that meet minimum dimensional standards may be counted
towards parking requirements;
6. Where requirements are established on the basis of the number of seats, such requirements shall be
based on the seating capacity as determined by the Building Official;
7. Where a manufacturing/industrial use has more than one (1) working shift of employees, parking shall
be provided to accommodate overlap requirements during transition periods; and
8. The Design Review Board may waive parking space requirements in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek and NG
Northgate districts if the development meets the goals of the master plan for the respective district.
MINIMUM OFF-STREET PARKING REQUIREMENTS
Use Unit Spaces/Unit Plus Spaces
For:
Assisted
Living/Residential Care
Facility
As determined by the Administrator*****
Airport As determined by the Administrator*****
Banks 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Bowling Alley As Determined by the Administrator*****
Bus Depot As Determined by the Administrator*****
Page 630 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 97
Car Wash (Self-Serve) Wash Bay 1.0 1.0 space per
vacuum bay
Church Seat 0.33*
Convalescent
Home/Hospital
Bed 0.5
Courtyard House BR 1.0
Minimum of 2,
Maximum of 4
Duplex/Split-Lot Duplex BR 1.0
Dormitory Bed 0.75
Day Care Center 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Fraternal Lodge 75 s.f. Floor area over 150 s.f.:
1.0
Fraternity/Sorority
House
Person 1.0 1/30 s.f.
meeting
room
Freight Station As Determined by the Administrator*****
Funeral Parlor Seat 0.33
Furniture Sales,
Freestanding
350 s.f. Floor area over 700 s.f.:
1.0
Golf Driving Range Tee Station 1.0
Health Club/Sports
Facility
As Determined by the Administrator*****
Gasoline and Fuel Service 300 s.f. 1.0
Group Housing BR 2.0 As
Determined
by the
Administrator
Health Studio 150 s.f. Floor area over 300 s.f.:
1.0
Hospital As Determined by the Administrator*****
Hotel/Motel DU 1.0 1/200 s.f.
meeting
room
HUD-Code Manu. Home DU 2.0
Page 631 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 97
Laundry 150 s.f. Floor area over 300 s.f.:
1.0
Live-Work Unit 250 s.f. of
non-
residential
portion of
structure
Floor area over 250 s.f.:
1.0
1/BR,
Residential
DU
Motor Vehicle
Sales/Service:
Office/Sales Area 250 s.f. 1.0
Service Area 200 s.f. 1.0
Medical or Dental Clinic
< 20,000 s.f. 200 s.f. Floor area over 400 s.f.:
1.0
Mixed-Use Structure**** 250 s.f. of
non-
residential
portion of
structure
Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
1/BR,
including
residential
DU and
hotel/motel
DU
Multi-Family Dwelling:
1 Bedroom BR 1.5
2+ Bedroom BR 1.0
Multiplex BR 1.0
Night Club 50 s.f. 1.0
Office Building 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Personal Service Shop 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Priv. School or Comm.
Studio
100 s.f. Floor area over 200 s.f.:
1.0
Retail Sales & Service:
GC, SC, WC, C-3 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
CI 350 s.f. Floor area over 700 s.f.:
1.0
Page 632 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 97
Restaurant (w/o drive-
through)
65 s.f. Floor area over 130 s.f.:
1.0
Restaurant (w/drive-
through)
100 s.f. Floor area over 200 s.f.:
1.0
Rooming/Boarding
House
Person 1.0
Sales Display 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Shared Housing Rooms at
least 70 s.f. in
area,
excluding a
kitchen, a
living room,
and a laundry
room. The
Administrator
may also
exclude
additional
rooms, but
not below
the number
of BRs.
1.0
Single-Family Dwelling*** BR 1.0***
Minimum of 2, Maximum
of 4
1.0/Accessory
Living
Quarter
Single-Unit Dwelling BR 1.0
Shopping Center** :
GC, SC, WC, C-3 250 s.f. 1.0
CI 350 s.f. 1.0
Townhouse*** BR 1.0***
Minimum of 2, Maximum
of 4
Theater Seat 0.25
Truck Terminal As Determined by the Administrator*****
Two-Dwelling Unit BR 1.0
Page 633 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 97
Veterinary Clinic 300 s.f. Floor area over 600 s.f.:
1.0
Warehouse 1,000 s.f. 1.0
"s.f." = square footage. "DU" = Dwelling Unit. "BR" = Bedroom.
* Overflow parking above required parking spaces may be grassed rather than paved. All unpaved spaces shall be
shown on site plan and organized for efficient traffic circulation using wheel stops and other appropriate
measures as required by the Administrator.
** The minimum number of parking spaces for a shopping center shall be calculated at a rate of 1:250 in GC SC,
or WC, and 1:350 in CI regardless of the composing uses unless otherwise determined by the Administrator
that such composing uses require a modification to the applicable requirements.
*** For areas designated Neighborhood Conservation on the Comprehensive Plan's Future Land Use and
Character Map there shall be no maximum number of parking spaces.
**** Mixed-Use structures in the MU Mixed-Use and MF Multi-Family districts.
***** When determining the required off-street parking requirements for the uses noted above, the
Administrator shall consider the anticipated traffic demand, traffic circulation, and surrounding conditions.
The Administrator may also consider information provided by the applicant that demonstrates the proposed
number of off-street parking spaces is adequate for the proposed use and has been successfully employed in
other locations.
I. Drive-Thru Facility Queuing Requirements.
1. Minimum Number of Spaces.
Drive-thru queuing spaces shall be provided as indicated in the following table:
Minimum Off-Street Queuing Requirements
Activity Type Minimum
Spaces
Measure From
Automated Teller Machine 3 Teller
Bank Teller Lane 4 Teller or Window
Car Wash Stall, Automatic 4 Service Position
Car Wash Stall, Self-Service 3 Service Position
Dry Cleaning or Laundry 2 Window
Oil Change Station 3 Service Position
Photo Lab 4 Pick-Up Window
Restaurant Drive-Thru 4 Order Box
Restaurant Drive-Thru 3 Order Box to Pick-Up Window
Other As determined by the Administrator
2. Design and Layout.
Queuing spaces or queuing areas shall be designed in accordance with the following criteria:
Page 634 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 97
a. Queue spaces or queuing areas may not interfere with parking spaces, parking aisles, loading
areas, internal circulation, or driveway access;
b. Each queue space shall consist of a rectangular area not less than ten (10) feet wide and eighteen
and one-half (18.5) feet long with a vertical clearance as specified in the International Building
Code, as adopted;
c. Queue spaces are not interchangeable with parking spaces except for the following uses where
the space providing services may count toward the parking requirement: bank teller, car wash,
and oil-change station;
d. A twelve (12) foot bypass lane may be required adjacent to queue lines to allow vehicles an
opportunity to circumvent the drive-thru activity and exit the site;
e. Queue areas and drive-thru facilities shall be clearly identified with the appropriate signing and
marking; and
f. Spaces within a car wash facility or drive-thru oil change station may be counted toward the
queuing requirement.
J. Alternative Parking Plans.
1. Scope.
An alternative parking plan represents a proposal to meet vehicle parking and transportation access
needs by means other than providing parking spaces on-site in accordance with the ratios established
in the Required Parking Section above.
2. Applicability.
Applicants who wish to provide fewer or more off-street parking spaces than allowed above shall be
required to secure approval of an alternative parking plan, in accordance with the standards of this
Section. The Administrator may require that an alternative parking plan be submitted in cases where
the Administrator deems the listed standard to be inappropriate based on the unique nature of the use
or in cases where the applicable standard is unclear.
3. Contents.
Alternative parking plans shall be submitted in a form established by the Administrator and made
available to the public. At a minimum, such plans shall detail the type of alternative proposed and the
rationale for such a proposal.
4. Review and Approval Procedure.
The Administrator shall be authorized to approve alternative parking plans. Appeals of the
Administrator's decision may be made to the Planning and Zoning Commission.
5. Recording.
An attested copy of an approved alternative parking plan shall be submitted to the Brazos County
Clerk's Office for recordation on forms made available in the Planning and Development Services
Department. Proof of recordation of the agreement shall be presented to the Administrator prior to
the issuance of a building permit. An approved alternative parking plan may be amended by the
Administrator.
6. Eligible Alternatives.
Several specific parking and access alternatives are described below. The Administrator shall, however,
be authorized to consider and approve any alternative to providing off-street parking spaces on the site
of the subject development if the applicant demonstrates that the proposed plan shall result in a
Page 635 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 22 of 97
better situation with respect to surrounding neighborhoods, City-wide traffic circulation, and urban
design than would strict compliance with otherwise applicable off-street parking standards.
a. Demand-Based Parking.
When the developer of a non-residential or multi-family development can demonstrate that such
development will require fewer parking spaces than required by the standards of this Section,
the Administrator may permit a reduction in the number of required parking spaces for the
development. Such a reduction in parking spaces shall be justified by the applicant through the
development of a parking study prepared by a professional engineer or transportation planner
and submitted to the Administrator. Single-family, duplex, and townhouse developments are not
eligible for the demand-based parking option.
b. Shared Parking.
The Administrator may authorize a reduction in the number of required off-street parking spaces
for multiple-use developments or for uses that are located near one another and that have
different peak parking demands or different operating hours. Shared parking shall be subject to
the following standards:
1) Location.
Shared off-street parking spaces shall be located no farther than five hundred (500) feet
from the building site. The Administrator may waive this distance limitation if adequate
assurances are offered regarding the usability of the shared lot and the principal use (such
as the operation of a van or shuttle service, etc.).
2) Zoning Classification.
Shared-parking areas shall be considered accessory uses of principal uses that the parking
spaces are intended to serve. Shared parking areas shall require the same or a more
intensive zoning classification than that required for the most intensive of the uses served
by the shared parking area;
3) Required Study and Analysis.
The applicant shall submit a shared parking analysis to the Administrator that clearly
demonstrates the feasibility of shared parking. The study shall be provided in a form
established by the Administrator and made available to the public. It shall address, at a
minimum, the size and type of the proposed development, the composition of tenants, the
anticipated rate of parking turnover, and the anticipated peak parking and traffic loads for
all uses that shall be sharing off-street parking spaces. The Administrator shall have the
authority to require a revised study and analysis should conditions change that may result
in a change in site parking conditions;
4) Shared Parking Agreement.
A shared parking plan shall be enforced through a written agreement among the owners of
record. An attested copy of the agreement shall be submitted to the Brazos County Clerk's
Office for recordation on forms made available in the Planning and Development Services
Department. Proof of recordation of the agreement shall be presented to the
Administrator prior to issuance of a building permit. If a shared parking agreement is
revoked by the parties to the agreement, either off-street parking must be provided
pursuant to this Section or an alternative parking plan must be approved by the
Administrator; and
5) Revocation.
Page 636 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 23 of 97
Failure to comply with the shared parking provisions of this Section shall constitute a
violation of this UDO and shall specifically be cause for the revocation of a certificate of
occupancy or building permit.
c. Off-Site Parking.
The Administrator may permit all or a portion of the required off-street parking spaces to be
located on a remote and separate lot from the lot on which the principal use is located, subject
to the standards of this Section.
1) Location.
No off-site parking space shall be located more than five hundred (500) feet from the
building site. The Administrator may waive this distance limitation if adequate assurances
are offered regarding the usability of the off-site lot and the principal use (such as the
operation of a van or shuttle service, etc.).
2) Zoning Classification.
Off-site parking areas shall be considered accessory uses of principal uses that the parking
spaces are intended to serve. Off-site parking areas shall require the same or a more
intensive zoning classification than that required for the use served;
3) Off-Site Parking Agreement.
In the event an off-site parking area is not under the same ownership as the principal use
served, a written agreement among the owners of record shall be required. An attested
copy of the agreement between the owners of record shall be submitted to the Brazos
County Clerk's Office for recordation on forms made available in the Planning and
Development Services Department. Proof of recordation of the agreement shall be
presented to the Administrator prior to the issuance of a building permit. If an off-site
parking agreement is revoked by the parties to the agreement, either off-street parking
must be provided on-site pursuant to this Section, or an alternative parking plan must be
approved by the Administrator.
d. Bicycle Parking.
The Administrator may authorize reducing the number of required off-street parking spaces by
up to five (5) percent for developments or uses that make special provisions to accommodate
bicyclists. Examples of accommodations include bicycle lockers, employee shower facilities,
dressing areas for employees, or the provision of bicycle parking spaces above the minimum
requirements provided that adequate accessibility by motor vehicle and bicycle to the subject
site is maintained. For developments that provide bicycle parking spaces above the minimum
requirements, the reduction in automobile parking spaces shall be calculated at a one-to-one
ratio.
Sec. 7.4. Access Management and Circulation.
A. Location of Existing and Planned Multi-Modal Routes.
Any proposed development shall take into account the location of existing and planned multi-modal routes
(i.e., bikeways, pedestrian ways, and transit routes) and provide pedestrian and/or vehicular connections to
the route(s) within or adjacent to the development.
B. Easements.
1. Street Access.
Page 637 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 24 of 97
No use shall be permitted to take direct access to a street except as allowed in this Section.
a. Local Streets.
All residential uses and associated visitor parking areas may take direct access to local streets.
Residential visitor parking areas may take direct access to local streets via a driveway; however,
no backing maneuvers onto local streets shall be allowed. Non-residential uses shall not take
direct access to local streets, provided that any lot located within a non-residential subdivision or
any parcel adjacent to a street within a non-residential subdivision may take direct access to the
local street internal to the subdivision, and provided that any corner lot abutting a local street
and an arterial or collector street or freeway/expressway may take access to the local street if
such access is required by the highway governmental authority having jurisdiction.
b. Minor Collector Streets.
No single-family dwelling, duplex, or townhouse shall take direct access to minor collector streets
except when permitted by Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO.
Residential visitor parking areas may take direct access to minor collector streets via a driveway;
however, no backing maneuvers onto local streets shall be allowed.
c. Major Collector Streets.
No single-family dwelling, duplex, townhouse, or multiplex shall take direct access to major
collector streets. Residential visitor parking areas may take direct access to major collector
streets via a driveway; however, no backing maneuvers onto local streets shall be allowed.
d. Arterial Streets.
No single-family dwelling, duplex, townhouse, or multiplex shall take direct access to arterial
streets.
e. Shared Driveways.
The Development Engineer may require a shared driveway at the time of platting, development,
or redevelopment of the affected lots.
When MH Middle Housing lots take access from a public street, one (1) driveway shall be allowed
for every two (2) lots, unless a rear alley is provided. The Administrator may approve up to three
(3) lots to take access from a single driveway if a shared access easement is provided. See the
example diagram below:
Page 638 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 25 of 97
MH Middle Housing Shared Driveways
2. Cross-Access Easements.
a. If a parcel is to be developed for any non-residential land use, a cross-access easement shall be
provided by the property owner to adjoining properties that front on the same street and that
are, or may be, developed as non-residential land uses.
b. Cross-access easements shall be situated parallel to the street right-of-way line abutting both
parcels. The property owner shall maintain access easements.
c. The property owner shall provide appropriate documentation of a good faith effort to extend the
access easement through all immediately abutting properties. If such an effort fails, the portion
of the easement on the subject site shall be developed and designed to ensure future connection
to the neighboring properties.
d. Where a cross-access easement is granted, no permanent structures or parking that would
interfere with the proposed access shall be permitted in the easement. Some improvements such
as medians and parking islands may be constructed within an access easement if it has been
demonstrated that adequate circulation and cross access have been accomplished and that all
applicable standards of this UDO have been met.
e. The Development Engineer may waive the requirement for an easement of access required
above in those cases where unusual topography or site conditions would render such an
easement of no useable benefit to adjoining properties.
f. The Development Engineer may approve the vacation of an easement of access in those cases
where adjoining parcels are subsequently developed with a residential use.
C. Driveway Access Location and Design.
1. General.
a. It shall be unlawful for any person to cut, break, or remove any curb or install a driveway along a
street except as herein authorized. Openings in the curb may be approved by the Development
Engineer for the purposes of drainage.
Page 639 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 26 of 97
b. It shall be unlawful for any person to construct, alter, extend, permit, or cause to be constructed,
altered, or extended any driveway approach which can be used only as a parking space or area
between the curb and private property.
c. This Section shall be deemed to be supplemental to other Sections regulating the use of public
property, and in case of conflict, this Section shall govern.
d. Adequate sight distance shall be provided for a passenger motor vehicle making a left or right
turn exiting from a driveway. This determination shall be made by the Development Engineer.
e. The specifications and guidelines set forth in this UDO are to be applied to driveways providing
access to commercial and multi-family developments and visitor parking areas for single-family
and townhouse uses. Single-family and duplex residential driveways are excluded from this policy
unless otherwise indicated.
f. As determined by the Development Engineer, engineering judgment shall override the required
dimensions set forth in this Section if warranted by specific traffic conditions.
2. Location of Driveway Access.
a. In determining the location of driveway access, the Development Engineer shall consider:
1) The characteristics of the proposed use;
2) The existing traffic flow conditions and the future traffic demand anticipated on the
development and the adjacent street system;
3) The location of the property;
4) The size of the property;
5) The orientation of structures on the site;
6) The number of driveways needed to accommodate anticipated traffic;
7) The number and location of driveways on existing adjacent and opposite properties;
8) The location and carrying capacity of intersections;
9) The proper geometric design of driveways;
10) The spacing between opposite and adjacent driveways;
11) The internal circulation between driveways; and
12) The speed of the adjacent roadway.
b. Driveway access to arterials shall not be permitted for parking or loading areas that require
backing maneuvers in a public street right-of-way. Driveway access to collector streets for
commercial or multi-family developments shall not be permitted for parking or loading areas that
require backing maneuvers in a public street right-of-way.
c. One (1) curb cut shall be allowed for access to single-family and duplex residential tracts.
Alternative access configurations, including circle driveways, may be allowed upon approval by
the Development Engineer.
d. For corner residential lots, if a backing maneuver would be required, the side access driveway
connection to the street shall be subject to rear building setback requirements with a maximum
of twenty (20) feet.
e. No cuts through a left-turn reservoir of a median shall be permitted, to provide for left-turn
movements to driveway approaches.
Page 640 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 27 of 97
f. Driveways in right-turn lane transition areas shall not be permitted. The right-turn lane transition
area is defined as the taper and deceleration/acceleration length.
g. When a commercial or multi-family development abuts more than one (1) public street, access to
each abutting street may be allowed only if the following criteria are met:
1) It is demonstrated that such access is required to adequately serve driveway volumes and
will not be detrimental or unsafe to traffic operations on public streets. The Development
Engineer may require the submittal of a traffic study that demonstrates that such access is
required.
2) The minimum requirements for corner clearance for commercial or multi-family driveways
are met.
3. Spacing of Driveway Access.
a. Application of the driveway access location and design standards requires identification of the
functional classification of the street on which access is requested and then applying the
appropriate spacing requirements. The City of College Station streets are classified as follows and
defined in Article 11, Definitions of this UDO:
1) Major arterial;
2) Minor arterial;
3) Collector; and
4) Local street.
b. Major arterial, minor arterial, and collector streets in the City of College Station are indicated on
the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map. The functional
classification of any street in the city not indicated as an arterial or collector street on this plan
shall be determined using the functional street classification defined by the current edition of the
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials' (AASHTO) A Policy on
Geometric Design of Highways and Streets.
c. Driveway access spacing shall be measured from the centerline of the proposed driveway
pavement to the nearest edge of the roadway of the adjacent or opposite driveway or street as
indicated in the illustration below.
Driveway Spacing Diagram
d. A minimum of one hundred twenty-five (125) feet shall be required for opposite left driveways
for all street classifications.
Page 641 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 28 of 97
e. If the centerline of an opposite drive is less than fifteen (15) feet from the centerline of the
proposed drive, the drives form an intersection, and the minimum spacing requirements shall
apply for the closest drive.
f. Spacing of Adjacent Driveways.
1) Adjacent drives shall be located no closer than the spacing requirement in the table below.
The Development Engineer or their designee may allow adjacent driveway spacing less
than the spacing requirement below if it is determined that favorable conditions exist
under peak traffic conditions.
2) On divided streets with raised or depressed medians, it is the City's policy to align other
streets, alleys, private roads, and driveways on either side of the median openings.
Therefore, when locating such an intersection, it shall be assumed that this type of
intersection will exist at median openings, and other intersections between median
openings should be spaced accordingly. The Development Engineer may waive this
requirement if an existing condition precludes access at a median opening.
3) Residential alleys may be allowed on major collectors, minor collectors, and local streets at
spacings less than those shown in the table below with the approval of the Development
Engineer.
Adjacent Driveways
Street Classification
Spacing (feet)
Major Arterial 350
Minor Arterial 300
Major Collector 235
Minor Collector and Local Street* 175
* This standard does not apply to single-family residential, duplexes, or townhomes.
g. Spacing of Opposite Right Driveways.
1) Opposite right driveways shall be located no closer than the standard requirements of the
table below. The Development Engineer may allow opposite right spacing below the
standard spacing requirement if it is determined that favorable conditions exist under peak
traffic conditions.
2) Additional opposite right spacing over and above that set forth in the table below may be
required if it is determined by the Development Engineer that there is insufficient left turn
queue storage or weave maneuver area between the opposite right and proposed
driveway. This determination shall be made under peak traffic conditions.
3) On roadways that include raised or depressed medians prohibiting left-turning movements,
this standard shall not apply.
4) Residential alleys may be allowed on major collectors, minor collectors, and local streets at
spacings less than those shown in the table below with the approval of the Development
Engineer.
Opposite Right Driveways
Street Classification
Spacing (feet)
Major Arterial 400
Page 642 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 29 of 97
Minor Arterial 350
Major Collector 300
Minor Collector and Local Street* 175
* This standard does not apply to single-family residential, duplexes, or townhomes.
4. Freeway/Expressway Frontage Road Access and Location Requirements.
a. Driveways shall be located in accordance with the most recent version of the Access
Management Manual as administered by the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT).
b. These guidelines apply to existing and planned interchanges.
c. In addition to ramp spacing, driveways on frontage roads under the jurisdiction of the Texas
Department of Transportation shall also meet the other requirements of this Section as major
arterial streets.
5. Corner Clearance.
a. No residential driveway approach shall be constructed within the site distance triangle detailed in
the Visibility at Intersections in all Districts Subsection of the General Provisions Section above.
b. At intersections of arterials with channelized right turn lanes with yield control, a corner
clearance distance in accordance with those set forth in the illustration below shall be required
for the first downstream driveway when adjacent spacing requirements cannot be met due to
lack of frontage, and all means to acquire shared access drives or cross-access easements have
been exhausted. This distance shall be measured from the channelized median to the nearest
edge of the proposed driveway as indicated in the illustration.
Channelized Right-Turn Lane Guideline
c. When the requirements of the previous two (2) tables cannot be met due to lack of frontage and
all means to acquire shared access driveways or cross-access easements have been exhausted,
no commercial driveway approach may be located closer to the corner than seventy-five (75) feet
Page 643 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 30 of 97
on collector streets, one hundred (100) feet on minor arterials, and one hundred twenty (120)
feet for major arterials. This measurement shall be taken from the intersection of property lines
at the corner. When these requirements cannot be met due to a lack of frontage, the driveway
may be located such that the radius will begin at the farthest property line.
6. Shared Access.
a. A joint private access easement may be required between adjacent lots fronting arterials and
collectors to minimize the total number of access points along those streets and to facilitate
traffic flow between lots. The location and dimensions of said easement shall be determined by
the Development Engineer.
b. A private cross-access easement may be required across any lot fronting on an arterial or
collector street to minimize the number of access points and facilitate access between and across
individual lots. The location and dimension of said easement shall be determined by the
Development Engineer.
c. A joint private access easement is required between adjacent lots that share driveways in the MH
Middle Housing zoning district.
7. Geometric Design of Driveway Access.
a. All driveways shall meet the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines.
b. Curb cuts for driveways shall not be permitted in the curb return of an intersection.
c. The curb return radii for driveways intersecting at right angles with the roadway and without a
deceleration lane shall be as follows:
1) Curb return radii for residential (single-family, townhouse, duplex, and multiplex)
driveways shall be between three (3) feet and ten (10) feet. Flare-type residential
driveways must also adhere to these dimensional criteria.
2) Curb return radii for commercial and multi-family driveways shall vary between twenty-five
(25) feet and thirty (30) feet. When special traffic conditions exist, the Administrator may
require larger curb return radii of up to fifty (50) feet.
3) Curb return radii for driveway types not included above shall be determined by the
Administrator.
d. The maximum width of the residential driveway approach, measured at the property line, shall
not exceed twenty-five (25) feet in width, while the minimum width shall not be less than twelve
(12) feet.
e. The maximum width of commercial, multiplex, and multi-family driveway approaches for two-
way operation shall not exceed thirty-six (36) feet, except that the Administrator may issue
permits for driveway approaches greater than thirty-six (36) feet in width on major streets to
handle special traffic conditions. The minimum width of commercial and multi-family driveway
approaches for two-way operation shall be not less than twenty-four (24) feet.
f. The combination of two (2) driveways for residential circular drives shall not exceed twenty-five
(25) feet.
g. The angle of the driveway approach shall be approximately ninety (90) degrees for two-way
drives and between forty-five (45) degrees and ninety (90) degrees for one-way drives.
h. A minimum driveway throat length shall be required to allow traffic entering the site to be stored
on-site, avoiding a queue of traffic onto the adjacent roadway causing delays to the through
traffic stream. The driveway throat length shall be defined as the distance from the street to the
Page 644 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 31 of 97
first point of conflict in the driveway. Minimum driveway throat depths are provided in the figure
below. For more intense uses (i.e., retail shopping centers) a minimum throat depth of one
hundred thirty (130) feet will be required.
Throat Depth Requirements
i. Gated residential communities shall use the Private Streets and Gating of Roadways Subsection
of the General Requirements and Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the City
Limits Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO as a guideline for
throat depth and entry designs.
j. For the benefit of traffic safety and flow on collector and arterial streets, access points may be
required to be designed to prohibit certain types of turning movements. Driveways not meeting
the standard opposite and adjacent spacing guidelines may be designed for limited access by the
addition of a median to the driveway.
k. For the benefit of traffic safety and flow on collector and arterial streets, auxiliary lanes may be
required at driveways where high turning volumes are expected.
l. A right-turn deceleration lane with storage length plus taper may be required for any access with
a projected peak hour right-turn ingress turning volume greater than fifty (50) vehicles per hour.
If the posted speed is greater than forty (40) miles per hour, a right-turn deceleration lane and
taper may be required for any access with a projected peak hour ingress turning volume greater
than twenty-five (25) vehicles per hour.
m. Driveways shall be constructed to avoid altering the drainage patterns of the street and adjoining
property.
n. Driveways shall be constructed to provide a crossing path within the right-of-way that meets the
minimum Texas Accessibility Standards.
o. A right-turn acceleration lane with taper may be required for any access with a projected peak
hour right-turning volume greater than fifty (50) vehicles per hour when the posted speed on the
Page 645 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 32 of 97
roadway is greater than forty (40) miles per hour. The design of right-turn deceleration lanes
shall be in accordance with the current edition of the AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of
Highways and Streets on auxiliary lanes.
p. The spacing requirements for driveways not meeting the specifications in the Driveway Access
Location and Design Subsection above may be lessened or waived if auxiliary lanes are used.
q. Access points on arterial and collector streets may be required to be signalized, to provide safe
and efficient traffic flow. A development may be responsible for all or part of any right-of-way
dedication, design, hardware, or construction costs of a traffic signal if it is determined that the
signal is necessitated by the traffic generated from the development. The procedures for signal
installation and the percent of financial participation required of the development in the
installation of the signal shall be in accordance with criteria set forth in the City's Traffic Signal
Policy.
Sec. 7.5. Signs.
A. Purpose.
The purpose of this Section is to establish clear and unambiguous regulations pertaining to signs in the City
of College Station and to promote an attractive community, foster traffic safety, and enhance the effective
communication and exchange of ideas and commercial information.
B. Applicability.
The City Council recognizes that signs are necessary for visual communication for public convenience and
that businesses and other activities have the right to identify themselves by using signs that are incidental to
the use on the premises where the signs are located. The Council herein seeks to provide a reasonable
balance between the right of a person to identify their business or activity, and the rights of the public to be
protected against visual discord and safety hazards that result from the unrestricted proliferation, location,
and construction of signs. This Section will ensure that signs are compatible with adjacent land uses and with
the total visual environment of the community, in accordance with the Comprehensive Plan.
1. The City Council finds that the rights of residents of this City to fully exercise their rights of free speech
by the use of signs containing non-commercial messages are subject to minimum regulation regarding
structural safety and setbacks for purposes of traffic protection. The City Council seeks herein to
provide for the reasonably prompt removal and disposal of such signs after they have served their purpose, and yet to avoid any interference with First Amendment freedoms, especially as to persons
who are of limited financial means.
2. The City Council finds that instances may occur in the application of this Section where strict
enforcement would deprive a person of the reasonable use of a sign, or the reasonable utilization of a
sign in connection with other related property rights, and herein provides for such persons to have the
right to seek variances from the requirements of this UDO for good cause. The City Council finds that it
is imperative that enforcement officials apply this Section as it is written, in the interest of equality and
fair and impartial application to all persons, and that the procedures to appeal a denial of a sign permit
to the ZBA shall remain the sole administrative means to obtain any exception to the terms hereof.
3. The regulations of this Section shall apply to developments within the zoning districts listed in the
Summary of Permitted Signs Subsection below. These regulations only apply to special districts within
the City of College Station in accordance with the following Sections:
a. The WPC Wolf Pen Creek Subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose
Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO;
Page 646 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 33 of 97
b. The NG Northgate Districts Subsection of the Design Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose
Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO; and
c. The OV Corridor Overlay Subsection of the Overlay Districts Section of Article 5, District Purpose
Statements and Supplemental Standards of this UDO.
Page 647 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 34 of 97
C. Summary of Permitted Signs.
The following signs are permitted in the relevant zoning districts of the City:
Summary of Permitted Signs
R WE E WRS R-1B GS D T MH MF MU R-4 R-6 MHP O SC WC GC CI C-3 BP BPI R&D M-1 M-2
Apartment/
Condominium/
Manufactured
Home Park
Identification
Signs
X (a) X X X
Area
Identification/
Subdivision Signs
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Attached Signs
(b)
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Campus
Wayfinding Signs
X X X X X X X X X X
Commercial
Banners (b)
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Development
Signs
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Directional
Traffic Control
Signs
X X X X X X X X X X X X
Freestanding
Signs (b)
(c) (d) X X X X
Hanging Signs X
Home
Occupation Signs
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Low Profile Signs
(b)
X X X X X X X X X X X X
Non-Commercial
Signs
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Page 648 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 35 of 97
Projection Signs X X
Real Estate,
Finance, and
Construction
Signs
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Roof Signs X X X X
Notes:
(a) Apartment signage is permitted in the MU Mixed-Use district as attached signs only.
(b) Except as provided for in the Signs for Permitted Non-Residential Uses in Residential or Rural Districts Subsection below.
(c) One (1) freestanding sign shall be allowed in the O Office zoning district only when the building plot has a minimum of two (2) acres.
(d) Freestanding signs are permitted for building plots with freeway/expressway frontage only. See the Freestanding Commercial Signs
Subsection below for additional standards.
Page 649 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 36 of 97
D. Prohibited Signs.
The following signs shall be prohibited in the City of College Station:
1. Portable and trailer signs, and temporary freestanding signs;
2. Signs painted on rooftops;
3. Inflated signs, pennants, wind-driven devices (excluding flags), tethered balloons, and/or any gas-filled
objects for advertisement, decoration, or otherwise, except as permitted in the Grand Opening Signs
and Special Event Signs Subsections below;
4. Vehicle signs except as permitted in the Vehicle Signs Subsection below;
5. Flags containing copy or logo, excluding the flags of any country, state, city, or school, are prohibited in
residential zones and on any residentially developed property (except when flags are used as
subdivision signs);
6. Signs and displays with flashing, blinking, or traveling lights, or erratic or other moving parts, including
electronic message boards that change more than once per fifteen (15) minutes, either internal or
external to the premise, and oriented and visible to vehicular traffic. Time and temperature signs are
permissible if the maximum area and setback requirements of this Section are met and if the
commercial information or content of such signs are restricted to no more than eight (8) square feet;
7. Signs containing manual change copy which are greater than thirty (30) percent of the allowable sign
area;
8. Any signs that are intended to or designed to resemble traffic signs or signals and bear such words as
"stop", "slow", "caution", "danger", "warning", or other words that are erected for purposes other than
actual traffic control or warning to the public;
9. Any sign located within the site triangle in any district as stated in the Visibility at Intersections in all
Districts Subsection of the General Provisions Section above. This does not include traffic control or
directional signs;
10. Any sign that emits sound, odor, or visible matter; and
11. Off-premises signs, including commercial and non-commercial billboards.
E. Exempt Signs.
The following signs are exempt from the requirements of this UDO:
1. Signs that are not easily identified from beyond the boundaries of the lot or parcel on which they are
located or from any public thoroughfare or traveled right-of-way, as determined by the Administrator.
Such signs are not exempt from the safety regulations contained herein and in the International
Building and Electrical Codes, as adopted;
2. Official notices posted by government officials in the performance of their duties, including but not
limited to signs controlling traffic, regulating public conduct, identifying streets, or warning of danger.
Bulletin boards or identification signs accessory to government buildings or other buildings are subject
to the provisions of this UDO;
3. Signs related to a primary or secondary educational facility, except that such signs shall adhere to the
limitations of the Prohibited Signs Subsection above;
4. Temporary signs erected by private property owners for the purpose of warning of a dangerous defect,
condition, or another hazard to the public;
Page 650 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 37 of 97
5. Non-commercial signs on private property or works of art that in no way identify or advertise a product
or business, or by their location and placement impede traffic safety, except as stated in the Non-
Commercial and Political Signs Subsection below;
6. Temporary decorations or displays if they are clearly incidental to and are customarily and commonly
associated with any national, local, or religious celebration;
7. Temporary or permanent signs erected by public utilities or construction companies to warn of the
location of pipelines, electrical conduits, or other dangers or conditions in public rights-of-way;
8. Non-commercial signs carried by a person and not set or affixed to the ground that in no way identify
or advertise a product or business, or by their location and placement impede traffic safety;
9. Commercial signs carried by a person and not set on or affixed to the ground, provided that the sign is
temporary, on-premises, and not used by the person on the premises for more than three (3)
consecutive days, more than four (4) times per calendar year;
10. Outdoor advertising display signs for sponsors of charitable events held on public properties. These
signs may be displayed for the duration of the event or not more than three (3) days with the approval
of the Administrator;
11. Flags used as political symbols;
12. Special district identification signs as defined by the Defined Terms Section of Article 11, Definitions
that in no way advertise a product or a business, or by their location and placement impede traffic
safety. Special district identification signs must be approved by the appropriate development review
body in accordance with Article 2, Development Review Bodies of this UDO;
13. On-premises and/or off-premises signs where there has been a resolution adopted by the City of
College Station or an executed contract with the City of College Station and the display of the signs is
for designated locations, a specified period of time, and:
a. Promotes a positive image of the City of College Station for the attraction of business or tourism;
b. Depict an accomplishment of an individual or group; or
c. Creates a positive community spirit.
14. Temporary signs erected for a neighborhood event sponsored by a neighborhood group that is
registered with the City of College Station provided that the signage is:
a. Located within the perimeter of the neighborhood;
b. Provides the name of the association sponsoring the event on the sign;
c. In good repair;
d. Allowed up to fourteen (14) days prior to the event; and
e. Removed within twenty-four (24) hours of the event.
15. Home tour event signs as defined by the Defined Terms Section of Article 11, Definitions with a limit of
two (2) events per calendar year. Such signage shall:
a. Be in good repair;
b. Display the name of the group sponsoring the event (if applicable);
c. Be allowed up to ten (10) consecutive days per event;
d. Be removed within twenty-four (24) hours of the end of the event;
Page 651 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 38 of 97
e. Comply with the following if located within a right-of-way:
1. Located outside the visibility triangle of intersections as set forth in the Visibility at
Intersections in all Districts Subsection of the General Provisions Section above.
2. Permitted by the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation if located on
any state highway or roadway.
3. Be constructed of durable material and no sign shall be greater in size than three (3) feet by
three (3) feet.
F. Sign Standards.
The following table summarizes the sign standards for the City of College Station:
Sign Standards
KEY: SF = square feet DU = Dwelling Unit
Sign Type Maximum Area
(a)
Maximum Height Setback From
ROW
Number Allowed
Apartment/Condominium/
Manufactured Home Park
Identification Signs
100 SF 10’ 10’ 1/frontage
Area Identification Signs 16 SF 4’ 10’ 1/subdivision or
phase that is
between ten (10)
and fifty (50)
acres
Attached Signs 2.5 SF per linear
foot of all public
entry façades, not
to exceed 500 SF
Not to exceed one
(1) foot from the
top of the wall,
marquee, or
parapet to which
it is attached
N/A Any number
allowed if within
the total allowed
area of attached
signs
Campus Wayfinding Signs 30 SF 6’ N/A See the Campus
Wayfinding Signs
Subsection below
Commercial Banners 36 SF Not to exceed the
top of the
structure to which
it is attached
10’ 1/building plot
Development Signs Facing
Collector (d) or Residential
Street
35 SF 15’ 10’ 1/building plot
Development Signs Facing
Arterial (d)
65 SF 15’ 10’ 1/building plot
Development Signs Facing
Freeway/Expressway (d)
200 SF 15’ 10’ 1/building plot
Directional Traffic Control
Signs
3 SF 4’ 4’ 1/curb cut
Freestanding Signs See the Freestanding Commercial Signs Subsection below 1/building plot
where lot exceeds
Page 652 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 39 of 97
75 feet of
frontage
Hanging Signs 4 SF N/A N/A 1/building
entrance
Home Occupation Signs 2 SF Not to exceed the
top of the wall to
which it is
attached
N/A 1/dwelling unit
Low Profile Signs 60 SF 4’ 10’ See the Low
Profile Signs
Subsection below
(b) (c)
Projection Signs See the Projection
Signs Subsection
below
Not to exceed one
(1) foot from the
top of the wall,
marquee, or
parapet to which
it is attached
N/A 1/frontage
Real Estate, Finance, and
Construction Signs on lots
up to one hundred fifty
(150) foot frontage
16 SF 8’ 10’ Real Estate Signs:
1/frontage
Finance Signs:
1/property
Construction
Signs:
3/property
Real Estate, Finance, and
Construction Signs on lots
greater than one hundred
fifty (150) foot frontage
32 SF 8’ 10’
Roof Signs See the
Freestanding
Commercial Signs
Subsection below,
not to exceed 100 SF
10’ above the
structural roof
N/A 1/building plot in
place of a
freestanding sign
Subdivision Signs 150 SF 15’ 10’ 1/primary
subdivision
entrance. Not to
exceed 2 signs
Notes:
(a) The area of a sign is the area enclosed by the minimum imaginary rectangle or vertical and horizontal
lines that fully contains all extremities (as shown in the illustration below), exclusive of supports.
(b) Except as provided for in the Freestanding Commercial Signs Subsection below.
(c) In SC Suburban Commercial, WC Wellborn Commercial, BP Business Park, and BPI Business Park
Industrial, one (1) low profile sign per structure is permitted.
(d) As designated on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map.
Page 653 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 40 of 97
How To Calculate the Area of Different Types of Signs
G. Apartment/Condominium/Manufactured Home Park Identification Signs.
1. One (1) apartment/condominium/manufactured home park identification sign may be located at a
primary entrance on each frontage to a public road.
2. The maximum area allowed for each frontage may be divided among two (2) signs if those signs are
single-sided and mounted at a single entrance.
3. An apartment/condominium/manufactured home park identification sign may be either an attached
sign or a freestanding monument sign. It shall be placed upon the private property of a particular multi-
family project in the appropriate zone as set forth in the Summary of Permitted Signs Subsection above
and subject to the requirements set forth in the Sign Standards Subsection above.
4. The apartment/condominium/manufactured home park identification sign shall list the name and may
list the facilities available and have leasing or sales information incorporated as a part of the sign.
5. An apartment or condominium project must have a minimum of twenty-four (24) dwelling units to
qualify for an identification sign.
6. Indirect lighting is permissible, but no optical effects, moving parts, or alternating, erratic, or flashing
lights or devices shall be permitted.
7. Any manufactured home parks existing at the time of this UDO that are nonconforming may still utilize
an identification sign meeting the provisions of this Section and the Sign Standards Subsection above.
H. Area Identification and Subdivision Signs.
1. Area identification signs shall be permitted upon private property in any zone to identify subdivisions
of ten (10) to fifty (50) acres in size subject to the requirements set forth in the Sign Standards
Subsection above. Area identification signs may also be used within a large subdivision to identify
distinct areas within that subdivision subject to the requirements in the Sign Standards Subsection
above.
Page 654 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 41 of 97
2. Subdivision signs shall be permitted upon private property in any zone to identify subdivisions of
greater than fifty (50) acres subject to the requirements set forth in the Sign Standards Subsection
above.
3. Both area identification and subdivision signs must be located on the building plot as identified by a
preliminary plan of the subdivision. Subdivision signs will be permitted only at the intersection of two
(2) collector or larger streets on the perimeter of the subdivision. At each intersection, either one (1) or
two (2) subdivision signs may be permitted so long as the total area of the signs does not exceed one
hundred fifty (150) square feet. Flags may be utilized in place of a subdivision sign, but the overall
height shall not exceed twenty (20) feet and twenty-five (25) square feet in area in a residential zone
and thirty-five (35) feet in height and one hundred (100) square feet in area in industrial or commercial
districts.
4. Subdivision markers of no more than one (1) square foot in area, used in conjunction with a subdivision
or area identification sign, are permitted attached to architectural elements within the subdivision.
5. Indirect lighting is permissible but no optical effects, moving parts, or alternating, erratic, or flashing
lights shall be permitted. Landscaping valued at two hundred fifty (250) points shall be installed around
each subdivision sign. Adequate arrangements for permanent maintenance of all signs and any
landscaping in conjunction with such signs shall be made, which may be through an owners association
if one (1) exists or is created for this purpose.
6. All signs shall be set back as shown in the Sign Standards Subsection above except in areas where a
private improvement in public right-of-way permit has been issued.
I. Attached Signs.
1. Attached signs are commercial signs under this Section.
2. Attached signs on any commercial building or tenant lease space shall not exceed a total of two and
one-half (2.5) square feet per linear foot of all public entry façades, with a maximum of five hundred
(500) square feet of attached signage allowed for any one (1) tenant. Multi-story businesses will be
allowed one hundred (100) square feet of additional attached signage.
3. The division of allowable building signage amongst building tenants shall be the sole responsibility of
the owner or property manager and not the City of College Station.
4. Signs attached to features such as gasoline pumps, automatic teller machines, mail/package drop
boxes, or similar on-site features shall count as part of the allowable sign area of the attached signs for
the site if identifiable from the right-of-way as determined by the Administrator. See the Sign
Standards Section of the City of College Station Site Design Standards for more information.
Information contained on such features pertaining to federal and state requirements and
operation/safety instructions are not counted. All other signage on such features shall count towards
the allowable attached sign area.
5. Architectural elements which are not part of the sign or logo and in no way identify the specific
business tenant shall not be considered attached signage.
6. An attached sign:
a. Shall advertise only the name of, uses of, or goods or services available within the building or
tenant lease space to which the sign is attached;
b. Shall be parallel to the face of the building;
c. Shall not be cantilevered away from the structure;
Page 655 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 42 of 97
d. Shall not extend more than one (1) foot from any exterior building face, mansard, awning, or
canopy;
e. Shall not obstruct any window, door, stairway, or other opening intended for ingress or for
needed ventilation or light; and
f. Shall not be attached to any tree or public utility pole.
7. Attached signs may be mounted to site lighting poles located on private property and may be
constructed of cloth, canvas, or other flexible material provided such signage is maintained in good
condition and complies with the following restrictions:
a. No part of any sign attached to a light pole will be allowed to overhang or encroach into any
portion of the public right-of-way;
b. Light pole signs shall not exceed twelve (12) square feet in area and shall have a minimum of
eight (8) feet of clearance from the grade below;
c. Light pole signs shall only be attached to one (1) side of a light pole;
d. Light pole signs shall not project more than three (3) feet from the edge of the light pole; and
e. Light pole signs constructed of cloth, canvas, or other flexible material shall be secured on a
minimum of two (2) opposing sides to prevent wind-driven movement.
J. Campus Wayfinding Signs.
1. A campus wayfinding sign:
a. May be utilized as a part of a PDD Planned Development District or unified development that is at
least twenty (20) acres in size, contains multiple buildings, and may include multiple building
plots;
b. A maximum of one (1) campus wayfinding sign shall be allowed per intersection of two (2)
primary circulation drive aisles when parking is not provided along the drive aisle, or intersection
of a primary circulation drive aisle and public way when parking is not provided along the drive
aisle and public way;
c. All signs shall be internal to the development and shall not be located along a public right-of-way
or at the intersection of a primary circulation aisle or public way and right-of-way.
d. Shall be limited in height to no greater than six (6) feet, measured from the elevation of the curb
or pavement edge, with a maximum total sign area of thirty (30) square feet;
e. Shall not be located within a site visibility triangle;
f. All campus wayfinding signs shall be submitted as part of a sign package for the development;
and
g. Shall utilize a common design or theme throughout the development and contain no commercial
logo or graphics.
K. Commercial Banners.
1. A commercial banner:
a. Shall be in good repair;
b. Shall have the permit number conspicuously posted in the lower right-hand corner of the banner;
c. Shall be allowed in addition to the signage provided for in the Attached Signage Subsection
above;
Page 656 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 43 of 97
d. Shall advertise only the name of, uses of, or goods or services available within the building or
tenant lease space to which the sign is attached;
e. Shall be mounted parallel to the face of a building or permanent structure;
f. Shall not be located within the public road right-of-way;
g. Shall not obstruct any window, door, stairway, or other opening intended for ingress or for
needed ventilation or light; and
h. Except as identified below, shall be allowed for a maximum fourteen (14) day period per permit.
2. An annual banner permit may be allowed for places of worship meeting in public spaces on a
temporary basis. Banners allowed by this Section shall only be displayed on the day of the worship
service.
3. The applicant shall pay an application fee as established by resolution of the City Council upon
submission of a banner permit application to the City. The application fee is waived for a non-profit
association or organization. This fee shall not apply to banners associated with special events as
provided for in the Special Event Signs Subsection below.
L. Development Sign.
1. A development sign may be placed only on private property subject to the requirements in the Sign
Standards Subsection above.
2. A development sign for a building project shall be removed if the project has not received a building
permit at the end of twelve (12) months. The Administrator may renew the sign permit for one (1)
additional twelve (12) month period upon request. Once a building permit for the project is received,
the sign may stay in place until seventy-five (75) percent of the project is leased or a permanent sign is
installed, whichever comes first.
3. A development sign for a proposed subdivision shall be removed if a preliminary plan or final plat has
not been approved by the end of twelve (12) months. The Administrator may renew the sign permit for
one (1) additional twelve (12) month period upon request. Once a plat has been approved, the sign
permit is valid as long as a preliminary plan is in effect, or in the absence of a valid preliminary plan, for
twenty-four (24) months from the date of approval of a final plat.
M. Directional Traffic Control Sign.
1. Directional traffic control signs may be utilized as traffic control devices in off-street parking areas
subject to the requirements set forth in the Sign Standards Subsection above.
2. For multiple lots sharing an access easement to the public right-of-way, there shall be only one (1)
directional sign located at the curb cut.
3. Logo or copy shall be less than fifty (50) percent of the sign area.
4. No directional traffic control sign shall be permitted within or upon the right-of-way of any public
street unless its construction, design, and location have been approved by the City Traffic Engineer.
N. Electronic Reader Boards.
In addition to meeting the other requirements of this Section, electronic reader boards are subject to the
following requirements:
1. The sign display (message) change shall be instantaneous; scrolling, fading, or animation between
messages is prohibited;
Page 657 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 44 of 97
2. No electronic reader board shall exceed a brightness level of three-tenths (0.3) foot candles above
ambient light as measured using a light meter capable of measuring in foot candles at a distance based
upon sign area, measured as follows:
Measurement distance = √ (sign display area x 100)
3. The sign shall be equipped with automatic brightness control keyed to ambient light levels;
4. In the event of a malfunction, the sign display must go dark; and
5. Electronic reader board size is limited to thirty (30) percent of the allowable sign area.
O. Flags.
1. One (1) freestanding corporate flag per premise, not to exceed thirty-five (35) feet in height or one
hundred (100) square feet in area, is allowed in multi-family, commercial, and industrial districts.
2. Flags used solely for decoration, not containing any copy or logo, and located only in multi-family,
commercial, and industrial districts or developments are allowed without a permit. In multi-family
developments, such flags will be restricted to sixteen (16) square feet in area. In all permitted zoning
districts, such flags will be restricted to thirty (30) feet in height, and the number shall be restricted to
no more than six (6) flags per building plot.
3. Flags containing commercial copy or logo, excluding the flags of any country, state, city, school, or
church are prohibited in residential zones and on any residentially developed property (except when
flags are used as subdivision signs).
P. Freestanding Signs.
1. Any development with over seventy-five (75) linear feet of frontage will be allowed one (1)
freestanding commercial sign. All freestanding commercial signs shall meet the following standards:
a. Allowable Area.
Allowable Area For Freestanding Signs
Frontage (Linear Feet) Maximum Area (Square Feet)
0—75 Low Profile only
76—100 50
101—150 75
151—200 100
201—250 125
251—300 150
301—350 175
351—400 200
401—450 225
451—500 250
501—550 275
551—600+ 300
b. Area.
For the purposes of this Section, the area shall be considered the area in square feet of a single-
face sign, one (1) side of a double-face sign, or half the sides of a multi-face sign.
c. Frontage.
Page 658 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 45 of 97
1. For the purposes of this Section, frontage shall be considered the number of feet fronting
on a public street to which a sign is oriented; and
2. On corner lots, the frontage street shall be the higher classification street on the
Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map. Where the two (2)
streets are classified the same, the applicant may choose the frontage street.
d. Allowable Height.
1. The allowable height of a freestanding commercial sign is determined by measuring the
distance from the closest point of the sign to the curb or pavement edge and dividing this
distance by two (2). No freestanding commercial sign shall exceed thirty-five (35) feet in
height;
2. For the purposes of this Section, the height of a sign shall be measured from the elevation
of the curb or pavement edge;
3. For the purposes of this Section, the distance from the curb shall be measured in feet from
the back of the curb or pavement edge to the nearest part of the sign; and
4. For properties with freeway/expressway frontage in SC Suburban Commercial districts, the
maximum height of the sign may not exceed the eave height of the structure to which it
most closely relates. Freestanding commercial signs must be adjacent to and oriented to
the freeway/expressway frontage.
2. Freestanding commercial signs are allowed only on developed commercial property established in the
appropriate zones as set forth in the Summary of Permitted Signs Subsection above. One (1)
freestanding sign shall be allowed in the O Office zone only when the building plot has a minimum of
two (2) acres, subject to the requirements set forth in the Sign Standards Subsection above. One (1)
low profile sign shall be allowed in the O Office zone when the building plot has less than two (2) acres
subject to the requirements set forth in the Sign Standards Subsection above.
3. A building plot with more than one hundred fifty (150) feet of frontage shall be allowed to use one (1)
freestanding commercial sign or any number of low profile signs as long as there is a minimum
separation between signs of one hundred fifty (150) feet.
In lieu of one (1) low profile sign every one hundred fifty (150) feet, hospital uses may have one (1) low
profile sign located at each driveway.
4. Building plots with less than seventy-five (75) feet of frontage may be combined to utilize signage
corresponding to the resulting frontage as described in the preceding two (2) paragraphs.
5. No more than one (1) freestanding commercial sign shall be allowed on any premises except when the
site meets one (1) of the following sets of criteria:
a. The building plot, as recognized on an approved plat or site plan, must be twenty-five (25) acres
or more in area with at least one thousand (1,000) feet of continuous unsubdivided frontage on a
street classified as a major arterial or higher on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification
& Context Class Map toward which one (1) additional freestanding commercial sign may be
displayed (see diagram below); or
Page 659 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 46 of 97
b. The building plot, as recognized on an approved plat or site plan, must be fifteen (15) acres or
more in area with at least six hundred (600) feet of continuous unsubdivided frontage on a street
classified as a major arterial or higher on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification &
Context Class Map and the site must have additional frontage on a street classified as a minor
arterial or higher on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map,
toward which the additional freestanding commercial sign may be displayed.
Page 660 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 47 of 97
6. Any sign where two (2) or more panels have separate supports extending to them shall be considered
to be more than one (1) freestanding commercial sign, even where only one (1) main support extends
to the ground.
7. Sites with limited or no street frontage due to a proliferation of pad sites that are not contained within
the building plot, as defined by the Administrator, and are fronting along a street classified as a
collector or higher on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map, will be
allowed the area of the sign to be less than or equal to the square of one-sixth (.17) of the distance
from the closest portion of the sign to the curb or pavement edge, with the maximum area not to
exceed two hundred (200) square feet.
8. Any site defined as a single building plot and containing one (1) or more pad sites, shall be permitted to
erect a freestanding commercial sign in accordance with this Subsection, and to the standards of the
Allowable Area Subsection above, with the maximum area not to exceed two hundred (200) square
feet. In addition, each pad site will be permitted one (1) low profile sign per pad site according to the
restrictions of the Sign Standards Subsection above.
Q. Fuel Price Signs.
Facilities with fuel sales will be allowed one (1) additional sign per building plot, either freestanding or
attached, for the purposes of fuel pricing.
1. The area of the fuel price sign shall not exceed twenty-four (24) square feet.
2. Fuel pricing may be incorporated into the allowable square footage of a freestanding commercial sign
or attached sign.
3. This sign shall follow the setback requirements for a freestanding commercial sign and shall not be
located within the right-of-way.
R. Grand Opening Signs.
1. Flags, commercial banners, and balloons that advertise a business's grand opening may be displayed
for one (1) consecutive fourteen (14) day period, selected by the business owner, within sixty (60) days
of the granting of the initial certificate of occupancy, a change in the use, or of a change in the name of
the business. A permit is required.
2. A commercial banner:
a. Shall advertise only the name of, uses of, or goods or services available within the building or
tenant lease space to which the sign is attached;
b. Shall be parallel to the face of the building;
c. Shall not be cantilevered away from the structure;
d. Shall not extend more than one (1) foot from any exterior building face, mansard, awning, or
canopy;
e. Shall not obstruct any window, door, stairway, or other opening intended for ingress or for
needed ventilation or light; and
f. Shall not be attached to any tree, fence, or public utility pole.
S. Hanging Signs.
a) Hanging signs shall be suspended from canopies or awnings and located in front of building entrances
and perpendicular to the façade.
b) A maximum of one (1) hanging sign per building entrance is allowed.
Page 661 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 48 of 97
c) The hanging sign shall not exceed four (4) square feet in size and shall have a minimum of eight (8) feet
of clearance from the walkway grade, four (4) inches of clearance from the building face, and eight (8)
inches of clearance from the edge of the canopy/awning.
d) Hanging signs located in or over the public right-of-way shall require a private improvement in public
right-of-way permit in addition to the necessary building permit.
T. Home Occupation Sign.
1. A person having a legal home occupation may have one (1) sign on the building or porch of a residence.
2. The sign may contain only the name and occupation of the resident.
3. It shall be attached directly to the face of the building or porch.
4. It shall not exceed two (2) square feet in area, shall not be illuminated in any way, and shall not project
more than twelve (12) inches beyond the building.
5. No display of merchandise or other forms of commercial communication shall be allowed within a
residential area unless the same were in existence prior to the adoption of the UDO in connection with
a use that is presently a lawful nonconforming use within the district.
6. Such a nonconforming sign may be maintained until the nonconforming use of the building ceases,
subject to the requirements for maintenance herein. Discontinuance of the use of such a sign for more
than three (3) months shall prevent future use, even if the nonconforming use is continuous.
U. Low Profile Signs.
In addition to meeting the other requirements of this Section, low profile signs are subject to the following:
1. A building plot with less than seventy-five (75) feet of street frontage shall be allowed to use one (1)
low profile sign in lieu of a freestanding commercial sign;
2. Each building plot containing one (1) or more pad sites, shall be permitted one (1) low profile sign per
pad site according to the restrictions of the Sign Standards Subsection above; and
3. In SC Suburban Commercial, WC Wellborn Commercial, BP Business Park, and BPI Business Park
Industrial, one (1) low profile sign per structure is permitted.
V. Non-Commercial and Political Signs.
This Section does not regulate the size, content, or location of non-commercial signs except as follows:
1. No commercial message shall be shown on any non-commercial sign.
2. No non-commercial sign:
a. May be greater than fifty (50) square feet in size;
b. May be located within the public road right-of-way;
c. May be located off the premises of the property owner who is displaying the sign; and
d. May not be located within any sight distance triangle as defined in the Visibility at Intersections
in All Districts Subsection of the General Provisions Section above, or a location that would hinder
intersection visibility as determined by the Administrator. This provision is necessary to avoid
clutter, proliferation, and dangerous distraction to drivers caused by the close proximity of such
signs to automobile traffic, to avoid damage to automobiles which may leave the paved surface
intentionally or by accident, and to avoid the necessity for pedestrians to step into the roadway
to bypass such signs. No regulatory alternative exists to accomplish this police power obligation.
3. In the event any non-commercial sign is located in a public right-of-way, the City shall remove it.
Page 662 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 49 of 97
4. All non-commercial signs addressing a particular event are allowed up to ninety (90) days prior to the
event and shall be removed within ten (10) days after.
W. Projection Signs.
Projection signs will be allowed in the MU Mixed-Use district with the following restrictions:
1) One (1) projection sign per frontage along a public right-of-way will be allowed except where otherwise
stated in this Section.
2) The total square footage of all projection signs used will be applied toward the total allowable area for
the attached signage.
3) The division and placement of allowable building signage amongst building tenants shall be the sole
responsibility of the owner or property manager and not the City of College Station.
4) Projection signs shall be mounted perpendicular to buildings.
5) Internally lit plastic signs will not be permitted.
6) Projection signs may utilize fabric or other flexible material provided that they remain in good
condition at all times.
7) Projection signs shall have a minimum of eight (8) feet of clearance from the walkway grade and four
(4) inches of clearance from the building face. Excluding the four (4) inch minimum clearance
requirement, no part of a projection sign shall project more than three (3) feet from the building face.
8) Projection signs shall not extend above the façade of the building to which it is attached.
9) Buildings with one (1) story may have a sign that shall not exceed eighteen (18) square feet in size. For
each additional building story, an additional eight (8) square feet of signage is allowed, up to a
maximum of fifty (50) square feet per sign.
10) Projection signs located in or over the public right-of-way shall require a private improvement in public
right-of-way permit in addition to the necessary building permit.
X. Real Estate/Finance/Construction Signs.
1. One (1) real estate sign not exceeding sixteen (16) square feet in total area (exclusive of stakes and
posts) may be erected at any time while a property is offered for sale or lease to the public. Properties
with a minimum of one hundred fifty (150) feet of frontage shall be allowed one (1) real estate sign not
exceeding thirty-two (32) square feet in total area. Properties with a minimum of two (2) acres and
Page 663 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 50 of 97
frontage on two (2) streets shall be allowed one (1) real estate sign on each frontage street with the
area of the sign to be determined by the amount of frontage as stated above.
2. One (1) finance sign and three (3) construction signs (for a total of four (4) signs), not exceeding sixteen
(16) square feet in total area each (exclusive of stakes and posts) may be erected once a building
permit has been issued on a property. Properties with a minimum of ten (10) acres and one thousand
(1,000) feet of frontage shall be allowed one (1) finance sign and three (3) construction signs not
exceeding thirty-two (32) square feet in total area each.
3. Real estate, finance, and construction signs may be either attached or freestanding and only those
visible from the street are limited in number.
4. All such signs shall be maintained by the persons in control of the premises to remain erect and in good
repair. Such signs shall be removed by the property owner or other person in control of the premises if
they are damaged, broken, or incapable of remaining erect.
5. Such signs must be removed by the owner or person in control of the premises when either the
property has sold or been leased and/or when performance under the construction contract or
subcontract (in the case of construction signs) has been completed. In all cases, finance and
construction signs shall be removed prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
Y. Roof Signs.
1. Signs mounted to the structural roof shall be regulated as freestanding commercial signs.
2. Painted or applied roof signs are prohibited.
Z. Signs for Conditional Uses.
1. Signs for conditional uses shall comply with the regulations for the zoning district in which the
conditional use is permitted.
2. Signs for conditional uses in residential or rural zoning districts shall comply with the Low Profile Signs
Subsection above.
AA. Signs for Permitted Non-Residential Uses in Residential or Rural Districts.
1. Signs for permitted non-residential uses in residential or rural zoning districts shall comply with the
Low Profile Signs Subsection above.
2. Signs for places of worship with frontage on a street classified as freeway/expressway on the
Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map are allowed one (1) freestanding
sign in accordance with the Freestanding Commercial Signs Subsection above or one (1) low profile sign
in accordance with the Low Profile Signs Subsection above. The freestanding sign must be adjacent to
and oriented to the freeway/expressway.
3. Signs for places of worship and government facilities in residential or rural zoning districts may utilize
signage in accordance with the Attached Signs and Commercial Banners Subsections above.
BB. Signs in the Extraterritorial Jurisdiction.
All off-premise and portable signs shall be prohibited within the extraterritorial jurisdiction.
CC. Special Event Signs.
1. Signs, including commercial banners and balloons, advertising or announcing a special event, as
defined in Chapter 8, Businesses of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances, are permitted as a
part of the special event permit and shall be limited to the property holding the event.
Page 664 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 51 of 97
2. The special event signage is allowed up to fourteen (14) days prior to the event and must be removed
within twenty-four (24) hours of the end of the event.
DD. Vehicle Signs.
1. Signs that are displayed on motor vehicles that are being operated or stored in the normal course of a
business, such as signs indicating the name or the type of business, excluding all banners, that are
located on moving vans, delivery trucks, trailers or other commercial vehicles are permitted; but only if
the primary purpose of such vehicles is not for the display of the signs thereon, and only if such
vehicles are parked or stored in areas appropriate to their use as commercial or delivery vehicles, such
as service areas or locations close to the business building away from public traffic areas.
2. Signs or advertisements permanently attached to non-commercial vehicles, excluding all banners, are
permitted.
EE. Abandoned, Damaged, or Unsafe Signs.
1. The provisions of this Section shall apply when in conflict with the provisions of the International
Building Code, as adopted, but where the provisions of both ordinances are consistent, the
enforcement of either shall be permissible and remedies or penalties cumulative.
2. Nonconforming signs that have become deteriorated or damaged to an extent that the cost of the
reconstruction or restoration of such signs is over fifty (50) percent of its replacement value exclusive
of foundations will be required to be removed or brought into full compliance with the current sign
regulations.
3. All abandoned signs and their supports shall be removed within sixty (60) days from the date of
abandonment. All damaged signs shall be repaired or removed within sixty (60) days. The
Administrator shall have the authority to grant a thirty (30) day extension where they determine there
is a reasonable necessity for same.
4. Discontinuance of use or removal of any nonconforming sign or any sign in connection with a
nonconforming use shall create a presumption of intent to abandon said sign. A nonconforming sign
that is damaged and not repaired within sixty (60) days shall be presumed to be abandoned.
5. When a building is demolished, the associated signs and sign structures shall also be removed.
Sec. 7.6. Landscaping and Tree Protection.
A. Purpose and Intent.
The purpose and intent of this Section is to regulate the manner in which land in the city is used and
developed to minimize adverse effects on surrounding property owners or the general public and ensure
that high-quality development is maintained throughout the community.
For the purpose of landscaping, College Station falls within Zone 8 of the United States Department of
Agriculture (USDA) Hardiness Zone Map. Also, dwarf plants will not be allowed in required screening or
buffer areas.
B. Application of Section.
The landscaping requirements of this Section apply to all land located in College Station proposed for site
development with the exception of those zoned NG-1 Core Northgate and NG-3 Residential Northgate. The
requirements also do not apply to single-family, duplex, townhouse, or mixed-use developments in the MU
Mixed-Use district, except as follows:
1. The requirements of this Section have limited application to properties developed for duplexes, as
follows:
Page 665 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 52 of 97
a. A minimum of two hundred (200) points of landscaping as calculated in this Section shall be
provided for each new duplex;
b. Where parking is provided in the front yard, an eight (8) foot landscaped setback shall be
required between the property line and the nearest side of the parking pad. This eight (8) foot
setback area must be landscaped and contain a three (3) foot high screen consisting of a
continuous berm, hedge, or wall. In addition, an eight (8) foot landscaped setback shall be
required between the dwelling unit and the nearest side of the parking pad; and
c. The maintenance and completion requirements of this Section also apply to duplex uses. Every
development must employ an irrigation system. All new plantings must be irrigated. An irrigation
system shall be designed so that it does not negatively impact existing trees and natural areas.
Soaker hose and drip irrigation system designs may be permitted as the Administrator deems
appropriate.
2. The requirements of this Section have limited application to properties developed for single-family,
townhouse, and courtyard house developments, as follows:
a. A minimum of two (2) trees of at least two (2) inch caliper or one (1) tree of four (4) inch caliper
shall be planted on each lot with every new single-family home.
b. A minimum of one (1) tree of four (4) inch caliper shall be planted on each lot with every new
courtyard house.
c. For townhouse and courtyard house developments, the Administrator may allow the required
trees to be dispersed throughout, including common areas.
d. The landscaping requirements of this Section shall apply to manufactured home parks, but not to
individual manufactured homes on separate lots.
3. The requirements of this Section apply to properties developed for multiplexes, as follows:
a. A minimum of two hundred (200) points of landscaping as calculated in this Section shall be
provided for each new multiplex unit with a maximum of one thousand (1,000) points;
b. Within fifty (50) feet of the property line along the street, and located between the structure and
the public right-of-way, street, or public way, one (1) canopy tree for every twenty-five (25) linear
feet of frontage shall be installed. One (1) existing tree (minimum four (4) inch caliper) may be
substituted for a new tree;
c. Canopy trees must be selected from the Landscape & Streetscape Standards Section of the City
of College Station Site Design Standards and may be grouped as desired so long as the canopy
trees are reasonably dispersed across each public right-of-way, street, or public way frontage;
d. Two (2) non-canopy trees may be substituted for one (1) canopy tree;
e. Parking areas adjacent to a right-of-way shall be screened from the right-of-way. Screening, such
as ten (10) shrubs for every thirty (30) linear feet of frontage, is required along one hundred
(100) percent of the street frontage with the exception of areas within the visibility triangle.
Screening may be accomplished using plantings, berms, structural elements, or combinations
thereof, and must be a minimum of three (3) feet above the parking lot pavement elevation.
Walls and planting strips shall be located at least two (2) feet from any parking area. Where the
street and the adjacent site are at different elevations, the Administrator may alter the height of
the screening to ensure adequate screening. Fifty (50) percent of all shrubs used for screening
shall be evergreen;
f. One hundred (100) percent coverage of groundcover, decorative paving, decorative rock, or
perennial grass is required in parking lot islands, swales, and drainage areas, and the parking lot
Page 666 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 53 of 97
setback unless otherwise landscaped or existing plants are preserved. One hundred (100) percent
coverage of groundcover or perennial grass is also required in all unpaved portions of street or
highway right-of-way or on adjacent property that has been disturbed during construction. If
grass is to be used for groundcover, one hundred (100) percent live grass groundcover is required
whether by solid sod overlay or pre-planting and successful takeover of grasses. No point value
shall be awarded for ground cover; and
g. All new plantings must be irrigated. An irrigation system shall be designed so that it does not
negatively impact existing trees and natural areas. Soaker hose and drip irrigation system designs
may be permitted as the Administrator deems appropriate.
4. The requirements of this Section have limited application to properties developed in the MU Mixed-
Use district, as follows:
a. Within fifty (50) feet of the property line along the street, and located between the structure and
the public right-of-way, street, or public way, one (1) canopy tree for every twenty-five (25) linear
feet of frontage shall be installed. One (1) existing tree (minimum four (4) inch caliper) may be
substituted for a new tree.
b. Canopy trees must be selected from the Landscape & Streetscape Standards Section of the City
of College Station Site Design Standards and may be grouped as desired so long as the canopy
trees are reasonably dispersed across each public right-of-way, street, or public way frontage.
c. Parking areas adjacent to a right-of-way shall be screened from the right-of-way. Screening is
required along one hundred (100) percent of the street frontage (such as ten (10) shrubs for
every thirty (30) linear feet of frontage), with the exception of areas within the visibility triangle.
Screening may be accomplished using plantings, berms, structural elements, or combinations
thereof, and must be a minimum of three (3) feet above the parking lot pavement elevation.
Walls and planting strips shall be located at least two (2) feet from any parking area. Where the
street and the adjacent site are at different elevations, the Administrator may alter the height of
the screening to ensure adequate screening. Fifty (50) percent of all shrubs used for screening
shall be evergreen.
d. One hundred (100) percent coverage of groundcover, decorative paving, decorative rock, or
perennial grass is required in parking lot islands, swales, and drainage areas, and the parking lot
setback unless otherwise landscaped or existing plants are preserved. One hundred (100) percent
coverage of groundcover or perennial grass is also required in all unpaved portions of street or
highway right-of-way or on adjacent property that has been disturbed during construction. If
grass is to be used for groundcover, one hundred (100) percent live grass groundcover is required
whether by solid sod overlay or pre-planting and successful takeover of grasses. No point value
shall be awarded for ground cover.
e. All new plantings must be irrigated. An irrigation system shall be designed so that it does not
negatively impact existing trees and natural areas. Soaker hose and drip irrigation system designs
may be permitted as the Administrator deems appropriate.
5. All landscaping/streetscaping requirements under this Section shall run with the land once the
development has begun and shall apply against any owner or subsequent owner.
6. The landscaping requirements of this Section apply to all unsubdivided property, improved subdivided
lots, and other improved lands where buildings or structures are being added or replaced within the
city.
7. Each phase of a multi-phase project shall comply with this Section.
Page 667 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 54 of 97
8. All plantings must be in accordance with the Landscape & Streetscape Standards Section of the City of
College Station Site Design Standards, or as deemed appropriate by the United States Department of
Agriculture (USDA) for Zone 8 in their Hardiness Zone Map.
C. Landscaping Point Requirements.
1. The landscaping point requirement for a site is determined by the combined point total of site area and
streetscape subtotals.
2. Site Area Points.
a. Minimum thirty (30) landscape points per one thousand (1,000) square feet of site area.
b. The minimum total number of points for any development is eight hundred (800) points.
c. Undeveloped floodplains may be removed from site size calculations; in such case, existing trees
within that floodplain shall not be claimed for points.
d. Projects may be phased with the phase lines being drawn twenty (20) feet beyond any new site
amenity. The portion left for subsequent phases shall be of developable size and quality.
3. Streetscape Points.
a. Six (6) additional landscape points shall be required for each linear foot of frontage on a right-of-
way or public way; and
b. Driveway openings, visibility triangles, and other traffic control areas may be subtracted from the
total streetscape frontage.
4. Point Credits.
The following point credits will apply to the total landscaping point requirement so long as the total
reduction does not cause the development to have a point total lower than the minimum eight
hundred (800) point requirement:
a. A twenty (20) percent point credit will be awarded where the irrigation system employed is a
recognized water-conserving system as defined in the City of College Station Site Design
Standards or utilizes a commercial soil moisture meter.
b. A ten (10) percent point credit will be awarded if twenty-five (25) percent or more of the parking
area consists of enhanced paving.
c. A ten (10) percent point credit will be awarded for every one (1) percent of the site area devoted
to special facilities including water features, public art, or other public features determined by
the Administrator.
d. A ten (10) percent point credit will be awarded for landscape plans that are prepared by a
landscape architect registered in Texas, an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified
arborist, or another professional as deemed appropriate by the Administrator.
e. A ten (10) percent point credit will be awarded where berms are utilized for parking screening.
5. Point Values.
a. Point values will be awarded for any type of canopy tree, non-canopy tree, or shrub, except for
those listed on the Non-Point Tree List as prepared by the Administrator. No point value shall be
awarded for ground cover. For the purpose of this Section, Texas native, as referenced in the City
of College Station Site Design Standards, shall be considered those notated as both native to
Texas and recommended by the Texas Forest Service for Brazos County.
Page 668 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 55 of 97
b. All caliper measurements shall be twelve (12) inches above grade. The minimum caliper for non-
canopy trees shall be measured on a single cane of a multi-trunk tree.
c. Landscaping points are accrued as follows:
Plant Material Point Values
Plant Material Points Accrued (per Plant) Installed Size Caliper (Inches)
New Plantings
Canopy Tree 75 1.5 to 2
150 2.1 to 3.4
300 3.5 and larger
Texas Native Canopy Tree 110 1.5 to 2
225 2.1 to 3.4
450 3.5 and larger
Non-Canopy Tree 40 1.25 and larger
Shrubs 10 Min. 5 gallon
Shrubs, Not for Screening 1 Min. 1 gallon
Existing Trees with No Barricade Protection Area
Canopy Tree 40 4 to 14.5
Non-Canopy Tree 35 2 and larger
Existing Trees Within Barricade Protection Area
Canopy Tree 800 Between 4 and 8
1,000 8 and larger
Non-Canopy Tree 300 Between 2 and 4
400 4 and larger
d. To receive landscape points for existing trees, all existing trees must be in good form and
condition and reasonably free of damage by insects and/or disease.
e. To receive additional points for barricaded trees, such trees must be barricaded to the dripline of
the tree. A barricade detail must be provided on the landscape plan. Barricades must be in place
prior to any activity on the property including but not limited to grading. If the required
barricades are not in place prior to any activity and maintained during construction, barricaded
points will be forfeited.
f. No points shall be awarded for existing Post Oak trees.
D. Planting and Screening Requirements.
1. General Requirements.
a. Every project must expend a minimum of fifty (50) percent of its point total on canopy trees.
b. Landscaping must be reasonably dispersed throughout all visible areas of the site.
c. One hundred (100) percent coverage of groundcover, decorative paving, decorative rock, or perennial grass is required in parking lot islands, swales, and drainage areas, and the parking lot
setback unless otherwise landscaped or existing plants are preserved. When decorative rock is
used, it shall be designed such that it will not migrate into sidewalks or other paved areas. One
hundred (100) percent coverage of groundcover or perennial grass is also required in all unpaved
portions of street or highway right-of-way or on adjacent property that has been disturbed
during construction. If grass is to be used for groundcover, one hundred (100) percent live grass
Page 669 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 56 of 97
groundcover is required whether by solid sod overlay or pre-planting and successful takeover of
grasses.
d. All landscape materials shall be installed in accordance with the current planting procedures
established by the most recent addition of The American Standard for Nursery Stock, as
published by the American Association of Nurserymen.
e. For existing plantings, the Administrator may require a health appraisal if the applicant wishes to
receive point credits.
f. All new plantings must be irrigated. An irrigation system shall be designed so that it does not
negatively impact existing trees and natural areas. Soaker hose and drip irrigation system designs
may be permitted as the Administrator deems appropriate.
2. Streetscape.
a. Within fifty (50) feet of the property line along all major arterials and freeways/expressways as
designated on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map, one (1)
canopy tree for every twenty-five (25) linear feet of frontage shall be installed;
b. Within fifty (50) feet of the property line along all other roadways including public ways, one (1)
canopy tree for every thirty-two (32) feet of frontage shall be installed;
c. Fractional amounts shall be increased to the nearest whole number;
d. Two (2) non-canopy trees may be substituted for one (1) canopy tree;
e. Trees used to meet the requirement along one (1) streetscape frontage shall not be counted
toward another frontage;
f. Canopy and non-canopy trees must be selected from the Landscape & Streetscape Standards
Section of the City of College Station Site Design Standards and may be grouped as desired so
long as the trees are reasonably dispersed across each frontage; and
g. One (1) existing tree (minimum four (4) inch caliper) may be substituted for a new tree. Existing
trees must be of acceptable health, as determined by the Administrator.
3. Additional Landscaping along Large Building Façades.
This Subsection applies to sites subject to the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section below:
a. Sites with building façades that face a public right-of-way or public way and that exceed two
hundred (200) feet in length shall place landscaping between the façade and roadway;
b. One (1) canopy tree is required for every forty (40) feet of façade length. Fractional amounts shall
be increased to the nearest whole number;
c. The trees shall be placed within fifty (50) feet of the building I;
d. Two (2) non-canopy trees may be substituted for one (1) canopy tree; and
e. Trees counting toward streetscape planting requirements may also count toward the
requirement.
4. Parking Screening.
a. Parking areas adjacent to a right-of-way or public way shall be screened from the right-of- way or
public way.
Page 670 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 57 of 97
b. Screening may be accomplished using plantings, berms, structural elements, or combinations
thereof as described below, and must be a minimum of three (3) feet above the parking lot
pavement elevation.
c. Walls and planting strips shall be located at least two (2) feet from any parking area.
d. Where the street and the adjacent site are at different elevations, the Administrator may alter
the height of the screening to ensure adequate screening.
e. A minimum of fifty (50) percent of all shrubs used for screening shall be evergreen.
f. The following options are allowed as parking lot screening methods:
1) A solid hedgerow (such as ten (10) shrubs for every thirty (30) linear feet of frontage) to
screen the parking to a height of three (3) feet. The screening must be a minimum of
twenty-four (24) inches at planting and reach thirty-six (36) inches within one (1) calendar
year of planting, and such method is certified to meet these requirements by a registered
landscape architect, landscape designer, or landscape contractor;
2) Berms with a minimum height of three (3) feet as measured from the parking lot
pavement, and a maximum slope of three (3) feet of height for every one (1) foot of width.
Berms may be designed around trees that are barricaded for tree preservation. Where
there will be gaps in berm screening for the preservation of existing trees, other screening
methods shall be used to meet the minimum three (3) foot screening requirement; or
3) Half-berms with a minimum height of three (3) feet as measured from the parking lot
pavement, and a maximum allowable slope of one (1) foot of height for every three (3)
inches of width. Retaining walls shall be designed to face the parking lot and sidewalks
located between the retaining wall and right-of-way or public way may not be closer than
three (3) feet to the top of a retaining wall.
g. For redeveloping sites maintaining existing parking lot perimeters, the Administrator may
authorize the use of masonry walls, or lower the minimum berm height to a height that may be
safely maintained in the existing parking setback when additional parking lot screening is
provided. The cumulative height of plant material and berm shall be a minimum of three (3) feet.
h. Variations to the requirements of this Section may be approved if the landscape/streetscape plan
is sealed by a registered landscape architect and approved by the Administrator. Such plans must
show reasonable evidence that the requirements, as set forth in this Section were used as a
guide.
5. Detention Ponds.
Detention ponds shall be integrated into the overall landscaping theme and design of the site as
described in the Detention Pond Aesthetic Design Subsection of the Flood Hazard Protection Section
below.
E. Landscape/Streetscape Plan Requirements.
When a landscape/streetscape plan is required, the landscape/streetscape plan shall contain the following:
1. The location of existing property lines and dimensions of the tract;
2. A north arrow and scale;
3. Topographic information and final grading adequate to identify and properly specify planting for areas
needing slope protection;
Page 671 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 58 of 97
4. Location and dimensions of existing and proposed structures, parking lots and drives, sidewalks, refuse
disposal areas, fences, and other features as determined necessary by the Administrator;
5. Location, size, spread, type, and quantity of all proposed landscaping and screening materials, along
with common and botanical names;
6. The location of existing and proposed utilities and all easements on or adjacent to the lot;
7. An indication of adjacent land uses, existing development, and roadways;
8. An irrigation system plan or a general note indicating that an irrigation system to service all new
plantings will be installed by a certified installer prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy;
9. Provide landscape information as set forth below:
a. Landscape points required for the site and calculations shown in the landscape legend.
b. A legend showing the size, type (canopy, non-canopy, shrub), and points claimed for proposed
landscaping.
c. Location of landscape plants on the plan identified by a symbol defined in a landscape legend
(see sample legend below).
Page 672 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 59 of 97
Sample Landscape Plan Legend
10. Provide streetscape information as set forth below:
a. Streetscape points required for site and calculations shown.
b. A table showing the scientific and common plant names, size, type (canopy, non-canopy, and
shrub), and points claimed for proposed streetscaping.
c. Location of streetscape plants on plan identified by a symbol defined in a landscape legend (see
sample legend above).
11. The location and diameter of protected existing trees claimed for either landscape or streetscape
requirements and an indication of how the applicant plans to barricade the existing trees from damage
during construction. Barricading shall be subject to the following requirements:
a. Prior to land development or redevelopment, or any construction thereof, the developer shall
clearly mark all qualifying and significant trees to be preserved;
Page 673 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 60 of 97
b. The developer shall erect a fence around each tree or group of trees to prohibit the placement of
debris or fill, or the parking of vehicles within the drip line of any qualifying or significant tree;
c. During construction, the developer shall prohibit the cleaning of equipment or materials within
the drip line of any tree or group of trees that are protected and required to remain. The
developer shall not allow the disposal of any waste material including but not limited to paint, oil,
solvents, asphalt, concrete, mortar, or other harmful liquids or materials within the drip line of
any tree or groups of trees that are required to remain;
d. No attachments or wires of any kind shall be attached to any tree except those used to stabilize
or protect such tree;
e. With grade changes in excess of six (6) inches, a retaining wall or tree well of rock or brick shall
be constructed around the tree not closer than fifty (50) percent of the distance between the
trunk and the drip line. The mid-point of the retaining wall shall be constructed at the new grade.
Grade changes greater than one (1) inch may not be made without the prior approval of the
Administrator; and
f. All vegetation must be planted in accordance with the visibility triangle referenced in the
Visibility at Intersections in all Districts Subsection of the General Provisions Section above.
F. Maintenance and Changes.
1. Landscaping/streetscaping shall be maintained and preserved in accordance with the approved
landscape/streetscape plan. Replacement of landscaping/streetscaping must occur within forty-five
(45) days of notification by the Administrator. Replacement material must be of similar character and
the same or higher point total as the dead or removed landscaping. Failure to replace dead or removed
landscaping, as required by the Administrator, shall constitute a violation of this Section for which the
penalty provision may be invoked.
2. Landscaping/Streetscaping Changes to Existing Sites.
a. If changes constituting twenty-five (25) percent or more of the number of canopy and non-
canopy trees are proposed, a revised landscape/streetscape plan must be submitted for approval
and is required to comply with this Section. Planting must occur pursuant to this approved
landscape/streetscape plan within forty-five (45) days.
b. Revised landscape/streetscape plans shall meet the requirements of the ordinance in effect at
the time of the revised landscape/streetscape plan submittal.
c. The replacement of existing canopy and non-canopy trees must be replaced caliper for caliper, or
as determined by the Administrator.
G. Completion and Extension.
The Administrator shall review all landscaping for completion in accordance with this Section and the
approved landscape/streetscape plan. Landscaping/streetscaping shall be completed in accordance with the
approved plan prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy. However, the applicant may receive an
extension of four (4) months from the date of the certificate of occupancy upon the approval of an
application for extension with a bond or letter of credit in the amount of one hundred fifty (150) percent of
the landscape/streetscape bid, as well as the irrigation required for the project. Failure to complete the
landscaping/streetscaping according to the approved landscape/streetscape plan at the expiration of the
bond or letter of credit shall constitute forfeiting the bond or cashing of the letter of credit. Also, failure to
complete the approved landscaping/streetscaping shall constitute a violation of this UDO.
H. Review and Approval.
Landscape/streetscape plans shall be reviewed and approved by the Administrator.
Page 674 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 61 of 97
I. Parking, Storage, or Display.
No parking, storage, or display of vehicles or merchandise shall be allowed in the required
landscape/streetscape areas or on required parking islands.
J. Alternative Compliance Permitted.
Variations to the requirements of this Section may be approved if the landscape/streetscape plan is sealed
by a registered landscape architect and approved by the Administrator. Such plans must show reasonable
evidence that the requirements as set forth in this Section were used as a guide.
Sec. 7.7. Buffer Requirements.
A. Purpose.
The purpose of buffer requirements, which generally include a buffer yard, plantings, and a fence or wall, is
to provide a visual barrier between different zoning districts and to help mitigate any negative impacts of
adjacent land uses on developed or developing properties. A buffer should visibly separate one (1) use from
another and shield or block noise, glares, or other nuisances.
B. Applicability.
1. Perimeter buffers shall be provided on building plots abutting developed or developing sites in
accordance with the standards of this Section as set forth in the Minimum Buffer Standards Subsection
below. The following shall provide buffers:
a. Vacant sites that develop;
b. Existing sites when additions, expansions, and/or redevelopments equal or are greater than
twenty-five (25) percent of the existing improvements;
c. Existing sites when cumulative additions, expansions, and/or redevelopments total twenty-five
(25) percent or more of the existing improvements;
d. Existing sites when a change of use intensifies the development in terms of elements such as
traffic, processes, noise, water or air pollution, etc.;
e. Existing sites with lawfully established nonconforming uses when the use is expanded; and
f. Sexually oriented businesses.
2. Exceptions to the terms of this Section will be made when:
a. The adjacent developed use is nonconforming;
b. The adjacent developed use is agricultural;
c. The Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map designates the area as a
Redevelopment Area;
d. The property is zoned P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or PDD Planned Development District
and the buffer requirement was determined through the rezoning process;
e. The developing use is a primary or secondary educational facility containing a building with a
Group “E” occupancy as defined in the International Building Code, as adopted;
f. The developing property is in any of the NG Northgate design districts or RDD Redevelopment
District;
g. The required buffer yard is adjacent to FEMA designated one hundred (100) year floodplain or
residential common area, with approval by the Administrator; or
Page 675 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 62 of 97
h. The developing property and all abutting properties are designated Mixed Residential or a more
intense land use on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map, regardless of
existing use or zoning. Unless otherwise excepted, the regulations herein shall apply to
properties at the periphery of the Mixed Residential land use designation.
C. Relationship to Other Landscaping Standards.
All buffer requirements shall be included on a development’s landscaping plan. Landscaping provided to
meet the buffer landscaping standards of this Section may not be counted towards meeting a project’s
landscape point requirements. The area of a site dedicated to a perimeter buffer shall not be included in
calculating a site’s minimum landscaping point requirements.
D. Location.
The buffer shall abut property boundaries shared with less intense uses or zoning districts as set forth in the
Minimum Buffer Standards Subsection below. In the event a property abuts a less intense use and a less
intense zoning district, the less stringent buffer shall be required along the shared boundary.
E. Permitted Uses.
1. A buffer yard may be used for passive recreation or stormwater management. It may contain
pedestrian, bike, or equestrian trails provided that:
a. No plant material is eliminated;
b. The total width of the buffer yard is maintained; and
c. All other regulations of this Section are met.
2. No active recreation area, storage of materials, parking, driveways, or structures, except for approved
pedestrian, bike, or equestrian trails and necessary utility boxes and equipment, shall be located within
the buffer yard.
3. Pedestrian access through a perimeter fence or wall and buffer yard may be provided at the abutting
resident's, owners association's, or the Administrator's option to provide convenient pedestrian access
to non-residential uses such as commercial areas or schools.
F. Minimum Buffer Standards.
The buffer requirements are designed to permit and encourage flexibility in the widths of buffer yards, the
number of plants required in the buffer yard, and opaque screens. Standard buffer requirements are
depicted in the table below. The numbers shown are the required buffer widths.
DEVELOPING USE
(Classification)
ABUTTING PARCEL (a)
(Use least restrictive of the zoning or the developed use.)
Single-Family
Residential (b)
Multi-Family
Residential
Non-Residential (c)
Single-family (b) N/A N/A N/A
Developments in MH Middle Housing 2.5’ for every 5’ of
building height (f)
N/A N/A
Structures with a shared housing use 2.5’ for every 5’ of building height (f) N/A N/A
Multi-family (c) 10’ (f) N/A N/A
Office 10’ (f) N/A N/A
Commercial (e) 15’ (g) 10’ (f) N/A
Industrial 25’ (g) 15’ (g) 5’
Developments in BP Business Park 50’ (g) 15’ (g) 5’
Page 676 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 63 of 97
Developments in BPI Business Park - Industrial 50’ (g) 30’ (g) 10’ (d)
Sexually oriented businesses 50’ (g) 50’ (g) 50’ (g)
Notes:
(a) When an abutting parcel is vacant and zoned R Rural, the Administrator shall use the land use
classification of the property as designated on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character
Map in lieu of the zoning category in determining the buffer requirement.
(b) Includes manufactured homes, mobile homes, manufactured home parks, duplexes in the D Duplex
zoning district, and townhouses in the T Townhouse zoning district.
(c) Includes commercial and other non-residential uses developed in the MF Multi-Family district.
(d) When an abutting parcel is zoned BP Business Park or BPI Business Park Industrial, the buffer width
shall be reduced to five (5) feet.
(e) When a developing parcel is zoned WC Wellborn Commercial and adjacent to a single-family use,
the buffer width shall be twenty (20) feet with a fence.
(f) Shall include a fence.
(g) Shall include a wall.
1. Buffer Yards.
a. Buffer yards shall be measured from the common property line and may be located within
established building setbacks.
b. Where utility or drainage easements or other similar situations exists in the required buffer yard,
the buffer yard may be reduced by the width of the easement; however, an additional five (5)
feet may be required beyond the width of the easement in these situations to allow for the
required plantings and fence or wall. All new plantings and irrigation shall be located outside of
the easement. The Administrator has the discretion to allow a required fence or wall within the
easement.
c. In WC Wellborn Commercial:
1. Required buffer plantings shall be doubled along property lines adjacent to single-family
residential zoning or land use. In lieu of a fence, plantings may be tripled.
2. When adjacent to single-family use, zoning, or designation on the Comprehensive Plan
Future Land Use & Character Map, a buffer wall is required for the length of any adjacent
parking, loading areas, or dumpster uses (including required maneuvering space).
d. In BP Business Park, required buffer plantings shall be doubled along property lines adjacent to
single-family residential zoning or development.
e. In BPI Business Park Industrial, required buffer plantings shall be doubled along property lines
adjacent to any zoning district or use other than BP Business Park or BPI Business Park Industrial.
f. In MF Multi-Family and MU Mixed-Use, buffer yards shall only be required along the perimeter of
the development, unless otherwise exempted in this Section. No buffer yards are required
between uses contained within the development.
2. Plantings.
a. If a fence or wall is not required per the table above, the following plantings shall be installed in
the buffer yard:
Page 677 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 64 of 97
1. A minimum of one (1) five (5) gallon shrub at a minimum of three (3) feet in height per
three (3) linear feet of landscaping buffer; and
2. A minimum of one (1) two (2) inch caliper canopy tree per twenty-five (25) linear feet of
landscape buffer.
b. If a fence or wall is required per the table above, the following plantings shall be installed in the
buffer yard, unless expressly provided for otherwise in this UDO:
1. A minimum of one (1) one and one-fourths (1.25) inch caliper non-canopy tree per fifteen
(15) linear feet of landscaping buffer. The Administrator may allow the substitution of a
minimum of one (1) five (5) gallon shrub at a minimum of three (3) feet in height per three
(3) linear feet of landscaping buffer for the non-canopy tree requirement, or may require
the substitution to mitigate potential negative impacts of a development; and
2. A minimum of one (1) two (2) inch caliper canopy tree per twenty-five (25) linear feet of
landscape buffer.
c. All buffer yard landscaping areas not dedicated to trees or shrubs shall be landscaped with grass,
ground cover, or other appropriate landscape treatment in accordance with the Landscaping and
Tree Protection Section above.
d. Fifty (50) percent of all required shrubs within the buffer yard shall be evergreen.
e. Plant materials shall show a variety of textures, colors, shapes, and other characteristics.
Recommended buffer materials can be found in the Landscape & Streetscape Standards Section
of the City of College Station Site Design Standards or those listed as appropriate for Zone 8 on
the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Hardiness Zone Map.
f. The arrangement of trees and shrubs in the buffer area shall be done in a manner that provides a
visual separation between abutting land uses. Shrubs shall be massed in rows or groups to
achieve the maximum screening effect.
g. Irrigation is required for all new plantings.
h. Existing vegetation may count toward the planting requirement if:
1. The vegetation is in good health and the landscape/streetscape plan verifies that it will
meet the plantings criteria listed above (non-point trees may count towards a natural
buffer); and
2. The vegetation is protected in accordance with the Landscaping and Tree Protection
Section above.
i. Plantings will not be allowed to encroach into a required visibility triangle for a public or private
right-of-way except as set forth in the Visibility at Intersections in all Districts Subsection of the
General Provisions Section above.
3. Fences and Walls.
a. Fences may be solid wood or solid wood accented by masonry, stone, Exterior Insulation and
Finish System (EIFS), or concrete columns. Walls may be masonry, stone, EIFS, concrete, or a
combination of these materials, and shall be finished on both sides (framing not visible). Walls
and masonry columns for fences must meet the footing standards prescribed by the International
Building Code, as adopted, for such structures.
b. Fences and walls shall be a minimum of six (6) feet in height and a maximum of eight (8) feet.
Walls over six (6) feet must obtain a building permit. When the adjacent property and the buffer
Page 678 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 65 of 97
yard are at different elevations, the Administrator may require a greater fence or wall height to
ensure adequate buffering.
c. Fences and walls shall be placed within one (1) foot of the common boundary line when
physically possible. In the event there is a physical constraint that will not allow the construction
of a fence on the common boundary line (including but not limited to the existence of a creek,
access easement, or existing vegetation), the Administrator may authorize an alternative fence
location.
D. Fences or walls will not be allowed to encroach into a required visibility triangle for a public or
private right-of-way.
4. Substitutions.
a. Existing natural vegetation may be used in lieu of plantings and a fence or wall under the
following circumstances:
1. The existing vegetation consists of canopy and non-canopy trees which are shown through
a tree survey to meet the minimum buffer planting requirements (non-point trees may be
considered) and is of sufficient density to provide one hundred (100) percent opacity to a
height of six (6) feet; and
2. The vegetation is protected in accordance with the Landscaping and Tree Protection
Section above.
b. Fences and walls may be substituted with a solid plant or hedge wall that is greater than six (6)
feet in height with approximately one hundred (100) percent opacity. All shrubs planted for a
hedge wall must be a minimum of fifteen (15) gallons each. The solid plant or hedge wall must be
evergreen and may not be counted towards meeting the buffer planting requirement.
c. Fences and walls may be substituted with a landscaped earthen berm if the combination of berm
and landscaping is not less than six (6) feet in height from the elevation at the property line with
approximately one hundred (100) percent opacity. The berm plantings must be evergreen and
may not be counted towards meeting the buffer planting requirement. Berms must be a
minimum of four (4) feet in height with a maximum slope of one (1) foot of height for every three
(3) inches of width. Berms over six (6) feet in height shall have a maximum slope of four (4) feet
of height for every one (1) foot of width as measured from the exterior property line.
d. The required height of fences or walls may be reduced if used in combination with an earthen
berm or a landscaped earthen berm if the height of the screening is six (6) feet from the
elevation at the property line with approximately one hundred (100) percent opacity. The berm
plantings must be evergreen and may not be counted towards meeting the buffer planting
requirement.
e. Walls may be substituted with fences if the required buffer yard area and plantings are doubled.
f. Walls and fences may be omitted if the required buffer yard area and plantings are tripled.
g. Walls and fences may be omitted if two (2) rows of evergreen plantings (minimum six (6) feet in
height at the time of planting) are provided to create a solid screen along the common property
line.
h. Buffer plantings may be reduced by fifty (50) percent if providing a wall where a fence is
required.
G. Maintenance and Replacement.
Page 679 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 66 of 97
1. Upon installation or protection of required landscape materials, appropriate measures shall be taken to
ensure their continued health and maintenance. Required landscape areas and buffers shall be free of
garbage and trash, weeds, pests, and disease. Required plant materials that do not remain healthy shall
be replaced consistently with these provisions.
2. All landscaping materials and/or fences, walls, or berms shall be maintained by the owner(s) of the
property that was required to install such landscaping materials and/or fences, walls, or berms under
this Section.
3. Any canopy tree removed or otherwise destroyed by the willful act or negligence of the property
owner, tenant, or contractor shall be replaced by a tree of the same or larger caliper.
H. Appeals.
1. Appeals of the terms of this Section, with the exception of the Maintenance and Replacement
Subsection above, shall be to the Design Review Board.
2. An appeal shall be made within thirty (30) days of the date of the notification of the decision by filing
with the Administrator a notice of appeal specifying the grounds thereof.
3. The Design Review Board may authorize on appeal alternative buffer standards for a specific property
or a waiver to this Section when such standards or variance will not be contrary to the public interest
where, owing to unique and special conditions not normally found in like areas, strict enforcement of
the provisions of the ordinance by the Administrator would result in unnecessary hardship, and so that
the spirit of this Section shall be observed and substantial justice done.
Sec. 7.8. Solid Waste.
A. Purpose.
It is the purpose of this Section to establish the guidelines for the provision of solid waste collection in all
developments within the City of College Station where curb service will not take place to:
1. Provide for the safe and efficient collection and removal of waste from commercial and residential
developments; and
2. Reduce nuisances associated with waste collection containers.
B. Responsibility.
The City shall make the final determination as to the appropriate collection system; however, it is the
responsibility of the developer to ascertain the appropriateness of the proposed collection system. Staff will
endeavor to accommodate applicants to the extent equipment, efficiency, and policy allow.
C. Guidelines.
The following minimum standards shall be met:
1. Dumpster screens should be located outside of utility and drainage easements. Property owners with
dumpster screens located within utility easements are hereby warned that they will be responsible for
the replacement of the screens if it becomes necessary to remove them for utility construction and/or
maintenance.
2. Multi-family developments and multiplexes in the MH Middle Housing district shall provide the
required pad and screening for one (1) eight (8) -yard dumpster per thirty-two (32) bedrooms.
3. Townhomes with five (5) or more attached units not served by approved, accessible alleys shall provide
the required pad and screening for one (1) eight (8) yard dumpster per thirty-two (32) bedrooms.
Page 680 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 67 of 97
4. The interior clearance (inside the screen) dimensions for a single three hundred (300) gallon container
enclosure shall be ten (10) feet deep by ten (10) feet wide.
5. The interior clearance (inside the screen) dimensions for a single (one (1) eight (8) yard) dumpster
enclosure shall be twelve (12) feet deep by twelve (12) feet wide.
6. The interior clearance (inside the screen) dimensions for a double (two (2) eight (8) yard) dumpster
enclosure shall be twelve (12) feet deep by twenty-four (24) feet wide.
7. Bollards and other such devices are highly recommended but shall not be set within the minimum
width dimensions noted above.
8. All required containers and dumpster pads shall be constructed of six (6) inches of steel-reinforced
concrete.
9. All required containers and dumpsters shall be screened by means of an approved six (6) foot-high
opaque device on a minimum of three (3) sides. Depending on visibility to pedestrian and vehicular
traffic, a gate may be required for all enclosures except three hundred (300) gallon side-loading
automated containers. Gates shall have a minimum width of twelve (12) feet when open, shall swing
one hundred eighty (180) degrees from the closed position, and shall utilize a positive-locking
mechanism while in the open position. Three hundred (300) gallon side-loading automated container
enclosures shall be open on the side, facing the collection point. The open side cannot be facing the
public right-of-way. Plant materials may be used to supplement the required screening. Materials may
be dictated by the terms of a conditional use permit or the Design Review Board.
10. The ingress, egress, and approach to all dumpster pads shall conform to the fire lane requirements.
11. In SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial, consolidated solid waste service is required
and shall be located furthest from single-family use or zoning. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it may be
located adjacent to single-family if a buffer wall is used.
12. In BP Business Park, consolidated solid waste service is required and shall be located furthest from
single-family use or zoning.
Sec. 7.9. Flood Hazard Protection.
A. Any reference to this Section shall also apply to the Flood Hazard Protection Article of Chapter 105, Floods of
the City of College Station Code of Ordinances.
B. Detention Pond Aesthetic Design.
Detention ponds should be treated as aesthetic site amenities, adding quality and depth to the visual
environment of the site. Therefore, the detention pond area shall be integrated into the overall landscaping
design of the site by reasonably dispersing the required landscaping points.
1. Unless the landscape plan is sealed by a landscape architect and approved by the Administrator, only
plantings designated as High Water Usage/Detention Pond Appropriate in the Landscape & Streetscape
Standards Section of the City of College Station Site Design Standards may be used in a detention area.
2. Variations to the requirements of this Section may be approved if the development project is
employing Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) development standards, using
stormwater management to acquire LEED points. The project must be LEED certifiable (it does not have
to be registered as a LEED project but must be eligible for certification), be sealed by a landscape
architect, and show reasonable evidence that the requirements as set forth in this Section were used
as a guide.
Page 681 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 68 of 97
Sec. 7.10. Non-Residential Architectural Standards.
A. Purpose.
The intent of the design standards provided in and related to this Section are to:
1. Protect and enhance the character and quality of non-residential buildings and associated site
elements in the interest of the general welfare of College Station;
2. Establish minimum design parameters for the appearance of non-residential buildings including
heightened standards for more visible and prominent areas of the community;
3. Not limit architectural creativity or prescribe a specific architectural style; and
4. Provide a balance between the community's economic and aesthetic concerns.
B. Applicability.
Except as expressly set forth otherwise herein, the design standards of this Section shall apply to
development, redevelopment, and façade changes to all non-residential buildings including single-tenant
buildings, multiple-tenant buildings, and any grouping of attached or stand-alone buildings and associated
pad sites.
The portions of structures containing non-residential uses located in the MF Multi-Family zoning district shall
comply with this Section.
The following are exempt from this Section:
1. Buildings internal to the BP Business Park zoning district. Any building located within BP Business Park
districts is required to comply with this Section if it is along the periphery of the zoning district. All
other interior buildings located within BP Business Park districts are exempt from this Section.
2. Districts. Uses located within the following districts are exempt from this Section: BPI Business Park
Industrial, M-1 Light Industrial, M-2 Heavy Industrial, R&D Research & Development, NG-1 Core
Northgate, NG-2 Transitional Northgate, and NG-3 Residential Northgate.
3. Uses. The following uses are exempt from this Section: places of worship, primary and secondary
educational facilities, municipal industrial facilities, and private utility buildings that are screened from
public or private rights-of-way and adjacent properties.
4. Freestanding structures such as pavilions, canopies, gazebos, automated teller machines, etc. that are
unenclosed buildings and do not have walls. Unenclosed structures that are attached or functionally
appear as part of an enclosed building are to be integrated with and meet the requirements associated
with the building.
C. Standards for Non-Residential Structures.
1. General Standards.
a. A side or rear façade of a building shall not be considered visible from a public right-of-way or
public way if it is located more than four hundred (400) feet away.
b. A façade is considered facing a public right-of-way, private access easement, or public way when
an imaginary plane could be extended unobstructed by a wall or structure in the building plot
from at least twenty-five (25) percent of the façade into the public right-of-way, private right-of-
way, or public way adjacent to the building plot, as illustrated below.
Page 682 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 69 of 97
How to Determine Facing
2. Required Screening.
For all properties zoned SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial, the following
screening requirements apply:
a. All mechanical equipment shall be screened from view or located so as not to be visible from any
public right-of-way, public way, or residential district when viewed within one hundred fifty (150)
feet of the perimeter boundary of the subject lot or tract, measured from a height five (5) feet
above grade. Such screening shall be coordinated with the building architecture, materials,
colors, and scale to maintain a unified appearance. Acceptable methods of screening include
encasement, parapet walls, partition screens, and brick/stone/masonry walls or fences. Electrical
panel boxes attached to the side of a building that are painted to match the building color do not
require additional screening.
b. Roof-mounted mechanical equipment shall be screened from any right-of-way, public way, or adjacent property by either the roof itself (including within a cut-out) or by a false roof element
(i.e., chimney, cupola). Components of a mechanical equipment system, such as vents or exhaust
pipes, protruding from the roof that are no larger than twelve (12) inches in diameter nor
exceeding the height of the roof line are not required to be screened but must be painted to
match the roof color.
3. Building Mass and Design.
a. Horizontal Façade Articulation.
1) Façade articulation (wall plane projections or recessions) is required on the first two (2)
stories of any primary façade that exceeds two hundred (200) feet in horizontal length. No
more than thirty-three (33) percent of any primary façade shall be on the same continuous
geometric plane. Wall plane projections or recessions shall have a minimum depth of four
(4) feet.
2) For all properties zoned SC Suburban Commercial, primary façades on buildings over eight
thousand (8,000) square feet shall have an articulation of a minimum four (4) foot depth
within each fifty (50) foot section of façade.
Page 683 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 70 of 97
3) For all properties zoned MU Mixed-Use, the vertical wall plane of any façade visible from
the public right-of-way, street, or public way shall project and/or recess by a minimum of
two (2) feet so that no more than sixty-six (66) percent of the façade is on the same plane.
b. Building Entry Design.
1) To provide a sense of arrival and shelter, public building entrances are to feature a
protected entry through the use of an awning, canopy, porte-cochere, recessed entry, or
another similar architectural element.
2) Buildings that have multiple ground floor tenants or multiple primary building entrances
shall have all entrances treated architecturally.
3) For all properties zoned WC Wellborn Commercial, the following additional standards shall
apply:
a) All buildings shall be required to provide a covered front porch along the full length
of the public entry façade, projecting a minimum of four (4) feet from the face of the
building.
b) All buildings that have frontage on Wellborn Road and/or Live Oak Street, shall have
a public entry facing both rights-of-way.
c) In cases where more than two (2) facades require a public entrance, the
administrator may determine which two (2) facades require entrances.
c. Architectural Relief.
1) To provide visual interest, the first two (2) stories of any primary façade or façade visible
from a public right-of-way or public way shall use at least one (1) architectural relief
element for every twenty-five (25) horizontal feet, or part thereof, of façade length.
2) Façades requiring architectural relief shall provide a minimum of two (2) different types of
relief elements per façade.
3) To avoid monotony, no more than fifty (50) percent of the required minimum number of
elements on a façade may consist of the same type of relief element.
4) The design elements may be grouped or spaced as needed along the façade, though in no
case shall more than seventy-five (75) feet of continuous horizontal length be void of a
relief element.
5) Design elements used to meet architectural relief must have a functional architectural
purpose. For example, awnings may not be located over faux windows or a wall area that
does not have an opening.
6) A relief element counted to meet the requirement of one (1) façade may not also be
counted toward another façade.
7) Architectural relief is not required for façades, or parts of a façade, that are within fifteen
(15) feet of another building that screens the façade.
8) Accessory buildings to a primary use, where each façade is equal to or less than twenty-five
(25) horizontal feet in length or the perimeter of all façades is less than one hundred (100)
horizontal feet in length, and where each façade incorporates the same building materials
and colors as the primary structure, are not required to provide architectural relief
elements.
Page 684 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 71 of 97
9) Architectural relief elements may be added to a non-conforming façade of an existing
building subject to the following limitation: if more than fifty (50) percent of the required
number of elements on a façade are added, removed, or altered, including on a cumulative
basis, the façade must be brought into compliance for architectural relief.
10) For all applicable properties other than those located in SC Suburban Commercial, WC
Wellborn Commercial, and MU Mixed-Use districts, the following types of architectural
relief may be utilized to meet the requirements of this Section:
a) Canopies, permanent decorative awnings, or windows accompanied by overhangs
that exceed eighteen (18) inches;
b) Wall plane projections or recessions with a minimum of four (4) foot depth;
c) Pilasters that project from a wall at least four (4) inches or columns;
d) Roofline articulation as described below may count as one (1) element for a façade if
it is used on a façade where the articulation is not already required;
e) A well-defined cornice or other architectural termination to visually cap the building
along a parapet may count as one (1) element for a façade if it is used on a façade
where this feature is not already required;
f) Recessed entries, stoops, porches, or arcades;
g) Balconies that extend from the building;
h) Boxed or bay windows;
i) Decorative stormwater management initiatives physically integrated with the
building, as approved by the Administrator; or
j) Other architectural relief elements that provide visual interest to the affected façade
and are of a physical scale to possess architectural significance may be approved by
the Administrator.
11) For all properties zoned SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial, the
following types of architectural relief may be utilized to meet the requirements of this
Section:
a) Decorative or functional window shutters;
b) Covered front porch extending along at least fifty (50) percent of the building façade
and projecting a minimum of four (4) feet from the face of the building if used on a
façade where this feature is not already required;
c) Eaves over eighteen (18) inches, if used on a façade that does not have a covered
front porch;
d) Window planter boxes;
e) Window canopy;
f) Dormers;
g) Transom windows;
h) Decorative façade lighting;
i) Chimneys or cupolas;
j) Cross gables;
Page 685 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 72 of 97
k) Entry portico;
l) Horizontal articulation with a minimum depth of four (4) feet for WC Wellborn
Commercial only;
m) Canopies, permanent decorative awnings, or windows accompanied by overhangs
that exceed eighteen (18) inches for SC Suburban Commercial zoning only;
n) Pitched roof or peaked parapet roof if it gives the appearance of a pitched roof from
all sides and has a minimum roof slope of four inches over twelve inches (4/12) for SC
Suburban Commercial zoning only; or
o) Other architectural relief elements that provide visual interest to the affected façade
and are of a physical scale to possess architectural significance as may be approved
by the Administrator.
12) For all properties zoned MU Mixed-Use, the following types of architectural relief may be
utilized to meet the requirements of this Section:
a) Canopies or permanent decorative awnings;
b) Wall plane projections or recessions with a minimum of four (4) foot depth;
c) Pilasters that project from a wall at least four (4) inches or columns;
d) Recessed entries, stoops, porches, or arcades;
e) Balconies that extend from the building;
f) Boxed or bay/oriel windows;
g) Hood/drip molding over windows;
h) Cornices, corbelling, quoining, or stringcourses;
i) Decorative or functional window shutters;
j) Window planter boxes;
k) Transom windows;
l) Decorative façade lighting;
m) Chimneys or cupolas; or
n) Other architectural relief elements that provide visual interest to the affected façade
and are of a physical scale to possess architectural significance may be approved by
the Administrator.
d. Other Mass and Design Requirements.
1) For all properties zoned SC Suburban Commercial, the gross floor area of a single structure
shall not exceed fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet in area.
2) For all properties zoned WC Wellborn Commercial, the gross floor area of a single structure
shall not exceed ten thousand (10,000) square feet in area.
3) For all properties zoned MU Mixed-Use:
a) The ground floor shall have a minimum floor-to-ceiling height of twelve (12) feet.
Page 686 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 73 of 97
b) The commercial portions of any façade facing a public right-of-way, street, or public
way shall be at least thirty (30) percent transparent between zero (0) feet and eight
(8) feet above ground level.
c) Public entry is required on all façades facing a public right-of-way, street, or public
way. In the event more than two (2) façades require a public entrance, the
Administrator may determine which two (2) façades require entrances. The
Administrator may also forward the question to the Design Review Board for any
reason.
d) Loading docks, overhead doors, and service entries shall not be located on a façade
facing a public right-of-way, street, or public way. In the case that more than two (2)
façades face a public right-of-way, street, or public way, the Administrator shall
determine the most appropriate façade for such activities.
e. Roof and Roofline Design.
1) On buildings three (3) stories or less, the horizontal line of a flat roof or parapet along a
primary entrance façade, along any façade facing a public right-of-way of a street classified
as a minor arterial or higher on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context
Class Map, and on all façades visible from a public right-of-way for properties that are
zoned MU Mixed Use, shall vary by a minimum of two (2) feet up or down so that no more
than sixty-six (66) percent of the roofline is on the same elevation, as represented below.
Roofline Design Standards
2) For all rooflines that are required to articulate as described above, the parapet roof line
shall feature a well-defined cornice or other architectural termination to visually cap the
building along the roofline.
3) For all properties zoned WC Wellborn Commercial, roofs shall be similar to residential roof
types. Flat roofs are not permitted. Shed roofs are only permitted as part of a peaked roof
network. A peaked parapet is permitted if it gives the appearance of a pitched roof from all
sides. The roof slope must be a maximum of eight inches over twelve inches (8/12) and a
minimum of four inches over twelve inches (4/12).
f. Building Materials.
1. The following minimum amount of fired brick, natural stone, marble, granite, or any
concrete product so long as it has an integrated color and is textured or patterned (not
aggregate material) to simulate brick, stone, marble, or granite shall be provided:
1. A minimum of ten (10) percent on any façade visible from a public right-of-way or
public way;
2. A minimum of twenty (20) percent on primary entrance façades (single or multiple
tenant building) that exceed two hundred (200) feet in horizontal length;
Page 687 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 74 of 97
3. A minimum of twenty (20) percent on any façade facing a public right-of-way of a
street classified as a major collector on the Comprehensive Plan Functional
Classification & Context Class Map; and
4. A minimum of thirty (30) percent on any façade facing a public right-of-way of a
street classified as a minor arterial or higher on the Comprehensive Plan Functional
Classification & Context Class Map.
b. Building materials used to meet the minimum material requirements as provided above
may not be painted.
c. The following building materials are allowed on all façades subject to the following
limitations:
1. Stucco, Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS), high build textured paint on
concrete to simulate the appearance of stucco, split-face concrete masonry that does
not simulate brick or stone, fiber cement siding, reflective glass, or any material
equivalent in appearance and quality as determined by the Design Review Board,
shall not cover more than seventy-five (75) percent of any façade.
2. Wood or cedar siding, stainless steel, chrome, standing seam metal, premium grade
architectural metal, or architecturally finished metal panels (not corrugated metal)
shall not cover more than thirty (30) percent of any façade.
3. Tile or smooth face tinted concrete blocks shall only be used as an accent and shall
not cover more than ten (10) percent of any façade.
4. Painted metal panel siding is allowed without limitation on a rear façade of a building
when the façade is not visible from a right-of-way, parkland, greenway, or any
residential area.
5. Galvanized steel and painted steel are allowed on doors, including roll-up doors.
6. Metal, standing seam metal, architectural metal or steel may be used as a roof and or
canopy/awnings with no limitation on percentage.
7. In WC Wellborn Commercial wood or cedar siding shall be allowed but not cover
more than seventy-five (75) percent of any façade and reflective glass shall not cover
more than thirty (30) percent of any façade.
d. When determining the area of a façade, doors, windows, and other openings are included
and roof area is not included.
e. Existing buildings may continue to utilize materials other than those listed provided that
any material replacement is for maintenance purposes only and the existing material is
continued. Any material change or replacement of more than fifty (50) percent of the total
area of a façade, including on a cumulative basis, shall require that all building materials be
brought into compliance on that façade.
f. All architectural submittals shall provide elevation drawings for each façade and a material
legend (see sample below) for each façade.
SAMPLE LEGEND
USE OF MATERIALS ON FAÇADE 'A'
Total Square Footage of Façade 'A': 10,000 SF
Materials Façade Area in Square Feet Percent of Facade
Stucco 2,000 SF 20%
Page 688 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 75 of 97
Brick 5,000 SF 50%
Doors and Windows 3,000 SF 30%
D. Alternative Compliance Permitted.
The Design Review Board may authorize variation to the overall requirements of this Section through an
application from a licensed architect for an alternative compliance approval that would allow the innovative
or visually interesting design or to address unique circumstances not otherwise permitted through strict
adherence to this Section. Such requests must show reasonable evidence that the purposes of the
requirements as set forth in this Section were maintained and that the additional design flexibility afforded
does not provide a means to permit the design of lesser quality.
E. Waivers and Appeals.
The Design Review Board shall review requests for deviations from this Section. The Design Review Board
shall approve waivers or appeals found meeting the intent and general purposes of the standards as it is
recognized that unique and unforeseen design circumstances exist in the application of the standards.
Financial hardship may not be considered in the review or determination of a waiver proposal.
The Design Review Board may review and approve the following:
1. Substitutions of building materials if the applicant shows that:
a. The building material is a new or innovative material manufactured that has not been previously
available to the market or the material is not listed as an allowed or prohibited material herein;
b. The material is similar and comparable in quality and appearance to the materials allowed in this
Section; or
c. The material is an integral part of a themed building (example 50's diner in chrome).
2. Alternate materials on each façade if the applicant shows that:
a. The applicant is a franchised and/or chain commercial use to be developed as a single detached
building (not integrated into a multi-tenant building);
b. The proposed materials are part of its corporate branding; and
c. The applicant provides all of the alternative materials schemes the chain or franchise has used.
3. Alternative materials on façade work that does not involve an expansion of an existing building as
defined in Article 9, Nonconformities of this UDO or constitute redevelopment if the applicant shows
that:
a. The materials allowed in this Section cannot be utilized without a structural alteration(s) to the
existing building; and
b. A licensed professional engineer or architect verifies in writing that a structural alteration is
required to apply the permitted façade materials to the building.
4. Alternatives to the options for required screening of mechanical equipment.
5. Alternatives to the design elements available to provide architectural relief.
6. Relief from the building orientation and access for buildings in MU Mixed-Use districts when physical
characteristics limit the site or provide unique orientation and access opportunities.
Page 689 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 76 of 97
7. Reduction in the percentage of required building transparency for the rehabilitation or expansion of
existing buildings in MU Mixed-Use districts if it can be proven by the applicant that inherent site
characteristics constrain the proposed project from meeting the transparency requirement.
8. A variance of up to one hundred (100) percent from the façade articulation or roofline standards
herein if the applicant shows that it is not financially or structurally feasible.
F. Submittal Requirements.
When the non-residential architectural standards are applicable, submitted building elevations shall include
the following:
1. Scaled building elevations for each façade, depicting the required architectural relief and other design
elements.
2. Accurate building footprint(s) and general orientation of the building façades in relation to adjacent
rights-of-way, public ways, and properties.
Sec. 7.11. Outdoor Lighting Standards.
It is recognized that no design can eliminate all ambient light from being reflected or otherwise visible from any
given development; however, the following requirements shall be followed to the fullest extent possible to limit
nuisances associated with lighting and resulting glare.
A. Applicability.
All lighting within developments shall meet the requirements of this Section, except that single-family,
duplexes, townhouses, primary and secondary educational facilities containing a building with a Group "E"
occupancy as defined in the International Building Code, athletic fields, and lighting not visible from the
perimeter of development are exempted.
B. Site Lighting Design Requirements.
1. Fixture (luminaire).
The light source shall not project below an opaque housing. No fixture shall directly project light
horizontally.
2. Light Source (lamp).
Only incandescent, florescent, metal halide, mercury vapor, or color-corrected high-pressure sodium
may be used. The same type must be used for the same or similar types of lighting on each site
throughout any master-planned development.
3. Mounting.
Fixtures shall be mounted in such a manner that the projected cone of light does not cross any
property line.
C. Specific Lighting Requirements.
The following specific lighting requirements apply:
1. Façade and flagpole lighting must be directed only toward the façade or flag and shall not interfere
with the night visibility on nearby thoroughfares or shine directly at any adjacent residential use.
2. All lighting fixtures incorporated into non-enclosed structures (i.e., gas pump canopies, car washes,
etc.) shall be fully recessed into the underside of such structures.
Page 690 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 77 of 97
3. For properties zoned SC Suburban Commercial, site and building lighting may not be located within
required buffer areas or within required building setbacks adjacent to single-family use or zoning
district, except when pedestrian walkways or trails are provided.
4. For properties zoned SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial, site and parking lot
lighting fixtures may not exceed the eave height of the building to which they principally relate, with a
maximum height limit of twenty (20) feet.
5. For properties zoned BP Business Park, site and parking lot lighting fixtures may not exceed the height
of the building to which they principally relate, with a maximum height limit of twenty (20) feet.
Sec. 7.12. Outdoor Storage and Display.
A. General.
Outdoor storage and display is allowed in non-residential districts in accordance with this Section. Any
merchandise, material, or equipment situated outdoors and visible from the public right-of-way or adjacent
properties shall be subject to the requirements of this Section. No outdoor storage or display shall be
allowed to occur in required parking areas. For the purpose of this Section, outdoor storage, display, and
sales shall be broken down into the four (4) categories listed below.
B. Categories of Outdoor Storage and Display.
Page 691 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 78 of 97
1. Outdoor Display.
Outdoor display is the display of items actively for sale or rent. Outdoor display shall be allowed
adjacent to a principal building wall and extending to a distance no greater than five (5) feet from the
wall. In lieu of this requirement, a business may obtain site plan approval for outdoor display areas
adjacent to the principal building's public entry façade. Such areas shall not exceed ten (10) percent of
the total gross floor area of the principal structure or two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet,
whichever is less. Such storage shall not be permitted to block windows, entrances, or exits, and shall
not restrict pedestrian or vehicular circulation, access, or parking.
2. Permanent Outdoor Sales Areas.
Merchandise may be stored or displayed on-site for sale to customers. Permanent outdoor sales areas
shall be enclosed by a minimum six (6) foot screen or wall. Such areas shall not exceed two thousand
five hundred (2,500) square feet or ten (10) percent of the total site area, whichever is less. Permanent
outdoor sales areas must comply with district setback requirements. Such areas may not interfere with
parking or parking lot requirements. Permanent areas open to the public for the display and/or sale of
merchandise shall be shown on a site plan and will be included in parking requirement calculations.
3. Temporary Outdoor Sales and Storage.
Temporary outdoor sales areas, including sales tents, may be displayed for a two (2) week period in a
calendar year. Such areas shall be clearly defined and shall not interfere with parking lot requirements.
Christmas trees may be displayed for sale from November 15 to December 31.
4. General Outdoor Storage.
Outdoor storage consists of all remaining forms of outdoor storage not classified above. Outdoor
storage that is visible to the public right-of-way or adjacent properties is allowed so long as it is
completely screened from view outside the site by a solid wall or fence at least six (6) feet in height.
Except for developments in the M-2 Heavy Industrial district, outdoor storage shall not exceed the
height of the required screening. Outdoor storage shall not be allowed within a required front setback.
C. Exceptions.
1. Vehicles for sale as part of a properly permitted vehicle sales use (including boats and manufactured
housing) shall not be considered merchandise, material, or equipment subject to the restrictions of this
Section. Such vehicles shall be located and displayed on a paved area that meets parking lot pavement
standards and shall be screened under the same requirements for a parking lot.
2. Waste generated on-site and deposited in ordinary refuse containers shall not be considered outdoor
display or storage.
D. Location of Outdoor Storage and Display.
Unless specifically authorized elsewhere in the City of College Station Code of Ordinances, all outdoor
storage, display, and sales shall be located outside the public right-of-way and must adhere to the required
district setbacks.
Sec. 7.13. Traffic Impact Analyses.
This Section establishes requirements and procedures pertaining to traffic impact analyses. This Section is
intended to inform the applicant of the City's expectations to ensure safe and adequate access to development
properties, adequate traffic flow on existing and proposed/planned roadways, and sufficient connectivity of the
existing and proposed/planned roadway system attributable to their proposal. In addition, this Section is intended
Page 692 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 79 of 97
to expedite the City's review of traffic impact analysis reports, provide standard criteria for evaluating proposals,
and identify some potential mitigation measures.
The traffic impact analysis is intended to form the basis for the design of any proposed access/roadway system to
ensure coordination of the proposed land use with the transportation needs resulting therefrom. The City and the
developer share the responsibility to identify and solve transportation issues arising from land development.
The City requires that traffic impact analyses accompany certain zoning applications, certain preliminary plan
applications, and certain site plan applications. It is intended that any traffic impact analysis required for any type
of land development proposal will complement the overall goal of ensuring that adequate transportation facilities
are in place to serve land uses by the time those uses are occupied and generating traffic. These purposes are
further amplified below.
A. Purpose.
1. Zoning Traffic Impact Analysis.
The goal of a traffic impact analysis submitted in conjunction with a zoning request is to determine the
effect that uses allowed within various proposed zones will have on existing and/or any
proposed/planned roadway systems, and to ensure there is a balance between future land uses and
future transportation systems. Zoning applications that are required to have a traffic impact analysis
are evaluated using both current and long-term traffic and roadway scenarios.
The traffic impact analysis will determine whether acceptable levels of service will be maintained for
traffic flow within the proposed project and in its study area. Where service levels fall below
acceptable standards, mitigation solutions will be analyzed for their effectiveness. A traffic impact
analysis for a zoning request should not recommend mitigation measures that are inconsistent with
any traffic or roadway provisions of the UDO or the Comprehensive Plan, including the Thoroughfare
Plan. The Planning and Zoning Commission and the City Council shall consider the findings of the traffic
impact analysis in approving or disapproving zoning changes to the extent allowed by law.
2. Preliminary Plan Traffic Impact Analysis.
The goal of a traffic impact analysis submitted in conjunction with a preliminary plan is twofold: to
assess the adequacy and safety of proposed access to adjacent existing or planned roadways (or
designs proposed for such access or roadways) and to determine the effects the proposed project may
have on current and future land development and roadway systems in its study area. Generally, the
traffic impact analysis uses current and anticipated near-term traffic volumes and roadway
configurations for the analysis. The process should ensure that the roadway system is, or will be,
adequate to accommodate the proposed use and that safe and adequate access will be provided for
travel between the site and the public roadway system.
Where the traffic impact analysis shows levels of service falling below acceptable minimums on
roadway systems in its study area the traffic impact analysis will recommend appropriate mitigation
measures and demonstrate their effectiveness. Example mitigation techniques may include
adding/lengthening deceleration/turn lanes, improving driveway access, providing connectivity, and
modifying traffic control devices. Combinations of these techniques and other techniques can be
considered. A traffic impact analysis for a preliminary plan should not recommend mitigation measures
that are inconsistent with any traffic or roadway provisions of the UDO or the Comprehensive Plan,
including the Thoroughfare Plan. The Planning and Zoning Commission shall consider the findings of
the traffic impact analysis in approving or disapproving preliminary plans to the extent allowed by law.
3. Site Plan Traffic Impact Analysis.
The goal of a traffic impact analysis submitted in conjunction with a site plan is twofold: to assess the
adequacy and safety of proposed access to adjacent existing or planned roadways (or designs proposed
Page 693 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 80 of 97
for such access or roadways) and to determine the effects the site project may have on current and
future land development and roadway systems in its study area. Generally, the traffic impact analysis
uses current and anticipated near-term traffic volumes and roadway configurations for the analysis.
The process should ensure that the roadway system is, or will be, adequate to accommodate the
proposed use and that safe and adequate access will be provided for travel between the site and the
public roadway system.
Where the traffic impact analysis shows levels of service falling below acceptable minimums on
roadway systems in its study area the traffic impact analysis will recommend appropriate mitigation
measures and demonstrate their effectiveness. Example mitigation techniques may include
adding/lengthening deceleration/turn lanes, improving driveway access, providing connectivity, and
modifying traffic control devices. Combinations of these techniques and other techniques can be
considered. A traffic impact analysis for a site plan should not recommend mitigation measures that
are inconsistent with any traffic or roadway provisions of the UDO or the Comprehensive Plan,
including the Thoroughfare Plan. The Planning and Zoning Commission shall consider the findings of
the traffic impact analysis in approving or disapproving site plans to the extent allowed by law.
B. Definitions.
1. Trip Generation Rates.
Trip generation rates are used to estimate the amount of vehicular traffic generated by proposed
rezoning or a proposed site plan. For zoning and preliminary plan traffic impact analyses, these rates
are shown by zoning district in the table below. Preliminary plan trip generation rates should be based
on the underlying zoning district. Site plan traffic impact analyses shall use rates set forth in the latest
edition of the Trip Generation Report published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE)
unless said report does not adequately address the type or intensity of the proposed land use. In this
event, the applicant or their agent shall submit projected vehicle trips to the Administrator. For land
uses adequately represented in said report, alternate trip generation rates shall not be accepted.
Trip Generation Rates for Residential Zoning Districts
Zoning
Classification
Maximum
Units/Acre
ITE Land Use Code Trip Rate/Unit Trip Rate/Acre
R 0.33 210 1 0.33
WE 0.5 210 1 0.5
E 1 210 1 1
WRS 2 210 1 2
RS 4 210 1 4
GS 8 210 1 8
D 12 230 0.52 6.24
T 14 230 0.52 7.28
MH 24 230 0.52 12.48
MF 30 220 0.62 18.6
MU Determined by Administrator
MHP Determined by Administrator
P-MUD Determined by Administrator
Trip Generation Rates for Non-Residential Zoning Districts
Zoning
Classification
Maximum
Building Area/Acre*
ITE Land Use Code Trip Rate/1,000 SF Trip Rate/Acre
O 16,000 SF 710 1.55 25
Page 694 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 81 of 97
SC 11,000 SF 820 3.75 40
WC 11,000 SF 820 3.75 40
GC 13,500 SF 820 3.75 50
CI 16,000 SF 710 1.55 25
BP N/A 130 0.85 8.85
BPI N/A 770 1.43 19
CU Determined by Administrator
PDD Determined by Administrator
* Density maximum calculated based on existing (2007) developments in the City of College Station.
Trip Generation Rates for Retired Zoning Districts
Zoning
Classification
Maximum Units or
Building Area/Acre*
ITE Land Use Code Trip Rate/1,000 SF Trip Rate/Acre
R-4 20 220 0.62 12.4
R-6 30 220 0.62 18.6
C-3 11,000 SF 820 3.75 40
R&D N/A 760 N/A 16.8
M-1 N/A 110 N/A 7.5
M-2 N/A 120 N/A 2.2
* Density maximum calculated based on existing (2007) developments in the City of College Station.
2. Design Year.
The design year is the point in time upon which assumptions pertaining to land use, population,
employment, and transportation facilities are based. All traffic impact analyses shall use a design year
based on the expected date of project occupancy and shall include consideration of nearby
development that has been approved and will contribute traffic volume to the proposed project's
study area.
3. Peak Periods.
Peak periods relate to times of day experiencing the greatest hourly traffic flow rates. Two (2) "peaks"
are to be addressed by a traffic impact analysis: The morning and afternoon peak hours (or projected
peak hours) of existing (or planned) roadways serving the proposed land development. Typically,
roadway peak periods are between 7:00 and 9:00 a.m. and between 4:00 and 6:00 p.m.
4. Base Volumes.
Base volumes shall be based on current traffic counts adjusted to the expected date of project
occupancy plus volumes generated by nearby future development (all phases) that has been approved
by the City. When available, base data will be supplied by the City Traffic Engineer. In all cases where
traffic counts are needed and are not available, the developer or their agent shall be required to collect
such data according to guidelines approved by the Administrator.
5. Level of Service.
Level of service is a measure of the extent of congestion experienced on roadways. It is measured
through analysis of traffic operating conditions on roadway links and at intersections, using techniques
presented in the latest edition of the Transportation Research Board's Highway Capacity Manual.
C. Applicability.
Page 695 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 82 of 97
1. Zoning Traffic Impact Analysis.
Any zoning request, except for certain redevelopment areas as designated on the Comprehensive Plan
Future Land Use & Character Map, which is expected to generate at least one hundred fifty (150)
vehicle trips during any peak hour period requires a traffic impact analysis. Where the Comprehensive
Plan designates a property as a redevelopment area, a traffic impact analysis is required if the zoning
request is expected to generate at least one hundred fifty (150) vehicle trips during any peak hour
period more than those generated by the currently approved use(s) on the property. A zoning request
involving multiple zoning districts is required to have a traffic impact analysis based on the total traffic
generated for all the proposed districts. A traffic impact analysis may be required for a zoning request
that generates less than one hundred fifty (150) trips in the peak hour, where the peaking
characteristics could have a detrimental impact on the transportation system as determined by the
Administrator.
A traffic impact analysis shall be required unless the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the
Administrator that a traffic impact analysis is not necessary for the proposed rezoning request. In cases
where a traffic impact analysis is required, the rezoning application will be considered incomplete until
the traffic impact analysis is submitted.
2. Preliminary Plan Traffic Impact Analysis.
Any proposed development requiring preliminary plan approval, which is expected to generate at least
one hundred fifty (150) trips in any peak hour period requires a traffic impact analysis. A traffic impact
analysis may be required for preliminary plans that generate less than one hundred fifty (150) trips in
any peak hour period where the peaking characteristics could have a detrimental impact on the area's
vehicular transportation system as determined by the Administrator.
A traffic impact analysis shall be required unless the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the
Administrator that a traffic impact analysis is not necessary for the proposed project. In cases where a
traffic impact analysis is required, the preliminary plan application must be accompanied by the traffic
impact analysis.
3. Site Plan Traffic Impact Analysis.
Any proposed development requiring site plan approval, excluding developments located in the zoning
classifications of NG-1 Core Northgate, NG-2 Transitional Northgate, or NG-3 Residential Northgate,
which is expected to generate at least one hundred fifty (150) trips in any peak hour period requires a
traffic impact analysis. A traffic impact analysis may be required for site plans that generate less than
one hundred fifty (150) trips in any peak hour period where the peaking characteristics could have a
detrimental impact on the area's vehicular transportation system as determined by the Administrator.
A traffic impact analysis shall be required unless the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the
Administrator that a traffic impact analysis is not necessary for the proposed site project. In cases
where a traffic impact analysis is required, the site plan application must be accompanied by the traffic
impact analysis.
D. Methodology.
1. Professional Engineer to Perform Traffic Impact Analysis.
All required traffic impact analyses shall be performed by a professional engineer licensed in the State
of Texas and qualified to perform such analysis. Qualifications may include but are not limited to
certification as a Professional Traffic Operations Engineer or Professional Transportation Planner by the
Institute of Transportation Engineers or certification by the Texas Department of Transportation
(TxDOT) to conduct traffic engineering studies.
2. Pre-Submittal Meeting.
Page 696 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 83 of 97
A pre-submission consultation with the Administrator is required at the time of the pre-application
conference to discuss whether a traffic impact analysis is required and, if so, the relevant aspects
thereof. The study area will be defined to include nearby land developments (existing or approved), the
street network to be examined (the study network), and the minimum extent of analysis. In addition,
details of the procedures, assumptions, data collection, and analysis methodologies will be determined
at this meeting. Traffic from other nearby developments that have been approved but not yet
constructed will be accounted for in the traffic impact analysis as determined by the Administrator. The
Administrator may require other specific assumptions such as the percentage of trucks to match local
conditions. The City may require analysis of peak fifteen (15) minute intervals for certain types of land
uses that generate major traffic surges including but not limited to stadiums, movie theaters, arenas,
and schools.
3. Zoning Traffic Impact Analysis Content.
a. Study Area.
A map(s) will delineate the traffic impact analysis study area, including land areas to be
considered and all existing/planned streets therein, and the study network (those streets and
intersections requiring specific analysis). The study area shall be determined based on the
geographical area most affected by the proposed zoning request as determined by the
Administrator after conferring with the applicant's traffic engineer.
b. Existing Zoning.
A description by zoning classification of the existing zoning in the area proposed for rezoning.
c. Proposed Zoning.
A description of the proposed zoning including the land area by zoning classification.
d. Roadway Network.
A description of the existing and proposed/planned roadways of all classifications and traffic
volumes on the study network within the study area.
e. Impact Determination.
An assessment of projected traffic volumes is to be made for all study network roadways,
comparing those with allowable volume limits on roadways classed as collector and local, and
providing a description of the volume/capacity ratio for all roadways in the study network. In
addition, delay projections for signalized and unsignalized intersections in the study network will
be determined. Where volume/capacity ratios and intersection delay are the measures of
effectiveness level of service D or better must be maintained. The analysis shall contain the
following minimum information:
1) Proposed Trip Generation.
Show in tabular form trip generation rates (see the tables above in this section) and the
total trips generated based on proposed zoning.
2) Existing Trip Generation.
Show in tabular form trip generation rates (see the tables above in this section) and the
total trips generated based on existing zoning.
3) Net Increased Trip Distribution and Assignment.
Show proposed trip generation minus existing trips and the calculation of new trips
generated. The net increase in trips generated by the zoning request is to be added to the
Page 697 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 84 of 97
base volumes projected by design year. Twenty-four (24) hour and peak hour volumes
must be calculated. Distribution and assignment calculations must be provided.
4) Level of Service Analysis.
Show in tabular form the peak hour level of service for existing and proposed zoning.
Calculations shall include all thoroughfare links and intersections. Calculate the level of
service and percentage change (when compared to base volumes) for each link and
intersection.
5) Neighborhood Traffic Analysis.
If a proposed rezoning is projected to increase the traffic on an existing or
proposed/planned minor collector or local residential street by at least ten (10) percent, a
neighborhood traffic analysis shall be performed. This analysis will include an evaluation of
existing and projected traffic on the affected roadways. Where the projected traffic
exceeds the limits indicated in the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines, the
street network layout must be adjusted to lower this traffic volume.
6) Conclusions.
Summarize points of conflict and congestion, identify all thoroughfare links and
intersections not achieving a level of service D or better, and the percentage change
resulting from the proposed zoning change. The results of examining collector and local
residential roadways, including the findings of any neighborhood traffic analysis must also
be summarized.
f. Mitigation.
A description of the mitigation measures proposed for achieving acceptable service thresholds
shall be shown. Analysis of the study network as adjusted by the proposed measures must be
documented. Traffic produced by the proposed zoning request plus traffic levels projected by the
time of project occupancy should result in a level of service D or better. Locations not meeting a
level of service D where the proposed zoning contributes five (5) percent or more of the peak
hour traffic must be mitigated by the applicant. Acceptable methods of mitigating negative traffic
impacts include one (1), or a combination of, the measures listed below but are not limited to
those listed.
1) Modifying the zoning request so that resulting traffic volumes yield a level of service D or
better throughout the study network.
2) Modify any street network proposed as part of the development project in terms of size,
layout, connectivity, intersection layouts, or location of termini with thoroughfares, or any
combination of such changes.
3) Limit development densities/intensities within one (1) or more zoning classifications or
land parcels to result in acceptable traffic volumes.
4) Making minor thoroughfare or intersection improvements, such as adding/extending or
relocating turn lanes, adding/extending acceleration and/or deceleration lanes, adding
non-traversable medians, relocating median openings, using special directional median
openings, or using special features to facilitate safe U-turn maneuvers.
Amendments to the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map shall not
be accepted as a means of mitigating negative impacts unless the proposed amendment(s) can
be shown to enhance capacity and safety and will be constructed as part of the proposed land
development project.
Page 698 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 85 of 97
g. Planning and Zoning Commission Report.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall make a report to the City Council on all traffic impact
analyses it considers in conjunction with rezoning requests. The Planning and Zoning Commission
may make a recommendation for approval, modification, or denial of the zoning case based on
other planning factors in addition to its review of the traffic impact analysis.
Where the identified impacts of the proposed zoning cannot be adequately mitigated, the
Planning and Zoning Commission may recommend to the City Council one (1) or more of the
following actions:
1) Denial of the zoning case in total or in part.
2) Other action(s) deemed appropriate by a study made, or endorsed by, a qualified traffic
engineer to mitigate negative traffic impacts.
4. Preliminary Plan Traffic Impact Analysis Content.
Submittals of traffic impact analyses for preliminary plan projects shall include the following:
a. Study Area.
A map(s) delineating the traffic impact analysis study area, including land areas to be considered
and all existing/planned roadways therein, and the study network (those roadways and
intersections requiring specific analysis). The study area will be determined by identifying the
geographical area most affected by the proposed development as determined by the
Administrator after conferring with the applicant. In general, the study area will cover all
intersections through which at least ten (10) percent of the proposed development's site traffic
passes and shall extend to and include at least the first traffic signal in all directions if within one
(1) mile of any portion of the site. Existing roadway and intersection capacities shall be shown.
b. Existing Zoning.
A description of existing zoning in the area included in the preliminary plan.
c. Thoroughfare Network.
A description of existing thoroughfares, signals, signal phasing, and traffic volumes within the
study area.
d. Proposed Development.
A description of the proposed development including land area (gross and net), square footage,
density, dwelling units, etc. Also, a description of anticipated roadway conditions expected by the
date of completion of the proposed development shall be included.
e. Proposed Roadway Network.
Identification of the proposed roadway network for the preliminary plan. This shall include the
location of access points, the location and number of lanes of proposed roadways or public ways,
and proposed traffic controls. It must also include any proposed modifications to adjacent
roadways.
f. Impact Determination.
A determination of the level of service for all roadways and intersections in the study area shall
be included, as shall an evaluation of pedestrian, bicycle, and motor vehicle safety conditions
within the preliminary plan. The analysis shall contain the following minimum information:
1) Proposed Trip Generation.
Page 699 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 86 of 97
A calculation of the total trip generation by use within the study area assuming full
development and occupancy, including both peak hour and twenty-four (24) hour
information showing any reductions attributed to passers-by, mixed-use, etc. Show trip
generation by use in tabular form with land use trip generation rates and trips generated.
2) Trip Distribution and Assignment.
A calculation of trips generated by the proposed development as added to the base
volumes projected for the design year. Peak hour volumes must be calculated. Distribution
assumptions (and the bases, therefore) and assignment calculations must be provided.
3) Level of Service Analysis.
A depiction shown in tabular form, twenty-four (24) hour and peak hour volume/capacity
ratios for links and intersections within the study area. This analysis should be done for the
following traffic conditions: existing traffic, existing traffic plus projected traffic.
4) Neighborhood Traffic Analysis.
If the traffic impact analysis calculations show that a proposed preliminary plan increases
traffic on a minor collector or local residential street by at least ten (10) percent, a
neighborhood traffic analysis shall be performed. This analysis will include an evaluation of
existing and projected traffic on the affected roadways. Where the projected traffic
exceeds the limits indicated in the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines
mitigation to lower this traffic may be required.
5) Conclusions.
A summary of findings must be reported. It must show all adjacent roadways and
intersections noting those that fail to provide a level of service D or better, and the percent
increase in total traffic produced by the proposed project. In addition, the report must
demonstrate that the proposed roadway network will provide safe and adequate access to
the development. It also must identify any safety and operational problems (e.g.,
driveways, sight distances, median openings, and signalization) within the study area.
g. Mitigation.
A description of the mitigation measures proposed for meeting acceptable traffic service
thresholds shall be shown. Where the development is contributing five (5) percent or more of
the traffic at locations failing to meet a level of service D or better the total trips should be
mitigated by the applicant to low enough levels to achieve the required standard (or to pre-
development levels if the pre-development level is less than a level of service D). Acceptable
measures for mitigating negative traffic impacts include one (1), or a combination of, those listed
below.
1) Modifying the density or intensity of land use, such as a reduction in square footage or the
percentage of commercial use to result in traffic levels meeting a level of service D or
better;
2) Phasing approval and construction of a project until additional roadway capacity becomes
available;
3) Modifying the proposed street network in terms of size, layout, connectivity, intersection
layouts, or location of termini with thoroughfares or any combination of such changes;
4) Making off-site improvements including the construction of additional lanes, increases in
storage lane capacities, or modification/installation of signalization, to list some examples.
Page 700 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 87 of 97
h. Costs of Mitigation.
Mitigation improvements that are attributable to the proposed development shall be funded at
the developer's expense. Any other improvements shown which are consistent with the
Thoroughfare Plan may be repaid by the City in accordance with its cost-sharing policies.
5. Site Plan Traffic Impact Analysis Content.
Submittals of traffic impact analyses for site plan projects shall include the following:
a. Study Area.
A map(s) delineating the traffic impact analysis study area, including land areas to be considered
and all existing/planned roadways therein, and the study network (those roadways and
intersections requiring specific analysis). The study area will be determined by identifying the
geographical area most affected by the proposed development as determined by the
Administrator after conferring with the applicant. In general, the study area will cover all
intersections through which at least ten (10) percent of the proposed development's site traffic
passes and shall extend to and include at least the first traffic signal in all directions if within one
(1) mile of any portion of the site. Existing roadway and intersection capacities shall be shown.
b. Existing Zoning and Development.
A description of existing zoning including land area (gross and net) by zoning classification,
square footage, the density of hotel rooms, dwelling units, etc. Also, a description of the
development currently within the proposed site plan, including showing how it will be affected
by the new development proposal.
c. Thoroughfare Network.
A description of existing thoroughfares, signals, signal phasing, and traffic volumes within the
study area.
d. Proposed Development.
A description of the proposed development including land area (gross and net), square footage,
the density of hotel rooms, dwelling units, etc. Also, a description of anticipated roadway
conditions expected by the date of occupancy of the proposed development shall be included.
e. Proposed Access.
Identification of the proposed access driveways for the site. This shall include the location and
number of lanes, proposed traffic controls, and relationship to on-site circulation features for
each proposed point of access. It must also include any proposed modifications to adjacent
roadways. Once the traffic impact analysis and an access plan have been approved, the final
location and design of all access points shall meet or exceed the current access management and
roadway design policies of the entity responsible for the condition of that portion of the adjacent
roadway.
f. Impact Determination.
A determination of the level of service for all roadways and intersections in the study area shall
be included, as shall an evaluation of pedestrian, bicycle, and motor vehicle safety conditions
along all the roadway frontage of the site. The analysis shall contain the following minimum
information:
1) Proposed Trip Generation.
Page 701 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 88 of 97
A calculation of the total trip generation by use within the study area assuming full
development and occupancy, including both peak hour and twenty-four (24) hour
information showing any reductions attributed to passers-by, mixed-use, etc. Show trip
generation by use in tabular form with land use trip generation rates and trips generated.
2) Trip Distribution and Assignment.
A calculation of trips generated by the proposed development as added to the base
volumes projected for the design year. Peak hour volumes must be calculated. Distribution
assumptions (and the bases, therefore) and assignment calculations must be provided.
3) Level of Service Analysis.
A depiction shown in tabular form, twenty-four (24) hour and peak hour volume/capacity
ratios for links and intersections within the study area. This analysis should be done for the
following traffic conditions: existing traffic, existing traffic plus projected traffic. Capacity
analyses must be shown for all points of ingress and egress, median breaks, and turn lanes
associated with the proposed site.
4) Neighborhood Traffic Analysis.
If the traffic impact analysis calculations show that a proposed site project increases traffic
on a minor collector or local residential street by at least ten (10) percent, a neighborhood
traffic analysis shall be performed. This analysis will include an evaluation of existing and
projected traffic on the affected roadways. Where the projected traffic exceeds the limits
indicated in the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines mitigation to lower this
traffic may be required.
5) Conclusions.
A summary of findings must be reported. It must show all adjacent roadways and
intersections noting those that fail to provide a level of service D or better, and the percent
increase in total traffic produced by the proposed site project. In addition, the report must
demonstrate that the proposed access design will provide safe and adequate access to the
project site. It also must identify any safety and operational problems (e.g., driveways, sight
distances, median openings, and signalization) within the study.
g. Mitigation.
A description of the mitigation measures proposed for meeting acceptable traffic service
thresholds shall be shown. Where the development is contributing five (5) percent or more of
the traffic at locations failing to meet a level of service D or better the total trips should be
mitigated by the applicant to low enough levels to achieve the required standard (or to pre-
development levels if the pre-development level is less than a level of service D). Acceptable
measures for mitigating negative traffic impacts include one (1), or a combination of, those listed
below:
1) Modifying the density or intensity of land use, such as a reduction in square footage or the
percentage of commercial use to result in traffic levels meeting a level of service D or
better;
2) Phasing approval and construction of a project until additional roadway capacity becomes
available;
3) Improving the access plan by dealing with features such as overall site arrangement, the
placement and design features of access points, provision of additional access points to
Page 702 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 89 of 97
roadways not immediately adjacent to the property, provision of alternate controls, or
adjustments in the site circulation system;
4) Making off-site improvements including the construction of additional lanes, increases in
storage lane capacities, or modification of signalization, to list some examples.
h. Costs of Mitigation.
Mitigation improvements that are attributable to the proposed development shall be funded at
the developer's expense. Any other improvements shown that are consistent with the
Thoroughfare Plan may be repaid by the City in accordance with its cost-sharing policies.
E. Criteria for Approval.
The City shall consider the following standards in determining whether a proposed rezoning or submitted
site plan project meets an acceptable level of service:
1. Design Requirement.
The proposed rezoning or site plan project is consistent with the City's adopted access management
and design requirements and is consistent with the design requirements of the Texas Department of
Transportation (TxDOT) on roadways maintained by such agency.
2. Level of Service D.
The desirable minimum level of service for the City of College Station is a level of service D as that term
is described in the Transportation Research Board's Highway Capacity Manual.
3. Determination of Adequate Mitigation.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the appropriate Administrator and the appropriate
reviewing body, where required, shall, based on recommendations by a qualified traffic engineer,
determine whether adequate mitigation has occurred to meet an acceptable level of service utilizing
the requirements set forth herein.
Sec. 7.14. Drainage and Stormwater Management.
A. General.
1. Purpose and Intent.
This Section establishes methods for controlling the introduction of pollutants into the municipal
stormwater drainage system and establishes legal authority for the City to carry out all inspections,
surveillance, monitoring, and enforcement procedures necessary to ensure compliance with the
Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) permit for industrial and construction activity.
2. Compatibility with Other Regulations.
a. This Section is not intended to modify or repeal any other ordinance, rule, regulation, or other
provision of law. The requirements of this Section are in addition to the requirements of any
other ordinance, rule, regulation, or other provision of law, and where any provision of this
Section imposes the restriction of law, whichever provision is more restrictive or imposes higher
protective standards for human health or the environment shall control.
b. Any reference to this Section shall also apply to the Stormwater Discharges Article of Chapter 14,
Environment and Natural Resources of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances, and both
Sections shall be interpreted and enforced in conjunction with each other, where applicable.
3. General Standards.
Page 703 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 90 of 97
a. Final stabilization occurs when one of the following conditions has been met for a site:
1) All soil disturbing activities at a site have been completed and either of the two (2)
following criteria are met:
a) A uniform (e.g., evenly distributed, without large bare areas) perennial vegetative
cover with a density of seventy (70) percent of the native background vegetative
cover for the area has been established on all unpaved areas and areas not covered
by permanent structures; or
b) Equivalent permanent stabilization measures (such as the use of riprap, gabions, or
geotextiles) have been employed.
2) When background native vegetation or other appropriate vegetation will cover less than
one hundred (100) percent of the ground (e.g., arid areas, beaches), the seventy (70)
percent coverage criteria is adjusted as follows: if the native vegetation or other
appropriate vegetation covers fifty (50) percent of the ground, seventy (70) percent of fifty
(50) percent (0.70 × 0.50 = 0.35) would require thirty-five (35) percent total cover for final
stabilization. On a beach with no natural vegetation, no stabilization is required.
3) For individual lots in residential construction:
a) The homebuilder has completed final stabilization as specified above; or
b) The homebuilder has established temporary stabilization including perimeter
controls for an individual lot prior to occupation of the home by the homeowner and
informing the homeowner of the need for, and benefits of, final stabilization.
4) For construction projects on land used for agricultural purposes (e.g., pipelines across crop
or range land, staging areas for highway construction, etc.), final stabilization may be
accomplished by returning the disturbed land to its preconstruction agricultural use. Areas
disturbed that were not previously used for agricultural activities, such as buffer strips
immediately adjacent to surface waters of the State and areas which are not being
returned to their preconstruction agricultural use must meet the final stabilization criteria
above.
b. The following categories of facilities are considered to be engaging in industrial activity:
1) Facilities subject to stormwater effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance
standards, or toxic pollutant effluent standards under 40 CFR. subchapter N (except
facilities with toxic pollutant effluent standards which are exempted under Subsection 11
below);
2) Facilities classified as Standard Industrial Classifications 24 (except 2434), 26 (except 265
and 267), 28 (except 283), 29, 311, 32 (except 323), 33, 3441, 373;
3) Facilities classified as Standard Industrial Classifications 10 through 14 (mineral industry)
including active or inactive mining operations (except for areas of coal mining operations
no longer meeting the definition of a reclamation area under 40 CFR § 434.11(1) because
the performance bond issued to the facility by the appropriate federal Surface Mining
Control and Reclamation Act authority has been released, or except for areas of non-coal
mining operations which have been released from applicable state or federal reclamation
requirements after December 17, 1990, and oil and gas exploration, production,
processing, or treatment operations, or transmission facilities that discharge stormwater
contaminated by contact with or that has come into contact with, any overburden, raw
material, intermediate products, finished products, byproducts or waste products located
on the site of such operations;
Page 704 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 91 of 97
4) Hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facilities, including those that are
operating under interim status or a permit under subtitle C of the Federal Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA);
5) Landfills, land application sites, and open dumps that receive or have received any
industrial wastes (waste that is received from any of the facilities described under this
subsection) including those that are subject to regulation under subtitle D of the RCRA;
6) Facilities involved in the recycling of materials, including metal scrap yards, battery
reclaimers, salvage yards, and automobile junkyards, including but limited to those
classified as Standard Industrial Classification 5015 and 5093;
7) Steam electric power generating facilities, including coal handling sites;
8) Transportation facilities classified as Standard Industrial Classifications 40, 41, 42 (except
422125), 43, 44, 45, and 5171 which have vehicle maintenance shops, equipment cleaning
operations, or airport deicing operations. Only those portions of the facility that are either
involved in vehicle maintenance, equipment cleaning operations, airport deicing
operations, or which are otherwise identified under Subsections 1-7 above or Subsections
9-11 below are associated with the industrial activity;
9) Treatment works treating domestic sewage or any other sewage sludge or wastewater
treatment device or system, used in the storage treatment, recycling, and reclamation of
municipal or domestic sewage, including land dedicated to the disposal of sewage sludge
that is located within the confines of the facility, with a design flow of one (1) million
gallons per day or more, or required to have an approved pretreatment program under 40
CFR part 403. Not included are farmlands, domestic gardens, or lands used for sludge
management where sludge is beneficially reused and which are not physically located in
the confines of the facility, or areas that comply with Section 405 of the Clean Water Act;
10) Construction activity including clearing, grading, and excavation activities except for
operations that result in the disturbance of less than one (1) acre of total land area which
are not part of a larger common plan of development or sale;
11) Facilities under Standard Industrial Classifications 20, 21, 22, 23, 2434, 25, 265, 267, 27,
283, 285, 30, 31 (except 311), 323, 34 (except 3441), 35, 36, 37 (except 373), 38, 39,
422125, (and which are not otherwise included within Subsections 2-10 above);
c. For the purposes of this section:
1) Construction activity or construction activities include clearing, grading, and excavating
that are subject to Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) Construction
General Permits. It does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the
original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, and original purpose of a ditch, channel, or other
similar stormwater conveyance. Additionally, it does not include the routine grading of
existing dirt roads, asphalt overlays of existing roads, the routine clearing of existing rights-
of-way, and similar maintenance activities.
2) Construction site includes any construction site required by the Clean Water Act to operate
within the limits of a TPDES permit to discharge stormwater associated with construction
activity.
3) Facility includes any facility, industrial facility, or construction site required by the Clean
Water Act to have a permit to discharge stormwater associated with industrial or
construction activity.
Page 705 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 92 of 97
4) Industrial facility includes any facility required by the Clean Water Act to have a permit to
discharge stormwater associated with industrial activity subject to TPDES Industrial Permits
as defined in 40 CFR, Section 122.26 (b)(14).
B. Prohibitions.
1. Unpermitted Discharges Prohibited.
It is an offense for an operator or responsible party of a facility to:
a. Discharge, or cause to be discharged, stormwater associated with industrial or construction site
activity without first having obtained a TPDES permit from the Texas Commission on
Environmental Quality (TCEQ).
b. Operate a facility that is discharging stormwater associated with a construction site activity
without having submitted a copy of the notice of intent or construction site notice to the City.
c. Introduce sediment, concrete, asphalt, or any other construction debris into the MS4 from
construction activity. The Administrator will provide the operator with a reasonable amount of
time to remove any pollutants or debris from the MS4 conveyances.
C. Facility Inspection for Stormwater Discharges.
1. Applicability for Industrial and Construction Activity.
a. This Section applies to all facilities located within the city limits that have stormwater discharges
associated with industrial activity or construction site activity. State regulations require that
subject facilities apply for and obtain general permits for industrial facilities (TPDES TXR050000)
and construction sites (TXR150000) that have been determined to contribute or have the
potential to contribute substantial pollutant loads to the MS4 or waters of the State. The general
permits require that the permittee develop, implement, and maintain a stormwater pollution
prevention plan (SWP3) and submit a notice of intent notifying the TCEQ and the MS4 operator
(City of College Station).
b. The MS4 permit issued to the City by the TCEQ mandates the City to "carry out all inspections,
surveillance, and monitoring procedures necessary to determine compliance with permit
conditions" (Part III (E)(6)) and to implement a program that shall include "inspection of
construction sites and enforcement of control measure requirements" (Part III (A)(9)(b)). To meet
these requirements, the City must enter the premises of industrial and construction sites to
inspect, monitor, and conduct surveillance of requirements mandated by the TCEQ. These
requirements include, but are not limited to:
1) Review of the facilities' SWP3 with onsite conditions;
2) Evaluation of best management practices (BMPs) to effectively prohibit the discharge of
non-stormwater to the MS4;
3) Inspection for illicit connections and illicit discharges;
4) Self-inspection compliance; and
5) Compliance with the City's MS4 permit and the facilities subject to general permit
(TXR150000 or TXR050000).
2. Access to Industrial Facilities and Construction Sites.
a. The intent of facility inspections shall be to determine compliance with the conditions of the
City's TPDES permit, any TPDES general permit the facility is currently obligated to for industrial
and construction activities, and this Section. Facility owners and operators will allow the
Page 706 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 93 of 97
Administrator ready access to applicable sections of public and private premises for the sole
purpose of inspection, surveillance, and monitoring for the presence of illegal discharges to the
MS4, illicit connections to the MS4, and assessment of any portions of a regulated facility
influenced by stormwater runoff that may adversely affect the MS4 or waters of the United
States.
b. Admittance to the facility shall be requested at a reasonable time during the facility's normal
working hours unless it is determined by the Administrator that imminent and substantial danger
exists.
c. The owner or operator shall make all necessary arrangements to allow access to the
Administrator.
d. If the owner or operator refuses entry after a request to enter and inspect has been made, the
City is hereby empowered to seek assistance from any court of competent jurisdiction in
obtaining such entry.
e. The Administrator retains the authority to collect samples and photographs from stormwater
outfalls or other components of the MS4 as may be deemed appropriate in the administration
and enforcement of this Section.
f. The Administrator has the authority to establish devices to conduct monitoring of the facility's
stormwater discharge on subject facilities as necessary in the opinion of the Administrator.
g. The Administrator or the designated inspector must present appropriate credentials to the
facility officials at the time of entry to a facility.
3. Review and Modification of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans.
a. The Administrator has the authority to request to review any documents or plans (stormwater
pollution prevention plan, spill prevention control plans, hazardous material plans, waste
management documentation, etc.) from a regulated facility that the Administrator deems may
affect stormwater discharges to the MS4.
b. The Administrator may require an operator of a regulated facility to modify its stormwater
pollution prevention plan if the stormwater pollution prevention plan does not comply with the
requirements of the facility's TPDES permit to discharge stormwater associated with industrial or
construction activity.
c. The deficiencies in a facility's stormwater pollution prevention plan will be communicated in
writing, and the Administrator will provide the operator a reasonable amount of time to make
the necessary changes in the stormwater pollution prevention plan.
4. Review and Modification of Best Management Practices.
a. Any person engaged in activities or operation, or owning facilities or property, which will or may
result in pollutants entering the MS4 or waters of the United States, shall implement BMPs to the
extent they are technologically achievable to prevent and reduce such pollutants. The owner or
operator of a regulated facility shall prove reasonable protection from accidental discharge of
prohibited materials or other wastes into the MS4 or waters of the United States. Practices
implemented to prevent the accidental discharge of prohibited materials or other wastes shall be
provided and maintained at the owner or operator's expense.
b. The City does not maintain a list of required or approved BMPs for regulated facilities. The
Administrator may request facilities to demonstrate the effectiveness of implemented BMPs.
Suggested BMPs and a list of prohibited BMPs will be maintained in the Drainage Section of the
Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines.
Page 707 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 94 of 97
c. The Administrator may require an operator of a regulated facility to modify its BMPs if the BMPs
do not provide effective protection from accidental discharge of prohibited materials or other
wastes from entering into the MS4 or waters of the United States.
d. The deficiencies in a facility's BMPs will be communicated in writing, and the Administrator will
provide the operator a reasonable amount of time to make the necessary changes in the BMPs.
5. Compliance with Permit.
a. A facility shall be operated in strict compliance with the requirements of the TPDES permit to
discharge stormwater associated with industrial or construction site activity.
b. A person commits an offense if the person operates a facility in violation of a requirement of the
facility's TPDES permit to discharge stormwater associated with industrial or construction site
activity.
D. Stormwater Discharges Associated with Industrial Activity.
1. Applicability.
This Subsection applies to all facilities located within the city limits that have stormwater discharges
associated with industrial activity.
2. Industrial and High-Risk Runoff Monitoring.
a. All hazardous waste treatment and storage facilities, active municipal landfills, facilities subject to
Section 313 of Title III of the Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act of 1986, and any
other industrial discharger the City determines is contributing a substantial pollutant load to the
MS4 shall submit self-monitoring data to the City on an annual basis. The submittal date of self-
monitoring data is to be determined by the Administrator.
b. The City's MS4 permit requires that all industrial facilities listed above be subject to site
inspections of no less than once per permit term (five (5) years). However, the Administrator has
the authority to inspect these industrial facilities as often as deemed necessary to assure permit
compliance and safety of the MS4 and waters of the United States.
c. An unreasonable delay or refusal to submit self-monitoring data to the Administrator is a
violation of this Section. A person who is the operator of an industrial facility with a TPDES permit
to discharge stormwater associated with industrial activity commits an offense if the person
denies the Administrator reasonable access to a facility's self-monitoring data for the purpose of
review required by this Section.
d. An industrial facility may submit a no-exposure certification to the City in lieu of self-monitoring;
however, any facility operating under a no-exposure certification is subject to periodic facility
inspections (not less than once per permit term—five (5) years) to verify the facility's no
exposure exemption.
e. The City may waive monitoring requirements for industrial facilities determined to comply with
the TPDES Multi-Sector General Permit Number TXR050000.
f. The Administrator has the authority to conduct inspections on any industrial facility subject to
the TCEQ's TPDES Multi-Sector General Permit or has been deemed to be, or has the potential to
be, contributing a substantial pollutant load to the MS4 to determine compliance and safety of
the MS4 and waters of the United States.
E. Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity.
1. Applicability.
Page 708 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 95 of 97
This Subsection applies to all facilities located within the city limits that have stormwater discharges
associated with construction activity.
2. Submission of a notice of intent, a notice of change, a notice of termination, or a construction site
notice to the municipal stormwater drainage system operator.
a. The operator of a construction site required to have a TPDES permit to discharge stormwater
associated with construction activity shall submit a copy of the above notices to the
Administrator at the same time the operator submits the original notice to the TCEQ.
b. The operator of a construction site that does not require a notice of intent is required to submit a
construction site notice to the Administrator per TCEQ's TPDES general permit for construction
sites.
c. Copies of all notices may be delivered to the Administrator either in person or by mail.
F. Stormwater Management for Residential Subdivision Construction Activity.
1. A note shall be placed on all plats stating that residential lots shall be developed in accordance with a
master grading plan for the proposed subdivision. A master grading plan shall be prepared and
submitted to the City, which indicates lot grading for all lots in the subdivision using typical Federal
Housing Administration (FHA) lot grading types (A, B, and C), as depicted below. An alternative grading
plan, prepared by a licensed professional engineer or other drainage professional may also be
acceptable if approved by the Development Engineer.
2. Construction activities shall match existing adjacent property grades around the perimeter of the
property. Retaining walls may be utilized on a case-by-case basis, with the approval of the
Development Engineer, if the proposed lot grading is prepared by a licensed professional engineer. In
no circumstances shall a fence be utilized as a retaining wall.
Page 709 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 96 of 97
3. All drainage, including but not limited to direct roof discharge, gutters, storm drains, and swales shall
avoid point discharges that may cause damage to adjacent properties.
4. The maximum slope of grading on a property shall not exceed ten (10) percent unless designed by a
professional engineer and approved by the Development Engineer.
G. Enforcement.
Any person found guilty of violating a provision of this Section may be punished as provided for in Article 10,
Enforcement of this UDO.
Sec. 7.15. Lot Grading and Drainage for Individual Lots.
A. General.
1. Purpose and Intent.
The purpose of this Section is to establish regulations pertaining to individual or lot-by-lot grading
within new or existing developments. The proper grading of a lot(s) is necessary to promote the health,
safety, and welfare of citizens and minimize the impact of drainage or flooding on adjoining properties.
2. Applicability.
a. All residential developments shall meet the requirements of this Section. Multi-family residential
products shall follow drainage requirements as set forth in other sections of this UDO and the
Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines.
b. This Section shall apply to all platted lots or unplatted tracts seeking to develop residential uses
within the city.
c. The requirements of this Section shall be applicable with every building permit or other
permitted activity on a subject property.
3. Standards for Individual Lot-by-Lot Grading.
a. A grading plan shall be prepared and submitted to the City, which indicates one of the Federal
Housing Administration lot grading types (A, B, and C), as depicted below. An alternative grading
Page 710 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 97 of 97
plan prepared by a licensed professional engineer or other drainage professional is also
acceptable if approved by the Development Engineer.
b. Construction activities shall match existing adjacent property grades around the perimeter of the
property. Retaining walls may be utilized on a case-by-case basis, with the approval of the
Development Engineer, if the proposed lot grading is prepared by a licensed professional
engineer. In no circumstances shall a fence be utilized as a retaining wall.
c. All drainage, including but not limited to direct roof discharge, gutters, storm drains, and swales
shall avoid point discharges that may cause damage to adjacent properties.
d. The maximum slope of grading on a property shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent unless
designed by a professional engineer and approved by the Development Engineer. Impervious
surfaces shall be sloped a minimum of two (2) percent away from the building foundation.
e. Finished floor elevations or fill height shall be provided with the building permit for review.
Finished floors that are proposed to be more than twenty-four (24) inches above the gutter line
of the curb may be subject to additional grading requirements as directed by the Development
Engineer.
Page 711 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 8. Subdivision Design and Improvements
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 47
Article 8. Subdivision Design and Improvements
Sec. 8.1. Purpose.
The subdivision of land is a major factor in the process of sound community growth and ultimately becomes a
public responsibility in that the streets and other infrastructure must be maintained and various public services
customary to urban areas must be provided. These regulations seek to protect the interests of public and private
parties by granting certain rights and privileges and requiring certain obligations in association with the subdivision
and development of land. The welfare of the entire community is affected in many important respects. Therefore,
it is in the interest of the public, the developer, and the future landowners that the subdivisions and developments
be conceived, designed, and developed in accordance with sound rules and proper minimum standards. These
regulations encourage the growth of the City of College Station in an orderly manner.
Sec. 8.2. Applicability.
With the exception of the Requirements for Parkland Dedication Section below, the provisions of this Article shall
not apply to property in the BioCorridor Planned Development District. The Requirements for Parkland Dedication
Section below shall apply to property in the BioCorridor Planned Development District.
Sec. 8.3. General Requirements and Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the
City Limits.
A. Suitability of Lands.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall approve the subdivision of land if, from adequate investigations
conducted by all public agencies concerned, it has been determined that in the best interest of the public,
the site is suitable for platting and development purposes of the kind proposed.
B. Zoning and Other Regulations.
No plat of land within the force and effect of an existing zoning ordinance shall be approved unless it
conforms to such zoning and other pertinent regulations.
C. Reserved Strips and Tracts Prohibited.
A plat shall not provide reserved strips or tracts of land. In addition, the effect of the phasing of a plat,
provision of common area, or other land or easement shall not unnecessarily restrict access to land, right-of-
way, or easements dedicated or intended to be dedicated to the public by the subject plat or adjacent
developments.
D. Technical Standards.
All public infrastructure shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines, Bryan/College Station Unified Technical Specifications, Bryan/College Station
Unified Construction Details, and all other applicable local, state, and federal requirements. Hereafter, these
documents shall be referred to collectively as the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines. Where there is a conflict of
standards, the more stringent standard shall apply, as determined by the City Engineer. The City shall accept
for public use only streets, alleys, water, wastewater, drainage, and other public infrastructure that comply
with these standards for construction.
Page 712 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 47
E. Streets.
1. Streets on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map.
Where a subdivision encompasses or is adjacent to a thoroughfare, as shown on the Comprehensive
Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map, the thoroughfare shall be constructed and included
in the subdivision plat to maintain continuity in the approximate location as shown and of the type
indicated.
2. Relation to Adjoining Street System.
a. Where there is an existing street adjacent to or through the area to be subdivided, the necessary
street intersections to the existing street shall be constructed.
b. Existing and planned streets and public ways in adjacent or adjoining areas shall be continued in
alignment therewith.
c. When land is subdivided into larger parcels rather than ordinary building lots, such parcels shall
be arranged to allow for the opening of future streets and logical further subdivisions.
3. Street Projections.
a. When a public street is provided internal to the platting property and adjoining areas are not
platted, the platting subdivision shall provide street projections to such areas by projecting a
public street at intervals no fewer than the maximum block length along the perimeter boundary
of the subdivision.
b. Where abutting properties are landlocked, a street connection or street frontage shall be
provided through the platting property.
c. In lieu of a public street, a public way may satisfy a required street projection when the public
way is projected to future non-residential or multi-family development and can be continued
through that development to a public street.
4. Adequate Street Access.
a. One (1) external street connection is required for a street serving as roadway access for thirty
(30) or fewer lots.
b. When there are more than thirty (30) lots to be served by external street connections, a
minimum of two (2) street connections to external paved public streets shall be required. The
Planning and Zoning Commission may allow remote emergency access where development
phasing or constraints of the land prevent the provision of a second street connection.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, two (2) street connections to externally paved public streets shall
be required when one hundred (100) or more lots are served.
c. Three (3) street connections to external paved public streets may be required by the Planning
and Zoning Commission when two hundred (200) or more lots are served.
d. Where more than one (1) external street connection is required, at least one (1) external street
connection shall not be located over a potential hazard such as a high-pressure gas line or a creek
where the one hundred (100) year floodplain overtops the street, regardless of its classification.
5. Intersections.
In addition to the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines, proposed street and alley intersections shall meet
the minimum spacing and requirements of the Access Management and Circulation Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDO.
6. Dead-End Streets.
Page 713 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 47
Dead-end streets shall be prohibited except for short stubs to permit future extensions. Temporary
turnarounds shall be required for stubs of more than one hundred (100) feet in length or the depth of
one (1) lot, whichever is less.
7. Culs-de-Sac.
a. The maximum length of a cul-de-sac is based on the designation of the area in which the cul-de-
sac is located on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification and Context Class Map. The
length of a cul-de-sac is measured along the centerline of the cul-de-sac street from the center of
the bulb to the edge of the nearest intersecting through the street right-of-way. Culs-de-sac shall
not exceed the following lengths:
1) Four hundred fifty (450) feet in General Urban context zones;
2) One thousand two hundred (1,200) feet in Suburban context zones; and
3) One thousand five hundred (1,500) feet in Rural context zones.
b. Culs-de-sac are not permitted in Urban Core context zones unless the proposed subdivision is
surrounded by platted property and where a through street is not possible.
c. Regardless of length, culs-de-sac shall have no more than thirty (30) lots.
8. Geometric Standards; Street Design Criteria.
a. Streets and alleys shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design
Guidelines.
b. Streets in rural residential subdivisions may be constructed to either rural or urban street
standards except that thoroughfares that continue beyond the boundary of a rural residential
subdivision to an urban one shall be constructed to urban street standards.
9. Existing Substandard Street Right-of-Way.
a. Whenever an existing right-of-way is within or adjacent to a proposed subdivision and such right-
of-way width is substandard, the additional width for the street shall be dedicated. For
development occurring on only one (1) side of such a roadway, the amount dedicated shall
generally equal fifty (50) percent of the deficiency in width based on the classification and type of
street, as measured from the existing centerline of the right-of-way. If the parcel(s) on the
opposite side of the right-of-way previously dedicated a portion, the proposed plat shall dedicate
the remaining width. If the opposite side of the right-of-way has a permanent constraint such as
a railroad right-of-way or conservation easement, the full width of the deficiency may be
required.
b. The Administrator may reduce, increase, or eliminate the amount of right-of-way dedication
based on design considerations, existing land uses, existing development on adjacent properties,
and dimensions of the proposed subdivision or plat.
c. Notwithstanding the foregoing, additional right-of-way dedication is not required for amending
plats.
10. Street Names and Addresses.
a. Proposed streets that are extensions of existing streets shall bear the name of the existing street
unless otherwise recommended by the Administrator.
b. New streets shall be named to prevent conflict or confusion with identical or similar names in the
city, Brazos County 911 district, or the extraterritorial jurisdiction .
c. Streets shall not be named after any living person.
Page 714 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 47
d. A proposed street name may be disapproved if it too closely approximates phonetically the name
of an existing street, is too difficult to pronounce, or carries undesirable meanings or
connotations.
e. Street addresses shall be assigned by the Administrator.
F. Alleys.
1. Alleys may be required at the rear of all lots intended to be used for business purposes and residential
lots fronting a thoroughfare.
2. Alleys shall generally be parallel to the street that the lot it serves fronts.
3. Where two (2) alleys intersect, or where an alley turns, additional width may be required to allow the
turning of vehicles or guying of utility poles.
4. Dead-end alleys shall not be permitted, except where the alley is one hundred (100) feet or less in
length or the width of one (1) lot, whichever is less.
5. Residential lots served by an alley shall only have driveway access via the alley.
6. Public alleys are prohibited in rural residential subdivisions.
7. Private alleys shall be constructed to public alley standards except that they shall be located within a
common area or private access easement. The City reserves the right to not provide sanitation and fire
service along private alleys.
G. Blocks.
1. Blocks designed for single-family, duplex, townhouse, and multiplex lots shall be platted to provide two
(2) tiers of lots with a utility easement or alley between them. A single tier of lots may be used if the
lots back up to a thoroughfare, railroad, or floodplain. Courtyard house developments may provide
more tiers of lots if an alley connection is provided through both sides of the block.
2. To provide a public street network that is complimentary to the Thoroughfare Plan and that ensures
uniform access and circulation to areas intended for similar land use contexts, block length shall not
exceed the following dimensions based on the designation of the area along which the block is located
on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification and Context Class Map:
a. Six hundred sixty (660) feet in Urban Core context zones;
b. Nine hundred (900) feet in General Urban context zones;
c. One thousand two hundred (1,200) feet in Suburban context zones; and
d. One thousand five hundred (1,500) feet in Rural context zones.
3. If a plat is not bounded by a public through street or another qualifying break to block length, then the
block length measurement shall continue to extend each way beyond the plat along the public through
street until the nearest intersecting through street or qualifying break to the block is reached.
4. In lieu of a public street, non-residential and multi-family developments may opt to construct a public
way to satisfy block length requirements when the public way connects two (2) public streets. The plat
shall dedicate a public access easement that covers the entire width of the private drive and sidewalks
for the public way. The private drive and sidewalks may be constructed with the development of the
property. A public way shall not substitute for a thoroughfare identified on the Comprehensive Plan
Functional Classification & Context Class Map.
5. Block length shall not require a new street, public way, or access way to enter the face of a block when:
Page 715 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 47
a. The surrounding area of the block is subdivided so that a through movement is not possible, or a
new block cannot be created.
b. The development is zoned for single-family uses and is being platted through a development plat
or minor plat.
H. Lots.
1. General Requirements.
a. Lots shall be identified in numerical order within a block.
b. Lot size and setback lines shall be in accordance with the applicable zoning requirements.
c. Lots established for special purposes such as common areas, open space, parkland, floodplain,
drainage, utilities, or other similar facilities shall be uniquely named and are not required to meet
the minimum dimensional standards for the applicable zoning district.
d. Side lot lines shall be substantially right angle to straight right-of-way or radial to the curved
right-of-way.
e. Land located within the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) designated floodway
shall not be included within a lot intended for residential occupancy.
f. Lots shall be laid out so as not to cross municipal, county, school district, or utility service area
boundaries.
g. A subdivision shall not cause an existing structure to encroach into the setback of a proposed lot
line.
h. Single-family, duplex, townhouse, and multiplex lots shall have frontage on a public street, or a
private street constructed to public standard. Lots intended for other uses that do not have
frontage on a public street shall provide access via a public way or a private access easement
containing a drive that meets City fire lane standards. The construction of the private drive may
be delayed until the time of site development. Courtyard house lots may be exempted from this
requirement as long as fire protection is maintained.
i. No single-family, duplex, or townhouse lot shall have direct access to an arterial or collector
thoroughfare; however, these lots may face a thoroughfare if driveway access is provided via a
public alley. Notwithstanding the foregoing, single-family detached lots that are at least one
hundred (100) feet in width may have direct access with the recommendation of the
Administrator and approval of the Planning and Zoning Commission. Access restrictions and
determinations shall be noted on the plat.
2. Platting and Replatting within Older Residential Subdivisions.
a. This Subsection applies to a subdivision in which any portion of the proposed subdivision meets
all of the following criteria:
1) Such portion of the subdivision is currently zoned or developed for single-family detached
residential uses as of January 1, 2002, with the exception of NG-1 Core Northgate, NG-2
Transitional Northgate, NG-3 Residential Northgate, NPO Neighborhood Prevailing Overlay,
and NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay zoning districts;
2) Such portion of the subdivision is part of a lot or building plot that was located within the
city limits when it was created on or prior to July 15, 1970. This also includes lots that may
have been vacated or replatted after July 15, 1970, but where the original plat predates
July 15, 1970; and,
Page 716 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 47
3) Such portion of the subdivision is designated as Neighborhood Conservation on the
Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map.
b. In addition to the other provisions of this UDO, no plat or replat intended to provide for the
resubdivision of an existing lot or lots in a residential subdivision that meets the above criteria
may be approved unless:
1) The plat does not create an additional lot or building plot; or
2) For a proposed plat that does create an additional lot or lots, the lot(s) must meet or
exceed the average width of the lots along the street frontage for all of the lots in the
block, including the subject lot(s) and contain at least eight thousand five hundred (8,500)
square feet of space for each dwelling unit.
For the purpose of determining the average lot width, a lot shall be defined to include the
lot, lots, and/or portions of lots that have been combined and used as a residential plot or
building plot, as of July 15, 1970. The Administrator may include the lots on the opposing
blockface when calculating the average lot width if the lots are similar in character and the
Administrator may exclude lots to the rear when said lots are part of another subdivision or
dissimilar in character.
c. It is the applicant's responsibility to provide documentation during the application process
regarding the original plat in which the lot was created and/or the configuration and ownership
documentation of the properties since July 15, 1970.
3. Zero Lot Line Development.
The following requirements apply to all proposed subdivisions with single-family residential lot line
construction.
a. Description.
Zero lot line developments require planning for all house locations to be done at the same time.
Restrictions that assure the minimum distance between houses and any required easements
must be recorded on the plats of the applicable lots.
b. Setbacks.
The side building setback shall be zero on one (1) side of the house. This reduction does not
apply to the street side setback or to the interior side setback adjacent to lots that are not part of
the zero lot line portion of the plat. The minimum distance between all buildings within the lot
line development must be fifteen (15) feet.
c. Eaves.
Eaves may project a maximum of eighteen (18) inches, excluding non-combustible gutters, over
the adjacent property line.
d. Maintenance Easement.
A maintenance easement shall be dedicated between the two (2) property owners to allow for
maintenance or repair of the house built on the lot line. The easement shall be unobstructed,
located on the adjacent property abutting the side wall, and must be a minimum of seven and
one-half (7.5) feet in width. Required maintenance easements shall be shown on the recorded
plat.
e. Privacy.
Page 717 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 47
Windows or other openings that allow for visibility into the side yard of the adjacent lot are not
allowed. Windows that do not allow visibility into the side yard of the adjacent lot, such as a
clerestory window or a translucent window, are allowed. All materials within three (3) feet of the
property line shall be fire-rated to meet building code requirements.
4. Cluster Development.
a. General Purpose.
Cluster development is intended to provide open space, preserve unique environmental
features, or protect the character of rural areas. It is a residential subdivision in which the lots
are allowed to be smaller (in area and width) than otherwise required for the underlying, base
zoning district, but in which the overall density of all the lots collectively does not exceed the
maximum density limit for the underlying zoning district. Through the cluster development
option, a subdivision can contain no more lots than would otherwise be allowed for a
conventional subdivision in the zoning district, though the individual lots within the development
can be smaller than required in a conventional subdivision. The average lot size in a cluster
development must be less than the minimum lot size of the base zoning district. Smaller lot sizes
within a cluster development are required to be offset by the provision of open space as set forth
below.
b. Conflict with Other Regulations.
If there is a conflict between the cluster development standards of this Subsection and any other
requirement of this UDO, the standards of this Subsection control. Where no conflict exists,
cluster development is subject to all other applicable requirements of this UDO.
c. Where Allowed.
Cluster developments are allowed in WE Wellborn Estate, E Estate, RS Restricted Suburban, WRS
Wellborn Restricted Suburban, and GS General Suburban zoning districts.
d. Approval Procedure.
Cluster developments are subject to the subdivision procedures set forth in this UDO. A note
shall be provided on the plat that states the subdivision is a cluster development with additional
descriptions as necessary.
e. Specific District Standards.
1) WE Wellborn Estate.
a) Lot Size. The minimum lot size is one (1) acre as long as individual lot sizes are
adequate to meet all other required density, district, and development standards.
There is no set minimum lot width or depth requirement within a cluster
development, except as noted below. Subdivisions with all lots over one acre and lot
widths of one hundred (100) feet may use rural character roads.
b) Setbacks and Building Separations. The minimum setback standards of the base
zoning district apply along the perimeter of cluster development. All detached
structures within a cluster development must be separated by a minimum distance of
ten (10) feet.
2) E Estate.
a) Lot Size. The minimum average lot size is twenty thousand (20,000) square feet with
an absolute minimum lot size of ten thousand (10,000) square feet as long as
individual lot sizes are adequate to meet all other required density, district, and
Page 718 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 47
development standards. There is no set minimum lot width or depth requirement
within a cluster development, except as noted below. Subdivisions with all lots over
twenty thousand (20,000) square feet and lot widths of one hundred (100) feet may
use rural character roads. Subdivisions containing any lots below twenty thousand
(20,000) square feet must use urban street standards.
b) Setbacks and Building Separations. The minimum setback standards of the base
zoning district apply along the perimeter of cluster development. All detached
structures within a cluster development must be separated by a minimum distance of
ten (10) feet.
c) In the Wellborn Community Plan area, the cluster development option may be used
only in the area designated Wellborn Preserve-Open on the Comprehensive Plan
Future Land Use & Character Map.
3) WRS Wellborn Restricted Suburban.
a) Lot Size. The minimum average lot size is eight thousand (8,000) square feet as long
as individual lot sizes are adequate to meet all other required density, district, and
development standards. There is no set minimum lot width or depth requirement
within a cluster development.
b) Setbacks and Building Separations. The minimum setback standards of the base
zoning district apply along the perimeter of cluster development. All detached
structures within a cluster development must be separated by a minimum distance of
ten (10) feet.
4) RS Restricted Suburban.
a) Lot Size. The minimum average lot size is eight thousand (8,000) square feet with an
absolute minimum lot size of six thousand five hundred (6,500) square feet as long as
individual lot sizes are adequate to meet all other required density, district, and
development standards. There is no set minimum lot width or depth requirement
within a cluster development.
b) Setbacks and Building Separations. The minimum setback standards of the base
zoning district apply along the perimeter of cluster development. All detached
structures within a cluster development must be separated by a minimum distance of
ten (10) feet.
5) GS General Suburban.
a) Lot Size. There is no minimum lot size as long as individual lot sizes are adequate to
meet all other required density, district, and development standards. There is no set
minimum lot width or depth requirement within a cluster development.
b) Setbacks and Building Separations.
The minimum setback standards of the base zoning district apply along the perimeter
of cluster development. All detached structures within a cluster development must
be separated by a minimum distance of ten (10) feet.
c) In the Wellborn Community Plan area as designated on the Comprehensive Plan
Future Land Use & Character Map, the cluster development option is not permitted.
f. Open Space.
1) Description of Open Space.
Page 719 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 47
Any parcel or parcels of land or an area of water, or a combination of land and water within
a development site provided and made legally available for the use and enjoyment of all
residents of a proposed project. Open space may include amenities such as private outdoor
recreation facilities, natural areas, trails, agricultural lands, or stormwater management
facilities designed as neighborhood amenities. Areas encumbered by right-of-way,
easements, or utilized as parking may not be counted towards the open space
requirements. Open spaces must be privately owned and maintained by an owners
association.
Common open space must be set aside and designated as an area where no development
will occur, other than project-related recreational amenities or passive open space areas.
The Planning and Zoning Commission may require that up to fifty (50) percent of required
common open space be useable recreational space if deemed necessary by the
Commission to ensure adequate recreational amenities for residents of the development.
2) Common Open Space Requirements for Cluster Developments.
a) Common open space is required within a cluster development to ensure that the
overall density within the development does not exceed the maximum density
allowed by the underlying zoning district.
b) Common open space must be provided in an amount of at least twenty-five (25)
percent of the gross area of the development.
c) All proposed lots shall have direct access to the common open space, via access
easement, sidewalk, or street. Common open space may be located at the rear of lots
only when the space is designed for active recreation, or a design concept is
submitted to staff for approval. Examples of active recreation areas may include
amenities such as sports fields, hike or bike trails, parks, amenity centers, and golf
courses.
d) All open space areas shall be part of a larger continuous and integrated open space
system within the parcel being developed. The required common open space must be arranged to provide at least thirty (30) percent of the space in at least one (1)
contiguous area. The minimum dimensions of such space must be at least twenty-five
(25) feet in depth and width. The remaining required common usable open space
may be distributed throughout the proposed subdivision, or subdivision phase if
applicable, and need not be in one (1) such area; provided, however, no area
containing less than five thousand (5,000) square feet will be considered common
usable open space. If the required open space totals less than ten thousand (10,000)
square feet all required open space shall be in one (1) contiguous area.
e) The common open space requirement shall not be credited toward the parkland
dedication requirements specified in the Requirements for Parkland Dedication
Section below.
I. Easements.
1. Drainage Easements and Rights-of-Way.
a. Where a subdivision is traversed by a watercourse, drainage way, natural channel, or stream, a
drainage easement or right-of-way may be required in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design
Guidelines.
b. No construction, including fences, shall impede, constrict, or block the flow of water.
Page 720 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 47
c. A drainage easement or right-of-way shall not be considered a part of the lot area for purposes of
minimum lot size requirements of this UDO.
d. When feasible, utilities may be located within drainage easements and rights-of-way. Likewise,
enclosed storm drains may be contained in utility easements. In such instances, the utility
easement width must be adequate to provide space for storm drains, utilities, and maintenance
access.
2. Utility Easements.
a. Except as expressly provided for otherwise in this UDO, each block that does not contain an alley
shall have a utility easement at the rear of all lots. The rear utility easements shall be twenty (20)
feet in width, taken ten (10) feet from each lot where the rear of the lots abut each other, and
shall be continuous for the entire length of a block. These easements shall be parallel as closely
as possible to the street line frontage of the block. Where the proposed subdivision adjoins an
unplatted area or future phase of the subdivision, the City Engineer may require a twenty (20)
foot wide easement along the rear of lots.
b. Notwithstanding provisions to the contrary elsewhere in this UDO, the City Engineer has the
discretion to approve alternate easement locations for any subdivision based on the proposed lot
configuration, proposed location of utilities, or the depth of existing, proposed, or anticipated
utilities. The City Engineer may also require additional utility easements or additional easement
width for any subdivision based on the location, number, size, configuration, or depth of existing,
proposed, or anticipated utilities.
c. Buildings, signs, masonry walls, and other vertical structures that require a building permit are
not permitted within utility easements. Landowners may place a fence in utility easements if
unlocked gates are provided to allow the free movement of excavating machines, maintenance
equipment, and personnel throughout the full length of the easement.
3. Access Easements.
a. A private access easement shall be required to provide access to property that does not have
direct frontage to a public right-of-way or a public way. Private access easements may also be
required when shared driveway access is necessary to meet driveway spacing requirements along
a public street or public way. Driveways in required private access easements shall be
constructed to City fire lane standards and their installation may be delayed until the time of site
development. When private access easements are provided, construction and maintenance
responsibilities shall be assigned and noted on the plat, or the recorded volume and page of the
access instrument shall be referenced on the plat.
b. A public access easement shall be provided for a public way, for public sidewalks on private
property, and when serving as an access way. Fences, gates, parking, or other obstructions that
restrict or block access are prohibited.
4. Off-Site Easements.
All easements outside the boundaries of a plat that are necessary for the installation of public
infrastructure to serve the subdivision or development plat shall be acquired by the applicant and
conveyed by an instrument approved by the City Attorney.
5. Non-Public Easements.
Except as set forth herein, the dedication of rights-of-way, easements, and public infrastructure shall
not be encumbered by private easements that have pre-existing rights. Minor crossings are allowed.
J. Access Ways.
Page 721 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 47
1. Existing and planned access ways in adjacent or adjoining areas shall be continued in alignment
therewith.
2. In blockfaces over nine hundred (900) feet in length, an access way shall extend across the width of the
block near the center of the block.
3. To provide additional pedestrian and bicycle circulation, an access way shall be required on a cul-de-
sac street to connect to existing or planned facilities in the vicinity such as schools, parks, transit stops,
and multi-use paths.
4. An access way may be required to provide additional pedestrian and bicycle circulation within a
subdivision, between subdivisions, between culs-de-sac, or to provide access to schools, parks,
shopping centers, multi-use paths, transportation, and other community facilities in the vicinity.
5. If an access way is greater than three hundred (300) feet in length then an additional access point to
the access way shall be provided.
K. Sidewalks.
1. Policy.
Sidewalks should be located and constructed to provide a safe and effective means of transportation
for non-vehicular traffic.
2. Required Sidewalks.
a. Sidewalks shall be required on both sides of all streets except as identified below or as provided
elsewhere in this UDO.
b. Where a multi-use path is shown along a street on the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways
Master Plan, the sidewalk may be incorporated as part of the multi-use path.
3. Sidewalk Exceptions.
Sidewalks are not required:
a. Around the bulb of a cul-de-sac unless an access way is provided through the cul-de-sac;
b. Along a street classified on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class
Map as a freeway/expressway, unless a sidewalk or multi-use path has been identified on the
Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan;
c. Along one side of streets identified as a major collector or minor collector on the Comprehensive
Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map within a Rural context zone;
d. Along new or existing local/residential streets within an estate lot subdivision with the street
constructed to a rural section; or
e. Along existing local/residential streets unless sidewalks have been identified in the Bicycle,
Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.
4. Standards.
Sidewalks shall be constructed in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and all applicable
local, state, and federal requirements.
5. Timing of Construction.
Except as set forth below, all required sidewalks must be constructed concurrently with the street, or if
the street is already constructed prior to acceptance of all public improvements.
a. Residential Subdivisions.
Page 722 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 47
At the time of the final plat application, the subdivider may opt to defer the construction of
sidewalks on residential streets along single-family, duplex, or townhouse lots for up to one (1)
year from the approval of the final plat when the subdivider provides a bond or surety in
accordance with the Construction, Guarantee of Performance, and Acceptance of Public
Infrastructure Section below. The subdivider shall provide a sidewalk plan with the final plat
construction documents and installation of the sidewalks shall comply with this plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this provision does not allow the deferment of the construction
of sidewalks along thoroughfares, sidewalk ramps at all street intersections, and sidewalks along
residential streets that are not adjacent to a residential lot such as along a common area, creek
crossing, or park. Other pedestrian facilities such as access ways and multi-use paths shall be
constructed at the same time as the public infrastructure of the plat.
b. Fee in Lieu of Construction.
1) Fee in Lieu.
Except for development located within the Northgate zoning districts, a developer may
request to pay a fee in lieu of constructing the required sidewalk(s) or multi-use path upon
approval by the Administrator as set forth below. The Administrator shall have final
authority in determining what proportion of sidewalks or fees may be accepted in lieu of
sidewalk construction.
2) Amount of Fee.
The amount of fee in lieu of sidewalk construction shall be a unit cost determined by the
City Engineer based upon current estimated costs. The unit cost fee shall be kept on file in
the Planning and Development Services Department and made available to the public upon
request. The unit cost fee calculation shall be reviewed at least annually by the City
Engineer and adjusted as necessary.
3) Criteria to Allow Fee in Lieu.
The Administrator may authorize or require a fee in lieu of sidewalk or multi-use path
construction when it is determined that one (1) or more of the following conditions exist:
a) The presence of unique or unusual topographic, vegetative, or other natural
conditions exist;
b) A capital improvement project is funded and forthcoming that will include the
construction of the required sidewalk or multi-use path;
c) Existing streets constructed to rural section that are not identified on the
Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map with a Rural
context zone;
d) The proposed development is within an older residential subdivision meeting the
criteria in the Platting and Replatting within Older Residential Subdivisions Subsection
above; or
e) The proposed development contains frontage on a freeway/expressway as
designated by the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map.
4) Use of Fee.
The City Council hereby establishes sidewalk zones as shown on the Sidewalk Zone Map
below. Fees collected in lieu of sidewalk or multi-use path construction shall be expended
in the same zone as the development or in an adjacent zone in a scenario where the
development occurs near a zone boundary. Fees collected in lieu of sidewalk construction
Page 723 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 47
shall be used only for preliminary design, design, construction, reconstruction, surveying,
or land acquisition costs associated with sidewalks, multi-use paths, and other non-
vehicular ways.
Sidewalk Zone Map
5) Reimbursement.
The City may acquire land for sidewalks or make sidewalk improvements related to actual
or potential development. If this occurs, the City may require subsequent sidewalk
obligations to be a fee, rather than construction, to reimburse the City for the cost
associated with acquisitions or construction.
6) Fee Due.
Fees paid pursuant to this Section shall be remitted to the City when the guarantee of
construction of public improvements for the proposed development is due or upon
commencement of construction, whichever occurs first.
7) Special Fund; Right to Refund.
All fees received by the City in lieu of sidewalk or multi-use path construction shall be
deposited in a fund referenced to the sidewalk zone to which it relates. The City shall
account for all fees in lieu of sidewalk construction paid under this Section with reference
to the individual development involved. Any fee paid for such purposes must be expended
by the City within ten (10) years from the date received by the City. Such funds shall be
considered to be spent on a first-in, first-out basis. If not so expended, the landowners of
the property on the expiration of such period shall be entitled to a prorated refund of such
sum. The owners of such property must request a refund within one (1) year of
entitlement, in writing, or such refund will be barred.
6. Appeals.
Page 724 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 47
The property owner or applicant for new development may appeal the following decisions to the
Administrator:
a. The applicability of required sidewalk or multi-use path construction;
b. The determination regarding eligibility for a fee in lieu of construction or requirement to utilize
fee in lieu of construction;
c. The amount of sidewalk or multi-use path required or fee in lieu amount due; and/or
d. The amount of the refund due, if any.
All appeals shall be taken within 30 days of notice of the action from which the appeal is taken.
The burden of proof shall be on the appellant to demonstrate that the amount of the required
construction, fee in lieu, or refund was not calculated according to the requirements of this ordinance.
The appellant may appeal the decision of the Administrator to the Planning and Zoning Commission. A
notice of appeal must be filed by the applicant with the Administrator within 30 days following the
Administrator's decision. The filing of the appeal shall not stay the requirement for construction or
collection of the fee in lieu, as applicable. If the notice of appeal is accompanied by a payment equal to
the fee due as calculated by the City, the development application shall be processed.
L. Bicycle Facilities.
1. General.
Bicycle facilities are planned and located to provide connectivity to the existing street network, parks,
schools, greenways, neighborhoods, and other key destinations; increase safety; and promote health
and wellness.
2. Timing.
Bicycle facilities shall be required in accordance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master
Plan and the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and constructed along with other public infrastructure
required pursuant to this UDO.
3. Types of Bicycle Facilities.
There are at least three (3) types of bicycle facilities that may be required. These types include the
following:
a. Multi-Use Path: a facility completely separated from auto traffic and within an independent
right-of-way or the right-of-way of another public facility;
b. Bike Lane: a facility where part of the roadway or shoulder is striped, signed, and marked for
exclusive or preferential bicycle use and where vehicular parking is not permitted unless
otherwise specified; and
c. Bike Route: a facility designated by signing and sometimes pavement markings to help make
motorists aware of the presence of bicycles that share the same area with motor vehicles.
4. Geometric Design Criteria.
All facilities shall be designed to meet or exceed standards set forth in the "Guide for Development of
Bicycle Facilities" published by the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO) and the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines. Signing and pavement markings for such facilities
shall be in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). Geometric design
criteria for each type of bikeway facility are as follows:
a. Bike Routes.
Page 725 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 47
Bike routes shall be indicated as follows:
1) The placement of bike route signage and shared lane pavement markings identifies bicycle-
compatible streets that will serve as bike routes;
2) A minimum of sixteen (16) feet-of the outer lane of streets measured from the outer lane
line to the back of curb shall be required for bike routes. A typical bicycle route street is
shown below; and
3) Bike route signage should not end at a barrier. Information directing the bicyclist around
the barrier should be provided.
Bike Route Street
b. Bike Lanes.
Bike lanes shall be as follows:
1) The bike lane is located within the vehicular roadway in the outside lane and is intended
for the exclusive use of bicycles. Bike lanes in the City of College Station must be developed
as one-way facilities and carry traffic in the same direction as adjacent motor vehicle
traffic; and
2) In general, parking in bike lanes is prohibited. However, parking may be permitted in a bike
lane in specific areas during specified times. Where parking in a bike lane is permitted,
signs shall be installed to provide notice to bicyclists of when parking is allowed. Parking in
a bike lane shall be limited primarily to spillover parking for public uses or events, but
parking for non-public uses may also be considered.
c. Multi-Use Paths.
The criteria for multi-use paths are as follows:
1) Multi-use paths should be located primarily in greenways, parks, or occasionally within
street rights-of-way. If a multi-use path is to be located in the right-of-way of a street, there
should be a minimum of five (5) feet separating the multi-use path from the roadway;
2) The standard width for a two-way multi-use path shall be ten (10) feet. In areas with
projected high volumes of use, multi-use paths shall be twelve (12) feet wide;
Page 726 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 47
3) The minimum width of a one-directional bicycle path is five (5) feet. It should be
recognized, however, that one-way bicycle paths often will be used as two-way facilities
unless effective measures are taken to assure one-way operation. Without such
enforcement, it should be assumed that bicycle paths will be used as two-way facilities and
designed accordingly;
4) A minimum of three (3) foot width graded area shall be maintained adjacent to both sides
of the multi-use path to provide clearance from trees, poles, walls, fences, guard rails, or
other lateral obstructions; and
5) Multi-use paths shall be located in a public access easement of a minimum of twenty (20)
feet in width.
M. Water Facilities.
1. All subdivisions shall have access to water supply and distribution systems for adequate fire protection
and domestic use. All water mains, distribution, and service lines shall be provided to each lot and
constructed in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and all applicable state and federal
requirements. Where there is a conflict of standards, the more stringent standard shall apply, as
determined by the City Engineer. The City shall accept for public use only water mains, distribution,
and service lines that comply with these standards for construction.
2. Water mains within the City of College Station Certificate of Convenience and Necessity (CCN) areas
shall be extended in accordance with Chapter 40, Utilities of the City of College Station Code of
Ordinances.
3. Where a subdivision contains a water line as shown on the Water System Master Plan, such water line
shall be designed and installed to maintain continuity in the approximate location as shown, and of the
size indicated.
4. Water distribution lines shall be extended from the nearest City approved point of connection to the
furthest boundary line of the platted subdivision.
5. For water systems that are not part of the City of College Station's water utility, the subdivider shall
provide a letter with the construction documents from the non-City utility indicating that the non-City
utility can properly serve the proposed subdivision. Construction of all water facilities within a
subdivision must comply with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines. Plans for such systems will be
subject to City review and inspection. City involvement with such a water system ends with the
sanitization of the line.
N. Wastewater Facilities.
1. All subdivisions shall have access to wastewater facilities. All collection mains and service lines shall be
provided to each lot and constructed in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and all
applicable state and federal requirements. Where there is a conflict of standards, the more stringent
standard shall apply, as determined by the City Engineer. The City shall accept for public use only
wastewater facilities that comply with these standards for construction.
2. Wastewater mains within the City of College Station Certificate of Convenience and Necessity (CCN)
areas shall be extended in accordance with Chapter 40, Utilities of the City of College Station Code of
Ordinances.
3. Where a subdivision contains a wastewater line as shown on the Wastewater System Master Plan, such
wastewater line shall be designed and installed to maintain continuity in the approximate location as
shown, and of the size indicated.
Page 727 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 47
4. For wastewater systems that are not part of the City of College Station's wastewater utility, the
subdivider shall provide a letter with the construction documents from the non-City utility indicating
that the non-City utility can properly serve the proposed subdivision. Construction of all wastewater
facilities within a subdivision must comply with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines. Plans for such
systems will be subject to City review and inspection. Wastewater lines for these systems that are
outside the subdivision are not required to meet City standards.
5. Alternate Wastewater Facilities.
a. If wastewater main extension is exempted per Chapter 40, Utilities of the City of College Station
Code of Ordinances or if the subdivision is located outside of the City of College Station CCN or
otherwise not served by the City, the subdivider may provide temporary alternative wastewater
disposal as follows and as may be conditioned by Chapter 40, Utilities of the City of College
Station Code of Ordinances or otherwise:
1) Organized Wastewater Collection and Treatment System.
A subdivider may have a proposed subdivision served by a non-City organized wastewater
collection and treatment system. Such system must be permitted to dispose of wastes by
the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) in accordance with 30 TAC Chapter
305 and obtain approval of engineering, planning, and materials for such systems under 30
TAC Chapter 317 from the TCEQ prior to approval of the final plat by the Planning and
Zoning Commission.
2) On-Site Sewage Facilities.
A subdivider may have a proposed subdivision served by on-site sewage facilities as set
forth below:
a) On-site facilities which serve single-family or multi-family residential dwellings with
anticipated wastewater generation of no greater than five thousand (5,000) gallons
per day must comply with 30 TAC Chapter 285 and other applicable laws;
b) Proposals for sewerage facilities for the disposal of sewage in the amount of five
thousand (5,000) gallons per day or greater must comply with 30 TAC Chapter 317
and other applicable laws;
c) The Brazos County Health Department shall review proposals for on-site sewage
disposal systems and inspect such systems as necessary to assure that the system is
in compliance with Chapter 366 of the Texas Health and Safety Code and rule in 30
TAC Chapter 285, and particularly §§ 285.4, 285.5, and 285.30—285.39, and any
other applicable rules or regulations within the purview of the Brazos County Health
Department; and
d) In addition to the unsatisfactory on-site disposal systems listed in 30 TAC § 285.3(i),
pit privies and portable toilets are not acceptable waste disposal systems for lots
platted under these rules.
b. Sanitary Sewer Master Plan.
A gravity sanitary sewer master plan shall be designed for subdivisions that contain lots that are
two (2) acres and smaller and that utilize alternative wastewater disposal methods. This master
plan is required to assure that all lots, in the future, can be connected by gravity service line to
the future sewer collection system. Adequately sized sewer lines shall be provided within the
subdivision's sewer master plan such that they conform to the Wastewater System Master Plan.
All lines designed within this master plan shall meet the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and all
applicable state and federal regulations. This master plan shall consist of verbiage explaining all
Page 728 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 47
design assumptions, plan and profile layouts of all future gravity lines to be constructed within
the subdivision, and a minimum finished floor elevation established for each lot to assure a
connection to the future gravity sanitary sewer collection system. All minimum finished floors
established by this master plan shall be placed on the respective lots on the final plat.
O. Special Flood Hazard Areas.
All development encroaching into a FEMA special flood hazard area shall be in accordance with the B/CS
Unified Design Guidelines, the Flood Hazard Protection Article of Chapter 105, Floods of the City of College
Station Code of Ordinances, and all applicable local, state, and federal requirements. Where there is a
conflict of standards, the more stringent standard shall apply, as determined by the City Engineer. The City
shall only accept improvements for public use that comply with these standards for construction.
P. Drainage.
1. All drainage shall be in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines, the Flood Hazard
Protection Article of Chapter 105, Floods of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances, and all
applicable local, state, and federal requirements. Where there is a conflict of standards, the more
stringent standard shall apply, as determined by the City Engineer. The City shall only accept
improvements for public use that comply with these standards for construction.
2. Rapid conveyance, the phasing of development, the use of control methods such as retention or
detention, and/or the construction of off-site drainage improvements as means of mitigation, as
provided in the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and as may be required and approved by the City.
3. No construction shall impede, constrict, or block the flow of water in any drainage pathway.
4. Lot Grading.
a. Lots shall be laid out to provide positive drainage away from all buildings. Individual lot drainage
shall be coordinated with the general storm drainage for the area. Drainage shall be designed to
avoid the concentration of storm drainage water from each lot to adjacent developable lots. A
subdivision grading plan shall be provided with the construction documents. A general drainage
pattern that meets all applicable rules and regulations shall be provided for each proposed block
and lot. Subsequent permits for each lot shall comply with the approved grading plan.
b. All single-family residential lots must be graded to meet the elevation of adjoining property with
positive drainage. Multi-family and non-residential lots shall be graded to match elevations at
adjoining properties to provide good access and minimize the use of retaining walls.
Q. Gas or Oil Lines.
1. Identification.
High-pressure flammable gas or fuel lines are defined as those which are operated or may be expected
in the future to operate at a pressure of over sixty (60) pounds per square inch. High-pressure
flammable gas or fuel lines, installed on public property, shall be buried with a minimum cover of thirty
(30) inches and shall be marked by an all-weather typed sign, installed at each crossing and intervals of
not more than three hundred (300) feet. The signs shall be installed by the utility company, state that
the line is high pressure, identify the utility company name, provide an emergency phone number, and
state the type of product or products transported therein.
2. Notification to the Utility Company.
The subdivider shall provide written notification to the utility company regarding any proposed
construction over an existing facility or within a utility's easement and provide proof of such
notification to the City Engineer.
Page 729 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 47
R. Streetlights.
1. General Standards.
a. Streetlights shall be designed and installed according to the utility standards in effect at the time
of subdivision construction or addition thereto.
b. The quantity, size, and type of streetlight pole and fixture shall be selected by the subdivider
from the College Station Utilities Construction Specifications, Electric Service, and Meter
Installation Guidelines.
c. The subdivider shall furnish public utility easements for the installation of streetlights, with said
easements to normally be five (5) feet in width.
d. Where underground electric service is provided, all street lighting and site lighting equipment
shall be placed underground except for the poles on which the lights are to be affixed. Where
overhead electric service is provided, street lighting and site lighting equipment may be placed
overhead or underground.
2. Streetlight Locations.
a. Streetlights shall normally be required at all street intersections and access ways, in culs-de-sac,
and at approximately three hundred (300) foot intervals along tangent streets.
b. In rural residential subdivisions, streetlights are only required at street intersections and the end
of culs-de-sac greater than three hundred (300) feet in length. The subdivider may request
additional streetlights at other locations within the subdivision, provided the frequency does not
exceed the general subdivision location standards recited above.
3. Installation and Maintenance.
a. The subdivider or their authorized construction representative shall be responsible for furnishing
and installing all streetlight facilities in accordance with the electric utility's design and
specifications and this UDO. All conduit installations shall be inspected prior to acceptance for
conformance with the utility specifications.
b. Streetlights shall be owned and maintained by an electric utility provider with a Certificate of
Convenience and Necessity (CCN) for that area.
c. The electric utility provider shall not be responsible for the installation or maintenance of
streetlights on alleys, private streets, or drives.
S. Electric Facilities.
1. All subdividers shall ascertain which electric utility is certificated to serve the proposed subdivision. The
electric utility design and facilities must meet all applicable City ordinances.
2. The electric utility will design the electrical system for all lots within a subdivision.
3. All electric utility services shall be installed underground in all subdivisions. All lateral electric lines and
service lines supplying electric utility service shall be placed underground except rural residential
subdivisions may have lateral electric lines and service lines supplying electric utility service placed
overhead.
4. Overhead feeder lines may be placed in the following locations:
a. Along the perimeter of a platted subdivision;
Page 730 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 47
b. Adjacent to or within the right-of-way of thoroughfares identified on the Comprehensive Plan
Functional Classification & Context Class Map and approved for the location of overhead utilities;
and
c. Within alleys or dedicated easements identified for the location of aerial utility feeder lines on
the approved subdivision plat.
5. The subdivider shall dedicate public utility easements upon forms approved by the City for the
installation of electric utilities. All liens and other ownership interests shall be subordinated to the
easement use.
6. Where electric service is placed underground, all auxiliary equipment for such service, including but not
limited to transformers, junction enclosures, and switching devices, shall be pad-mounted on grade or
shall be placed underground.
7. Where the electric service is placed underground, all street lighting and site lighting equipment shall be
placed underground except for the poles on which the lights are to be affixed. The City or the electric
utility shall not be responsible for the installation or maintenance of streetlights on alleys, private
streets, or drives.
8. The subdivider shall be responsible for the costs and installation of all conduit needed for underground
feeder, lateral, and service lines utilized to provide electric utility service to the subdivision. The
developer of a platted lot shall be responsible for the costs and installation of service conduit for the
platted lot. The specifications for the conduit shall be provided by the electric utility prior to
installation. All conduit installations shall be inspected prior to acceptance for conformance to utility
specifications.
9. Temporary utility service may be provided via overhead line extension.
10. The subdivider shall contact the appropriate electric utility provider to determine any additional
requirements.
T. Monuments and Corner Markers.
1. All block corners, angle points, points of curves, and all corners of boundary lines of subdivisions shall
be marked with a one-half (0.5) inch steel rod, two (2) feet in length, set in the center of a concrete
monument six (6) inches in diameter and thirty (30) inches deep, with the top flush with the finished
ground surface.
2. Where, due to topographic conditions, permanent structures, or other conditions, the view is
obstructed between any two (2) adjacent monuments, intermediate monuments shall be set to ensure
a clear view between adjacent monuments.
3. Corner markers, consisting of a one-half (0.5) inch steel rod or three-fourths (0.75) inch pipe, two (2)
feet in length, shall be driven flush with the ground surface to mark the corners of all lots.
U. Owners Associations for Common Areas and Facilities.
1. An owners association shall be established with direct responsibility to, and controlled by, the property
owners involved to provide for operation, repair, and maintenance of all common areas, fences, walls,
gate equipment, landscaping, and all other common facilities, including private streets and sidewalks,
which are part of the subdivision.
2. The owners association shall prepare and file for record a legal instrument establishing a plan for the
use and permanent repair and maintenance of the common facilities and demonstrating that the
association is self-perpetuating and adequately funded to accomplish its purpose and shall provide that
the owners association hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to indemnify, defend and hold
the City and the City's officials, agents, employees and contractors harmless, from and against any loss,
Page 731 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 47
liability, demand damage, judgment, suite, claim deficiency, interests, fee, charge, cost or expense
(including, without limitation, interest, court cost and penalties, attorney's fees and disbursement and
amounts paid in settlement, or liabilities resulting from any charge in federal, state or local law or
regulation or interpretation hereof) of whatever nature, even when caused in whole or in part by the
City's negligence or the joint or concurring negligence of the City and any other person or entity, which
may result or to which the City and/or any of the City's officials, agents, employees and contractors
may sustain, suffer, incur or become subject to in connection with or arising in any way whatsoever out
of the maintenance, repair use or occupation of the common facilities, or any other activity of
whatever nature in connection therewith, or arising out of or by reason of any investigation, litigation
or other proceedings brought or threatened, arising out of or based upon the operation, management,
maintenance, repair and use of the common facilities, or any other activity in the subdivision.
3. The budget for the owners association shall include a fund reserved for the repair and maintenance of
common facilities in the amount approved by the City staff.
V. Private Streets and Gating of Roadways.
1. General Requirements.
The following applies to the platting of roadways:
a. Gating of a public roadway is prohibited.
b. Streets required to meet block length or street projection requirements shall not be private or
gated.
c. Private driveways are considered public roadways for the purpose of gating requirements herein.
d. Vehicular access shall be provided on all private and public roadways at all times for police, fire,
City inspection, mail delivery, garbage pickup, dial-a-rides, utility, school buses, and other health
and safety related vehicles. Access must not require drivers to exit their vehicles.
e. A private street may not cross an existing or proposed public thoroughfare as shown on the
Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map. A private street may not
disrupt or cross an existing or proposed public park or pedestrian pathway as shown on the
Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.
f. The gate design and implementation shall be such that it does not pose a threat to public health,
safety, and welfare as determined by the City.
g. Private streets must meet the requirements listed in the Single-Family Residential Parking
Requirements for Platting Subsection below.
2. Owners Association Requirements.
a. All property owners within an existing residential area that is proposed to be gated or have
private streets shall agree to become members of an operative owners association.
b. The legal instrument establishing the owners association must provide for a street maintenance
agreement and reserve fund as well as written permission for the City's access to the subdivision
all of which must be submitted for approval by the City Attorney prior to the submission of the
final plat.
c. The City must have access to private roadways at any time without liability when on official
business. This includes permission to remove obstructions including any gate and guard (house)
upon non-compliance by the owners association with any terms of this UDO or as necessary for
emergency vehicle access. In the event the City must remove obstructions to access the
Page 732 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 22 of 47
development, the owners association will be assessed for all costs substantially associated
therewith.
d. In the event the City deems that substantial repairs to the private street(s) within a gated
community are necessary to ensure safe access and passage for emergency service vehicles, the
City will notify the owners association, and a public hearing before the City Council will be set for
input on the projected repairs. Should the owners association fail to provide the satisfactory
repairs deemed necessary in a time frame set by the City at the public hearing, then the City will
make the necessary repairs and assess the owners association all costs borne by the City in the
repair of the private street(s). Should the owners association fail to reimburse the City within
ninety (90) days, the owners association shall be subject to a lien and possibly foreclosure of all
assets including but not limited to the maintenance reserve fund.
3. Geometric Design Guidelines.
The following applies to the design of private roadways:
a. Private streets shall be constructed to public street standards but located within a common area,
private right-of-way, or private access easement.
b. The gate(s) may not be placed on a public right-of-way or easement.
c. All gate mechanical or manual operating functions shall meet College Station Fire Department
requirements and provide passage with unobstructed vertical clearance.
d. The throat depth for a gated entryway shall meet the following requirements (refer to figures
below):
1) A minimum of twenty (20) feet for one (1) residential single-family lot.
2) A minimum of sixty (60) feet for up to twenty-five (25) single-family lots.
3) A minimum of one hundred (100) feet for twenty-six (26) single-family lots or greater.
e. Gated entryways shall provide adequate access for pedestrians and bicycles.
f. Gated entryways to subdivisions shall provide adequate turnaround areas for vehicles that are
denied access to prevent backing into a public street. (refer to figures below)
g. The gated entryway driveway pavement widths to subdivisions, for both egress and ingress, shall
be a minimum of twenty (20) feet per driveway and are required to provide a minimum four (4)
feet center median. (refer to figures below)
h. The gated area shall provide a minimum unobstructed vertical clearance of fourteen (14) feet
and six (6) inches from the finished roadway surface over the entire width of the entry roadway.
i. Public safety elements and signing shall be included in the gate entryway design.
4. Converting Private Streets to Public Streets.
The following is required when converting private streets to public streets:
a. Upon a written request signed by duly authorized owners association officers and submitted to
the City Council, the dedication of private streets to the public may be accomplished providing
the private streets are brought up to City standards for public streets and the City Council has
agreed to accept the streets.
b. The written request by the owners association officers will be accompanied by a petition
containing the signatures of the owners of one hundred (100) percent of the existing lots in the
subdivision, except when in the public interest.
Page 733 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 23 of 47
c. All repairs or reconstruction of private streets to City standards must be accepted by the City
prior to conversion. All conversion dedication costs will be paid by the owners association.
5. Existing Gates.
Any gate as defined by this Subsection existing as of November 13, 1997, which has received approval
from either the City or the County is deemed exempt from the requirements of this Section except
when the City must remove such gates to ensure access for the immediate health, safety, and welfare
of the public. The owners association responsible for such gate assumes all costs associated therewith.
Throat Depth Figure for Sliding Gates
Page 734 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 24 of 47
Throat Depth Figure for Hinged Gates
W. Single-Family Residential Parking Requirements for Platting.
1. Purpose.
The purpose of this Subsection is to establish requirements for new single-family and townhouse
parking to aid in reducing neighborhood parking problems and maintain the certainty of access for
emergency vehicles on local streets.
2. General Requirements.
This Subsection applies to all new single-family and townhouse subdivisions.
a. Each phase of a multi-phase project shall comply with this Section.
b. Subdivisions may utilize multiple residential parking options so long as each phase meets the
requirements, and all options are listed on the plat.
c. Replats, amending plats, vacating plats, and development plats are exempt from this Section
unless new streets are proposed with the subdivision.
d. All "No Parking" areas shall be depicted on the preliminary plan.
e. All "No Parking" signs shall be placed along the street to ensure adequate emergency access. The
developer shall provide and install, at no cost to the City, all "No Parking" signs and associated
poles and hardware to the City's specifications.
f. Parking only may be removed on one or both sides of a street upon the City Council approving an
ordinance removing parking from the street.
g. Where on-street or alley parking is utilized in a townhouse subdivision, driveways shall be
designed to allow a minimum of one (1) on-street or alley parking space per four (4) dwelling
units. Driveway layouts shall be provided with the final plat.
Page 735 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 25 of 47
3. Residential Parking Options.
To provide adequate access for emergency vehicles, new single-family and townhouse subdivisions
shall provide one option from the following:
a. Wide Streets.
1) Pavement width shall be a minimum of thirty-two (32) feet, up to a maximum of thirty-
eight (38) feet.
2) In addition to the right-of-way specified for the Residential Street Section in the B/CS
Unified Design Guidelines, additional right-of-way width shall be dedicated equivalent to
the increase in pavement width over twenty-seven (27) feet.
3) To minimize adverse traffic impacts on residential neighborhoods, bulb-outs shall be
provided at intersections of local streets. Bulb-outs shall not be required where a local
street intersects a street classified as a collector or higher.
4) As determined by the Development Engineer, engineering judgment shall override the
requirement for bulb-outs set forth above if warranted by specific traffic conditions.
b. Narrow Streets.
1) Pavement width shall be a minimum of twenty-two (22) feet, up to a maximum of twenty-
four (24) feet.
2) No parking is allowed on narrow streets to ensure emergency vehicle access. Narrow
streets must meet fire service standards as described in the City of College Station Site
Design Standards.
3) To provide adequate parking in residential neighborhoods, subdivisions choosing to
incorporate narrow streets shall incorporate additional parking spaces through either the
provisions of visitor alley-fed parking areas or visitor parking areas (See additional
requirements for visitor alley-fed off-street parking and visitor parking areas below).
c. Standard Streets.
1) Standard streets shall be designed in accordance with the Residential Street Section in the
B/CS Unified Design Guidelines.
2) Parking shall be removed from one (1) or both sides of standard streets.
3) To provide adequate parking in residential neighborhoods, subdivisions choosing to
remove parking from both sides of a standard street shall incorporate additional parking
spaces through the provisions of visitor alley-fed off-street parking or visitor parking areas.
Visitor alley-fed off-street parking and visitor parking areas have additional requirements as
specified below.
d. Wide Lot Frontages.
1) All lot widths shall be a minimum of seventy (70) feet as measured at the front setback.
e. Visitor Alley-Fed Off-Street Parking.
1) Visitor alley-fed off-street parking spaces shall be provided at a rate of one (1) parking
space per four (4) dwelling units. Visitor alley-fed off-street parking is in addition to
minimum off-street parking requirements. The Off-Street Parking Standards Section of
Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO lists additional requirements.
2) Off-street parking spaces shall be located in an access easement or private common area.
Page 736 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 26 of 47
f. Visitor Parking Areas.
1) Visitor parking shall:
a) be provided at a rate of one (1) parking space per four (4) dwelling units;
b) meet requirements of Off-Street Parking Standards and Access Management and
Circulation Sections of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO, except
requirements of alternative parking plans, and except as specifically exempted
below;
c) be developed at the same time as public infrastructure;
d) be located no farther than five hundred (500) feet from the lot it is meant to serve.
This distance shall be measured by a walkable route;
e) be located in a common area and maintained by an owners association;
f) be designed to prohibit backing maneuvers onto public streets, with the exception
that two (2) or fewer parking spaces constructed to single-family driveway and
parking standards are permitted backing maneuvers when accessing a local street;
and
g) not be counted towards common open space requirements for cluster
developments.
2) Visitor parking areas adjacent to a right-of-way shall be screened from the right-of-way.
Screening is required along one hundred (100) percent of the street frontage (such as ten
(10) shrubs for every thirty (30) linear feet of frontage), with the exception of areas within
the visibility triangle. Screening may be accomplished using plantings, berms, structural
elements, or combinations thereof, and must be a minimum of three (3) feet above the
parking lot pavement elevation. Walls and planting strips shall be located at least two (2)
feet from any parking area. Where the street and the adjacent site are at different
elevations, the Administrator may alter the height of the screening to ensure adequate
screening. Fifty (50) percent of all shrubs used for screening shall be evergreen. Two (2) or
fewer parking spaces constructed to single-family driveway and parking standards are not
required to be screened from the adjacent right-of-way.
3) Visitor parking areas may be constructed of permeable surfaces as allowed in the Off-
Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
4. Private parking constructed for the use of subdivision amenities, such as a community pool, may be
counted toward visitor parking if it meets all other requirements listed above and does not use
permeable materials for private parking area surfaces.
Sec. 8.4. General Requirements and Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the
City of College Station Extraterritorial Jurisdiction.
The following sets forth standards of design for subdivisions situated within the extraterritorial jurisdiction:
A. Reserved Strips and Tracts Prohibited.
A plat shall not provide reserved strips or tracts of land. In addition, the effect of the phasing of a plat,
provision of common areas, or other land or easement shall not unnecessarily restrict access to land, right-
of-way, or easements dedicated or intended to be dedicated to the public by the subject plat or adjacent
developments.
B. Technical Standards.
Page 737 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 27 of 47
All public infrastructure shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the Bryan/College Station
Unified Design Guidelines, Bryan/College Station Unified Technical Specifications, Bryan/College Station
Unified Construction Details, and all other applicable local, state, and federal requirements. Hereafter, these
documents shall be referred to collectively as the "B/CS Unified Design Guidelines." Where there is a conflict
of standards, the more stringent standard shall apply as determined by the City Engineer.
C. Streets.
1. Streets on the Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map.
Where a subdivision encompasses or is adjacent to a thoroughfare as shown on the Comprehensive
Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map, the thoroughfare shall be constructed and included
in the subdivision plat to maintain continuity in the approximate location as shown.
2. Relation to Adjoining Street System.
a. Where there is an existing street adjacent to or through the area to be subdivided, the necessary
street intersections to the existing street shall be constructed.
b. Existing and planned streets in adjacent or adjoining areas shall be continued in alignment
therewith.
c. When land is subdivided into larger parcels rather than ordinary building lots, such parcels shall
be arranged to allow for the opening of future streets and logical further subdivisions.
3. Street Projections.
a. When a public street is provided internal to the platting property and adjoining areas are not
platted, the platting subdivision shall provide street projections to such areas by projecting a
public street at intervals no fewer than the maximum block length along the perimeter boundary
of the subdivision.
b. Where abutting properties are landlocked, a street connection or street frontage shall be
provided through the platting property.
4. Adequate Street Access.
a. One (1) external street connection is required for a street serving as roadway access for thirty
(30) or fewer lots.
b. When there are more than thirty (30) lots to be served by external street connections, a
minimum of two (2) street connections to external paved public streets shall be required. The
Planning and Zoning Commission may allow remote emergency access where development
phasing or constraints of the land prevent the provision of a second street connection.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, two (2) street connections to externally paved public streets shall
be required when one hundred (100) or more lots are served.
c. Three (3) street connections to external paved public streets may be required by the Planning
and Zoning Commission when two hundred (200) or more lots are served.
d. Where more than one (1) external street connection is required, at least one (1) external street
connection shall not be located over a potential hazard such as a high-pressure gas line or a creek
where the one hundred (100) year floodplain overtops the street, regardless of its classification.
5. Intersections.
In addition to the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines, proposed street intersections shall meet the
minimum spacing and requirements of the Access Management and Circulation Section of Article 7,
General Development Standards of this UDO.
Page 738 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 28 of 47
6. Dead-End Streets.
Dead-end streets shall be prohibited except for short stubs to permit future extensions. Temporary
turnarounds shall be required for stubs of more than one hundred (100) feet in length or the depth of
one (1) lot, whichever is less.
7. Culs-de-Sac.
Culs-de-sac shall not exceed seven hundred fifty (750) feet in length. The length of a cul-de-sac is
measured along the centerline of the cul-de-sac street from the center of the bulb to the edge of the
nearest intersecting through the street right-of-way.
8. Geometric Standards; Street Design Criteria.
Streets shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines with
the following modifications:
a. Local streets shall be constructed to the rural residential street standards with a minimum right-
of-way width of seventy (70) feet; and
b. All thoroughfares, regardless of classification, shall be constructed to the rural collector standard
with a minimum right-of-way width of one hundred (100) feet or larger if the thoroughfare
classification requires additional right-of-way width.
9. Existing Substandard Street Right-of-Way.
a. Whenever an existing right-of-way is within or adjacent to a proposed subdivision and such right-
of-way width is substandard, the additional width for the street shall be dedicated. For
development occurring on only one (1) side of such a roadway, the amount dedicated shall
generally equal fifty (50) percent of the deficiency in width based on the classification and type of
street, as measured from the existing centerline of the right-of-way. If the parcel(s) on the
opposite side of the right-of-way previously dedicated a portion, the proposed plat shall dedicate
the remaining width. If the opposite side of the right-of-way has a permanent constraint such as
a railroad right-of-way or conservation easement, the full width of the deficiency may be
required.
b. The Administrator may reduce, increase, or eliminate the amount of right-of-way dedication
based on design considerations, existing development on adjacent properties, and dimensions of
the proposed subdivision or plat.
c. Notwithstanding the foregoing, additional right-of-way dedication is not required for amending
plats.
10. Street Names and Addresses.
a. Proposed streets that are extensions of existing streets shall bear the name of the existing street
unless otherwise recommended by the Administrator.
b. New streets shall be named to prevent conflict or confusion with identical or similar names in the
city, Brazos County 911 District, or the extraterritorial jurisdiction .
c. Streets shall not be named after any living person.
d. A proposed street name may be disapproved if it too closely approximates phonetically the name
of an existing street, is too difficult to pronounce, or carries undesirable meanings or
connotations.
D. Alleys.
Public alleys are prohibited in the extraterritorial jurisdiction.
Page 739 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 29 of 47
E. Blocks.
1. To provide a public street network that is complimentary to the Thoroughfare Plan and that ensures
uniform access and circulation, block length shall not exceed one thousand five hundred (1,500) feet.
2. If a plat is not bounded by a public through street or another qualifying break to block length, the block
length measurement shall continue to extend each way beyond the plat along the public through
street until the nearest intersecting through street or qualifying break to the block is reached.
3. Block length shall not require a new street to enter the face of a block when the surrounding area of
the block is subdivided so that a through movement is not possible, or a new block cannot be created.
F. Lots.
1. Lots shall be identified in numerical order within a block.
2. Lots shall be a minimum of one (1) acre in size.
3. Lots shall be at least one hundred (100) feet in width as measured at the street, except for lots around
the bulb of a cul-de-sac shall be at least seventy-five (75) feet in width.
4. Lots established for special purposes such as common area, open space, parkland, floodplain, drainage,
utilities, or other similar facilities shall be uniquely named and are not required to meet the minimum
lot size or lot width.
5. Side lot lines shall be substantially right angle to straight right-of-way or radial to the curved right-of-
way.
6. Lots shall be laid out so as not to cross municipal, county, school district, or utility service area
boundaries.
G. Easements.
1. Utility Easements.
a. Minimum Utility Easements.
Utility easements not less than sixteen (16) feet in width shall be provided along the front of all
lots on each side of a street. Where the front easement is impractical on one (1) side of the
street, a utility easement no less than twenty (20) feet in width shall be provided on the other
side of the street. Utility easements ten (10) feet in width shall be required along the side and
rear of all lots.
b. Additional Utility Easements.
Additional utility easements or additional easement width other than as described above may be
required by the City Engineer or B/CS Unified Design Guidelines based on the number, size,
configuration, or depth of existing, proposed, or anticipated utilities. Where the proposed
subdivision adjoins an unplatted area or future phase of the subdivision, the City Engineer may
require twenty (20) foot width of easement along the rear of lots adjoining the unplatted area or
ten (10) feet in width along the boundary of the subdivision or subdivision phase.
2. Off-Site Easements.
All easements outside the boundaries of a plat that are necessary for the installation of public
infrastructure to serve the subdivision or development plat shall be acquired by the applicant and
conveyed by an instrument approved by the City Attorney.
H. Access Ways.
Public Access Ways are prohibited in the extraterritorial jurisdiction.
Page 740 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 30 of 47
I. Sidewalks.
Public sidewalks are prohibited in the extraterritorial jurisdiction.
J. Bicycle Facilities.
Public bicycle facilities are prohibited in the extraterritorial jurisdiction.
K. Water Facilities.
1. All subdivisions shall have access to water supply and distribution systems for adequate fire protection
and domestic use. All water mains, distribution, and service lines shall be provided to each lot and
constructed in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and all applicable state and federal
requirements. Where there is a conflict of standards, the more stringent standard shall apply, as
determined by the City Engineer.
2. Water mains within the City of College Station Certificate of Convenience and Necessity (CCN) areas
shall be extended in accordance with Chapter 40, Utilities of the City of College Station Code of
Ordinances.
3. Where a subdivision contains a water line as shown on the Water System Master Plan, such water line
shall be designed and installed to maintain continuity in the approximate location as shown, and of the
size indicated.
4. Water distribution lines shall be extended from the nearest City approved point of connection to the
furthest boundary line of the platted subdivision.
5. For water systems that are not part of the City of College Station's water utility, the subdivider shall
provide a letter with the construction documents from the non-City utility indicating that the non-City
utility can properly serve the proposed subdivision. Construction of all water lines within a subdivision
must comply with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines. Water lines for these systems that are outside
the subdivision are not required to meet City standards.
L. Wastewater Facilities.
1. Private Septic Systems.
On-site sewage disposal systems (private septic systems) shall be designed to meet all requirements of
the County Health Department. These systems shall be licensed through the same agency and the
license shall be kept current. A note shall be provided on the plat indicated such as above.
2. Gravity Sanitary Sewer System.
Gravity sanitary sewer systems shall be in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and all
applicable state and federal requirements.
M. Special Flood Hazard Areas.
All Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) special floodplain hazard areas shall be according to the
requirements, jurisdiction, and enforcement of the applicable county regulations.
N. Drainage.
1. All drainage shall be in accordance with the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and all applicable local,
state, and federal requirements. Where there is a conflict of standards, the more stringent standard
shall apply, as determined by the City Engineer.
2. Rapid conveyance, the phasing of development, the use of control methods such as retention or
detention, and/or the construction of off-site drainage improvements as means of mitigation, as
provided in the B/CS Unified Design Guidelines and as may be required and approved by the City.
Page 741 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 31 of 47
3. No construction shall impede, constrict, or block the flow of water in any drainage pathway.
4. Lot Grading.
Individual lot drainage shall be coordinated with the general storm drainage for the area. Drainage
shall be designed to avoid the concentration of storm drainage water from each lot to adjacent
developable lots. A subdivision grading plan shall be provided with the construction documents. A
general drainage pattern that meets all applicable rules and regulations shall be provided for each
proposed block and lot.
O. Gas or Oil Lines.
1. Identification.
High-pressure flammable gas or fuel lines are defined as those which are operated or may be expected
in the future to operate at a pressure of over sixty (60) pounds per square inch. High-pressure
flammable gas or fuel lines, installed on public property, shall be buried with a minimum cover of thirty
(30) inches and shall be marked by an all-weather typed sign, installed at each crossing and intervals of
not more than three hundred (300) feet. The signs shall be installed by the utility company, state that
the line is high pressure, identify the utility company name, provide an emergency phone number, and
state the type of product or products transported therein.
2. Notification to the Utility Company.
The subdivider shall provide written notification to the utility company regarding any proposed
construction over an existing facility or within a utility's easement and provide proof of such
notification to the City Engineer.
P. Streetlights.
Public streetlights are prohibited in the extraterritorial jurisdiction.
Q. Electric Facilities.
1. All subdividers shall ascertain which electric utility is certificated to serve the proposed subdivision.
2. Electric utility facilities may be installed underground or overhead.
3. The subdivider is responsible for contacting the appropriate electric utility provider to determine any
additional requirements.
R. Monuments and Corner Markers.
1. All block corners, angle points, points of curves, and all corners of boundary lines of subdivisions shall
be marked with a one-half (0.5) inch steel rod, two (2) feet in length, set in the center of a concrete
monument six (6) inches in diameter and thirty (30) inches deep, with the top flush with the finished
ground surface.
2. Where, due to topographic conditions, permanent structures, or other conditions, the view is
obstructed between any two (2) adjacent monuments, intermediate monuments shall be set to ensure
a clear view between adjacent monuments.
3. Corner markers, consisting of a one-half (0.5) inch steel rod or three-fourths (0.75) inch pipe, two (2)
feet in length, shall be driven flush with the ground surface to mark the corners of all lots.
S. Owners Associations for Common Areas and Facilities.
1. An owners association shall be established with direct responsibility to, and controlled by, the property
owners involved to provide for operation, repair, and maintenance of all common areas, fences, walls,
Page 742 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 32 of 47
gate equipment, landscaping, and all other common facilities, including private streets and sidewalks,
which are part of the subdivision.
2. The owners association shall prepare and file for record a legal instrument establishing a plan for the
use and permanent repair and maintenance of the common facilities and demonstrating that the
owners association is self-perpetuating and adequately funded to accomplish its purpose.
T. Private Streets and Gating of Roadways.
1. Gating of a public roadway is prohibited.
2. Streets required to meet block length or street projection requirements shall not be private or gated.
3. A private street may not cross an existing or proposed public thoroughfare as shown on the
Comprehensive Plan Functional Classification & Context Class Map. A private street subdivision will not
disrupt or cross an existing or proposed public park or pedestrian pathway as shown on the Bicycle,
Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.
4. Private streets shall be constructed to public street standards but located within a common area,
private right-of-way, or private access easement.
5. All other private or gated street requirements shall be according to applicable county regulations.
U. City Participation.
The City will not participate in the cost of the subdivision or utilities outside the city limits, including garbage
collection and street maintenance except for utilities dedicated to the City with a development agreement.
Such utility service shall be in accordance with City Council Resolution #2-9-2006-13.04 (as amended)
Regarding the Extension of Water and Sewer Utility Services to Properties within the Extraterritorial
Jurisdiction (ETJ).
Sec. 8.5. Waiver of Subdivision Standards.
A. The Planning and Zoning Commission may authorize a waiver from the regulation when, in their opinion,
undue hardship will result from requiring strict compliance. In granting a waiver, the Commission shall
prescribe only conditions that it deems not prejudicial to the public interest. In making the findings
hereinbefore required, the Commission shall consider the nature of the proposed use of the land involved,
the existing use of land in the vicinity, the number of persons who will reside or work in the proposed
subdivision, the possibility that a nuisance will be created, and the probable effect of such waiver upon
traffic conditions and public health, convenience, and welfare of the vicinity. No waiver shall be granted
unless the Commission finds:
1. That there are special circumstances or conditions affecting the land involved such that strict
application of the provisions of this chapter will deprive the applicant of reasonable land use ;
2. That the waiver is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a substantial property right of the
applicant;
3. That the granting of the waiver will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or
injurious to other property in the area, or to the City in administering this chapter; and
4. That the granting of the waiver will not have the effect of preventing the orderly subdivision of other
property in the area in accordance with the provisions of this UDO.
B. Such findings of the Planning and Zoning Commission shall be incorporated into the official minutes of the
meetings at which such waiver is granted. Waivers may be granted only when in harmony with the general
purpose and intent of this UDO so that public health, safety, and welfare may be secured, and substantial
justice is done.
Page 743 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 33 of 47
C. Waiver from Water Flow Requirements.
A waiver to fire flow provisions set out in the Water Facilities Subsection of the General Requirements and
Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions within the City of College Station Extraterritorial Jurisdiction
Section above is prohibited.
D. Waiver from Lot Size.
With the exception of lots located within a City-authorized municipal utility district, a waiver to the minimum
lot size provisions set out in the General Requirements and Minimum Standards of Design for Subdivisions
within the City of College Station Extraterritorial Jurisdiction Section above is prohibited.
Sec. 8.6. Responsibility for Payment for Installation Costs.
A. Developer Responsibilities.
The developer shall be responsible for the designing and installing of all public improvements which primarily
serve the subdivision. This includes being responsible for the costs associated therewith that are shown on
the plat or that may be off-site but needed to ensure the adequacy of public facilities and services for the
subdivision; and subject to participation by the City or other third parties as may be allowed or required by
applicable law, such as participation by the City for costs associated with oversizing of public improvements
beyond that which is necessary to serve the subdivision. Facilities required by this UDO and the City of
College Station Code of Ordinances shall be considered as primarily serving the subdivision unless otherwise
determined by the City.
B. Streetlights.
The developer shall pay the entire cost of the subdivision streetlight installation, including the cost of service
lines to supply electricity to the streetlights, and all engineering design costs. Once satisfactorily installed,
approved, and accepted, the maintenance of the streetlights and the furnishing of electric energy to the
streetlights shall be provided by the City.
C. Street Signs.
The developer will provide and install, at no cost to the City, all street name signs, including associated poles
and hardware.
D. Engineering Inspection and Testing.
1. The City will charge for engineering inspection during construction and for final inspection as
established by City Council resolution from time to time; however, it is to be understood that the City
will do no layout work or daily inspection.
2. The City requires testing by an independent laboratory acceptable to the City to ensure compliance
with the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines and the Bryan/College Station Unified
Technical Specifications and approved plans and specifications of the construction of the infrastructure
before final inspection and approval of that infrastructure. Charges for such testing shall be paid by the
project owner/developer.
Sec. 8.7. Construction, Guarantee of Performance, and Acceptance of Public Infrastructure.
Construction of private improvements is prohibited until the requirements for constructing or guaranteeing the
construction of public infrastructure are met as set forth herein.
A. Construction.
1. Development Permit.
Page 744 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 34 of 47
Upon approval of the construction documents by the City Engineer and issuance of a development
permit, the subdivider may proceed with the construction of public infrastructure. Neither the
developer nor the contractor nor the subcontractor shall make a connection to or tap into the City
water distribution system, electric system, or sanitary sewer system until this requirement is met. The
developer shall furnish all necessary materials to make the final tap or connection.
2. Letter of Completion and Acceptance.
When the developer constructs the required public infrastructure, all such construction shall be
inspected while in progress, by the City, and must be approved upon completion by the City Engineer.
A letter of completion will be issued by the City Engineer when:
a. The construction conforms to the approved plans and the Bryan/College Station Unified Design
Guidelines and the Bryan/College Station Unified Technical Specifications and all applicable City,
state, and federal regulations;
b. The developer provides construction red-lined record drawings signed by the contractor
acceptable to the City Engineer that contain the following attestation:
"I, ___________ General Contractor for ___________ development, certify that the
improvements shown on this sheet were actually built, and that said improvements are shown
substantially hereon. I hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge, the materials of
construction and sizes of manufactured items, if any are stated correctly hereon."
___________
General Contractor
c. The developer and their agent/contractor, if applicable, sign the letter of completion which
furnishes the City a written guarantee that all workmanship and materials shall be free of defects
for one (1) year from the date of acceptance by the City Engineer; and
d. Off-site easements relating to the public infrastructure have been recorded or are presented to
the City and are acceptable to be recorded.
3. Upon completion by the developer and formal acceptance by the City of the public infrastructure
required to be completed by the developer, they shall become the property of the City of College
Station.
B. Guarantee of Performance.
1. In lieu of the obligation to construct public infrastructure as set forth above, the developer may elect to
file security guaranteeing the construction of the same to obtain final plat approval and to commerce
construction of private improvements. This may be accomplished in one (1) of the following two (2)
ways:
a. Performance Bond.
The developer may file with the City Engineer a bond executed by a surety company holding a
license to do business in the State of Texas, in an amount acceptable to the City Engineer of the
City of College Station, and a form approved by the City Attorney. The developer shall state in
writing a timeframe acceptable to the City by when such public improvements will be complete;
or
b. Letter of Credit.
The developer has filed with the City Engineer an irrevocable letter of credit, in a form approved
by the City, signed by a principal officer of a local bank, local savings and loan association, or
other financial institution, acceptable to the City, agreeing to pay to the City of College Station,
Page 745 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 35 of 47
on demand, a stipulated sum of money to apply to the estimated cost of installation of all
improvements for which the developer is responsible under this Section. The guaranteed
payment sum shall be the estimated costs and scheduling as prepared by the developer's
engineer and approved by the City Engineer. The letter shall state the name of the subdivision
and shall list the improvements which the developer is required to provide.
2. If one (1) of the two (2) types of security is filed by the developer and accepted by the City as described
above, the City Engineer shall inspect and approve the construction of public improvements in
accordance with the requirements of this UDO when the same occurs. If the developer fails to properly
construct some or all required public improvements, the City Attorney shall, on the direction of the City
Council, proceed to enforce the guarantees provided in this Section.
3. The City Engineer may extend the period by when completion of public improvements is to occur
regardless of periods that may be iterated elsewhere in this UDO. Such extension of time shall be
granted upon a showing of good cause and shall be reported to the Planning and Zoning Commission
and recorded in the minutes. No such extension shall be granted unless security, as provided herein,
has been provided by the developer covering the extended period and provided that such extension
does not jeopardize the general public health, safety, and welfare.
Sec. 8.8. Requirements for Parkland Dedication.
A. Purpose.
It is hereby declared by the College Station City Council that public parks, conservation, and greenway areas
are valuable assets that advance the public's health, safety, and welfare. This Section is adopted to provide
active and passive recreational areas in the form of park facilities as a function of subdivision and site
development in the City of College Station and its extraterritorial jurisdiction. This Section is enacted in
accordance with the home rule powers of the City of College Station granted under the Texas Constitution,
and the statutes of the State of Texas, including, but not by way of limitation, Chapter 212 of the Texas Local
Government Code, as amended.
This Section recognizes that parkland dedication is a fair, reasonable, and uniform method of financing these
assets that do not impose an unfair burden on new or existing development. The intent is to require new
development to pay its proportionate costs that are associated with providing new, expanded, and
renovated parks, so they are borne by the new residents who are responsible for creating the additional demand. This is done by integrating such requirements into the procedure for planning and developing
property or subdivisions in the city and its extraterritorial jurisdiction, whether such development consists of
new construction on vacant land or rebuilding and remodeling of multi-family dwellings that increases the
number of bedrooms on existing residential property.
The intent of these assets is to provide a variety of outdoor recreational opportunities for new residents
within reasonable proximity of their homes. The primary cost of purchasing, developing, or improving parks
should be borne by the landowners of residential property who, because of the proximity of their property to
such parks, shall be the primary beneficiaries of such facilities. To ensure this nexus, park zones have been
established by the City Council. They are shown on the Park Zones map below, and they shall be prima facie
proof that any park area located therein is within a convenient distance from any residence located therein.
Parkland dedication is consistent with and furthers the objectives and policies of the Comprehensive Plan
and the Recreation, Park, and Open Space Master Plan to protect the health, safety, and general welfare of
the public. It is coordinated with other city policies, ordinances, and resolutions by which the City seeks to
ensure the provision of adequate park facilities in conjunction with the development of land.
B. Applicability.
Page 746 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 36 of 47
1. This Section applies to a landowner who develops land for residential use located within the city or its
extraterritorial jurisdiction.
2. The parkland dedication and park development fees required by this Section are waived for any unit
that qualifies as new, affordable housing to be sold to low-and moderate-income households, as
defined by the current U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Income Limits.
C. Park Zones.
The City is hereby divided into park zones, as shown on the official Park Zones map below, together with all
explanatory matter thereon.
Zone boundaries typically follow key topographic features such as major thoroughfares, streams, city limits,
and extraterritorial jurisdiction boundary lines. New park zones may be created, or existing zones amended,
pursuant to procedures for amending the UDO.
Park Zone Map
D. Requirements.
1. General.
The City Manager or their designee shall administer this Section with certain review, recommendation,
and approval authorities being assigned to the Planning and Zoning Commission, the Parks and
Recreation Advisory Board, and various City departments as specified herein.
Generally, the developer of residential property must address the following requirements pursuant to
this Section: dedication of land for park use or payment of a fee in lieu thereof, and payment of a
development fee for park improvements necessary to transform the land into a usable park.
Requirements herein are based on actual dwelling units or bedrooms for the entire development.
Increases or decreases in the final unit or bedroom count may require an adjustment in fees paid or
land dedicated. If the actual number of dwelling units or bedrooms exceeds the original estimate,
additional parkland and additional park development fees may be required in accordance with the
requirements in this Section.
Page 747 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 37 of 47
The delineation of park zones is identified in the Park Zones Subsection above. The schedule of fees
and required land dedications are identified in the Parkland Dedication and Development Fees
Subsection below.
2. Land Dedication.
a. The amount of land to be dedicated for park purposes shall be as set forth in the Parkland
Dedication and Development Fees Subsection below.
The total amount of land dedicated for the development shall be dedicated to the City in fee
simple:
1) Prior to the issuance of any building permits for multi-family and multiplex development,
2) Concurrently with the final plat for each phase of the development, or
3) In accordance with the terms of a valid development agreement associated with the
property.
If land dedication is to occur in future phases of a multiple-phase development, the developer
may provide the City with financial security against the current dedication requirements by
providing a bond, irrevocable letter of credit, or another alternative financial guarantee such as a
cash deposit in the amount equal to the number of acres of parkland required in a form
acceptable to the City. The amount of the financial guarantee shall be the amount of fee in lieu
of land dedication and improvements as set forth in the Parkland Dedication and Development
Fees Subsection below. The financial guarantee will be released to the developer, without
interest, upon the filing of the final plat for the subsequent phase that dedicates the required
parkland and payment of the fee for the required improvements.
b. Since residents living in the extraterritorial jurisdiction are likely to use the City's park facilities,
they should contribute to the cost of providing them. As a result of the difficulty faced by the City
in maintaining property outside the city limits, the City will generally require a fee in lieu rather
than the dedication of land. Alternatively, the dedication requirements of this Section may be
met through the creation of private parkland in the same amount required as set forth in the
Parkland Dedication and Development Fees Subsection below provided the developer enters into
a written agreement that all such private parkland be dedicated to the City at the time of full
purpose annexation into the city and provided that any plat related to such development is
inscribed with a notation regarding same. If the private parkland option is chosen, a provision for
private upkeep of the facilities as described in the Credit for Private Park Amenities Subsection
below shall be made.
3. Fee in Lieu of Land.
Instead of dedicating land for parks, a developer may request to meet some or all of the land
dedication requirements through payment of a fee in lieu thereof in the amounts set forth in the
Parkland Dedication and Development Fees Subsection below. Such fees shall be due at the same time
as fees are due for final platting or for issuance of a building permit, based on the type of residential
development.
4. City Final Approval.
The City shall have the final authority in determining what proportion of land or fee may be accepted in
lieu of required land dedication. The City may, from time to time, require that a fee be submitted in
lieu of land dedication in amounts as set forth in the Parkland Dedication and Development Fees
Subsection below. Likewise, the City may, from time to time, require that land be dedicated in amounts
as set forth in the Parkland Dedication and Development Fees Subsection below and that no fee in lieu
of land will be accepted.
Page 748 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 38 of 47
5. Approval Process for Parkland Dedication.
a. For the land dedication of five (5) acres or more to be accepted by the City, the landowner must:
1) Obtain a recommendation from the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board, and
2) Obtain approval from the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to the Plats Section of
Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO.
The Planning and Zoning Commission shall consider the recommendation from the Parks and
Recreation Advisory Board but may make a decision contrary to its recommendation by majority
vote.
b. The City of College Station will generally not accept dedications of land for parks that are less
than five (5) acres, as maintaining small parks is inefficient and too costly for the City to sustain
over the long term. However, the City Manager or their designee is authorized to accept and
approve land dedications of less than five (5) acres if the following criteria are met:
1) The proposed dedication provides a sufficient amount of parkland in the park zone of the
proposed development for required parkland dedication, or such land provides a valuable
link to the greater park system;
2) The proposed dedication has especially attractive park features, as determined by the City
Manager or their designee;
3) Where the proposed dedication is insufficient for a park site under existing park design
standards, some or all of the dedication requirements may be in the form of a fee in
amounts as set forth in the Parkland Dedication and Development Fees Subsection below;
and
4) The proposed development of the park is consistent with the City of College Station's
Recreation, Park, and Open Space Master Plan.
In making their decision, the City Manager or their designee may choose to submit such an
application to the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board for its recommendation. In such event,
the City Manager or their designee shall consider such recommendation but may make a decision
contrary in accordance with the criteria set forth herein.
6. Park Development Fee.
In addition to the land dedication requirements for parks, there are also park development fees
established herein sufficient to develop parks in ways that meet the City Park Facility & Equipment
Standards. The amount of development fees assessed to a developer subject to this Section for parks is
as shown in the Parkland Dedication and Development Fees Subsection below. The process for the
approval and collection of development fees shall be the same as for the parkland dedication
requirements to which the development relates and shall be processed simultaneously with the
parkland dedication requirements.
7. Construction of Park Improvements in Lieu of Development Fee.
A developer may elect to construct park improvements in lieu of paying the associated development
fees as set forth herein. In such an event:
a. A park site plan, developed in cooperation with the Parks and Recreation Department staff, must
be submitted and approved by the Director of the Parks and Recreation Department or their
designee and the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board upon submission of the final plat or
application for a site plan and/or building permit, whichever is applicable.
Page 749 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 39 of 47
b. Detailed plans and specifications for park improvements hereunder shall be due and processed in
accordance with the procedures and requirements of public improvements for final plats, site
plans, and building permit issuance, whichever is applicable.
c. All plans and specifications shall meet or exceed the City Park Facility & Equipment Standards in
effect at the time of the submission.
d. If the improvements are constructed on land that has already been dedicated to and/or is owned
by the City, then the developer must post payment and performance bonds equal to park
development fees to guarantee the payment to subcontractors and suppliers and to guarantee
the developer completes the work in accordance with the approved plans, specifications,
ordinances, and other applicable laws.
e. The construction of all improvements must be completed in accordance with the requirements
relating to the construction of public improvements for final plats, site plans, and issuance of
building permits, whichever is applicable. This includes the guaranteeing of performance in lieu
of completing the park improvements prior to final plat approval. Notwithstanding any other
applicable ordinances, park improvements should be completed within two (2) years from the
date of the approval.
f. Completion and Acceptance.
Park development will be considered complete, and a certificate of completion will be issued
after the following requirements are met:
1) Improvements have been constructed in accordance with the approved plans;
2) All parkland upon which the improvements have been constructed has been dedicated as
required under this Section; and
3) All manufacturers' warranties have been provided for any equipment installed in the park
as part of these improvements.
g. Upon issuance of a certificate of completion, the developer warrants the improvements for one
(1) year as set forth in the requirements in the City Park Facility & Equipment Standards.
h. The developer shall be liable for any costs required to complete park development if:
1) Developer fails to complete the improvements in accordance with the approved plans; or
2) Developer fails to complete any warranty work.
8. Submitting Fee.
Any fees required to be paid pursuant to this Section shall be remitted:
a. Prior to the issuance of any building permits for multi-family development; or
b. Upon the submission of each final plat for single-family, duplex, or townhouse development.
9. Use of Fees.
Fees may be used only for the acquisition, development, and/or improvement of park facilities to
which they relate; fees shall not be used for maintenance purposes. Fees in lieu of land dedication may
only be used for the purchase, development, and/or improvement of parks located within the same
zone as the development, or in an adjacent zone in a scenario where the development occurs close to a
zone border.
10. Reimbursement for City Acquired Park Land.
Page 750 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 40 of 47
The City may from time to time acquire land for parks in advance of actual or potential development. If
the City does take such action, then it may require subsequent dedications to be in fee in lieu of land
only. The fees will serve to reimburse the City for the cost(s) of acquisition.
11. Appeals.
The property owner or applicant for new development may appeal the following decisions to the
Director of Planning and Development Services, or their designee:
a. The applicability of the land dedication, fee in lieu, or development fee;
b. The amount of the land dedication or fee due;
c. The determination of credit for private property amenities; and/or
d. The amount of the refund due, if any.
All appeals shall be taken within 30 days of notice of the action from which the appeal is taken.
The burden of proof shall be on the appellant to demonstrate that the amount of the dedication, fee,
refund, or credit was not calculated according to the requirements of this ordinance.
The appellant may appeal the decision of the Director of Planning and Development Services to the
City Council. A notice of appeal to the Council must be filed by the applicant with the City Secretary
within 30 days following the Director's decision. The filing of an appeal shall not stay the collection of
the fee due. If the notice of appeal is accompanied by a payment in an amount equal to the fee due as
calculated by the City, the plat or building permit application shall be processed.
E. Prior Dedication or Absence of Prior Dedication.
If a dedication requirement arose prior to enactment or amendment of this Section, subsequent
development for the subject tract to which the dedication requirements apply may be subject to vesting as
set forth in Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended. Depending on the circumstances,
additional dedication may be required for the increase in dwelling units or bedrooms from what was
originally proposed.
F. Comprehensive Plan Considerations.
The Recreation, Park, and Open Space Master Plan, adopted by the City Council in association with the
Comprehensive Plan, is intended to provide the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board with a guide upon
which to base its recommendations. Because of the need to consider specific characteristics in the site
selection process and future development, the park locations indicated on the Plan are general. The actual
locations, sizes, and number of parks will be determined when development occurs or when sites are
acquired by the City, including by donations.
G. Special Fund; Right to Refund.
The City shall account for all fees in lieu of land and all development fees paid under this Section with
reference to the individual plat(s) involved. Any fees paid for such purposes must be encumbered or
expended by the City within ten (10) years from the date received by the City for the acquisition,
development, and/or improvement of a park as required herein. Such funds shall be considered to be spent
on a first-in, first-out basis. If the funds are not so encumbered by contract of purchase order or expended,
then the owners of the property on the last day of the ten (10) year period will be entitled to a refund of the
unexpended sum upon request. The owners of the property as shown on the current tax roll or proven by
another instrument, must request a refund within one (1) year of the expiration of the ten (10) year period.
The request must be made in writing to the Director of Parks and Recreation.
H. Credit for Private Park Amenities.
Page 751 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 41 of 47
1. Up to twenty-five (25) percent of the total fee in lieu and park development fee required by this
Section to be paid by a developer may be eligible for reimbursement if the developer provides private
parkland and/or amenities on the site. The remaining percentage is retained for deposit in the City's
parkland dedication fund for the purpose of defraying the financial burden that new residential units
impose on the existing public park system in the city, beyond the immediate development in which the
dwelling is located.
2. Private facilities eligible for parkland dedication credit are those outdoor amenities typically found in
city public parks, which will substitute for the improvements otherwise funded by a dedication fee to
meet the outdoor recreation needs of residents.
3. The amount of credit shall be based on actual out-of-pocket dollar costs that the developer incurred in
providing the outdoor recreation amenities:
a. The improvements must be constructed in accordance with the City Park Facility & Equipment
Standards.
b. The developer is required to submit to the City all invoices paid toward the construction of the
private amenities.
c. To receive the credit, the improvement must be inspected and approved by all appropriate City
staff.
4. Yards, court areas, setbacks, and other open areas required to be maintained under the UDO, and
other regulations, shall not be included in the credit computation.
5. Private recreation improvements shall be owned by an incorporated nonprofit owners association
comprised of all property owners in the subdivision. The organization should operate under a recorded
land agreement through which each property unit owner in the subdivision is automatically a member,
and each unit is subject to a charge for a proportionate share of expenses for maintaining the facilities.
6. Should the owners association fail to maintain the developer-provided private park facilities in
compliance with City standards, each property owner agrees that the City may access the facilities to
operate, maintain, and repair them. The costs of such maintenance, operations, and repairs shall be
charged to the owners association. Such requirement shall be by recorded covenant, which runs with
the land in favor of future owners of the property, and which cannot be defeated or eliminated
without the written consent of the City.
7. Use of the private park shall be restricted for park and recreation purposes by a recorded covenant,
which runs with the land in favor of future owners of the property, and which cannot be defeated or
eliminated without the written consent of the City.
8. Facilities must be similar or comparable to what would be required to meet public park standards and
recreational needs as set forth in the Parkland Park Land Guidelines and Requirements Subsection
below.
9. The design of private park amenities must be reviewed and approved by the City prior to final plat
approval.
10. All private park amenities shall be constructed in accordance with the Construction of Park
Improvements in Lieu of Development Fee Subsection above.
I. Parkland Guidelines and Requirements.
Parks should be easy to access and open to public view to benefit area development, enhance the visual
character of the city, protect public safety, and minimize conflict with adjacent land uses. The following
guidelines and requirements shall be used in designing parks and adjacent development.
Page 752 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 42 of 47
1. Any land dedicated to the City under this Section must be suitable for park and recreation uses. The
dedication shall be free and clear of all liens and encumbrances that interfere with its use for park
purposes. The City Manager or their designee shall determine whether any encumbrances interfere
with park use. Minerals may be reserved from the conveyance provided that there is a complete
waiver of the surface use by all mineral owners and lessees. A current title report must be provided
with the land dedication. The property owner shall pay all taxes or assessments owed on the property
up to the date of acceptance of the dedication by the City. A tax certificate from the Brazos County Tax
Assessor shall be submitted with the dedication or plat.
2. Consideration will be given to land that is in the floodplain or may be considered "floodable" even
though not in a federally regulated floodplain as long as, due to its elevation, it is suitable for park
improvements. Sites should not be severely sloping or have unusual topography which would render
the land unusable for recreational activities, as set forth in the City Park Facility & Equipment
Standards.
3. At the discretion of the City, land in floodplains will be considered on a three (3) for one (1) basis.
Three (3) acres of floodplain will be equal to one (1) acre of parkland.
4. Where feasible, park sites should be located adjacent to greenways and/or schools to encourage
shared facilities and joint development of new sites.
5. Unless intended to serve a larger area, park sites should be adjacent to residential areas in a manner
that serves the greatest number of users and should be located to minimize users having to cross
arterial roadways to access them. Furthermore, park sites should not be encumbered by overhead
utility lines or easements which may limit the opportunity for park development.
6. Where appropriate, sites with existing trees or other scenic elements are preferred.
7. Detention/retention areas will not be considered to meet dedication requirements but may be
accepted as a donation in addition to the required dedication. If accepted as part of the park, the
detention/retention area design must meet specific park specifications in the City Park Facility &
Equipment Standards.
8. Where park sites are adjacent to greenways, schools, or existing or proposed subdivisions, access ways
may be required to facilitate public access to parks.
9. It is desirable that fifty (50) percent of the perimeter of a park should abut a public street.
J. Warranty Required.
1. All materials and equipment provided to the City shall be new unless otherwise approved in advance
by the City Manager or their designee and all work shall be of good quality, free from faults and
defects, and in conformance with the designs, plans, specifications, and drawings, and recognized
industry standards. This warranty, any other warranties express or implied, and any other consumer
rights, shall inure to the benefit of the City only and are not made for the benefit of any party other
than the City.
2. All work by the developer or landowner not conforming to these requirements, including but not
limited to unapproved substitutions, may be considered defective.
3. This warranty is in addition to any rights or warranties expressed or implied by law.
4. Where more than a one (1) year warranty is specified in the applicable plans, specifications, or
submittals for individual products, work, or materials, the longer warranty shall govern.
5. This warranty obligation may be covered by any performance or payment bonds tendered in
compliance with this Section.
Page 753 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 43 of 47
6. If any of the work performed by the developer or landowner is found or determined to be either
defective, including obvious defects, or otherwise not in accordance with this Section, the designs,
plans, drawings, or specifications within one (1) year after the date of the issuance of a certificate of
completion of the work or a designated portion thereof, whichever is longer, or within one (1) year
after acceptance by the City of designated equipment, or within such longer period as may be
prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by this ordinance, the
developer shall promptly correct the defective work at no cost to the City.
7. During the applicable warranty period and after receipt of written notice from the City to begin
corrective work, the developer shall promptly begin the corrective work. The obligation to correct any
defective work shall be enforceable under this Code of Ordinances. The guarantee to correct the
defective work shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the City, nor shall other remedies be
limited to the terms of either the warranty or the guarantee.
8. If within twenty (20) calendar days after the City has notified the developer of a defect, failure, or
abnormality in the work, the developer has not started to make the necessary corrections or
adjustments, the City is hereby authorized to make the corrections or adjustments or to order the work
to be done by a third party. The cost of the work shall be paid by the developer.
9. The cost of all materials, parts, labor, transportation, supervision, special instruments, and supplies
required for the replacement or repair of parts and for correction of defects shall be paid by the
developer, its contractors, or subcontractors or by the surety.
10. The guarantee shall be extended to cover all repairs and replacements furnished, and the term of the
guarantee for each repair or replacement shall be one (1) year after the installation or completion. The
one (1) year warranty shall cover all work, equipment, and materials that are part of the improvements
made under this Section of the ordinance.
K. Parkland Dedication and Development Fees.
Parkland dedication and development fees for developments located within the city limits and
extraterritorial jurisdiction are indicated below. The City shall review the fees established and the amount of
parkland dedication required in this ordinance at least every five (5) years. Failure to review by the City shall not invalidate this ordinance. The amount indicated in the Collection Rate column shall be the amount
required for each unit or bedroom proposed.
Total dedication and fee amounts
Proportionate
Rate
Collection Rate
as of 7/3/2022
Collection Rate
as of 10/1/2022
Collection Rate
as of 10/1/2023
Collection Rate
as of 10/1/2024
Land dedication
Single-family: One acre per
number of dwelling units
48 61 53 51 48
Multi-family: One acre per
number of bedrooms
83 145 108 95 83
Fee in lieu of land dedication
Single-family per dwelling unit $1,106 $524 $664 $885 $1,106
Multi-family per bedroom $395 $220 $237 $316 $395
Park development fee
Single-family per dwelling unit $4,150 $737 $2,490 $3,320 $4,150
Multi-family per bedroom $1,486 $467 $892 $1,189 $1,486
Total dedication and development fees
Page 754 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 44 of 47
Single-family per dwelling unit $5,256 $1,261 $3,154 $4,205 $5,256
Multi-family per bedroom $1,881 $687 $1,129 $1,505 $1,881
The following calculations were used to determine the proportionate rate for the dedication and fee amounts:
Proportionate Rate Calculation
Input Data
Neighborhood park acres 567
Community park acres (ex. Lick Creek and Veterans) 354
Passive park acres 198
Total park acres 1,119
Single-family dwelling units 27,343
Multi-family dwelling units 19,010
Total number of dwelling units 47,796
Persons per household (PPH) - Overall 2.58
PPH - Single-family structures 2.89
PPH - Multi-family structures 2.20
Ratio of MFU/SFU PPH 0.76
(PPH - multi-family structures / PPH - single-family structures)
Dwelling units per acre of parks 42.71
(total number of dwelling units / total park acres)
Adjustment ratio MFU/SFU 0.12
((1 - ratio of MFU/SFU PPH)/2)
Land dedication
Single-family dwelling units per acre of parkland 48
(dwelling units per acre of parks (1 + adjustment ratio MFU/SFU))
Multi-family-family bedroom units per acre of parkland 83
((dwelling units per acres of parks (1 - adjustment ratio MFU/SFU) * PPH - multi-
family structures))
Fee in lieu of land dedication
Average cost per acre of neighborhood parkland $50,000
Average cost per acre of community parkland $44,250
Average cost per acre of passive parkland $16,250
Fair market value of existing neighborhood parkland $28,374,335
(average cost per acre of neighborhood park land * neighborhood park acres)
Fair market value of existing community parkland $15,655,778
(average cost per acre of community parkland * community park acres)
Fair market value of existing passive parkland $3,213,481
(average cost per acre of passive parkland * passive park acres)
Page 755 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 45 of 47
Total fair market value of existing parkland $47,243,595
Average fair market value of an acre of land $42,218
(total fair market value of existing parkland / total park acres)
Average fee-in-lieu $988
(average fair market value of an acre of land/dwelling units per acre of parks)
Fee in-lieu of land per single-family unit $1,106
(average fee-in-lieu * (1 + adjustment ratio MFU/SFU))
Fee in-lieu of land per multi-family bedroom $395
((average fee-in-lieu * (1 - adjustment ratio MFU/SFU)) / PPH - multi-family
structures)
Park development fee
Reatta Meadows
Cost (December 2017, adjusted for inflation to March 2022) $513,141.76
Acres 3.00
Cost per acre $171,047
(cost/acres)
Northgate
Cost (April 2019, adjusted for inflation to March 2022) $470,270.45
Acres 1.87
Cost per acre $251,482
(cost/acres)
Average developed park cost per acre
(average park cost/acres) $211,264
Average passive park cost per acre (15% of developed) $27,974
((neighborhood parks value + community parks value) / (neighborhood park acres + community park acres))
Neighborhood parks value $97,067,042
Community parks value $74,745,953
Passive parks value $5,531,890
Total parks value $177,344,885
Average development cost per acre $158,479
(total parks value / total park acres)
Average development cost per dwelling unit $3,710
(average development cost per acre /dwelling units per acre of parks)
Development cost per single-family unit $4,150
(development cost per dwelling unit * (1 + adjustment ratio MFU/SFU))
Development cost per multi-family bedroom $1,486
((development cost per dwelling unit * (1 - adjustment ratio MFU/SFU)) / PPH -
multi-family structures)
Page 756 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 46 of 47
Sec. 8.9. Certifications.
CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND DEDICATION
STATE OF TEXAS )
COUNTY OF BRAZOS )
I (we) ___________, the owner(s) and developer(s) of the land shown on this plat, and designated herein as
the ___________ subdivision to the City of College Station, Texas, and whose name(s) is/are subscribed
hereto, hereby dedicate to the use of the public forever all streets, alleys, parks, greenways, infrastructure,
easements, and public places thereon shown for the purpose and consideration therein expressed. All such
dedications shall be in fee simple unless expressly provided otherwise.
___________
___________
Owner(s)
STATE OF TEXAS )
COUNTY OF BRAZOS )
Before me, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared ___________ known to me to be the
person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that
he/they executed the same for the purpose and consideration therein stated.
Given under my hand and seal on this ___ day of _______, 20 ___.
___________
Notary Public, Brazos County, Texas
(Seal)
CERTIFICATE OF SURVEYOR AND/OR ENGINEER
STATE OF TEXAS )
COUNTY OF BRAZOS )
I, ___________, Registered Public Surveyor (Engineer), No. _______, in the State of Texas, hereby certify that
this plat is true and correct and was prepared from an actual survey of the property and that property
markers and monuments were placed under my supervision on the ground.
___________
Surveyor (Engineer)
CERTIFICATE OF CITY ENGINEER
I, ___________, City Engineer of the City of College Station, Texas, hereby certify that this subdivision plat
conforms to the requirements of the subdivision regulations of the City of College Station.
___________
City Engineer, City of College Station
Page 757 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 47 of 47
CERTIFICATE OF PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION
I, ___________, Chair of the Planning and Zoning Commission of the City of College Station, hereby certify
that the attached plat was duly approved by the Commission on the ___ day of _______, 20 ___.
___________
Planning and Zoning Commission Chair, City of College Station
CERTIFICATE OF THE COUNTY CLERK
Leave a space four (4) inches wide and two (2) inches tall for the Certificate of the County Clerk.
___________
County Clerk, Brazos County, Texas
CERTIFICATE OF CITY PLANNER (for amending or minor plats)
I, ___________, City Planner of the City of College Station, Texas, hereby certify that this subdivision plat
conforms to the requirements of the subdivision regulations of the City of College Station.
___________
City Planner, City of College Station
CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL (for plats in the extraterritorial jurisdiction)
This subdivision plat was duly approved by the Commissioners Court of Brazos County, Texas as the final plat
of such subdivision on ___ day of _______, 20___. Signed this the ___ day of _______, 20___.
___________
County Judge, Brazos County, Texas
CERTIFICATE OF NO ACTION TAKEN
I, ___________, Chair of the Planning and Zoning Commission, hereby certify that the plat was filed with the
Planning and Development Services Department on the ___ day of _______ and that the Planning and
Zoning Commission failed to act on the plat within 30 days after the plat was filed.
___________
Planning and Zoning Commission Chair, City of College Station
CERTIFICATE OF THE COUNTY CLERK
Page 758 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 9. Nonconformities
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 4
Article 9. Nonconformities
Sec. 9.1. General.
Except as specified in this Article, any use, building, structure, or sign existing at the time of enactment of this
UDO, or classification amendment applicable to its use, may be continued even though such use, building,
structure, or sign may not conform with the provisions of this UDO for the district in which it is located; provided,
however, that this Article shall not apply to any use, building, structure, or sign established in violation of this UDO
or ordinance previously in effect in College Station.
Sec. 9.2. Nonconforming Uses.
A. Continuance.
An existing use that is not in compliance with this UDO or subsequent amendments applicable to the use
shall not be enlarged, extended, reconstructed, substituted, or structurally altered unless the use is brought
into compliance with this UDO, except as follows:
1. Expansion.
a. For properties designated as Neighborhood Conservation on the Comprehensive Plan Future
Land Use & Character Map: When authorized by the Zoning Board of Adjustment in accordance
with the provisions of this Article, enlargement or completion of a building devoted to a
nonconforming use may be made upon the lot occupied by such building, where such extension
is necessary and incidental to the existing use of such building and does not exceed twenty-five
(25) percent of the original area of nonconformity.
b. For properties in all other areas: Buildings and structures devoted to nonconforming uses may be
enlarged, extended, or structurally altered provided such enlargement, extension, or structural
alteration is incidental to the existing use of existing buildings and does not exceed fifty (50)
percent of the original area of nonconformity. Enlargements greater than fifty (50) percent of the
original area of nonconformity shall require approval of the Zoning Board of Adjustment.
2. Conditional Use.
A use existing on the effective date of this UDO, or subsequent amendment applicable to its use, which would only be permitted as a conditional use, shall be a lawful nonconforming use until altered
pursuant to the Conditional Use Permits Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this
UDO. In the event of issuance of a conditional use permit, such use becomes a permitted and lawful
use.
B. Termination.
The City Council shall have the authority to initiate, on its motion, action to bring about the discontinuance
of a nonconforming use under any plan whereby the full value of the structure can be amortized within a
definite time period, taking into consideration the general character of the area and the necessity for all
property to conform to the regulations of this UDO.
C. Abandonment.
Page 759 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 4
Whenever a nonconforming use has been discontinued and changed to a conforming use, or whenever a
nonconforming use has been discontinued or abandoned for more than three (3) months, a presumption of
intent to abandon said use shall have been established and the right to continue the former nonconforming
use shall no longer exist. Subsequent operation as a nonconforming use shall be unlawful.
Sec. 9.3. Nonconforming Structures.
A. Enlargement; Alteration.
1. A structure (including parking lots, parking structures, and parking areas) that is nonconforming by
physical design may be enlarged or structurally altered as long as such enlargement or alteration
otherwise complies with the terms of this UDO with the following exceptions:
a. Parking Requirements: The Administrator may make exceptions to the requirement of following
the UDO for parking requirements for non-residential properties where there are physical
limitations and a demonstrated inability to meet all standards of this UDO but may not waive
more than fifty (50) percent of the required number of parking spaces.
b. Landscaping Requirements: The Administrator may make exceptions to the requirement of
following the UDO for landscaping requirements for non-residential properties where there are
physical limitations and a demonstrated inability to meet all standards of this UDO but may not
waive more than fifty (50) percent of required landscaping points.
c. Buffer Requirements: The Administrator may reduce required buffer yard widths and plantings
where there are existing structures being retained in the required buffer area or where there are
other physical limitations and a demonstrated inability to meet all standards of this UDO so long
as such reductions do not increase the existing degree of nonconformity.
2. In NG-1 Core Northgate, NG-2 Transitional Northgate, and NG-3 Residential Northgate, the whole
building plot must come into compliance with the requirements of this UDO when more than fifty (50)
percent of a building(s) on the site is enlarged or altered.
B. Termination.
The City Council shall have the authority to initiate on its motion or cause to be presented by interested
property owner, action to bring about the discontinuance of a nonconforming structure under any plan
whereby the full value of the structure can be amortized within a definite time period, taking into
consideration the general character of the neighborhood and the necessity for all property to conform to the
regulations of this UDO.
C. Abandonment.
Whenever a nonconforming structure has been discontinued or abandoned for more than three (3) months,
a presumption of intent to abandon said structure shall have been established and the right to continue the
former nonconforming structure shall be unlawful.
Sec. 9.4. Nonconforming Lots of Record.
A. Authority to Utilize for Single-Family Residence.
In any district in which single-family dwelling units are a permitted use, notwithstanding the regulations
imposed by any other provisions of this Section, a single-family detached dwelling unit that complies with the
restrictions below may be erected on a nonconforming lot that is not less than thirty (30) feet in width,
consisting entirely of one (1) tract of land of not less than three thousand (3,000) square feet, and that:
1. Has less than the prescribed minimum lot area, width, and/or depth;
Page 760 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 4
2. Is shown by a recorded plat or deed to have been a lot of record owned separately and individually
from adjoining tracts of land at a time when the creation of a lot of such size, depth, and width at such
location would not have been prohibited by any zoning or other ordinance; and
3. Has remained in separate and individual ownership from adjoining tracts of land continuously during
the entire time that the creation of such lot has been prohibited by the applicable zoning ordinance or
other ordinances.
B. Regulations for Single-Family Use of Nonconforming Lots.
A nonconforming lot authorized to be used pursuant to this Section may be used for a single-family dwelling
unit and no other structure except for a garage or carport. Construction of such single-family dwelling unit
shall comply with all the regulations (except lot area, width, and depth) applicable to single-family dwelling
units in the zoning district in which the lot in question is located, except that the following side yard
requirements shall apply in place of the side yard requirements otherwise applicable:
1. The dwelling unit shall be placed on the lot to provide a yard on each side of the dwelling unit.
2. The sum of the widths of the two (2) side yards on such lot shall be not less than the smaller of:
a. Twenty-five (25) percent of the width of the lot; or
b. The minimum total for both side yards prescribed by the dimensional standards for said zoning
district.
3. No side yard shall be less than three (3) feet wide.
C. Regulations for Certain Nonconforming Lots Zoned R Rural.
1. A single-family dwelling unit and accessory structure(s) in areas zoned R Rural, may be erected or
structurally altered on a nonconforming lot of record, that is not less than five thousand (5,000) square
feet in area and not more than one (1) acre in area, so long as the structure or the addition to the
structure complies with the setbacks established by the GS General Suburban zoning district.
2. A single-family dwelling unit or accessory structure located on property within the area annexed by
Ordinance No. 2011-3331, may be erected or structurally altered on a nonconforming lot of record
provided the proposed construction complies with the setback requirements established by the GS
General Suburban zoning district.
D. Other Uses of Nonconforming Lots: Site Plan Required.
In any district in which single-family dwelling units are not permitted, a nonconforming lot of record which
meets the requirements above may be used for any use permitted in the district in which it is located if, but
only if, a site plan for such use has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the Site Plans Section
of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO.
E. Lots Made Nonconforming by Right-of-Way Acquisition.
Any lot made nonconforming solely by means of dedication, condemnation, sale, or other conveyance for
public right-of-way shall be allowed to pursue any allowed use as if such area were a part of the remaining
lot, except that all applicable setbacks shall be adhered to.
F. Lots Made Nonconforming by Annexation.
Existing lots and platted or partially platted building plots made nonconforming by the zoning applied at the
time of annexation shall be allowed to replat, provided that the resulting replat brings the property closer to
compliance with current zoning district standards.
Page 761 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 4
Sec. 9.5. Nonconforming Tracts.
Unplatted properties made nonconforming by the zoning applied at the time of annexation shall be allowed to
plat, provided that the resulting lot contains the entire tract.
Sec. 9.6. Nonconforming Signs.
A. Continuation Allowed.
A lawfully nonconforming sign may continue in use except as otherwise provided in or authorized by this
Section. A change in the information on the face of an existing nonconforming sign is allowed if the change
does not increase the area of the sign face and involves no structural alteration.
B. Alteration; Expansion; Moving.
No nonconforming sign, by the voluntary act of the owner, shall be:
1. Changed or altered in any manner which would increase the degree of its nonconformity;
2. Expanded (sign face); or
3. Moved in whole or in part to any other location where it would remain nonconforming.
C. Signs Required to be Moved by the City.
Any nonconforming sign required to be moved or removed by the City shall be removed or relocated in
accordance with the provisions of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended.
D. Regulations for Certain Nonconforming Properties Zoned R Rural.
Attached signs may either be erected or structurally altered on a nonconforming non-residential structure
located on property within the area annexed by Ordinance No. 2011-3331, provided the proposed sign or
alteration complies with the Signs Section of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO.
Page 762 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 10. Enforcement
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 4
Article 10. Enforcement
Sec. 10.1. Enforcement by Administrator.
The Administrator, or their designee, shall have the authority to issue citations for the violation of the provisions of
this UDO. In the event an individual signs a copy of the citation given to them, they thereby acknowledge receipt of
the citation and promise to contact the Municipal Court and arrange for the entry of a plea and a hearing, where
necessary, within ten (10) days of the date of the citation. If the defendant shall not sign a citation, the
Administrator shall proceed to prepare and file a formal complaint with the Municipal Court and shall seek the
issuance of a warrant, delivering the same to the appropriate law enforcement officer for the resulting arrest of
the defendant.
A person who knowingly violates a written promise to appear in court, as provided above, commits a misdemeanor
regardless of the disposition of the charge on which the ticket is issued.
Sec. 10.2. Penalties for Violation.
Any person who violates or fails to comply with the requirements of this UDO, or who builds or alters any building
or structure in violation of any plan or statement submitted and approved hereunder, shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor and be liable to a fine pursuant to Chapter 1, General Provisions of the City of College Station Code
of Ordinances.
Sec. 10.3. Penal Provisions.
A. Within City Limits.
Any person violating any provision of this UDO within the city limits shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and
upon conviction, shall be fined pursuant to Chapter 1, General Provisions of the City of College Station Code
of Ordinances. Prosecution or conviction under this provision shall never be a bar to any other relief for
violations of this UDO.
B. Outside City Limits.
Any person violating any provision of this UDO outside the city limits, but within the extraterritorial
jurisdiction, shall not be considered as committing a misdemeanor, nor shall any fine provided in the Within
City Limits Subsection above be applicable; however, the City shall have the right to institute an action in a
court of competent jurisdiction to enjoin the violation of any provision of this UDO.
Sec. 10.4. Specific Enforcement and Penalties for Flood Hazard Protection.
A. Notification of Noncompliance.
If at any time development takes place for which an approved development permit has not been issued, or
development occurs which does not conform to the plans and specifications upon which the issued
development permit was based, the Administrator or their designee shall issue a written notice of
noncompliance to the owner. The notice shall give a specific time allowance to the owner during which he
must take one (1) of the following steps to bring the development into compliance with this UDO:
Page 763 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 4
1. An acceptable application for a development permit must be filed with the Development Engineer for
the entire scope of development taking place or proposed for the site;
2. The item or items which are not in compliance with the terms, conditions, and provisions of this UDO
shall be corrected, added, or improved until they comply with this UDO, at which time the owner shall
request, in writing, a re-inspection by the Development Engineer;
3. Modified construction plans shall be submitted to the Development Engineer which detail, in an
acceptable manner, the remedial, additional, or corrective measures which must be taken to bring the
development within the provisions and requirements of this UDO; or
4. An acceptable variance request, subject to the provisions of this UDO, shall be submitted to the
Administrator which shall have the effect, if granted, of removing the requirements for which the
development was determined to be in noncompliance.
The time allotment for these actions shall be reasonable and shall be determined according to the number,
nature, and severity of the non-complying items. In no case shall that period exceed thirty (30) calendar days
from the date of notification. If, in the opinion of the Development Engineer, a condition exists which is
hazardous to the immediate safety of the public, they may seek remedies outside the scope of this Section.
B. Revocation or Suspension of Development Permit.
Upon expiration of the time allotment for remedial or corrective measures, the Development Engineer shall
take one (1) of the following courses of action:
1. If, in the opinion of the Development Engineer, the owner has made, or is making, a good faith effort to
remedy the offending situation, the Development Engineer may extend the time allotment previously
granted if such extension is requested by the owner; or
2. Where an approved development permit has been issued for the development, the Development
Engineer shall suspend the development permit. Written notice of said suspension, along with the
terms and requirements for reinstating the development permit, shall be delivered to the owner.
Upon suspension of a development permit, all portions of the work being done on the property that is
regulated by this UDO shall cease. These activities include but are not limited to grading, excavation,
fill, berming, stripping, clearing, paving, placement of any storm sewer, drainage structure, inlet, or
appurtenance thereto; any work within a defined area of special flood hazard, or placement of any
structure, temporary or permanent, or any obstruction within the area of special flood hazard.
3. Upon finding that no approved development permit exists for the work or property in question or
suspending an existing approved development permit, the Development Engineer shall issue a stop
work order for all items of work on the subject property covered by this or other ordinances, any work
permitted, licensed, or otherwise regulated by the City, or any work subject to inspection or approval
by the City. The Development Engineer may enter the property to inspect and verify that the
requirements of this UDO are being met.
All notices required by this Section shall be served upon the parties concerned either personally or by
certified mail, addressed to the individual contracting parties or permit holder(s), at the address given on the
permit application.
C. Penalty Imposed.
Upon the finding of a violation of this UDO regarding flood hazard protection, the Development Engineer
may file a complaint in the Municipal Court of the City of College Station against any person, firm,
corporation, or other legal entity. In the event the judge finds any person, firm, corporation, or other legal
entity to violate the terms, conditions, or requirements of this UDO, or provisions or conditions pursuant
thereto, they shall find said person, firm, corporation, or other legal entity guilty of a misdemeanor; and
Page 764 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 4
upon conviction shall impose a fine pursuant to Chapter 1, General Provisions of the City of College Station
Code of Ordinances. Prosecution under this provision shall not be a bar to any other relief for violation of this
UDO.
D. Fine Not Exclusive Penalty.
In addition to a fine, the City may institute appropriate actions or proceedings at law or equity for the
enforcement of the provisions of this UDO, or to correct violations thereof, and, if applicable, appropriate
actions or proceedings at law or equity against any surety company, escrow holder, or any third party who
has affirmatively acted as surety or guarantor for the faithful performance of the permit holder's work.
Sec. 10.5. Specific Penalties for Certificates of Appropriateness and Certificates of Demolition.
A person is criminally responsible for a violation of the Certificates of Appropriateness Section and the Certificates
of Demolition Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO if:
1. The person owns part or all of the property where the violation occurs,
2. The person is the agent of the owner of the property and is in control of the property, or
3. The person commits the violation or assists in the commission of the violation.
Sec. 10.6. Specific Enforcement and Penalties for Drainage and Stormwater Management.
A. Enforcement Responsibility.
The Administrator or their designee has the responsibility for enforcement of the provisions of this
ordinance. The duties include not only the issuance of permits as required by this UDO but also the
responsibility of ensuring that all facilities conform with this subpart and with any other applicable state and
federal laws, and requirements and regulations of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances. The
Administrator has the authority to adopt policies and procedures not inconsistent with the terms of this
ordinance necessary to implement the provisions of this division.
B. Violations.
1. Violation of the provisions of this ordinance or failure to comply with any of its requirements shall
constitute a misdemeanor. Each violation shall be deemed a separate offense for every day during
which any violation of any of the provisions of this ordinance is committed or continued. Any person
found guilty of violating a provision of this ordinance may be punished according to Chapter 1, General
Provisions of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances.
2. The owner or operator of any facility, structure, premises, or part thereof, and any architect, builder,
contractor, agent, or another person who commits, participates in, assists in, or maintains such
violation may each be found guilty of a separate offense and suffer the penalties herein provided.
3. A violation of this Section is also declared a nuisance and may be enforced five thousand (5,000) feet
outside the city limits.
C. Notice of Violations.
If the Administrator determines that there is a violation of this ordinance, notice will be sent to the property
owner or operator of record by registered or certified mail, unless deemed an emergency pursuant to the
Stormwater Discharges Article of Chapter 14, Environment and Natural Resources of the City of College
Station Code of Ordinances. The notice will specify the measures required to come into full compliance with
this ordinance and shall specify the time within which the measures must be completed. Failure to comply
within the time specified is a violation of this ordinance and is subject to additional penalties outlined herein.
Page 765 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 4
D. Voluntary Compliance.
The Administrator has the authority to instruct an operator of a facility that commits any acts prohibited by
this ordinance to achieve voluntary compliance as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator will
provide a reasonable amount of time, specific to the occurrence, to remedy the violation.
E. Stop Orders.
The Administrator has the authority to issue stop-work orders for any facility that commits any acts
prohibited by this ordinance.
F. Appeals, Interpretation, and Variances.
Where applicable, any appeals, interpretations, or variances of the Administrator's designee shall first be to
the Administrator, then to a court of competent jurisdiction. Any appeals, interpretations, or variances of the
Administrator shall be to a court of competent jurisdiction directly.
Page 766 of 823
Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES
Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE
Article 11. Definitions
College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 29
Article 11. Definitions
Sec. 11.1. General.
A. For the purpose of this UDO, certain words shall be interpreted as follows:
1. Words in the present tense include the future tense.
2. Words used in the singular number include the plural, and words used in the plural number include the
singular, unless the natural construction of the wording indicates otherwise.
3. The word "person" includes a firm, association, corporation, trust, and company, as well as an
individual.
4. The word "structure" shall include the word "building."
5. The word "lot" shall include the words, "plot," "parcel," or "tract."
6. The words "will" and "shall" are always mandatory and not merely directory.
B. Words not specifically defined in the Defined Terms Section below shall take their common dictionary
meaning, except as modified by use as terms of art in planning or engineering.
Sec. 11.2. Defined Terms.
Accessory Use, Structure, or Building: A residential or non-residential use, structure, or building which:
(1) is subordinate to and serves a primary use or principal structure;
(2) is subordinate in area, extent, or purpose to the primary use served;
(3) contributes to the comfort, convenience, or necessity of occupants of the primary use served;
(4) is located within the same zoning district as the primary use; and
(5) is not used for commercial purposes other than legitimate home occupations in residential districts.
Examples of accessory buildings, structures, or uses include but are not limited to private garages, greenhouses,
living quarters, tool sheds, radio or television antennae, or bathhouses.
Access Way: An access way consists of a minimum fifteen (15) foot wide public access easement or public right-of-
way. A minimum five (5) foot sidewalk shall be constructed in the center of the access way, except where the
access way provides a connection to a multi-use path, a minimum eight (8) foot sidewalk shall be provided.
Administrator: The Director of Planning and Development Services of the City of College Station, or their designee.
Adult Arcade: Any business enterprise that offers or maintains one (1) or more adult video viewing booths.
Adult Cabaret: Any business enterprise which regularly features or offers to the public, customers, or members,
performances by persons who appear nude or semi-nude, or live performances that are characterized by their
emphasis on the exposure, depiction, or description of specified anatomical areas, or the conduct or simulation of
specified sexual activities.
Adult Motel: A hotel, motel, or similar commercial establishment which:
Page 767 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 29
(1) Offers accommodations to the public for any form of consideration. Adult motels provide patrons with
closed-circuit television transmissions, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other
photographic reproductions which are distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on matter
depicting, describing, or relating to "specified sexual activities" or "specified anatomical areas;" or
(2) Offers a sleeping room for rent for a time period that is less than ten (10) hours; or
(3) Allows a tenant or occupant of a sleeping room to sub-rent room for a time period that is less than ten
(10) hours.
Adult Movie Theater: Any business enterprise which regularly features or offers to the public the presentation of
motion picture films, movies, or sound recordings which are characterized by their emphasis on the description or
depiction of specified anatomical areas or specified sexual activities and which are presented to a common
audience of more than five (5) persons in an enclosed common area or are presented in a common area of more
than one hundred fifty (150) square feet.
Adult Retail Store: A business enterprise that meets any of the following tests:
(1) Offers for sale or rental items from any two (2) of the following categories:
(a) Sexually oriented materials;
(b) Lingerie; or
(c) Leather goods that are marketed or presented in a context to suggest their use in connection
with specified sexual activities;
(2) Offers for sale sexually oriented toys and novelties, except a business enterprise which devotes less
than ten (10) percent of its stock in trade and sales and display area to sexually oriented materials, with
all sexually oriented toys and novelties separated from other sales and display areas by an opaque wall
at least eight (8) feet in height with a management-controlled system of access to ensure that only
persons over the age of eighteen (18) years are allowed to enter the area;
(3) Devotes more than ten (10) percent of its stock in trade or sales and display area to sexually oriented
materials without having all sexually oriented materials separated from other sales and display areas
by an opaque wall at least eight (8) feet in height with a management-controlled system of access to
ensure that only persons over the age of eighteen (18) years are allowed to enter the area;
(4) Devotes more than forty (40) percent of its stock in trade or sales and display area to sexually oriented
materials; or
(5) Advertises or holds itself out in signage visible from the public right-of-way as "X…," "adult," "sex," or
otherwise as a sexually oriented business.
Adult Retail Store, Limited: Any business enterprise which offers for sale or rental sexually oriented materials, and
which devotes at least ten (10) percent and not more than forty (40) percent of its stock in trade or sales and
display area to sexually oriented materials, provided that:
(1) The following items are not also offered for sale:
(a) Lingerie; or
(b) Leather goods that are marketed or presented in a context to suggest their use in connection
with specified sexual activities;
(2) All sexually oriented materials are separated from other sales and display areas by an opaque wall at
least eight (8) feet in height with a management-controlled system of access to ensure that only
persons over the age of eighteen (18) years are allowed to enter the area; and
Page 768 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 29
(3) The business enterprise does not advertise or hold itself out in signage visible from the public right-of-
way as "X…," "adult," "sex" or otherwise as a sexually oriented business.
Adult Theater: A theater, concert hall, auditorium, or similar commercial establishment which regularly features
persons who appear in a state of nudity or live performances which are distinguished or characterized by an
emphasis on "specified sexual activities" or "specified anatomical areas."
Adult Video Viewing Booth: Coin or slug-operated, or electronically or mechanically controlled, still or motion-
picture machines, projectors, or other image-producing devices which present to five (5) or fewer persons per
machine at any time visual or audio material of any kind which is characterized by its emphasis on the description
or depiction of specified anatomical areas or specified sexual activities. No part of this definition shall be construed
to permit more than one (1) person to occupy an adult video viewing booth at any time.
Alley: A minor public way that provides a secondary means of vehicular access to the abutting property otherwise
served from a public street.
Alternative Mounting Structure: Any building or structure, other than a tower, which can be used for the location
of telecommunication antennas and facilities. Antennas located on these structures may include attached wireless
transmission facilities or stealth antennae.
Animal Care Facilities: A place where animals are boarded and/or bred including but not limited to stables and
kennels.
Antenna: Any system of poles, panels, rods, reflecting discs, or similar devices used for the transmission or
reception of radio frequency signals.
Antenna, Directional ("Panel" Antenna): An antenna that transmits and receives radio frequency signals in a
specific directional pattern of less than three hundred sixty (360) degrees.
Antenna, Omni-Directional ("Whip" Antenna): An antenna that transmits and receives radio frequency signals in a
three hundred sixty (360) degree radial pattern.
Antenna, Parabolic ("Dish" Antenna): A bowl-shaped device for the reception and/or transmission of radio
frequency signals in a specific directional pattern.
Appeal: A request for a review of the Administrator, or other administrative official's interpretation, of any
provisions of this UDO or a request for a variance.
Architectural Element: An element, design, or motif, that is installed, attached, painted, or applied to the exterior
of a building or structure for the purpose of ornamentation or artistic expression, and not relating to a specific
sign, logo, or identity of any specific business tenant.
Area of Special Flood Hazard: The land adjacent to a clearly defined channel within a community subject to a one
(1) percent or greater chance of flooding in any given year. The area may be designated as Zone A on the Federal
Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Flood Hazard Boundary Map. After detailed ratemaking has been
completed in preparation for publication of the Flood Insurance Rate Map, Zone A usually is refined into Zones A,
AE, AH, AO, A1—99, VO, V1—30, VE, or V.
Art Studio or Gallery: A structure where objects of art are created or displayed for public enrichment or where said
objects of art are displayed for sale including but not limited to the teaching of photography, painting, sculpturing,
and other similar skills as the primary use of the structure.
Assisted Living/Residential Care Facility: A building used or designed for the housing of the aged, and/or mentally
or physically handicapped persons who need assistance with activities of daily living and/or health care and/or
personal care in a homelike setting and duly licensed by the State for such purpose.
Page 769 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 29
Attached Wireless Telecommunication Facility: A wireless telecommunication facility that is affixed on an existing
structure that is not primarily used for the support or attachment of a wireless telecommunication facility and is
not a normal component of such a facility.
Banner/Flag: A piece of fabric used for decoration (contains no copy or logo) or for identification (contains copy
and/or logo).
Banner, Commercial: A sign made of cloth, canvas, or other flexible material which directs attention to a business,
commodity, service, entertainment, or attraction sold, offered, or existing.
Base Flood: The flood having a one (1) percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year, often
referred to as the one hundred (100) year flood.
Bed and Breakfast: A residential structure where two (2) or fewer rooms are rented to transient paying guests on
an overnight basis with no more than one (1) meal served daily, where no cooking facilities are provided in the
rooms and the total number of permanent and transient occupants does not exceed four (4) at any time.
Best Management Practices (BMP): Schedules of activities, practices, maintenance procedures, and other
management practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of the municipal stormwater drainage system and
waters of the United States. Best management practices also include treatment requirements, operating
procedures, and practices to control plant site runoff, spillage or leaks, sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from
raw material storage.
Block: A tract or parcel designated as such on a duly recorded plat. Blocks are surrounded by streets or a
combination of streets and other physical obstructions such as a railroad or one hundred (100) year floodplain.
Block Length: A measurement of the linear distance of land along a blockface that is bounded on both ends by
public through streets or by a combination of a public through street, public way, railroad, or one hundred (100)
year floodplain. As such, gated streets, private streets, culs-de-sac, alleys, private driveways, or access ways do not
divide land into separate blocks.
Example of Different Block Lengths
Blockface: That portion of a block or tract of land facing the same side of a single street and lying between the
closest intersection streets.
Body Rub Parlor: Any business enterprise where body rub services are provided to induce relaxation or for other
purposes.
Page 770 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 29
Building: Any structure having a roof supported by columns or walls and built for the support, shelter, or enclosure
of persons, chattel, or movable property of any kind and which is affixed to the land.
Building Height: The vertical distance measured from the finished grade and the height of the roof as described
below. For buildings with multiple roof levels, the highest of the various roof levels must be used to determine the
building height. The average height of multiple roof levels is not to be used to determine building height. Unless
indicated in the figures below, the building height shall be the highest point of equipment located on top of a
structure such as satellite dishes, heating, and air conditioning units. See below for a list of figures showing how to
calculate the building height for different roofs.
Building Height for a Cross Gable, Gable, Gambrel, or Hip Roof
Building Height for a Mansard Roof
Building Height for a Flat or Shed Roof
Building Official: The person designated by the Administrator as Building Official of the City of College Station, or
their designee.
Building Plot: All of the land within a project, whether one (1) or more lots, developed according to a common
plan or design for similar or compatible uses that may have shared access or parking and that singularly or in
phases is treated as such for site plan purposes. The determination of the boundaries of a building plot shall be
made as the first step in the site plan or project review unless such determination has previously been made at the
time of plat approval. For development not subject to site plan review, the building plot or premises shall be the
Page 771 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 29
exterior boundary of any included lots in the event the structure sits astride two (2) or more lots. In the event two
(2) or more lots are under single ownership and the structure does not meet the required side yard setback, both
lots shall be considered the building plot or premises. Demolished sites located in larger parking lots that may not
have previously been considered part of a larger building plot will be considered part of the plot if access is shared
with the site.
Bulb-Out: Extension of the curb line to physically narrow a street. Allows for delineation of on-street parking and
reduces the distance of pedestrian crossing.
Caliper: The width of the trunk of a tree measured at twelve (12) inches above grade.
Carport: A structure that has enclosing walls for less than fifty (50) percent of its perimeter covered with a roof
and constructed specifically for the storage of one (1) or more motor vehicles.
Car Wash: A place containing facilities for washing automobiles which may include the automatic or
semiautomatic application of cleaner, brushes, rinse water, and heat for drying.
Certificate of Compliance: A letter signed by the Development Engineer indicating compliance with all plans and
specifications applicable to the subject project and completion of all stormwater management and soil erosion
protection measures.
City: The City of College Station, Texas, which is enabled the Texas Constitution and the Texas Local Government
Code, as amended, to adopt land development regulations and processes.
City Attorney: The person employed as City Attorney of the City of College Station, or their designee.
City Council: The duly and constitutionally elected governing body of the City of College Station.
City Engineer: The person employed as City Engineer of the City of College Station, or their designee.
City Manager: The person employed as City Manager of the City of College Station, or their designee.
Classification Amendment: An amending zoning ordinance that pertains to the rezoning of a particular parcel or
parcels of land, as distinguished from a change in the provisions of the ordinance relevant and pertaining to the
entire city.
Clinic: A facility operated by one (1) or more physicians, dentists, chiropractors, or other licensed practitioners of
the healing arts for the examination and treatment of persons solely on an outpatient basis.
Cluster Development: A residential subdivision in which the lots are allowed to be smaller (in area and width) than
otherwise required for the underlying, base zoning district, but in which the overall density of all the lots
collectively does not exceed the maximum density limit for the underlying zoning district.
Cold Storage Plant: A commercial establishment where foods or other commodities are stored either in lockers,
rented or leased, or in vaults in bulk for distribution to the home or other commercial businesses. No slaughtering
of animals or fowl is allowed on the premises.
Collocation: When more than one (1) wireless telecommunications provider shares a wireless telecommunications
support structure.
Commercial Garden: The retail or wholesale handling of any article, substance, or commodity related to the
planting, maintenance, or harvesting of garden plants, shrubs, trees, packaged fertilizers, soils, chemicals, or other
nursery goods and related products.
Commercial Greenhouse: A structure or location where plants, vegetables, flowers, and similar materials are
grown for sale.
Commercial Amusements: Any enterprise whose main purpose is to provide the general public with an amusing or
entertaining activity where tickets are sold, or fees are collected, at the gates of the activity. Commercial
amusements include zoos, carnivals, expositions, miniature golf courses, arcades, fairs, exhibitions, athletic
Page 772 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 29
contests, rodeos, tent shows, Ferris wheels, children’s rides, roller coasters, skating rinks, ice rinks, traveling
shows, bowling alleys, indoor shooting ranges, and similar enterprises. Sexually oriented businesses and
nightclubs, bars, and taverns are excluded from this definition.
Common Open Space: A parcel or parcels of land, area of water, or a combination of land and water within a
development site provided and made legally available for the use and enjoyment of residents of a proposed
project.
Comprehensive Plan: The City of College Station’s Comprehensive Plan, including any associated plans or studies
adopted by the City Council.
Concept Plan: A written and graphic plan submitted for consideration of a P-MUD Planned Mixed-Use District or a
PDD Planned Development District that indicates the proposed land uses and their overall impact on the subject
land and surrounding lands in a conceptual form.
Conditional Use: A use which may be permitted or denied in a district, on a case-by-case basis, subject to meeting
certain conditions or procedures set forth in, or imposed under, this UDO.
Condominium: A dwelling unit available for sale contained within a multi-family development subject to
covenants, conditions, or restrictions placing control over the common facilities owned by the condominium. This
definition includes condominiums, cooperatives, trusts, partnerships, or other similar associations.
Construction Plans: The construction documents required to accompany the final plat or the building and site
plans required for the issuance of a development permit and/or building permit.
Construction Site Notice: A written submission to the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) operator
from an applicant stating that a small construction activity will be commencing and will operate under the
provisions of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) General Permit TXR150000.
Country Club: Land area and buildings containing golf courses or other recreational facilities, a clubhouse, and
customary accessory uses open to members and their guests.
Courtyard House: One of a group of small detached single-family dwelling units arranged around a shared open
courtyard accessible to the units. Each courtyard house shall be individually platted and oriented so that the front
entrances are accessed from the shared courtyard. The courtyard shall be jointly owned and managed by an
owners association and preserved as a common open space. Vehicular access and garages shall be accessed via an
alley or private drive.
Cul-de-Sac: A street having one (1) outlet to another street and terminating on the other end in a vehicular
turnaround.
Cupola: A small dome and the shaft that supports it on top of a building.
Day Care - Commercial: Any facility or premises where a total of seven (7) or more children under sixteen (16)
years of age, and/or elderly adults, regularly attend for purposes of custody, care, or instruction. Said children or
elderly adults are not members of the family of any person operating the facility or premises.
Day Care - In-Home: Any private residence where a total of six (6) or fewer persons regularly attend for purposes
of custody, care, or instruction. Said persons are not members of the family living in the residence. Nothing in this
definition shall conflict with the provisions of Chapter 123 of the Texas Human Resources Code, as amended.
Density: The number of dwelling units per gross acre.
Detention: The temporary storage and controlled release of stormwater flows.
Development: Any manmade change to improved or unimproved real estate that requires a permit or approval
from any agency of the City or county including but not limited to buildings or other structures, mining, dredging,
filling, grading, paving, excavation, clearing, drilling operations, storage of materials, or the subdivision of property.
Routine repair and maintenance activities are exempted.
Page 773 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 29
Development Engineer: The person designated by the City Engineer as Development Engineer of the City of
College Station.
Dormer: Projecting framed structure set vertically on the rafters of a pitched roof, with its own roof (pitched or
flat), sides, and a window set vertically in the front.
Dormitory: A residential structure designed for the exclusive purpose of housing students of a university, college,
school, church, or non-profit organization, excepting resident staff, but which does not include complete,
independent living facilities, including cooking, in each dwelling unit. Common kitchen facilities and/or gathering
rooms for social purposes may also be provided.
Drainage Area: The area, measured in a horizontal plane, which contributes stormwater flows by gravity flow
along natural or man-made pathways to a single designated point along a pathway.
Drainage Facility: Any element necessary to convey stormwater flows from its initial contact with the earth to its
disposition in an existing watercourse. Drainage facilities include but are not limited to both public and private
storm sewers (closed conduits), streets, improved channels constructed in accordance with the adopted
Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines, Technical Specifications and Standard Details, unimproved
drainage ways left in their natural condition, areas covered by drainage easements for the purpose of providing
concentrated or overland sheet flow, and all appurtenances to the foregoing, including inlets, manholes, junction
boxes, headwalls, energy dissipaters, and culverts.
Drainage System, Primary: The system of natural, improved, or channelized watercourses including all closed
conduits, culverts, bridges, detention facilities, and retention facilities associated with the watercourses. All
components of the primary drainage system are shown or indicated in the Bryan/College Station Unified Design
Guidelines, Technical Specifications, and Standard Details.
Drainage System, Secondary: The system of conveyance of rainfall from the point that it becomes concentrated
flow to the point where it reaches the primary drainage system. This system includes all swales, ditches, minor
channels, streets, gutters, inlets, culverts, detention or retention facilities, or other means of conveyance of
stormwater flows.
Drip Molding: A horizontal molding placed over an exterior door or window frame to divert rainwater.
Drive-In/Thru: A building opening, inducing windows, doors, or mechanical devices, designed and intended to be
used to provide for sales to and/or service to patrons who remain in their vehicles.
Duplex: A structure providing two (2) dwelling units on a single lot or building plot.
Dwelling Unit: A residential unit providing complete, independent living facilities for one (1) family including
permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking, eating, and sanitation.
Earth Change: A man-made change in the natural cover or topography of land, including cutting or filling activities,
which may result in or contribute to soil erosion or sedimentation.
Easement: A grant of reservation by the owner of land for the use of such land by others for a specific purpose or
purposes, and which must be included in the conveyance of land affected by such easement.
Easement, Drainage: An interest in land granted to others for maintenance of a drainage facility on which certain
uses are prohibited. Drainage easements provide for the entry and operation of machinery and vehicles for
maintenance.
Easement, Historic Preservation: An easement that protects a significant historic, archaeological, or cultural
resource. It provides assurance that a property's intrinsic values will be preserved through future ownership. A
building, a portion of a building (such as the façade), or a bridge, dam, or any other kind of structure may qualify. A
historic preservation easement may also protect a historic landscape, battlefield, traditional cultural place, or
archaeological site.
Page 774 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 29
Easement, Maintenance: A private easement that is dedicated by plat specifically for zero lot line construction in a
single-family residential development. Maintenance easements shall be a minimum of seven and one-half (7.5)
feet in width.
Easement, Utility: An interest in land granted to the City, the public generally, and/or a private utility company for
the installation or maintenance of utilities across, over, or under private land, together with the right to enter
thereon with machines and vehicles as necessary for the maintenance of such utilities.
Educational Facility, Instruction Indoor: Any facility or premises regularly attended by one (1) or more persons for
the purpose of instruction. All instruction and activity must be fully contained within the building. Such types of
instruction include classes in acting, art, dance, music, photography, and martial arts.
Educational Facility, Instruction Outdoor: Any facility or premises regularly attended by one (1) or more persons
for the purpose of instruction. Activities are allowed outside of a building.
Educational Facility, Primary and Secondary: Any public or private school licensed by the State which is designed,
constructed, or used for the education or instruction of students below the age of twenty (20). Auxiliary uses to
these schools are included herein.
Educational Facility, Tutoring: Any facility or premises regularly attended by one (1) or more persons for the
purpose of instruction. All instruction and activity must be fully contained within a building.
Educational Facility, Vocational/Trade: Any public or private secondary or higher education facility primarily
teaching usable skills that prepare students for jobs in a vocation or trade and meeting the state requirements as a
vocational facility. All instruction and activity must be fully contained within the building.
Educational Facility, College/University: A college or university authorized by the State to award degrees.
Elevation: The vertical distance from a datum, usually the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD), to a point or
object. If the elevation of point A is eight hundred two and forty-six hundredths (802.46) feet, the point is eight
hundred two and forty-six hundredths (802.46) feet, above some datum.
Encroachment: An intrusion, obstruction, or other infringement on an area reserved for a specific purpose such as
an easement or floodway.
Engineer: A person duly authorized and licensed under the provisions of the Texas Engineering Registration Act to
practice the profession of engineering.
Enhanced Paving: Earth-toned (not gray) decorative pavers, stamped concrete, or dyed concrete.
Entry Portico: Covered porch consisting of a series of columns placed at regular intervals supporting a roof,
normally attached as a colonnade.
Erosion: The process whereby the surface of the earth is broken up and carried away by the action of wind, water,
gravity, ice, or a combination thereof.
Escort: A person who, for consideration as part of a business enterprise, agrees, offers to, or models lingerie,
performs a striptease, or performs nude or semi-nude for another person at a location other than a sexually
oriented business.
Escort Agency: A person or business enterprise that furnishes, offers to furnish, or advertises to furnish, for
consideration, escorts who perform any escort services in the city. An escort agency that advertises or holds itself
out in signage visible from the public right-of-way as "X…", "adult", or "sex" shall be considered an adult retail
store.
Excavation: Any act by which soil or rock is cut into, dug, quarried, uncovered, removed, displaced, or relocated
purposely by man and shall be taken to include the conditions resulting therefrom.
Page 775 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 29
Existing Construction: Structures for which the start of construction commenced prior to the effective date of the
Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM). Existing construction may also be referred to as existing structures.
Existing Development: Any development which existed or was permitted prior to the date on which this UDO
became effective.
Existing Tree: Any self-supporting woody plant, with one (1) or more well-defined trunks, two (2) inch caliper or
greater.
Extended Care Facility, Convalescent Home, or Nursing Home: A building, or portion thereof, used or designed for
the housing of the aged, and/or mentally or physically handicapped persons who are under daily medical,
psychological, or therapeutic care. This definition shall not include rooms in any residential dwelling, hotel, or
apartment hotel not ordinarily intended to be occupied by said persons.
Extraterritorial Jurisdiction: Within the terms of the Texas Municipal Annexation Act, the unincorporated area, not
a part of any other city, which is contiguous to the city limits, the outer boundaries of which are measured from
the extremities of the city limits, outward for such distances as may be stipulated in the Texas Municipal
Annexation Act, in which area, within the terms of the act, the City may enjoin the violation of its subdivision
control provisions.
Façade: The exterior face of a building.
Façade, Primary: The primary entrance façade of a principal building (not accessory buildings) or any façade of a
principal building that faces a public right-of-way, private right-of-way, or public way.
Façade Work: The removal, replacement, substitution, or change of any material or architectural element on the
exterior face of a building, which includes, but is not limited to, painting, material change, awning or canopy
replacement, signage, or other permanent visible façade treatment.
Family: A family is any number of persons occupying a single dwelling unit, provided that no such family shall
contain more than four (4) persons unless all members are related by blood, adoption, guardianship, or marriage,
are an authorized caretaker, or are part of a group home for disabled persons. When counting the number of
unrelated persons in a single dwelling unit, a maximum of one (1) group of persons related by blood, adoption,
guardianship, marriage, an authorized caretaker, or members of a group home for disabled persons shall be
permitted, provided that all other persons shall each count as one (1) unrelated person. Guardianship shall include
foster children, exchange students, or those in the process of securing legal custody of a person under the age of
eighteen (18). Any asserted common law marriage must be subject to an affidavit of record under the Texas Family
Code, as amended, or a judicial determination. The term family shall not be construed to mean a club, a lodge, or a
fraternity/sorority house.
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA): An agency of the Department of Homeland Security which
administers the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP).
Feeder Line: Any line, wire, or cable and appurtenances which distributes, transmits, or delivers a utility service
from a source to a general area or multiple developments, and not to a specific end user.
Field Size: That portion of a driving range property measured from the tee boxes to the end of the driving range
area of the site.
Filed: The point at which an application has been determined to be complete and all required fees have been paid.
Flood or Flooding: A temporary rise in the level of water that results in inundation of areas not ordinarily covered
by water from:
(1) The overflow of inland or tidal waters; or
(2) The unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of surface waters from any source.
Page 776 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 29
Flood Hazard Boundary Map: An official map of a community, issued by the Federal Emergency Management
Agency (FEMA), where the areas within the boundaries of special flood hazards have been designated.
Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM): An official map of a community on which the Federal Emergency Management
Agency (FEMA) has delineated both the areas of special flood hazards and the risk premium zones applicable to
the community.
Flood Insurance Study (FIS): The official report provided by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).
The report contains flood profiles, the water surface elevation of the base flood, as well as the Flood Hazard
Boundary Map.
Floodplain or Flood-Prone Area: Any land susceptible to being inundated by water from any source.
Flood Protection System: Those physical structural works for which funds have been authorized, appropriated,
and expended and which have been constructed specifically to modify flooding to reduce the extent of the areas
within a community subject to special flood hazard and the extent of the depths of associated flooding. Such
systems typically include hurricane tidal barriers, dams, reservoirs, levees, or dikes. These specialized flood
modifying works are those constructed in conformance with sound engineering standards.
Floodway: The channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved to
discharge the base flood without cumulatively increasing the water surface elevation by more than one (1) foot.
Floodway, Zero-Rise: The channel of a stream and that portion of the adjoining floodplain which is necessary to
contain and discharge the base flood flow without any measurable increase in flood height. A measurable increase
in base flood height means a calculated upward rise in the base flood elevation, equal to or greater than one-
hundredths (.01) feet, resulting from a comparison of existing conditions and changed conditions directly
attributable to development in the floodplain. This definition is broader than that of the Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA) floodway but always includes the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
floodway. The boundaries of the one hundred (100) year floodplain are considered the boundaries of the zero-rise
floodway unless otherwise delineated by a sensitive area special study.
Floodway Fringe: That part of the base floodplain outside the floodway.
Floor Area Ratio: A non-residential land use intensity measure analogous to density. It is the sum of the areas of
several floors of a building compared to the total area of the site.
Fraternity or Sorority: An organization of university students formed chiefly to promote friendship and welfare
among the members.
Fraternal Lodge: A structure where a group of people meets who are organized for a common interest, usually
cultural, religious, or entertainment with regular meetings, rituals, and formal written membership.
Garage, Commercial: Any premises or structure with an enclosed work area for servicing and repair of four (4) or
more standard-size automobiles or light (standard size) trucks, or for one (1) or more vehicles of larger size, or
where any number of vehicles are kept for remuneration, hire or sale, and where motor vehicle fuels and supplies
may be sold as a secondary use.
Gated Community: A residential area requiring mandatory membership in an owners association and having its
primary means of access controlled by an electric or manual gate administered by the owners association.
Government Facilities: A building or structure owned, operated, or occupied by a governmental agency to provide
a governmental service to the public.
Grading: Any act by which soil is cleared, stripped, stockpiled, excavated, scarified, filled, or any combination
thereof.
Greenway: A linear open space that follows natural features like the floodplains of creeks and rivers or human-
made features such as utility, road, or rail corridors.
Page 777 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 29
Greenway - Rural: The least developed greenway, typically located on the periphery of the developed community.
This greenway exists mostly in a natural state with the primary functions being flood control, wildlife protection,
and aesthetic value. This greenway is defined by the entire width of the floodplain.
Greenway - Suburban: These are the greenways located in the developing portions of the community. The primary
functions served by this greenway are flood control, recreation, transportation, and economic and aesthetic
purposes.
Greenway - Urban: The most highly developed greenway located in fully developed areas of the community. The
primary functions served by this greenway are flood control, recreation, transportation, and economic and
aesthetic purposes.
Greenways Program Manager: The Greenways Program Manager of the City of College Station as designated by
the Administrator.
Groundcover: A spreading plant including sods and grasses less than eighteen (18) inches in height.
Group Home: A home serving six (6) or fewer mentally or physically handicapped persons provided the home
provides care on a twenty-four (24) hour basis and is approved or licensed by the State for that purpose. A group
home shall be considered a single-family home and is defined pursuant to Chapter 123 of the Texas Human
Resources Code, as amended.
Health Care Facility: A facility or institution, whether public or private, principally engaged in providing services for
health maintenance, diagnosis or treatment of disease, pain, injury, or deformity of physical conditions. This
definition does not include a medical clinic or hospital as defined herein.
Health Club/Sports Facility: A building designed and equipped for the conduct of sports, exercise, or other
customary and usual recreational activities, operated for profit or not-for-profit which is open only to members
and guests of the club or facility.
Historic Association: Link of a property that contributes to an HP Historic Preservation Overlay with a historic
event, activity, or person. Also, the quality of integrity through which a property is linked to a particular past time
and place.
Historic Contributing Resource: A building, site, structure, or object in an HP Historic Preservation Overlay that
supports the Overlay’s historical significance through historic location, design, setting, materials, workmanship,
feeling, or association.
Historic Design: Quality of integrity applying to the elements that create the physical form, plan, space, structure,
and style of a property in an HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
Historic Feeling: Quality of integrity through which a property that contributes to an HP Historic Preservation
Overlay evokes the aesthetic or historic sense of past time and place.
Historic Integrity: Authenticity of the historic identity of a property that contributes to an HP Historic Preservation
Overlay, evidenced by the survival of physical characteristics that existed during the property’s historic or
prehistoric period.
Historic Location: Quality of integrity retained by a property that contributes to an HP Historic Preservation
Overlay historic property existing in the same place as it did during the period of significance.
Historic Materials: Quality of integrity applying to the physical elements that were combined or deposited in a
particular pattern or configuration to form a property that contributes to an HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
Historic Non-Contributing Resource: A building, site, structure, or object in an HP Historic Preservation Overlay
that does not support the Overlay’s historical significance through historic, location, design, setting, materials,
workmanship, feeling, or association.
Page 778 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 29
Historic Setting: Quality of integrity applying to the physical environment of a property that contributes to an HP
Historic Preservation Overlay.
Historic Workmanship: Quality of integrity applying to the physical evidence of the crafts of a particular culture,
people, or artisan on a property that contributes to an HP Historic Preservation Overlay.
Home Occupation: An occupation, profession, activity, or use that is clearly a customary, incidental, and secondary
use of a residential dwelling unit and which does not alter the exterior of the property or affect the residential
character of the neighborhood.
Home Tour Event: Real estate events such as open houses, as well as the touring of occupied residences for the
entertainment of a targeted audience.
Hospital: A building, or portion thereof, used or designed for the medical or surgical treatment of the sick,
mentally ill, or injured persons, primarily on an inpatient basis, and including as an integral part, related facilities
such as laboratories, outpatient facilities, or training facilities. This definition shall not include rooms in any
residential dwelling, hotel, or apartment hotel not ordinarily intended to be occupied by said persons.
Hotel/Motel/Extended Stay Facility: A building, or group of buildings, used or intended to be used as living
quarters for transient guests, but not excluding permanent guests, and may include a café, drugstore, clothes
pressing shop, barber shop, or other service facilities for the guests for compensation. A transient guest is any
visitor or person who owns, rents, or uses a lodging or dwelling unit, or a portion thereof, for less than thirty (30)
days and whose permanent address for legal purposes is not the lodging or dwelling unit occupied by the visitor.
Impervious Cover: The percentage of a lot's area that is covered, or proposed to be covered, by impervious
surfaces.
Impervious Surface: Any portion of a site occupied by materials or construction that limits the absorption of water
by covering the natural land surface including, but not limited to, buildings, sidewalks, drives, all-weather surfaces,
parking, rooftops, patios, decking, masonry, stone, and other alternative pavements. Alternative materials used for
landscaping purposes in non-load bearing areas and the water surface area within the walls of pools are not
considered impervious surfaces. An area of gapped decking shall be calculated as fifty (50) percent of the proposed
decked area for the purpose of impervious cover.
Industrial, Light: A use engaged in the manufacture, predominantly from previously prepared materials, of finished
products or parts, including processing, fabrication, assembly, treatment, packaging, incidental storage, sales, and
distribution of such products, but excluding basic industrial processing.
Industrial, Heavy: A use engaged in the basic processing and manufacturing of materials or products or parts,
predominantly from extracted raw materials, or a use engaged in the storage of, or manufacturing processes using
flammable or explosive materials, or storage or manufacturing processes that potentially involve hazardous or
commonly recognized offensive conditions.
Industrial, Municipal: A municipal use or structure that serves a public need and is primarily engaged in the
provision, distribution, collection, transmission, or disposal of water, storm and sanitary sewage, electricity,
information, and telecommunication, including structures associated with private utilities, research and laboratory
activities, warehousing and distribution, bulk storage facilities operation, storage and maintenance of service
vehicles, cleaning of equipment, solid waste management, municipal recycling, public works yards, container
storage, or similar activity. Ordinarily, these areas have low parking turnover and few pedestrians, but a large
amount of truck traffic.
Irrigation System: A permanent, artificial watering system designed to transport and distribute water to plants.
Land Use: A use of land that may result in an earth change, including, but not limited to, subdivision, residential,
commercial, industrial, recreational, or other development, private and public highway, road and street
construction, drainage construction, logging operations, agricultural practices, oil and gas exploration, exploitation,
extraction, and mining.
Page 779 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 29
Lateral Line: Any line, wire, or cable and appurtenances used to distribute, transmit, or deliver service from a
feeder line to two (2) or more sites or end users of the utility service within a specific development.
Levee: A manmade structure, usually an earthen embankment, designed and constructed in accordance with
sound engineering practices to contain, control, or divert the flow of water to protect from temporary flooding.
Levee System: A flood protection system that consists of a levee, or levees, and associated structures, such as
closure and drainage devices, which are constructed and operated in accordance with sound engineering practice.
Live-Work Unit: A mixed-use structure with a ground-level workspace or commercial space and one upper-level
dwelling unit occupied by the proprietor.
Lot: The physical and undivided tract or parcel of land as shown on a duly recorded plat.
Lot, Corner: A lot located at the intersection of and abutting upon two (2) or more streets.
Lot, Double Frontage or Through: A lot, other than a corner lot, which has frontage on more than one (1) street.
Lot, Flag: A lot that does not meet the minimum lot width requirements where access is derived from a narrow,
private driveway.
Lot, Interior: A lot other than a corner lot.
Lot Area: The horizontal land area within lot lines, excluding any wetlands and/or drainage easements.
Lot Coverage: A measure of the intensity of land use that represents the portion of a site that is impervious. This
portion includes but is not limited to all areas covered by buildings, parked structures, gravel or paved driveways,
roads, and sidewalks.
Lot Line Construction: A development where houses on a common street frontage are shifted to one (1) side of
their lot to maximize the side yard area on the opposite side of the lot. Planning for all house locations is done at
the same time to ensure proper building separations.
Lot of Record: A part of a recorded subdivision or a parcel of land that exists as shown or described on a plat or
deed in the records of the local registry of deeds.
Lot Width: The width of the lot measured between side lot lines along a line that is parallel to the front lot line or
its chord located at the front setback line.
Lowest Floor: The lowest floor of the lowest enclosed area (including a basement). An unfinished or flood-resistant
enclosure, usable solely for parking of vehicles, building access, or storage, in an area other than a basement area,
is not considered a building’s lowest floor, provided that such enclosure is not built to render the structure in
violation of the applicable non-elevation design requirements of this UDO.
Major Recreational Equipment: For the purpose of these regulations, major recreational equipment is defined as
including boats and boat trailers, travel trailers, pick-up campers or coaches (designed to be mounted on
automotive vehicles), motorized dwellings, tent trailers, and the like, and cases or boxes used for transporting
recreational equipment, whether occupied by such equipment or not. No such equipment shall be used for living,
sleeping, home occupation, or household purposes when parked or stored on a residential lot or in any location
not approved for such use.
Manufactured Home: A structure constructed after June 15, 1976, in accordance with the rules of the United
States Department of Housing and Urban Development, transportable in one (1) or more sections, which, in the
traveling mode, is eight (8) body feet or more in width or forty (40) body feet or more in length, or, when erected
on site, is three hundred twenty (320) or more square feet, and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed
to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to the required utilities, and
includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, and electrical systems. The term does not include a recreational
vehicle as that term is defined by 24 Code of Federal Regulations, Section 3282.8(g).
Page 780 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 29
Manufactured Home Lot: A parcel of land in a manufactured home park for the placement of a single HUD-code
manufactured home and the exclusive use of its occupants.
Manufactured Home Park: A parcel of land under single ownership that has been planned and improved for the
placement of HUD-code manufactured homes for non-transient use.
Massage Establishment: A business enterprise offering massage conducted by persons engaged in the practice of
medicine, nursing, osteopathy, physiotherapy, chiropractic, podiatry, or massage therapy for which they are
licensed by the State, or persons under the direct supervision and control of such licensed persons.
Mean Sea Level: The National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD) of 1929 or another datum to which the base flood
elevations shown on a community’s Flood Insurance Rate Map are referenced.
Micro-Industrial: A use engaged in basic processing and/or manufacturing of materials or products or parts on a
limited scale, predominantly from extracted raw materials, entirely contained within a building and not deemed to
be a public nuisance, as determined by the Administrator.
Mixed-Use Structure: A structure containing both residential and non-residential uses.
Mobile Food Vendor: Any business operating more than twenty-one (21) days per calendar year that sells edible
goods from a non-stationary location within the City of College Station. The term shall include, but shall not be
limited to, mobile food trucks, carts, or trailers.
Mobile Home: A structure that was constructed prior to June 15, 1976, transportable in one (1) or more sections,
which, in the traveling mode, is eight (8) body feet or more in width or forty (40) body feet or more in length, or,
when erected on site, is three hundred twenty (320) or more square feet, and which is built on a permanent
chassis and designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to the
required utilities and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, and electrical systems.
Motor Vehicle: A self-propelled device that can be used to transport or draw persons or property not exclusively
on stationary rails or tracks.
Multiplex, Medium: A residential structure that consists of five (5) to twelve (12) dwelling units, either side by side
or stacked. Primary entry to the structure is allowed only through a shared primary entrance. The land underneath
is a single platted lot or building plot. Condominiums are included in this definition.
Multiplex, Small: A residential structure that consists of three (3) to four (4) dwelling units, either side by side or
stacked. Primary entry to the structure is allowed only through a shared primary entrance. The land underneath is
a single platted lot or building plot. Condominiums are included in this definition.
Multi-Family: A structure providing three (3) or more dwelling units on a single lot or building plot. Condominiums
are included in this definition.
National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP): A federal program enabling property owners to purchase flood
insurance. This program is based on an agreement between local communities and the federal government that if
a community will implement programs to reduce future flood damages, the federal government will make flood
insurance available within the community as a financial protection against flood losses. The United States Congress
established the NFIP with the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and later modified and broadened the
program. The NFIP is administered by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).
National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD): The nationwide reference surface for elevations throughout the United
States made available to local surveyors by the National Geodetic Survey with the establishment of thousands of
benchmarks throughout the continent. It was obtained through a least-squares adjustment in 1929 of all first order
leveling in the United States and Canada. The adjustment included the twenty-six (26) tide stations and thus
referenced the NGVD to mean sea level.
Page 781 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 29
Natural: The cover and topography of land prior to any manmade changes, or in areas where there have already
been manmade modifications, the state of the area and topography of land at the date of the adoption of this
UDO.
Neighborhood: A subarea of the city in which the residents share a common identity focused around a school,
park, community business center, or other feature. For the purposes of a single-family overlay district, a
neighborhood must contain at least thirty (30) single-family structures in a compact, contiguous area, or be an
original subdivision or phase of a subdivision if the subdivision contains fewer than thirty (30) single-family
structures. Boundary lines must be drawn to include blockfaces on both sides of a street, and to the logical edges
of the area or subdivision, as indicated by a creek, street, subdivision line, utility easement, zoning boundary line,
or another boundary.
Neighborhood Character: The atmosphere or physical environment which is created by the combination of land
use and buildings within an area. Neighborhood character is established and influenced by use types and intensity,
traffic generation, and also by the location, size, and design of structures as well as the interrelationship of all
these features.
New Construction: For floodplain management purposes, structures for which the start of construction
commenced on or after the effective date of a floodplain management regulation adopted by a community.
Night Club: A commercial establishment including, but not limited to, bars, coffee houses, or similar
establishments where a dance floor, music, games, or other entertainment is provided and where the serving of
food is not the principal business. Specifically included in this classification are establishments that derive seventy-
five (75) percent or more of their gross revenue from the on-site sale of alcoholic beverages. Sexually oriented
businesses/enterprises are not included in this definition.
Notice of Change: The notification of changes to the stormwater pollution prevention plan (SWP3) that is required
by the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TDPES) Stormwater Permits.
Notice of Intent: The advance notification that is required by the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(TDPES) Stormwater Permits prior to commencement of work.
Notice of Termination: The notification that is required by the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(TDPES) Stormwater Permits upon completion of work.
Nude: The showing of the human male or female genitals, pubic area, vulva, anus, anal cleft, or cleavage with less
than a fully opaque covering, or the showing of the covered male genitals in a discernibly turgid state.
Nude Modeling Studio: Any place where a person who appears in a state of nudity or displays specific anatomical
areas is provided to be observed, sketched, drawn, painted, sculptured, photographed, or similarly depicted by
other persons who pay money or any form of consideration.
Office: A room or group of rooms used for conducting the affairs of a business, profession, service, industry, or
government and generally furnished with desks, tables, files, and communication equipment.
One (1) Ownership: Property which although belonging to one (1) or more owners, has not been partitioned or
subdivided to be owned separately by more than one (1) person, whether or not related or participating in a joint
enterprise.
Outdoor Display: The placement of goods for active sale outside a building.
Overlay: A zoning district that encompasses one (1) or more underlying zones and that imposes additional
requirements above those required by the underlying zone.
Owners Association: An association or organization, whether or not incorporated, which operates under and
pursuant to recorded covenants or deed restrictions, through which each owner of a portion of a subdivision–
whether a lot, parcel site, unit plot, condominium, or any other interest–is automatically a member as a condition
of ownership, and each such member is subject to a charge or assessment for a prorated share of expense of the
Page 782 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 29
association, which may become a lien against the lot, parcel, unit, condominium, or other interest of the member.
Homeowners associations and property owners associations are included in this definition.
Pad Site: The portion of a building plot that is located on the periphery of the site and has at least seventy-five (75)
feet of frontage on a public street classified as a collector or higher on the Comprehensive Plan Functional
Classification & Context Class Map. A pad site contains a standalone single or multiple tenant structure and meets
all site plan requirements within the pad site area. The total area of all pad sites within a defined building plot may
not be more than thirty-three (33) percent of the total area of the building plot.
Parking, Interior: Parking rows which are not located on the periphery of the proposed project site and further,
where none of the parking spaces abut any property line associated with the proposed project site.
Parking, Overflow: Parking in excess of the minimum required by this ordinance and in excess of what is utilized
regularly by the development.
Parking, Peripheral: Parking rows that abut the periphery or property lines associated with the proposed project
site.
Parking, Side or Rear Yard: Required parking that is provided, in its entirety, behind a setback line of fifty (50)
percent of the applicable zoning district's minimum lot depth.
Parking Row, Single: One (1) row of spaces for the parking of motor vehicles.
Parking Row, Double: Two (2) parallel rows of spaces for the parking of motor vehicles arranged so that when
parked, the front end of each motor vehicle faces the front end of another motor vehicle.
Parking Space: A space used for the parking of a motor vehicle not on the paved or regularly traveled portion of a
public street or within private access easements and which meets the requirements of this UDO as to size,
location, and configuration.
Pasturage: Land used primarily for the grazing of animal stock.
Pavement Width: The portion of the surface of the street available for vehicular traffic. Where curbs are used, it is
the portion between the back of the curbs.
Person: Every natural person, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation, or other groups which
conducts activities regulated hereunder as a single entity, whether same be a legal entity or not, venture, or trust.
Personal Service Shop: An establishment that provides services related to grooming, appearance, care, or repair of
personal apparel which may sell products used or recommended for those same purposes incidental to the
services provided.
Place of Worship: A building or structure, or group of buildings or structures, that by design and construction are
primarily intended for conducting organized religious services and associated accessory uses.
Planning and Zoning Commission: The duly appointed Planning and Zoning Commission of the City of College
Station.
Plat: A map of a subdivision intended to be filed for record with the applicable County Clerk’s Office showing the
location and boundaries of individual parcels of land subdivided into lots, with streets, alleys, easements, etc.,
drawn to scale. This definition includes final plats, replats, amending plats, minor plats, development plats, and
vacating plats meeting the requirements of this UDO.
Plat, Minor: As defined by Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended. A subdivision involving
four (4) or fewer lots fronting an existing street that does not require the creation of any new street or the
extension of municipal facilities.
Page 783 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 29
Portable Storage: Any unit, including but not limited to a trailer, box, or another enclosed shipping container
which is used primarily as storage space whether the unit is located at a facility-owned establishment or operated
by the owner at another location designated by the tenant.
Porch: A roofed open area that projects from the main wall of a building that may be unenclosed or screened and
may or may not use columns or other ground supports for structural purposes.
Public, Civic, and Institutional Use, Structure, or Building: A use, structure, or building belonging to or used by the
public for the transaction of public or quasi-public business including but not limited to parks, places of worship,
hospitals, public or private schools, libraries, museums, post offices, police and fire stations, public utilities,
governmental services, and other public services.
Public Way: A public way provides circulation and through movement similar to a public street but is a privately
maintained drive, constructed to certain street standards, and granted unrestricted access via a public access
easement. The drive shall be designed to the geometric design, construction standards, and driveway spacing of a
commercial street in accordance with the Bryan/College Station Unified Design Guidelines with the following
modifications:
(1) The public access easement shall be a minimum of forty (40) feet in width or wider to incorporate the
entire width of the pavement section and sidewalks on each side.
(2) A public way shall have a minimum pavement structure constructed to the City’s fire lane standards, a
minimum drive width of twenty-four (24) feet back-to-back when no parking is provided, and a
minimum horizontal curve radius of two hundred (200) feet.
(3) No head-in parking is permitted but parallel parking is allowed if the drive is widened an additional ten
(10) feet for each row of parallel parking provided. Parking on the drive may count toward the
minimum off-street parking requirements of this UDO.
(4) Five (5) foot sidewalks shall be provided on each side of the drive and placed a minimum of three (3)
feet from the back of the curb.
Quoin: Units of stone or brick used to accentuate the corners of a building.
Recyclable Materials: Those materials specifically listed at a particular site as acceptable. Such materials may
include but are not limited to aluminum products, clean glass containers, bimetal containers, newspapers,
magazines, periodicals, plastic containers, yard waste, paper and cardboard, phone books, and scrap metal.
Recycling: The separation, collection, processing, recovery, and sale of metals, glass, paper, plastics, and other
materials which would otherwise be disposed of as solid waste, which are intended for reuse, re-manufacture, or
re-constitution for the purpose of using the altered form.
Recycling Bin: A container used to collect recyclable materials, at which no fee is collected from the person
depositing the materials.
Recycling Facility, Large: A recycling facility located on an independent site, or larger than five hundred (500)
square feet, where limited mechanical processing may or may not occur, depending on the zoning district in which
the facility is located.
Recycling Facility, Small: A facility that occupies no more than five hundred (500) square feet and provides
containers for collection only of source-separated recyclables, with no power-driven processing equipment on site.
Small collection facilities are normally located in parking lots of the host use. These may include but are not limited
to bulk reverse vending machines, a grouping of reverse vending machines that exceed fifty (50) square feet, kiosk-
type structures that may include permanent structures, and unattended recycling bins placed for the donation of
recyclable materials.
Page 784 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 29
Redevelopment: The revision or replacement of an existing land use or existing site through acquisition or
consolidation, or the clearance and rebuilding of an area consistent with the Comprehensive Plan, including any
associated plans or studies adopted by the City Council.
Regulated Activity: An activity occurring at an industrial facility or construction site which qualifies the facility or
site to acquire a permit to discharge stormwater under the Clean Water Act.
Rehabilitation: The process of returning a structure to a state of utility, through repair or alteration, which make
possible an efficient contemporary use while preserving those portions and features of the property which are
significant to its historic, architectural, and cultural value.
Release: Any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching,
dumping, or disposing into the municipal stormwater drainage system, the water of the State, the waters of the
United States.
Remote Emergency Access: A semi-permanent all-weather surface in accordance with the City of College Station
Site Design Standards. An access is remote when the two (2) access points are placed a distance apart equal to not
less than fifty (50) percent of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the property or area to be
served, measured in a straight line between the points.
Repair Shop: A shop exclusively for the repair of household goods and home equipment, within a building with no
outdoor storage of items or equipment, and where no noise, dust, or vibration is discernible beyond the property
line.
Research Laboratory: An establishment or facility used for carrying on investigations in the natural, physical, or
social sciences which may include engineering and product development.
Residential Sales Office/Model Home: A dwelling unit built by a builder or developer to allow potential purchasers
to see what the finished product will look like.
Restaurant: An establishment that serves food and beverages primarily to persons seated within the building. This
includes but is not limited to cafés, tea rooms, and outdoor cafés.
Restaurant, Casual Dining: A restaurant with a market segment between Fast Food and Fine Dining restaurants
usually characterized by table service, a relatively fully stocked and full-service bar, and a bill per dinner averaging
ten dollars ($10.00) to thirty dollars ($30.00) for an evening meal and slightly less for lunch and does not provide
drive-thru service.
Restaurant, Fast Food: An establishment that offers quick food which is accomplished through a limited menu of
items already prepared and held for service or prepared quickly. Orders are not generally taken at a customer's
table and food is generally served in disposable wrapping or containers.
Restaurant, Fine Dining: A restaurant serving formal-style dinners, and services where food and drink are prepared
and served. Customer turnover rates are typically one (1) hour or longer. Such establishments serve dinner but
generally do not serve breakfast and may or may not serve lunch or brunch. These restaurants usually have a dress
code and do not provide drive-thru service.
Retail Sales: Establishments engaged in selling goods or merchandise to the general public for personal or
household consumption and rendering services incidental to the sale of such goods.
Retail Sales, Alcohol: Establishments, except nightclubs and restaurants as defined, engaged in selling beer, wine,
or other alcoholic beverages for where more than seventy-five (75) percent of sales are derived from the sale of
such beverages for off-site consumption. Exempt from this definition are temporary retail sales of alcohol
associated with special events, or events held on City-owned property.
Retention: The storage of stormwater flows in a facility that has a permanent pool of water.
Page 785 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 29
Retention Facility: A facility that provides for the storage of stormwater flows in a permanent pool of water or
permanent pool in conjunction with a temporary storage component.
Reverse Vending Machine: An automated mechanical device that accepts at least one (1) or more types of
beverage containers including but not limited to aluminum cans or glass and plastic bottles that issue cash refunds
or redeemable credit slips. Sorting and processing occur entirely within the machine.
Reverse Vending Machine, Bulk: A reverse vending machine that is larger than fifty (50) square feet and is
designed to accept more than one (1) container at a time and to pay by weight. For the purpose of these
restrictions, bulk reverse vending machines will be considered small collection facilities.
Reverse Vending Machine, Single Feed: A reverse vending machine that accepts materials one (1) item at a time.
Rooming/Boarding House: A group of rooms provided for persons other than members of the occupant family for
compensation either in a converted single-family home or in a structure specifically designed for such purpose
where there are no cooking facilities provided in individual living units and where meals may be provided daily.
Roof, Cross Gable: Two (2) perpendicular gable roofs.
Roof, Flat: A roof with only enough pitch to allow drainage.
Roof, Gable: A ridged roof having one (1) or two (2) gabled ends (gable: the portion of the end of a building that
extends from the eaves to the peak or ridge of the roof).
Page 786 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 29
Roof, Gambrel: A roof whose slope on each side is interrupted by an obtuse angle that forms two (2) pitches on
each side, the lower slope being steeper than the upper.
Roof, Hip: A roof formed by several adjacent inclining planes, each rising from a different wall of a building and
forming hips at their adjacent sloping sides.
Roof, Mansard: A roof with a double pitch on all four (4) sides, the lower level having the steeper pitch.
Roof, Shed: A roof having a single-sloping plane.
Salvage Yard: A facility or area for storing, keeping, selling, dismantling, shredding, compressing, or salvaging
material or equipment. Materials include but are not limited to lumber, pipes, metal, paper, rags, tires, bottles,
motor vehicle parts, machinery, structural steel, equipment/vehicles, and appliances.
Satellite Dish: A broadcast receiver that receives signals directly from a satellite rather than another broadcast
system and amplifies the signal at a focal point in front of the receiving component.
Sediment: Soils or other surficial materials transported or deposited by the action of wind, ice, or gravity as a
product of erosion.
Service Line: Any line, wire, or cable and appurtenances used to distribute, transmit, or deliver a utility service
from a source of supply, feeder line, or lateral line directly to an end user.
Service Provider: Any company, corporation, alliance, individual, or other legal entity that provides a wireless
telecommunication service directly to the public for a fee or to such classes of users as to be effectively available
Page 787 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 22 of 29
directly to the public regardless of the facilities used; services include, but are not limited to, portable phones, car
phones, pagers, digital data transmission, or radio or television communications.
Setback Line: A line that marks the minimum distance a structure must be located from the property line, and
establishes the minimum required front, side, or rear yard space of a lot or building plot.
Sexually Oriented Books and Videos: Books, magazines, pamphlets, pictures, drawings, photographs, video tapes,
digital video disks, motion picture films, or sound recordings, or printed, visual or audio material of any kind which
are characterized by their emphasis on the description or depiction of specified anatomical areas or specified
sexual activities.
Sexually Oriented Business: Any business whether in public, semi-public, or private premises which offers the
opportunity to feel, handle, touch, paint, be in the presence of, or be entertained by the unclothed body or the
unclothed portion of the body of another person, or to observe, view, or photograph any such activity. Except as
provided herein, this definition is not intended to regulate:
(1) Any business operated by or employing licensed psychologists, licensed physical therapists, licensed
athletic trainers, licensed cosmetologists, or licensed barbers performing functions authorized under
the licenses held.
(2) Any business operated by or employing licensed physicians, licensed practical nurses, or licensed
chiropractors engaged in practicing the healing arts.
(3) Any bookstore, movie theater, or video store, unless that business includes sexually oriented materials.
Sexually oriented businesses include, but are not limited to, adult retail stores, limited adult retail stores, adult
arcades, adult cabarets, adult movie theaters, adult theaters, adult motels, body rub parlors, nude modeling
studios, sexual encounter centers, and escort agencies.
Sexually Oriented Materials: All sexually oriented toys and novelties and sexually oriented books and videos.
Sexually Oriented Toys and Novelties: Instruments, devices, or paraphernalia either designed as representations
of human genital organs or female breasts or designed or marketed primarily for use to stimulate human genital
organs, except medical devices approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
Shared Housing: A residential dwelling unit providing complete, independent living facilities designed to exceed
occupancy levels of more than one (1) family. Such use may be identified and differentiated from other residential
uses by considering a combination of structure or property characteristics that may be used to increase occupancy
to more than one (1) family, such as:
(1) A residential dwelling unit containing more than four (4) bedrooms or able to house more than four (4)
people using other rooms such as dens, offices, game rooms, or similar spaces that have the potential
to be used for sleeping purposes in accordance with the International Residential Code (IRC) definition
of habitable space, as adopted;
(2) A residential dwelling unit containing a similar bedroom-to-bathroom parity in excess of four (4);
(3) A residential dwelling unit containing a high quantity of bathrooms, usually in excess of four (4), of
which most can only be accessed through a bedroom or other room such as a den, office, game room,
or similar space;
(4) A residential dwelling unit that is in excess of one (1) story for the purpose of limiting the building
footprint on the lot to meet impervious cover requirements;
(5) The property where the residential dwelling unit is located does not contain a garage, or if it contains a
garage, can support additional living space; and/or
(6) The property where the residential dwelling unit is located contains a parking area that will allow
parking in excess of four (4) vehicles.
Page 788 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 23 of 29
Shared Primary Entrance: A common front/primary entry to the interior of a structure through which all occupants
enter. Separate dwelling units in the structure take access off a shared internal corridor.
Shopping Center: A building plot developed or ultimately to be developed with two (2) or more stores, shops, or
commercial enterprises which has shared parking facilities or access.
Shooting Range: A facility to be utilized for discharging firearms for purpose of testing the firearm or ammunition,
developing or enhancing shooter skills for recreation or other need, which is organized and equipped for the safety
of persons utilizing the facility and the general public.
Shrub: A woody perennial plant differing from a perennial herb by its woodier stem and from a tree by its low
stature and habit of branching from the base.
Sign: Any written or graphic representation, decoration, form, emblem, trademark, flag, banner, or other feature
or device of a similar character that is used for the communication of commercial information, or communication
of ideas or subjects of political significance.
Sign, Apartment/Condominium/Manufactured Home Park Identification: An attached sign or a freestanding
monument sign with permanent foundation or moorings, designed for identification of a multi-family residential
project or a manufactured home park project, and where adequate provision is made for permanent maintenance.
Sign, Area Identification: A freestanding monument or wall sign with permanent foundation or moorings, designed
for identification of subdivisions of ten (10) to fifty (50) acres, or identification of a distinct area within a
subdivision, and where adequate provision is made for maintenance.
Sign, Attached: A sign attached to, or applied on, and totally supported by a part of a building or mounted to site
lighting poles located on private property.
Sign, Campus/Wayfinding: A sign utilized as a traffic control device in off-street or access areas whose primary
purpose is to direct traffic within a PDD Planned Development District or unified development that may include the
names of tenants or businesses but does not contain any commercial logo or graphics.
Sign, Commercial: A sign which directs attention to a business, commodity, service, entertainment, or attraction
sold, offered, or existing.
Sign, Development: A sign announcing a proposed subdivision or a proposed building project.
Sign, Directional Traffic Control: A sign utilized as a traffic control device in off-street parking or access areas
whose primary purpose is not for advertisement.
Sign, Freestanding Commercial: A sign supported by one (1) or more columns, poles, or bars extended from the
ground or an object on the ground, or that is erected on the ground. This term includes all signs which are not
substantially supported by a building or part thereof, or which are substantially supported by a building or part
thereof, when the sole significant purpose of the building or part thereof, is to support or constitute the sign.
Sign, Fuel Price: A sign used to advertise the current price of fuel at locations where fuel is sold.
Sign, Hanging: A sign suspended from the underside of a canopy or awning and located in front of building
entrances, perpendicular to the façade.
Sign, Home Occupation: A sign used to identify the name and occupation of a person with a legal home
occupation.
Sign, Low Profile: A sign with a permanent foundation that is not attached to a building but is a stand-alone sign
which does not exceed sixty (60) square feet in area and four (4) feet in height.
Sign, Non-Commercial: A work of art or message which is political, religious, or pertaining to a point of view,
expression, opinion, or idea that contains no reference to the endorsement, advertising of, or promotion of
patronage, of a business, commodity, service, entertainment, or attraction that is sold, offered, or existing.
Page 789 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 24 of 29
Sign, Off-Premise Commercial: A sign which directs attention to a business, commodity, service, entertainment, or
attraction sold, offered, or existing elsewhere than upon the premises where such sign is displayed.
Sign, On-Premise Commercial: A sign which directs attention to a business, commodity, service, entertainment, or
attraction sold, offered, or existing upon the premises where such sign is displayed.
Sign, Political: Any sign which promotes a candidate for any public office, or which advocates a position on any
social issue as its primary purpose. Political signs shall be considered in the category of non-commercial signs
except where there are regulations pertaining to their removal after an election.
Sign, Portable: A sign which is not affixed or attached to real property by poles, stakes, or other members which
are placed into the ground, or upon some other type of permanent foundation; trailer signs, any sign with wheels
or skids, and any sign which is constructed to sit upon the surface of the ground, without subsurface attachment or
extension.
Sign, Projection: An attached sign end-mounted or otherwise attached to an exterior wall of a building and
extends in whole or part more than twelve (12) inches beyond the face of the building.
Sign, Real Estate, Finance, and Construction: An attached or freestanding sign erected upon a lot or parcel of land
for the purpose of advertising the same for sale or lease, or for advertising the furnishing of interim or permanent
financing for a project, or for the furnishing of labor, materials or the practice of crafts on the job site.
Sign, Roof: An outdoor advertising display sign erected, constructed, or maintained on the roof of a building or
which is wholly dependent upon a building for support, and which projects above the point of a building with a flat
roof, six (6) feet above the eave line of a building with a shed, gambrel, gable or hip roof, or the deck line of a
building with a mansard roof.
Sign, Special District Identification: An official, permanent, on-premise sign authorized by the City of College
Station, which is used to identify a pedestrian or vehicular entrance to a design district or Overlay, as set forth in
the Design Districts and Overlay Districts Sections of Article 5, District Purpose Statements and Supplemental
Standards of this UDO. The sign shall be used to display only the name, logo, or identifying information about the
district, and no other commercial information.
Sign, Subdivision Identification: A freestanding monument or wall sign with permanent concrete foundation or
moorings, designed for permanent identification of a subdivision of greater than fifty (50) acres, and where
adequate provision is made for permanent maintenance.
Single-Family: A structure providing one (1) dwelling unit on a single lot or building plot.
Single-Unit Dwelling: A detached structure, located within a larger development on a common lot, providing one
(1) dwelling unit.
Site Development: Any excavation, landfill, or land disturbance, including new construction, reconstruction,
relocation, or change of use. For the purposes of the Northgate districts only, site development includes the
installation of walls, accessory structures, and other similar additions.
Site Plan: A site development plan showing the use of the land including locations of buildings, drives, sidewalks,
parking areas, drainage facilities, and other structures to be constructed, and any other details required by the City
in the Site Plans Section of Article 3, Development Review Procedures of this UDO.
Sitwall: A combination of seating with perimeter protection and/or screening in a subtle, attractive, and functional
way.
Specified Anatomical Area: Any showing of the human male or female genitals, pubic area, or buttocks with less
than a fully opaque covering, or showing of the female breast with less than a fully opaque covering of any portion
thereof below the top of the areola, or the depiction of covered male genitals in a discernibly turgid state.
Page 790 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 25 of 29
Specified Sexual Activities: Actual or simulated acts of masturbation, sexual intercourse, oral or anal copulation or
sadomasochism; fondling or other erotic touching of or physical contact with one's own or another's genitals,
pubic area, buttocks, or female breasts, whether clothed or unclothed; human male or female genitals when in a
state of sexual stimulation or arousal; or excretory functions or acts with animals as part of or in conjunction with
any of the activities set forth herein. Activities that are commonly referred to by the slang terms lap dance,
straddle dance, face dance, or table dance shall be included in this definition. For purposes of this definition,
sadomasochism means the infliction of pain, flagellation, or torture, or the condition of being bound, fettered, or
otherwise physically restrained.
Split-Lot Duplex: Two (2) attached dwelling units where each dwelling unit is located on a separately platted lot.
Start of Construction: Includes substantial improvement, and means the date the building permit was issued,
provided the actual start of construction, repair, reconstruction, placement, or other improvement was within one
hundred eighty (180) days of the permit date. The actual start means the first placement of permanent
construction of a structure on a site, such as the pouring of a slab or footings, the installation of piles, the
construction of columns, or any work beyond the stage of excavation, or the placement of a HUD-code
manufactured home on a foundation. Permanent construction does not include land preparation, such as clearing,
grading, and filling; nor does it include the installation of streets and/or walkways; nor does it include excavation
for a basement, footings, piers, or foundations or the erection of temporary forms; nor does it include the
installation on the property of accessory buildings, such as garages or sheds not occupied as a dwelling unit and
not part of the main structure.
State: The State of Texas.
Stealth Antenna: A telecommunication antenna located on an alternative mounting structure that is effectively
camouflaged or concealed from view and blends into the surrounding environment. Examples include
architecturally screened roof-mounted antennas, building-mounted antennas painted and/or textured to match
the existing structure, and antennas integrated into architectural elements.
Stealth Technology or Facility: Design technology that blends the wireless telecommunications facility into the
surrounding environment; examples of stealth facilities include, but are not limited to, architecturally screened
roof-mounted antennas, building-mounted antennas painted and/or textured to match the existing structure, antennas integrated into architectural elements such as church spires or window wall, and antenna structures
designed to resemble light poles or flag poles.
Stealth Tower: A manmade tree, clock tower, church steeple, bell tower, utility pole, light standard, identification
pylon, flagpole, or similar structure, that is camouflaged to be unrecognizable as a telecommunications facility,
designed to support or conceal the presence of telecommunication antennas and blends into the surrounding
environment.
Storage Garage: Any premises and structure used exclusively for the storage of more than five (5) automobiles.
Storage, Outdoor: The keeping of any goods, junk, material, or merchandise in the same place for more than
twenty-four (24) hours in an unenclosed area.
Storage, Self-Service: A structure containing separate, individual, and private storage spaces of varying sizes.
Storage Tank: A container for the storing of chemicals, petroleum products, grains, and other materials for
subsequent resale to distributors or retail dealers or outlets.
Stormwater Management: All ordinances, standards, plans, and studies to ensure the timely and effective
construction of:
(1) A system of vegetative and structural measures that control the increased volume and rate of surface
runoff caused by man-made changes to the land; and
Page 791 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 26 of 29
(2) A system of vegetative, structural, and other measures that reduce or eliminate pollutants that might
otherwise be carried by surface runoff.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3): A plan required by a Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(TDPES) permit to discharge stormwater associated with industrial activity or construction activity and which
describes and ensures the implementation of practices that are to be used to reduce the pollutants in stormwater
discharges from industrial facilities and construction sites.
Street: A way for vehicular traffic to move, whether designated as a highway, arterial street, collector street, or
local street.
Street, Minor Arterial: A street that collects traffic from the collector system and connects with the major arterial
system.
Street, Major Arterial: A street that collects traffic from the collector and minor arterial system and connects with
the freeway system.
Street, Collector: A street that collects traffic from local streets and connects with minor and major arterials. This
includes minor and major collectors.
Street, Local: A street that provides vehicular access to abutting property.
Stringcourse: A narrow, continuous ornamental band set in the face of a building as a design element; also known
as a cordon.
Stripping: Any activity which removes or significantly disturbs the vegetative surface cover, including clearing and
grubbing operations.
Structure: Anything constructed, built, or erected.
Structure, Principal: The principal structure which fulfills the purpose for which the building plot is intended.
Subdivider: Any person(s), firm, or corporation subdividing a tract or parcel of land to be sold or otherwise
handled for their gain or use.
Subdivision: The division of a lot, tract, or parcel of land into two (2) or more parts, lots, or sites, for the purpose,
whether immediate or future, of sale, division of ownership, or building development. This also includes the
resubdivision of land or lots that are part of a previously recorded subdivision. Divisions of land for agricultural
purposes, where no building construction is involved, in parcels of five (5) acres or more, shall not be included
within this definition unless such subdivision of five (5) acres or more includes the planning or development of a
new street or access easement. An addition is a subdivision as defined herein.
Subdivision Marker: A subdivision logo of no more than one (1) square foot in area, that is attached to an
architectural element such as a column, fence post, wall, mail kiosk, bus stop, or similar community structure, and
whose purpose is to provide continuity and identity throughout the subdivision.
Subdivision, Rural Residential: A subdivision that is predominately single-family lots and where one (1) acre is the
minimum lot size of the base zoning district. Included are developments where lots are clustered to smaller than
one (1) acre as permitted by the Lots Subsection of the General Requirements and Minimum Standards of Design
for Subdivisions within the City Limits Section of Article 8, Subdivision Design and Improvements of this UDO.
Substantial Improvement: Any repair, reconstruction, or improvement of a structure, the cost of which equals or
exceeds fifty (50) percent of the market value of the structure either:
(1) Before the improvement or repair is started, or
(2) If the structure has been damaged and is being restored before the damage occurred.
Page 792 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 27 of 29
For the purposes of this definition, "substantial improvement" is considered to occur when the first alteration of
any wall, ceiling, floor, or another structural part of the building commences, whether or not that alteration affects
the external dimensions of the structure. The term does not, however, include either:
(1) Any projects for the improvement of a structure to comply with existing state or local health, sanitary,
or safety code specifications that are solely necessary to assure safe living conditions, or
(2) Any alterations of a structure listed on the National Register of Historic Places or a State Inventory of
Historic Places.
Surveyor: A person duly authorized and licensed under the Texas Professional Land Surveying Practices Act to
practice the profession of land surveying, either as a Registered Professional Land Surveyor or a Licensed State
Land Surveyor.
Taxicab Service: Any business associated with the storage or dispatch of vehicles for the transportation of
passengers for hire.
Taxicab, Commercial Vehicle: Any motorized passenger vehicle permitted or should be permitted pursuant to the
provisions of Chapter 8, Businesses of the City of College Station Code of Ordinances.
Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TDPES): The regulatory program delegated to the State of Texas by
the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) pursuant to 33 USC § 1342(b).
Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TDPES) Permit: A permit issued by the Texas Commission on
Environmental Quality (TCEQ) under authority delegated pursuant to 33 USC § 1342(b) that authorizes the
discharge of pollutants to waters of the state, whether the permit is applicable on an individual, group, or general
area-wide basis.
Theater: A building or part of a building devoted to showing motion pictures or for dramatic, dance, musical, or
other live performances.
Townhouse: One (1) of a group of no less than three (3), no more than twelve (12), attached dwelling units, with
each dwelling unit located on a separate lot and thereby distinguished from condominium units.
Transom: Horizontal opening or window element framed across a window or door forming part of the frame.
Tree, Canopy: An overstory tree that exhibits a layer or multiple layers of branches and foliage at its top or crown
and extends a distance outward from its trunk or trunks. This tree's overall appearance is dominated by its tall
stature (often over eighty (80) feet), its broad canopy, and the shade that it produces.
Tree, Non-Canopy: A tree that may reach canopy tree height but does not have the same dominance of canopy as
the canopy tree or an understory tree that does not reach canopy tree height but does exhibit a similar dominance
of canopy size and structure.
Transmission Tower: A wireless telecommunications support structure designed primarily for the support and
attachment of a wireless telecommunications facility.
Transmission Tower, Monopole: A self-supporting structure composed of a single spire used to support
telecommunications antenna and/or related equipment.
Transmission Tower, Lattice: A self-supporting three (3) or four (4) sided, open, steel frame structure used to
support telecommunications antenna and/or related equipment.
Transmission Tower, Guyed: An open, steel frame structure that requires wires and anchor bolts for support.
Truck Stop: Any building, premises, or land in which or upon which a business, service, or industry involving the
maintenance, servicing, storage, or repair of commercial vehicles is conducted or rendered, including the
dispensing of motor fuel or other petroleum products directly into motor vehicles and the sale of accessories or
equipment for trucks and similar commercial vehicles. A truck stop also may include overnight accommodations
Page 793 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 28 of 29
and restaurant facilities primarily for the use of truck crews. For the purposes of this definition, a use is classified
as a truck stop when more than ten (10) fuel pumps are used.
Two-Unit Dwelling: A detached structure, located within a larger development on a common lot, providing two (2)
dwelling units.
Use: The actual use(s) of a parcel of ground, whether conducted within or without structures, buildings, or
improvements. An unoccupied and unused structure is not a use, irrespective of its design, purpose, or utility.
Utility Facility: Infrastructure services and structures necessary to deliver basic utilities essential to public health,
safety, and welfare. This includes all lines and facilities provided by a public or private agency and related to the
provision, distribution, collection, transmission, or disposal of water, storm and sanitary sewage, oil, gas, power,
information, telephone cable, electricity, and other services provided by the utility. This does not include wireless
telecommunication facilities.
Vehicle Repair and Service Shop: Any premises or structures when used for the servicing and/or repair of motor
vehicles, including paint and body work, engine rebuilding, and minor maintenance activities, irrespective of
commercial gain derived therefrom. Excepted from this definition are residential premises where not more than
two (2) motor vehicles belonging to the lawful residents thereof are involved in such activities at any one (1) time,
and not in operating condition, or where not more than one (1) motor vehicle, whether or not in operating
condition, and not belonging to the lawful residents thereof are involved in such activities for more than one (1)
week, and only one (1) motor vehicle may be serviced and/or repaired each month.
Vehicle Sales and Rental: Any premises or structures used for the sale and or rental of motor vehicles.
Violation: The failure of a structure or other development to be fully compliant with the community's floodplain
management regulations. A structure or other development without the elevation certificate, other certifications,
or other evidence of compliance required by this UDO is presumed to be in violation until that documentation is
provided.
Water Surface Elevation: The height, in relation to the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD) of 1929 (or
another datum if specified), of floods of various magnitudes and frequencies in the floodplains of coastal or
riverine areas.
Watercourse: Any natural or artificial stream, river, creek, ditch, channel, canal, conduit, culvert, drain, waterway,
gully, ravine, or wash, in and including any area adjacent thereto, which is subject to inundation because of the
overflow of flood water.
Wireless Telecommunication Facility: An unstaffed facility operating for the transmission and reception of low-
power radio signals consisting of an equipment shelter or cabinet, a support structure, antennas, and related
equipment.
Wholesale Sales: Establishments or places of business primarily engaged in selling merchandise to retailers; to
industrial, commercial, institutional, or professional business users; to other wholesalers; or acting as agents or
brokers and buying merchandise for, or selling merchandise to, such individuals or companies.
Yard: Open spaces on the lot or building plot on which a building is situated that are open and unobstructed to the
sky by any structure except as herein provided.
Yard, Exterior Side: A yard that faces and is parallel to a side street.
Yard, Front: A yard facing and abutting a street and extending across the front of a lot or building plot between the
side property lines and having a minimum horizontal depth measured from the front property line to a depth of
the setback specified for the district in which the lot is located.
Yard, Rear: A yard extending across the rear of the lot or building plot between the side property lines and having
a minimum depth measured from the rear property line as specified for the district in which the building plot is
located.
Page 794 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:16 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 29 of 29
Yard, Side: A yard located on a lot or building plot extending from the required rear yard to the required front yard
having a minimum width measured from the side property line as specified for the district in which the building
plot is located.
Zoning: A method of land use control requiring the categorization of land use of every tract of land within the city
in accordance with this UDO and consistent with the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map which
is intended to preserve the quality of life and orderly development of the city.
Page 795 of 823
July 20, 2023
Item No. 5.3.
Off-Street Parking Requirements
Sponsor: Jesse Dimeolo
Reviewed By CBC: Bicycle, Pedestrian, & Greenways Advisory Board
Agenda Caption: Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding
amendments to the Unified Development Ordinance Sections 5.8.B Northgate Districts, 7.2 General
Provisions, and 7.3 Off-Street Parking Standards to modify off-street parking and bicycle parking
requirements. Case# ORDA2023-000003. (Note: Final action on this item is scheduled for the
August 10 City Council Meeting – subject to change.)
Relationship to Strategic Goals:
• Diverse and Growing Economy
• Improving Mobility
• Sustainable City
Recommendation(s): The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board heard this item at
their June 5, 2023 meeting and voted unanimously to recommend approval of the ordinance changes
with a suggestion to clarify verbiage in the opening paragraph of Section 7.3 regarding parking
areas. The proposed ordinance attached includes the suggested changes.
Staff recommends approval.
Summary: As part of the P&DS Plan of Work, the Planning and Zoning Commission requested that
staff explore the option of reducing or eliminating off-street parking requirements for certain uses
and/or areas and introducing parking maximums. Reducing and/or eliminating minimum parking
requirements can have significant benefits for a community, such as allowing land that would
otherwise be used for predominately empty parking lots to be used for more productive development
or recreational areas; improving the walkability of a community; and reducing the cost of
development. The major changes in the proposed ordinance amendment include reducing the
minimum parking ratios for non-residential uses citywide, eliminating parking requirements in
redevelopment areas for non-residential uses, implementing parking maximum ratios, and modifying
bicycle parking requirements.
Currently, vehicular parking requirements and bicycle parking requirements are in two different
sections of the UDO, with more emphasis being placed on automobiles. With the goal of building
mobility equity into the UDO, it is proposed to have both modes of transportation shown in the off-
street parking requirement chart in Section 7.3. This will make it easier for users to assess all parking
requirements and place a stronger emphasis on alternative modes of transportation. Also, with
reducing vehicular parking requirements citywide, bicycle parking requirements had to be
reconsidered. Bicycle parking is now required per unit, whether it be gross square footage of a
building or number of bedrooms, rather than providing spaces based on the number of vehicle
spaces.
Staff has discussed changes with external stakeholders like local real estate developers and
engineering firms, other city departments, and the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory
Page 796 of 823
Board. Staff has received good feedback from these groups, which has helped shape the proposed
ordinance.
Since the most recent Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board meeting, some small
changes were made to sections 5.8 and 7.3. These changes include:
• 5.8.B.6 - Allowing for tandem vehicle parking spaces to count for up to 10-percent of the
required parking spaces when located in a parking structure in Northgate.
• 5.8.B.7 - Referencing the revised Off-Street Parking Standards section, and striking certain
other standards in this section, as the revised standards are now higher in Section 7.3.
• 7.3.F - Ensuring that a certain number of bicycle parking spaces are located outside of a
building for visitor use. If bicycle parking is located in the interior of a building, appropriate
signage will need to be provided to help properly direct users.
Budget & Financial Summary: N/A
Attachments:
1. Section 5.8. - Redlines
2. Section 7.2 - Redlines
3. Section 7.3 - Redlines
Page 797 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 2
Sec. 5.8. Design Districts.
….
B.NG Northgate Districts.
….
6.Off-Street Parking Standards.
All off-street parking shall meet the requirements specified in the Off-Street Parking Standards Section
of Article 7, General Development Standards of this UDO, except as specifically provided herein:
a. Lots with frontage on Church Avenue or University Drive shall not have surface parking that is
closer than two hundred (200) feet to the right(s)-of-way or is not completely located behind a
habitable structure. Lots with frontage on University Drive and Church Avenue shall not have
surface parking that is closer than two hundred (200) feet to Church Avenue or is not completely
located behind a habitable structure.
b. There shall be no minimum number of parking spaces required for non-residential uses.
c. Off-street parking facilities for residential uses shall meet seventy-five (75) percent of the
number of specified parking space requirements of the Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces
Required Subsection in the Off-Street Parking Standards Section of Article 7, General
Development Standards of this UDO.
d. Tandem parking, also known as double parking, may be counted towards off-street parking
requirements for structured parking areas in the Northgate zoning districts only. The following
conditions must be met on the site plan.
1) The tandem spaces must be reserved and assigned to the same dwelling unit.
2) Both spaces must be standard size, nine (9) feet by twenty (20) feet. No compact or
handicapped accessible spaces are permitted.
3) No more than ten (10) percent of the total required parking spaces can be tandem. In
determining this percentage, both stalls in a tandem parking shall be counted. Fractional
amounts shall be increased to the nearest even number.
e. d.No interior islands are required.
f.e. Where off-street surface parking is to be installed adjacent to a right-of-way, there shall be a six
(6) foot setback from the required sidewalk to the parking pavement. The parking area shall be
screened along one hundred (100) percent of the street frontage (minus driveways and visibility
triangles) with shrubs or a brick, stone, tinted CMU, or concrete product textured or patterned to
look like brick or stone wall a minimum of three (3) feet in height, and within three (3) feet of the
sidewalk. Walls shall be complementary to the primary building and shall be constructed as
sitwalls.
gf. No off-street surface parking or circulation aisle shall be located between the primary entrance
façade of a building and a right-of-way. Parking shall be located at the rear or side of a building.
Two (2) exceptions are:
1) Sites on the South College Avenue right-of-way may have up to one (1) circulation aisle
against the right-of-way with parking on each side of the aisle.
2) Hotel and residential uses may have porte cocheres and temporary, loading/unloading
parking, not to exceed ten (10) spaces, against the right-of-way.
Page 798 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:12 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 2
hg. Ramps shall not be built on the exterior of parking garages.
ih. Steel guard cables on garage façades are prohibited.
ji. To break up the parking lot area, minimize the visual impact on pedestrians, and encourage
pedestrian movement through the districts, one (1) or a combination of the following parking
concepts is required for parking that provides more than sixty (60) parking spaces with more than
one (1) parking row:
1) Parking is located in a garage.
2) The parking structure is located on the interior of the block, screened from public view by
habitable structures, and is not located adjacent to a right-of-way.
3) For every sixty (60) parking spaces, there shall be a separate and distinct parking area
connected by driving lanes but separated by a landscaping strip a minimum of ten (10) feet
wide the full length of the parking row. At a minimum, landscaping shall be one (1) canopy
tree (one and one-half (1.5) inch caliper or greater) for every twenty-five (25) linear feet of
the landscaping strip.
In addition, at least seventy-five (75) percent of all end islands in the parking lot must be irrigated
and landscaped with a minimum one and one-half (1.5) inch caliper canopy tree, one and one-
quarter (1.25) inch caliper non-canopy tree, or enough shrubs three (3) feet in height at time of
planting to cover seventy-five (75) percent of the island. Islands not landscaped shall be treated
with brick pavers, ground cover, and/or perennial grass.
7.Bicycle Parking Standards.
The following standards are in addition to the requirements in the Off-Street Parking Standards article
of this UDO.
a. For all non-residential uses, a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking spaces plus one (1) additional
space for each one thousand (1,000) square feet of floor area above two thousand (2,000) square
feet shall be required.
Specific bicycle racks utilized shall be as identified in the Northgate Specific Standards Section of the
City of College Station Site Design Standards.
a. For non-residential uses, a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking spaces plus one (1) additional
space for each one thousand (1,000) square feet of floor area above two thousand (2,000) square
feet shall be required.
b. For residential uses, a minimum of one (1) bicycle space per dwelling unit shall be required.
c. In no case shall more than twenty (20) bicycle parking spaces per business or residential building
be required.
b. d.Facilities shall be separated from motor vehicle parking to protect both bicycles and vehicles
from accidental damage and shall be separated at least three (3) feet from the building or other
walls, landscaping, or other features to allow for ease and encouragement of use. Bicycle parking
facilities may be permitted on sidewalks or other paved surfaces with a private improvement in
the public right-of-way permit (when necessary) and provided that the bicycles do not block or
interfere with pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
c. e.Required bicycle parking may be consolidated with the bicycle parking of adjacent properties and
provided off-site if the bicycle rack location is within one hundred (100) feet of the main entry
façade of the building and with written agreement from the property owners.
Page 799 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 3
Sec. 7.2. General Provisions.
I.Bicycle Facilities.
1.Number Required.
a. For sites subject to the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section below except for Mini-
Warehouse/Self-Storage, Industrial and Manufacturing land uses, and property located in the
Rural Zoning District, the number of bicycle parking spaces shall be as set forth in the chart below
and in any event no less than two (2) bicycle parking spaces must be provided.
b. Bicycle Parking Requirements: The number of bicycle parking spaces shall be based on the
required automobile parking spaces and shall be provided in accordance with the following.
Number of Required Bicycle Parking Spaces
c. Notwithstanding the above, in multi-tenant buildings over twenty thousand (20,000) gross
square feet, one (1) or more facilities capable of storing eight (8) bicycles shall be provided at a
minimum.
d. In MU Mixed-Use districts, bicycle storage facilities shall be provided at a rate of one (1) bicycle
for every fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet of non-residential uses, and one (1) bicycle for
every two (2) dwelling units.
e. Refer to the Alternative Parking Plan Subsection of the Off-Street Parking Standards Section
below for the potential to substitute additional bicycle facilities for vehicular parking.
2.Placement and Design.
a. Facilities shall be separated from motor vehicle parking to protect both bicycles and vehicles
from accidental damage and shall be sufficiently separated from building or other walls,
landscaping, or other features to allow for ease and encouragement of use. This separation shall
be a minimum of three (3) feet.
b. Bicycle Corrals: In areas with limited sidewalk space and frequent bicycle activity, bicycle parking
may be provided in bicycle corrals located in the vehicular parking area adjacent to a curb. The
design will be considered as the context dictates as approved by the Administrator. Bicycle
corrals shall be designed to distinguish and define the parking stall they inhabit for visibility and
safety purposes. The corral should be well defined, such as generally surrounded by a painted
white box on the pavement with flexible vertical delineators and a wheel stop where vehicles in
adjacent parking spots might back into the corral. See the example image below:
Page 800 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 3
Example of a Bicycle Corral
c. Where bicycle facilities are provided for two (2) bicycles, a standard footprint that is at least four
(4) feet wide by six (6) feet long shall be used.
Examples of Bicycle Parking Footprint and Dimensions
d. Facilities shall be placed in clearly designated, safe, and convenient locations and such that no
primary building entrance is further than one hundred fifty (150) feet from a bicycle facility.
e. Bicycles may be permitted on sidewalks or other paved surfaces provided that the bicycles do not
block or interfere with pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
Page 801 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:15 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 3
f. Bicycle facilities shall be constructed to enable the user to secure a bicycle by locking the frame
and one (1) wheel of each bicycle parked therein. Facilities must be easily usable with both U-
locks and cable locks and support the bicycle frame at two (2) points. Facilities shall be anchored
securely to the ground.
Page 802 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 1 of 21
Sec. 7.3. Off-Street Parking Standards.
A.Purpose.
The purpose of this Section is to balance the demand for off-street parking against the construction of
excessive parking areas and to ensure that parking areas are appropriately designed for motor vehicles,
bicycles, and pedestrians. The design shall be consistent with the character and development patterns
identified within the Comprehensive Plan. establish the guidelines for off-street parking areas consistent
with the proposed land use to:
1. Reduce the occurrence of non-resident on-street parking in adjoining neighborhoods;
2. Avoid the traffic congestion and public safety hazards caused by a failure to provide such parking areas;
3. Expedite the movement of traffic on public thoroughfares in a safe manner, thus increasing the carrying
capacity of the streets and reducing the amount of land required for streets, thereby lowering the cost to
both the property owner and the City; and
4. Provide flexibility and parking alternatives for developing and redeveloping properties to increase their
viability.
B.Applicability.
1.New Development & Redevelopment.
Any new building must comply with this Section.
2.Renovations or Repairs.
An existing building or site may be repaired, maintained, or modernized without providing additional
parking, provided there is no increase in gross floor area or improved site area.
3.Additions and Increases in Floor Area.
a. When an existing building, use, or site is increased in gross floor area or improved site area by up
to twenty-five (25) percent cumulatively, additional parking is required for the additional floor or
site area only.
b. When an existing building, use, or site is increased in gross floor area or improved site area by
more than twenty-five (25) percent cumulatively, both the existing building, use, or site and the
additional floor or site area must conform to the parking requirements.
4.Change in Use.
a. A change in use, based on the parking tables in the Required Parking Subsection below, must
comply with the parking requirements.
b. Where the required number of parking spaces for a new use, according to the Required Parking
Subsection below, is one hundred twenty-five (125) percent or less of the parking spaces
required for the existing use, no additional parking spaces are required.
c. Where required parking spaces for the new use exceed one hundred twenty-five (125) percent of
the required parking spaces for the existing use, additional parking is only required for the
difference between the current parking spaces required and the parking spaces required for the
new use above the one hundred twenty-five (125) percent.
5. Where off-street parking facilities are provided more than the minimum amounts specified by this
Section, or when off-street parking facilities are provided but not required, said off-street parking
Page 803 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 2 of 21
facilities shall comply with the minimum requirements for parking and maneuvering space as specified
in this Section.
C.Required Parking.
In computing the number of parking spaces required, the following rules shall govern:
1. Parking shall be provided in accordance with the table below. Where a use is not specifically listed or
only a broad use category is shown, the Administrator shall categorize the use.
2. When a property is used for a combination of uses, the parking requirements are the sum of the
requirements for each use and no parking space for one use can be included in the calculation of
parking requirements for any other use, except as allowed as in the Alternative Parking Plans
Subsection below.
3. Parking requirements based on square footage shall be based on the gross floor area unless otherwise
stated. Service areas such as mechanical rooms, restrooms, and closets shall be included in the
calculation of gross floor area for determining required parking spaces.
4. Where fractional spaces result in computing required parking spaces, the required number of spaces
must be increased to the nearest whole number.
5. At the time of construction, redevelopment, or when an addition to the number of existing bedrooms
or similar spaces is completed, all residential uses shall come into compliance with the minimum off-
street parking requirements in the table below. Garages that meet minimum dimensional standards
may be counted towards parking requirements.
6. Where requirements are established based on the number of seats, such requirements shall be based
on the seating capacity as determined by the Building Official.
7. Refer to the Modifications to Required Parking Subsection below for the potential to substitute
additional bicycle facilities for vehicular parking.
Off-Street Vehicle and Bicycle Parking Requirements
KEY: SF = gross square footage
Use Minimum Spaces / Unit Maximum Spaces / Unit (a)Bicycle Spaces / Unit (b)
Residential
Accessory Living Quarters 1 / bedroom
Assisted Living/Residential
Care Facility/Nursing Homes
0.25 / bed 0.5 / bed 1 / 1,000 SF
Dormitory 0.33 / bed 0.75 / bed 0.50 / bed
Duplex Dwelling:
1 & 2 Bedroom 2 / dwelling unit
3+ Bedroom 1 / bedroom
Fraternity/Sorority House:
Rooms 1 / bed 1 / bed
Meeting Room Area 1 / 60 SF 1 / 30 SF
Group Housing 1 / bedroom 2 / bedroom 1 / bedroom
Live-Work Unit:
Residential Area 1 / bedroom 1.5 / bedroom 1 / bedroom
Page 804 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 3 of 21
Non-Residential Area 1 / 500 SF 1 / 250 SF 1 / 1,000 SF
Mixed-Use Structure:
Residential Area 1 / bedroom 1.5 / bedroom 1 / bedroom
Non-Residential Area 1 / 500 SF 1 / 250 SF 1 / 1,000 SF
Multi-Family Dwelling:
1 Bedroom Unit 1.5 / bedroom 0.5 / bedroom
2+ Bedroom Unit 1 / bedroom 0.5 / bedroom
Rooming/Boarding House 1 / bed 0.5 / bed
Shared Housing 1 / room at least 70 SF in
area, excluding a kitchen,
a living room, and a
laundry room. The
Administrator may also
exclude additional
rooms, but not below the
number of bedrooms.
0.5 / bedroom
Single-Family Dwelling 1 / bedroom, with a
minimum of 2 total
spaces
4 total spaces
Single-Unit Dwelling 1 / bedroom
Townhouse 1 / bedroom, with a
minimum of 2 total
spaces
Non-Residential
Commercial Amusement 1 / 200 SF 1 / 100 SF 1 / 5,000 SF
Day Care Center 1 / 500 SF 1 / 250 SF 1 / 5,000 SF
Educational Facilities:
Primary and Secondary or
Vocational/Trade
1 / 5 students, faculty,
and staff based on design
capacity
1 / 2 students, faculty, and
staff based on design
capacity
1 / 10 students, faculty,
and staff based on
design capacity
College and University,
Indoor or Outdoor
Instruction, or Tutoring
2 / Classroom 4 / Classroom 1 / 10 students, faculty,
and staff based on
design capacity
Funeral Parlor 0.25 / seat 0.5 / seat 1 space / 100 seats
Golf Driving Range 0.5 / tee station 1 / tee station
Gasoline and Fuel Service 1 / 500 SF 1 / 250 SF 1 / 5,000 SF
Hospital 1 / bed 3 / bed 1 /20 beds
Hotel/Motel:
Guest Rooms 0.5 / room 1 / room
Meeting Room Area 1 / 400 SF 1 / 200 SF 1 / 5,000 SF
Lodge or Meeting Hall 1 / 200 SF 1 / 100 SF 1 / 5,000 SF
Manufacturing 1 / 1,000 SF 1 / 500 SF 1 / 20,000 SF
Medical Clinic 1 / 400 SF 1 / 200 SF 1 / 5,000 SF
Page 805 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 4 of 21
Motor Vehicle:
Office / Sales Area 1 / 500 SF 1 / 250 SF 1 / 5,000 SF
Service Area 1 / 250 SF 1 / 100 SF 1 / 5,000 SF
Night Club, Bar, or Tavern 1 / 100 SF 1 / 50 SF 1 / 5,000 SF
Office 1 / 500 SF 1 / 250 SF 1 / 5,000 SF
Place of Worship (c)0.25 / seat 0.75 / seat 1 / 100 seats
Retail Sales & Service 1 / 500 SF 1 / 250 SF 1 / 5,000 SF
Restaurant:
Without drive-thru 1 / 130 SF 1 / 65 SF 1 / 2,500 SF
With drive-thru 1 / 200 SF 1 / 100 SF 1 / 2,500 SF
Theater 0.5 / seat 0.75 / seat 1 / 100 seats
Warehouse 1 / 2,000 SF 1 / 1,000 SF 1 / 20,000 SF
Notes:
(a) For areas designated Neighborhood Conservation on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use &
Character Map, there shall be no maximum number of parking spaces.
(b) Unless no bicycle spaces are required, the minimum number of bicycle spaces provided shall not be
less than two (2), nor will any development be required to provide more than twenty-four (24) spaces.
(c) Overflow parking above required parking spaces may be grassed rather than paved. All unpaved spaces
shall be shown on the site plan and organized for efficient traffic circulation using wheel stops and
other appropriate measures as required by the Administrator.
D.Modifications to Required Parking.
1. For all non-residential uses in Redevelopment Areas as shown on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land
Use & Character Map, no minimum number of off-street vehicular parking spaces will be required.
2. For residential uses in Redevelopment Areas as shown on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use &
Character Map, seventy-five (75) percent of the minimum number of off-street vehicular parking
spaces will be required.
3. For all non-residential uses, the minimum number of off-street vehicular parking spaces may be
reduced by up to twenty (20) percent, according to the following:
a. Bicycle Facilities – The Administrator may authorize reducing the number of required off-street
parking spaces by up to ten (10) percent for developments or uses that make special provisions
to accommodate bicyclists. Examples of accommodations include bicycle lockers, employee
shower facilities, and/or dressing areas for employees.
b. Bicycle Parking - For developments or uses that provide bicycle parking spaces above the
minimum requirements, one required automobile parking space may be exchanged for each
additional bicycle parking space, not to exceed ten (10) percent of the required vehicular parking
spaces, provided that adequate accessibility by motor vehicle and bicycle to the subject site is
maintained.
c. Bus Transit Availability – Locations within a one thousand three hundred twenty (1,320) foot
walking distance of an approved bus stop may reduce the total number of required vehicular
Page 806 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 5 of 21
parking spaces by ten (10) percent. Walking distance is measured from the primary entrance of
the building to the bus boarding location.
d. Tree Preservation – The Administrator may approve a reduction in the total number of required
vehicular parking spaces by one space for every tree at least eight (8) inches in diameter at
breast height preserved within the parking area.
e. Structured Parking – Where parking is provided entirely in a structure on a lot, the required total
number of spaces may be reduced by ten (10) percent.
4. The Design Review Board may waive parking space requirements in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek and NG
Northgate districts if the development meets the goals of the master plan for the respective district.
5. The maximum number of off-street vehicular parking spaces may be exceeded according to the
following:
a. Additional Landscape Points – For every five (5) additional parking spaces above the maximum,
one additional canopy tree of at least two hundred twenty-five (225) points as identified in the
Landscaping and Tree Preservation Section below shall be planted on the development site
within the parking area within landscape islands, or within ten (10) feet of the edge of the
parking area.
Off-Street Parking Spaces Required.
1. In all districts, for all uses, at the time any building or structure is erected, enlarged, or increased in
capacity, or at any time any other use is established, there shall be off-street parking spaces provided
for motor vehicles in accordance with the requirements specified herein, except as noted below.
Exception:
a. In all single-family residential and townhouse uses, at the time of construction, redevelopment,
or when an addition to the number of existing bedrooms is completed there shall be off-street
parking spaces provided for motor vehicles in accordance with the requirements specified herein.
2. Where off-street parking facilities are provided in excess of the minimum amounts specified by this
Section, or when off-street parking facilities are provided but not required, said off-street parking
facilities shall comply with the minimum requirements for parking and maneuvering space as specified
in this Section.
3. It shall be unlawful to discontinue or dispense with, or cause the discontinuance or reduction of, the
required parking facilities apart from the discontinuance of the building, use, or structure without
establishing alternative off-street parking facilities that meet these requirements.
E.C.Dimensions, Access, and Location.
This Section applies to any development or redevelopment of uses other than single-family residential,
duplexes, or townhouses unless otherwise noted.
1. Each off-street parking space for automobiles shall have an area of not less than nine (9) feet by twenty
(20) feet and each stall shall be striped. This standard shall apply for off-street parking for all uses
including single-family residential, duplexes, and townhouses. Single-family residential and townhouses
are not required to stripe parking spaces.
2. For properties designated as a Redevelopment Area on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use &
Character Map, a new single-family structure may locate its parking, including both required and
additional parking in the areas described below:
a. Anywhere on the lot behind the structure with no limit on the size of the area;
Page 807 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 6 of 21
b. Anywhere in the side yards of the lot with no limit on the size of the area; and
c. An area located in front of the structure not to exceed a size equivalent to fifty (50) percent of
the front portion of the property. The front portion of the property is the area of the lot within
the side lot lines, the front setback, and the public right-of-way line (see graphic below). The
square footage of parking allowed by this calculation may be located within or outside the
boundary of the area used for calculations (see graphic below). The portion of the driveway
located between the front property line and the structure shall be included in the maximum
parking area square footage.
Allowable Location for Parking in a Redevelopment Area
3. For all detached single-family uses other than as set forth above, at the time of construction,
reconstruction, or addition to the number of existing bedrooms, parking shall be located in the areas
described below:
Page 808 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 7 of 21
a. Anywhere on the lot behind the structure with no limit on the size of the area. Parking located
behind the structure shall be screened by a solid hedge wall, fence, or wall, at least six (6) feet in
height. All solid hedge walls shall be one hundred (100) percent opaque. All shrubs planted for a
hedge wall shall be a minimum of fifteen (15) gallons each and evergreen;
b. Anywhere in the side yards of the lot with no limit on the size of the area; and,
c. Any area located in front of the primary structure not to exceed a size equivalent to fifty (50)
percent of the front area. The front area is defined as the area of the lot within the side lot lines,
the front plane of the primary structure and the public right-of-way (see graphic below). The
driveway area shall be included in this calculation.
Allowable Location for Parking for Detached Single-Family Uses
4. When existing detached single-family parking is expanded in front of the structure, it shall not exceed a
size equivalent to fifty (50) percent of the front area as described above.
Page 809 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 8 of 21
5. In the MH Middle Housing zoning district, single-family, townhouses, and live-work units may locate
parking in front of the structure as long as three or fewer parking spaces are required, and the parking
area does not exceed a size equivalent of fifty (50) percent of the front area as described above.
6. In the MH Middle Housing zoning district, courtyard houses, duplexes, and multiplexes shall locate
parking between the rear plane of the primary structure and the rear property line.
7. An eighteen (18) foot paved space (ninety (90) degree only) may be utilized where the space abuts a
landscaped island with a minimum depth of four (4) feet. An eighteen (18) foot space may also be used
when adjacent to a sidewalk provided that the minimum width of the sidewalk is six (6) feet. This
standard shall also apply to off-street parking for single-family residential, duplexes, and townhouses.
8. The width of an alley may be assumed to be a portion of the maneuvering space requirement for off-
street parking facilities located adjacent to a public alley. This standard shall apply for off-street parking
for all uses including single-family residential, duplexes, townhouses, and small and medium
multiplexes.
9. Each parking space intended for use by the handicapped shall be designed in accordance with the
standards of the Texas Architectural Barriers Act (TABA) administered by the Texas Department of
License and Regulation.
10. Each parking space and the maneuvering area thereto shall be located entirely within the boundaries
of the building plot except where shared parking is approved by the City.
11. All parking spaces, aisles, and modules shall meet the minimum requirements, as shown in the
following table. All dimensions are measured from face of curb to face of curb or wall to wall.
Parking Space and Aisle Dimensions Graphic
Page 810 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 9 of 21
Parking Space and Aisle Dimensions
D – Width of aisle F – Module widthA – Angle B – Width
of stall
C – Depth
of stall 90°
to aisle
One way Two way
E - Width
of stall
parallel to
aisle
One way Two way
0°22’10’12’20’22’22’40’
45°9’21.1’12’20’12.7’54.2’62.2’
60°9’22.3’15’22’10.4’59.6’66.3’
90°9’20’23’23’9’63’63’
12. Parking lots located within fifteen (15) feet of a public right-of-way shall have a maximum of seven (7)
contiguous spaces separated by an eighteen (18) by twenty (20) foot landscaped island.
13. All parking lots and drive aisles shall be setback a minimum of six (6) feet from any public right-of-way
or public way. In sites subject to the Non-Residential Architectural Standards Section below, where
parking or drive aisles are located between the building and the public right-of-way or public way,
there shall be a minimum setback of ten (10) feet from the public right-of-way or public way to the
parking area or drive aisle.
14. In SC Suburban Commercial and WC Wellborn Commercial districts, parking shall not be located
between the structure and an adjacent single-family use or zoning district. Drive aisles and service
aisles shall be permitted between the structures and an adjacent single-family use or zoning district.
15. Parking is discouraged along entrance drives and should be limited on major circulation aisles of large
developments and major retail centers.
16. The Design Review Board may waive parking lot dimension requirements in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek
and NG Northgate districts if the development meets the goals of the master plan for the respective
district.
D. F. Bicycle Parking Placement and Design.
1. Facilities shall be separated from motor vehicle parking to protect both bicycles and vehicles from
accidental damage and shall be sufficiently separated from building or other walls, landscaping, or
other features to allow for ease and encouragement of use. This separation shall be a minimum of
three (3) feet.
2. Bicycle Corrals: In areas with limited sidewalk space and frequent bicycle activity, bicycle parking may
be provided in bicycle corrals located in the vehicular parking area adjacent to a curb. The design will
be considered as the context dictates as approved by the Administrator. Bicycle corrals shall be
designed to distinguish and define the parking stall they inhabit for visibility and safety purposes. The
corral should be well defined, such as generally surrounded by a painted white box on the pavement
with flexible vertical delineators and a wheel stop where vehicles in adjacent parking spots might back
into the corral. See the example image below:
Page 811 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 10 of 21
Example of a Bicycle Corral
3. Where bicycle facilities are provided for two (2) bicycles, a standard footprint that is at least four (4)
feet wide by six (6) feet long shall be used.
Examples of Bicycle Parking Footprint and Dimensions
4. Facilities shall be placed in clearly designated, safe, and convenient locations and such that no primary
building entrance is further than one hundred fifty (150) feet from a bicycle facility.
a. At least twenty-five (25) percent of the required spaces need to be outside of any enclosed buildings or
structures and available to visitors anytime of the day.
Page 812 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 11 of 21
b. If providing bike parking internal to a building or structure, appropriate signage is needed to provide
clear direction on how to find the bicycle parking area.
5. Bicycles may be permitted on sidewalks or other paved surfaces provided that the bicycles do not block
or interfere with pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
6. Bicycle racks shall be constructed to enable the user to secure a bicycle by locking the frame and one
(1) wheel of each bicycle parked therein. Bicycle racks must be easily usable with both U-locks and
cable locks and support the bicycle frame at two (2) points. Racks shall be anchored securely to the
ground and allow for a bicycle to be parked on both sides.
G. Landscape Islands.
1.End Islands.
a. A raised island, encompassing not less than one hundred eighty (180) square feet in area, shall be
located at both ends of every interior and peripheral parking row, regardless of the length of the
row. End islands may have sidewalks through them. Examples of interior and peripheral parking
are shown in the figure below.
Landscaped End Islands Graphic
b. All end islands must be raised at least six (6) inches and curbed, with the majority of the area of
each island planted or treated with enhanced paving. The soil within the planted area shall not be
compacted or stabilized and shall be contiguous with the soil at the natural grade.
2.Interior Islands.
a. All interior islands shall be evenly distributed throughout the interior of the parking area.
b. For every fifteen (15) interior parking spaces, one hundred eighty (180) square feet of
landscaping must be provided somewhere in the interior rows of the parking lot. Interior island
areas may be grouped and configured as desired provided that circulation aisles remain clear,
and the minimum island area is not less than one hundred eighty (180) square feet. Interior
islands may have sidewalks through them.
Page 813 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 12 of 21
c. In the MH Middle Housing zoning district, for every five (5) parking spaces located off alleys or in
shared parking areas, ninety (90) square feet of landscaping must be provided somewhere along
the parking row in a raised interior island. Islands should be spaced evenly along the property, or
properties, that have a shared parking agreement. Interior islands may have sidewalks through
them. These sidewalks shall count as part of the landscaping.
c. End island areas that exceed the minimum required may be counted toward the interior parking
island requirement.
d. All interior islands must be raised at least six (6) inches and curbed, with the majority of the area
of each island planted or treated with enhanced paving. The soil within the planted area shall not
be compacted or stabilized and shall be contiguous with the soil at the natural grade.
H.E.Requirements Apply to All Parking Areas.
Every parcel of land hereafter used as a public parking area, including commercial parking lots, visitor parking
areas for single-family and townhouse uses, and parcels used for open-air sales lots, shall be developed and
maintained in accordance with the requirements in this Section and as described in the City of College
Station Site Design Standards. The requirements in this Section do not apply to overflow parking for
churches, nor to temporary overflow parking for City events and temporary parking for special events.
I.F.Surfacing.
1.General.
All surfacing of off-street parking areas shall be constructed of either asphalt or concrete as described
in the City of College Station Site Design Standards. Alternatives to the standards may be approved by
the Administrator if it is demonstrated that the materials and design are equal or superior to the
requirements in the Standards. All off-street parking areas shall be graded to drain and be maintained
to dispose of surface water accumulated within the area. Parking spaces shall be arranged and marked
to provide for orderly and safe parking of vehicles.
2.Non-Public, All-Weather Drive Surfaces.
Temporary or permanent drive surfaces required for emergency access or turnaround for emergency
vehicles must be constructed to function under all weather conditions. To accommodate a project
during construction, phasing, or permanent installation, drive surfaces that do not meet the
requirements for permanent pavement surfaces may be allowed at the discretion of the Administrator
for the specific conditions stated below:
a.Temporary All-Weather Surface (During Construction).
A structure under construction must be accessible by an all-weather drive surface as specified in
the City of College Station Site Design Standards. This temporary all-weather surface must be
reworked or replaced to meet the permanent pavement standard as described in the City of
College Station Site Design Standards prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
b.Semi-Permanent All-Weather Surface (During Phasing).
During the phasing of a large project, emergency access points and turnarounds often must be
added as a temporary measure until additional phases are constructed. These emergency access
areas may consist of permanent pavement surfaces as specified in the City of College Station Site
Design Standards. When the additional phase is constructed, these areas must be removed or
reworked to meet the permanent pavement standards as described in the City of College Station
Site Design Standards.
c.Permanent Surfaces.
Page 814 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 13 of 21
1)All-Weather Surface (Permanent).
In some development scenarios, an emergency access point or turnaround must be
constructed to meet emergency access purposes and is not required for public traffic,
service vehicles or sanitation vehicles. In these cases, the area required for emergency
access only may meet the permanent pavement standards as specified in the City of
College Station Site Design Standards.
2)Permeable Surface.
a) The use of porous materials (such as permeable concrete and pavers) to mitigate
stormwater sheeting and pooling of water may be used in off-street parking areas if
the material meets vehicular loading standards and is approved by the Administrator.
b) Fire lanes may be constructed of porous materials such as permeable concrete and
pavers to mitigate stormwater sheeting and pooling of water, so long as it is
demonstrated that the permeable surface can obtain sufficient land and compaction
ratings for its application as approved by the City of College Station Fire and Solid
Waste Departments.
c) Single-family and townhouse visitor parking areas, as required in Single-Family
Residential Parking Requirements for Platting Subsection below, may also be
constructed of porous materials such as permeable concrete and pavers to mitigate
stormwater sheeting and pooling of water.
d) Permeable surfaces approved as provided above shall be maintained in accordance
with industry standards and to achieve mitigation of stormwater sheeting and
pooling of water. Failure to maintain permeable surfaces as required herein shall
constitute a violation of this Section of the UDO for which penalty provisions may be
involved.
JG.Curbing Required.
1.General.
The perimeter of all paved surfaces shall be curbed as described in the City of College Station Site
Design Standards. Unless otherwise required by this Section, curbs may be omitted where drive aisles
or parking spaces are located adjacent to a building if bollards or other protective devices are installed
to protect pedestrian areas. Alternatives to the standards may be approved by the Administrator if it is
demonstrated that the materials and design are equal or superior to the requirements in the
Standards.
2.Temporary Curbing.
A temporary curb may be permitted in lieu of the minimum standard stated in the City of College
Station Site Design Standards, at the discretion of the Administrator, when a project is phased in such a
way that a permanent, monolithic curb may preclude the development of future phases or limit access
to a recorded private or public access easement adjoining properties. Wheel stops shall not be
permitted as temporary curbing. Temporary curbing must have the appearance of permanent curbing
and shall be temporarily attached to the pavement surfacing below and meet the minimum standards
for dowelled-in curbs as described in the City of College Station Site Design Standards.
H.Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces Required.
In computing the number of parking spaces required, the following rules shall govern:
Page 815 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 14 of 21
1. Parking requirements based on square footage shall be based upon the gross floor area, unless
otherwise stated. Service areas such as mechanical rooms, restrooms, and closets shall be included in
the calculation of "gross floor area" for determining required parking spaces;
2. Where fractional spaces result in computing required parking spaces, the required number of spaces
must be increased to the nearest whole number. At least one (1) parking space must be provided
unless otherwise specified in this UDO;
3. The parking space requirements for a use not specifically listed shall be the same as those for the most
similar to the proposed use, as determined by the Administrator;
4. Whenever a building or use constructed or established after the effective date of this UDO is changed
or enlarged in floor area, number of employees, number of dwelling units, seating capacity, or
otherwise, parking requirements shall be met on the basis of the enlargement or change. Whenever a
building or use existing prior to the effective date of this UDO is enlarged, the enlarged building or
increased use shall then and thereafter comply with the parking requirements set forth herein;
5. At the time of construction, redevelopment, or when an addition to the number of existing bedrooms
is completed, all single-family and townhouse uses shall come into compliance with the minimum off-
street parking requirements. Garages that meet minimum dimensional standards may be counted
towards parking requirements;
6. Where requirements are established on the basis of the number of seats, such requirements shall be
based on the seating capacity as determined by the Building Official;
7. Where a manufacturing/industrial use has more than one (1) working shift of employees, parking shall
be provided to accommodate overlap requirements during transition periods; and
8. The Design Review Board may waive parking space requirements in the WPC Wolf Pen Creek and NG
Northgate districts if the development meets the goals of the master plan for the respective district.
MINIMUM OFF-STREET PARKING REQUIREMENTS
Use Unit Spaces/Unit Plus Spaces
For:
Assisted
Living/Residential Care
Facility
As determined by the Administrator*****
Airport As determined by the Administrator*****
Banks 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Bowling Alley As Determined by the Administrator*****
Bus Depot As Determined by the Administrator*****
Car Wash (Self-Serve) Wash Bay 1.0 1.0 space per
vacuum bay
Church Seat 0.33*
Convalescent
Home/Hospital
Bed 0.5
Page 816 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 15 of 21
Courtyard House BR 1.0
Minimum of 2,
Maximum of 4
Duplex/Split-Lot Duplex BR 1.0
Dormitory Bed 0.75
Day Care Center 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Fraternal Lodge 75 s.f. Floor area over 150 s.f.:
1.0
Fraternity/Sorority
House
Person 1.0 1/30 s.f.
meeting
room
Freight Station As Determined by the Administrator*****
Funeral Parlor Seat 0.33
Furniture Sales,
Freestanding
350 s.f. Floor area over 700 s.f.:
1.0
Golf Driving Range Tee Station 1.0
Health Club/Sports
Facility
As Determined by the Administrator*****
Gasoline and Fuel Service 300 s.f. 1.0
Group Housing BR 2.0 As
Determined
by the
Administrator
Health Studio 150 s.f. Floor area over 300 s.f.:
1.0
Hospital As Determined by the Administrator*****
Hotel/Motel DU 1.0 1/200 s.f.
meeting
room
HUD-Code Manu. Home DU 2.0
Laundry 150 s.f. Floor area over 300 s.f.:
1.0
Live-Work Unit 250 s.f. of
non-
residential
Floor area over 250 s.f.:
1.0
1/BR,
Residential
DU
Page 817 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 16 of 21
portion of
structure
Motor Vehicle
Sales/Service:
Office/Sales Area 250 s.f. 1.0
Service Area 200 s.f. 1.0
Medical or Dental Clinic
< 20,000 s.f. 200 s.f. Floor area over 400 s.f.:
1.0
Mixed-Use Structure**** 250 s.f. of
non-
residential
portion of
structure
Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
1/BR,
including
residential
DU and
hotel/motel
DU
Multi-Family Dwelling:
1 Bedroom BR 1.5
2+ Bedroom BR 1.0
Multiplex BR 1.0
Night Club 50 s.f. 1.0
Office Building 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Personal Service Shop 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Priv. School or Comm.
Studio
100 s.f. Floor area over 200 s.f.:
1.0
Retail Sales & Service:
GC, SC, WC, C-3 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
CI 350 s.f. Floor area over 700 s.f.:
1.0
Restaurant (w/o drive-
through)
65 s.f. Floor area over 130 s.f.:
1.0
Restaurant (w/drive-
through)
100 s.f. Floor area over 200 s.f.:
1.0
Rooming/Boarding
House
Person 1.0
Page 818 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 17 of 21
Sales Display 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.:
1.0
Shared Housing Rooms at
least 70 s.f. in
area,
excluding a
kitchen, a
living room,
and a laundry
room. The
Administrator
may also
exclude
additional
rooms, but
not below
the number
of BRs.
1.0
Single-Family Dwelling*** BR 1.0***
Minimum of 2, Maximum
of 4
1.0/Accessory
Living
Quarter
Single-Unit Dwelling BR 1.0
Shopping Center** :
GC, SC, WC, C-3 250 s.f. 1.0
CI 350 s.f. 1.0
Townhouse*** BR 1.0***
Minimum of 2, Maximum
of 4
Theater Seat 0.25
Truck Terminal As Determined by the Administrator*****
Two-Dwelling Unit BR 1.0
Veterinary Clinic 300 s.f. Floor area over 600 s.f.:
1.0
Warehouse 1,000 s.f. 1.0
"s.f." = square footage. "DU" = Dwelling Unit. "BR" = Bedroom.
Page 819 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 18 of 21
* Overflow parking above required parking spaces may be grassed rather than paved. All unpaved spaces shall be
shown on site plan and organized for efficient traffic circulation using wheel stops and other appropriate
measures as required by the Administrator.
** The minimum number of parking spaces for a shopping center shall be calculated at a rate of 1:250 in GC SC,
or WC, and 1:350 in CI regardless of the composing uses unless otherwise determined by the Administrator
that such composing uses require a modification to the applicable requirements.
*** For areas designated Neighborhood Conservation on the Comprehensive Plan's Future Land Use and
Character Map there shall be no maximum number of parking spaces.
**** Mixed-Use structures in the MU Mixed-Use and MF Multi-Family districts.
***** When determining the required off-street parking requirements for the uses noted above, the
Administrator shall consider the anticipated traffic demand, traffic circulation, and surrounding conditions.
The Administrator may also consider information provided by the applicant that demonstrates the proposed
number of off-street parking spaces is adequate for the proposed use and has been successfully employed in
other locations.
I.Drive-Thru Facility Queuing Requirements.
1.Minimum Number of Spaces.
Drive-thru queuing spaces shall be provided as indicated in the following table:
Minimum Off-Street Queuing Requirements
Activity Type Minimum
Spaces
Measure From
Automated Teller Machine 3 Teller
Bank Teller Lane 4 Teller or Window
Car Wash Stall, Automatic 4 Service Position
Car Wash Stall, Self-Service 3 Service Position
Dry Cleaning or Laundry 2 Window
Oil Change Station 3 Service Position
Photo Lab 4 Pick-Up Window
Restaurant Drive-Thru 4 Order Box
Restaurant Drive-Thru 3 Order Box to Pick-Up Window
Other As determined by the Administrator
2.Design and Layout.
Queuing spaces or queuing areas shall be designed in accordance with the following criteria:
a. Queue spaces or queuing areas may not interfere with parking spaces, parking aisles, loading
areas, internal circulation, or driveway access;
b. Each queue space shall consist of a rectangular area not less than ten (10) feet wide and eighteen
and one-half (18.5) feet long with a vertical clearance as specified in the International Building
Code, as adopted;
Page 820 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 19 of 21
c. Queue spaces are not interchangeable with parking spaces except for the following uses where
the space providing services may count toward the parking requirement: bank teller, car wash,
and oil-change station;
d. A twelve (12) foot bypass lane may be required adjacent to queue lines to allow vehicles an
opportunity to circumvent the drive-thru activity and exit the site;
e. Queue areas and drive-thru facilities shall be clearly identified with the appropriate signing and
marking; and
f. Spaces within a car wash facility or drive-thru oil change station may be counted toward the
queuing requirement.
J.Alternative Parking Plans.
1.Scope.
An alternative parking plan represents a proposal to meet vehicle parking and transportation access
needs by means other than providing parking spaces on-site in accordance with the ratios established
in the Required Parking Subsection above.
2.Applicability.
Applicants who wish to provide fewer or more off-street parking spaces than allowed above shall be
required to secure approval of an alternative parking plan, in accordance with the standards of this
Section. The Administrator may require that an alternative parking plan be submitted in cases where
the Administrator deems the listed standard to be inappropriate based on the unique nature of the use
or in cases where the applicable standard is unclear.
3.Contents.
Alternative parking plans shall be submitted in a form established by the Administrator and made
available to the public. At a minimum, such plans shall detail the type of alternative proposed and the
rationale for such a proposal.
4.Review and Approval Procedure.
The Administrator shall be authorized to approve alternative parking plans. Appeals of the
Administrator's decision may be made to the Planning and Zoning Commission.
5.Recording.
An attested copy of an approved alternative parking plan shall be submitted to the Office of the County
Clerk for recordation on forms made available in the Planning and Development Services Department.
Proof of recordation of the agreement shall be presented to the Administrator prior to the issuance of
a building permit. An approved alternative parking plan may be amended by the Administrator.
6.Eligible Alternatives.
Several specific parking and access alternatives are described below. The Administrator shall, however,
be authorized to consider and approve any alternative to providing off-street parking spaces on the site
of the subject development if the applicant demonstrates that the proposed plan shall result in a
better situation with respect to surrounding neighborhoods, City-wide traffic circulation, and urban
design than would strict compliance with otherwise applicable off-street parking standards.
a.Demand-Based Parking.
When the developer of a non-residential or multi-family development can demonstrate that such
development will require fewer parking spaces than required by the standards of this Section,
the Administrator may permit a reduction in the number of required parking spaces for the
Page 821 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 20 of 21
development. Such a reduction in parking spaces shall be justified by the applicant through the
development of a parking study prepared by a professional engineer or transportation planner
and submitted to the Administrator. Single-family, duplex, and townhouse developments are not
eligible for the demand-based parking option.
b.Shared Parking.
The Administrator may authorize a reduction in the number of required off-street parking spaces
for multiple-use developments or for uses that are located near one another and that have
different peak parking demands or different operating hours. Shared parking shall be subject to
the following standards:
1)Location.
Shared off-street parking spaces shall be located no farther than five hundred (500) feet
from the building site. The Administrator may waive this distance limitation if adequate
assurances are offered regarding the usability of the shared lot and the principal use (such
as the operation of a van or shuttle service, etc.).
2)Zoning Classification.
Shared-parking areas shall be considered accessory uses of principal uses that the parking
spaces are intended to serve. Shared parking areas shall require the same or a more
intensive zoning classification than that required for the most intensive of the uses served
by the shared parking area;
3)Required Study and Analysis.
The applicant shall submit a shared parking analysis to the Administrator that clearly
demonstrates the feasibility of shared parking. The study shall be provided in a form
established by the Administrator and made available to the public. It shall address, at a
minimum, the size and type of the proposed development, the composition of tenants, the
anticipated rate of parking turnover, and the anticipated peak parking and traffic loads for
all uses that shall be sharing off-street parking spaces. The Administrator shall have the
authority to require a revised study and analysis should conditions change that may result
in a change in site parking conditions;
4)Shared Parking Agreement.
A shared parking plan shall be enforced through a written agreement among the owners of
record. An attested copy of the agreement shall be submitted to the Office of the County
Clerk for recordation on forms made available in the Planning and Development Services
Department. Proof of recordation of the agreement shall be presented to the
Administrator prior to issuance of a building permit. If a shared parking agreement is
revoked by the parties to the agreement, either off-street parking must be provided
pursuant to this Section or an alternative parking plan must be approved by the
Administrator; and
5)Revocation.
Failure to comply with the shared parking provisions of this Section shall constitute a
violation of this UDO and shall specifically be cause for the revocation of a certificate of
occupancy or building permit.
c.Off-Site Parking.
Page 822 of 823
Created: 2022-12-12 13:35:14 [EST]
(Supp. No. 6, Update 12)
Page 21 of 21
The Administrator may permit all or a portion of the required off-street parking spaces to be
located on a remote and separate lot from the lot on which the principal use is located, subject
to the standards of this Section.
1)Location.
No off-site parking space shall be located more than five hundred (500) feet from the
building site. The Administrator may waive this distance limitation if adequate assurances
are offered regarding the usability of the off-site lot and the principal use (such as the
operation of a van or shuttle service, etc.).
2)Zoning Classification.
Off-site parking areas shall be considered accessory uses of principal uses that the parking
spaces are intended to serve. Off-site parking areas shall require the same or a more
intensive zoning classification than that required for the use served;
3)Off-Site Parking Agreement.
If an off-site parking area is not under the same ownership as the principal use served, a
written agreement among the owners of record shall be required. An attested copy of the
agreement between the owners of record shall be submitted to the Office of the County
Clerk for recordation on forms made available in the Planning and Development Services
Department. Proof of recordation of the agreement shall be presented to the
Administrator prior to the issuance of a building permit. If an off-site parking agreement is
revoked by the parties to the agreement, either off-street parking must be provided on-site
pursuant to this Section, or an alternative parking plan must be approved by the
Administrator.
d.Bicycle Parking.
The Administrator may authorize reducing the number of required off-street parking spaces by
up to five (5) percent for developments or uses that make special provisions to accommodate
bicyclists. Examples of accommodations include bicycle lockers, employee shower facilities,
dressing areas for employees, or the provision of bicycle parking spaces above the minimum
requirements provided that adequate accessibility by motor vehicle and bicycle to the subject
site is maintained. For developments that provide bicycle parking spaces above the minimum
requirements, the reduction in automobile parking spaces shall be calculated at a one-to-one
ratio.
Page 823 of 823